As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 12, 2022

 

File No. 000-56451

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10

Amendment No. 1

 

GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

STRAWBERRY FIELDS REIT, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Maryland   84-2336054
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
   

6101 Nimtz Parkway

South Bend, IN

  466281
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:

(574) 807-0800

 

With Copy to:

 

Alfred G. Smith, Esq.

Shutts & Bowen LLP

200 South Biscayne Boulevard

Suite 4100

Miami, FL 33131

Telephone: (305) 379-9147

 

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class to be so registered   Name of each exchange on which each class is to be registered
None   Not applicable

 

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer   Smaller reporting company  
      Emerging growth company  

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements 3
   
Item 1. Business 6
   
Item 1a. Risk Factors 57
   
Item 2. Financial Information 93
   
Item 3. Properties 124
   
Item 4. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management 124
   
Item 5. Directors and Executive Officers 126
   
Item 6. Executive Compensation 131
   
Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 135
   
Item 8. Legal Proceedings 145
   
Item 9. Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters 146
   
Item 10. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities 149
   
Item 11. Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered 150
   
Item 12. Indemnification of Directors and Officers 164
   
Item 13. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 165
   
Item 14. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 165
   

Item 15. Financial Statements and Exhibits

165

 

2

 

 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

Certain statements in this Form 10 are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the U.S. federal securities laws. Forward-looking statements provide our current expectations or forecasts of future events and are not statements of historical fact. This Form 10 also contains forward-looking statements by third parties relating to market and industry data and forecasts; forecasts and other forward-looking information obtained from these sources are subject to the same qualifications and uncertainties as the other forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10. These forward-looking statements include information about possible or assumed future events, including, among other things, discussion and analysis of our future financial condition, results of operations, FFO, our strategic plans and objectives, cost management, potential property acquisitions, anticipated capital expenditures (and access to capital), amounts of anticipated cash distributions to our stockholders in the future and other matters. Words such as “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates” and variations of these words and other similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors, some of which are beyond our control, are difficult to predict and/or could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or forecasted in the forward-looking statements.

 

Forward-looking statements involve inherent uncertainty and may ultimately prove to be incorrect or false. Readers are cautioned to not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. Except as otherwise may be required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise forward-looking statements to reflect changed assumptions, the occurrence of unanticipated events or actual operating results. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including, but not limited to:

 

● risks and uncertainties related to the national, state and local economies, particularly the economies of Arkansas, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Michigan, Ohio, Oklahoma, Tennessee and Texas, and the real estate and healthcare industries in general;

 

● availability and terms of capital and financing;

 

● the impact of existing and future healthcare reform legislation on our tenants, borrowers and guarantors;

 

● adverse trends in the healthcare industry, including, but not limited to, changes relating to reimbursements available to our tenants by government or private payors;

 

● competition in long-term healthcare industry and shifts in the perception of various types of long-term care facilities, including skilled nursing facilities;

 

● the impact of COVID-19 on our business and the business of our tenants and operators, including without limitation, the extent and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic, increased costs and decreased occupancy levels experienced by operators of skilled nursing facilities, and the extent to which continued government support may be available to operators to offset such costs and the conditions related thereto;

 

● our tenants’ ability to make rent payments;

 

● our dependence upon key personnel whose continued service is not guaranteed;

 

● availability of appropriate acquisition opportunities and the failure to integrate successfully;

 

● ability to source target-marketed deal flow;

 

● ability to dispose of assets held for sale for the anticipated proceeds or on a timely basis, or to deploy the proceeds therefrom on favorable terms;

 

● fluctuations in mortgage and interest rates;

 

3

 

 

● changes in the ratings of our debt securities;

 

● risks and uncertainties associated with property ownership and development;

 

● the potential need to fund improvements or other capital expenditures out of operating cash flow;

 

● potential liability for uninsured losses and environmental liabilities;

 

● the outcome of pending or future legal proceedings;

 

● changes in tax laws and regulations affecting REITs;

 

● our ability to maintain our qualification as a REIT; and

 

● the effect of other factors affecting our business or the businesses of our operators that are beyond our or their control, including natural disasters, other health crises or pandemics and governmental action; particularly in the healthcare industry.

 

This list of risks and uncertainties, however, is only a summary of some of the most important factors and is not intended to be exhaustive. New risks and uncertainties may also emerge from time to time that could materially and adversely affect us.

 

GLOSSARY OF CERTAIN TERMS

 

The following is a glossary of certain terms used in this Form 10:

 

“ADA” means the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended.

 

“ALF” means assisted living facility.

 

“Affordable Care Act” means the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010.

 

“BVI Company” means Strawberry Fields REIT, Ltd., a company organized under the laws of the British Virgin Islands. Upon the consummation of the formation transactions, the BVI Company became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Operating Partnership.

 

“CAGR” means compound annual growth rate.

 

“Capitalization rate” means the ratio of a property’s operating income to its purchase price.

 

“CMS” means the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, which administers Medicare, Medicaid and the State Children’s Health Insurance Program.

 

“Company” means Strawberry Fields REIT, Inc., a Maryland corporation.

 

“Controlling Members of the Predecessor Company” or “Controlling Members” means Moishe Gubin, Michael Blisko and Ted Lerman, members of the Predecessor Company controlled by any of them and their affiliates.

 

“Dollars” or “$” means United States dollars.

 

“EBITDA” means earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization.

 

4

 

 

“EBITDAR” means earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and rent.

 

“EBITDARM” means earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, rent and management fees.

 

“GLA” or “gross leasable area” or means the area in any building that may be leased to tenants.

 

“HHS” means the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services.

 

“HIPAA” means the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended.

 

“HITECH Act” means the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act.

 

“HUD” means the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, the government department for housing and urban development.

 

“long-term acute care hospital” or “LTACH” means medical institutions in which patients requiring prolonged hospitalization (but who are stable) are given medical care and rehabilitation for several weeks. The operation of these institutions is subject to receipt of a suitable license.

 

“NIS” means New Israeli Shekels.

 

“Operating Partnership” means Strawberry Fields Realty LP, a Delaware limited partnership.

 

“OP units” means the units of limited partnership interests in the Operating Partnership.

 

“Predecessor Company” means Strawberry Fields REIT, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company. Prior to the consummation of the formation transactions, the Predecessor Company was the indirect owner of 73 of our properties.

 

“SFMS” means Strawberry Fields Management Services, LLC. Upon the consummation of the formation transactions, SFMS became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Operating Partnership.

 

“SNF” means a skilled nursing facility.

 

“Series A Bonds” means the Series A Bonds issued by the BVI Company, which were first offered to the public in Israel in 2015. The net outstanding principal balance of the Series A Bonds on March 31, 2022, was approximately $33.6 million.

 

“Series B Bonds” means the Series B Bonds issued by the BVI Company, which were first offered to the public in Israel in 2018. The outstanding principal balance of the Series B Bonds on December 31, 2021, was approximately $93.7 million. The Series B Bonds were repaid in full on March 31, 2022.

 

“Series C Bonds” means the Series C Bonds issued by the BVI Company, which were first offered to the public in Israel on July 28, 2021. As of March 31, 2022, the Series C Bonds had an outstanding principal balance of approximately $65.5 million.

 

“TASE” means the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange Ltd.

 

“TRS” means taxable REIT subsidiary.

 

5

 

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

 

References in this Form 10 to “we,” “our,” “us” and “the Company” refer to Strawberry Fields REIT, Inc., a Maryland corporation, together with its consolidated subsidiaries, including Strawberry Fields Realty LP, a Delaware limited partnership, which we refer to in this Form 10 as our Operating Partnership. We are the sole general partner of our Operating Partnership. The historical operations described in this Form 10 that occurred prior to June 8, 2021, refer to the historical operations of the businesses and assets of Strawberry Fields REIT, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company and our accounting predecessor (which we refer to in this Form 10 as the Predecessor Company). On June 8, 2021, the Predecessor Company contributed all of its assets to the Operating Partnership, and the Operating Partnership assumed all of the liabilities of the Predecessor Company, in connection with the consummation of the formation transactions described in this Form 10 under the caption “Structure and Formation of Our Company.”.

 

Introduction

 

We are a self-managed and self-administered company that specializes in the acquisition, ownership and triple-net leasing of skilled nursing facilities and other post-acute healthcare properties. As of the date of this Form 10, our portfolio consisted of 79 healthcare properties with an aggregate of 10,426 licensed beds. We hold fee title to 78 of these properties, and hold one property under a long-term lease. These properties are located across Arkansas, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Michigan, Ohio, Oklahoma, Tennessee and Texas. Our 79 properties comprise 85 healthcare facilities, consisting of the following:

 

  74 stand-alone skilled nursing facilities;
     
  four dual-purpose facilities used as both skilled nursing facilities and long-term acute care hospitals; and
     
  three assisted living facilities.

 

We generate substantially all of our revenues by leasing our properties to tenants under long-term leases on a triple-net basis, under which the tenant pays the cost of real estate taxes, insurance and other operating costs of the facility and capital expenditures. Each healthcare facility located at our properties is managed by a qualified operator with an experienced management team.

 

We are entitled to monthly rent paid by the tenants and we do not receive any income or bear any expenses from the operation of such facilities. As of the date of this Form 10, the aggregate annualized average base rent under the leases for our properties was approximately $82.7 million.

 

Since the Predecessor Company was formed, we have demonstrated consistent growth through acquisitions, having purchased 28 properties since January 2017, with an aggregate purchase price of approximately $198.1 million. Since 2017, our aggregate annualized average base rent has grown at an approximate 11.1% CAGR from $57.1 million in fiscal year 2017 to $86.9 million in fiscal year 2021. In addition, our Adjusted EBITDA and FFO from 2018 to 2021 grew at an approximate 8.3% and 18.8% CAGR, respectfully. During that period, we expanded our geographic footprint from six states to nine states.

 

Our management team has extensive experience in acquiring, owning, financing, operating and leasing of skilled nursing facilities and other types of healthcare properties. The team is led by Moishe Gubin, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of our Board of Directors, Nahman Eingal, our Chief Financial Officer, and Jefferey Bajtner who serves as our Senior Investment Officer. Combined, this team has over 50 years of experience investing in real estate and particularly in healthcare related real estate and operating companies. They have completed over 80 real estate related/healthcare related acquisitions totaling over $700 million in gross investment through various investment vehicles. Our management team also has extensive experience as operators of, and healthcare consultants to, skilled nursing facilities, having managed and operated over 60 skilled nursing facilities, including 41 of our current tenants. We believe our management team’s unique experience across both skilled nursing operations and real estate and its extensive knowledge of the skilled nursing industry position us favorably to take advantage of healthcare investment opportunities. Additionally, our deep and broad relationships with industry operators-have allowed us to identify and acquire skilled nursing facilities to which many of our competitors do not have access.

 

6

 

 

We have assembled a high quality and diversified portfolio of skilled nursing and other healthcare related facilities and we plan to continue to invest primarily in skilled nursing facilities and other healthcare facilities that primarily provide services to the elderly. We believe these asset classes provide potential for higher risk-adjusted returns compared to other forms of net-leased real estate assets due to the specialized expertise necessary to acquire, own, finance and operate these properties, which are factors that tend to limit competition among investors, owners, operators and finance companies. Additionally, our management team’s strong relationships in the industry have allowed us to acquire healthcare-related properties at valuations that achieve attractive lease yields, with the goal of generating strong returns for our stockholders over the long-term. As we continue to acquire additional properties and expand our portfolio, we expect to continue diversifying our portfolio by geography and by tenant, while also maintaining balance sheet strength and liquidity.

 

We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2022. We are organized in an UPREIT structure in which we own substantially all of our assets and conduct substantially all of our business through the Operating Partnership. We are the general partner of the Operating Partnership and own approximately 11.4% of the outstanding OP units.

 

Structure And Formation of Our Company

 

Our Operating Entities

 

Our Company

 

We were formed as a Maryland corporation on July 8, 2019 and commenced operations on June 8, 2021, following the completion of the formation transactions. We conduct our business through a traditional UPREIT structure in which our properties are owned by our Operating Partnership directly or through limited liability companies, limited partnerships or other subsidiaries, as described below under “—Our Operating Partnership.” We are the sole general partner of our Operating Partnership and we own approximately 11.4% of the outstanding OP units as of the date of this Form 10. Our board of directors oversee our business and affairs.

 

Our Operating Partnership

 

Our Operating Partnership was formed as a Delaware limited partnership on July 9, 2019 and commenced operations on June 8, 2021, following the completion of the formation transactions. Substantially all of our assets are held by, and our operations is being conducted through, our Operating Partnership. As the sole general partner of our Operating Partnership, we generally have the exclusive power under the partnership agreement to manage and conduct its business and affairs, subject to certain limited approval and voting rights of the limited partners, which are described more fully below in “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Strawberry Fields Realty LP.” In the future, we may issue additional OP units or preferred OP units of limited partnership interest in our Operating Partnership, or preferred OP units, from time to time in connection with property acquisitions, compensation or otherwise.

 

Our Ownership Structure

 

The following diagram depicts our current ownership structure.

 

 

Formation Transactions

 

On June 8, 2021, pursuant to a contribution agreement among the Company, the Predecessor Company and the Operating Partnership, the Predecessor Company contributed all of its assets to the Operating Partnership, and the Operating Partnership assumed all of its liabilities. In exchange, our Operating Partnership issued an aggregate of 51,686,280 OP units to the Predecessor Company. The Predecessor Company distributed these OP units to its members, and certain of these members transferred their OP units to their beneficial owners and other transferees. We subsequently exchanged 5,824,846 of these OP units for 5,824,846 shares of our common stock.

 

The assets that were contributed to the Operating Partnership by the Predecessor Company included all of the shares of the BVI Company, all of the membership interests in three property-owning limited liability companies owned directly by the Predecessor Company and all of the membership interests in SFMS. The BVI Company continues to own, through wholly-owned subsidiaries, all of our 78 properties and to hold, through a wholly-owned subsidiary, one lease for an additional property.

 

7

 

 

The contribution agreement was not negotiated on an arms’ length basis and may not be as favorable to us as an agreement negotiated on an arms’ length basis. We did not obtain independent third-party appraisals of the assets owned by the Predecessor Company for purposes of the formation transactions nor any independent third-party valuation or fairness opinion. Accordingly, the value of the OP units that we issued as consideration for the assets of the Predecessor Company in the formation transactions may have exceeded their aggregate fair market value.

 

In connection with the formation transactions, the Company also issued 19,320 shares of the Company’s common stock to the employees of the Company and its affiliates.

 

As a result of the completion of the formation transactions and the other transactions described above, we became the owner of approximately 11.3% of the outstanding OP units, which increased to 11.4% of the OP units following the issuance of additional OP units in connection with the Operating Partnership’s acquisition of additional properties in Tennessee and Kentucky in August 2021, and the exchange of OP Units for shares of our common stock in May 2022. See “Item 2. Financial Information - Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Acquisitions.”

 

In connection with the formation transactions, we also entered into a tax protection agreement with the Predecessor Company, pursuant to which we agreed to indemnify Predecessor Company, its members and their beneficial owners (the “protected parties”) against certain potential adverse tax consequences to them, which may affect the way in which we conduct our business in the future, including with respect to when and under what circumstances we sell certain properties or interests therein or repay debt. The potential adverse tax consequences against which we will indemnify the protected parties include future gain with respect to any negative capital account balances that exist after formation or that are “built-in” gain relating to assets that the protected parties are deemed to contribute to the Company. It is anticipated that the total amount of taxable built-in gain on the protected contributed properties and other assets will be approximately $394.8 million. Such indemnification obligations could result in aggregate payments of up to $165.2 million.

 

The provisions of the tax protection agreement originally obligated us to offer the protected parties the opportunity to guarantee debt, or, alternatively, to enter into a deficit restoration obligation, in a manner intended to provide an allocation of Operating Partnership liabilities to the partner for federal income tax purposes. In March 2022, the protected parties waived their rights under these provisions.

 

The amount of tax is calculated without regard to any deductions, losses or credits that may be available. See “Item 1. Business - Structure and Formation of Our Company—Tax Protection Agreement.”

 

Tax Protection Agreement

 

Under the Code, taxable gain recognized upon a sale of an asset contributed to a partnership must be allocated to the contributing partner, or original contributor, in a manner that takes into account the variation between the tax basis and the fair market value of the asset at the time of the contribution. This requirement may result in a significant allocation of taxable gain to the original contributor without an increased cash distribution. In addition, when a partner contributes an asset subject to a liability to a partnership, any reduction in the partner’s share of partnership liabilities that exceeds the partner’s adjusted tax basis in the partnership would result in taxable gain to the partner.

 

8

 

 

We entered into a tax protection agreement that provides benefits to the Predecessor Company, its members and their beneficial owners (the “protected parties”). See “Item. 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Tax Protection Agreement.” This agreement is intended to protect the protected party against the tax consequences described above. If we dispose of any interest in the protected properties in a taxable transaction prior to the tenth anniversary of the completion of the formation transactions, then we will indemnify the protected parties for their tax liabilities attributable to the built-in gain that exists with respect to such properties as of the time of the formation transactions and the tax liabilities incurred as a result of such tax protection payment. Pursuant to the tax protection agreement, it is anticipated that the total amount of protected built-in gain on the protected properties and other assets will be approximately $394.8 million. Such indemnification obligations could result in aggregate payments of up to $165.2 million. The amount of tax is calculated without regard to any deductions, losses or credits that may be available. With respect to each of the protected properties, the tax indemnities described above will not apply to a disposition of a protected property if such disposition constitutes a “like-kind exchange” under section 1031 of the Code, an involuntary conversion under section 1033 of the Code, or another transaction (including, but not limited to, (i) a contribution of property that qualifies for the non-recognition of gain under sections 721 or 351 of the Code or (ii) a merger or consolidation of our Operating Partnership with or into another entity that qualifies for taxation as a partnership for federal income tax purposes) if such transaction does not result in the recognition of taxable income or gain to a contributor with respect to its OP units. In the case of the exception discussed in the preceding sentence, the tax protection then would apply to the replacement property (or the partnership interest) received in the transaction, to the extent that the sale or other disposition of that replacement asset would result in the recognition of any of the built-in gain that existed for that property at the time of our formation transactions.

 

The provisions of the tax protection agreement originally obligated us to offer the protected parties the opportunity to guarantee debt, or, alternatively, to enter into a deficit restoration obligation, in a manner intended to provide an allocation of Operating Partnership liabilities to the partner for federal income tax purposes. In March 2022, the protected parties waived their rights under these provisions.

 

Industry Overview

 

We specialize in the acquisition of income-producing healthcare-related facilities, primarily focusing on skilled nursing facilities located in the United States. According to the National Health Expenditure Projections for 2019-2028 published by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (“CMS”), Office of the Actuary, nursing home expenditures are projected to grow from approximately $175 billion in 2019 to approximately $266 billion in 2028, which represents a CAGR of approximately 5% for this period. The industry has continued to evolve to meet the growing demand for post-acute and custodial healthcare services and will continue to increase in spending based on some of the following trends:

 

Aging Population. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, the number of Americans aged 65 or older is one of the fastest growing segments of the U.S. population and is projected to increase from approximately 55 million in 2020 to 72 million in 2030, which reflects a CAGR of approximately 2.7%. At the same time, the number of American aged 85 or older is projected to increase from approximately 6.6 million in 2020 to 8.7 million in 2030, which reflects a CAGR of approximately 2.8%.

 

Shift of Patient Care Settings to Lower Cost Alternatives. Cost containment measures adopted by the federal government encourage patient treatment in more cost-effective settings, such as SNFs. As a result, higher acuity patients that would have previously been treated in a long-term acute care hospital and/or in an inpatient rehabilitation facility are now increasingly being treated in lower cost settings such as SNFs.

 

Favorable Supply and Demand Industry Dynamics. The number of SNFs has declined modestly over the past several years. There were approximately 15,000 SNFs in the United States in 2019, according to MedPAC, compared with approximately 16,900 facilities in 2000, according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. We expect that the potential profitability of the SNF industry will improve due to lack of growth in the supply of SNFs and an increase in demand for such facilities due to growing number of individuals over age 65.

 

Barriers to Entry. In some states, owners and operators of existing SNFs have the benefit of certificate of need, or CON, laws. These laws are state regulatory mechanisms for establishing or expanding health care facilities and services in a given area. In a state with a CON program, a state health planning agency must approve major capital expenditures for certain health care facilities. CON programs aim to control health care costs by restricting duplicative services and determining whether new capital expenditures meet a community need. We believe these laws create barriers to entry for new operators in CON states and limit competition for existing owners and operators. Eight of the nine states in which we own properties require a CON.

 

9

 

 

Our Portfolio

 

As of the date of this Form 10, we owned and leased a geographically diverse portfolio of 79 healthcare properties in nine states, with an aggregate of 10,426 licensed beds. Of these 79 properties, 74 are skilled nursing facilities, four are dual-purpose facilities used as both skilled nursing facilities and long-term acute care hospitals, and three are assisted living facilities.

 

The following table contains information regarding our owned and leased healthcare facility portfolio by facility type, as of the date of this Form 10.

 

Summary of Our Facilities
Facility Type  Number of Facilities(1)   Licensed Bed Count   Annualized Average Base Rent(2)(3)(4)   % of Total Annualized Base Rent 
           (Amounts in $000s) 
Skilled Nursing Facilities   78    10,174   $ 80,791      97.7 %
Long-Term Acute Care Hospitals (5)   4    153     1,240      1.5 %
Assisted Living Facilities   3    99    710     0.8 %
Total   85    10,426   $ 82,441     100.0%

 

(1) Number of facilities does not equate to the number of properties because four properties include more than one type of facility.

 

(2) Annualized average base rent does not represent historical rental amounts. Rather, annualized average base rent represents the average annual base rent for the expected life of the lease, except as otherwise noted. Base rent does not include tenant recoveries, additional rents or other related adjustments, but does include contractual annual rent escalation and averages the base rent over the life of the lease. For additional information on the expiration of these leases, see “Item 1. Business — Lease Expirations.”

 

(3) On April 4, 2022, we were notified that the tenants under the master leases for 6 facilities located in central Illinois intended to default with respect to their lease agreements due to operating losses. The tenants indicated that their operating losses were partially due to decreased occupancy caused by COVID-19. The tenants are affiliates of Steven Blisko, who is the brother of Michael Blisko, one of our directors. These leases provided for a combined rent of $225,000 per month, or $2.7 million per year. All payments due under these leases were paid through mid-June 2022. On July 1, 2022, the Company entered into new lease agreements with an unaffiliated third party operator to lease these properties. The new leases have terms of 10 years each and provide for combined average base rent of $180,000 per month, or $2.3 million per year over the life of the leases. The Company expects to recognize a loss of approximately $1,080,000 in the second quarter of 2022 due to the write-off of straight-line rent receivable related to the former leases.

 

(4) There are no material differences between the annualized average base rent for the properties leased to related parties and the properties leased to unaffiliated third parties. In most cases, the base rent is equal to ten percent of the purchase price of the property, subject to adjustments based on changes in the consumer price index.

 

(5) As of the date of this Form 10, two of the Long-Term Acute Care Hospitals were vacant. We are actively seeking tenants for these facilities. Annualized Average Base Rent does not include any rent for these facilities.

 

Property Types

 

Skilled Nursing Facilities. Skilled nursing facilities, or SNFs, provide services that include daily nursing, therapeutic rehabilitation, social services, housekeeping, nutrition and administrative services for individuals and patients requiring certain assistance for daily living activities. A typical SNF includes mostly one or two bed units, each equipped with a private or shared bathroom and community dining halls.

 

10

 

 

Long-Term Acute Care Hospitals. Long-term acute care hospitals, or LTACHs, provide a range of services and treatments for acute care domains such as emergency care; urgent care; short-term stabilization; trauma care and acute care surgery; critical care; and prehospital care. The acute service domains mentioned are for individuals and patients with acute life- or limb- threatening medical surgical needs, ambulatory care needs, acute needs before delivery of definitive treatment, community care needs until patient transfer, life-threatening conditions requiring comprehensive care and constant monitoring, and life-threatening injuries requiring acute surgical attention.

 

Assisted Living Facilities. Assisted living facilities, or ALFs, provide services that include minimal nursing assistance, housekeeping, nutrition, laundry and administrative services for individuals and patients requiring minimal assistance for daily living activities. ALFs enable residents to maintain some of their privacy and independence as they do not require constant supervision and assistance. ALFs are typically comprised of one and two bedroom suites equipped with private bathrooms and efficiency kitchens. Services bundled within one regular monthly fee usually include three meals per day in a central dining room, daily housekeeping, laundry, medical reminders and 24-hour availability of assistance with the activities of daily living, such as eating, dressing and bathing. Professional nursing and healthcare services are available at the facility on-call or at scheduled times.

 

Geographic Diversification

 

As of the date of this Form 10, our portfolio of 79 properties is broadly diversified by geographic location across nine U.S. states, comprising Arkansas, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Michigan, Ohio, Oklahoma, Tennessee and Texas.

 

The following table contains information regarding our healthcare facility portfolio by geography, as of the date of this Form 10:

 

State  Number of Properties  Facility Type  Licensed Bed Count   Annualized
Average Base Rent
(Amounts in $000s)
   % of Total Annualized Average Base Rent 
Illinois  21  21 SNFs   4,327   $ 25,579      30.9 %
Indiana  15  15 SNFs   1,388    14,258    17.2%
Arkansas  13  12 SNFs
2 ALFs
   1,572    11,044     13.4 %
Kentucky  9  9 SNFs 1 ALF   1,045    8,214    9.9%
Tennessee  12  12 SNFs   1,056    17,148     20.8 %
Texas  3  3 SNFs
3 LTACHs
   563     3,735      4.5 %
Oklahoma  1  1 SNFs
1 LTACH
   137    1,077    1.3%
Ohio  4  4 SNFs   238    864     1.0 %
Michigan  1  1 SNF   100    786    1.0%
      78 SNFs
4 LTACHs
3 ALFs
               
Totals  79      10,426   $ 82,705     100.0%

 

Tenants and Operators

 

Our properties are currently leased to 83 tenants under 28 lease agreements. Our leases include 9 master lease agreements that cover 64 facilities leased to 64 tenants, with the remaining 19 leases each covering a single facility leased to one tenant. Forty-one of our tenants are related parties. As of the date of this Form 10, two facilities were vacant.

 

11

 

 

Each property is operated as a healthcare facility by a licensed operator, which may be the tenant or a separate operator. Each operator holds a license granted by state regulators to operate a specific type of facility. All of the operators have an experienced management team and senior healthcare staff with substantial knowledge of their respective local markets. We target healthcare operators that are owned by principals with a history of quality care, and the demonstrated ability to successfully navigate in a changing healthcare operating environment. Certain operators are related parties.

 

We believe that each of the operators of our properties is primarily focused on serving the needs of the local community. Unlike operators that are part of a large national healthcare conglomerate, we believe the operators at our properties can manage their facilities more efficiently because they are not burdened by costly infrastructure and have the flexibility to rapidly adjust their cost structure to respond to changes in the reimbursement environment.

 

In order to operate efficiently and improve profitability, most of the operators at our facilities have engaged large consulting firms that specialize in healthcare and skilled nursing operations. These consulting firms provide advice and assistance on marketing, operating policies and procedures, billing, collections and regulatory compliance. The operators and consultants work together to develop and standardize best practices in the facilities, while operating in a cost-efficient manner. The operators at our properties primarily use one of nine principal consulting firms, including four firms that are part of Infinity Healthcare, a healthcare consulting business that is owned by the Moishe Gubin, who is our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and one of the Controlling Members of the Predecessor Company and Michael Blisko, who is one of our directors and one of the Controlling Members of the Predecessor Company.

 

The tenants and operators of our properties have demonstrated the ability to generate consistent profitability despite the challenging markets in which they operate. In many cases, these tenants and operators have successfully optimized and stabilized underperforming skilled nursing facilities. While these tenants and operators have been successful, we expect to seek opportunities to diversify our tenant/operator mix through future acquisitions that will be leased to new operators.

 

The following table contains information regarding our healthcare facility portfolio by tenant, as of the date of this Form 10:

 

Lessor/

Company Subsidiary

 

Tenant/

Operator (1)

  State  Property type  Number of licensed beds  Tenant Lease Expiration Year (2)  Rentable square feet   Percent leased  

Annualized Lease Income

(in $)

   % of total Annualized Lease Income   Annualized lease income per SQF (in $) 
Master Lease Indiana  
1020 West Vine Street Realty LLC  The Waters of Princeton II, LLC  IN  SNF  95  2025   32,571    100%   1,045,506    1.26%   32.10 
12803 Lenover Street Realty, LLC  The Waters of Dillsboro – Ross Manor II, LLC  IN  SNF  123  2025   67,851    100%   1,353,655    1.63%   19.95 
1350 North Todd Drive Realty LLC  The Waters of Scottsburg II, LLC  IN  SNF  99  2025   28,050    100%   1,089,527    1.32%   38.84 
1600 East Liberty Street Realty, LLC  The Waters of Covington II, LLC  IN  SNF  119  2025   40,821    100%   1,309,634    1.58%   32.08 
1601 Hospital Drive Realty, LLC  The Waters of Greencastle II, LLC  IN  SNF  100  2025   31,245    100%   1,100,532    1.33%   35.22 
1712 Leland Drive Realty, LLC  The Waters of Huntingburg II, LLC  IN  SNF  95  2025   45,156    100%   1,045,506    1.26%   23.15 
2055 Heritage Drive Realty, LLC  The Waters of Martinsville II, LLC  IN  SNF  103  2025   30,060    100%   1,133,548    1.37%   37.71 

 

12

 

 

3895 South Keystone Avenue Realty, LLC  The Waters of Indianapolis II, LLC  IN  SNF  81  2025   25,469    100%   891,431    1.08%   35.00 
405 Rio Vista Lane Realty, LLC  The Waters of Rising Sun II, LLC  IN  SNF  58  2025   16,140    100%   638,309    0.77%   39.55 
950 Cross Avenue Realty, LLC  The Waters of Clifty Falls II, LLC  IN  SNF  138  2025   39,438    100%   1,518,735     1.84 %   38.51 
958 East Highway 46 Realty, LLC  The Water of Batesville II, LLC  IN  SNF  86  2025   59,582    100%   946,458    1.14%   15.88 
2400_Chateau Drive Realty, LLC  The Waters of Muncie II, LLC  IN  SNF  72  2025   22,350    100%   792,383    0.96%   35.45 
The Big H2O, LLC  The Waters of New Castle II, LLC  IN  SNF  66  2025   24,860    100%   726,351    0.88%   29.22 
Master Lease Central Illinois 1  
253 Bradington Drive, LLC  Bria of Columbia LLC  IL  SNF  119  2032    43,189    100%    286,565      0.35 %    6.64  
3523 Wickenhauser, LLC  Bria of Alton, LLC  IL  SNF  181  2032    44,840    100%    435,868      0.53 %    9.72  
727 North 17th Street LLC  Belleville Healthcare Center, LLC  IL  SNF  180  2032    50,650    100%    433,460      0.52 %    8.56  
Master Lease Landmark  
1621 Coit Road Realty, LLC  Landmark of Plano Nursing and Rehabilitation, LLC  TX  SNF  160  2027   49,812    100%   1,257,678    1.52%   25.25 
8200 National Avenue Realty, LLC  Landmark of Midwest City Nursing and Rehabilitation, LLC  OK  SNF  106  2027   39,789    100%   833,211    1.01%   20.94 
8200 National Avenue Realty, LLC  Landmark of Midwest City Hospital  OK  LTACH  31  2027   49,319    100%   243,675    0.29%   4.94 
5601 Plum Creek Drive Realty, LLC  Landmark of Amarillo Nursing and Rehabilitation, LLC  TX  SNF  99  2027   60,031    100%   778,188    0.94%   12.96 
9300 Ballard Road Realty, LLC  Landmark of Desplaines Nursing and Rehabilitation, LLC  IL  SNF  231  2022   70,556    100%   1,815,772     2.20 %   25.73 
911 South 3rd St Realty LLC  Chalet Of Niles  MI  SNF  100  2025   31,895    100%   786,049    0.95%   24.64 
1015 Magazine Street, LLC  Landmark of River City Rehabilitation and Nursing Center  KY  SNF  92  2028   36,050    100%   723,165    0.87%   20.06 

 

13

 

 

900 Gagel Avenue, LLC  Landmark of Iroquois Park Rehabilitation and Nursing Center  KY  SNF  120  2028   36,374    100%   943,258    1.14%   25.93 
308 West Maple Avenue, LLC  Landmark of Lancaster Rehabilitation and Nursing Center  KY  SNF  96  2027   42,438    100%   754,607    0.91%   17.78 
1155 Eastern Parkway, LLC  Landmark of Louisville Rehabilitation and Nursing Center  KY  SNF  252  2027   106,250    100%   1,980,842     2.40 %   18.64 
203 Bruce Court, LLC  Landmark of Danville Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC, Goldenrod Village Assisted Living Center, LLC  KY  SNF/
ALF
  108  2030   46,500    100%   848,932    1.03%   18.26 
120 Life Care Way, LLC  Landmark of Bardstown Rehabilitation and Nursing Center  KY  SNF  100  2028   36,295    100%   786,049    0.95%   21.66 
1033 North Highway 11, LLC  Landmark of Laurel Creek Rehabilitation and Nursing Center  KY  SNF  106  2028   32,793    100%   833,211    1.01%   25.41 
945 West Russell Street, LLC  Landmark of Elkhorn City Rehabilitation and Nursing Center  KY  SNF  106  2028   31,637    100%   833,211    1.01%   26.34 
1253 Lake Barkley Drive, LLC  Landmark of Kuttawa, A Rehabilitation & Nursing Center  KY  SNF  65  2031   37,892    100%   510,932    0.62%   13.48 
Master Lease Central Illinois 2  
107 South Lincoln Street LLC  Bria of Smithson, LLC   IL  SNF  101  2032    21,150    100%    424,528      0.51 %    20.07  
1623 West Delmar Avenue LLC  Bria of Godfrey, LLC  IL  SNF  68  2032    15,740    100%    263,1285,82144      0.35 %    18.16  
393 Edwardsville Road LLC  Bria of Wood River, LLC  IL  SNF  106  2032    29,491    100%    445,545      0.54 %    15.11  
Master Lease Ohio  
3090 Five Points Hartford Realty, LLC  Concord Care Center of Healthcare of Hartford, Inc.  OH  SNF  54  2025   15,504    100%   196,012    0.24%   12.64 
3121 Glanzman Road Realty, LLC  Concord Care Center of Healthcare of Toledo, Inc.  OH  SNF  84  2025   24,087    100%   304,908    0.37%   12.66 
620 West Strub Road Realty, LLC  Concord Care Center of Healthcare of Sandusky, Inc.  OH  SNF  50  2025   18,984    100%   181,493    0.22%   9.56 
4250 Sodom Hutchings Road Realty, LLC  Concord Care Center of Healthcare of Cortland, Inc.  OH  SNF  50  2025   14,736    100%   181,493    0.22%   12.32 

 

14

 

 

Master Lease Tennessee 1  
115 Woodlawn Drive, LLC  Lakebridge a Waters Community, LLC  TN  SNF  109  2031   37,734    100%   1,514,820    1.83%   40.14 
146 Buck Creek Road, LLC  The Waters of Roan Highlands, LLC  TN  SNF  80  2031   30,139    100%   1,111,794    1.34%   36.89 
704 5th Avenue East, LLC  The Waters of Springfield, LLC  TN  SNF  66  2031   19,900    100%   917,230    1.11%   46.09 
2501 River Road, LLC  The Waters of Cheatham, LLC  TN  SNF  80  2031   37,953    100%   1,111,794    1.34%   29.29 
202 Enon Springs Road East, LLC  The Waters of Smyrna, LLC  TN  SNF  91  2031   34,070    100%   1,264,666    1.53%   37.12 
140 Technology Lane, LLC  The Waters of Johnson City, LLC  TN  SNF  84  2031   34,814    100%   1,167,384    1.41%   33.53 
835 Union Street, LLC  The Waters of Shelbyville, LLC  TN  SNF  96  2031   44,327    100%   1,334,153    1.61%   30.10 
Master Lease Tennessee 2  
505 North Roan Street, LLC  Agape Rehabilitation & Nursing Center, A Water’s Community  TN  SNF  84  2031   27,100    100%   1,628,910    1.97%   60.11 
14510 Highway 79, LLC  Waters of McKenzie, A Rehabilitation & Nursing Center  TN  SNF  66  2031   22,454    100%   1,279,858    1.55%   57.00 
6500 Kirby Gate Boulevard, LLC  Waters of Memphis, A Rehabilitation & Nursing Center  TN  SNF  90  2031   51,565    100%   1,745,261    2.11%   33.85 
978 Highway 11 South, LLC  Waters of Sweetwater, A Rehabilitation & Nursing Center  TN  SNF  90  2031   30,312    100%   1,745,261    2.11%   57.58 
2830 Highway 394, LLC  Waters of Bristol, A Rehabilitation & Nursing Center  TN  SNF  120  2031   53,913    100%   2,327,014    2.81%   43.16 
Master Lease Arkansas 1  
5301 Wheeler Avenue, LLC  Wheeler Avenue Operating, LLC  AR  SNF  117  2028   41,490    100%   821,950    0.99%   19.81 
414 Massey Avenue, LLC  Massey Avenue ALF Operating, LLC  AR  ALF  32  2028   12,548    100%   224,807    0.27%   17.92 
706 Oak Grove Street, LLC  Oak Grove Street Operating, LLC  AR  SNF  97  2028   31,586    100%   681,445    0.82%   21.57 
8701 Riley Drive, LLC  Riley Drive Operating, LLC  AR  SNF  140  2028   61,543    100%   983,530    1.19%   15.98 
1516 Cumberland Street, LLC  Cumberland Street Operating, LLC  AR  SNF  120  2028   82,328    100%   843,025    1.02%   10.24 

 

15

 

 

5720 West Markham Street, LLC  West Markham Street Operating, LLC  AR  SNF  154  2028   56,176    100%   1,081,883    1.31%   19.26 
2501 John Ashley Drive, LLC  John Ashley Drive Operating, LLC  AR  SNF  140  2028   65,149    100%   983,530    1.19%   15.10 
1513 South Dixieland Road, LLC  South Dixieland Road Operating, LLC  AR  SNF  110  2028   32,962    100%   772,773    0.93%   23.44 
826 North Street, LLC  North Street Operating, LLC  AR  SNF  94  2028   30,924    100%   660,370    0.80%   21.35 
Individual Leases  
Ambassador Nursing Realty, LLC  Ambassador Nursing and Rehabilitation Center II, LLC  IL  SNF  190  2026   37,100    100%   1,005,313     1.22 %   27.10 
Momence Meadows Realty, LLC  Momence Meadows Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC  IL  SNF  140  2025   37,139    100%   1,038,000     1.26 %   27.95 
Oak Lawn Nursing Realty, LLC  Oak Lawn Respiratory and Rehabilitation Center, LLC  IL  SNF  143  2031   37,854    100%   1,083,048    1.31%   28.61 
Forest View Nursing Realty, LLC  Forest View Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC  IL  SNF  144  2024   34,152    100%   1,215,483    1.47%   35.59 
Lincoln Park Holdings, LLC  Lakeview Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC  IL  SNF  178  2031   34,362    100%   1,260,000    1.52%   36.67 
Continental Nursing Realty, LLC  Continental Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC  IL  SNF  208  2031   53,653    100%   1,575,348    1.90%   29.36 
Westshire Nursing Realty, LLC  City View Multi care Center LLC  IL  SNF  485  2025   124,020    100%   1,788,365    2.16%   14.42 
Belhaven Realty, LLC  Belhaven Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC  IL  SNF  221  2026   60,000    100%   2,134,570    2.58%   35.58 
West Suburban Nursing Realty, LLC  West Suburban Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC  IL  SNF  259  2027   70,314    100%   1,961,604    2.37%   27.90 
Niles Nursing Realty, LLC  Niles Nursing & Rehab, LLC  IL  SNF  304  2026   46,480    100%   2,409,998    2.91%   51.85 
Parkshore Estates Nursing Realty, LLC  Parkshore Estates Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC  IL  SNF  318  2024   94,018    100%   2,454,187     2.97 %   26.10 
Midway Neurological and Rehabilitation Realty, LLC  Midway Neurological and Rehabilitation Center, LLC  IL  SNF  404  2026   120,000    100%   2,547,712    3.08%   21.23 

 

16

 

 

516 West Frech Street LLC  Parker Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC  IL  SNF  102  2031   24,979    100%   498,350    0.60%   19.95 
4343 Kennedy Drive, LLC  Hope Creek Nursing and Rehabilitation Center, LLC  IL  SNF  245  2030   104,000    100%   478,985    0.58%   4.63 
1316 North Tibbs Avenue Realty LLC  West Park, a Water community  IN  SNF  89  2024   26,572    100%   549,884    0.66%   20.69 
1585 Perry Worth Road LLC  The Waters of Lebanon LLC  IN  SNF  64  2027   32,650    100%   116,677    0.14%   3.57 
1621 Coit Road Realty, LLC  None  TX  LTACH  43  -   24,906    0%   -    0.00%   - 
2301 North Oregon Realty, LLC  Grace Point Wellness Center  TX  SNF  182  2027   19,895    100%   739,423    0.89%   37.17 
2301 North Oregon Realty, LLC  Specialty Hospital Management  TX  LTACH  32  2029    24,660    100%    960,000      1.16 %    38.93  
5601 Plum Creek Drive Realty, LLC  None  TX  LTACH  47  -   30,015    0%   -    0.00%   - 
9209 Dollarway Road, LLC  Dollarway Road Operating, LLC  AR  SNF  120  2029   45,771    100%   843,026    1.02%   18.42 
Master Lease Arkansas 2  
326 Lindley Lane, LLC  Lindley Lane Operating, LLC  AR  SNF  120  2029   49,675    100%   843,044    1.02%   16.97 
2821 West Dixon Road, LLC  West Dixon Road Operating, LLC & West Dixon Road ALF Operating, LLC  AR  SNF/ALF  176  2029   50,382    100%   1,236,465     1.50 %   24.54 
552 Golf Links Road, LLC  Golf Links Road Operating, LLC  AR  SNF  152  2029   30,372    100%   1,067,833    1.29%   35.16 
Total/Average        10,426      3,501,551    98.43%    82,704,818     100.00%    23.62  

 

(1) The tenant and the operator are the same for each facility other than the 13 SNFs leased under the Indiana master lease agreement and one SNF in Amarillo, Texas. In the case of these other facilities, the tenants are county hospitals which have entered into management agreements with the operators listed in the table. These arrangements permit the facilities to participate in a CMS program that pays higher Medicaid reimbursement rates for facilities associated with hospitals in underserved areas.

 

(2) The expiration dates do not reflect the exercise of any renewable options.

 

As of the date of this Form 10, we lease 41 of our facilities to tenants that are affiliates of Moishe Gubin who serves as Chairman of the Board and our Chief Executive Officer, Michael Blisko, who serves as one of our directors, and Ted Lerman, one of the Controlling Members of the Predecessor Company. As of the data of this Form 10, approximately 63.9% of our annualized base rent is received from such related-party tenants. The failure of these tenants to perform their obligations under their leases or renew their leases upon expiration could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. As a result, a substantial portion of our rental income is received from related parties. The Controlling Members of the Predecessor Company are Moishe Gubin, Michael Blisko and Ted Lerman and their affiliates. Mr. Gubin is the Chief Executive Officer of the Predecessor Company and serves as our Chief Executive Officer and our Chairman. Michael Blisko is the Chief Executive Officer of Blisko Enterprises LP, a family-owned investment company and serves as one of our directors. Ted Lerman is the Chief Executive Officer of A&F Realty LLC, a family-owned investment company.

 

17

 

 

Rental income from leases with these related party tenants represented 63.1% of all rental income for the quarter ended March 31, 2022. We believe these affiliated relationships provide a strong alignment of interests between us and our tenants and offers us increased operating flexibility with regards to potentially replacing underperforming tenants or evaluating acquisitions in new states. As we continue to grow and expand our portfolio, we intend to develop new relationships with unrelated party tenants and operators in order to diversify our tenant base and reduce our dependence on related party and operators.

 

The following table contains information regarding tenant/operators that are related parties of the Predecessor Company as of the date of this Form 10:

 

Tenant/Operators that are Related Parties
Lessor/Company Subsidiary  Tenant/Operator (1)  Beneficial Owner Percentage in Tenant/Operator by Related Party
      Moishe Gubin/Gubin Enterprises LP   Michael Blisko/Blisko Enterprises LP   Ted Lerman/A&F Realty LLC 
Master Lease Indiana
1020 West Vine Street Realty LLC  The Waters of Princeton II, LLC   38.60%   39.64%   20.20%
12803 Lenover Street Realty, LLC  The Waters of Dillsboro – Ross Manor II, LLC   38.60%   39.64%   20.20%
1350 North Todd Drive Realty LLC  The Waters of Scottsburg II, LLC   38.60%   39.64%   20.20%
1600 East Liberty Street Realty, LLC  The Waters of Covington II, LLC   38.60%   39.64%   20.20%
1601 Hospital Drive Realty, LLC  The Waters of Greencastle II, LLC   38.60%   39.64%   20.20%
1712 Leland Drive Realty, LLC  The Waters of Huntingburg II, LLC   38.60%   39.64%   20.20%
2055 Heritage Drive Realty, LLC  The Waters of Martinsville II, LLC   38.60%   39.64%   20.20%
3895 South Keystone Avenue Realty, LLC  The Waters of Indianapolis II, LLC   38.60%   39.64%   20.20%
405 Rio Vista Lane Realty, LLC  The Waters of Rising Sun II, LLC   38.60%   39.64%   20.20%
950 Cross Avenue Realty, LLC  The Waters of Clifty Falls II, LLC   38.60%   39.64%   20.20%

 

18

 

 

958 East Highway 46 Realty, LLC  The Water of Batesville II, LLC   38.60%   39.64%   20.20%
2400 Chateau Drive Realty, LLC  The Waters of Muncie II, LLC   38.60%   39.64%   20.20%
The Big H2O, LLC  The Waters of New Castle II, LLC   38.60%   39.64%   20.20%
Master Lease Tennessee
115 Woodlawn Drive, LLC  Lakebridge, a Waters Community, LLC   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%
146 Buck Creek Road, LLC  The Waters of Roan Highlands, LLC   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%
704 5th Avenue East, LLC  The Waters of Springfield, LLC   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%
2501 River Road, LLC  The Waters of Cheatham, LLC   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%
202 Enon Springs Road East, LLC  The Waters of Smyrna, LLC   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%
140 Technology Lane, LLC  The Waters of Johnson City, LLC   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%
835 Union Street, LLC  The Waters of Shelbyville, LLC   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%
505 North Roan Street, LLC  Agape Rehabilitation & Nursing Center, A Water’s Community   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%
14510 Highway 79, LLC  Waters of McKenzie, A Rehabilitation & Nursing Center   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%
6500 Kirby Gate Boulevard, LLC  Waters of Memphis, A Rehabilitation & Nursing Center   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%
978 Highway 11 South, LLC  Waters of Sweetwater, A Rehabilitation & Nursing Center   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%
2830 Highway 394, LLC  Waters of Bristol, A Rehabilitation & Nursing Center   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%

 

19

 

 

Individual Leases
Ambassador Nursing Realty, LLC  Ambassador Nursing and Rehabilitation Center II, LLC   37.50%   37.50%   5.00%
Momence Meadows Realty, LLC  Momence Meadows Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC   50.00%   50.00%   0.00%
Oak Lawn Nursing Realty, LLC  Oak Lawn Respiratory and Rehabilitation Center, LLC   50.00%   50.00%   0.00%
Forest View Nursing Realty, LLC  Forest View Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC   50.00%   50.00%   0.00%
Lincoln Park Holdings, LLC  Lakeview Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC   40.00%   40.00%   0.00%
Continental Nursing Realty, LLC  Continental Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC   37.50%   37.50%   5.00%
Westshire Nursing Realty, LLC  City View Multi care Center LLC   50.00%   50.00%   0.00%
Belhaven Realty, LLC  Belhaven Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC   35.00%   35.00%   24.99%
West Suburban Nursing Realty, LLC  West Suburban Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC   37.50%   37.50%   5.00%
Niles Nursing Realty, LLC  Niles Nursing & Rehab, LLC   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%
Parkshore Estates Nursing Realty, LLC  Parkshore Estates Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC   30.00%   30.00%   20.00%
Midway Neurological and Rehabilitation Realty, LLC  Midway Neurological and Rehabilitation Center, LLC   33.39%   33.39%   23.97%
516 West Frech Street LLC  Parker Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC   50.00%   50.00%   0.00%

 

20

 

 

4343 Kennedy Drive, LLC  Hope Creek Nursing and Rehabilitation Center, LLC   50.00%   50.00%   0.00%
1316 North Tibbs Avenue Realty LLC  West Park, a water community   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%
1585 Perry Worth Road LLC  The Waters of Lebanon LLC   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%

 

Principal Consulting Firms to Operators

 

The principal consulting firms engaged by our tenants as of July 1, 2022 are described below. They provide the tenants with a wide range of advice and assistance that we believe significantly enhances the operators’ ability to operate successfully. As further described below, some of the consulting firms are related parties.

 

Infinity Healthcare (“Infinity”). Infinity is a consulting group that provides healthcare consulting services to the healthcare industry, including facilities that offer skilled and intermediate nursing, short-term rehabilitation, services for residents with dementia and Alzheimer’s disease, behavioral health, ventilator units, in-house dialysis, and home health. Infinity was founded in 2008 by Moishe Gubin, who is our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and one of the Controlling Members of the Predecessor Company and Michael Blisko, who is one of our directors and one of the Controlling Members of the Predecessor Company. Infinity provides consulting services to 48 facilities (of which 41 are leased from us) in Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, Oklahoma, Tennessee and Texas.

 

21

 

 

Benchmark Healthcare (“Benchmark”). Benchmark is a healthcare consulting service provider to the skilled nursing facility industry. Benchmark was founded in 2015 and primarily provides consulting services to A&M Healthcare which, through its subsidiaries, holds the licenses to 15 skilled nursing facilities. A&M Healthcare operates under the trade name Landmark. Benchmark provides consulting services to 17 facilities (of which 16 are leased from us) in Kentucky, Illinois Texas, Michigan and Oklahoma.

 

Bria Health Services (“Bria”). Bria is a healthcare consulting company that provides consulting services to the skilled nursing facility industry. Bria was founded in 2012 by Avrum Weinfeld, Daniel Weiss and Natan Weiss and headquartered in Skokie, IL. Bria provides consulting services to 17 operators in Illinois with over 2,900 beds (including 6 Strawberry facilities located in southern Illinois with 755 licensed beds)

 

AOM Healthcare Management (“AOM”). AOM is a diverse and experienced healthcare consulting firm founded in the 2000’s and based in New York. AOM provides consulting services to 22 skilled nursing facilities (of which four are leased from us) in New York and Ohio.

 

Oasis Healthcare Group – Oasis is a diverse healthcare consulting firm founded in 2020 by three healthcare experienced individuals, Abraham Schreiber, Morris Schreiber, and Matis Herzka. The Company is based in New York. Oasis provides consulting services to 12 skilled nursing facilities and 2 ALFs (of which all are leased from us) in Arkansas.

 

Paramount Healthcare Consultants (“Paramount”). Paramount is a diverse and experienced healthcare consulting firm founded in 2008 and based in Louisiana. Paramount provides consulting services to 11 healthcare facilities (of which one is leased from us) in Louisiana and Texas.

 

Each of these consultants provides services to our tenants and operators directly without any involvement by us. None of these consultants provide us with any services and we have no contractual obligations or commitments with these consultants. We do not require any tenants or operators to use the services of any consultant.

 

Competitive Strengths

 

We believe that the following competitive strengths provide a solid foundation for the sustained growth of our business and successful execution of our business strategies:

 

Diversified Portfolio. We have a portfolio that is diversified in terms of both geography and tenant composition. As of the date of this Form 10, our portfolio is comprised of 79 healthcare-related properties with a total of 10,426 licensed beds located throughout Arkansas, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Michigan, Ohio, Oklahoma, Tennessee and Texas. We believe that our geographic diversification limits the potential impact of any regulatory, reimbursement, competitive dynamic or other changes in any single market on the overall performance of our portfolio. We lease our properties to 83 tenants, with no single tenant accounting for more than 3.1% of our annualized base rent. This diversification limits our exposure for any single tenant that encounters financial or operational difficulties.

 

Protected Markets. In eight of the nine states in which we operate, we benefit from CON laws that require state approval for the constructions and expansion of certain types of healthcare facilities. These laws represent significant barriers to entry and limit competition in these markets.

 

22

 

 

Demonstrated Ability to Identify and Structure Accretive Acquisition Opportunities. Our management team has long-standing relationships in the skilled nursing and post-acute industries. Through their experience in acquiring these types of facilities, we have the proven ability to identify and complete complex and accretive transactions. For example, in 2019 we acquired seven skilled nursing facilities in Arkansas and Kentucky through the assumption of approximately $37 million of mortgage debt, which allowed us to acquire the properties at an estimated discount of approximately 31% to the fair market value of the properties. Similarly, in 2018 we also acquired an additional 10 facilities for a total consideration of $44.8 million through the assumption or payment of the outstanding loan on the facilities or directly from the lender, in each case at discounted prices relative to the fair market value of the properties. These 16 properties are expected to generate average annual rental income of approximately $14 million over the life of the leases and represent an opportunity that is consistent with our track record of identifying and acquiring accretive acquisitions. Additionally, because many of our acquisitions are off-market opportunities sourced through our management team’s network of industry relationships, we believe we do not typically compete with larger healthcare-focused real estate companies for acquisitions as they tend to focus on larger, platform acquisition opportunities. As a result, we have consistently acquired assets at attractive valuations and believe we can continue to identify these types of opportunities to expand our portfolio.

 

Significant Experience Acquiring Underperforming Assets. Although we primarily seek to acquire properties that have had consistent profitability, we may also acquire underperforming properties if we believe that the underlying facilities can become successful through better management. Our management team’s prior experience as operators gives it the ability to evaluate these types of facilities and their potential for improved revenue enhancement and increased operating efficiencies. We will consider the acquisition of underperforming properties if they are available at attractive valuations and provide us with significant upside potential once their new operators have successfully stabilized and optimized their operations. If we acquire underperforming properties, we would expect to lease them to tenants and operators that have significant turnaround experience and support from experienced consultants.

 

Experienced and Adept Operators. We have strong and long-standing relationships with operators and their principals who have significant experience in operating successful skilled nursing facilities. These operators and their principals have a strong track record of operating in challenging markets where operators are subject to increased regulatory issues and significant competition. Additionally, these operators and their principals have learned to successfully operate facilities in which most of the revenue is earned from providing services to patients covered by Medicaid which are subject to lower reimbursement rates than other revenue sources.

 

Consulting Firms Provide Additional Resources for the Operators of our Facilities. Most of the operators of our facilities utilize the services of experienced healthcare consulting firms to provide them with expert advice and assistance with their operations. We believe these consulting firms provide the operators with additional expertise and resources that materially enhance their ability to operate efficiently and to meet applicable regulatory requirements.

 

Close Relationships with Tenants, Operators and Consultants Provide Enhanced Oversight, Market Intelligence and Strong Alignment of Interests. The nature of our close relationships with the tenants and operators of our properties and their consulting firms allows us to maintain close communication and obtain early knowledge of potential issues faced by our tenants, enabling us to address those issues that affect us as the lessor. These relationships also provide us with intelligence on the markets in which we own properties and assistance in locating new and replacement tenants. Additionally, the consulting firms assist us without charge in evaluating potential acquisitions and operators. This assistance provides us with insight on local market trends, which is particularly valuable for new markets. These relationships also provide a strong alignment of interests between our interests as a property owner and our tenants’ interests.

 

Well-Structured, Long-Term, Triple-Net Leases Generate Predictable and Growing Rental Income Streams. Most of our owned properties are leased to tenants under long-term, non-cancellable, triple-net leases, pursuant to which the tenants are responsible for all maintenance and repairs, insurance and taxes associated with the leased properties and the business conducted at the properties. As of July 1, 2022, 98.4% of the gross leasable area of our facilities was leased with an average remaining lease term of 5.9 years. Our leases generally have terms that range from 10 to 20 years with two five-year extensions, and annual rent escalators of 1% to 3% per year, which provides us with a steady and growing cash rental stream. Additionally, our leases are structured to provide us with key credit support and have credit enhancement provisions that may include non-refundable security deposits of up to 6 months, personal and corporate guarantees and cross-default provisions under our master leases. Approximately 70.2% of our total annualized rental revenue is generated through our 9 master leases that have cross-default and cross-collateralization provisions.

 

23

 

 

Seasoned Management Team with Significant Experience. Moishe Gubin, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, has over 21 years of operating and real estate experience in the skilled nursing and long-term care industries. Prior to founding the Predecessor Company, Mr. Gubin worked as an operator of skilled nursing facilities and built a strong operational knowledge base that has been incorporated into the day-to-day management of our current portfolio. Additionally, Mr. Gubin has significant acquisition experience having completed over 80 healthcare-related facilities with an aggregate investment amount of over $700 million since 2003. Nahman Eingal, our Chief Financial Officer, has an extensive background in real estate finance with over 20 years of experience in the banking industry focusing on commercial lending to healthcare providers. Mr. Gubin and Mr. Eingal also have significant experience accessing the debt capital markets to fund growth, having raised over $266 million of publicly traded bonds that are listed on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange. We believe that the diverse operational and financial background and expertise of our management team gives us the ability to successfully manage our portfolio and sustain our growth.

 

Experienced Public Filer. Our BVI Company has raised, in aggregate, over $266 million from the sale of bonds that are listed on the TASE. Under the regulations of the TASE and the Israeli Securities Act, the BVI Company has reporting and corporate governance requirements that include filing of quarterly and annual financial reports, conducting stockholder meetings, maintaining an independent board and addressing conflicts of interest. As a result, our management team has experience in operating in a manner that is similar to a U.S. public company and has established reporting and governance processes and policies that can be adapted to meet the requirements for operating as a U.S. public company.

 

Our Business and Growth Strategies

 

Our objective is to generate attractive returns for our stockholders over the long-term through dividends and capital appreciation. Key elements of our strategy include the following:

 

Acquire Additional Healthcare Properties in Concentrated Geographic Areas. We plan to invest primarily in real estate used as skilled nursing facilities and other healthcare facilities that provide services to the elderly, where our management team has substantial experience and relationships. We believe these facilities have the potential to provide higher risk-adjusted returns compared to other forms of net-leased real estate assets due to the specialized expertise necessary to acquire, own, finance and manage these properties, which are factors that tend to limit competition among investors, owners, operators and finance companies. We will seek to acquire properties in states where we believe we can build regional density in order to create competitive advantages and drive operational and cost efficiencies.

 

Negotiate Well-Structured Net Leases. Our primary ownership structure is a facility purchase with a long-term triple-net lease with the healthcare operator. We seek to structure our leases with lease terms ranging from 10 to 15 years with tenant options to extend the lease for an additional period of 5 to 10 years, and rent escalators that provide a steadily growing cash rental stream. Our lease structures are designed to provide us with credit support for our rents, including, in certain cases, lease deposits, covenants regarding liquidity, and various provisions for cross-default. We believe these features help insulate us from variability in operator cash flows and enable us to minimize our expenses while we continue to build our portfolio.

 

Leverage Existing and Develop New Operator Relationships. Our management team has long-standing relationships in the healthcare industry through which we have sourced our existing portfolio, and we intend to continue to expand our portfolio by leveraging these existing relationships. Forty-one of our properties are leased to related parties. One of our goals is to reduce our dependence on related party tenants in order to diversify our tenant base. Although we expect to continue to lease properties to related party tenants in markets in which the related party tenants have substantial experience and operations, we intend to lease properties in other markets to unrelated tenants if we are able to identify qualified operators. Additionally, we will consider leasing properties to unrelated parties in markets in which related parties operate if we are able to identify qualified operators that are willing to lease properties on terms that are no less favorable than those available from related parties.

 

Finance existing portfolio with Long-Term, Low-Interest Rate, HUD Guaranteed Non-Recourse Debt. We have, and will continue to use, an attractive capital structure in the form of HUD guaranteed mortgage loans through existing government programs, which are long-term, low-interest rate and non-recourse. Currently HUD guaranteed loans are available for periods of 30 to 35 years at a weighted-average interest rate of 10 years Treasury bills plus 1.8%-2.0% (excluding an additional 0.65% per annum mortgage insurance premium payable to HUD).

 

24

 

 

Utilize Comprehensive Investment Underwriting Criteria. We have adopted what we believe to be a thorough investment underwriting process based on careful analysis and due diligence with respect to both the healthcare real estate and the healthcare service operations. We seek to make investments in healthcare properties that have the following attributes: well-located, visible to traffic, in good physical condition with predictable future capital improvement needs and with attractive prospects for future profitability.

 

Monitor the Performance of our Facilities and Industry Trends. We carefully monitor the financial and operational performance of our tenants and of the specific facilities in which we invest through a variety of methods, such as reviews of periodic financial statements, and regular meetings with the facility operators. Pursuant to the terms of our leases, our tenants are required to provide us with certain periodic financial statements and operating data.

 

Utilize Targeted Leverage in Our Investing Activities. We seek to utilize a targeted level of leverage that is appropriate in light of market conditions, future cash flows, the creditworthiness of tenants and future rental rates. We will seek to achieve a ratio of debt to asset fair market value in the range of 45% to 55%. However, our charter and bylaws do not limit the amount of debt that we may incur and our board of directors has not adopted a policy limiting the total amount of our borrowings.

 

Policy for the Acquisition and Sale of Properties

 

As of the date of this Form 10, our goal is to increase our portfolio of properties through the purchase of additional healthcare properties at attractive prices with a targeted annual rate of return on equity in the range of 17%-20%, assuming financing based on a 65% loan-to-value ratio and interest at 6% percent per annum and lease payments of no more than 80% of the operator’s pro forma adjusted EBITDAR. Our goal is to obtain approximately 25% internal rate of return over an approximate 20 year investment horizon.

 

In considering these performance targets, readers should bear in mind that targeted performance for each acquisition is not a guarantee, projection, forecast or prediction and is not necessarily indicative of future results. These performance targets are as of the date hereof and may change in the future. The performance targets are based on an assumption that economic, market and other conditions will not deteriorate and, in some cases, will improve. These performance targets are also based on estimates and assumptions about performance believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, but actual realized returns of our investments will depend on, among other factors, the ability to consummate attractive investments, future operating results, the value of the assets and market conditions at the time of disposition, any related transaction costs and the timing and manner of sale, all of which may differ from the assumptions and circumstances on which targeted returns are based. We believe the performance targets are reasonable, but readers should keep in mind that this investment involves a high degree of risk and they should purchase these securities only if they can afford a complete loss of their investment.

 

We believe our management team’s depth of experience in healthcare real estate, operations and finance provides us with unique perspective in underwriting potential investments. Our real estate underwriting process focuses on both real estate and healthcare operations. The process includes a detailed analysis of the facility and the financial strength and experience of the tenant and its management. Key factors that we consider in the underwriting process include the following:

 

● the current, historical and projected cash flow and operating margins of each tenant and at each facility;

 

● the ratio of our tenants’ operating earnings both to facility rent and to facility rent plus other fixed costs, including debt costs;

 

● the quality and experience of the tenant and its management team;

 

● construction quality, condition, design and projected capital needs of the facility and property condition assessments;

 

● competitive landscape;

 

25

 

 

● drivers of healthcare-related needs;

 

● the location of the facility;

 

● local economic and demographic factors and the competitive landscape of the market;

 

● licensure and accreditation;

 

● the effect of evolving healthcare legislation and other existing and future regulations and compliance with such regulations on our tenants’ profitability and liquidity; and

 

● the payor mix of private, Medicare and Medicaid patients at the facility.

 

We also require tenants to furnish property and operator-level financials, among other data, on a monthly basis; we evaluate individual and portfolio property performance, liquidity metrics, lease and debt coverage, occupancy, planned capital expenditures, and other measures; and we conduct in- person visits to each facility in the portfolio at least two times per year. We believe our underwriting process enables us to acquire desirable properties with strong tenants that will support our ability to deliver attractive risk-adjusted returns to our stockholders.

 

The policy does not limit the authority of our board of directors to change or deviate from the policy as it sees fit from time to time. Changes to the policy do not require stockholder approval.

 

Our management does not have a fixed policy relating to the sale of properties. Accordingly, each potential sale opportunity will be examined on its merits in view of the business opportunity involved.

 

Sourcing and Initial Screening

 

Our management team has developed and maintains an extensive network of relationships among active participants within the healthcare services industry. We believe these broad reaching relationships help identify potential healthcare properties for us to acquire and we intend to source acquisitions in off-market and target-marketed transactions from our existing operators and their consulting firms with whom we have strong existing relationships.

 

Underwriting and Analysis

 

Once a potential healthcare facility is identified, we begin our initial due diligence process. We generally require an initial pro forma EBITDAR for the potential facility, which is calculated based on current facility census, current facility Medicaid rate, projected Medicare rate based on a similar facility we own, and projected expenses also based on a similar facility (size, location and structure) we own. Once we have formulated a pro forma EBITDAR, we then allocate 80% of EBITDAR to future first year rent payment and 20% of EBITDAR to profit that is kept by the operator. We then leverage our relationships with the various consulting firms that are engaged by our tenants and collaborate with them in an effort to ensure the analysis is accurate and the facility’s EBITDAR goal is achievable. Their local market insights and experience operating skilled nursing facilities help us with our acquisition underwriting and assist us in determining valuations and projected rent payments. Once the financial analysis is confirmed, we apply a 10% capitalization rate on the target rent amount to set a maximum purchase price. We then submit a letter of intent, or LOI, to a seller for the purchase of the property. If the LOI is accepted, we request initial due diligence information and materials from the seller, which includes information on operational history, financial results, operational statistics, referral patterns and sources, payor mix, the various governmental oversight survey results and responses thereto, accreditation surveys and responses, payroll information and the competitive landscape of the market. After evaluating the due diligence materials, submitted by the potential tenant, our management team presents the opportunity to our investment committee to decide whether or not to pursue the acquisition.

 

26

 

 

Approval by Investment Committee and Board of Directors

 

The BVI Company has had an investment committee that reviews all acquisitions and makes recommendations regarding each acquisition to the board of directors of the BVI Company. If any transaction involves a related party, the transaction must first be approved by the audit committee of the BVI Company. All acquisitions must be approved by the full board of directors of the BVI Company. The members of the audit committee of the BVI Company, and a majority of the directors of the BVI Company, are deemed to be independent for purposes of the Israeli Companies Law and the Israeli Securities Act. This approval process will be maintained until all of the Bonds issued by the BVI Company in Israel are repaid and cancelled.

 

Additionally, the Company has implemented a similar approval process. Each acquisition is first reviewed by an investment committee appointed by our board of directors. If the acquisition is recommended by the investment committee, it would then be submitted to our board of directors for approval. If any transaction involves a related party, the transaction would need to be approved by our audit committee, all of whom will be independent directors or the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested members of the board.

 

At the present time, the investment committees of the Company and the BVI Company consist of Moishe Gubin, Michael Blisko, Ted Lerman, Mark Myers and Stan Gertz. Mr. Gubin is our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Blisko is a director of the Company. Mr. Gubin, Mr. Blisko and Mr. Lerman are also Controlling Members of the Predecessor Company. Mr. Myers is a broker with Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a real estate brokerage firm, and specializes in senior healthcare transaction. He is serving as member of the committee in his personal capacity and not as a representative of Walker & Dunlop, Inc. Mr. Gertz is a former commercial banker with substantial experience in healthcare lending.

 

We expect that the investment committees will review an in-depth investment package that is prepared by our management team for each acquisition. The investment package would typically include the facility type, operator, operator parent company (lease guarantor), acquisition price (in gross dollars, per square foot, per bed, or other manner as deemed appropriate), operator and parent financial statements (3 to 5 years), operator statistical trends (payor mix, referral sources, patient acuity, etc.), initial lease term, initial lease rate, annual increases to lease rate, optional renewal periods, lease coverage, fixed charge coverage, regulatory compliance and history of deficiencies, demographic and competitive information for the location, all of which are accompanied with a general discussion and summary of why our management team believes the property should be acquired.

 

Remaining Due Diligence and Closing

 

Typically, our in-house legal counsel will prepare and negotiate an asset purchase agreement, review the title report and the applicable federal, state or local regulatory compliance requirements. We typically engage third-party consultants to perform property environmental assessments, structural analyses, ALTA surveys and other applicable inspections or reports prior to closing on the transaction. Legal counsel is responsible for coordinating the flow of documents and reports.

 

Our Leases

 

As of the date of this Form 10, all of our properties were subject to lease agreements except for two vacant facilities with approximately 55,000 square feet combined that are designed as a long-term acute care hospitals in two of our dual-purpose properties. Our leases have a weighted-average annualized lease income per leased square foot of $23.62, and as of July 1, 2022, a weighted-average remaining lease term of approximately 5.9 years.

 

To our knowledge, except as noted below, none of our current tenants are in default under any of the leases. However, On April 4, 2022, we were notified that the tenants under the master leases for 6 facilities located in central Illinois intended to default with respect to their lease agreements due to operating losses. The tenants indicated that their operating losses were partially due to decreased occupancy caused by COVID-19. The tenants are affiliates of Steven Blisko, who is the brother of Michael Blisko, one of our directors. These leases provided for a combined rent of $225,000 per month, or $2.7 million per year. All payments due under these leases were paid through mid-June 2022. On July 1, 2022, the Company entered into new lease agreements with an unaffiliated third party operator to lease these properties. The new leases have terms of 10 years each and provide for combined average base rent of $180,000 per month, or $2.3 million per year over the life of the leases. The Company expects to recognize a loss of approximately $1,080,000 in the second quarter of 2022 due to the write-off of straight-line rent receivable related to the former leases.

 

27

 

 

Each of our properties is leased under a separate lease agreement, although 9 groups of properties, covering a total of 64 facilities, are subject to 9 master lease agreements. Each master lease agreement provides that the tenants under the master lease are jointly and severally liable for the obligations of all of the other tenants under such master lease. We entered into these master lease agreements in order to facilitate financing the underlying properties. Rental income under these master leases represents a substantial portion of our rental income.

 

The following table summarizes information concerning the master lease agreements as of the date of this Form 10 (dollars in thousands):

 

Master Lease Agreements
Master Lease Name  States  Facilities Count  GLA   Annualized Average Base Rent ($000s)   % of Total Annualized Average
Base Rent
 
Master Lease Indiana (1)  IN  13   463,593   $13,592    16.4%
Master Lease Central Illinois 1  IL  3   138,679   $ 1,156      1.4 %
Master Lease Landmark  TX/OK/
MI/IL/KY
  16   707,631   $13,929    16.8%
Master Lease Ohio  OH  4   73,311   $864    1.1%
Master Lease Central Illinois 2   IL  3   66,381   $ 1,156      1.4 %
Master Lease Tennessee 1 (1)  TN  7   238,937   $8,422    10.2%
Master Lease Tennessee 2 (1)  TN  5   185,344   $8,726     10.6 %
Master Lease Arkansas 1  AR  9   414,706   $7,053    8.5%
Master Lease Arkansas 2  AR  4   130,429   $3,147    3.8%
Total (9)     64   2,419,011   $ 58,045      70.2 %

 

Note 1: The tenants under these master lease agreements are related parties, including the tenants under the master leases in Indiana and the two Tennessee master leases, that are affiliated with Moishe Gubin, who is our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and one of the Controlling Members of the Predecessor Company and Michael Blisko, who is one of our directors and one of the Controlling Members of the Predecessor Company. See “Item 1. BusinessOur Leases.”

 

28

 

 

The following table summarizes information concerning the lease agreements that are not subject to a master lease agreement as of the date of this Form 10 (dollars in thousands):

 

Individual Leases
Lessor  State  Facility Type  Rentable Sq. Ft.   Annualized Average Base Rent ($000s)   % of Total Annualized Average Base Rent 
Ambassador Nursing Realty, LLC  Illinois  SNF   37,100   $1,005    1.2%
Momence Meadows Realty, LLC  Illinois  SNF   37,139   $1,038    1.3%
Oak Lawn Nursing Realty, LLC  Illinois  SNF   37,854   $1,083    1.3%
Forest View Nursing Realty, LLC  Illinois  SNF   34,152   $1,215    1.5%
Lincoln Park Holdings, LLC  Illinois  SNF   34,362   $1,260    1.5%
Continental Nursing Realty, LLC  Illinois  SNF   53,653   $1,575    1.9%
Westshire Nursing Realty, LLC  Illinois  SNF   124,020   $1,788     2.1 %
Belhaven Realty, LLC  Illinois  SNF   60,000   $2,135    2.6%
West Suburban Nursing Realty, LLC  Illinois  SNF   70,314   $1,962    2.4%
Niles Nursing Realty, LLC  Illinois  SNF   46,480   $2,410    2.9%
Parkshore Estates Nursing Realty, LLC  Illinois  SNF   94,018   $2,454    3.0%
Midway Neurological and Rehabilitation Realty, LLC  Illinois  SNF   120,000   $2,548    3.1%
516 West Frech Street, LLC  Illinois  SNF   24,979   $498    0.6%
4343 Kennedy Drive, LLC  Illinois  SNF   104,000    479     0.6 %
1316 North Tibbs Avenue Realty LLC  Indiana  SNF   26,572   $550     0.6 %
1585 Perry Worth Rd, LLC  Indiana  SNF   32,650   $117    0.1%
1621 Coit Road Realty, LLC(1)  Texas  LTACH   24,906   $0    0.0%
2301 North Oregon Realty, LLC  Texas  SNF   19,895   $740    0.9%
2301 North Oregon Realty, LLC  Texas  LTACH   24,660   $ 960      1.2 %
5601 Plum Creek Drive Realty, LLC(1)  Texas  LTACH   30,015   $0    0.0%
9209 Dollarway Road, LLC  Arkansas  SNF   45,771   $843    1.0%
Total (21)         1,082,540   $ 24,660      29.8 %

 

(1) Represents the two LTACH facilities that were vacant.

 

29

 

 

Current Portfolio Detail

 

The following table contains supplemental information regarding our total portfolio, as of the date of this Form 10 unless otherwise mentioned (dollars in thousands):

 

Location  Tenant/Operator  Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term   Total Lease GLA   % Of Total Lease GLA   Annualized Average Base Rent ($)(1)   % of Total Annualized Average Base Rent 
Master Lease Indiana  
Princeton  IN  The Waters of Princeton II, LLC(2)    3.09     32,571    0.93%   1,045,506    1.26%
Dillsboro  IN  The Waters of Dillsboro – Ross Manor II, LLC(2)    3.09     67,851    1.94%   1,353,655    1.63%
Scottsburg  IN  The Waters of Scottsburg II, LLC(2)    3.09     28,050    0.80%   1,089,527    1.32%
Covington  IN  The Waters of Covington II, LLC(2)    3.09     40,821    1.17%   1,309,634    1.58%
Greencastle  IN  The Waters of Greencastle II, LLC(2)    3.09     31,245    0.89%   1,100,532    1.33%
Huntingburg  IN  The Waters of Huntingburg II, LLC(2)    3.09     45,156    1.29%   1,045,506    1.26%
Martinsville  IN  The Waters of Martinsville II, LLC(2)    3.09     30,060    0.86%   1,133,548    1.37%
Indianapolis  IN  The Waters of Indianapolis II, LLC(2)    3.09     25,469    0.73%   891,431    1.08%
Rising Sun  IN  The Waters of Rising Sun II, LLC(2)    3.09     16,140    0.46%   638,309    0.77%
Madison  IN  The Waters of Clifty Falls II, LLC(2)    3.09     39,438    1.13%   1,518,735     1.84 %
Batesville  IN  The Water of Batesville II, LLC(2)    3.09     59,582    1.70%   946,458    1.14%
Muncie  IN  The Waters of Muncie II, LLC(2)    3.09     22,350    0.64%   792,383    0.96%
New Castle  IN  The Waters of New Castle II, LLC (2)    3.09     24,860    0.71%   726,351    0.88%
Master Lease Central Illinois 1 (Note3)  
Columbia  IL  Bria of Columbia, LLC    10.00     43,189    1.23%    286,565      0.35 %
Alton  IL  Bria of Alton, LLC    10.00     44,840    1.28%    435,868      0.53 %

 

30

 

 

Belleville  IL  Belleville Healthcare Center, LLC    10.00     50,650    1.45%    433,460      0.52 %
Master Lease Landmark  
Plano  TX  Landmark of Plano Nursing and Rehabilitation, LLC    5.17     49,812    1.42%   1,257,610    1.52%
Midwest City  OK  Landmark of Midwest City Nursing and Rehabilitation, LLC    5.17     39,789    1.14%   833,167    1.01%
Midwest City  OK  Landmark of Midwest City Hospital    5.17     49,319    1.41%   243,662    0.29%
Amarillo  TX  Landmark of Amarillo Nursing and Rehabilitation, LLC    5.17     60,031    1.71%   778,146    0.94%
Des Plaines  IL  Landmark of Des Plaines Nursing and Rehabilitation, LLC    0.42     70,556    2.01%   1,815,674     2.20 %
Niles  MI  Chalet Of Niles    2.67     31,895    0.91%   786,006    0.95%
Louisville  KY  Landmark of River City Rehabilitation and Nursing Center    5.83     36,050    1.03%   723,126    0.87%
Louisville  KY  Landmark of Iroquois Park Rehabilitation and Nursing Center    6.17     36,374    1.04%   943,207    1.14%
Lancaster  KY  Landmark of Lancaster Rehabilitation and Nursing Center    4.83     42,438    1.21%   754,566    0.91%
Louisville  KY  Landmark of Louisville Rehabilitation and Nursing Center    5.17     106,250    3.03%   1,980,736     2.40 %
Danville  KY  Landmark of Danville Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC, Goldenrod Village Assisted Living Center, LLC    7.92     46,500    1.33%   848,887    1.03%
Bardstown  KY  Landmark of Bardstown Rehabilitation and Nursing Center    6.00     36,295    1.04%   786,006    0.95%

 

31

 

 

Manchester  KY  Landmark of Laurel Creek Rehabilitation and Nursing Center    6.00     32,793    0.94%   833,167    1.01%
Elkhorn City  KY  Landmark of Elkhorn City Rehabilitation and Nursing Center    6.00     31,637    0.90%   833,167    1.01%
Kuttawa  KY  Landmark of Kuttawa, A Rehabilitation & Nursing Center    9.00     37,892    1.08%   510,904    0.62%
Master Lease Central Illinois 2 (Note 3)  
Smithton  IL  Bria of Smithson, LLC     10.00     21,150    0.60%    424,528      0.51 %
Godfrey  IL  Bria of Godfrey, LLC    10.00     15,740    0.45%    285,821      0.35 %
Wood River  IL  Bria of Wood River, LLC    10.00     29,491    0.84%    445,545      0.54 %
Master Lease Ohio  
Fowler  OH  Concord Care Center of Healthcare of Hartford, Inc.    3.09     15,504    0.44%   196,012    0.24%
Toledo  OH  Concord Care Center of Healthcare of Toledo, Inc.    3.09     24,087    0.69%   304,908    0.37%
Sandusky  OH  Concord Care Center of Healthcare of Sandusky, Inc.    3.09     18,984    0.54%   181,493    0.22%
Cortland  OH  Concord Care Center of Healthcare of Cortland, Inc.    3.09     14,736    0.42%   181,493    0.22%
Master Lease Tennessee 1  
Johnson City  TN  Lakebridge, a Waters Community, LLC(2)    9.08     37,734    1.08%   1,514,820    1.83%
Roan Mountain  TN  The Waters of Roan Highlands, LLC(2)    9.08     30,139    0.86%   1,111,794    1.34%
Springfield  TN  The Waters of Springfield, LLC(2)    9.08     19,900    0.57%   917,230    1.11%
Ashland City  TN  The Waters of Cheatham, LLC(2)    9.08     37,953    1.08%   1,111,794    1.34%

 

32

 

 

Smyrna  TN  The Waters of Smyrna, LLC(2)    9.08     34,070    0.97%   1,264,666    1.53%
Johnson City  TN  The Waters of Johnson City, LLC(2)    9.08     34,814    0.99%   1,167,384    1.41%
Shelbyville  TN  The Waters of Shelbyville, LLC(2)    9.08     44,327    1.27%   1,334,153    1.61%
Master Lease Tennessee 2  
Johnson City  TN  Agape Rehabilitation & Nursing Center, A Water’s Community    9.00     27,100    0.77%   1,628,910    1.97%
McKenzie  TN  Waters of McKenzie, A Rehabilitation & Nursing Center    9.00     22,454    0.64%   1,279,858    1.55%
Memphis  TN  Waters of Memphis, A Rehabilitation & Nursing Center    9.00     51,565    1.47%   1,745,261    2.11%
Sweetwater  TN  Waters of Sweetwater, A Rehabilitation & Nursing Center    9.00     30,312    0.87%   1,745,261    2.11%
Bristol  TN  Waters of Bristol, A Rehabilitation & Nursing Center    9.00     53,913    1.54%   2,327,014    2.81%
Master Lease Arkansas 1  
Fort Smith  AR  Wheeler Avenue Operating, LLC    6.09     41,490    1.18%   821,950    0.99%
Mountain View  AR  Massey Avenue ALF Operating, LLC    6.09     12,548    0.36%   224,807    0.27%
Mountain View  AR  Oak Grove Street Operating, LLC    6.09     31,586    0.90%   681,445    0.82%
Little Rock  AR  Riley Drive Operating, LLC    6.09     61,543    1.76%   983,530    1.19%
Little Rock  AR  Cumberland Street Operating, LLC    6.09     82,328    2.35%   843,025    1.02%
Little Rock  AR  West Markham Street Operating, LLC    6.09     56,176    1.60%   1,081,883    1.31%
Little Rock  AR  John Ashley Drive Operating, LLC    6.09     65,149    1.86%   983,530    1.19%
Rogers  AR  South Dixieland Road Operating, LLC    6.09     32,962    0.94%   772,773    0.93%

 

33

 

 

Stamps  AR  North Street Operating, LLC    6.09     30,924    0.88%   660,370    0.80%
Master Lease Arkansas 2  
Newport  AR  Lindley Lane Operating, LLC    6.83     49,675    1.42%   843,044    1.02%
Little Rock  AR  West Dixon Road Operating, LLC & West Dixon Road ALF Operating, LLC    6.83     50,382    1.44%   1,236,465     1.50 %
Hot Springs  AR  Golf Links Road Operating, LLC    6.83     30,372    0.87%   1,067,856    1.29%
Individual Lease Agreements (Not Subject to Master Lease Agreements)  
Chicago  IL  Ambassador Nursing and Rehabilitation Center II, LLC (2)    3.67     37,100    1.06%   1,005,313     1.22 %
Momence  IL  Momence Meadows Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC(2)    3.50     37,139    1.06%   1,038,000     1.26 %
Oak Lawn  IL  Oak Lawn Respiratory and Rehabilitation Center, LLC(2)    8.92     37,854    1.08%   1,083,048    1.31%
Itasca  IL  Forest View Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC(2)    2.42     34,152    0.98%   1,215,483    1.47%
Chicago  IL  Lakeview Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC(2)    8.91     34,362    0.98%   1,260,000    1.52%
Chicago  IL  Continental Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC(2)    8.67     53,653    1.53%   1,575,348    1.90%
Cicero  IL  City View Multi care Center LLC(2)    3.17     124,020    3.54%   1,788,365    2.16%
Chicago  IL  Belhaven Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC(2)    3.66     60,000    1.71%   2,134,570    2.58%

 

34

 

 

Bloomingdale  IL  West Suburban Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC(2)    5.34     70,314    2.01%   1,961,604    2.37%
Niles   IL   Niles Nursing & Rehab, LLC(2)     3.66       46,480       1.33 %     2,409,998       2.91 %
Chicago   IL   Parkshore Estates Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC(2)     2.42       94,018       2.69 %     2,454,187       2.97 %
Bridgeview   IL   Midway Neurological and Rehabilitation Center, LLC(2)     3.66       120,000       3.43 %     2,547,712       3.08 %
Streator   IL   Parker Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC(2)     8.75       24,979       0.71 %     498,350       0.60 %
East Moline   IL   Hope Creek Nursing & Rehabilitation Center, LLC     8.25       104,000       2.97 %     478,958       0.58 %
Indianapolis   IN   West Park, a water community(2)     1.92       26,572       0.76 %     549,884       0.66 %
Lebanon   IN   The Waters of Lebanon LLC(2)     4.92       32,650       0.93 %     116,677       0.14 %
Plano   TX   None             24,906       0.71 %     -       0.00 %
El Paso   TX   Grace Point Wellness Center     5.17       19,895       0.57 %     739,423       0.89 %
El Paso   TX   Specialty Hospital Management     7.00       24,660       0.70 %     960,000       1.16 %
Amarillo   TX   None             30,015       0.86 %             0.00 %
White Hall   AR   Dollarway Road Operating, LLC     6.74       45,771       1.31 %     843,026       1.02 %
                                                 
        Average/Total     5.90       3,501,551       100.00 %     82,704,818       100.00 %

 

(1) Annualized average base rent does not represent historical rental amounts. Rather, annualized average base rent represents the actual average monthly rent for in-place leases that will be received over the life of the lease and multiplied by 12, calculated as of the date of this Form 10.

 

35

 

 

(2) Operating tenant is an affiliate with one of the current members of the Predecessor Company.

 

(3) On April 4, 2022, we were notified that the tenants under the master leases for 6 facilities located in central Illinois intended to default with respect to their lease agreements due to operating losses. The tenants indicated that their operating losses were partially due to decreased occupancy caused by COVID-19. The tenants are affiliates of Steven Blisko, who is the brother of Michael Blisko, one of our directors. These leases provided for a combined rent of $225,000 per month, or $2.7 million per year. All payments due under these leases were paid through mid-June 2022. On July 1, 2022, the Company entered into new lease agreements with an unaffiliated third party operator to lease these properties. The new leases have terms of 10 years each and provide for combined base rent of $180,000 per month, or $2.3 million per year in average over the life of the lease. The Company expects to recognize a loss of approximately $1,080,000 in the second quarter of 2022 due to the write-off of straight-line rent receivable related to the former leases.

 

Rent Escalation and Renewal Options

 

The following table sets forth information concerning rent escalation and renewal options:

 

Lessor/Company Subsidiary  Location     Annual Escalator   Extension options
Master Lease Indiana        3.00%  2 five year
1020 West Vine Street Realty LLC  Princeton  IN     
12803 Lenover Street Realty, LLC  Dillsboro  IN        
1350 North Todd Drive Realty, LLC  Scottsburg  IN        
1600 East Liberty Street Realty, LLC  Covington  IN        
1601 Hospital Drive Realty, LLC  Greencastle  IN        
1712 Leland Drive Realty, LLC  Huntingburg  IN        
2055 Heritage Drive Realty, LLC  Martinsville  IN        
3895 South Keystone Avenue Realty, LLC  Indianapolis  IN        
405 Rio Vista Lane Realty, LLC  Rising Sun  IN        
950 Cross Avenue Realty, LLC  Madison  IN        
958 East Highway 46 Realty, LLC  Batesville  IN        
2400 Chateau Drive Realty, LLC  Muncie  IN        
The Big H2O, LLC  New Castle  IN        
Master Lease Central Illinois 1 (Note 1)          1.50 %  2 five year
253 Bradington Drive, LLC  Columbia  IL        
3523 Wickenhauser, LLC  Alton  IL        
727 North 17th Street, LLC  Belleville  IL        

 

36

 

 

Master Lease Landmark         3.00%  2 five year
1621 Coit Road Realty, LLC  Plano  TX        
8200 National Avenue Realty, LLC  Midwest City  OK        
8200 National Avenue Realty, LLC  Midwest City  OK        
5601 Plum Creek Drive Realty, LLC  Amarillo  TX        
9300 Ballard Road Realty, LLC  Des Plaines  IL   2.00%  3 five year
911 South 3rd St Realty LLC  Niles  MI        
1015 Magazine Street, LLC  Louisville  KY        
900 Gagel Avenue, LLC  Louisville  KY        
308 West Maple Avenue, LLC  Lancaster  KY        
1155 Eastern Parkway, LLC  Louisville  KY        
203 Bruce Court, LLC  Danville  KY        
120 Life Care Way, LLC  Bardstown  KY        
1033 North Highway 11, LLC  Manchester  KY        
945 West Russell Street, LLC  Elkhorn City  KY        
1253 Lake Barkley Drive, LLC  Kuttawa  KY        
Master Lease Central Illinois 2 (Note 1)          1.50 %  2 five year
107 South Lincoln Street LLC  Smithton  IL        
1623 West Delmar Avenue LLC  Godfrey  IL        
393 Edwardsville Road LLC  Wood River  IL        
Master Lease Ohio         2.25%  2 five year
3090 Five Points Hartford Realty, LLC  Fowler  OH        
3121 Glanzman Road Realty, LLC  Toledo  OH        
620 West Strub Road Realty, LLC  Sandusky  OH        
4250 Sodom Hutchings Road Realty, LLC  Cortland  OH        
Master Lease Tennessee 1         3.00%  2 five years
115 Woodlawn Drive, LLC  Johnson City  TN        

 

37

 

 

146 Buck Creek Road, LLC  Roan Mountain  TN       
704 5th Avenue East, LLC  Springfield  TN        
2501 River Road, LLC  Ashland City  TN        
202 Enon Springs Road East, LLC  Smyrna  TN        
140 Technology Lane, LLC  Johnson City  TN        
835 Union Street, LLC  Shelbyville  TN        
Master Lease Tennessee 1         3.00%  2 five years
505 North Roan Street, LLC  Johnson City  TN        
14510 Highway 79, LLC  McKenzie  TN        
6500 Kirby Gate Boulevard, LLC  Memphis  TN        
978 Highway 11 South, LLC  Sweetwater  TN        
2830 Highway 394, LLC  Bristol  TN        
Master Lease Arkansas 1       3.00%  2 five years
5301 Wheeler Avenue, LLC  Fort Smith  AR        
414 Massey Avenue, LLC  Mountain View  AR        
706 Oak Grove Street, LLC  Mountain View  AR        
8701 Riley Drive, LLC  Little Rock  AR        
1516 Cumberland Street, LLC  Little Rock  AR        
5720 West Markham Street, LLC  Little Rock  AR        
2501 John Ashley Drive, LLC  Little Rock  AR        
1513 South Dixieland Road, LLC  Rogers  AR        
826 North Street, LLC  Stamps  AR        
Lease Agreements Not Subject to Master Lease Agreements              
Ambassador Nursing Realty, LLC  Chicago  IL   3.00%  2 five year
Momence Meadows Realty, LLC  Momence  IL      None
Oak Lawn Nursing Realty, LLC  Oak Lawn  IL      None

 

38

 

 

Forest View Nursing Realty, LLC  Itasca  IL   3.00%  2 five year
Lincoln Park Holdings, LLC  Chicago  IL      None
Continental Nursing Realty, LLC  Chicago  IL      None
Westshire Nursing Realty, LLC  Cicero  IL   3.00%  2 five year
Belhaven Realty, LLC  Chicago  IL   3.00%  4 five year
West Suburban Nursing Realty, LLC  Bloomingdale  IL      None
Niles Nursing Realty, LLC  Niles  IL   3.00%  2 five year
Parkshore Estates Nursing Realty, LLC  Chicago  IL   3.00%  2 five year
Midway Neurological and Rehabilitation Realty, LLC  Bridgeview  IL   3.00%  4 five year
516 West Frech Street, LLC  Streator  IL   Range of $12,000 to $24,000 Annually   None
4343 Kennedy Drive, LLC  East Moline  IL   2.00%  2 five year
1316 North Tibbs Avenue Realty LLC  Indianapolis  IN   3.00%  2 five year
1585 Perry Worth Road LLC  Lebanon  IN   3.00%  2 five years
1621 Coit Road Realty, LLC  Plano  TX   -   -
2301 North Oregon Realty, LLC  El Paso  TX   2.5%  2 five years
2301 North Oregon Realty, LLC  El Paso  TX   Inflation   2 five years
5601 Plum Creek Drive Realty, LLC  Amarillo  TX   -   -
9209 Dollarway Road, LLC  White Hall  AR   3.00%  2 five years
Master Lease Arkansas 2         3.00%  2 five years
326 Lindley Lane, LLC  Newport  AR        
2821 West Dixon Road, LLC  Little Rock  AR        
552 Golf Links Road, LLC  Hot Springs  AR        
Average         2.67%   

 

Note 1. On April 4, 2022, we were notified that the tenants under the master leases for 6 facilities located in central Illinois intended to default with respect to their lease agreements due to operating losses. The tenants indicated that their operating losses were partially due to decreased occupancy caused by COVID-19. The tenants are affiliates of Steven Blisko, who is the brother of Michael Blisko, one of our directors. These leases provided for a combined rent of $225,000 per month, or $2.7 million per year. All payments due under these leases were paid through mid-June 2022. On July 1, 2022, the Company entered into new lease agreements with an unaffiliated third party operator to lease these properties. The new leases have terms of 10 years each and provide for combined average base rent of $180,000 per month, or $2.3 million per year over the life of the leases. The Company expects to recognize a loss of approximately $1,080,000 in the second quarter of 2022 due to the write-off of straight-line rent receivable related to the former leases.

 

39

 

 

Lease Expirations

 

The following table sets forth information concerning the expiration of our leases:

 

Lease Expirations
Year of Lease Expiration (1)  Number of Leases/Vacant Facilities  GLA of Leases Expiring   Percent of Portfolio GLA   Annualized Base Rent   Percentage of Total Annualized Base Rent   Annualized Base Rent Per Sq. Ft. 
                                                        
2020  -   -    -    -    -    - 
2021  -   -    -    -    -    - 
2022  1     70,556      2.01 %  $ 1,815,772      2.20 %  $ 25.74  
2023  -   -    -    -    -   $- 
2024  3   154,742    4.42%   4,219,554    5.10%  $27.27 
2025  20   729,958    20.85%   18,067,894    21.82%  $24.75 
2026  4   263,580    7.53%   8,097,593     9.79 %  $30.72 
2027  9   470,498    13.44%   8,665,905     10.48 %  $18.42 
2028  14   587,855    16.79%   11,172,206     13.51 %  $19.01 
Thereafter  32     1,169,441      33.40 %    30,665,892      37.08 %  $ 26.22  
Vacant (2)  2   54,921    1.57%   -    -    - 
Total  85   3,501,551    100.0%  $ 82,704,818     100.0%  $ 23.62  

 

(1) The year of each lease expiration is based on current contract terms.

 

(2) As of the date of this Form 10, two of the LTACH facilities were vacant.

 

Other Lease Arrangements

 

A total of five properties are leased on a single net lease basis, pursuant to which the tenant pays a fixed periodic rental amount and we pay real estate taxes and insurance. These properties are leased to affiliates of Moishe Gubin, who is our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and one of the Controlling Members of the Predecessor Company and Michael Blisko, who is one of our directors and one of the Controlling Members of the Predecessor Company.

 

40

 

 

Monitoring Tenant Operating Results and Financial Condition

 

We regularly monitor the operating results and financial condition of our tenants. In this regard, we obtain on a monthly basis the following information from each tenant:

 

  Monthly financial statements prepared by the tenants.
     
  Monthly census information broken down by payor source. In addition, from March 2020 until July 2021, we received daily census information, together with COVID-19 infections and deaths among residents and staff at each of the facilities. Due to the improvement in infection rates in the United States, we are no longer requiring tenants to provide this information on a daily basis.

 

We require tenants to provide the following additional information:

 

● Health survey and plans of correction information from each of the tenants at any time a survey is being conducted in one of our facilities.

 

● Copies of any communications received by tenants that relate to reimbursements from Medicaid or Medicare.

 

● An annual facility cost report.

 

In addition, we visit each facility at least twice a year to assess the physical maintenance and the level of care being provided to residents.

 

Investments in Real Estate Mortgages

 

We currently hold real estate mortgages on five properties located in Massachusetts with an outstanding balance of $10.8 million as of March 31, 2022. We acquired these loans as part of a plan to cancel these loans in exchange for the title to the properties. However, subsequent to the purchase of the mortgages and prior to closing on the exchange, the owners had to surrender their licenses to operate healthcare facilities at these properties due to cash flow issues. As a result, we cancelled the planned acquisition of the properties and are attempting to collect the outstanding balance of these loans which are in default. As of March 31, 2022, we had established a reserve in an amount equal to the outstanding balance of these loans.

 

With the exception of these mortgages, we do not have any other investments in real estate mortgages and we do not plan to acquire real estate mortgages as part of our investment strategy. However, we may, at the discretion of our board of directors and without a vote of our stockholders, invest in additional mortgages and other types of real estate interests in a manner that is consistent with our qualification as a REIT. If we choose to invest in additional mortgages, we would expect to invest in mortgages secured by healthcare-related properties. However, there is no restriction on the proportion of our assets that may be invested in a type of mortgage or any single mortgage or type of mortgage loan. Investments in real estate mortgages run the risk that one or more borrowers may default under the mortgages and that the collateral securing those mortgages may not be sufficient to enable us to recoup our full investment.

 

Significant Properties

 

None of our properties represented 10% or more of our consolidated assets as of March 31, 2022 or December 31, 2021 or had gross revenues that amounted to 10% or more of our consolidated gross revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2022 or the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

 

41

 

 

Properties Held by the Company as Lessee

 

One of our wholly-owned subsidiaries holds a property under a long-term, triple net lease.

 

The terms of the lease are as follows:

 

Lessor/Property Owner   Tenant/Company Subsidiary   Original Commencement Date   Current Lease Term/Expiration Date   Monthly Rent     Option to Extend Lease

Henry County

 

Memorial Hospital

  The Big H2O, LLC   April 28, 1990   20 years/ March 1, 2028   $ 30,784     Yes, Two 5-year
options

 

Indebtedness

 

As of March 31, 2022 we had approximately $486.8 million of outstanding debt, which primarily consisted of approximately $281.3 million in HUD guaranteed mortgage loans, $99.1 million in bond indebtedness, $107.6 million in other senior debt, and $1.4 million in seller notes.

 

Our HUD guaranteed loans have staggered maturities with a weighted average debt maturity of approximately 25.0 years, with a weighted average interest rate of 3.88% per annum (including mortgage insurance premium) as of March 31, 2022.

 

Approximately $15.7 million of our Bond debt is payable in 2022, with a weighted average interest rate of 6.1% per annum as of March 31, 2022. Our other senior debt has a weighted average debt maturity of approximately 4.9 years, with a weighted average interest rate of SOFR plus 3.5% per annum as of March 31, 2022. As of March 31, 2022, approximately 78.0% of our debt was fixed rate debt.

 

In the future, our overall leverage will depend on how we choose to finance our portfolio, including future acquisitions, and the cost of leverage. Neither our charter nor our investment policies restrict the amount of leverage that we may incur.

 

Historical Capital Expenditures

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding historical maintenance capital expenditures made by our tenants at the properties in our portfolio for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020:

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2021   2020 
   Amount   Square Feet   Per Sq. Ft.   Amount   Square Feet   Per Sq. Ft. 
Maintenance capital expenditures  $3,165,000    3,501,551   $0.90   $5,995,000    3,278,315   $1.83 

 

Lease Defaults

 

Except as described below, to our knowledge, none of our tenants are in default under any of their leases, and there have been no defaults since January 1, 2019.

 

Lease Default for Four Properties in Texas

 

Commencing in 2016, the tenant of four of our properties in Texas experienced cash flow issues and was unable to make required rent payments. The properties were used as skilled nursing facilities and long-term acute care hospitals. The owners of the tenant had provided personal guarantees of the lease. The tenant was not a related party.

 

42

 

 

In April 2018, we entered into a settlement agreement with the tenant and its owners to resolve the issues arising from the default. Under the settlement agreement, the master lease was terminated. All of the properties have been leased to new operators other than one long-term acute care hospital.

 

Under the settlement agreement, the guarantors executed two notes in our favor in the principal amount of $7.2 million. The first note, in the amount of $6.5 million, bears interest at 2.5% per annum payable monthly. The principal amount of the note is payable as follows: (i) an initial payment of $500,000 is due on the seventh anniversary of the note, (ii) commencing after the seventh anniversary, there will be equal monthly installments of principal and interest based on a 25-year amortization, and (iii) the outstanding principal amount of approximately $4.7 million will be payable in a lump sum on the maturity date in April 2032. The second note, in the amount of $744,000, bears interest at 10% per annum.

 

The guarantors failed to make required payments under the notes commencing in September 2019. Due to the uncertainty regarding the repayment of the notes, we originally recorded the amount of the notes receivable at a discount. The recorded amount of the receivable was $2.0 million at December 31, 2018. This was reduced to $1.6 million at December 31, 2019, due to the failure of the guarantors to make the required payments and was further reduced to $0 during fiscal year 2020.

 

The Company has obtained a $13.5 million judgement against the guarantors and is exploring its options to recover this amount from the guarantors.

 

Default with Respect to Central Illinois Master Leases

 

On April 4, 2022, we were notified that the tenants under the master leases for 6 facilities located in central Illinois intended to default with respect to their lease agreements due to operating losses. The tenants indicated that their operating losses were partially due to decreased occupancy caused by COVID-19. The tenants are affiliates of Steven Blisko, who is the brother of Michael Blisko, one of our directors. These leases provided for a combined rent of $225,000 per month, or $2.7 million per year. All payments due under these leases were paid through mid-June 2022. On July 1, 2022, the Company entered into new lease agreements with an unaffiliated third party operator to lease these properties. The new leases have terms of 10 years each and provide for combined base rent of $180,000 per month, or $2.3 million per year in average over the life of the lease. The Company expects to recognize a loss of approximately $1,080,000 in the second quarter of 2022 due to the write-off of straight-line rent receivable related to the former leases.

 

Employees

 

As of the date of this Form 10, we had eight full-time employees. All of our employees are employed by Strawberry Fields Management Services, LLC, which is one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Operating Partnership. At this time, there are no plans for the Company to employ any individuals.

 

Insurance

 

We require our tenants to maintain general liability, professional liability, all risks and other insurance coverages and to name us as an additional insured under these policies. We believe that the policy specifications and insured limits are appropriate given the relative risk of loss, the cost of the coverage and industry practice.

 

Competition

 

The market for making investments in healthcare properties is highly fragmented, and increased competition makes it more challenging for us to identify and successfully capitalize on opportunities that meet our investment objectives. In acquiring and leasing healthcare properties, we compete with private equity funds, real estate developers, REITs, other public and private real estate companies and private real estate investors, many of whom have greater financial and operational resources and lower costs of capital than we have. We also face competition in leasing or subleasing available facilities to prospective tenants.

 

43

 

 

Regulation

 

Healthcare Regulatory Matters

 

The following discussion describes certain material healthcare laws and regulations that may affect our operations and those of our tenants/operators. Although there is presently no Federal regulation on the lessor itself from Federal government agencies that regulate and inspect the operators and no regulation of the lessor in the States in which we own real property, our tenants (the operators of skilled nursing facilities, long-term acute care hospitals and other healthcare providers) are subject to extensive federal, state and local government healthcare laws and regulations. These laws and regulations include requirements related to licensure, conduct of operations, ownership of the facilities operation, addition or expansion of facilities and services, prices for services, billing for services and the confidentiality and security of health-related information. Different properties within our portfolio may be more or less subject to certain types of regulation, some of which are specific to the type of facility or provider. These laws and regulations are wide-ranging and complex, may vary or overlap from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, and are subject frequently to change. Compliance with these regulatory requirements can increase operating costs and, thereby, adversely affect the financial viability of our tenants/operators’ businesses. Our tenants/operators’ failure to comply with these laws and regulations could adversely affect their ability to successfully operate our properties, or receive reimbursement for services rendered within them, which could negatively impact their ability to satisfy their contractual obligations to us. Our leases will require the tenants/operators to comply with all applicable laws, including healthcare laws.

 

Our tenants are subject directly to healthcare laws and regulations, because of the broad nature of some of these restrictions, such as the Anti-Kickback Statute discussed below. We intend for all of our business activities and operations to conform in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations, including healthcare laws and regulations. We expect that the healthcare industry will continue to face increased regulation and pressure in the areas of fraud, waste and abuse, cost control, healthcare management and provision of services.

 

Healthcare Reform Measures. The Affordable Care Act changed how healthcare services are covered, delivered and reimbursed through expanded coverage of uninsured individuals, reduced growth in Medicare program spending, reductions in Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement, including but not limited to, Disproportionate Share Hospital, or DSH payments, and expanding efforts by governmental and private third party payors to tie reimbursement to quality and efficiency. In addition, the law reformed certain aspects of health insurance, contains provisions intended to strengthen fraud and abuse enforcement, and encourage the development of new payment models, including the creation of Accountable Care Organizations, or ACOs. The status of the Affordable Care Act is subject to substantial uncertainty due to proposals to terminate or modify its provisions. We are not able to predict the effect of such changes on our business since the nature of any changes is undetermined. However, any changes that result in a decrease in payments made on behalf of patients are likely to reduce the income that our tenants receive from the operation of facilities at our properties.

 

Sources of Revenue and Reimbursement. Our tenants and operators receive payments for patient services from the federal government under the Medicare program, state governments under their respective Medicaid or similar programs, managed care plans, private insurers and directly from patients. Medicare is a federal program that provides certain hospital and medical insurance benefits to persons age 65 and over, some disabled persons, persons with end-stage renal disease and persons with Lou Gehrig’s Disease. Medicaid is a federal-state program, administered by the states pursuant to certain conditions imposed by the Federal government, which provides hospital and medical benefits to qualifying individuals who are unable to afford healthcare. Generally, revenues for services rendered to Medicare patients are determined under a prospective payment system, or PPS. CMS annually establishes payment rates for the PPS for each applicable facility type.

 

Amounts received under Medicare and Medicaid programs are generally significantly less than established facility gross charges for the services provided and may not reflect the provider’s costs. Healthcare providers generally offer discounts from established charges to certain group purchasers of healthcare services, including private insurance companies, employers, health maintenance organizations, or HMOs, preferred provider organizations, or PPOs and other managed care plans. These discount programs generally limit a provider’s ability to increase revenues in response to increasing costs. Patients are generally not responsible for the total difference between established provider gross charges and amounts reimbursed for such services under Medicare, Medicaid, HMOs, PPOs and other managed care plans, but are responsible to the extent of any exclusions, deductibles or coinsurance features of their coverage. The amount of such exclusions, deductibles and coinsurance continues to increase. Collection of amounts due from individuals is typically more difficult than from governmental or third-party payers takes considerably longer and often requires the involvement of, and payment to, third parties to collect.

 

44

 

 

Payments to providers are being increasingly tied to quality and efficiency. These initiatives include requirements to report clinical data and patient satisfaction scores, reduced Medicare payments to hospitals based on “excess” readmission rates as determined by CMS, denial of payments under Medicare, Medicaid and some private payors for services resulting from a hospital or facility-acquired condition, or HAC, and reduced Medicare payments to hospitals with high risk-adjusted HAC rates. Certain provider types, including, but not limited to, inpatient rehabilitation facilities and long-term acute care hospitals, are subject to specific limits and restrictions on eligibility for admissions which, in turn, affect reimbursement at these facilities.

 

The amounts of program payments received by our tenants/operators can be changed from time to time by legislative or regulatory actions and by determinations by agents for the programs. Level of payment has also been impacted by the Federal budget sequestration which automatically reduces payments as a result of funding limitations. The Medicare and Medicaid statutory framework is subject to administrative rulings, interpretations and discretion that affect the amount and timing of reimbursement made under Medicare and Medicaid. Federal healthcare program reimbursement changes may be applied retroactively under certain circumstances. In recent years, the federal government has enacted various measures to reduce spending under federal healthcare programs. In April 2018, CMS announced as part of its patient driven payment model (“PDPM”) a skilled-nursing preferred payor system (“SNF-PPS”) intended to reduce administrative burden, and foster innovation to improve care and quality for patients. CMS estimates the program of payment redesign and policy changes would increase Medicare payments to SNFs by 2.4% ($850 million) during 2019.

 

In addition, many states have enacted, or are considering enacting, measures designed to reduce their Medicaid expenditures and change private healthcare insurance, and states continue to face significant challenges in maintaining appropriate levels of Medicaid funding due to state budget shortfalls. Many States have also sought to control costs by implementing a variety of alternative care and payment models authorized under Federal Medicaid waivers and such models often impose new or enhanced administrative requirements on health care providers as a condition of payment. Further, non-government payers may reduce their reimbursement rates in accordance with payment reductions by government programs or for other reasons. Healthcare provider operating margins may continue to be under significant pressure due to the deterioration in pricing flexibility and payor mix, as well as increases in operating expenses that exceed increases in payments under the Medicare and Medicaid programs.

 

Anti-Kickback Statute. A section of the Social Security Act known as the “Anti-Kickback Statute” prohibits, among other things, the offer, payment, solicitation or acceptance of remuneration, directly or indirectly, in return for referring an individual to a provider of services for which payment may be made in whole or in part under a federal healthcare program, including the Medicare or Medicaid programs. Courts have interpreted this statute broadly and held that the Anti-Kickback Statute is violated if just one purpose of the remuneration is to generate referrals, even if there are other lawful purposes. The Affordable Care Act provides that knowledge of the Anti-Kickback Statute or specific intent to violate the statute is not required in order to violate the Anti-Kickback Statute. Violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute is a crime, punishable by fines of up to $25,000 per violation, five years imprisonment, or both. Violations may also result in civil and administrative liability and sanctions, including civil penalties of up to $50,000 per violation, liability under the False Claims Act, exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs, including Medicare and Medicaid, and additional monetary penalties in amounts treble to the underlying remuneration.

 

There are a limited number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors for categories of activities deemed protected from prosecution under the Anti-Kickback Statute. Currently, there are statutory exceptions and safe harbors for various activities, including the following: certain investment interests, space rental, equipment rental, practitioner recruitment, personnel services and management contracts, sale of practice, referral services, warranties, discounts, employees, managed care arrangements, investments in group practices, freestanding surgery centers, ambulance replenishing and referral agreements for specialty services. The safe harbor for space rental arrangements requires, among other things, that the aggregate rental payments be set in advance, be consistent with fair market value and not be determined in a manner that takes into account the volume or value of any referrals. The fact that conduct or a business arrangement does not fall within a safe harbor does not necessarily render the conduct or business arrangement illegal under the Anti-Kickback Statute. However, such conduct and business arrangements may lead to increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities.

 

45

 

 

Many states have laws similar to the Anti-Kickback Statute that regulate the exchange of remuneration in connection with the provision of healthcare services, including prohibiting payments to physicians for patient referrals. The scope of these state laws is broad because they can often apply regardless of the source of payment for care. These statutes typically provide for criminal and civil penalties, as well as potential loss of facility licensure and eligibility for reimbursement by government payors.

 

We intend to use commercially reasonable efforts to structure our arrangements, including any lease/operating arrangements involving facilities in which local physicians are investors, so as to satisfy, or meet as closely as possible, safe harbor requirements. The safe harbors are narrowly structured, and there are not safe harbors available for every type of financial arrangement that we or our tenants/operators may enter. Although it is our intention to fully comply with the Anti-Kickback Statue, as well as all other applicable state and federal laws, we cannot assure you that all of our arrangements or the arrangements of our tenants/operators will meet all the conditions for a safe harbor. There can be no assurance regulatory authorities enforcing these laws will determine our financial arrangements or the financial relationships of our tenants/operators comply with the Anti-Kickback Statute or other similar laws and such regulatory authorities or private qui tam relators bringing actions on behalf of government entities in exchange for a portion of any recovery may allege non-compliance and seek financial or other penalties.

 

Stark Law. The Social Security Act also includes a provision commonly known as the “Stark Law.” The Stark Law is a strict liability statute that prohibits a physician from making a referral to an entity furnishing “designated health services” paid by Medicare or Medicaid if the physician or a member of the physician’s immediate family has a financial relationship with that entity unless an exception to the law is met. Designated health services include, among other services, inpatient and outpatient hospital services, clinical laboratory services, physical therapy services and radiology services. The Stark Law also prohibits entities that provide designated health services from billing the Medicare and Medicaid programs for any items or services that result from a prohibited referral and requires the entities to refund amounts received for items or services provided pursuant to the prohibited referral. Sanctions for violating the Stark Law are imposed without consideration to intent and include denial of payment, civil monetary penalties of up to $15,000 per prohibited service provided for failure to return amounts received in a timely manner, and exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The statute also provides for a penalty of up to $100,000 for a circumvention scheme. Failure to refund amounts received pursuant to a prohibited referral may also constitute a false claim and result in additional penalties under the False Claims Act, which is discussed in greater detail below.

 

There are exceptions to the self-referral prohibition for many of the customary financial arrangements between physicians and providers, including employment contracts, leases and recruitment agreements. There is also an exception for a physician’s ownership interest in an entire hospital, as opposed to an ownership interest in a hospital department if such ownership interests and capacity were in place as of March 23, 2010. Unlike safe harbors under the Anti-Kickback Statute, an arrangement must comply with every requirement of a Stark Law exception, or the arrangement will be in violation of the Stark Law. Through a series of rulemakings, CMS has issued final regulations implementing the Stark Law. While these regulations were intended to clarify the requirements of the exceptions to the Stark Law, it is unclear how the government will interpret many of these exceptions for enforcement purposes and even an inadvertent failure to comply with the strict requirements, such as assuring a signature, can result in imposition of penalties under certain circumstances.

 

Although there is an exception for a physician’s ownership interest in an entire hospital, the Affordable Care Act prohibits newly created physician-owned hospitals from billing for Medicare patients referred by their physician owners. As a result, the law effectively prevents the formation after December 31, 2010 of new physician-owned hospitals that participate in Medicare and Medicaid. While the Affordable Care Act grandfathers existing physician-owned hospitals, it does not allow these hospitals to increase the percentage of physician ownership and significantly restricts their ability to expand services.

 

Many states also have laws similar to the Stark Law that prohibit certain self-referrals. The scope of these state laws is broad because they can often apply regardless of the source of payment for care, and little precedent exists for their interpretation or enforcement. These statutes typically provide for criminal and civil penalties, as well as loss of facility licensure.

 

46

 

 

Although our lease agreements will require tenants to comply with the Stark Law, we cannot offer assurance that the arrangements entered into by us or by our tenants/operators will be found to be in compliance with the Stark Law or similar state laws.

 

The False Claims Act. The federal False Claims Act prohibits knowingly making or presenting any false claim for payment to the federal government. The government may use the False Claims Act to prosecute Medicare and other government program fraud in areas such as coding errors, billing for services not provided, submitting false cost reports and failing to report and repay an overpayment within 60 days of identifying the overpayment or by the date a corresponding cost report is due, whichever is later. The False Claims Act defines the term “knowingly” broadly. Although simple negligence will not give rise to liability under the False Claims Act, submitting a claim with reckless disregard to its truth or falsity or failing to correct an error with in specified period of time constitutes a “knowing” submission.

 

The False Claims Act contains qui tam, or whistleblower, provisions that allow private individuals to bring actions on behalf of the government alleging that the defendant has defrauded the federal government. Whistleblowers under the False Claims Act may collect a portion of the government’s recovery, which serves as an incentive to bring claims which then must be defended whether or not they have merit. Every entity that receives at least $5 million annually in Medicaid payments must have written policies for all employees, contractors or agents, providing detailed information about false claims, false statements and whistleblower protections under certain federal laws, including the False Claims Act, and similar state laws.

 

In some cases, whistleblowers and the federal government have taken the position, and some courts have held, that providers who allegedly have violated other statutes, such as the Anti-Kickback Statute and the Stark Law, have thereby submitted false claims under the False Claims Act. The Affordable Care Act clarifies this issue with respect to the Anti-Kickback Statute by providing that submission of claims for services or items generated in violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim under the False Claims Act. If a defendant is found liable under the False Claims Act, the defendant may be required to pay three times the actual damages sustained by the government, additional civil penalties of up to $10,000 per false claim, plus reimbursement of the fees of counsel for the whistleblower.

 

Many states have enacted similar statutes preventing the presentation of a false claim to a state government, and we expect more to do so because the Social Security Act provides a financial incentive for states to enact statutes establishing state level liability.

 

Other Fraud & Abuse Laws. There are various other fraud and abuse laws at both the federal and state levels that cover false claims and false statements and these may impact our business. For example, the Civil Monetary Penalties law authorizes the imposition of monetary penalties against an entity that engages in a number of prohibited activities. The penalties vary by the prohibited conduct, but include penalties of $10,000 for each item or service, $15,000 for each individual with respect to whom false or misleading information was given, and treble damages for the total amount of remuneration claimed. The prohibited actions include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

● knowingly presenting or causing to be presented, a claim for services not provided as claimed or which is otherwise false or fraudulent in any way;

 

● knowingly giving or causing to be giving false or misleading information reasonably expected to influence the decision to discharge a patient;

 

● offering or giving remuneration to any beneficiary of a federal healthcare program likely to influence the receipt of reimbursable items or services; arranging for reimbursable services with an entity which is excluded from participation from a federal healthcare program; or knowingly or willfully soliciting or receiving remuneration for a referral of a federal healthcare program beneficiary.

 

Any violations of the Civil Monetary Penalties Law by management or our tenants/operators could result in substantial fines and penalties, and could have an adverse effect on our business.

 

47

 

 

HIPAA Administrative Simplification and Privacy and Security Requirements. HIPAA, as amended by the HITECH Act, and its implementing regulations create a national standard for protecting the privacy and security of individually identifiable health information (called “protected health information”). Compliance with HIPAA is mandatory for covered entities, which include healthcare providers such as tenants/operators of our facilities. Compliance is also required for entities that create, receive, maintain or transmit protected health information on behalf of healthcare providers or that perform services for healthcare providers that involve the disclosure of protected health information, called “business associates.”

 

Covered entities must report a breach of protected health information that has not been secured through encryption or destruction to all affected individuals without unreasonable delay, but in any case, no more than 60 days after the breach is discovered. Notification must also be made to HHS and, in the case of a breach involving more than 500 individuals, to the media. In the final rule issued in January, 2013, HHS modified the standard for determining whether a breach has occurred by creating a presumption that any non-permitted acquisition, access, use or disclosure of protected health information is a breach unless the covered entity or business associate can demonstrate that there is a low probability that the information has been compromised, based on a risk assessment.

 

Covered entities and business associates are subject to civil penalties for violations of HIPAA of up to $1.5 million per year for violations of the same requirement. In addition, criminal penalties can be imposed not only against covered entities and business associates, but also against individual employees who obtain or disclose protected health information without authorization. The criminal penalties range up to $250,000 and up to 10 years imprisonment. In addition, state Attorneys General may bring civil actions for HIPAA violations, HHS must conduct periodic HIPAA compliance audits of covered entities and business associates. If any of our tenants/operators are subject to an investigation or audit and found to be in violation of HIPAA, such tenants/operators could incur substantial penalties, which could have a negative impact on their financial condition. Our tenants/operators may also be subject to more stringent state law privacy, security and breach notification obligations. Enforcement of HIPAA and the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health (HITECH) Act, which substantially augmented the requirements under HIPAA have become increasingly stringent and the penalties for non-compliance have become increasingly harsh.

 

Licensure, Certification and Accreditation. Healthcare property construction and operation are subject to numerous federal, state and local regulations relating to the adequacy of medical care, equipment, personnel, operating policies and procedures, maintenance of adequate records, fire prevention, rate-setting and compliance with building codes and environmental protection laws. The requirements for licensure, certification and accreditation are subject to change and, in order to remain qualified, it may become necessary for our tenants/operators to make changes in their facilities, equipment, personnel and services.

 

Facilities in our portfolio will be subject to periodic inspection by governmental and other authorities to assure continued compliance with the various standards necessary for licensing and accreditation. We will require our healthcare properties to be properly licensed under applicable state laws. Except for provider types not eligible for participation in Medicare and Medicaid, we expect our tenant/operators to participate in the Medicare and Medicaid programs and, where applicable, to be accredited by an approved accrediting organization which is also often a requirement for Medicare certification. The loss of Medicare or Medicaid certification would result in our tenants/operators that operate Medicare/Medicaid-eligible providers from receiving reimbursement from federal healthcare programs. The loss of accreditation, where applicable, would result in increased scrutiny by CMS and likely the loss of payment from non-government payers which often condition participation and payment on participation in the Medicare program.

 

In some states, the construction or expansion of healthcare properties, the acquisition of existing facilities, the transfer or change of ownership and the addition of new beds or services may be subject to review by and prior approval of, or notifications to, state regulatory agencies under a Certificate of Need, or CON program. Such laws generally require the reviewing state agency to determine the public need for additional or expanded healthcare properties and services and have begun to expect some level of revenue from enforcement action in their budget planning. Some states in which we operate have also adopted limitations on the opening of new skilled nursing facilities. See “Item 1. Business – Skilled nursing facility industry Business in the United States.” The requirements for licensure, certification and accreditation also include notification or approval in the event of the transfer or change of ownership or certain other changes. Further, federal programs, including Medicare, must be notified in the event of a change of ownership or change of information at a participating provider. Failure by our tenants/operators to provide required federal and state notifications, obtain necessary state licensure and CON approvals could result in significant penalties as well as prevent the completion of an acquisition or effort to expand services or facilities. We may be required to provide ownership information or otherwise participate in certain of these approvals and notifications.

 

48

 

 

Antitrust Laws. The federal government and most states have enacted antitrust laws that prohibit certain types of conduct deemed to be anti-skilled nursing facilities. These laws prohibit price fixing, concerted refusal to deal, market allocation, monopolization, attempts to monopolize, price discrimination, tying arrangements, exclusive dealing, acquisitions of competitors and other practices that have, or may have, an adverse effect on competition. Violations of federal or state antitrust laws can result in various sanctions, including criminal and civil penalties. Antitrust enforcement in the healthcare industry is currently a priority of the Federal Trade Commission and the Antitrust Division of the Department of Justice. We intend to operate so that we and our tenants/operators are in compliance with such federal and state laws, but future review by courts or regulatory authorities could result in a determination that could adversely affect the operations of our tenants/operators and, consequently, our operations. In addition to enforcement by Federal and State agencies, in an effort to control health care costs, private payors such as employee welfare benefit plans administered by or for employers or unions have become increasing aggressive in bringing actions against providers alleging violations of antitrust laws.

 

Healthcare Industry Investigations. Significant media and public attention has focused in recent years on the healthcare industry. The federal government is dedicated to funding additional federal enforcement activities related to healthcare providers and preventing fraud and abuse. Our tenants/operators will engage in many of routine healthcare operations and other activities that could be the subject of governmental investigations or inquiries. For example, our tenants/operators will likely have significant Medicare and Medicaid billings, numerous financial arrangements with physicians who are referral sources, and joint venture arrangements involving physician investors. In recent years, Congress and the States have increased the level of funding for fraud and abuse enforcement activities. It is possible that governmental entities could initiate investigations or litigation in the future and that such proceedings could result in significant costs and penalties, as well as adverse publicity. It is also possible that our executives could be included in governmental investigations or litigation or named as defendants in private litigation.

 

Governmental agencies and their agents, such as the Medicare Administrative Contractors, fiscal intermediaries and carriers, as well as the HHS-OIG, CMS and state Medicaid programs, may conduct audits of our tenants/operator’s operations. Private payers may conduct similar post-payment audits, and our tenants/operators may also perform internal audits and monitoring. Many of these audits employ the use of statistical sampling and extrapolation whereby a small number of claims are reviewed but adverse results are applied against a provider’s claims for long periods of time. Depending on the nature of the conduct found in such audits and whether the underlying conduct could be considered systemic such that results are extrapolated, the resolution of these audits which can often require substantial repayments could have a material, adverse effect on our portfolio’s financial position, results of operations and liquidity.

 

Under the Recovery Audit Contractor, or RAC program, CMS contracts with RACs on a contingency basis to conduct post-payment reviews to detect and correct improper payments in the fee-for-service Medicare program, to managed Medicare plans and in the Medicaid program. CMS has also initiated a RAC prepayment demonstration program in 11 states. CMS also employs Medicaid Integrity Contractors, or MICs to perform post-payment audits of Medicaid claims and identify overpayments. In addition to RACs and MICs, the state Medicaid agencies and other contractors have increased their review activities. Aside from the costs associated with responding to a myriad of requests for substantiation of services, should any of our tenants/operators be found out of compliance with any of these laws, regulations or programs, our business, our financial position and our results of operations could be negatively impacted.

 

49

 

 

Environmental Matters

 

A wide variety of federal, state and local environmental and occupational health and safety laws and regulations affect healthcare property operations. These complex federal and state statutes, and their enforcement, involve a myriad of regulations, many of which involve strict liability on the part of the potential offender. Some of these federal and state statutes may directly impact us. Under various federal, state and local environmental laws, ordinances and regulations, an owner of real property or a secured lender, such as us, may be liable for the costs of removal or remediation of hazardous or toxic substances at, under or disposed of in connection with such property, as well as other potential costs relating to hazardous or toxic substances (including government fines and damages for injuries to persons and adjacent property). The cost of any required remediation, removal, fines or personal or property damages and the owner’s or secured lender’s liability therefore could exceed or impair the value of the property, and/or the assets of the owner or secured lender. In addition, the presence of such substances, or the failure to properly dispose of or remediate such substances, may adversely affect the owner’s ability to sell or rent such property or to borrow using such property as collateral which, in turn, could reduce our revenues.

 

Prior to closing any property acquisition or loan, we ordinarily obtain Phase I environmental assessments in order to attempt to identify potential environmental concerns at the facilities. These assessments will be carried out in accordance with an appropriate level of due diligence and will generally include a physical site inspection, a review of relevant federal, state and local environmental and health agency database records, one or more interviews with appropriate site-related personnel, review of the property’s chain of title and review of historic aerial photographs and other information on past uses of the property. We may also conduct limited subsurface investigations and test for substances of concern where the results of the Phase I environmental assessments or other information indicates possible contamination or where our consultants recommend such procedures.

 

Americans with Disabilities Act

 

Our properties must comply with Title III of the ADA to the extent that such properties are “public accommodations” as defined by the ADA. The ADA may require removal of structural barriers to access by persons with disabilities in certain public areas of our properties where such removal is readily achievable. Many States and localities have similar requirements that are in addition to, and sometime more stringent than, Federal requirements. We believe the existing properties are in substantial compliance with the ADA and that we will not be required to make substantial capital expenditures to address the requirements of the ADA. However, noncompliance with the ADA or a comparable State or local requirement could result in imposition of fines or an award of damages to private litigants. The obligation to make readily achievable accommodations is an ongoing one, and we will continue to assess our properties and to make alterations as appropriate in this respect.

 

Emerging Growth Company Status

 

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We have not yet made a decision as to whether we will take advantage of any or all of these exemptions. If we do take advantage of any of these exemptions, we do not know if some investors will find common stock less attractive as a result. The result may be a less active trading market for common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

 

In addition, the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of the extended transition period for adopting new or revised accounting standards available to emerging growth companies.

 

We will remain an “emerging growth company” until the earliest to occur of (i) the last day of the fiscal year during which our total annual revenue equals or exceeds $1.07 billion (subject to adjustment for inflation), (ii) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the first sale of shares pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act, (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Exchange Act.

 

50

 

 

Corporate Information

 

Our principal executive offices are located at 6101 Nimtz Parkway, South Bend, Indiana 46628. Our telephone number at our executive offices is (574) 807-0800 and our corporate website is www.strawberryfieldsreit.com. The information contained on, or accessible through, our website is not incorporated by reference into, and does not form a part of, this Form 10.

 

Policies With Respect To Certain Activities And Transactions

 

The following is a discussion of certain of our investment, financing and other policies. These policies have been determined by our board of directors and, in general, may be amended or revised from time to time by our board of directors without a vote of our stockholders.

 

Investment Policies

 

Investments in Real Estate or Interests in Real Estate

 

We will conduct all of our investment activities through our Operating Partnership and its subsidiaries. Our investment objectives are to maximize the cash flow of our properties, acquire properties with cash flow growth potential, provide quarterly cash distributions and achieve long-term capital appreciation for our stockholders through increases in the value of the Company. Consistent with our policy to acquire assets for both income and capital gain, our Operating Partnership intends to hold its properties for investment with a view to long-term appreciation, to engage in the business of acquiring, developing and owning its properties and to make occasional sales of the properties as are consistent with our investment objectives. We have not established a specific policy regarding the relative priority of these investment objectives. For a discussion of our properties and our acquisition and other strategic objectives, see “Item 1. Business.”

 

We expect to pursue our investment objectives primarily through the ownership by our Operating Partnership of our portfolio of properties and other acquired properties and assets. We currently intend to invest primarily in healthcare-related properties. Future investment or development activities will not be limited to any geographic area, property type or to a specified percentage of our assets. While we may diversify in terms of property locations, size and market, we do not have any limit on the amount or percentage of our assets that may be invested in any one property or any one geographic area. We intend to engage in such future investment activities in a manner that is consistent with the maintenance of our status as a REIT for federal income tax purposes. In addition, we may purchase or lease income-producing healthcare facilities or other types of properties for long-term investment, expand and improve the properties we presently own or other acquired properties, or sell such properties, in whole or in part, when circumstances warrant.

 

We may also participate with third parties in property ownership, through joint ventures or other types of co-ownership. We also may acquire real estate or interests in real estate in exchange for the issuance of common stock, units, preferred stock or options to purchase stock. These types of investments may permit us to own interests in larger assets without unduly restricting our diversification and, therefore, provide us with flexibility in structuring our portfolio. We will not, however, enter into a joint venture or other partnership arrangement to make an investment that would not otherwise meet our investment policies.

 

Equity investments in acquired properties may be subject to existing mortgage financing and other indebtedness or to new indebtedness which may be incurred in connection with acquiring or refinancing these properties. Debt service on such financing or indebtedness will have a priority over any dividends with respect to our common stock. Investments are also subject to our policy not to fall within the definition of an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the 1940 Act.

 

Investments in Real Estate Mortgages

 

We currently hold real estate mortgages on five properties located in Massachusetts with an outstanding balance of $10.8 million as of March 31, 2022. We acquired these loans as part of a plan to cancel these loans in exchange for the title to the properties. However, subsequent to the purchase of the mortgages and prior to closing on the exchange, the owner/operator had to surrender its licenses to the State of Massachusetts due to cash flow issues. As a result, the planned acquisition was cancelled and we are attempting to collect the outstanding balance of these loans which are currently in default. See “Item 1. Business —Legal Proceedings.”

 

51

 

 

With the exception of these mortgages, we do not have any investments in real estate mortgages and we do not plan to acquire real estate mortgages as part of our investment strategy. However, we may, at the discretion of our board of directors and without a vote of our stockholders, invest in additional mortgages and other types of real estate interests in a manner that is consistent with our qualification as a REIT. If we choose to invest in additional mortgages, we would expect to invest in mortgages secured by healthcare- related properties. However, there is no restriction on the proportion of our assets that may be invested in a type of mortgage or any single mortgage or type of mortgage loan. Investments in real estate mortgages run the risk that one or more borrowers may default under the mortgages and that the collateral securing those mortgages may not be sufficient to enable us to recoup our full investment.

 

Securities of or Interests in Persons Primarily Engaged in Real Estate Activities and Other Issuers

 

Subject to the percentage of ownership limitations and the income and asset tests necessary for REIT qualification, we may in the future invest in securities of other REITs, other entities engaged in real estate activities or securities of other issuers where such investment would be consistent with our investment objectives. We may invest in the debt or equity securities of such entities, including for the purpose of exercising control over such entities. We have no current plans to invest in entities that are not engaged in real estate activities. We do not have any limit on the amount or percentage of our assets that may be invested in any one entity, property or geographic area. Our investment objectives are to maximize cash flow of our investments, acquire investments with growth potential and provide cash distributions and long-term capital appreciation to our stockholders through increases in the value of the Company. We have not established a specific policy regarding the relative priority of these investment objectives. We will limit our investment in such securities so that we will not fall within the definition of an “investment company” under the 1940 Act.

 

Investments in Other Securities

 

Other than as described above, we do not intend to invest in any additional securities such as bonds, preferred stock or common stock.

 

Dispositions and Potential Dispositions

 

On February 12, 2021, we sold five properties located in southern Illinois that housed skilled nursing facilities to a group of unrelated third parties for an aggregate price of $26.1 million. The leases for these properties provided for annualized base rent of $3.6 million. We elected to sell these properties because the offered price was attractive and the sale reduced our concentration in this market. We recognized a gain of $3.8 million as a result of these sales. See “Item 1. Business—Recent Disposition.”

 

In April 2021, tenants for 13 of our properties located in Arkansas agreed to assign their leases to a group of unaffiliated third parties. The prior tenants were related parties of the Company. The facilities located on these properties consist of 12 SNFs and 2 ALFs, with one property housing both a SNF and an ALF. There were no changes to the terms of the existing leases. The assignment of the leases was subject to the approval of the Arkansas Department of Human Services, which was granted in November 2021. In connection with the lease assignments, the Company and the new tenants executed an option to purchase the properties for an aggregate price of $90 million. The tenants are entitled to exercise the option within the lease period but after the claims by the prior owners of the properties have been resolved. See “Item 1. Business—Legal Proceedings” for more information on the claims. These properties are subject to claims by the prior owners of the properties. These claims are not expected to have any impact on the assignment of the leases, but they may interfere with any sale of the properties. See “Item 1. Business—Legal Proceedings.”

 

With exception of these properties, we do not currently intend to dispose of any of our properties, although we reserve the right to do so if, based upon management’s periodic review of our portfolio, our board of directors determines that such action would be in our best interests. The tax consequences to our directors and executive officers who hold OP units resulting from a proposed disposition of a property may influence their decision as to the desirability of such proposed disposition.

 

52

 

 

Financing and Leverage Policy

 

In the future, we anticipate using a combination of additional HUD guaranteed mortgage loans, bond financing, commercial loans and cash flows from operations to finance our operations and acquisitions. We may also utilize other sources of financing, such as asset sales, seller financing, issuance of debt securities, private financings (such as additional bank credit facilities, which may or may not be secured by our assets), common or preferred equity issuances or any combination of these sources, to the extent available to us, or other sources that may become available from time to time. Any debt that we incur may be recourse or nonrecourse and may be secured or unsecured. We also may take advantage of joint venture or other partnering opportunities as such opportunities arise in order to acquire properties that would otherwise be unavailable to us. We may use the proceeds of our borrowings to acquire assets, to refinance existing debt or for general corporate purposes.

 

We intend, when appropriate, to employ prudent amounts of leverage and to use debt as a means of providing additional funds for the acquisition of assets, to refinance existing debt or for general corporate purposes. We expect to use leverage conservatively, assessing the appropriateness of new equity or debt capital based on market conditions, including prudent assumptions regarding future cash flow, the creditworthiness of tenants and future rental rates.

 

Our charter and bylaws do not limit the amount of debt that we may incur. Our board of directors has not adopted a policy limiting the total amount of debt that we may incur. Going forward, we expect to target an overall debt-to-gross total assets ratio in the range of 45% to 55%, which is in line with similar publicly traded REITs.

 

Our board of directors will consider a number of factors in evaluating the amount of debt that we may incur. If we adopt a debt policy, our board of directors may from time to time modify such policy in light of then-current economic conditions, relative costs of debt and equity capital, market values of our properties, general conditions in the market for debt and equity securities, fluctuations in the market price of our common stock, growth and acquisition opportunities and other factors. Our decision to use leverage in the future to finance our assets will be at our discretion and will not be subject to the approval of our stockholders, and we are not restricted by our governing documents or otherwise in the amount of leverage that we may use.

 

Equity Capital Policies

 

To the extent that our board of directors determines to obtain additional capital, we may issue debt or equity securities, including additional OP units or senior securities of our Operating Partnership, retain earnings (subject to provisions in the Code requiring distributions of income to maintain REIT qualification) or pursue a combination of these methods. As long as our Operating Partnership is in existence, we will generally contribute the proceeds of all equity capital raised by us to our Operating Partnership in exchange for additional interests in our Operating Partnership, which will dilute the ownership interests of the limited partners in our Operating Partnership.

 

Existing common stockholders will have no preemptive rights to common or preferred stock or units issued in any securities offering by us, and any such offering might cause a dilution of a stockholder’s investment in us. Although we have no current plans to do so, we may in the future issue shares of capital stock or OP units in connection with acquisitions of property.

 

We may, under certain circumstances, purchase shares of our common stock or other securities in the open market or in private transactions with our stockholders, provided that those purchases are approved by our board of directors. Our board of directors has no present intention of causing us to repurchase any shares of our common stock or other securities, and any such action would only be taken in conformity with applicable federal and state laws and the applicable requirements for qualification as a REIT.

 

53

 

 

Conflict of Interest Policies

 

Overview

 

Conflicts of interest could arise in the future as a result of the relationships between us and our affiliates, on the one hand, and our Operating Partnership or any partner thereof, on the other. Our directors and officers have duties to the Company under applicable Maryland law in connection with their oversight and management of the Company. At the same time, we, as the general partner of our Operating Partnership, have fiduciary duties and obligations to our Operating Partnership and its other partners under Maryland law and the partnership agreement in connection with the management of our Operating Partnership. Our fiduciary duties and obligations, as the general partner of our Operating Partnership, may come into conflict with the duties of our directors and officers to the Company. Affiliates of certain of our officers and directors will be limited partners of our Operating Partnership.

 

Under Delaware law, a partnership agreement may restrict or eliminate a general partner’s fiduciary duties to a limited partnership or its partners, provided that the partnership agreement may not eliminate the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing. The partnership agreement provides that we will be under no obligation to consider the separate interests of the limited partners of our Operating Partnership in deciding whether to cause the Operating Partnership to take or decline to take any actions. The partnership agreement also provides that, in the event of a conflict between the interests of our Operating Partnership or any limited partner, on the one hand, and the separate interests of the Company or our stockholders, on the other hand, that cannot be resolved in a manner not adverse to either our stockholders or the limited partners, we, in our capacity as the general partner of our Operating Partnership, shall resolve the conflict in favor of the Company and our stockholders. Additionally, any action or failure to act on our part or on the part of our board of directors that gives priority to the separate interests of the Company or our stockholders that does not result in a violation of the contract rights of the limited partners of the Operating Partnership under its partnership agreement does not violate the duty of loyalty that we, in our capacity as the general partner of our Operating Partnership, owe to the Operating Partnership and its limited partners. The duty of care requires a general partner to refrain from engaging in grossly negligent or reckless conduct, intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, and this duty may not be unreasonably reduced by the partnership agreement.

 

The partnership agreement provides that we are not liable to our Operating Partnership or any partner for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived by our Operating Partnership or any limited partner, except for liability for our intentional harm or gross negligence. The partnership agreement also provides that any obligation or liability in our capacity as the general partner of our Operating Partnership that may arise at any time under the partnership agreement or any other instrument, transaction or undertaking contemplated by the partnership agreement will be satisfied, if at all, out of our assets or the assets of our Operating Partnership only, and no obligation or liability of the general partner will be personally binding upon any of our directors, stockholders, officers, employees or agents, regardless of whether such obligation or liability is in the nature of contract, tort or otherwise, and none of our directors or officers will be liable or accountable in damages or otherwise to the partnership, any partner or any assignee of a partner for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived as a result of errors in judgment or mistakes of fact or law or any act or omission. Our Operating Partnership must indemnify us, our directors and officers, officers of our Operating Partnership and any other person designated by us against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (whether joint or several), expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and other legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, that relate to the operations of the Operating Partnership, unless (1) an act or omission of the person was material to the matter giving rise to the action and either was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (2) for any transaction for which such person actually received an improper personal benefit in violation or breach of any provision of the partnership agreement, or (3) in the case of a criminal proceeding, the person had reasonable cause to believe the act or omission was unlawful.

 

Our Operating Partnership must also pay or reimburse the reasonable expenses of any such person upon its receipt of a written affirmation of the person’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification has been met and a written undertaking to repay any amounts paid or advanced if it is ultimately determined that the person did not meet the standard of conduct for indemnification. Our Operating Partnership will not indemnify or advance funds to any person with respect to any action initiated by the person seeking indemnification without our approval (except for any proceeding brought to enforce such person’s right to indemnification under the partnership agreement) or if the person is found to be liable to our Operating Partnership on any portion of any claim in the action.

 

54

 

 

Sale or Refinancing of Properties

 

In the event that we sell the properties we acquired in the formation transactions, certain OP unitholders could incur adverse tax consequences which are different from the tax consequences to us and to holders of our common stock. Consequently, unitholders may have differing objectives regarding the appropriate pricing and timing of any such sale or repayment of indebtedness.

 

While we will have the exclusive authority under the partnership agreement to determine whether, when, and on what terms to sell a property or when to refinance or repay indebtedness, any such decision would require the approval of our board of directors. In addition, our Operating Partnership has agreed to indemnify certain limited partners, including affiliates of certain of our executive officers, employees and directors, for their tax liabilities (plus an additional amount equal to the taxes incurred as a result of such indemnity payment) attributable to their share of the built-in gain, as of the completion of the formation transactions, with respect to their interest in the tax protected properties.

 

Policies Applicable to All Directors and Officers

 

Our charter and bylaws do not restrict any of our directors, officers, stockholders or affiliates from having a pecuniary interest in an investment or transaction that we have an interest in or from conducting, for their own account, business activities of the type we conduct. We intend, however, to adopt policies that are designed to eliminate or minimize potential conflicts of interest, including a policy for the review, approval or ratification of any related party transactions, including negotiating and entering into leases with directors, officers and stockholders or other related parties, and transactions which raise potential conflicts of interest between us and Operating Partnership, including the tender of OP units by the Predecessor Company or its affiliates, for cash redemption or exchange for shares of our common stock. See “Item. 11. Description of Registrant’s Securities - Description of the Partnership Agreement of Strawberry Fields Realty LP—Redemption Rights.” This policy will provide that the audit committee of our board of directors, comprised of independent directors, will review the relevant facts and circumstances of each related party transaction, including if the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in arm’s length dealings with an unrelated third party before approving such transaction. Based on its consideration of all of the relevant facts and circumstances, the audit committee will decide whether or not to approve such transaction. The audit committee would also consider the effect any related party transaction would have on our continued ability to qualify as a REIT. If the board of directors becomes aware of an existing related party transaction that has not been pre-approved under this policy, the transaction will be referred to the audit committee, which will evaluate all options available, including ratification, revision or termination of such transaction. Subject to certain exclusions, this policy also will require any member of the audit committee who may be interested in a related party transaction to recuse himself or herself from any consideration of such related party transaction.

 

We also adopted a code of business conduct and ethics, which provides that all of our directors, officers and employees are prohibited from taking for themselves opportunities that are discovered through the use of corporate property, information or position without our consent. However, we cannot assure you that these policies or provisions of law will always be successful in eliminating the influence of such conflicts, and if they are not successful, decisions could be made that might fail to reflect fully the interests of all stockholders.

 

Interested Director and Officer Transactions

 

Pursuant to the MGCL, a contract or other transaction between us and a director or between us and any other corporation, firm or other entity in which any of our directors is a director or has a material financial interest is not void or voidable solely on the grounds of such common directorship or interest, the presence of such director at the meeting at which the contract or transaction is authorized, approved or ratified or the counting of the director’s vote in favor thereof, provided that:

 

● the fact of the common directorship or interest is disclosed or known to our board of directors or a committee of our board, and our board or such committee authorizes, approves or ratifies the transaction or contract by the affirmative vote of a majority of disinterested directors, even if the disinterested directors constitute less than a quorum;

 

55

 

 

● the fact of the common directorship or interest is disclosed or known to our stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the transaction or contract is authorized, approved or ratified by a majority of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote other than the votes of shares owned of record or beneficially by the interested director or corporation, firm or other entity; or

 

● the transaction or contract is fair and reasonable to us at the time it is authorized, ratified or approved.

 

Furthermore, under Delaware law (where our Operating Partnership is formed), we, as general partner, have a fiduciary duty of loyalty to our Operating Partnership and its partners and, consequently, such transactions also are subject to the duties that we, as general partner, owe to the Operating Partnership and its limited partners (as such duty has been modified by the partnership agreement). As noted above, we also intend to adopt policies that are designed to eliminate or minimize potential conflicts of interest, including a policy for the review, approval or ratification of any related party transactions.

 

Policies with Respect to Other Activities

 

We have authority to offer common stock, preferred stock or options to purchase stock in exchange for property and to repurchase or otherwise acquire our common stock or other securities in the open market or otherwise, and we may engage in such activities in the future. As described in “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Strawberry Fields Realty LP” we expect, but are not obligated, to issue common stock to holders of OP units upon some or all of their exercises of their redemption rights. Except in connection with the formation transactions, we have not issued common stock or any other securities in exchange for property or any other purpose. Our board of directors has no present intention of causing us to repurchase any common stock. Our board of directors has the authority, without further stockholder approval, to amend our charter to increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of common stock or preferred stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we have authority to issue and our board of directors, without stockholder approval, has the authority to authorize us to issue additional shares of common stock or preferred stock, in one or more series, including senior securities, in any manner, and on the terms and for the consideration, it deems appropriate. See “Item. 11. Description of Capital Stock.” We have not engaged in trading, underwriting or agency distribution or sale of securities of other issuers other than our Operating Partnership and do not intend to do so. At all times, we intend to make investments in such a manner as to qualify as a REIT, unless because of circumstances or changes in the Code, or the Treasury regulations, our board of directors determines that it is no longer in our best interests to qualify as a REIT. In addition, we intend to make investments in such a way that we will not be treated as an investment company under the 1940 Act.

 

Reporting Policies

 

We intend to make available to our stockholders annual reports, including our audited financial statements. Upon the effectiveness of this Form 10, we will become subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. Pursuant to those requirements, we will be required to file annual and periodic reports, proxy statements and other information, including audited financial statements, with the SEC.

 

56

 

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

 

Risks Related to Business and Operations

 

We lease 41 of our facilities to tenants that are affiliates of Moishe Gubin who serves as Chairman of the Board and our Chief Executive Officer, Michael Blisko, who serves as one of our directors, and Ted Lerman, one of the Controlling Members of the Predecessor Company. As of the data of this Form 10, approximately 63.9% of our annualized base rent is received from these related-party tenants. The failure of these tenants to perform their obligations under their leases or renew their leases upon expiration could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Forty one of our facilities are leased to tenants that are affiliates of Moishe Gubin who serves as Chairman of the Board and our Chief Executive Officer, Michael Blisko, who serves as one of our directors, and Ted Lerman, one of the Controlling Members of the Predecessor Company. Based on our current leases, approximately 63.9% of our annualized base rental income is received from these tenants. We expect that leases to related party tenants will continue to be the primary source of our revenues for the foreseeable future. Due to such concentration, any failure by these entities to perform their obligations under their leases or a failure to renew their leases upon expiration, could cause interruptions in the receipt of lease revenue or result in vacancies, or both, which would reduce our revenue until the affected properties are leased, and could decrease the ultimate value of the affected property upon sale and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The leases with related parties have not been negotiated on an arm’s-length basis, and the terms of those agreements may be less or more favorable to us than they might otherwise have been in arm’s-length transactions.

 

While we endeavor to have our leases with related parties reflect customary, arm’s-length commercial terms and conditions, these agreements were not the result of arm’s-length negotiations, and consequently there can be no assurance that the terms of these agreements were as favorable to us as if they had been negotiated with unaffiliated third parties. In addition, we may choose not to enforce, or to enforce less vigorously, our rights under these leases because of our desire to maintain our ongoing relationship with these affiliates. In this connection, Moishe Gubin, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Michael Blisko, one of our directors, are the controlling members of 41 of our tenants and related operators. Messrs. Gubin and Blisko are subject to potential conflicts of interest due to their ownership of these tenants and their duties as directors of the Company. As a result of these conflicts, actions by the Company with respect to these related party tenants would be directed by the audit committee of our board of directors, comprised of independent directors, under our conflicts of interest policies. See “Item 1. Business. Policies With respect to Certain Activities and Transactions—Conflict of Interest Policies.” For a description of these agreements and the other agreements that we have entered into with the Predecessor Company, See “Item. 7. Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

We have entered into nine master lease agreements with respect to 64 of our facilities, including three master lease agreements with tenants that are affiliates of Moishe Gubin who serves as Chairman of the Board and our Chief Executive Officer, Michael Blisko, who serves as one of our directors, and Ted Lerman, one of the Controlling Members of the Predecessor Company. As of the date of this Form 10, these nine leases represent approximately 70.2% of the annualized base rent under all of our leases. The failure of these tenant/operators to meet their obligations to us could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

 

Each master lease agreement provides that the tenants under the master lease are jointly and severally liable for the obligations of all of the other tenants under such master lease. The tenants under each master lease agreement are affiliates of each other.

 

57

 

 

Rental income under the master leases represents approximately 70.2% of our annualized base rent. Five of these master lease agreements account for more than 5% of our annualized base rent and range from 8.53% to 16.84% of our annualized base rent.

 

Because our tenants under each master lease agreement are affiliates of each other, the failure of one tenant, or operator under a master lease, may cause the decline in the performance of all of the tenants or operators under the master lease, leading to a lease payment default by multiple tenants.

 

In addition, the affiliation of the tenants under each master lease increases the potential financial impact to us of an adverse event that affects one of these tenant/operators, such as legal proceedings that seek to suspend or exclude an operator or its principals or employees from Medicaid, Medicare or similar government programs, or otherwise make the tenant/operator ineligible for reimbursement. This type of event could affect all of the tenants under a particular master lease, which could lead to defaults by all of the tenants under that master lease.

 

Lease payment defaults under any lease including the master lease agreements or declines in the operating performance of groups of tenants could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

 

If a substantial number of tenants default, we could lose a significant portion of our revenue. In the event of such a default, we may experience delays in enforcing our rights as lessor and may incur substantial costs in protecting our investment and re-leasing these properties. Further, we cannot assure you that we will be able to re-lease these properties for the rent previously received, or at all, or that lease terminations will not cause us to sell the properties at a loss. The result of any of the foregoing risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

 

Our growth strategy will depend upon future acquisitions of healthcare properties, and we may be unsuccessful in identifying and consummating attractive acquisitions or taking advantage of other investment opportunities, which would impede our growth and negatively affect our cash available for distribution to stockholders.

 

Our ability to expand through acquisitions is integral to our business strategy and requires that we identify and consummate suitable acquisition or investment opportunities that meet our investment criteria and are compatible with our growth strategy. We may not be successful in identifying and consummating acquisitions or investments in healthcare properties that meet our investment criteria, which would impede our growth. In addition, general fluctuations in the market prices of securities and interest rates may affect our investment opportunities and the value of our investments. Our ability to acquire healthcare properties on favorable terms, or at all, may be adversely affected by the following significant factors:

 

● competition from other real estate investors, including public and private REITs, private equity investors and institutional investment funds, many of whom may have greater financial and operational resources and lower costs of capital than we have and may be able to accept more risk than we can prudently manage;

 

● competition from other potential acquirers, which could significantly increase the purchase prices for properties we seek to acquire;

 

● we may incur significant costs and divert management attention in connection with evaluating and negotiating potential acquisitions, including ones that we are subsequently unable to complete;

 

● increases in interest rates, inflationary pressures on the margins of our portfolio assets may impact our investment activities;

 

● even if we enter into agreements for the acquisition of properties, these agreements are subject to customary closing conditions, including the satisfactory results of our due diligence investigations; and

 

● we may be unable to finance the acquisition on favorable terms, or at all.

 

58

 

 

Our failure to identify and consummate attractive acquisitions or take advantage of other investment opportunities without substantial expense, delay or other operational or financial problems, would impede our growth and negatively affect our results of operations and cash available for distribution to our stockholders.

 

Our real estate investments are, and are expected to continue to be, concentrated in skilled nursing facilities, which could adversely affect our operations relative to a more diversified portfolio of assets.

 

We primarily invest in properties operated as skilled nursing facilities. As of the date of this Form 10, approximately 97.7% of our total annualized base rent is derived from skilled nursing facilities. We are subject to risks inherent in concentrating investments in real estate, and the risks resulting from a lack of diversification may become even greater as a result of our business strategy to concentrate our investments in these types of healthcare properties. Any adverse effects that result from these risks could be more pronounced than if we diversified our investments outside of this type of healthcare properties. Given our focus on this type of properties, our tenant base is limited to operators of this type of facility and dependent upon the healthcare industry generally, and in particular, that the Federal and State governments, through their administration of the Medicare and Medicaid programs, have significant control over the amount and conditions of payment for services rendered and increasingly on conditions for operation which impact on revenue. Any changes in reimbursement or conditions of payment or operation which impact on revenue, in addition to, any industry downturn or negative regulatory or governmental development could adversely affect the ability of our tenants to make lease payments and our ability to maintain current rental and occupancy rates. Accordingly, a downturn in the healthcare industry generally, or in the healthcare-related facility specifically, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

 

A pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of an infectious disease in the United States, such as the recent outbreak of the coronavirus known as COVID-19, could adversely affect the operating results and financial condition of the operators of our facilities, which in turn could undermine their ability to meet their lease obligations to us.

 

Our operating results and financial condition are dependent on the ability of our tenants to meet their lease obligations to us. A pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of an infectious disease, such as the recent outbreak of respiratory illness caused by the novel coronavirus known as COVID-19, could adversely affect the ability of our tenants to meet their lease obligation by increasing their operating costs and reducing their income. Tenants may be required to make significant expenditures to prevent or contain such illnesses. Tenants’ revenues could be affected if public trust in skilled nursing facilities and long-term acute care hospitals were undermined because of such illnesses. Tenants’ revenues could also be adversely affected if a pandemic caused a temporary shutdown or diversion of patients, disrupted the delivery of medical supplies or caused staffing shortages or substantially increased the costs of supplies or staffing or resulted in increased costs as a result of new conditions of operation. The risk to our tenants is enhanced because their facilities primarily serve the elderly, who are particularly at risk for respiratory illnesses such as COVID-19.

 

Although the amount of rent we receive from our tenants is not dependent on our tenants’ operating results, our tenants’ ability to fulfill their lease obligations, including the payment of rent, could be adversely affected if our tenants encountered significant financial difficulties due to a pandemic.

 

As of the date of this Form 10, the pandemic caused by the coronavirus known as COVID-19 has not had a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial performance, results of operations, liquidity or access to financing. However, the Company’s operations and financial performance are dependent on the ability of its tenants to meet their lease obligations to the Company.

 

To the Company’s knowledge and based on information provided to the Company by its tenants, the principal financial effects of the pandemic on the Company’s tenants have been to increase their payroll expenses, to require additional purchases of personal protective equipment, and to decrease occupancy at their facilities. The Company believes that the decline in occupancy was primarily due to declining referrals as a result of hospitals postponing elective surgeries as well as patients’ concerns regarding the risk of infection from COVID-19.

 

59

 

 

The following table reflects the changes in occupancy at the SNFs operated by related party tenants on the first date of each month from March 1, 2020, through July 1, 2022. Occupancy at these SNFs was not affected due to COVID-19 until after March 1, 2020. The Company is aware that unrelated tenants experienced similar changes through March 2022, which is the most recent information available to the Company for occupancy of unrelated tenants.

 

   Total Residents   Occupancy
Percentage (%)
   Change from
3/1/2020
 
             
March 1, 2020   4,944    73.4%     
April 1, 2020   4,716    70.1%   -4.61%
May1, 2020   4,423    65.7%   -10.54%
June 1, 2020   4,315    64.1%   -12.72%
July 1, 2020   4,325    64.2%   -12.52%
Aug. 1, 2020   4,350    64.6%   -12.01%
Sept. 1, 2020   4,291    63.7%   -13.21%
Oct. 1, 2020   4,387    65.2%   -11.27%
Nov. 1, 2020   4,442    66.0%   -10.15%
Dec. 1, 2020   4,403    65.4%   -10.94%
Jan. 1, 2021   4,358    64.7%   -11.85%
Feb. 1, 2021   4,291    63.7%   -13.21%
March 1, 2021   4,300    63.9%   -13.03%
April 1, 2021   4,330    64.3%   -12.42%
May 1, 2021   4,427    65.8%   -10.46%
June 1, 2021   4,474    66.5%   -9.51%
July 1, 2021   4,494    66.8%   -9.10%
Aug. 1, 2021   4,561    67.8%   -7.75%
Sept. 1, 2021   4,535    67.4%   -8.27%
Oct. 1, 2021   4,564    67.8%   -7.69%
Nov. 1, 2021   4,604    68.4%   -6.88%
Dec. 1, 2021   4,642    68.9%   -6.11%
Jan. 1, 2022   4,637    68.9%   -6.21%
Feb 1, 2022   4,625    68.7    -6.45 
March 1, 2022   4,656    69.2%   -5.85%
April 1, 2022   4,646    69.0%   -6.03%
May 1, 2022    4,625      68.7 %    -6.45 %
June 1, 2022     4,660       69.2 %     -5.74 %
July 1, 2022     4,738       70.4 %     -4.17 %

 

Between March 1, 2020, and September 1, 2020, occupancy at the SNFs operated by related party tenants decreased from 73.4% on March 1, 2020, to 63.7% on September 1, 2020, or approximately 13%. Since that time, occupancy has varied between a low of 63.7% on September 1, 2020 and again on February 1, 2021, to a high of 70.4% on July 1, 2022. Occupancy steadily increased after April 2021 due to the widespread availability of vaccines for COVID-19, so that the occupancy as of July 1, 2022 was only 4.17% below the level on March 1, 2020. To the Company’s knowledge, the emergence of the delta variant in the summer of 2021 and the omicron variant in the fall of 2021 has not resulted in any reduction in occupancy at the Company’s facilities.

 

60

 

 

As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, our tenants have received financial support under several government programs. These programs consisted of forgivable loans under Paycheck Protection Program, grants to operators under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security (CARES) Act in an amount equal to 2% of their historical annual revenues, the waiver of the three day hospital stay required by Medicare, accelerated payments under Medicare, and increased funding for Medicaid patients by some state governments.

 

The Company’s management does not expect that the discontinuation of these government programs will have a material adverse effect on the tenants’ ability to pay rent for four reasons. First, the Company’s management believes that most nursing home residents in the United States have received vaccines for COVID-19, which have been highly effective in preventing cases of COVID-19. Second, occupancy significantly increased between April 2021 and the beginning of July 2022. Third, the source of the tenants’ revenues has partially shifted from Medicaid to Medicare because more patients have become eligible for Medicare due to changes in the eligibility criteria. The tenants receive larger payments from Medicare than Medicaid. Fourth, most of the Company’s tenants have the ability to maintain profitability notwithstanding the decrease in revenues because approximately 85% to 90% of their operating costs are variable items (such as labor costs, food, drugs and supplies, including personal protection equipment and cleaning supplies) that can be reduced when occupancy decreases.

 

To the Company’s knowledge, its tenants are complying with all applicable governmental requirements and guidelines for addressing the risks posed by COVID-19. Although there have been a limited number of confirmed cases of COVID-19 at the facilities operated by the Company’s tenants, to its knowledge, these cases have not had a material impact on any of the operators or resulted in any claims against any of the operators.

 

As a landlord, the Company does not control the operations of its tenants, including related party tenants, and is not able to cause its tenants to take any specific actions to address trends in occupancy at the facilities operated by its tenants, other than to monitor occupancy and income of its tenants, discuss trends in occupancy with tenants and possible responses, and, in the event of a default, to exercise its rights as a landlord. However, Moishe Gubin, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Michael Blisko, one of our directors, as the controlling members of 41 of our tenants and related operators, have the ability to obtain information regarding these tenants and related operators and cause the tenants and operators to take actions, including with respect to occupancy. Messrs. Gubin and Blisko are subject to potential conflicts of interest due to their ownership of these tenants and their duties as directors of the Company. As a result of these conflicts, actions by the Company with respect to these related party tenants would be directed by the audit committee of our board of directors, comprised of independent directors, under our conflicts of interest policies. See “Item 1. Business. Policies With respect to Certain Activities and Transactions—Conflict of Interest Policies.”

 

Except as described below, COVID-19 has not caused any of our tenants to be unable to meet their lease obligations to us, including their obligation to pay rent in a timely manner.

 

On April 4, 2022, we were notified that the tenants under the master leases for 6 facilities located in central Illinois intended to default with respect to their lease agreements due to operating losses. The tenants indicated that their operating losses were partially due to decreased occupancy caused by COVID-19. The tenants are affiliates of Steven Blisko, who is the brother of Michael Blisko, one of our directors. These leases provided for a combined rent of $225,000 per month, or $2.7 million per year. All payments due under these leases were paid through mid-June 2022. On July 1, 2022, the Company entered into new lease agreements with an unaffiliated third party operator to lease these properties. The new leases have terms of 10 years each and provide for combined average base rent of $180,000 per month, or $2.3 million per year over the life of the leases. The Company expects to recognize a loss of approximately $1,080,000 in the second quarter of 2022 due to the write-off of straight-line rent receivable related to the former leases.

 

As of the date of this Form 10, none of the Company’s current tenants are delinquent on the payment of rent, and none of them have requested the Company to amend the terms of their leases to reduce current or future lease payments. The Company accordingly believes that its current tenants have the ability to meet their lease obligations based on their current levels of occupancy. However, if tenants were to experience additional decreases in occupancy due to the emergence of new variants of COVID-19, and such decreases adversely affected its tenants’ operating income, tenants might be unable to meet their lease obligations. The Company is unable to determine what level of decreased occupancy would result in lease defaults because decreases in occupancy also allow tenants to reduce operating costs due to reduced staffing requirements.

 

In the event that tenants were to default due to decreased occupancy, the Company would seek to obtain new operators to take over the leases and the facilities. This could result in decreases in the Company’s rental income if the new tenants required lower rental payments. Additionally, if the Company were unable to obtain new operators, the Company could lose rental income from these properties. Either of these events could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operation.

 

61

 

 

The COVID-19 pandemic has also caused and is likely to continue to cause regulatory changes and, as a result, healthcare operators may face increased regulatory scrutiny and new requirements for operations and/or payment, especially from government payors including Medicare and Medicaid. Any changes in the regulatory framework or the intensity or extent of government or private enforcement actions could materially increase operating costs incurred by us or our tenants, operators and managers for monitoring and reporting compliance, which could have a material effect on us.

 

We depend on key personnel whose continued service is not guaranteed and each of whom would be difficult to replace.

 

We depend on the efforts and expertise of Mr. Gubin, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of our board of directors, Mr. Eingal, our Chief Financial Officer, and Mr. Jeffrey Bajtner, our Senior Investment Officer, to execute our business strategy. If one or more of these individuals were to no longer be employed by us, we may be unable to find suitable replacements. If we were to lose the services of one or more of our executive officers and were unable to find suitable replacements, our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders could be materially and adversely affected.

 

Our growth depends on our ability to obtain additional debt and equity financing from third-party sources. Such financing is outside of our control and may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms or at all, which could limit our ability, among other things, to meet our capital and operating needs or make the cash distributions to our stockholders necessary to qualify and maintain our qualification as a REIT.

 

We intend to elect to the taxed as a REIT commencing with the 2022 calendar year. In order to qualify and maintain our qualification as a REIT, we will be required under the Code, among other things, to distribute annually at least 90% of our REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction and excluding any net capital gain. In addition, we will be subject to income tax at regular corporate rates to the extent that we distribute less than 100% of our REIT taxable income, including any net capital gains. Because of these distribution requirements, we may not be able to fund future capital needs, including any necessary acquisition financing, from operating cash flow. Consequently, we intend to rely on third-party sources to fund our capital needs. We may not be able to obtain such financing on favorable terms or at all and any additional debt we incur will increase our leverage and likelihood of default. Our access to third-party sources of capital depends, in part, on:

 

  general market conditions;
     
  the market’s perception of our business and growth potential;
     
  our current debt levels;
     
  our current and expected future earnings;
     
  our cash flow and cash distributions; and
     
  the market price per share of our common stock.

 

If we cannot obtain capital from third-party sources, we may not be able to acquire properties when strategic opportunities exist, meet the capital and operating needs of our existing properties, satisfy our debt service obligations or make the cash distributions to our stockholders necessary to qualify and maintain our qualification as a REIT.

 

We have substantial indebtedness, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

As of March 31, 2022, we had total indebtedness of approximately $486.8 million, consisting of $281.3 million in HUD guaranteed debt, $99.1 million in net Series A and Series C Bonds outstanding, $107.6 million in commercial mortgage loans from third party lenders that were not guaranteed by HUD and $1.4 million in seller notes. We also expect to incur significant additional debt to finance future acquisitions.

 

62

 

 

We currently anticipate that we will have sufficient liquidity to meet our working capital obligations, including our debt service obligations.

 

Nevertheless, payments of principal and interest on borrowings may leave us with insufficient cash to operate our properties or to pay the dividends currently contemplated or necessary to qualify and maintain our qualification as a REIT.

 

Our substantial level of debt and the limitations imposed on us by our debt agreements could have significant adverse consequences, including the following:

 

● our cash flows may be insufficient to meet our required principal and interest payments;

 

● we may be unable to borrow additional funds as needed or on favorable terms, which could, among other things, adversely affect our ability to meet operational needs;

 

● we may be unable to refinance our indebtedness at maturity or the refinancing terms may be less favorable than the terms of our original indebtedness;

 

● we may be forced to dispose of one or more of our properties, possibly on unfavorable terms or in violation of certain covenants to which we may be subject;

 

● we may default on our obligations, in which case the lenders or mortgagees may have the right to foreclose on any properties that secure the loans and/or collect rents and other income from our properties;

 

● increased inflation may have a pronounced negative impact on the interest expense we pay in connection with our outstanding indebtedness and our general and administrative expenses, as these costs could increase at a rate higher than our rents; and

 

● we may violate restrictive covenants in our loan documents, which would entitle the lenders to accelerate our debt obligations or reduce our ability to pay, or prohibit us from paying, distributions to our stockholders.

 

If any one of these events were to occur, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected. Furthermore, foreclosures could create taxable income without accompanying cash proceeds, which could hinder our ability to meet the REIT distribution requirements imposed by the Code. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Consolidated Indebtedness.”

 

Certain of our debt agreements include restrictive covenants which could limit our ability to make distributions.

 

The indentures for our Series A Bonds and Series C Bonds contain restrictions on the payment of dividends by the BVI Company.

 

Under these indentures, the BVI Company may not make any distribution unless certain conditions set forth in the indentures are fulfilled. These conditions include limitations on annual dividends to a percentage of current income and restrictions on dividends based on certain financial ratios. See “Management Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition – Liquidity and Capital Resources.” At March 31, 2022, the BVI Company would have been permitted to pay dividends of up to $28.0 million under the indentures.

 

Additionally, our subsidiaries that have received HUD guaranteed mortgage loans are parties to customary healthcare regulatory agreements with HUD. These agreements restrict the ability of these subsidiaries to make distributions with funds borrowed under the mortgage loans in the event that the subsidiary does not have surplus funds to make a distribution. Surplus funds are funds in excess of the amount required to make the following month’s payment under the loan.

 

63

 

 

The restrictions under the indentures for the Series A Bonds Series C Bonds and the loan agreements for our other loans could affect the ability of the BVI Company and its subsidiaries to make distributions to the Operating Partnership. This is in turn could affect our ability to make distributions to our stockholders, including cash dividends required to meet the annual distribution requirements applicable to the Company as a REIT. In such event, we would seek to obtain additional loans or sell additional OP units in order to fund required distributions or make elective stock dividends.

 

Mortgage debt obligations expose us to the possibility of foreclosure, which could result in the loss of our investment in a property or group of properties subject to mortgage debt.

 

Substantially all of our properties have been financed with mortgage debt. Mortgage and other secured debt obligations increase our risk of property losses because defaults on indebtedness secured by properties may result in foreclosure actions initiated by lenders and ultimately our loss of the property securing any loans for which we are in default. Any foreclosure on a mortgaged property or group of properties could adversely affect the overall value of our portfolio of properties. For tax purposes, a foreclosure on any of our properties that is subject to a nonrecourse mortgage loan would be treated as a sale of the property for a purchase price equal to the outstanding balance of the debt secured by the mortgage. If the outstanding balance of the debt secured by the mortgage exceeds our tax basis in the property, we would recognize taxable income on foreclosure, but would not receive any cash proceeds, which could hinder our ability to meet the REIT distribution requirements imposed by the Code. Foreclosures could also trigger our tax indemnification obligations under the terms of our tax protection agreements with respect to the sales of certain properties.

 

The indenture for the Series C Bonds provides for a balloon payment of the entire principal of $49.8 million in 2026. The loan agreement for our new $105 million term loan provides for a balloon payment in 2027. We may also obtain additional financing that contains balloon payment obligations. These types of obligations may materially adversely affect us, including our cash flows, financial condition and ability to make distributions.

 

The indenture for the Series C Bond provides for a balloon payment of the entire principal of $49.8 million in 2026. The loan agreement for our new $105 million term loan provides for a balloon payment in 2027.

 

It is also possible that our future debt arrangements may require us to make a lump-sum or “balloon” payment at maturity.

 

To the extent we have these types of obligations, our ability to make a balloon payment at maturity will depend on our working capital at the time of repayment, our ability to obtain additional financing or our ability to sell the property. At the time the balloon payment is due, we may or may not be able to refinance the existing financing on terms as favorable as the original loan or sell the property at a price sufficient to make the balloon payment. In addition, balloon payments and payments of principal and interest on our indebtedness may leave us with insufficient cash to pay the distributions that we are required to pay to qualify and maintain our qualification as a REIT. In such event, we would seek to obtain additional loans or sell additional OP units in order to fund required distributions or make elective stock dividends.

 

64

 

 

The loan agreement for our $105 million commercial bank term loan contains covenants and other terms that impose material operating and financial restrictions. The loan agreement also contains provisions that allow the lender to accelerate the amounts due under the loan agreement if Moishe Gubin, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, ceases to be actively involved in the executive management of the Operating Partnership or ceases to be a director of the Company or if any person or group (other than Mr. Gubin) acquires more than 30% of the common stock of the Company. A breach of these covenants and restrictions could result in the acceleration of the amounts due under the loan agreement, which would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial conditions and results of operations.

 

In the event of any breach of the covenants or restrictions under the loan agreement, we would seek to obtain a waiver from the lender. If the lender refused to grant a waiver, we would seek to refinance the loan with a new lender or seek to sell properties in order to obtain funds to repay the loan. If we were unable to refinance the loan or repay the loan utilizing the proceeds from the sale of our properties, the lender could foreclose its mortgage lien against the properties pledged as collateral for the loan. Such an event would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and our operating results because it would eliminate a substantial portion of our income generating assets and potentially result in the acceleration of other debt that subject to default if the loan agreement is accelerated

 

On March 18, 2022, the Operating Partnership and 21 of its subsidiaries received a $105 million mortgage loan from a commercial bank. The loan is secured by a lien on all of the assets of the Operating Partnership and the 21 subsidiaries that are borrowers. The collateral primarily consists of 21 properties owned by these subsidiaries. The loan is also secured by guarantees of the Company and the BVI Company. The borrowers must pay down the loan in the event that the outstanding balance of the loan exceeds 65% of the fair market value of the properties pledged to the lender.

 

The loan agreement contains a number of restrictive covenants that impose material operating and financial restrictions and may limit our ability to undertake transactions that we may believe are in our long-term best interest. These restrictions limit the ability of the Operating Partnership and the borrower subsidiaries to:

 

  incur additional indebtedness, other than indebtedness incurred by the Operating Partnership that would not result in a violation of the financial covenants described below;
     
  pay dividends or make other distributions or repurchase or redeem capital stock, other than dividends that would not result in a violation of the financial covenants described below and dividends made by the Operating Partnership and subsidiary borrowers that are used by the Company to make distributions that are necessary to maintain our REIT status;
     
  make loans and investments, other than loans and investments by the Operating Partnership that would not result in a violation of the financial covenants described below;
     
  sell assets, other than the sale of assets by the Operating Partnership;
     
  incur liens on any of the collateral for the loan or on the other assets of the borrower subsidiaries;
     
  enter into transactions with affiliates except on arm’s length terms; and
     
  enter into any transaction, including any merger or consolidation, that could result in a change of control.

 

The loan agreement defines a change of control as the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

  the BVI Company fails to own all of the equity interests in the borrower subsidiaries;
     
  the Operating Partnership fails to own all of the equity interests in the BVI Company;
     
  the failure of the Company to be the general partner of the Operating Partnership;
     
  the failure of Moishe Gubin to be a voting member of the board of directors of each of the Company and the BVI Company; and
     
  the failure of Moishe Gubin to be actively involved in the executive management of the Operating Partnership; or
     
  any person (other than Moishe Gubin) shall have acquired beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than 30% of the common stock of the Company.

 

In addition, the loan agreement contains financial covenants that require us to maintain specified financial ratios and maintain a minimum amount of equity in our subsidiaries.

 

65

 

 

The financial covenants consist of (i) a covenant that the ratio of the Company’s indebtedness to its EBITDA cannot exceed 8.0 to 1, (ii) a covenant that the ratio of the Company’s net operating income to its debt service before dividend distribution is at least 1.20 to 1.00 for each fiscal quarter as measured pursuant to the terms of the loan agreement, (iii) a covenant that the ratio of the Company’s net operating income to its debt service after dividend distribution is at least 1.05 to 1.00 for each fiscal quarter as measured pursuant to the terms of the loan agreement, and (iv) a covenant that the Company’s equity in its subsidiaries equal at least $20,000,000.

 

Our ability to meet these financial ratios and tests can be affected by events beyond our control, and we may be unable to meet them.

 

As a result of these restrictions, we may be:

 

  limited in how we conduct our business;
     
  unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to operate during general economic or business downturns; or
     
  unable to take advantage of new business opportunities.

 

These restrictions may affect our ability to grow in accordance with our strategy. In addition, our financial results and our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect the availability and terms of our financing.

 

A breach of the covenants or restrictions under the loan agreement could result in an event of default under the loan agreement. Such a default would allow the lender to accelerate the loan and may result in the acceleration of any debt to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies.

 

The restrictions related to a change of control include a requirement that Mr. Gubin remain actively involved in the management of our business and serving as a director. Although we expect that Mr. Gubin will continue to be actively involved in the Company’s business because he owns a significant portion of our common stock and the OP units in the Operating Partnership, it is possible that he could become unavailable for reasons outside of his control such illness or injury. Such an event could result in the breach of the loan agreement.

 

The restrictions related to a change of control also include a requirement that no person or group (other than Mr, Gubin) acquire more than 30% of our common stock. We believe that the risk of a violation of this restriction is limited because the Company’s organizational documents prohibit any person or such person’s affiliates from acquiring more than 9.9% of our common stock.

 

In the event of any breach of the covenants or restrictions under the loan agreement, we would seek to obtain a waiver from the lender. If the lender refused to grant a waiver, we would seek to refinance the loan with a new lender or seek to sell properties in order to obtain funds to repay the loan. If we were unable to refinance the loan or repay the loan utilizing the proceeds from the sale of our properties, the lender could foreclose its mortgage lien against the properties pledged as collateral for the loan. Such an event would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and our operating results because it would eliminate a substantial portion of our income generating assets and potentially result in the acceleration of any other debt that is subject to default if the loan agreement is accelerated.

 

For addition information concerning the new commercial bank term loan, see “Item 2. Financial Information-Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources- Commercial Bank Term Loan.”

 

Changes in the method pursuant to which LIBOR is determined and potential phasing out of LIBOR after 2021 may adversely affect our financial results.

 

On July 27, 2017, the Chief Executive of the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”), which regulates the LIBOR administrator, ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (“IBA”), announced that the FCA will no longer persuade or compel panel banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR after 2021. On March 5, 2021, the FCA and the IBA announced that the IBA will cease publication in the current form for 1-week and 2-month U.S. dollar LIBOR rates immediately following the publication on December 31, 2021 and for overnight, 1-month, 3-month, 6-month and 12-month U.S. dollar LIBOR rates immediately following the publication on June 30, 2023. The FCA and U.S. bank regulators have welcomed the IBA’s plans to continue publishing certain tenors for U.S. dollar LIBOR through June 30, 2023 because it will allow many legacy U.S. dollar LIBOR contracts that lack effective fallback provisions and are difficult to amend to mature before such LIBOR rates experience disruptions. U.S. bank regulators are, however, encouraging banks to cease entering into new financial contracts that use LIBOR as a reference rate as soon as practicable and in any event by December 31, 2021. Given consumer protection, litigation, and reputation risks, U.S. bank regulators believe entering into new financial contracts that use LIBOR as a reference rate after December 31, 2021 would create safety and soundness risks. In addition, they expect new financial contracts to either utilize a reference rate other than LIBOR or have robust fallback language that includes a clearly defined alternative reference rate after LIBOR’s discontinuation. Although the foregoing may provide some sense of timing, there is no assurance that LIBOR, of any particular currency and tenor, will continue to be published or be representative of the underlying market until any particular date, and it appears highly likely that LIBOR will be discontinued or no longer be representative after December 31, 2021 or June 30, 2023, depending on the currency and tenor. It is not possible to predict all consequences of the IBA’s plans to cease publishing LIBOR, any related regulatory actions and the expected discontinuance of the use of LIBOR as a reference rate for financial contracts.

 

66

 

 

As of the date of this Form 10, $2.9 million of our senior debt (representing less than 1% of our total debt) bears interest at variable rate equal to 1-month U.S. dollar LIBOR plus a margin. It is possible that we may borrow additional funds at variable rates linked to LIBOR. We expect that all of our variable rate senior debt and any additional variable rate debt will have matured, been prepaid or otherwise terminated prior to June 30, 2023. In this regard, all of our senior debt that bears interest at variable rate based on 1-month U.S. dollar LIBOR will mature prior to June 30, 2023. Until the earlier of the satisfaction of such debt or June 30, 2023, we intend to rely on the IBA’s plan to continue to publish U.S. Dollar LIBOR rates in order to defer modifying the agreements for such debt to replace LIBOR. Our variable rate senior debt does not include robust fallback language that replaces LIBOR with a clearly defined alternative reference rate after LIBOR’s discontinuation. If any of our variable rate debt matures after LIBOR ceases to be published, our counterparties may disagree with us about how to calculate or replace LIBOR. Even if robust fallback language were included, there can be no assurance that the replacement rate plus any spread adjustment will be economically equivalent to LIBOR, which could result in us paying a higher interest rate on such debt. Modifications to any agreements governing our variable rate debt to replace LIBOR with an alternative reference rate could result in adverse tax consequences.

 

The Alternative Reference Rates Committee, a group of private-market participants convened by the U.S. Federal Reserve Board and the New York Federal Reserve, has recommended the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) as a more robust reference rate alternative to U.S. dollar LIBOR. SOFR is calculated based on overnight transactions under repurchase agreements, backed by Treasury securities. SOFR is observed and backward looking, which stands in contrast with LIBOR under the current methodology, which is an estimated forward-looking rate and relies, to some degree, on the expert judgment of submitting panel members. Given that SOFR is a secured rate backed by government securities, it will be a rate that does not take into account bank credit risk (as is the case with LIBOR). SOFR is therefore likely to be lower than LIBOR and is less likely to correlate with the funding costs of financial institutions. To approximate economic equivalence to LIBOR, SOFR can be compounded over a relevant term and a spread adjustment may be added. The use of SOFR as a substitute for LIBOR is voluntary and may not be suitable for all market participants. Market acceptance of SOFR remains uncertain as market conventions related to calculating SOFR-based interest continue to develop and several services are offering or developing credit sensitive alternative rates. Inconsistent use of replacement rates or calculation conventions among financial products could expose us to additional financial risks and increase the cost of any related hedging transactions.

 

We have experienced and expect to continue to experience significant growth and may not be able to adapt our management and operational systems to respond to the integration of the healthcare properties we expect to acquire without unanticipated disruption or expense, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

 

We have experienced and expect to continue to experience significant growth through the potential acquisition of healthcare properties that we identify. We may not be able to adapt our management, administrative, accounting and operational systems or hire and retain sufficient operational staff to manage such potential acquisitions without operating disruptions or unanticipated costs. Our failure to successfully manage our growth could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

 

We may be unsuccessful in our efforts to develop relationships with unaffiliated operators.

 

Part of our business strategy is to develop relationships with unaffiliated operators. We believe these efforts will assist us in expanding our portfolio and reducing our dependency on operators that are related parties. As of the date of this Form 10, 42 of our facilities, or approximately 49.4% of the total, were leased and operated by unaffiliated third parties. We do not have any commitments from any unaffiliated operators to lease facilities and there can be no assurance that we will be able to establish such relationships or enter into leases with such third parties.

 

67

 

 

Properties in Illinois, Indiana, Tennessee and Arkansas account for approximately 82.3% of the annualized base rent from our portfolio as of the date of this Form 10.

 

As of the date of this Form 10, approximately 82.3% of our annualized base rent was derived from properties located in the states of Illinois (30.9%), Indiana (17.2%), Tennessee (20.7%) and Arkansas (13.5%). As a result of this geographic concentration, we are particularly exposed to downturns in the economies of, as well as other changes in the real estate and healthcare industries in, these geographic areas or in increased regulation or new conditions on operations or payment,. Any material change in the current payment programs or regulatory, economic, environmental or competitive conditions in these geographic areas could have a disproportionate effect on our overall business results. In the event of negative economic or other changes in these geographic areas, our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders may be adversely affected.

 

We face potential adverse consequences of bankruptcy or insolvency by our tenants, operators, borrowers, managers and other obligors.

 

We are exposed to the risk that our tenants, operators, borrowers, managers or other obligors could become bankrupt or insolvent. Although our lease agreements will provide us with the right to exercise certain remedies in the event of default on the obligations owing to us or upon the occurrence of certain insolvency events, the bankruptcy and insolvency laws afford certain rights to a party that has filed for bankruptcy or reorganization. For example, a debtor-lessee may reject its lease with us in a bankruptcy proceeding. In such a case, our claim against the debtor-lessee for unpaid and future rents would be limited by the statutory cap of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. This statutory cap could be substantially less than the remaining rent actually owed under the lease, and any claim we have for unpaid rent might not be paid in full. In addition, a debtor-lessee may assert in a bankruptcy proceeding that its lease should be re-characterized as a financing agreement. If such a claim is successful, our rights and remedies as a lender, compared to a lessor, are generally more limited. In the event of an obligor bankruptcy, we may also be required to fund certain expenses and obligations (e.g., real estate taxes, debt costs and maintenance expenses) to preserve the value of our properties, avoid the imposition of liens on our properties or transition our properties to a new tenant, operator or manager. As a result, our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders could be adversely affected if an obligor becomes bankrupt or insolvent.

 

Long-term leases may result in below market lease rates over time, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

 

We have entered into long-term leases with tenants/operators at most of our properties. Our long-term leases provide for rent to increase over time. However, if we do not accurately judge the potential for increases in market rental rates, we may set the terms of such long-term leases at levels such that even after contractual rental increases, the rent under our long-term leases could be less than then-current market rental rates. Further, we may have no ability to terminate those leases or to adjust the rent to then-prevailing market rates. As a result, our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders could be materially and adversely affected.

 

We may incur additional costs in acquiring or re-leasing properties, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

 

We may invest in properties designed or built primarily for a particular tenant/operator of a specific type of use known as a single-user facility. If the tenant/operator fails to renew its lease or defaults on its lease obligations, we may not be able to readily market a single-user facility to a new tenant/operator without making substantial capital improvements or incurring other significant costs. We also may incur significant litigation costs in enforcing our rights against the defaulting tenant/operator. These consequences could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

 

68

 

 

We may have difficulty finding suitable replacement tenants in the event of a tenant default or non-renewal of our leases.

 

We cannot predict whether our tenants will renew existing leases beyond their current terms. If any of our leases are not renewed upon expiration, we would attempt to lease those properties to another tenant. In case of non-renewal, we generally expect to have advance notice before expiration of the lease term to arrange for repositioning of the properties and our tenants are required to continue to perform all of their obligations (including the payment of all rental amounts) for the non-renewed assets until such expiration. However, following expiration of a lease term or if we exercise our right to replace a tenant in default, rental payments on the related properties could decline or cease altogether while we reposition the properties with a suitable replacement tenant. We also might not be successful in identifying suitable replacement tenants or entering into leases with new tenants on a timely basis or on terms as favorable to us as our current leases, or at all, and we may be required to fund certain expenses and obligations (e.g., real estate taxes, debt costs and maintenance expenses) to preserve the value of, and avoid the imposition of liens on, our properties while they are being repositioned. Our ability to reposition our properties with a suitable tenant could be significantly delayed or limited by state licensing, receivership, certificate of need or other laws, relating to debtor-creditor rights and obligations and the ownership and operation of health care facilities, as well as by the Medicare and Medicaid change-of-ownership rules. We could also incur substantial additional expenses in connection with any licensing, receivership or change-of-ownership proceedings, which can be complex and time consuming and can sometimes require that new tenants comply with new or additional requirements for a facility’s physical plant or operations which might not have been imposed on prior tenants because of grandfathering provisions in law or regulation. In addition, our ability to locate suitable replacement tenants could be impaired by the specialized healthcare uses or contractual restrictions on use of the properties which are designed for specific health care purposes, and we may be required to spend substantial amounts to adapt the properties to other uses or obtain governmental approvals to do so. Any such delays, limitations and expenses could adversely impact our ability to collect rent, obtain possession of leased properties or otherwise exercise remedies for tenant default and could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, if we are unable to re-let the properties to healthcare operators with the expertise necessary to operate the type of properties in which we intend to invest, we may be forced to sell the properties at a loss due to the repositioning expenses likely to be incurred by potential purchasers.

 

All of these risks may be greater in smaller markets, where there may be fewer potential replacement tenants, making it more difficult to replace tenants, especially for specialized space, and could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

On April 4, 2022, we were notified that the tenants under the master leases for 6 facilities located in central Illinois intended to default with respect to their lease agreements due to operating losses. The tenants indicated that their operating losses were partially due to decreased occupancy caused by COVID-19. The tenants are affiliates of Steven Blisko, who is the brother of Michael Blisko, one of our directors. These leases provided for a combined rent of $225,000 per month, or $2.7 million per year. All payments due under these leases were paid through mid-June 2022. On July 1, 2022, the Company entered into new lease agreements with an unaffiliated third party operator to lease these properties. The new leases have terms of 10 years each and provide for combined average base rent of $180,000 per month, or $2.3 million per year over the life of the leases. The Company expects to recognize a loss of approximately $1,080,000 in the second quarter of 2022 due to the write-off of straight-line rent receivable related to the former leases.

 

Our computer systems may be subject to potential cyberattacks by state actors as a result of the conflict between Russia and Ukraine.

 

The invasion of Ukraine by Russia on February 24, 2022 has increased the risk of potential cyberattacks of businesses located in the United States, including our business. In the event that our computer systems or database were subject to such an attack, our ability to operate our business could be significantly impaired until we were able to address the attack by rebuilding the parts of our computer systems and database affected by such an attack. Our computer database primarily consists of financial information relating to our rental properties, including information concerning rental payments from tenants and the payment of property and operating expenses by us and our tenants. We do not have any patient information. To address the risk of a possible cyberattack by state actors, the Company has engaged a third party consultant to implement additional security protections for our systems, including restrictions on the ability of persons utilizing URLs located outside of the United States to log on to our systems. We also maintain backups of our data on third party servers. Although these steps provide additional protection from cyberattacks, they are not full proof, and it is possible that we may experience a cyberattack that materially disrupts our business.

 

We and our directors and officers may become subject to litigation and disputes, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and per share trading price of our common stock.

 

We and our directors and officers may become subject to litigation, including claims relating to our operations, properties, offerings, and otherwise in the ordinary course of business.

 

For example, the sellers of certain properties acquired by the Predecessor Company in Arkansas and Kentucky have commenced legal proceedings against two of our directors, Moishe Gubin, Michael Blisko, the Predecessor Company and certain of its subsidiaries, as well as the operators of the facilities located at the acquired properties, asserting claims for fraud, breach of contract and rescission based on defendants’ alleged failure to perform certain post-closing obligations. We have potential direct exposure for these claims because the subsidiaries of the Predecessor Company that were named as defendants are now subsidiaries of the Operating Partnership. Additionally, the Operating Partnership is potentially liable for the claims made against Moishe Gubin, Michael Blisko and the Predecessor Company pursuant to the provisions of the contribution agreement, under which the Operating Partnership assumed all of the liabilities of the Predecessor Company and agreed to indemnify the Predecessor Company and its affiliates for such liabilities. See “Item 8. Legal Proceedings.” Some of these claims may result in significant defense costs and potentially significant judgments against us, some of which are not, or cannot be, insured against. In addition, we are regularly named as a defendant in claims made against our tenants/operators due to patient injuries. We generally intend to vigorously defend ourselves; however, we cannot be certain of the ultimate outcomes of any claims that may arise in the future. Resolution of these types of matters against us may result in our having to pay significant fines, judgments, or settlements, which, if uninsured, or if the fines, judgments, and settlements exceed insured levels, could adversely impact our earnings and cash flows, thereby having an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and per share trading price of our common stock.

 

69

 

 

In addition, the COVID-19 pandemic may cause our business and the businesses of our tenants, operators and managers to face increased exposure to union or other disputes, lawsuits or other legal or regulatory proceedings filed at the same time across multiple jurisdictions, such as professional liability litigation alleging wrongful death and negligence claims, some of which may result in large damage awards and not be indemnified or subject to sufficient insurance coverage. Federal, state, local and industry-initiated efforts may limit our tenants’, operators’ and managers’ liabilities from COVID-19 related quality of care litigation but the extent of such limitations are uncertain and, to the extent such limitations of liability may not be applicable or enforced, such liabilities could adversely impact the business and financial conditions of our tenants, operators and managers. If, in turn, such tenants, operators or managers fail to make contractual rent payments to us or, with respect to our senior living operating portfolio, cash flows are adversely affected, it could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

Further, certain litigation or the resolution of certain litigation may affect the availability or cost of some of our insurance coverage or result in future limitations in coverage, which could adversely impact our results of operations and cash flows, expose us to increased risks that would be uninsured, and/or adversely impact our ability to attract officers and directors.

 

Our use of OP units as consideration to acquire properties could result in stockholder dilution or limit our ability to sell such properties, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and cash flows.

 

In the future, we may acquire properties or portfolios of properties through tax deferred contribution transactions in exchange for OP units in our Operating Partnership, which may result in stockholder dilution. This acquisition structure may have the effect of, among other things, reducing the amount of tax depreciation we could deduct over the tax life of the acquired properties, and may require that we agree to protect the contributors’ ability to defer recognition of taxable gain through restrictions on our ability to dispose of the acquired properties and/or the allocation of partnership debt to the contributors to maintain their tax bases. These restrictions could limit our ability to sell properties at a time, or on terms, that would be favorable absent such restrictions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and cash flows.

 

We did not obtain any third-party appraisals of the assets and properties previously owned by the Predecessor Company for purposes of the formation transactions nor any independent third-party valuations or fairness opinions. Accordingly, the value of the common stock and OP units that were issued by us to the Predecessor Company in exchange for its assets and liabilities in the formation transactions may have exceeded their aggregate fair market value.

 

We did not obtain any third-party appraisals of the assets and properties previously owned by the Predecessor Company for purposes of the formation transactions. We also did not obtain any independent third-party valuation or fairness opinion in connection with the formation transactions.

 

The value of the OP units in the Operating Partnership that were issued by the Operating Partnership to the Predecessor Company in our formation transactions in exchange for the assets and liabilities of the Predecessor Company was not based on arm’s-length negotiations and was not approved by any independent directors. In addition, Moishe Gubin, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, who had significant influence in structuring the formation transactions, had pre-existing ownership interests in those properties and beneficially owns OP units in the Operating Partnership as a result of the formation transactions. It is possible that the consideration we paid for the properties and assets in the formation transactions may have exceeded their fair market value and that we could have realized less value from these assets than we would have if the assets had been acquired after arm’s-length negotiation or if we had obtained independent appraisals for these assets. See “Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”

 

70

 

 

The historical performance of the Predecessor Company is not, and the consolidated financial statements of the Predecessor Company included in this Form 10 are not necessarily, indicative of our future results.

 

The historical performance of the Predecessor Company and the consolidated financial statements of the Predecessor Company that are included in this Form 10 are not necessarily indicative of what our results of operations, financial position or cash flows will be in the future. It is not possible for us to accurately estimate all adjustments that may reflect all the significant changes that will occur in our cost structure, funding and operations as a result of the formation transactions, including potential increased costs associated with reduced economies of scale and increased costs associated with being an independent publicly traded company.

 

We have no operating history as a REIT or a publicly traded company in the United States and may not be able to operate our business successfully as a REIT or publicly traded company.

 

We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT for the 2022 calendar year. We have no operating history as a REIT or a publicly traded company in the United States. We cannot assure you that the past experience of our senior management team will be sufficient to successfully operate the Company as a REIT or a U.S. publicly traded company, including the requirements to disclosure requirements of the SEC in a timely manner. As a U.S. public company, we will be required to develop and implement control systems and procedures in order to qualify and maintain our qualification as a REIT and satisfy our periodic and current reporting requirements under applicable SEC regulations, and this transition could place a significant strain on our management systems, infrastructure and other resources. See “—Risks Related to Our Status as a REIT.”

 

We are an “emerging growth company,” and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make common stock less attractive to investors.

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. We will remain an “emerging growth company” until the earliest to occur of (i) the last day of the fiscal year during which our total annual revenue equals or exceeds $1.07 billion (subject to adjustment for inflation), (ii) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the first sale of shares pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act, (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Exchange Act. We may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions and benefits under the JOBS Act. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and the market price of our common stock may be more volatile and decline significantly.

 

We have elected to avail ourselves of the extended transition period for adopting new or revised accounting standards available to emerging growth companies under the JOBS Act and will, therefore, not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, which could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

 

The JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of exemption from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies and an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of these accounting standards until they would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to avail ourselves of these exemptions and the extended transition periods for adopting new or revised accounting standards and therefore, we will not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. As a result, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates. We intend to avail ourselves of these options although, subject to certain restrictions, we may elect to stop availing ourselves of these exemptions in the future even while we remain an “emerging growth company.” We cannot predict whether investors will find our stock less attractive as a result of this election. If some investors find shares of our common stock less attractive as a result of this election, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

 

71

 

 

We will be subject to the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

 

As long as we remain an emerging growth company, as that term is defined in the JOBS Act, we will be permitted to gradually comply with certain of the on-going reporting and disclosure obligations of public companies pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes- Oxley Act”).

 

However, our management will be required to deliver a report that assesses the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may require our auditors to deliver an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting in conjunction with their opinion on our audited financial statements as of December 31 subsequent to the year in which this Form 10 becomes effective if we are no longer an “emerging growth company”. Substantial work on our part may be required to implement appropriate processes, document the system of internal control over key processes, assess their design, remediate any deficiencies identified and test their operation. This process may be both costly and challenging. We cannot give any assurances that material weaknesses will not be identified in the future in connection with our compliance with the provisions of Section 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The existence of any material weakness described above would preclude a conclusion by management and our independent auditors that we maintained effective internal control over financial reporting. Our management may be required to devote significant time and expense to remediate any material weaknesses that may be discovered and may not be able to remediate any material weakness in a timely manner. The existence of any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting could also result in errors in our consolidated financial statements that could require us to restate our consolidated financial statements, cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, all of which could lead to a decline in the per share trading price of our common stock.

 

We face possible risks and costs associated with severe weather conditions, natural disasters or the physical effects of climate change.

 

Some of our properties are located in areas particularly susceptible to revenue loss, cost increase or damage caused by severe weather conditions or natural disasters such as hurricanes, earthquakes, tornadoes, fires and floods, as well as the effects of climate change. To the extent that climate change impacts changes in weather patterns, our markets could experience more frequent and severe natural disasters. Operationally, such events could cause a major power outage, leading to a disruption of our operators’ operations or require them to incur additional cost associated with evacuation plans. Over time, any of these conditions could result in increased operator costs, delays in construction, resulting in increased construction costs, or in the inability of our operators to operate our facilities at all. Such events could also have a material adverse impact on our tenants’ operations and ability to meet their obligations to us. In the event of a loss in excess of insured limits, we could lose our capital invested in the affected property, as well as anticipated future revenue from that property. Any such loss could materially and adversely affect our business and our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Climate change may also have indirect effects on our business by increasing the cost of (or making unavailable) property insurance on terms we find acceptable. To the extent that significant changes in the climate occur in areas where our properties are located, we may experience more frequent extreme weather events which may result in physical damage to or a decrease in demand for properties located in these areas or affected by these conditions. In addition, changes in federal and state legislation and regulation on climate change could result in increased capital expenditures to improve the energy efficiency of our existing properties and could also require us to spend more on our new development properties without a corresponding increase in revenue. Should the impact of climate change be material in nature, including destruction of our properties, or occur for lengthy periods of time, our financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

72

 

 

Risks Related to Healthcare Industry

 

Adverse trends in healthcare provider operations may negatively affect the operations at our properties, which in turn, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

 

We believe the healthcare industry is currently experiencing the following trends:

 

● changes in the demand for and methods of delivering healthcare services;

 

● changes in third-party reimbursement policies, including a shift to Medicaid managed care, and changes in Medicare reimbursement for skilled nursing facility services which commenced on October 1, 2019;

 

● significant unused capacity in certain areas, which has created substantial competition for patients among healthcare providers in those areas;

 

● increased expense for uninsured patients;

 

● increased expense arising from an older and sicker patient mix;

 

● increased competition among healthcare providers;

 

● shortage of qualified health care workers due to competition from other health industry employers and enhancement of credentials required to perform specified services;

 

● substantial increases in costs associated with employing health care workers due to competition and health care industry specific wage mandates, general inflationary pressures on wages and other statutory and regulatory requirements associated with the employment of worker in the health industry and specifically for skilled nursing facilities;

 

● increased liability insurance expense and reductions in the availability of certain coverages resulting in gaps;

 

● increasing shift of the plaintiffs’ bar from medical malpractice to skilled nursing facility industry liability;

 

● continued pressure by private and governmental payors to reduce payments to providers of services along with the consolidation of payors, which has resulted in a decreased ability to negotiate levels and conditions of payment;

 

● increased scrutiny of billing, referral and other practices by federal and state authorities and private insurers; and

 

● increasing focus by relators and the qui tam bar on the skilled nursing facility industry.

 

These factors may materially adversely affect the economic performance of some or all of our tenants/operators, which in turn could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

 

Both we and the tenants and operators of our properties may be adversely affected by healthcare regulation and enforcement.

 

The regulatory environment of the long-term healthcare industry has generally intensified over time both in the amount, complexity and type of regulations and in the efforts to enforce those regulations. The extensive federal, state and local laws and regulations affecting the healthcare industry include those relating to, among other things, licensure, conduct of operations, ownership of facilities, addition of facilities and equipment, allowable costs, services, prices for services, qualified beneficiaries, quality of care, patient rights, fraudulent or abusive behavior, and financial and other arrangements that may be entered into by healthcare providers. Moreover, changes in enforcement policies by federal and state governments have resulted in an increase in the number of inspections, citations of regulatory deficiencies and other regulatory sanctions, including terminations from the Medicare and Medicaid programs, bars on Medicare and Medicaid payments for new admissions, and certain services as well as more aggressive imposition of exclusions from participation in, and receipt of reimbursement from, the Medicare and Medicaid programs, civil monetary penalties and even criminal penalties. See “Item 1. Business — Regulation.” We are unable to predict the scope of future federal, state and local regulations and legislation, including the Medicare and Medicaid statutes and regulations, or the intensity of enforcement efforts with respect to such regulations and legislation, and any changes in the regulatory framework could have a material adverse effect on our tenants, operators, guarantors and managers, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

 

73

 

 

Further, if our tenants and operators fail to comply with the extensive laws, regulations and other requirements applicable to their businesses and the operation of our properties (some of which are discussed below), they could become ineligible to receive reimbursement from governmental and private third-party payor programs, face bans on admissions of new patients or residents, suffer civil or criminal penalties or be required to make significant changes to their operations. We also may become subject directly to healthcare laws and regulations because of the broad nature of some of these restrictions. Our tenants, operators, borrowers, guarantors, managers and we also could be forced to expend considerable resources responding to an investigation or other enforcement action under applicable laws or regulations or in implementing new or additional measures to reduce the possibility of enforcement action. In such event, the results of operations and financial condition of our tenants, operators, borrowers, guarantors and managers and the results of operations of our properties operated or managed by those entities could be adversely affected, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

 

All healthcare providers who accept Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement are subject to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which establishes civil, criminal and administrative penalties with respect to any person who knowingly and willfully offers, pays, solicits, or receives any remuneration to induce or in return for (1) referring an individual to a person for the furnishing or arranging for the furnishing of any item or service payable in whole or in part under a Federal healthcare program; or (2) purchasing, leasing, ordering or arranging for, or recommending the purchasing, leasing or ordering of any good, facility service, or item payable under a Federal healthcare program, such as Medicare and Medicaid. Remuneration is defined broadly to include the transfer of anything of value, in case or in kind, directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly. Certain healthcare facilities are also subject to the Federal Ethics in Patient Referral Act of 1989, commonly referred to as the Stark Law. The Stark Law prohibits the submission of claims to Medicare for payment if the claim results from a physician referral (including an order or prescription) for certain designated services and the physician has a financial relationship with the health service provider that does not qualify under one of the exceptions for a financial relationship under the Stark Law. Similar prohibitions on kickbacks, physician self-referrals and submission of claims apply to state Medicaid programs, and may also apply to private payors under state laws, which in some cases are even broader and contain stricter prohibitions or requirements than Federal prohibitions. Violations of these laws subject persons and entities to termination from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federally funded healthcare programs or result in criminal prosecution, the imposition of civil monetary penalties, the imposition of treble damages and fines and/or other penalties as well as potential civil liability under the Federal False Claims Act. In addition, criminal liability under the Federal Travel Act is increasingly used to prosecute healthcare providers for certain business relationships. Healthcare facilities and providers may also experience an increase in audits and medical record reviews from public and private payors and a host of government agencies and contractors, including the HHS Office of the Inspector General, the Department of Justice, Zone Program Integrity Contractors, and Recovery Audit Contractors.

 

Other laws that impact how the operators conduct their operations include: federal and state laws designed to protect the confidentiality and security of patient health information; state and local licensure laws; laws protecting consumers against deceptive practices; laws generally affecting the operators’ management of property and equipment and how the operators generally conduct their operations, such as fire, health and safety, and environmental laws; federal and state laws affecting assisted living facilities mandating quality of services and care, and quality of food service; resident rights (including abuse and neglect laws); and health standards set by the federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration. For example, HIPAA imposes extensive requirements on the way in which certain healthcare entities use, disclose, and safeguard protected health information (as that term is defined under HIPAA), including requirements to protect the integrity, availability, and confidentiality of electronic medical records. Many of these obligations were expanded under the HITECH Act. In order to comply with HIPAA and the HITECH Act, covered entities often must undertake significant operational and technical implementation efforts. Operators also may face significant financial exposure if they fail to maintain the privacy and security of medical records, personal health information about individuals, or protected health information. HIPAA violations are also potentially subject to criminal penalties. See “Item 1. Business—Regulation.”

 

74

 

 

We may also be adversely affected by possible changes to CON laws which serve as a barrier to entry in eight of the nine states in which we own properties. The Trump administration has called for repeal of state Certificate of Need laws and certain states are considering the possible repeal of these laws. If these laws are repealed in states in which we own properties, we and the tenants and operators of our properties could be subject to increased competition.

 

Our tenants/operators may be subject to significant legal actions that could subject them to increased operating costs and substantial uninsured liabilities, which may affect their ability to pay their rent payments to us and, thus, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

 

As is typical in the healthcare industry, our tenants/operators may often become subject to claims that their services have resulted in patient injury or other adverse effects. Many of these tenants/operators may have experienced an increasing trend in the frequency and severity of professional liability and general liability insurance claims and litigation asserted against them. The insurance coverage maintained by tenants/operators may not cover all claims made against them nor continue to be available at a reasonable cost, if at all. In some states, insurance coverage for the risk of punitive damages arising from professional liability and general liability claims and/or litigation may not, in certain cases, be available to these tenants/operators due to state law prohibitions or limitations of availability. As a result, these types of tenants/operators of our healthcare properties operating in these states may be liable for punitive damage awards that are either not covered or are in excess of their insurance policy limits. We also believe that there has been, and will continue to be, an increase in governmental investigations of certain healthcare providers, particularly in the area of Medicare/Medicaid overbilling and compliance with the conditions of payment and participation and false claims, as well as an increase in debar actions resulting from these investigations. Insurance is generally not available to cover such losses, including the costs of investigation and any penalties in the absence of specialized underwriting. None of our related party tenants, and to our knowledge, none of our other tenants, have such insurance. Additionally, neither the Company nor its subsidiaries have such insurance. The costs of a comprehensive investigation along with any adverse determination in a legal proceeding or governmental investigation, whether currently asserted or arising in the future or a condition imposed as a result of an investigation such as a monitoring by an independent review organization (“IRO”) under a Corporate Integrity Agreement, could have a material adverse effect on a tenant/operator’s financial condition. Neither our related party tenants nor, to our knowledge, our other tenants, are subject to any pending or threatened legal proceedings or investigations by any governmental authorities, and none of them has entered into any Corporate Integrity Agreements. If a tenant/operator were unable to obtain or maintain insurance coverage, if judgments were obtained in excess of the insurance coverage, if a tenant/operator were required to pay uninsured or uninsurable punitive damages, or if a tenant/operator were subject to an uninsured or uninsurable payor audit or government enforcement action, the tenant/operator could be exposed to substantial additional liabilities, which could affect the tenant/operator’s ability to pay rent to us, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders. Neither the Company nor its subsidiaries are subject to any pending or threatened legal proceedings or investigations by any governmental authorities, and none of them has entered into any Corporate Integrity Agreements.

 

Risks Related to Real Estate Industry

 

Our business is subject to risks associated with real estate assets and the real estate industry, which could materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution and our ability to service our debt obligations.

 

Our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders depends on our ability to generate revenues in excess of expenses, scheduled principal payments on debt and capital expenditure requirements. Events and conditions generally applicable to owners and operators of real property that are beyond our control may decrease cash available for distribution and the value of our properties. These events include many of the risks set forth above under “—Risks Related to Our Business and Operations,” as well as the following:

 

● adverse changes in financial conditions of buyers, sellers and tenants of properties;

 

75

 

 

● vacancies or our inability to rent space on favorable terms, including possible market pressures to offer tenants rent abatements, tenant improvements, early termination rights or below-market renewal options, and the need to periodically repair, renovate and re-let space;

 

● increased operating costs, including insurance premiums, utilities, real estate taxes and state and local taxes;

 

● civil unrest, acts of war, terrorist attacks and natural disasters, including hurricanes, which may result in uninsured or underinsured losses;

 

● geopolitical challenges and uncertainties (including wars and other forms of conflict, terrorist acts and security operations), such as the war between Russia and Ukraine and the severe economic sanctions and export controls imposed by the U.S. and other governments against Russia and Russian interests;

 

● decreases in the underlying value of our real estate; and

 

● changing market demographics.

 

In addition, periods of economic downturn or recession, rising interest rates or declining demand for real estate, or the public perception that any of these events may occur, could result in a general decline in rents or an increased incidence of defaults under existing leases, which could materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution and ability to service our debt obligations.

 

As an owner of real estate, we could incur significant costs and liabilities related to environmental matters.

 

Under various federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the environment, as a current or former owner of real property, we may be liable for costs and damages resulting from the presence or release of hazardous or toxic substances, waste or petroleum products at, on, in, under or migrating from such property, including costs to investigate, clean up such contamination and liability for any alleged harm to human health, property or natural resources. Such laws often impose strict liability without regard to fault, including whether the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of such contamination, and the liability may be joint and several. These liabilities could be substantial and the cost of any required investigation, remediation, removal, fines or other costs could exceed the value of the property and/or our aggregate assets. In addition, the presence of contamination or the failure to remediate contamination at our properties may expose us to third-party liability for costs of remediation and/or personal or property damage or materially adversely affect our ability to sell, lease or develop our properties or to borrow using the properties as collateral. In addition, environmental laws may create liens on contaminated sites in favor of the government for damages and costs it incurs to address such contamination. Moreover, if contamination is discovered on our properties, environmental laws may impose restrictions on the manner in which property may be used or businesses may be operated, and these restrictions may require substantial expenditures. See “Item 1. Item 1. Business—Regulation—Environmental Matters.”

 

Some of our properties may have been or may be impacted by contamination arising from current or prior uses of the property, or adjacent properties, for commercial or industrial purposes. Such contamination may arise from spills of petroleum or hazardous substances or releases from tanks used to store such materials. In most cases, the Predecessor Company obtained Phase I Environmental Site Assessments for the properties contributed by the Predecessor Company to the Operating Partnership in connection with our formation transactions. The Phase I Environmental Site Assessments are of limited scope and may not have conducted comprehensive asbestos, lead-based paint, lead in drinking water, mold or radon assessments. Although these assessments provide some assurance regarding environmental issues at the properties, they are not a guarantee that the properties do not have an environmental issue. As a result, we may not be aware of all potential or existing environmental contamination liabilities at the properties in our portfolio. There also exists the risk that material environmental conditions, liabilities or compliance concerns may arise in the future. If any of our properties are subject to environmental issues, we could potentially incur material liability for these issues. The realization of any or all of these environmental issues may also have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

76

 

 

As the owner of the buildings on our properties, we could face liability for the presence of hazardous materials, such as asbestos or lead, or other adverse conditions, such as poor indoor air quality, in our buildings. Environmental laws govern the presence, maintenance, and removal of hazardous materials in buildings, and if we do not comply with such laws, we could face fines for such noncompliance and could be required to abate, remove or otherwise address the hazardous material to achieve compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations. Also, we could be liable to third parties, such as occupants or employees of the buildings, for damages related to exposure to hazardous materials or adverse conditions in our buildings, and we could incur material expenses with respect to abatement or remediation of hazardous materials or other adverse conditions in our buildings. If we incur material environmental liabilities in the future, we may find it difficult to sell or lease any affected properties.

 

We did not obtain new Phase I Environmental Site Assessments for the properties contributed by the Predecessor Company in connection with our formation transactions, and the assessments that the Predecessor Company obtained in connection with its acquisition of these properties do not provide assurance that we will not be exposed to environmental liabilities in our initial portfolio.

 

We did not obtain new Phase I Environmental Site Assessments with respect to the properties contributed to our Operating Partnership by the Predecessor Company in connection with the formation transactions. No assurances can be given that any of the Phase I Environmental Site Assessments previously obtained by our Predecessor Company identify all environmental conditions impacting the properties because material environmental conditions may have developed since the Phase I Environmental Site Assessments were conducted. In addition, while we have reviewed the Phase I Environmental Site Assessments conducted, or provided to us, by the Predecessor Company, the Predecessor Company did not conduct Phase I Environmental Site Assessments on all of its properties. In instances when no Phase I Environmental Site Assessment were reviewed by us or the Predecessor Company, there can be no assurance that a Phase I Environmental Site Assessments was ever conducted on such property, or if a Phase I Environmental Site Assessments was conducted, that it did not reveal environmental issues.

 

Our properties may contain or develop harmful mold or suffer from other air quality issues, which could lead to liability for adverse health effects and costs of remediation.

 

When excessive moisture accumulates in buildings or on building materials, mold growth may occur, particularly if the moisture problem remains undiscovered or is not addressed over a period of time. Some molds may produce airborne toxins or irritants. Indoor air quality issues can also stem from inadequate ventilation, chemical contamination from indoor or outdoor sources, and other biological contaminants such as pollen, viruses and bacteria. Indoor exposure to airborne toxins or irritants above certain levels can be alleged to cause a variety of adverse health effects and symptoms, including allergic or other reactions. As a result, the presence of significant mold or other airborne contaminants at any of our properties could require us to undertake a costly remediation program to contain or remove the mold or other airborne contaminants from the affected property or increase indoor ventilation. In addition, the presence of significant mold or other airborne contaminants could expose us to liability from our sole tenant, employees of our sole tenant or others if property damage or personal injury is alleged to have occurred.

 

Our properties may be subject to impairment charges.

 

On a quarterly basis, we will assess whether there are any indicators that the value of our properties may be impaired. A property’s value is considered to be impaired only if the estimated aggregate future cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) to be generated by the property are less than the carrying value of the property. In our estimate of cash flows, we will consider factors such as expected future operating income, trends and prospects, the effects of demand, competition and other factors. If we are evaluating the potential sale of an asset or development alternatives, the undiscounted future cash flows analysis will consider the most likely course of action at the balance sheet date based on current plans, intended holding periods and available market information. We will be required to make subjective assessments as to whether there are impairments in the value of our properties. These assessments may be influenced by factors beyond our control, such as early vacating by a tenant or damage to properties due to earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes and other natural disasters, fire, civil unrest, terrorist acts or acts of war. These assessments may have a direct impact on our earnings because recording an impairment charge results in an immediate negative adjustment to earnings. There can be no assurance that we will not take impairment charges in the future related to the impairment of our properties. Any such impairment could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations in the period in which the charge is taken.

 

77

 

 

We may incur significant costs complying with various federal, state and local laws, regulations and covenants that are applicable to our properties.

 

Properties are subject to various covenants and federal, state and local laws and regulatory requirements, including permitting and licensing requirements. Local regulations, including municipal or local ordinances, zoning restrictions and restrictive covenants imposed by community developers may restrict our use of our properties and may require us to obtain approval from local officials or restrict our use of our properties and may require us to obtain approval from local officials of community standards organizations at any time with respect to our properties, including prior to developing or acquiring a property or when undertaking renovations of any of our existing properties. Among other things, these restrictions may relate to fire and safety, seismic or hazardous material abatement requirements. There can be no assurance that existing laws and regulatory policies will not adversely affect us or the timing or cost of any future development, acquisitions or renovations, or that additional regulations will not be adopted that increase such delays or result in additional costs. Our growth strategy may be affected by our ability to obtain permits, licenses and zoning relief.

 

In addition, federal and state laws and regulations, including laws such as the ADA and the Fair Housing Amendment Act of 1988, or FHAA, impose further restrictions on our properties and operations. Under the ADA and the FHAA, all public accommodations must meet federal requirements related to access and use by disabled persons. Although we believe that all our properties are in compliance with the requirements of the ADA and the FHAA, if one or more of the properties in our portfolio were not in compliance with the ADA, the FHAA or any other regulatory requirements, we could incur additional costs to bring such properties into compliance, be subject to governmental fines or the award of damages to private litigants or be unable to refinance such properties. In addition, we do not know whether existing requirements will change or whether future requirements will require us to make significant unanticipated expenditures that will adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

 

Risks Related to Organizational Structure

 

Moishe Gubin, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Michael Blisko, one of our directors, are the beneficial owners of approximately 7.3% of our outstanding shares and approximately 80.7% of the OP units in the Operating Partnership. They have the ability to influence decisions by the Company and the Operating Partnership, including the approval of matters involving conflicts of interest and significant corporate transactions.

 

Moishe Gubin, one of the Controlling Members of the Predecessor Company, currently serves as our Chairman and our Chief Executive Officer. Michael Blisko, another Controlling Member of the Predecessor Company, serves as one of our directors. Mr. Gubin and Mr. Blisko also control the tenants and operators of 41 of our facilities.

 

As a result of their ownership of our common stock and the OP units, and their board positions, Moishe Gubin and Michael Blisko and their affiliates have the ability to influence the outcome of matters presented to our directors or stockholders, including the election of our board of directors, matters related to the leases of our properties to their affiliates and approval of significant corporate transactions, including business combinations, consolidations and mergers.

 

As a landlord, the Company does not control the operations of its tenants, including related party tenants, and is not able to cause its tenants to take any specific actions to address trends in occupancy at the facilities operated by its tenants, other than to monitor occupancy and income of its tenants, discuss trends in occupancy with tenants and possible responses, and, in the event of a default, to exercise its rights as a landlord. However, Mr. Gubin and Mr. Blisko, as the controlling members of 41 of our tenants and related operators, have the ability to obtain information regarding these tenants and related operators and cause the tenants and operators to take actions, including with respect to occupancy. Mr. Gubin and Mr. Blisko are subject to potential conflicts of interest due to their ownership of these tenants and their duties as directors of the Company.

 

The ability of Mr. Gubin and Mr. Blisko to influence decisions by the Board is limited by our conflicts of interest policy, which requires matters in which a director has a conflict of interest to be approved by the audit committee of the Board, which consists exclusively of independent directors. The ability of Mr. Gubin, Mr. Blisko and their affiliates to influence decisions by the Company’s stockholders is limited by the terms of our articles of incorporation, which prohibit any stockholder from holding more than 9.8% of the shares of our common stock. Additionally, the ability of Mr. Gubin, Mr. Blisko and their affiliates to influence decisions by the Operating Partnership is limited because the Operating Partnership is controlled by the Company as its sole general partner and the OP units issued to the Predecessor Company have no voting rights.

 

78

 

 

Nevertheless, Moishe Gubin, Mr. Blisko and their affiliates have significant influence over us and it is possible that they could exercise influence in a manner that is not in the best interests of our other stockholders. Furthermore, as discussed above, certain conflicts of interest may exist between the interests of Mr. Gubin, Mr. Blisko, and their affiliates and the interests of our stockholders. Their voting power might also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control that our stockholders may view as beneficial.

 

Conflicts of interest may exist or could arise in the future between the interests of our stockholders and the interests of holders of OP units in the Operating Partnership, which may impede business decisions that could benefit our stockholders.

 

Conflicts of interest may exist or could arise in the future as a result of the relationships between us and our affiliates, on the one hand, and the Operating Partnership or any partner thereof, on the other. Our directors and officers have duties to the Company under Maryland law in connection with their management of the Company. At the same time, we, as the general partner of the Operating Partnership, have fiduciary duties and obligations to the Operating Partnership and its limited partners under Delaware law and the partnership agreement of the Operating Partnership in connection with the management of the Operating Partnership. Our fiduciary duties and obligations as the general partner of the Operating Partnership may come into conflict with the duties of our directors and officers to the Company. Moishe Gubin, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Michael Blisko, one of our directors, beneficially own 80.5% of the OP units in the Operating Partnership and may have conflicts of interest in making decisions that affect both our stockholders and the limited partners of the Operating Partnership, particularly since their ownership interests in the Operating Partnership is significantly greater than their 7.3% ownership interest in shares of the common stock of the Company.

 

The partnership agreement provides that we will be under no obligation to consider the separate interests of the limited partners of our Operating Partnership in deciding whether to cause the Operating Partnership to take or decline to take any actions. The partnership agreement also provides that, in the event of a conflict between the interests of the Operating Partnership or any limited partner, on the one hand, and the separate interests of the Company or our stockholders, on the other hand, that cannot be resolved in a manner not adverse to either our stockholders or the limited partners, we, in our capacity as the general partner of the Operating Partnership, shall resolve the conflict in favor of the Company and our stockholders. Additionally, any action or failure to act on our part or on the part of our board of directors that does not violate the contract rights of the limited partners of the Operating Partnership but does give priority to the separate interests of the Company or our stockholders shall not be deemed to violate our duty of loyalty to the Operating Partnership and its limited partners that arises from our role as the general partner of the Operating Partnership.

 

Additionally, the partnership agreement provides that we will not be liable to the Operating Partnership or any partner for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred as a result of errors in judgment or mistakes of fact or law or of any act or omission if any such party acted in good faith. Our Operating Partnership must indemnify us, our directors and officers, officers of the Operating Partnership and our designees from and against any and all claims that relate to the operations of the Operating Partnership, unless it is established that: (i) the act or omission of the person was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and either was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty; (ii) the person actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or (iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the person had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. Our Operating Partnership must also pay or reimburse the reasonable expenses of any such person upon its receipt of a written affirmation of the person’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification has been met and a written undertaking to repay any amounts paid or advanced if it is ultimately determined that the person did not meet the standard of conduct for indemnification. The Operating Partnership will not indemnify or advance funds to any person with respect to any action initiated by the person seeking indemnification without our approval (except for any proceeding brought to enforce such person’s right to indemnification under the partnership agreement) or if the person is found to be liable to the Operating Partnership on any portion of any claim in the action.

 

79

 

 

We may assume unknown liabilities in connection with our formation transactions, and any recourse against third parties, including the Predecessor Company, for certain of these liabilities will be limited.

 

As part of our formation transactions, the Predecessor Company contributed all of its assets to the Operating Partnership, and the Operating Partnership assumed all of its liabilities, some of which may be unknown or unquantifiable. Additionally, the assets of the Predecessor Company included the equity interests in its subsidiaries. These entities and their assets may be subject to existing liabilities, some of which may be unknown or unquantifiable at the time of the formation transactions were completed. These liabilities might include liabilities for investigation or remediation of undisclosed environmental conditions, claims by tenants, vendors or other persons dealing with the Predecessor Company and its subsidiaries (that had not been asserted or threatened prior to the completion of the formation transactions), tax liabilities and accrued but unpaid liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business. While in some instances we may have the right to seek reimbursement against an insurer, any recourse against third parties, including the prior investors in our assets, for certain of these liabilities will be limited. The Predecessor Company and the Controlling Members did not make any representations and warranties concerning such liabilities in the contribution agreement.

 

Our charter contains certain provisions restricting the ownership and transfer of our stock that may delay, defer or prevent a change of control transaction that might involve a premium price for our common stock or that our stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interests.

 

Our charter contains certain ownership limits with respect to our stock. Our charter, among other restrictions, prohibits, subject to certain exceptions, the beneficial or constructive ownership by any person of more than 9.8% in value of the aggregate outstanding shares of our common stock or more than 9.8% in value of the outstanding shares of any class or series of our preferred stock. Our board of directors, in its sole and absolute discretion, may exempt a person, prospectively or retroactively, from this ownership limit if certain conditions are satisfied. See “Item. 11. Description of Capital Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.” This ownership limit as well as other restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock in our charter may:

 

● discourage a tender offer, proxy contest, or other transactions or a change in management or of control that might result in a premium price for our common stock or that our stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interests; and

 

● result in the transfer of shares acquired in excess of the restrictions to a trust for the benefit of a charitable beneficiary and, as a result, the forfeiture by the acquirer of certain of the benefits of owning the additional shares.

 

We could increase the number of authorized shares of stock, classify and reclassify unissued stock and issue stock without stockholder approval.

 

Our board of directors, without stockholder approval, has the power under our charter to amend our charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we are authorized to issue. In addition, under our charter, our board of directors, without stockholder approval, has the power to authorize us to issue authorized but unissued shares of our common stock or preferred stock and to classify or reclassify any unissued shares of our common stock or preferred stock into one or more classes or series of stock and set the preference, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends and other distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption for such newly classified or reclassified shares. See “Item 11. Description of the Registrant’s Securities to be Registered - Description of Capital Stock—Power to Increase or Decrease Authorized Stock and Issue Additional Shares of Common and Preferred Stock.” As a result, we may issue series or classes of common stock or preferred stock with preferences, dividends, powers and rights, voting or otherwise, that are senior to, or otherwise conflict with, the rights of holders of our common stock. Although our board of directors has no such intention at the present time, it could establish a class or series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of such series, delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change of control that might involve a premium price for our common stock or that our stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interests.

 

80

 

 

Certain provisions of Maryland General Corporation Law, or MGCL, could inhibit changes of control, which may discourage third parties from conducting a tender offer or seeking other change of control transactions that could involve a premium price for our common stock or that our stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interests.

 

Certain provisions of the MGCL may have the effect of inhibiting a third party from making a proposal to acquire us or of impeding a change of control under circumstances that otherwise could provide the holders of shares of our common stock with the opportunity to realize a premium over the then-prevailing market price of such shares, including:

 

● “business combination” provisions that, subject to limitations, prohibit certain business combinations between us and an “interested stockholder” (defined generally as any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of our shares or an affiliate thereof or an affiliate or associate of ours who was the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of the voting power of our then outstanding voting stock at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question) for five years after the most recent date on which the stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, and thereafter imposes certain fair price and/or supermajority stockholder voting requirements on these combinations; and

 

● “control share” provisions that provide that holders of “control shares” of the Company (defined as shares that, when aggregated with other shares controlled by the stockholder, entitle the stockholder to exercise one of three increasing ranges of voting power in electing directors) acquired in a “control share acquisition” (defined as the direct or indirect acquisition of ownership or control of issued and outstanding “control shares”) have no voting rights with respect to their control shares, except to the extent approved by our stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, excluding all interested shares.

 

We have opted out of the business combination provisions of the MGCL, which provides that any business combination between us and any other person is exempt from the business combination provisions of the MGCL, provided that the business combination is first approved by our board of directors (including a majority of directors who are not affiliates or associates of such persons). In addition, pursuant to a provision in our bylaws, we have opted out of the control share provisions of the MGCL.

 

Certain provisions of the MGCL permit our board of directors, without stockholder approval and regardless of what is currently provided in our charter or bylaws, to implement certain corporate governance provisions, some of which (for example, a classified board) are not currently applicable to us. If implemented, these provisions may have the effect of limiting or precluding a third party from making an unsolicited acquisition proposal for us or of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us under circumstances that otherwise could provide the holders of shares of our common stock with the opportunity to realize a premium over the then current market price. Our charter contains a provision whereby we elect, at such time as we become eligible to do so, to be subject to the provisions of Title 3, Subtitle 8 of the MGCL relating to the filling of vacancies on our board of directors. See “Item 11. Description of Registrant’s Securities - Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws.”

 

Our bylaws designate the Circuit Court for Baltimore City, Maryland as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

 

Our bylaws generally provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Circuit Court for Baltimore City, Maryland (or in certain circumstances, the United States District Court for the District of Maryland, Northern Division) shall be the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders with respect to the Company, our directors, our officers or our employees. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that the stockholder believes is favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees, which may discourage meritorious claims from being asserted against us and our directors, officers and employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find this provision of our bylaws inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. We adopted this provision because Maryland judges have more experience in dealing with issues of Maryland corporate law than judges in any other state and we believe it makes it less likely that we will be forced to incur the expense of defending duplicative actions in multiple forums and less likely that plaintiffs’ attorneys will be able to employ such litigation to coerce us into otherwise unjustified settlements. These provisions of our bylaws will not apply to claims that may be asserted under federal securities laws.

 

81

 

 

Certain provisions in the partnership agreement of the Operating Partnership may delay or prevent unsolicited acquisitions of us.

 

Provisions in the partnership agreement of the Operating Partnership may delay, or make more difficult, unsolicited acquisitions of us or changes of our control. These provisions could discourage third parties from making proposals involving an unsolicited acquisition of us or change of our control, although some of our stockholders might consider such proposals, if made, desirable. These provisions include, among others:

 

● redemption rights;

 

● a requirement that we may not be removed as the general partner of the Operating Partnership without our consent;

 

● transfer restrictions on OP units;

 

● our ability, as general partner, in some cases, to amend the partnership agreement and to cause the Operating Partnership to issue units with terms that could delay, defer or prevent a merger or other change of control of us or the Operating Partnership without the consent of the limited partners; and

 

● the right of the limited partners to consent to direct or indirect transfers of the general partnership interest, including as a result of a merger or a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, in the event that such transfer requires approval by our common stockholders.

 

The tax protection agreement with the Predecessor Company and its affiliates could limit our ability to sell or otherwise dispose of certain properties.

 

In connection with the formation transactions, we entered into a tax protection agreement with members of the Predecessor Company and certain of their affiliates, including affiliates of Moishe Gubin, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Michael Blisko, one of our directors, that provides that if we dispose of any interest in the protected initial properties in a taxable transaction prior to the tenth anniversary of the completion of the formation transactions, subject to certain exceptions, we will indemnify with the Predecessor Company, its members and their beneficial owners (the “protected parties”) for their tax liabilities attributable to the built-in gain that exists with respect to such property interests as of the time of the formation transactions, and the tax liabilities incurred as a result of such tax protection payment. Pursuant to the tax protection agreement, it is anticipated that the total amount of protected built-in gain on the properties and other assets contributed to the Company in connection with the formation transactions will be approximately $394.8 million. Such indemnification obligations could result in aggregate payments, based on current tax laws, of up to $165.2 million. The amount of tax is calculated without regard to any deductions, losses or credits that may be available.

 

In this regard, the Company has granted the tenant of one of the Company’s properties, an SNF located in Illinois, an option to purchase this property. If the tenant had exercised its option as of March 31, 2022, the Company would have recognized a built-in gain of approximately $1.9 million on such property, which could have required the Company to make a tax indemnity payment of approximately $0.8 million. The Company has also entered into an option agreement with the tenants in 13 of the Company’s properties in Arkansas to grant these tenants an option to purchase the properties for an aggregate price of $90 million. If the Company had sold these properties for this price as of March 31, 2022, the Company would have recognized a built-in gain of approximately $44.2 million on such properties, which could have required the Company to make a tax indemnity payment of approximately $18.2 million.

 

In light of our indemnification obligations under the tax protection agreement, it may be economically prohibitive for us to sell our properties even if it may be otherwise in our stockholders’ best interests to do so. Moreover, as a result of these potential tax liabilities, Moishe Gubin and Michael Blisko may have a conflict of interest with respect to our determination as to the disposition of these properties.

 

82

 

 

We may pursue less vigorous enforcement of terms of the contribution and other agreements with the Predecessor Company and its affiliates because of their relationship with members of our management and board of directors.

 

Moishe Gubin, who is our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Michael Blisko, who is one of our directors, are two of the Controlling Members of the Predecessor Company. The Predecessor Company and its affiliates are parties to or have interests in the contribution agreement pursuant to which we acquired all of the assets of the Predecessor Company. Additionally, we lease 41 facilities in our portfolio to tenant/operators who are affiliates of Mr. Gubin and Mr. Blisko. We may choose not to enforce, or to enforce less vigorously, our rights under these agreements because of our desire to maintain our ongoing relationships with members of board of directors and our management, with possible negative impact on stockholders.

 

Our board of directors may change our strategies, policies and procedures without stockholder approval and we may become more highly leveraged, which may increase our risk of default under our debt obligations.

 

Our investment, financing, leverage and distribution policies, and our policies with respect to all other activities, including growth, capitalization and operations, will be determined exclusively by our board of directors, and may be amended or revised at any time by our board of directors without notice to or a vote of our stockholders. This could result in us conducting operational matters, making investments or pursuing different business or growth strategies than those contemplated in this Form 10. Further, our charter and bylaws do not limit the amount or percentage of indebtedness, funded or otherwise, that we may incur. Our board of directors may alter or eliminate our current policy on borrowing at any time without stockholder approval. If this policy changed, we could become more highly leveraged which could result in an increase in our debt service. Higher leverage also increases the risk of default on our obligations. In addition, a change in our investment policies, including the manner in which we allocate our resources across our portfolio or the types of assets in which we seek to invest, may increase our exposure to interest rate risk, real estate market fluctuations and liquidity risk. Changes to our policies with regards to the foregoing could materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

 

Our rights and the rights of our stockholders to take action against our directors and officers are limited.

 

Under Maryland law, generally, a director will not be liable if he or she performs his or her duties in good faith, in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in our best interests and with the care that an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances. In addition, our charter limits the liability of our directors and officers to us and our stockholders for money damages, except for liability resulting from:

 

● actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services; or

 

● active and deliberate dishonesty by the director or officer that was established by a final judgment as being material to the cause of action adjudicated.

 

Our charter requires us to indemnify, and advance expenses to, each director and officer, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of his or her service to us. We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors whereby we will indemnify our directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by Maryland law against all expenses and liabilities incurred in their capacity as an officer and/or director, subject to limited exceptions. As a result, we and our stockholders may have more limited rights against our directors and officers than might otherwise exist absent the current provisions in our charter or that might exist with other companies.

 

We are a holding company with no direct operations and, as such, we will rely on funds received from our limited ownership interest in the Operating Partnership to pay liabilities, and the interests of our stockholders will be structurally subordinated to all liabilities and obligations of the Operating Partnership and its subsidiaries.

 

We are a holding company and will conduct substantially all of our operations through the Operating Partnership. We do not have, apart from our limited ownership interest in the Operating Partnership, which represents only 11.4% of the outstanding OP units, any independent operations. As a result, we rely on cash distributions from the Operating Partnership to pay any dividends we might declare on shares of our common stock. We also rely on distributions from the Operating Partnership to meet any of our obligations, including any tax liability on taxable income allocated to us from the Operating Partnership. In addition, because we are a holding company, your claims as a stockholder will be structurally subordinated to all existing and future liabilities and obligations (whether or not for borrowed money) of the Operating Partnership and its subsidiaries. Therefore, in the event of our bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization, our assets and those of the Operating Partnership and its subsidiaries will be available to satisfy the claims of our stockholders only after all of our and the Operating Partnership’s and its subsidiaries’ liabilities and obligations have been paid in full.

 

83

 

 

Our Operating Partnership may issue additional OP units to third parties without the consent of our stockholders, which would reduce our limited ownership percentage in the Operating Partnership even further and could have a dilutive effect on the amount of distributions made to us by the Operating Partnership and, therefore, the amount of distributions we can make to our stockholders.

 

As discussed above, we own approximately 11.4% of the outstanding OP units as of the date of this Form 10. We may, in connection with our acquisition of properties or otherwise, issue additional OP units to third parties. Such issuances would reduce our limited ownership percentage in the Operating Partnership and could affect the amount of distributions made to us by the Operating Partnership and, therefore, the amount of distributions we can make to our stockholders. Because you will not directly own OP units, you will not have any voting rights with respect to any such issuances or other partnership level activities of the Operating Partnership.

 

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, our stockholders’ investment return may be reduced.

 

We are not registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), based on exceptions we believe are available to us. If we were obligated to register as an investment company, we would have to comply with a variety of substantive requirements under the Investment Company Act that impose, among other things, limitations on capital structure, restrictions on specified investments, prohibitions on transactions with affiliates, and compliance with reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy disclosure and other rules and regulations that would significantly increase our operating expenses.

 

Risks Related to Status as a REIT

 

If we do not qualify to be taxed as a REIT, or if we fail to remain qualified as a REIT, we will be subject to U.S. federal income tax as a regular corporation and could face substantial tax liability, which would substantially reduce funds available for distribution to our stockholders.

 

Our qualification as a REIT will depend on our satisfaction of certain asset, income, organizational, distribution, stockholder ownership and other requirements on a continuing basis, the results of which will not be monitored by Shutts & Bowen LLP. Our ability to satisfy the asset tests depends upon our analysis of the characterization and fair market values of our assets, some of which are not susceptible to a precise determination, and for which we will not obtain independent appraisals. Our compliance with the REIT income and quarterly asset requirements also depends upon our ability to successfully manage the composition of our income and assets on an ongoing basis. Moreover, the proper classification of one or more of our investments may be uncertain in some circumstances, which could affect the application of the REIT qualification requirements. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not contend that our investments violate the REIT requirements.

 

If we were to fail to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year beginning on or after January 1, 2022, we would be subject to U.S. federal income tax, and possibly state and local tax, on our taxable income at regular corporate rates, and distributions to our stockholders would not be deductible by us in computing our taxable income. Any such corporate tax liability could be substantial and would reduce the amount of cash available for distribution to our stockholders, which in turn could have an adverse effect on the value of, and trading prices for, our common stock. Unless we are deemed to be entitled to relief under certain provisions of the Code, we would also be disqualified from taxation as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year during which we initially ceased to qualify as a REIT.

 

84

 

 

Our ownership of and relationship with any future taxable REIT subsidiaries will be limited and a failure to comply with the limits would jeopardize our REIT status and may result in the application of a 100% excise tax.

 

A REIT may own up to 100% of the stock of one or more taxable REIT subsidiaries (“TRSs”). A TRS may earn income that would not be qualifying income if earned directly by the parent REIT. Both the subsidiary and the REIT must jointly elect to treat the subsidiary as a TRS. A corporation (other than a REIT) of which a TRS directly or indirectly owns securities possessing more than 35% of the total voting power or total value of the outstanding securities of such corporation will automatically be treated as a TRS. Overall, no more than 20% of the value of a REIT’s total assets may consist of stock or securities of one or more TRSs. A domestic TRS will pay U.S. federal, state and local income tax at regular corporate rates on any income that it earns. In addition, the TRS rules limit the deductibility of interest paid or accrued by a TRS to its parent REIT to assure that the TRS is subject to an appropriate level of corporate taxation. The rules also impose a 100% excise tax on certain transactions between a TRS and its parent REIT that are not conducted on an arm’s-length basis. Any domestic TRS that we own or form will pay U.S. federal, state and local income tax on its taxable income, and its after-tax net income will be available for distribution to us but is not required to be distributed to us unless necessary to maintain our REIT qualification.

 

We do not currently own any subsidiaries that are expected to be TRSs, nor do we have any plans to establish any TRSs in the future. However, in the event we were to form a TRS, it would need to comply with the foregoing requirements.

 

Our ownership of and relationship with our tenants will be limited and a failure to comply with such limits would jeopardize our REIT status.

 

If a REIT owns, actually or constructively, 10% or more (measured by voting power or fair market value) of the stock of a corporate lessee, or 10% or more of the assets or net profits of any non-corporate lessee (each a “related party tenant”), other than a TRS, any income that a REIT receives from the lessee will be non-qualifying income for purposes of a REIT’s 75% or 95% gross income tests. The constructive ownership rules generally provide that, if 10% or more in value of our stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by or for any person, the REIT is considered as owning the shares or other equity interests owned, directly or indirectly, by or for such person. A REIT that fails either the 75% or 95% gross income tests, or both, in a taxable year, may nonetheless continue to qualify as a REIT, if the failure was due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect and the nature and amounts of the REIT’s items of gross income are properly disclosed to the Internal Revenue Service. However, in such a case, the REIT would be required to pay a penalty tax equal to (1) the greater of (A) the amount by which we fail to satisfy the 75% gross income test and (B) the amount by which we fail to satisfy the 95% gross income test, multiplied by (2) a fraction intended to reflect our profitability.

 

Our charter prohibits transfers of our stock that would cause us to own actually or constructively, 10% or more of the ownership interests in any non-TRS lessee. Based on the foregoing, we should not own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of any lessee other than a TRS. However, because the constructive ownership rules are broad and it is not possible to monitor continually direct and indirect transfers of our stock, no absolute assurance can be given that such transfers or other events of which we have no knowledge will not cause us to own constructively 10% or more of a lessee (or a subtenant, in which case only rent attributable to the subtenant is disqualified) other than a TRS at some future date. At the present time, to our knowledge, no person beneficially or constructively owns more than 9.8% of our stock. Two of our directors, Moishe Gubin and Michael Blisko, beneficially own approximately 7.3% of our outstanding common stock as well as 80.7% of the outstanding OP units in the Operating Partnership. They also own majority interests in more than 41 of our tenants. We believe that these tenants would not currently be treated as related party tenants for purposes of the REIT qualification requirements because we believe that Mr. Gubin and Mr. Blisko do not constructively own 10% of the Company. However, if their constructive ownership of the Company were to exceed 10% in the future, or if interests in these tenants are otherwise treated as constructively owned by us, the rental income from the tenants controlled by Mr. Gubin and Mr. Blisko would not be qualifying income for REIT qualification purpose, which would cause us to fail to satisfy the REIT gross income tests and could cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT or be subject to a substantial penalty tax. The Company intends to closely monitor their ownership of the Company to avoid this issue.

 

85

 

 

We must distribute earnings and profits in our first taxable year as a REIT that were attributable to any period before we were a REIT.

 

In order to qualify as a REIT, we must not have accumulated earnings and profits attributable to any non-REIT years. A REIT has until the close of its first taxable year in which it has non-REIT accumulated earnings and profits to distribute any such accumulated earnings and profits. Unless the “deficiency dividend” procedures described below apply and we comply with those procedures, failure to distribute such accumulated earnings and profits would result in our disqualification as a REIT.

 

We were taxable as a C corporation prior to 2022, and have taxable income and accumulated earnings and profits for the period from June 8, 2021, to December 31, 2021. We intend to make a distribution of such accumulated earnings and profits attributable to this period during the tax year beginning on January 1, 2022.

 

We may potentially have additional tax exposure from built-in gains from the disposal of assets that we hold at the time that we become a REIT.

 

We plan to elect to be taxed as a REIT for the tax year beginning on January 1, 2022. Notwithstanding our qualification and taxation as a REIT, we may still be subject to corporate taxation in particular circumstances. If we recognize gain on the disposition of any REIT asset that is held by us on the date that we become a REIT (i.e., January 1, 2022) during a specified period (generally five years) thereafter, then we will generally pay tax at the highest regular corporate tax rate, currently 21%, on the lesser of (a) the excess, if any, of the asset’s fair market value over our basis in the asset, each determined on January 1, 2022, or (b) our gain recognized in the disposition. Accordingly, any taxable disposition during the specified period of a REIT asset we held on January 1, 2022 could be subject to this built-in gains tax.

 

Dividends payable by REITs do not qualify for the reduced tax rates available for some dividends.

 

Dividends payable by non-REIT corporations to non-REIT stockholders that are individuals, trusts and estates are generally taxed at reduced tax rates. Dividends payable by REITs, however, generally are not eligible for the reduced rates. The more favorable rates applicable to regular corporate dividends could cause investors who are individuals, trusts and estates to perceive investments in REITs to be relatively less attractive than investments in the shares of non-REIT corporations that pay dividends, which could adversely affect the value of the shares of REITs, including shares of our common stock. However, dividends received from a REIT by certain noncorporate taxpayers, including individuals, may qualify for a deduction of up to 20% for REIT ordinary dividends under Section 199A of the Code for taxable years prior to 2026.

 

Qualifying as a REIT involves highly technical and complex provisions of the Code.

 

Qualifying as a REIT involves the application of highly technical and complex provisions of the Code for which only limited judicial and administrative authorities exist. Even a technical or inadvertent violation could jeopardize our REIT qualification. Our qualification as a REIT will depend on our satisfaction of certain asset, income, organizational, distribution, stockholder ownership and other requirements on a continuing basis. Compliance with these requirements must be carefully monitored on a continuing basis, and there can be no assurance that our personnel responsible for doing so will be able to successfully monitor our compliance. In addition, our ability to satisfy the requirements to qualify to be taxed as a REIT may depend, in part, on the actions of third parties over which we have either no control or only limited influence.

 

The prohibited transactions tax may limit our ability to dispose of our properties.

 

A REIT’s net income from prohibited transactions is subject to a tax of 100%. In general, prohibited transactions are sales or other dispositions of property other than foreclosure property, held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business. We may be subject to the prohibited transaction tax equal to 100% of net gain upon a disposition of real property. Although a safe harbor to the characterization of the sale of real property by a REIT as a prohibited transaction is available, we cannot assure you that we can comply with the safe harbor or that we will avoid owning property that may be characterized as held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business. Consequently, we may choose not to engage in certain sales of our properties or may conduct such sales through a TRS, which would be subject to federal and state income taxation.

 

86

 

 

If our Operating Partnership failed to qualify as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, we would cease to qualify as a REIT and suffer other adverse consequences.

 

We believe that our Operating Partnership will be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. As a partnership, our Operating Partnership generally will not be subject to federal income tax on its income. Instead, each of its partners, including us, will be allocated, and may be required to pay tax with respect to, its share of our Operating Partnership’s income. We cannot assure you, however, that the IRS will not challenge the status of our Operating Partnership or any other subsidiary partnership in which we own an interest as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, or that a court would not sustain such a challenge. For example, the IRS could attempt to classify the Operating Partnership as a publicly-traded partnership for U.S. income tax purposes if the IRS does not agree that the Operating Partnership qualifies for the private placement exclusion. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences — Other Tax Consequences — Tax Aspects of Our Investments in Our Operating Partnership and Subsidiary Partnerships - Classification as Partnerships”.

 

Furthermore, if the IRS were successful in treating our Operating Partnership or any such other subsidiary partnership as an entity taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, we may fail to meet the gross income tests and certain of the asset tests applicable to REITs and, accordingly, we could cease to qualify as a REIT. Also, the failure of our Operating Partnership or any subsidiary partnerships to qualify as a partnership could cause it to become subject to federal and state corporate income tax, which would reduce significantly the amount of cash available for debt service and for distribution to its partners, including us.

 

Legislative, administrative, regulatory or other actions affecting REITs, including positions taken by the IRS, could have an adverse impact on our investors or us.

 

The rules dealing with U.S. federal income taxation are constantly under review by persons involved in the legislative process, and by the IRS and the U.S. Department of the Treasury (the “Treasury”). Changes to the tax laws, such as the tax law informally known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act enacted on December 22, 2017 (“TCJA”) or the PATH Act enacted on December 18, 2015, or interpretations thereof by the IRS and the Treasury, with or without retroactive application, could materially and adversely affect our investors or the Company. We cannot predict how changes in the tax laws might affect our investors or us. New legislation, Treasury regulations, administrative interpretations or court decisions could significantly and negatively affect our ability to qualify to be taxed as a REIT and/or the U.S. federal income tax consequences to our investors and the Company of such qualification.

 

REIT distribution requirements could adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to execute our business plan.

 

In order for us to qualify to be taxed as a REIT, and assuming that certain other requirements are also satisfied, we generally must distribute at least 90% of our REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction and excluding any net capital gains, to our stockholders each year, so that U.S. federal corporate income tax does not apply to earnings that we distribute. To the extent that we satisfy this distribution requirement and qualify for taxation as a REIT, but distribute less than 100% of our REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction and including any net capital gains, we will be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax on our undistributed net taxable income. In addition, we will be subject to a 4% non-deductible excise tax if the actual amount that we distribute to our stockholders in a calendar year is less than a minimum amount specified under U.S. federal income tax laws. We intend to make distributions to our stockholders to comply with the REIT requirements.

 

Under some circumstances, we may be able to rectify a failure to meet the distribution requirement for a year by paying dividends to stockholders in a later year, which may be included in our deduction for dividends paid for the earlier year (“deficiency dividends”). Thus, we may be able to avoid being taxed on amounts distributed as deficiency dividends. We will, however, be required to pay interest based upon the amount of any deduction taken for deficiency dividends.

 

The IRS has also issued Revenue Procedure 2017-45, authorizing elective stock dividends to be made by public REITs. Pursuant to this revenue procedure, effective for distributions declared on or after August 11, 2017, the IRS will treat the distribution of stock pursuant to an elective stock dividend as a distribution of property under Section 301 of the Code (i.e., as a dividend to the extent of our earnings and profits), as long as at least 20% of the total dividend is available in cash and certain other requirements outlined in the revenue procedure are met. In the case of a taxable stock dividend, stockholders may be required to include the dividend as income and would be required to satisfy the potential tax liability associated with the distribution with cash from other sources.

 

87

 

 

From time to time, we may generate taxable income greater than our cash flow as a result of differences in timing between the recognition of taxable income and the actual receipt of cash or the effect of non-deductible capital expenditures, the creation of reserves or required debt or amortization payments. If we do not have other funds available in these situations, we could be required to borrow funds on unfavorable terms, sell assets at disadvantageous prices, distribute amounts that would otherwise be invested in future acquisitions, capital expenditures or repayment of debt, or make taxable distributions of our capital stock or debt securities to make distributions sufficient to enable us to pay out enough of our taxable income to satisfy the REIT distribution requirement and avoid corporate income tax and the 4% excise tax in a particular year. These alternatives could increase our costs or reduce our equity. Further, amounts distributed will not be available to fund investment activities. Thus, compliance with the REIT requirements may hinder our ability to grow, which could adversely affect the value of our shares. Any restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness or make certain distributions could preclude us from meeting the 90% distribution requirement. Decreases in FFO due to unfinanced expenditures for acquisitions of properties or increases in the number of shares outstanding without commensurate increases in FFO each would adversely affect our ability to maintain distributions to our stockholders. Consequently, there can be no assurance that we will be able to make distributions at the anticipated distribution rate or any other rate. Please refer to “Distribution Policy.”

 

Complying with REIT requirements may cause us to forego otherwise attractive acquisition opportunities or liquidate otherwise attractive investments.

 

To qualify to be taxed as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we must ensure that, at the end of each calendar quarter, at least 75% of the value of our assets consist of cash, cash items, government securities and “real estate assets” (as defined in the Code), including certain mortgage loans and securities. The remainder of our investments (other than government securities, qualified real estate assets and securities issued by a TRS) generally cannot include more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer or more than 10% of the total value of the outstanding securities of any one issuer.

 

Additionally, in general, no more than 5% of the value of our total assets (other than government securities, qualified real estate assets and securities issued by a TRS) can consist of the securities of any one issuer, and no more than 20% of the value of our total assets can be represented by securities of one or more TRSs. Please refer to “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.” If we fail to comply with these requirements at the end of any calendar quarter, we must correct the failure within 30 days after the end of the calendar quarter or qualify for certain statutory relief provisions to avoid losing our REIT qualification and suffering adverse tax consequences. As a result, we may be required to liquidate or forego otherwise attractive investments. These actions could have the effect of reducing our income and amounts available for distribution to our stockholders.

 

In addition to the asset tests set forth above, to qualify to be taxed as a REIT, we must continually satisfy tests concerning, among other things, the sources of our income, the amounts we distribute to our stockholders and the ownership of our shares. We may be unable to pursue investments that would be otherwise advantageous to us in order to satisfy the source-of-income or asset-diversification requirements for qualifying as a REIT. Thus, compliance with the REIT requirements may hinder our ability to make certain attractive investments.

 

Complying with REIT requirements may limit our ability to hedge effectively and may cause us to incur tax liabilities.

 

The REIT provisions of the Code substantially limit our ability to hedge our assets and liabilities. Income from certain potential hedging transactions that we may enter into to manage risk of interest rate changes with respect to borrowings made or to be made to acquire or carry real estate assets or from transactions to manage risk of currency fluctuations with respect to any item of income or gain that satisfy the REIT gross income tests (including gain from the termination of such a transaction) does not constitute “gross income” for purposes of the 75% or 95% gross income tests that apply to REITs, provided that certain identification requirements are met. To the extent that we enter into other types of hedging transactions or fail to properly identify such transaction as a hedge, the income is likely to be treated as non-qualifying income for purposes of both of the gross income tests. Please refer to “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

 

88

 

 

As a result of these rules, we may be required to limit our use of advantageous hedging techniques or implement those hedges through a total return swap. This could increase the cost of our hedging activities because the total return swap may be subject to tax on gains or expose us to greater risks associated with changes in interest rates than we would otherwise want to bear. In addition, losses in the total return swap will generally not provide any tax benefit, except that such losses could theoretically be carried back or forward against past or future taxable income in the total return swap.

 

The share ownership limit imposed by the Code for REITs and our certificate of incorporation may inhibit market activity in our shares and restrict our business combination opportunities.

 

In order for us to maintain our qualification as a REIT under the Code, not more than 50% in value of our outstanding shares may be owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals (as defined in the Code to include certain entities) at any time during the last half of each taxable year after our first taxable year as a REIT. Our certificate of incorporation, with certain exceptions, will authorize our board of directors to take the actions that are necessary and desirable to preserve our qualification as a REIT. Unless exempted by our board of directors, no person may beneficially own more than 9.8% of our outstanding common stock or more than 9.8% of any outstanding class or series of our preferred stock, as determined by value. The board of directors may exempt a person from the ownership limit if the board of directors receives a ruling from the IRS or an opinion of tax counsel that such ownership will not jeopardize our status as a REIT or such other documents the board deems appropriate. These ownership limits could delay or prevent a transaction or a change in our control that might involve a premium price for our common stock or otherwise be in the best interest of our stockholders.

 

Even if we qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes, we may be subject to other tax liabilities that reduce our cash flow and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

 

Even if we qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes, we may be subject to federal, state and local taxes in certain situations. For example:

 

● Since we were not qualifies as a REIT with respect to 2021, we paid U.S. federal corporate income tax on our net income in 2021.

 

● Income and gain from “foreclosure property” are subject to special rules. Generally, income and gain from foreclosure property is subject to corporate income tax at the highest applicable rate.

 

● If we sell an asset that we hold primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business, our gain would be subject to the 100% “prohibited transaction” tax.

 

● If we fail to meet the gross income requirements but the failure is not due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect, we will be required to pay a 100% tax equal to the product of the amount by which the nonqualifying income caused us to fail the gross income test and a fraction intended to reflect our profitability.

 

● If we fail to meet certain gross asset test and cannot cure the violation with 30 days of quarter end, but the failure is not due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect, we will be required to pay a tax of the greater of (i) $50,000 or (ii) the product of the value of the excess assets that caused the violation and the highest applicable corporate tax rate.

 

● If we fail to meet any REIT requirement other than the income or asset requirements and the failure is due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect, we will be required to pay a $50,000 penalty per violation.

 

89

 

 

Risks Related to Ownership of our Common Stock

 

Shares of our common stock currently have no public market. An active trading market may not develop or continue to be liquid and the market price of shares of our common stock may be volatile.

 

To date, there has not been any public market for shares of our common stock. We intend to apply to have our shares of our common stock quoted on the OTXQB. Although we believe that the OTC will approve our application, any decision on our application is subject to the OTC’s discretion, and accordingly, there can be no assurance that the application will be approved. If the application is not approved, a public market for our shares may not develop.

 

If our application for the OTCQX is approved, there can no assurance that an active market for shares of our common stock would develop or be sustained. In the absence of an active public trading market, shareholders may not be able to sell their shares of our common stock. The lack of an active market for our shares may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares, our ability to motivate our employees through equity incentive awards and our ability to acquire other companies, products or technologies by using shares as consideration.

 

If OTC approves our application and our shares begin trading through the OTCQX, we will be required to satisfy OTC’s continued qualification standards. If we fail to do so, our shares would no longer be eligible for trading on the OTCQX.

 

If OTC approves our application and our shares begin trading through the OTCQX, the public price of our common stock following qualification on the OTCQX also could be subject to wide fluctuations due to the following factors beyond our control, including:

 

● the number of shares of our common stock publicly owned and available for trading;

 

● overall performance of the equity markets and/or publicly-listed healthcare REITs;

 

● actual or anticipated fluctuations in our revenue or other operating metrics;

 

● our actual or anticipated operating performance and the operating performance of our competitors;

 

● changes in the financial projections we provide to the public or our failure to meet these projections;

 

● failure of securities analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet the estimates or the expectations of investors;

 

● any major change in our Board, management, or key personnel;

 

● the economy as a whole and market conditions in our industry;

 

● rumors and market speculation involving us or other companies in our industry;

 

● announcements by us or our competitors of significant innovations, new products, services, features, integrations or capabilities, acquisitions, strategic investments, partnerships, joint ventures, or capital commitments;

 

● new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business, including those related to data privacy and cyber-security in the U.S. or globally;

 

● lawsuits threatened or filed against us;

 

● other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism, or responses to these events; and

 

● sales or expected sales of our common stock by us and our officers, directors and principal stockholders.

 

In addition, stock markets have experienced price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. Stock prices of many companies have fluctuated in a manner often unrelated to the operating performance of those companies. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business and harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

90

 

 

None of our stockholders are party to any contractual lock-up agreement or other contractual restrictions on transfer. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in any public market that may develop for our shares or the perception that sales might occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

 

In addition to the supply and demand and volatility factors discussed above, sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock into any public market for our shares that might develop, particularly sales by our directors, executive officers and principal stockholders, or the perception that these sales might occur in large quantities, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

 

We currently have 6,044,230 shares of common stock outstanding, all of which will be subject to resale limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act. A total of 4,987,723 of these shares are held by non-affiliates of the Company, including 4,814,044 shares that were issued on June 8, 2021. The shares issued on June 8, 2021, will become freely tradable by these non-affiliates on June 8, 2022. Moreover, once we have been a reporting company subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for 90 days and assuming the availability of certain public information about us, (i) non-affiliates who have beneficially owned our common stock for at least six months may rely on Rule 144 to sell their shares of common stock and (ii) our directors, executive officers and other affiliates who have beneficially owned our common stock for at least six months, will be entitled to sell their shares of our common stock subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

None of our stockholders are subject to any contractual lock-up or other contractual restriction on the transfer or sale of their shares.

 

Further, we currently have 47,212,166 shares reserved for issuance upon the redemption of the OP units and an aggregate of 225,100 shares are reserved for the exercise of options and awards that may be granted pursuant to our equity incentive plan. We intend to file one or more registration statements under the Securities Act to register the shares reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plan and, as a result, any shares of common stock that could be acquired upon vesting or exercise of any awards that we may grant under our equity incentive plan would also be freely tradeable under the Securities Act, unless acquired by our affiliates.

 

We also may issue our capital stock or securities convertible into our capital stock from time to time in connection with a financing, acquisition, investments, or otherwise, but we will not conduct any such issuance during any period in which this registration statement is effective. Any such issuance could result in substantial dilution to our Registered Stockholders and cause the public price of our common stock to decline.

 

Increases in market interest rates may have an adverse effect on the trading prices of our common stock as prospective purchasers of our common stock may expect a higher dividend yield.

 

One of the factors that will influence the trading prices of our common stock will be the dividend yield on the common stock (as a percentage of the price of our common stock) relative to market interest rates. An increase in market interest rates, which are currently at low levels relative to historical rates, may lead prospective purchasers of our common stock to expect a higher dividend yield (with a resulting decline in the trading prices of our common stock) and higher interest rates would likely increase our borrowing costs and potentially decrease funds available for distribution. Thus, higher market interest rates could cause the market price of our common stock to decrease.

 

The number of shares of our common stock available for future issuance or sale could adversely affect the per share trading price of our common stock in any public market that may develop for our shares.

 

As of the date of this Form 10, we have 6,044,230 outstanding shares of our common stock, consisting of 5,824,846 shares issued in exchange for OP Units that were issued in the formation transactions, 24,900 shares granted to employees of the Company and its affiliates under our equity incentive plan and 194,484 shares issued in exchange for OP Units in May 2022. A total of 981,011 of the outstanding shares are held by our directors, executive officers and their affiliates. All of these shares are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and may not be publicly sold in the absence of registration under the Securities Act unless an exemption from registration is available, including the exemption contained in Rule 144.

 

91

 

 

A total of 4,987,723 of these shares are held by non-affiliates of the Company, including 4,814,044 shares that were issued on June 8, 2021. The shares issued on June 8, 2021, became freely tradable by these non-affiliates on June 8, 2022. Moreover, once we have been a reporting company subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for 90 days and assuming the availability of certain public information about us, (i) non-affiliates who have beneficially owned our common stock for at least six months may rely on Rule 144 to sell their shares of common stock and (ii) our directors, executive officers and other affiliates who have beneficially owned our common stock for at least six months, will be entitled to sell their shares of our common stock subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

Once we have been a reporting company subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for 90 days and assuming the availability of certain public information about us, (i) non-affiliates who have beneficially owned our common stock for at least six months may rely on Rule 144 to sell their shares of common stock, and (ii) our directors, executive officers and other affiliates who have beneficially owned our common stock for at least six months may rely on Rule 144 to sell their shares of common stock, subject to volume limitation under Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

The Operating Partnership has 53,256,397 outstanding OP units, consisting of 6,044,230 OP units held by us, 45,666,950 issued in the formation transactions which are held by beneficial owners of the Predecessor Company and their transferees and 1,545,217 OP units issued to the sellers and broker of certain properties acquired by our Operating Partnership in August 2021. A total of 38,114,935 of the outstanding OP units are held by our directors, executive officers and their affiliates. All of these OP units are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and may not be publicly sold in the absence of registration under the Securities Act unless an exemption from registration is available, including the exemption contained in Rule 144.

 

Commencing on June 8, 2022, the 45,666,950 outstanding OP Units that are held by beneficial owners of the Predecessor Company and their transferees may redeem these OP Units, for cash, or at our option, for shares of our common stock, on a one-for-one basis.

 

Commencing on August 25, 2022, the 1,545,217 OP units issued to the sellers and the broker of the properties acquired by the Operating Partnership may redeem these OP Units, for cash, or at our option, for shares of our common stock, on a one-for-one basis, unless we agree to allow them to redeem the OP units prior to August 25, 2022. Moishe Gubin, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, agreed to purchase the OP units issued to the sellers either at cost or fair market value (whichever is higher) 12 months after the closing at the option of the sellers.

 

Under the partnership agreement for our Operating Partnership, we have agreed to register any shares issued to the holders of the OP units that were issued in the formation transactions once we become eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3. We expect to be eligible to file a Form S-3 for purposes of registering the resale of shares of our common stock one year that the effective date of this Form 10.

 

When shares of our common stock become eligible for resale under Rule 144 or a registration statement on Form S-3, such resales, or the perception of such resales, could depress the market price for common stock. See “Item 9. Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

 

92

 

 

ITEM 2. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

You should read the following discussion of our results of operations and financial condition in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto of the Company and the Predecessor Company as of March 31, 2022 and for three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 and the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto of the Company and the Predecessor Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2021, included elsewhere in this Form 10, as well as “Item 1. Business” included elsewhere in this Form 10. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. The forward-looking statements are not historical facts, but rather are based on current expectations, estimates, assumptions and projections about our industry, business and future financial results. Our actual results could differ materially from the results contemplated by these forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those discussed in “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

 

References in this section to the “Company” refers to Strawberry Fields REIT, Inc., a Maryland corporation, and its subsidiaries. Unless the context otherwise requires or indicates, this Form 10 reflects the completion of the formation transactions that occurred on June 8, 2021, as described under the caption “Item 1. Business – Structure and Formation of Our Company,” including the Company’s acquisition of all of the assets of the Company’s predecessor Strawberry Fields REIT, LLC, which we refer to as the Predecessor Company. The term “BVI Company” refers to Strawberry Fields REIT, Ltd., which was a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Predecessor Company prior to June 8, 2021 and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company on that date. References in this section to “we,” “our,” and “us” refer to the Company and, with respect to periods prior to June 8, 2021, the Predecessor Company and its subsidiaries.

 

Our Company

 

We are a self-managed and self-administered company that specializes in the acquisition, ownership and triple-net leasing of skilled nursing facilities and other post-acute healthcare properties. As of the date of this Form 10, our portfolio consisted of 79 healthcare properties with an aggregate of 10,426 licensed beds. We hold fee title to 78 of these properties, and hold one property under a long-term lease. These properties are located across Arkansas, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Michigan, Ohio, Oklahoma, Tennessee and Texas. Our 79 properties comprise 85 healthcare facilities, consisting of the following:

 

  74 stand-alone skilled nursing facilities;
     
  four dual-purpose facilities used as both skilled nursing facilities and long-term acute care hospitals; and
     
  three assisted living facilities.

 

We generate substantially all of our revenues by leasing our properties to tenants under long-term leases on a triple-net basis, under which the tenant pays the cost of real estate taxes, insurance and other operating costs of the facility. Each healthcare facility located at our properties is managed by a qualified operator with an experienced management team.

 

We are entitled to monthly rent paid by the tenants and we do not receive any income or bear any expenses from the operation of such facilities. As of the date of this Form 10, the aggregate annualized average base rent under the leases for our properties is approximately $82.7 million.

 

Since the Predecessor Company was formed, we have demonstrated consistent growth through acquisitions, having purchased 28 properties since January 2017, with an aggregate purchase price of approximately $198.1 million. Since 2017, our aggregate annualized average base rent has grown at an approximate 11.1% CAGR from $57.1 million in fiscal year 2017 to $86.9 million in fiscal year 2021. In addition, our Adjusted EBITDA and FFO from 2018 to 2021 grew at an approximate 8.3% and 18.8% CAGR, respectfully. During that period, we expanded our geographic footprint from six states to nine states.

 

93

 

 

We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2022. We are organized in an UPREIT structure in which we own substantially all of our assets and conduct substantially all of our business through the Operating Partnership. We are the general partner of the Operating Partnership and, as the date of this Form 10, we own approximately 11.4% of the outstanding OP units.

 

As of the date of this Form 10, we lease 41 of our facilities to tenants that are affiliates of Moishe Gubin who serves as Chairman of the Board and our Chief Executive Officer, Michael Blisko, who serves as one of our directors, and Ted Lerman, one of the Controlling Members of the Predecessor Company. As of the data of this Form 10, approximately 63.9% of our annualized base rent is received from such related-party tenants. The failure of these tenants to perform their obligations under their leases or renew their leases upon expiration could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. As a result, a substantial portion of our rental income is received from related parties. Rental income from these parties represented 66.4%, 78.9% and 79.4% of all rental income for the three months period ended March 31, 2022 and the years ended December 31, 2021, and 2020, respectively. See “Item. 7. Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

For the month ended March 31, 2022, the overall payor mix for the operating entities that lease our properties was approximately 13.6% Medicare, 73.3% Medicaid, 7.8% commercial payors and 5.3% other payors.

 

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

 

The following tables sets forth selected financial and other data for the Company and the Predecessor Company based on the consolidated financial statements of the Company and the Predecessor Company set forth elsewhere in this Form 10. See “Consolidated Financial Statements.”

 

The financial information is not necessarily indicative of what our actual financial position and results of operations would have been if the formation transactions had occurred at the beginning of the periods indicated, nor does it purport to represent our future financial position or results of operations.

 

94

 

 

Since the information presented below is only a summary and does not provide all of the information contained in the consolidated financial statements of the Company and the Predecessor Company, including the related notes, you should read the following in conjunction with the information contained in the consolidated financial statements of Strawberry Fields REIT, Inc. and Strawberry Fields REIT, LLC and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Form 10.

 

   For the Year Ended December 31, 
   2021   2020   2019 
   (Historical)   (Historical)   (Historical) 
   (Amounts in $000s) 
Statement of Operations Data:               
Rental revenues  $87,032   $84,091   $81,258 
                
Expenses:               
Depreciation   24,460   $23,612   $23,193 
Amortization   3,028    3,029    4,303 
General and administrative expenses   6,297    4,367    4,461 
Property taxes   10,623    10,046    10,034 
Facility rent expenses   735    297    531 
Provision for doubtful accounts   5,128    3,203    7,226 
Total expenses  $50,271   $44,554   $49,748 
                
Income from operations  $36,761   $39,537   $31,510 
Interest expense, net   (21,261)  $(25,535)  $(28,065)
Other finance related expenses   (2,148)   (2,228)   (2,064)
Total interest expense  $(23,409)  $(27,763)  $(30,129)
   $   $   $- 
Gain from sale or acquisition of real estate investment   3,842    -    2,892 
Foreign currency transaction loss   (8,775)   -    - 
Gain from bond retirement   -    803    83 
Other income (expenses)   -    (689)   250 
Total other (expenses) income, net   (4,933)  $114   $3,225 
                
Net income  $8,419   $11,888   $4,606 
                
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest   (3,083)   -    - 
Net income attributable to predecessor   (4,943)   11,888    4,606 
Net income attributable to common stockholders   393    -    - 
Loss due to foreign currency translation and derivatives   (6,751)   (9,349)   (13,542)
Reclassification of foreign currency transaction loss   8,775    -    - 
Comprehensive income attributable to predecessor   (9,681)   -    - 
Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interest   6,795    -    - 
Comprehensive (Loss) income  $(469)  $2,539    (8,936)
                
Other Data:               
FFO(1)    32,065    $37,726   $29,127 
FFO, as Adjusted(1)   43,936   $38,844   $30,916 
EBITDA(2)   59,316   $66,292   $62,231 
Adjusted EBITDA(2)   67,345   $66,607   $61,045 
                
Basic and Diluted income per common share   0.07    -    - 
                
Balance Sheet Data: (As of End of Year)               
Real estate investments   462,728   $406,123   $421,171 
Cash and cash equivalents   26,206   $17,811   $7,650 
Total assets   569,964   $523,682   $539,985 
Total debt   501,800   $486,466   $532,333 
Total liabilities   534,914   $510,262   $557,067 
Total equity (deficit)   35,050   $13,420   $(17,081)
Non-controlling interests   32,785   $-   $- 

 

(1) Funds from Operations, or FFO, is a supplemental measure of our performance. We present FFO calculated in accordance with the current National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts, or NAREIT, definition. In addition, we present FFO, as Adjusted for certain other adjustments that we believe enhance the comparability of our FFO across periods and to the FFO reported by publicly traded REITs. FFO and FFO, as Adjusted are supplemental performance measures that are commonly used in the real estate industry to assist investors and analysts in comparing results of companies that invest in real estate. FFO is generally defined by NAREIT as net income, calculated in accordance with GAAP, excluding gains from sales of real estate, gains from bond retirement and adding back real estate depreciation and amortization. We present FFO because we consider it an important supplemental measure of our operating performance, and we believe it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies that invest in real estate, many of which present FFO when reporting results.

 

95

 

 

We adjust FFO to present FFO, as Adjusted as an alternative measure of our operating performance, which, when applicable, excludes the impact of straight-line rent, above-/below-market leases, non-cash compensation and certain non-recurring items. For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, we excluded as a non-recurring item the $5,128,000, $2,109,000 and $5,820,000, respectively, in provision for doubtful accounts the Company and the Predecessor Company recorded with respect to a mortgage loan the Predecessor Company had purchased with the intention of acquiring five properties subject to the mortgage loan. The proposed acquisition was cancelled due to the loss of the licenses for the properties. See “Note 2. Concentration of Credit Risk” to the consolidated financial statements of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2021. For the year ended December 31, 2021, we excluded as a non-recurring item in the amount of $8.8 million in reclassification of foreign currency transaction losses the Company recorded with respect to foreign currency fluctuations that the Company realizes at the time of bond principal repayment. In future periods, we may also exclude other items from FFO, as Adjusted that we believe may help investors compare our results.

 

FFO and FFO, as Adjusted are presented as supplemental financial measures and do not fully represent our operating performance. Some REITs may use different methodologies for calculating FFO and FFO, as Adjusted or use other definitions of FFO and FFO, as Adjusted and, accordingly, our presentation of these measures may not be comparable to those presented by some REITs. Neither FFO nor FFO, as Adjusted is intended to be a measure of cash flow or liquidity. Please refer to our consolidated financial statements, prepared in accordance with GAAP for purposes of evaluating our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the Company and the Predecessor Company’s net income to FFO and FFO, as Adjusted, for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:

 

   For the Year Ended December 31, 
   2021   2020   2019 
   (Historical)   (Historical)   (Historical) 
   (Amounts in $000s) 
Net income  $8,419   $11,888   $4,606 
Depreciation and amortization   27,488    26,641    27,496 
Gain from Bond retirement   -    (803)   (83)
Gain from sale or acquisition of real estate investments   (3,842)   -    (2,892)
Funds from Operations (FFO) available  $ 32,065    $37,726   $29,127 
                
Adjustments to FFO:               
Straight-line rent receivable  $(2,032)  $(991)  $(4,031)
Foreign currency transaction loss     8,775       -       -  
Provision for doubtful accounts   5,128    2,109    5,820 
Funds from Operations, as Adjusted (AFFO), available  $43,936   $38,844   $30,916 

 

(2) EBITDA is calculated as the sum of net income before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA as adjusted for (i) acquisition-related costs, (ii) non-cash compensation and (iii) other one-time non-cash charges and items.

 

Given the nature of our business as a real estate owner and lessor, we believe that the use of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA in various financial ratios is helpful to investors as a measure of our operational performance because EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA exclude various items that do not relate to or are not indicative of our operating performance such as gains from sales of real estate, depreciation and amortization on real estate assets, foreign currency transaction loss, and gain from bond retirement. Accordingly, we believe that the use of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA in various ratios provides a meaningful performance measure, but should not be considered as an alternative to net income (determined in accordance with GAAP) as an indicator of our financial performance and are not alternatives to cash flows from operating activities (determined in accordance with GAAP) as a measure of our liquidity. In addition, our computation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may differ in certain respects from the methodology utilized by some REITs to calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA and, therefore, may not be comparable to the measures presented by such REITs. Investors are cautioned that items excluded from EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are significant components in understanding and addressing our financial performance.

 

96

 

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of net income to the Company and the Predecessor Company’s EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:

 

   For the Year Ended December 31 
   2021   2020   2019 
   (Historical)   (Historical)   (Historical) 
   (Amounts in $000s) 
Net income  $8,419   $11,888   $4,606 
Depreciation and amortization   27,488    26,641    27,496 
Interest expense   23,409    27,763    30,129 
EBITDA  $59,316   $66,292   $62,231 
                
Gain from Bond retirement  $-   $(803)  $(83)
Foreign currency transaction loss   8,775    -    - 
Straight-line rent receivable   (2,032)   (991)   (4,031)
Gain from sale of real estate investments   (3,842)   -    (2,892)
Provision for doubtful accounts   5,128    2,109    5,820 
Adjusted EBITDA  $67,345   $66,607   $61,045 

 

Summary Consolidated Financial Data for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 and 2021

 

  

For the Three Months

Ended March 31,

 
   2022   2021 
   Company   Predecessor Company 
   (Unaudited)   (Unaudited) 
   (Amounts in $000s) 
         
Statement of Operations Data:          
Rental revenues  $22,959    21,153 
           
Expenses:          
Depreciation  $6,526    5,921 
Amortization   757    757 
General and administrative expenses   2,590    1,545 
Property taxes   2,944    2,550 
Facility rent expenses   131    125 
Provision for doubtful accounts   250    342 
Total expenses  $13,198    11,240 
           
Income from operations  $9,761    9,913 
Interest expense, net  $(4,489)   (4,860)
Other finance related expenses   (488)   (456)
Total interest expense  $(4,977)   (5,316)
Gain from sale of real estate investments   -    3,926 
Foreign currency transaction loss   (10,100)   - 
Gain from bond retirement and derivative   -    - 
Other income (expenses)   -    - 
Total other income (expenses), net  $(10,100)   3,926 
           
Net (Loss) income  $(5,316)   8,523 
           
Net (Loss) income attributable to noncontrolling interest   (4,731)   - 
Net income attributable to predecessor   -    - 
Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders   (585)   - 
(Loss) gain due to foreign currency translation and derivatives  $4,974    4,954 
Reclassification of foreign currency transaction loss   10,100    - 
Comprehensive income attributable to predecessor   -    - 
Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interest   (13,416)   - 
Comprehensive income (loss)   1,073    13,477 
           
Other Data:          
FFO(1)  $1,967    11,275 
FFO, as Adjusted(1)  $11,573    10,891 
EBITDA(2)  $6,944    20,517 
Adjusted EBITDA(2)  $16,550    16,207 
           
Basic and Diluted income per common share  $(0.10)   - 
           
Balance Sheet Data: (As of End of Period)          
Real estate investments  $456,202    400,202 
Cash and cash equivalents  $17,218    16,746 
Total assets  $553,815    499,673 
Total debt  $486,774    452,784 
Total liabilities  $509,007    473,303 
Total equity (deficit)  $44,808    26,370 
Non-controlling interest  $41,470    - 

 

(1) Funds from Operations, or FFO, is a supplemental measure of our performance. We present FFO calculated in accordance with the current National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts, or NAREIT, definition. In addition, we present FFO, as Adjusted for certain other adjustments that we believe enhance the comparability of our FFO across periods and to the FFO reported by publicly traded REITs. FFO and FFO, as Adjusted are supplemental performance measures that are commonly used in the real estate industry to assist investors and analysts in comparing results of companies that invest in real estate. FFO is generally defined by NAREIT as net income, calculated in accordance with GAAP, excluding gains from sales of real estate, gains from bond retirement and adding back real estate depreciation and amortization. We present FFO because we consider it an important supplemental measure of our operating performance, and we believe it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies that invest in real estate, many of which present FFO when reporting results.

 

97

 

 

We adjust FFO to present FFO, as Adjusted as an alternative measure of our operating performance, which, when applicable, excludes the impact of straight-line rent, above-/below-market leases, non-cash compensation and certain non-recurring items. For the three months ended March 31, 2022, we excluded as a non-recurring item in the amount of $10.1 million in reclassification of foreign currency transaction losses the Company recorded with respect to foreign currency fluctuations that the Company realizes at the time of bond principal payment. In future periods, we may also exclude other items from FFO, as Adjusted that we believe may help investors compare our results.

 

FFO and FFO, as Adjusted are presented as supplemental financial measures and do not fully represent our operating performance. Some REITs may use different methodologies for calculating FFO and FFO, as Adjusted or use other definitions of FFO and FFO, as Adjusted and, accordingly, our presentation of these measures may not be comparable to those presented by some REITs. Neither FFO nor FFO, as Adjusted is intended to be a measure of cash flow or liquidity. Please refer to our consolidated financial statements, prepared in accordance with GAAP for purposes of evaluating our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the Company and the Predecessor Company’s net income to FFO and FFO, as Adjusted, for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021:

 

  

For the Three Months

Ended March 31,

 
   2022   2021 
   (Unaudited)   (Unaudited) 
   (Amounts in $000s) 
Net income  $(5,316)   8,523 
Depreciation and amortization   7,283    6,678 
Gain from sale of real estate investments   -    (3,926)
Gain from bond retirement   -    - 
Funds from Operations (FFO)  $1,967    11,275 
           
Adjustments to FFO:          
Straight-line rent receivable  $(494)   (384)
Realized (Gain) Loss on derivatives and bonds   10,100    - 
Provision for doubtful accounts   -    - 
Funds from Operations, as Adjusted  $11,573    10,891 

 

(2) EBITDA is calculated as the sum of net income before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA as adjusted for (i) acquisition-related costs, (ii) non-cash compensation and (iii) other one-time non-cash charges and items.

 

Given the nature of our business as a real estate owner and lessor, we believe that the use of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA in various financial ratios is helpful to investors as a measure of our operational performance because EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA exclude various items that do not relate to or are not indicative of our operating performance such as gains from sales of real estate, depreciation and amortization on real estate assets, foreign currency transaction loss, and gain from bond retirement. Accordingly, we believe that the use of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA in various ratios provides a meaningful performance measure, but should not be considered as an alternative to net income (determined in accordance with GAAP) as an indicator of our financial performance and are not alternatives to cash flows from operating activities (determined in accordance with GAAP) as a measure of our liquidity. In addition, our computation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may differ in certain respects from the methodology utilized by some REITs to calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA and, therefore, may not be comparable to the measures presented by such REITs. Investors are cautioned that items excluded from EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are significant components in understanding and addressing our financial performance.

 

98

 

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of net income to the Company and the Predecessor Company’s EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021:

 

  

For the Three Months

Ended March 31,

 
   2022   2021 
   (Amounts in $000s) 
Net income  $(5,316)  $8,523 
Depreciation and amortization   7,283    6,678 
Interest expense   4,977    5,316 
EBITDA  $6,944   $20,517 
Straight-line rent receivable   (494)   (384)
Gain from sale of real estate investments   -    (3,926)
Realized (Gain) Loss on Derivatives and bonds   10,100    - 
Gain from bond retirement   -    - 
Provision for doubtful accounts   -    - 
Adjusted EBITDA  $16,550   $16,207 

  

Formation Transactions

 

On June 8, 2021, pursuant to a contribution agreement among the Company, the Predecessor Company and the Operating Partnership, the Predecessor Company contributed all of its assets to the Operating Partnership, and the Operating Partnership assumed all of its liabilities. In exchange, our Operating Partnership issued an aggregate of 51,686,280 OP units to the Predecessor Company. The Predecessor Company distributed these OP units to its members, and certain of these members transferred their OP units to their beneficial owners and other transferees. We subsequently exchanged 5,824,846 of these OP units for 5,824,846 shares of our common stock.

 

The assets that were contributed to the Operating Partnership by the Predecessor Company included all of the shares of the BVI Company, all of the membership interests in three property-owning limited liability companies owned directly by the Predecessor Company and all of the membership interests in SFMS. The BVI Company continues to own, through wholly-owned subsidiaries, all of our 78 properties and to hold, through a wholly-owned subsidiary, one lease for an additional property.

 

The contribution agreement was not negotiated on an arms’ length basis and may not be as favorable to us as an agreement negotiated on an arms’ length basis. We did not obtain independent third-party appraisals of the assets owned by the Predecessor Company for purposes of the formation transactions nor any independent third-party valuation or fairness opinion. Accordingly, the value of the OP units that we issued as consideration for the assets of the Predecessor Company in the formation transactions may have exceeded their aggregate fair market value.

 

In connection with the formation transactions, the Company also issued 19,320 shares of the Company’s common stock to the employees of the Company and its affiliates.

 

As a result of the completion of the formation transactions and the other transactions described above, we became the owner of approximately 11.3% of the outstanding OP units, which was increased to 11.4% of the OP units following the issuance of additional OP units in connection with the Operating Partnership’s acquisition of additional properties in Tennessee and Kentucky in August 2021, the issuance of additional shares of the Company’s common stock to the employees of the Company and its affiliates under the employee bonus plan and, the redemption of OP Units into shares in May 2022. See “Item 1. Business - Structure and Formation of Our Company—Formation Transactions” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Acquisitions.”

 

99

 

 

Recent Developments

 

COVID-19 Pandemic

 

As of the date of this Form 10, the pandemic caused by the coronavirus known as COVID-19 has not had a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial performance, results of operations, liquidity or access to financing. However, the Company’s operations and financial performance are dependent on the ability of its tenants to meet their lease obligations to the Company.

 

To the Company’s knowledge and based on information provided to the Company by its tenants, the principal financial effects of the pandemic on the Company’s tenants have been to increase their payroll expenses, to require additional purchases of personal protective equipment, and to decrease occupancy at their facilities. The Company believes that the decline in occupancy was primarily due to declining referrals as a result of hospitals postponing elective surgeries as well as patients’ concerns regarding the risk of infection from COVID-19.

 

The following table reflects the changes in occupancy at the SNFs operated by related party tenants on the first date of each month from March 1, 2020, through July 1, 2022. Occupancy at these SNFs was not affected due to COVID-19 until after March 1, 2020. The Company is aware that unrelated tenants experienced similar changes through March 2022, which is the most recent information available to the Company for occupancy of unrelated tenants.

 

   Total Residents  

Occupancy

Percentage (%)

   Change from 3/1/2020 
             
March 1, 2020   4,944    73.4%     
April 1, 2020   4,716    70.1%   -4.61%
May1, 2020   4,423    65.7%   -10.54%
June 1, 2020   4,315    64.1%   -12.72%
July 1, 2020   4,325    64.2%   -12.52%
Aug. 1, 2020   4,350    64.6%   -12.01%
Sept. 1, 2020   4,291    63.7%   -13.21%
Oct. 1, 2020   4,387    65.2%   -11.27%
Nov. 1, 2020   4,442    66.0%   -10.15%
Dec. 1, 2020   4,403    65.4%   -10.94%
Jan. 1, 2021   4,358    64.7%   -11.85%
Feb. 1, 2021   4,291    63.7%   -13.21%
March 1, 2021   4,300    63.9%   -13.03%
April 1, 2021   4,330    64.3%   -12.42%
May 1, 2021   4,427    65.8%   -10.46%
June 1, 2021   4,474    66.5%   -9.51%
July 1, 2021   4,494    66.8%   -9.10%
Aug. 1, 2021   4,561    67.8%   -7.75%
Sept. 1, 2021   4,535    67.4%   -8.27%
Oct. 1, 2021   4,564    67.8%   -7.69%
Nov. 1, 2021   4,604    68.4%   -6.88%
Dec. 1, 2021   4,642    68.9%   -6.11%
Jan. 1, 2022   4,637    68.9%   -6.21%
Feb 1, 2022   4,625    68.7%   -6.45%
March 1, 2022   4,656    69.2%   -5.85%
April 1, 2022   4,646    69.0%   -6.03%
May 1, 2022    4,625      68.7 %    -6.45 %
June 1, 2022     4,660       69.2 %     -5.74 %
July 1, 2022     4,738       70.4 %     -4.17 %

 

Between March 1, 2020, and September 1, 2020, occupancy at the SNFs operated by related party tenants decreased from 73.4% on March 1, 2020, to 63.7% on September 1, 2020, or approximately 13%. Since that time, occupancy has varied between a low of 63.7% on September 1, 2020 and on February 1, 2021 to a high of 70.4% on July 1, 2022. Occupancy steadily increased after April 2021 due to the widespread availability of vaccines for COVID-19, so that the occupancy as of July 1, 2022 was only 4.17% below the level on March 1, 2020. To the Company’s knowledge, the emergence of the delta variant in the summer of 2021 and the omicron variant in the fall of 2021 has not resulted in any reduction in occupancy at the Company’s facilities.

 

100

 

 

As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, our tenants have received financial support under several government programs. These programs consisted of forgivable loans under Paycheck Protection Program, grants to operators under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security (CARES) Act in an amount equal to 2% of their historical annual revenues, the waiver of the three day hospital stay required by Medicare, accelerated payments under Medicare, and increased funding for Medicaid patients by some state governments.

 

The Company’s management does not expect that the discontinuation of these government programs will have a material adverse effect on the tenants’ ability to pay rent for four reasons. First, the Company’s management believes that most nursing home residents in the United States have received vaccines for COVID-19, which have been highly effective in preventing cases of COVID-19. Second, occupancy significantly increased between April 2021 and the beginning of July 2022. Third, the source of the tenants’ revenues has partially shifted from Medicaid to Medicare because more patients have become eligible for Medicare due to changes in the eligibility criteria. The tenants receive larger payments from Medicare than Medicaid. Fourth, most of the Company’s tenants have the ability to maintain profitability notwithstanding the decrease in revenues because approximately 85% to 90% of their operating costs are variable items (such as labor costs, food, drugs and supplies, including personal protection equipment and cleaning supplies) that can be reduced when occupancy decreases.

 

To the Company’s knowledge, its tenants are complying with all applicable governmental requirements and guidelines for addressing the risks posed by COVID-19. Although there have been a limited number of confirmed cases of COVID-19 at the facilities operated by the Company’s tenants, to its knowledge, these cases have not had a material impact on any of the operators or resulted in any claims against any of the operators.

 

As a landlord, the Company does not control the operations of its tenants, including related party tenants, and is not able to cause its tenants to take any specific actions to address trends in occupancy at the facilities operated by its tenants, other than to monitor occupancy and income of its tenants, discuss trends in occupancy with tenants and possible responses, and, in the event of a default, to exercise its rights as a landlord. However, Moishe Gubin, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Michael Blisko, one of our directors, as the controlling members of 41 of our tenants and related operators, have the ability to obtain information regarding these tenants and related operators and cause the tenants and operators to take actions, including with respect to occupancy. Messrs. Gubin and Blisko are subject to potential conflicts of interest due to their ownership of these tenants and their duties as directors of the Company. As a result of these conflicts, actions by the Company with respect to these related party tenants would be directed by the audit committee of our board of directors, comprised of independent directors, under our conflicts of interest policies. See “Item 1. Business. Policies With respect to Certain Activities and Transactions—Conflict of Interest Policies.”

 

Except as described below, COVID-19 has not caused any of our tenants to be unable to meet their lease obligations to us, including their obligation to pay rent in a timely manner.

 

On April 4, 2022, we were notified that the tenants under the master leases for 6 facilities located in central Illinois intended to default with respect to their lease agreements due to operating losses. The tenants indicated that their operating losses were partially due to decreased occupancy caused by COVID-19. The tenants are affiliates of Steven Blisko, who is the brother of Michael Blisko, one of our directors. These leases provided for a combined rent of $225,000 per month, or $2.7 million per year. All payments due under these leases were paid through June 15, 2022. On July 1, 2022, the Company entered into new lease agreements with an unaffiliated third party operator to lease these properties. The new leases have terms of 10 years each and provide for combined average base rent of $180,000 per month, or $2.3 million per year over the life of the leases. The Company expects to recognize a loss of approximately $1,080,000 in the second quarter of 2022 due to the write-off of straight-line rent receivable related to the former leases.

 

As of the date of this Form 10, none of the Company’s current tenants are delinquent on the payment of rent, and none of them have requested the Company to amend the terms of their leases to reduce current or future lease payments. The Company accordingly believes that its current tenants have the ability to meet their lease obligations based on their current levels of occupancy. However, if tenants were to experience additional decreases in occupancy due to the emergence of new variants of COVID-19, and such decreases adversely affected its tenants’ operating income, tenants might be unable to meet their lease obligations. The Company is unable to determine what level of decreased occupancy would result in lease defaults because decreases in occupancy also allow tenants to reduce operating costs due to reduced staffing requirements.

 

In the event that tenants were to default due to decreased occupancy, the Company would seek to obtain new operators to take over the leases and the facilities. This could result in decreases in the Company’s rental income if the new tenants required lower rental payments. Additionally, if the Company were unable to obtain new operators, the Company could lose rental income from these properties. Either of these events could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operation.

 

101

 

 

Acquisitions

 

On January 10, 2019, we acquired two properties located in Western Illinois, for an aggregate purchase price of $5.9 million. These properties each contained a skilled nursing facility. The two facilities have a total of 361 licensed beds and approximately 95,490 square feet. Prior to the date of acquisition, the two properties were leased by subsidiaries of the Predecessor Company, which subleased them to sub-tenants that are entities controlled by a related party. These properties are included under the Central Illinois 1 master lease.

 

On February 23, 2019, we acquired three properties located in Kentucky for a purchase price of $21.3 million, which we paid through the assumption of debt. These properties each contain a skilled nursing facility. The facilities contain an aggregate of 312 licensed beds and approximately 100,725 square feet. Concurrently with the closing of the acquisition, we leased these properties to third-party operators, which will operate and manage the properties for 10 years in exchange of annual base rent of $2.7 million. The lease includes an annual increase of approximately 3% in the rent and two extension options of five years each. These properties are included under the Kentucky 2 master lease.

 

On March 27, 2019, we acquired a property located in Arkansas for a purchase price of $6.9 million, which we funded through a $5.2 million mortgage loan and existing working capital. This property contains a skilled nursing facility with aggregate of 120 licensed beds and approximately 45,771 square feet. Concurrently with the closing of the acquisition, we leased the property to entities controlled by Moishe Gubin, who is our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and one of the Controlling Members of the Predecessor Company and Michael Blisko, who is one of our directors and one of the Controlling Members of the Predecessor Company, which will operate and manage the property. The lease has an initial term of 10 years, with two extension options of five years each. The initial annualized base rent is $735,000, which is subject to an annual increase of approximately 3%.

 

On April 7, 2019, we acquired three properties located in Arkansas for a purchase price of $14.4 million, which we paid through the assumption of debt. Two of these properties contain a skilled nursing facility and the third contains a skilled nursing facility and an assisted living facility. The facilities have an aggregate of 448 licensed beds and approximately 130,429 square feet. Concurrently with the closing of the acquisition, we leased these properties to entities controlled by Moishe Gubin, who is our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and one of the Controlling Members of the Predecessor Company and Michael Blisko, who is one of our directors and one of the Controlling Members of the Predecessor Company, which will operate and manage the properties for 10 years in exchange of annual base rent of $2.7 million. The lease provides for annual increases in rent of approximately 3% and includes two extension options of five years each. These properties are included under one of the Arkansas master leases.

 

On June 27, 2019, we acquired title to a building and the leasehold under a long-term ground lease for a property located in Des Plaines, Illinois, for a purchase price of $15.4 million. This property contains a skilled nursing facility with 231 licensed beds and approximately 70,556 square feet. We leased the facility to a third-party operator, which operates and manages the facility under a five-year lease in exchange of annual base rent of $1.6 million. The lease provides for annual increases in rent of approximately 2% and includes three extension options of five years each. This property is included under the Texas/Oklahoma/Michigan/Illinois master lease.

 

On November 12, 2019, we acquired one skilled nursing facility located in Muncie, Indiana for an aggregate gross purchase price of $3,150,000, paid in cash. The facility has a total of 72 licensed beds and approximately 22,350 square feet. We previously leased the property under an operating lease and subleased it under the Indiana master lease. The acquisition will not increase the rental income that we receive, but we will save $330,000 in annual rent payments.

 

On June 5, 2020, we acquired a property located in Kentucky for a purchase price of $4.4 million, which we paid in cash. This property contains a 46,500 square foot facility that has 90 skilled nursing facility beds and 18 ALF/independent living beds. Concurrently with the closing of the acquisition, we leased this property to third-party operators, which will operate and manage the property for 10 years in exchange of annual base rent of $540,000. The lease provides for an annual increase in rent of approximately 3% and two extension options of five years each. This property is included under the Kentucky 1 master lease.

 

102

 

 

On October 1, 2020, we acquired a property located in Illinois for a purchase price of $4.0 million, which we paid for cash. This property contains 245 skilled nursing facility beds and approximately 104,000 square feet. Concurrently with the closing of the acquisition, we leased this property on a triple net basis to a related party operator, which will operate and manage the property. The lease has an initial term of 10 years with two extension options of five years each. The lease provides for annual base rent of $400,000 in the first year, $450,000 in the second year and annual increases of approximately 2% thereafter. In addition, we gave the operator an option to purchase the property for an option price of $4.6 million during 2020, which will increase by $600,000 in each subsequent year during the term of the option.

 

On August 25, 2021, the Company acquired five properties located in Tennessee and one in Kentucky (the “Tennessee/Kentucky Properties”) for an aggregate acquisition cost of $81.0 million, which was paid through the issuance of 1,545,217 OP units valued at $16,997,000 (or $11.00 per OP unit) and a cash payment of $63,990,000. The properties contain skilled nursing facilities of approximately 223,000 square feet and 515 beds. The Company financed part of the cash portion of the purchase price from the net proceeds received by the Company from the sale of Series C Bonds in Israel. Moishe Gubin, the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and the sellers have entered into an agreement, pursuant to which Mr. Gubin has agreed to purchase the OP units issued to the sellers, unless the sellers elect to retain of the OP units. In the event that the sellers do not elect to retain the OP units, then Mr. Gubin will be required to pay to the sellers an amount (less any distributions paid to the sellers) equal to the greater of value of $11.00 per OP unit (which represents the agreed value of the OP units issued to pay a portion of the purchase price for the properties) or the value of the shares of our common stock as of the date of the repurchase. The value of the shares of our common stock would be determined pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement of the Operating Partnership, which provides that the value is equal to the average of the daily market prices of such shares for the ten consecutive trading days immediately preceding the date of such valuation, or, if the shares are not then traded, the value shall be determined by the Company acting in good faith on the basis of such information as it considers, in its reasonable judgment, to be appropriate.

 

We have leased the five Tennessee facilities to related parties under a new Tennessee master lease, and the one Kentucky property to an unrelated third party under the existing Landmark master lease. As a result of the lease of these properties, our annual base rent will increase by $8.1 million in the first year, with annual increases of 3% thereafter.

 

The following table contains information regarding our recent acquisitions, as of the date of this Form 10:

 

Date Acquired  Number of Properties   State  Annualized Average Base Rent 
January 10, 2019   2   Illinois  $-(1)
February 23, 2019   3   Kentucky   3,115,793 
March 27, 2019   1   Arkansas   843,026 
April 7, 2019   3   Arkansas   3,147,364 
June 27, 2019   1   Illinois   1,615,524 
November 12, 2019   1   Indiana   -(2)
June 2, 2020   1   Kentucky   911,023 
October 1, 2020   1   Illinois   478,956 
August 25, 2021   6   Tennessee/ Kentucky   9,284,243 
Total   19      $19,395,929 

 

(1) Prior to the acquisition of these facilities, the Predecessor Company was the tenant of each property and had subleased the property to tenant/operators. The acquisition of these properties did not increase the rental income received by the Company from these properties, but did eliminate the rental payments of $554,000 previously paid by the Company.

 

(2) Prior to the acquisition of this facility, the Predecessor Company was the tenant of the property and had subleased the property to tenant/operators. The acquisition of this property did not increase the rental income received by the Company from this property, but did eliminate the rental payments of $330,000 previously paid by the Company.

 

103

 

 

Disposition

 

On February 12, 2021, we sold five properties located in southern Illinois that housed skilled nursing facilities for an aggregate price of $26.1 million. The leases for these properties provided for annualized base rent of $3.6 million. We elected to sell these properties because the offered price was attractive and the sale reduced our concentration in this market. We recognized a gain of $3.8 million as a result of these sales.

 

Acquisition Opportunities

 

We currently have several acquisition opportunities in various stages of negotiation and due diligence. These opportunities could have aggregate transaction value of more than $400 million, and involve investments in SNFs and ALFs in three different states. Although we continue to negotiate the terms of these significant investment opportunities, we have not reached a binding agreement or understanding with respect to any of them. However, it is possible that we could reach agreement before the end of this year on one or more of such investments. We believe that our management team’s extensive network of relationships with market participants will continue to provide us with access to attractive acquisition opportunities.

 

We cannot assure you that we will acquire any particular properties because the acquisition of any property is subject to a number of factors, including the negotiation and execution of definitive purchase and sale agreements, our completion of satisfactory due diligence with respect to the property and satisfaction of customary closing conditions, including the receipt of third-party consents and approvals.

 

Other Recent Developments

 

In April 2021, tenants for 13 of our properties located in Arkansas agreed to assign their leases to a group of unaffiliated third parties. The prior tenants were related parties of the Company. The facilities located on these properties consist of 12 SNFs and 2 ALFs, with one property housing both a SNF and an ALF. There were no changes to the terms of the existing leases. The assignment of the leases was subject to the approval of the Arkansas Department of Human Services, which was granted in November 2021. In connection with the lease assignments, the Company granted the new tenants an option to purchase the properties for an aggregate price of $90 million. The tenants are entitled to exercise the option within the lease period but after the claims by the prior owners of the properties have been resolved. See “Item 1. Business—Legal Proceedings” for more information on the claims. These properties are subject to claims by the prior owners of the properties. These claims are not expected to have any impact on the assignment of the leases, but they may interfere with any sale of the properties. See “Item 1. Business—Legal Proceedings.”

 

On April 4, 2022, we were notified that the tenants under the master leases for 6 facilities located in central Illinois intended to default with respect to their lease agreements due to operating losses. The tenants indicated that their operating losses were partially due to decreased occupancy caused by COVID-19. The tenants are affiliates of Steven Blisko, who is the brother of Michael Blisko, one of our directors. These leases provided for a combined rent of $225,000 per month, or $2.7 million per year. All payments due under these leases were paid through mid-June 2022. On July 1, 2022, the Company entered into new lease agreements with an unaffiliated third party operator to lease these properties. The new leases have terms of 10 years each and provide for combined average base rent of $180,000 per month, or $2.3 million per year over the life of the leases. The Company expects to recognize a loss of approximately $1,080,000 in the second quarter of 2022 due to the write-off of straight-line rent receivable related to the former leases.

 

For additional information regarding our recently completed and pending acquisitions and dispositions, see “Item 1. Business.”

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Management considers accounting estimates or assumptions critical in either of the following cases:

 

● the nature of the estimates or assumptions is material because of the levels of subjectivity and judgment needed to account for matters that are highly uncertain and susceptible to change; and

 

● the effect of the estimates and assumptions is material to the consolidated financial statements.

 

104

 

 

Management believes the current assumptions used to make estimates in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are appropriate and not likely to change in the future. However, actual experience could differ from the assumptions used to make estimates, resulting in changes that could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial position and/or liquidity. These estimates will be made and evaluated on an on-going basis using information that is available as well as various other assumptions believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

 

The following presents information about our critical accounting policies including the material assumptions used to develop significant estimates. Since the Company was recently formed and just completed the formation transactions, certain of these critical accounting policies contain discussion of judgments and estimates that have not yet been required by management but that it believes may be reasonably required of it to make in the future.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of our Operating Partnership and its wholly owned subsidiaries, and all material intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated in consolidation.

 

From inception, we continually evaluate all of our transactions and investments to determine if they represent variable interests subject to the variable interest entity, or VIE, consolidation model and then determine which business enterprise is the primary beneficiary of its operations. We make judgments about which entities are VIEs based on an assessment of whether (i) the equity investors as a group, if any, do not have a controlling financial interest, or (ii) the equity investment at risk is insufficient to finance that entity’s activities without additional subordinated financial support. We consolidate investments in VIEs when we are determined to be the primary beneficiary. This evaluation is based on our ability to direct and influence the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact that entity’s economic performance.

 

For investments not subject to the variable interest entity consolidation model, we will evaluate the type of rights held by the limited partner(s) or other member(s), which may preclude consolidation in circumstances in which the sole general partner or managing member would otherwise consolidate the limited partnership. The assessment of limited partners’ or members’ rights and their impact on the presumption of control over a limited partnership or limited liability corporation by the sole general partner or managing member should be made when an investor becomes the sole general partner or managing member and should be reassessed if (i) there is a change to the terms or in the exercisability of the rights of the limited partners or members, (ii) the sole general partner or member increases or decreases its ownership in the limited partnership or corporation, or (iii) there is an increase or decrease in the number of outstanding limited partnership or membership interests.

 

Our ability to assess correctly our influence or control over an entity at inception of our involvement or on a continuous basis when determining the primary beneficiary of a VIE affects the presentation of these entities in our consolidated financial statements. Subsequent evaluations of the primary beneficiary of a VIE may require the use of different assumptions that could lead to identification of a different primary beneficiary, resulting in a different consolidation conclusion than what was determined at inception of the arrangement.

 

Revenue Recognition, Mortgage Loans and Receivables

 

Leases of Real Estate Properties

 

Upon inception of new lease arrangements, including new leases that arise from amendments, we assess the terms and conditions to determine the proper lease classification. A lease arrangement is classified as an operating lease if none of the following criteria are met: (i) transfer of ownership to the lessee, (ii) lessee has a bargain purchase option during or at the end of the lease term, (iii) the lease term is equal to 75% or more of the underlying property’s economic life, or (iv) the future minimum lease payments (excluding executory costs) are equal to 90% or more of the excess estimated fair value of the leased building. If one of the four criteria is met and the minimum lease payments are determined to be reasonably predicable and collectible, the lease arrangement is generally accounted for as a direct financing lease, or DFL. Currently, all of our lease arrangements are classified as operating leases. If the assumptions utilized in the above classification assessments were different, our lease classification for accounting purposes may have been different; thus the timing and amount of our revenue recognized would have been impacted, which may be material to our consolidated financial statements.

 

105

 

 

We recognize rental revenue for operating leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term when collectability is reasonably assured and the tenant has taken possession or controls the physical use of a leased asset. For assets acquired subject to leases, we recognize revenue upon acquisition of the asset provided the tenant has taken possession or control of the physical use of the leased asset. If the lease provides for tenant improvements, we determine whether the tenant improvements, for accounting purposes, are owned by the tenant or us. When we are the owner of the tenant improvements, the tenant is not considered to have taken physical possession or have control of the physical leased asset until the tenant improvements are substantially completed.

 

When the tenant is the owner of the tenant improvements, any tenant improvement allowance funded is treated as a lease incentive and amortized as a reduction of revenue over the lease term. The determination of ownership of the tenant improvements is subject to significant judgment. If our assessment of the owner of the tenant improvements for accounting purposes were different, the timing and amount of our revenue recognized would be impacted.

 

We monitor the liquidity and creditworthiness of our tenants and operators on a continuous basis to determine the need for an allowance for doubtful accounts, including an allowance for operating lease straight-line rent receivables, for estimated losses resulting from tenant defaults or the inability of tenants to make contractual rent and tenant recovery payments. This evaluation considers industry and economic conditions, property performance, credit enhancements and other factors. For straight-line rent amounts, our assessment is based on income recoverable over the term of the lease. We exercise judgment in establishing allowances and consider payment history and current credit status in developing these estimates. These estimates may differ from actual results, which could be material to our consolidated financial statements. As of March 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021 and 2020 we determined that no allowance was necessary to cover the potential loss of rent from our tenants.

 

Real Estate Investments

 

We make estimates as part of our allocation of the purchase price of acquisitions (whether an asset acquisition acquired via purchase/leaseback or a business combination via an asset acquired from the current lessor) to the various components of the acquisition based upon the relative fair value of each component for asset acquisitions and at fair value of each component for business combinations. In making estimates of fair values for purposes of allocating purchase prices of acquired real estate, we utilize a number of sources, including independent appraisals that may be obtained in connection with the acquisition or financing of the respective property and other market data. We also consider information obtained about each property as a result of our pre-acquisition due diligence, marketing and leasing activities in estimating the fair value of the tangible and intangible assets acquired. The most significant components of our allocations are typically the allocation of fair value to land and buildings and, for certain of our acquisitions, in-place leases and other intangible assets. In the case of the fair value of buildings and the allocation of value to land and other intangibles, the estimates of the values of these components will affect the amount of depreciation and amortization we record over the estimated useful life of the property acquired or the remaining lease term. In the case of the value of in-place leases, including the assessment as to the existence of any above-or below-market in-place leases, our management makes its best estimates based on the evaluation of the specific characteristics of each tenant’s lease. Factors considered include estimates of carrying costs during hypothetical expected lease-up periods, market conditions and costs to execute similar leases. These assumptions affect the amount of future revenue that we will recognize over the remaining lease term for the acquired in-place leases. The values of any identified above-or below-market in-place leases are based on the present value of the difference between (i) the contractual amounts to be paid pursuant to the in-place leases and (ii) management’s estimate of fair market lease rates for the corresponding in-place leases, measured over a period equal to the remaining non-cancelable term of the lease, or for below-market in-place leases including any bargain renewal option terms. Above-market lease values are recorded as a reduction of rental income over the lease term while below-market lease values are recorded as an increase to rental income over the lease term. The recorded values of in-place lease intangibles are recognized in amortization expense over the initial term of the respective leases.

 

106

 

 

We evaluate each purchase transaction to determine whether the acquired assets meet the definition of a business. Transaction costs related to acquisitions that are not deemed to be businesses are included in the cost basis of the acquired assets, while transaction costs related to acquisitions that are deemed to be businesses are expensed as incurred.

 

Asset Impairment

 

Real estate asset impairment losses are recorded when events or changes in circumstances indicate the asset is impaired and the estimated undiscounted cash flows to be generated by the asset are less than its carrying amount. Management assesses the impairment of properties individually and impairment losses are calculated as the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of assets to be held and used, and carrying amount over the fair value less cost to sell in instances where management has determined that we will dispose of the property. In determining fair value, we use current appraisals or other third-party opinions of value and other estimates of fair value such as estimated discounted future cash flows.

 

Factors That May Influence Future Results of Operations

 

Our revenues are primarily derived from rents we earn pursuant to the lease agreements we enter into with our tenants. Our tenants operate in the healthcare industry, generally providing nursing and medical care to patients. The capacity of our tenants to pay our rents is dependent upon their ability to conduct their operations at profitable levels. We believe that the business environment of the industry segments in which our tenants operate is generally positive for efficient operators. However, our tenants’ operations are subject to economic, regulatory and market conditions that may affect their profitability, which could impact our results of operations. Accordingly, we actively monitor certain key factors, including changes in those factors that we believe may provide early indications of conditions that may affect the level of risk in our lease portfolio.

 

Key factors that we consider in underwriting prospective tenants and borrowers and in monitoring the performance of existing tenants include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

● the current, historical and projected cash flow and operating margins of each tenant and at each facility;

 

● the ratio of our tenants’ operating earnings both to facility rent and to facility rent plus other fixed costs, including debt costs;

 

● the quality and experience of the tenant and its management team;

 

● construction quality, condition, design and projected capital needs of the facility;

 

● the location of the facility;

 

● local economic and demographic factors and the competitive landscape of the market;

 

● the effect of evolving healthcare legislation and other regulations on our tenants’ profitability and liquidity;

 

● the payor mix of private, Medicare and Medicaid patients at the facility; and

 

● whether such tenants are related parties.

 

One of our goals is to reduce our dependence on related party tenants in order to diversify our tenant base. Although we expect to continue to lease properties to related party tenants in markets in which the related party tenants have substantial experience and operations, we intend to lease properties in other markets to unrelated tenants if we are able to identify qualified operators. Additionally, we will consider leasing properties to unrelated parties in markets in which related parties operate if we are able to identify qualified operators that are willing to lease properties on terms that are no less favorable than those available from related parties.

 

107

 

 

We also actively monitor the credit risk of our tenants. The methods we use to evaluate a tenant’s liquidity and creditworthiness include reviewing certain periodic financial statements, operating data and clinical outcomes data of the tenant. Over the course of a lease, we also have regular meetings with the facility management teams. Through these means we are able to monitor a tenant’s credit quality.

 

Certain business factors, in addition to those described above that directly affect our tenants, which in turn will likely materially influence our future results of operations:

 

● the financial and operational performance of our tenants;

 

● trends in the cost and availability of capital, including market interest rates, which our prospective tenants may use for their working capital financing;

 

● reductions in reimbursements from Medicare, state healthcare programs and commercial insurance providers that may reduce our tenants’ profitability and our lease rates; and

 

● competition from other financing sources.

 

Discussion of Historical Results of Operations of the Company and the Predecessor Company

 

Overview

 

The following comparative discussion of results of operations reflects the results of operations of the Company and the Predecessor Company, and should be read in conjunction with the historical consolidated financial statements of the Company and the Predecessor Company, including the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this Form 10.

 

Comparison of Operating Results for the Three Months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021

 

The following table summarizes the consolidated historical results of operations of the Company and the Predecessor Company for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021.

 

   Three Months Ended         
   March 31,   Change   Change 
   2022   2021   ($)   (%) 
   (amounts in $000s) 
Income                    
Rental revenue  $22,959    21,153    1,806    8.5%
                     
Expenses:                    
Property taxes   2,944    2,550    394    15.5%
Depreciation and amortization   7,283    6,678    605    10.2%
General and administrative expenses   2,721    1,670    1,051    62.9%
Provision for doubtful accounts   250    342    (92)   -26.9%
Total operating expenses   13,198    11,240    1,958    17.4%
Total interest expense   4,977    5,316    (371)   -7.6%
Other (expenses) income   (10,100)   3,926    (14,026)   -357.3%
Net (loss) income  $(5,316)   8,523         %
Net (loss) income attributable to noncontrolling interest   (4,731)   -           
Net income attributable to predecessor   -    -           
Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders   (585)   -           
Other comprehensive income  $4,974    4,954    20    0.4%
Reclassification of foreign currency transaction losses   10,100    -           
Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interest   (13,416)   -           
Comprehensive income  $1,073    13,477    (12,404)   -92.0%

 

108

 

 

Rental income

 

Rental income includes rent earned from tenants on a straight-line basis over the terms of the related leases. The $1.8 million increase in rental income during the first three months of 2022 arose primarily from the acquisition of the 6 properties in Tennessee and Kentucky during the third quarter of 2021 that contributed $2.3 million in revenue and an increase of $0.4 million in property taxes during that period. The increase in revenue was offset by $0.2 million in rental income adjustment on the Tennessee Master lease as a result of the early renewal of the lease, closing on the sale of 5 properties in February 2021 that reduced revenue by $0.3 million and $0.4 million adjustment to management fee income following the acquisition of Strawberry Fields Management Services.

 

The ability of our tenants to make their required rental payments is contingent on their operating income which in turn is dependent on the level of occupancy at the facilities operated by our tenants. Average occupancy at the facilities has been adversely affected by COVID-19. Average occupancy at facilities operated by affiliates of the Company immediately prior to the widespread outbreak of COVID-19 in March 2020 was approximately 73.4%, which dropped to 64.3% by June 30, 2020 due to the effect of the pandemic. Average occupancy improved to 65.9% during the first six months of 2021 largely as a result of the availability of vaccines, and reached 70.4% by July 1, 2022. The Company is aware that unrelated tenants experienced similar changes through March 2022, which is the most recent information available to the Company for occupancy of unrelated tenants.

 

Except as described below, COVID-19 has not caused any of our tenants to be unable to meet their lease obligations to us, including their obligation to pay rent in a timely manner.

 

On April 4, 2022, we were notified that the tenants under the master leases for 6 facilities located in central Illinois intended to default with respect to their lease agreements due to operating losses. The tenants indicated that their operating losses were partially due to decreased occupancy caused by COVID-19. The tenants are affiliates of Steven Blisko, who is the brother of Michael Blisko, one of our directors. These leases provided for a combined rent of $225,000 per month, or $2.7 million per year. All payments due under these leases were paid through mid-June 2022. On July 1, 2022, the Company entered into new lease agreements with an unaffiliated third party operator to lease these properties. The new leases have terms of 10 years each and provide for combined average base rent of $180,000 per month, or $2.3 million per year over the life of the leases. The Company expects to recognize a loss of approximately $1,080,000 in the second quarter of 2022 due to the write-off of straight-line rent receivable related to the former leases.

 

As of the date of this Form 10, none of the Company’s current tenants are delinquent on the payment of rent, and none of them have requested the Company to amend the terms of their leases to reduce current or future lease payments. The Company accordingly believes that its current tenants have the ability to meet their lease obligations based on their current levels of occupancy. However, if tenants were to experience additional decreases in occupancy due to the emergence of new variants of COVID-19, and such decreases adversely affected its tenants’ operating income, tenants might be unable to meet their lease obligations. The Company is unable to determine what level of decreased occupancy would result in lease defaults because decreases in occupancy also allow tenants to reduce operating costs due to reduced staffing requirements.

 

In the event that tenants were to default due to decreased occupancy, the Company would seek to obtain new operators to take over the leases and the facilities. This could result in decreases in the Company’s rental income if the new tenants required lower rental payments. Additionally, if the Company were unable to obtain new operators, the Company could lose rental income from these properties. Either of these events could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operation.

 

Property operating expenses

 

Property operating expenses are comprised of real estate taxes, depreciation and amortization, rent and corporate general and administrative expenses, as discussed below.

 

Property taxes

 

Property taxes are taxes assessed on real estate by local governmental authorities. Property taxes over a base year amount are also generally reimbursed by tenants and are reflected in tenant reimbursements. The 15% increase of $394,000 during the first three months of 2022 primarily due to acquisitions of additional properties.

 

109

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

The $605,000 increase in depreciation and amortization during the first three months of 2022 compared to the same period during 2021 was primarily the result of the acquisition of 6 properties in 2021.

 

General and administrative

 

General and administrative expenses consist of legal, appraisals, management fees, rent and other administrative costs. The increase of $1,051,000 from 2021 to 2022 was due to $275,000 increase in compensation, $236,000 increase in expenses related to the direct listing, $641,000 increase in bank fees as a result of the new mortgage loan we received in March 2022 which was offset by $102,000 decrease in professional services and other expenses.

 

Provision for doubtful accounts

 

The provision for doubtful accounts during the first three months of 2022 and 2021 included a charge of $250,000 and $342,000 arising from an increase in the reserve to cover the entire amount payable to us under the Texas settlement entered into in 2018.

 

Net interest expense

 

The decrease in the amount of $339,000 in interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2022 compared to same period during 2021, was the result of the rate modification we completed during 2020 and 2021 for many of our HUD guaranteed loans which was partially offset by increase in the total amount of debt.

 

Other income and expense

 

Other income and expense during the first three months of 2021 and 2022 included the following:

 

  A gain of $3.9 million in 2021 as a result of the sale of real estate.
     
  A realization of foreign currency transaction loss of $10.1 million. As a result of the payoff of the Series B Bonds in 2022, we recognized as currency transaction expenses the difference between the original exchange rate and the exchange rate at the time of the settlement. There was no impact on total equity as it resulted in a reclassification of accumulated other comprehensive loss to our statement of operations.

 

Net income (loss)

 

For the reasons described above, we had a net loss of $5.3 million for the first three months of 2022, compared to net income of $8.5 million during the first three months of 2021.

 

110

 

 

Comparison of Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

 

The following table summarizes the consolidated historical results of operations of the Company and the Predecessor Company for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2021    2020   2019 
   (amounts in $000s) 
Income:               
Rental revenue  $87,032   $84,091   $81,258 
                
Expenses:               
Property taxes   10,623    10,046    10,034 
Depreciation and amortization   27,488    26,641    27,496 
General and administrative expenses   7,032    4,664    4,992 
Provision for doubtful accounts   5,128    3,203    7,226 
Total expenses   50,271    44,554    49,748 
Total interest expense   23,409    27,763    30,129 
Other income (expense):               
Gain from bond retirement   -    (136)   83 
Foreign currency transaction loss   (8,775)   -    - 
Other income (expense)   -    250    250 
Gain from sale of real estate investments   3,842    -    2,892 
Total other (expenses) income   (4,933)   114    3,225 
                
Net income  $8,419   $11,888   $4,606 
Other comprehensive loss  $(6,751)   (9,349)   (13,542)
Reclassification of foreign currency transaction loss   8,775    -    - 
Comprehensive income (loss)  $10,443    2,539    (8,936)

 

Rental income

 

Rental income includes rent earned from tenants on a straight-line basis over the terms of the related leases. The increase in rental income during 2021 arose primarily from the acquisition of additional properties. During the period from January 1, 2020 to December 31, 2021, we acquired 8 properties that contributed an additional $5.4 million in revenue during 2021. We also sold 5 properties during that period that reduced revenue by $2.4 million.

 

The increase in rental income from 2019 to 2020 arose primarily from the acquisition of additional properties. During 2019, we acquired 11 properties that contributed an additional $2.9 million in revenue during 2020.

 

The ability of our tenants to make their required rental payments is contingent on their operating income which is turn is dependent on the level of occupancy at the facilities operated by our tenants. Average occupancy at the facilities has been adversely affected by COVID-19. Average occupancy was 70.4% during 2019, but dropped to 65.0% for 2020 due to the effect of COVID-19, and reached a low point of 63.7% in February 2021. Since that time, occupancy has grown consistently and was 69.4% in March 2022.

 

Except as described below, COVID-19 has not caused any of our tenants to be unable to meet their lease obligations to us, including their obligation to pay rent in a timely manner.

 

On April 4, 2022, we were notified that the tenants under the master leases for 6 facilities located in central Illinois intended to default with respect to their lease agreements due to operating losses. The tenants indicated that their operating losses were partially due to decreased occupancy caused by COVID-19. The tenants are affiliates of Steven Blisko, who is the brother of Michael Blisko, one of our directors. These leases provided for a combined rent of $225,000 per month, or $2.7 million per year. All payments due under these leases were paid through mid-June 2022. On July 1, 2022, the Company entered into new lease agreements with an unaffiliated third party operator to lease these properties. The new leases have terms of 10 years each and provide for combined average base rent of $180,000 per month, or $2.3 million per year over the life of the lease. The Company expects to recognize a loss of approximately $1,080,000 in the second quarter of 2022 due to the write-off of straight-line rent receivable related to the former leases.

 

As of the date of this Form 10, none of the Company’s current tenants are delinquent on the payment of rent, and none of them have requested the Company to amend the terms of their leases to reduce current or future lease payments. The Company accordingly believes that its current tenants have the ability to meet their lease obligations based on their current levels of occupancy. However, if tenants were to experience additional decreases in occupancy due to the emergence of new variants of COVID-19, and such decreases adversely affected its tenants’ operating income, tenants might be unable to meet their lease obligations. The Company is unable to determine what level of decreased occupancy would result in lease defaults because decreases in occupancy also allow tenants to reduce operating costs due to reduced staffing requirements.

 

In the event that tenants were to default due to decreased occupancy, the Company would seek to obtain new operators to take over the leases and the facilities. This could result in decreases in the Company’s rental income if the new tenants required lower rental payments. Additionally, if the Company were unable to obtain new operators, the Company could lose rental income from these properties. Either of these events could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operation.

 

Property operating expenses

 

Property operating expenses are comprised of real estate taxes, depreciation and amortization, and corporate general and administrative expenses, as discussed below.

 

111

 

 

Property taxes

 

Property taxes are taxes assessed on real estate by local government authorities. Property taxes over a base year amount are also generally reimbursed by tenants and are reflected in tenant reimbursements.

 

Property taxes increased from $10.0 million in 2020 to $10.6 million in 2021 primarily due to acquisitions of additional properties.

 

Property taxes were stable at $10.0 million in 2019 and 2020.

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

The $850,000 increase in depreciation and amortization during 2021 compared to 2020 was primarily the result of the acquisition of 6 properties in 2021. The decline in depreciation and amortization during 2020 compared to 2019 in the amount of $0.9 million was primarily due to five properties that we held for sale and we did not depreciate during 2020.

 

General and administrative

 

General and administrative expenses consists of legal, appraisals, management fees, rent and other administrative costs.

 

The increase of $2.4 million from 2020 to 2021 was due to $870,000 increase in compensation, $250,000 increase in expenses related to the proposed direct listing, $440,000 increase in rent expense, $100,000 increase in professional services and $740,000 in expenses related to banking activity.

 

The decrease of $300,000 from 2019 to 2020 was primarily due to a decline in rent expense as a result of our purchase in December 2018 of three facilities that we had previously leased from a third party and subleased.

 

Provision for doubtful accounts

 

The amount of the provision for doubtful accounts was $5.1 million in 2021, $3.2 million in 2020 and $7.2 million in 2019.

 

The provision for doubtful accounts in 2021 was primarily due to the following:

 

● An increase of $5,128,000 in the reserve with respect to advances made in connection with the Massachusetts acquisition made in 2019. See “Item 1. Business — Legal Proceedings.”

 

The provision for doubtful accounts in 2020 was primarily due to the following:

 

● An increase of $530,000 in the reserve with respect to advances made in connection with the Massachusetts acquisition made in 2019. See “Item 1. Business — Legal Proceedings.”

 

● A charge of $1,094,000 arising from the reduction in rent commencing in 2019 for five properties in southern Illinois that we were in the process of selling to an unaffiliated third party. Due to the postponement of the closing until February 2021, the Company agreed to discount the rent receivable under the existing leases to match the purchaser’s new lease terms. This required the Company to reduce the straight-line rent receivable that had been recorded with respect to these leases.

 

● A charge of $1,579,000 arising from an increase in the reserve to cover the entire amount payable us under the Texas settlement entered into in 2018. See “Item 1. Business — Lease Defaults.”

 

The provision for doubtful accounts in 2019 was primarily attributable to the following:

 

● The establishment of a reserve of $5.8 million with respect to advances made in connection with the Massachusetts acquisition. See “Item 1. Business — Legal Proceedings.”

 

112

 

 

● A charge of $487,000 arising from an increase in the reserve for amount payable to us under the Texas settlement entered into in 2018. See “Item 1. Business — Lease Defaults.”

 

● A charge of $919,000 arising from the reduction in rent commencing in 2019 for five properties in southern Illinois that we were in the process of selling to an unaffiliated third party. Due to the postponement of closing until February 2021, the Company agreed to discount the rent payable under the existing leases to match the purchaser’s new lease terms. This required the Company to reduce the straight-line rent receivable that had been recorded with respect to these leases.

 

Net interest expense

 

The $4.4 million decrease in interest expense in 2021 compared to 2020 was primarily the result of rate modifications on all of our HUD loans. Additionally, interest expense was reduced due to repayment of the Series A Bonds The $2.4 million decrease in interest expense in 2020 compared to 2019 was primarily the result of a reduction in total loans outstanding.

 

Other income and expense

 

Other income and expense in 2019, 2020 and 2021 included the following:

 

  Other income and expense in 2020 was immaterial.
     
  A gain of $2.9 million in 2019 as a result of the sale of real estate.
     
  A gain of $3.8 million in 2021 as a result of the sale of real estate.
     
  A realization of foreign currency transaction loss of $8.8 million. As a result of the pending maturity of the Series B Bonds in 2022, we recognized as currency transaction expenses the difference between the original exchange rate and the exchange rate at the time of the settlement. There was no impact on total equity as it resulted in a reclassification of accumulated other comprehensive loss to our statement of operations.

 

Net income before other comprehensive income due to foreign currency translation and transactions

 

For the reasons described above, net income for 2021 was $8.4 million, compared to net income of $11.9 million in 2020 and $4.6 million in 2019.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Overview

 

Liquidity is a measure of our ability to meet potential cash requirements, including ongoing commitments to repay borrowings, fund and maintain our assets and operations, make distributions to our stockholders and other general business needs. Our primary sources of cash include operating cash flows, and borrowings. Our primary uses of cash include funding acquisitions and investments consistent with our investment strategy, repaying principal and interest on any outstanding borrowings, making distributions to our equity holders, funding our operations and paying accrued expenses.

 

Our long-term liquidity needs consist primarily of funds necessary to pay for the costs of acquiring additional healthcare properties and principal and interest payments on our debt. We expect to meet our long-term liquidity requirements through various sources of capital, including future equity issuances or debt offerings, net cash provided by operations, long-term mortgage indebtedness and other secured and unsecured borrowings.

 

113

 

 

We may utilize various types of debt to finance a portion our acquisition activities, including long-term, fixed-rate mortgage loans, variable-rate term loans and secured revolving lines of credit. As of March 31, 2022, on a consolidated basis, we had total indebtedness of approximately $486.8 million, consisting of $281.3 million in HUD guaranteed debt, $99.1 million in net Series A Bonds and Series C Bonds outstanding, $107.6 million in commercial mortgages and $1.4 million in other debt. Under our Bonds, we are subject to continuing covenants, and future indebtedness that we may incur may contain similar provisions. In the event of a default, the lenders could accelerate the timing of payments under the debt obligations and we may be required to repay such debt with capital from other sources, which may not be available on attractive terms, or at all, which would have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

 

Our debt arrangements may require us to make a lump-sum or “balloon” payment at maturity. Our ability to make the balloon payments due under our existing and future indebtedness will depend on our working capital at the time of repayment, our ability to obtain additional financing or our ability to sell any property securing such indebtedness. At the time the balloon payment is due, we may or may not be able to refinance the existing financing on terms as favorable as the original bond or loan or sell any related property at a price sufficient to make the balloon payment. In addition, balloon payments and payments of principal and interest on our indebtedness may leave us with insufficient cash to pay the distributions that we are required to pay to qualify and maintain our qualification as a REIT.

 

In the case of our current debt, the only significant balloon payment obligations consist of and a balloon payment of $49.8 million due under the Series C Bonds in 2026 and a balloon payment of $86.0 million due under our new commercial bank term loan due in 2027. .

 

The Company believes that its overall level of indebtedness is appropriate for the Company’s business in light of its cash flow from operations and value of its properties, and is generally typical for owners of multiple healthcare properties. The Company expects to generate sufficient positive cash flow from operations to meet its ongoing debt service obligations and the distribution requirements for maintaining REIT status commencing in 2022.

 

Sources and Uses of Cash

 

Three months ended March 31, 2022

 

The sources and uses of cash reflected in its consolidated statement of cash flow for the three months ended March 31, 2022 are summarized below:

 

   Three months ended 
   March 31, 2022 
   (unaudited, in $000s) 
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period  $52,128 
Net cash provided by operating activities  $(2,731)
Net cash used in investing activities  $162 
Net cash provided by financing activities  $(11,368)
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period  $38,191 

 

Operating Activities—Net cash used in operating activities was $2.7 million, which was primarily a result of a $5.3 million net loss, a $10.8 million decrease in accounts payable, accrued liabilities and other liabilities, and a $4.3 million increase in other assets. These amounts were offset by $7.3 million in depreciation and amortization, $10.1 million in foreign currency transaction adjustment and $0.3 million in amortization of Bond issuance cost and deferred financing cost.

 

Investing Activities—Net cash provided by investing activities was $162,000 which consisted of a decrease in notes receivable.

 

Financing Activities—We used $11.4 million in net cash in connection with financing activities during the first three months of 2022, consisting of a principal payment of $91.8 million on the Series B Bonds and $23.7 million in principal payments under other credit agreements offset by $104.1 million received from a new senior debt issued in March 2022.

 

114

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2021

 

The sources and uses of cash reflected in its consolidated statement of cash flow for the year ended December 31, 2021 are summarized below:

 

    Year ended  
    December 31, 2021  
    (unaudited, in $000s)  
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period   $ 42,059  
Net cash provided by operating activities   $ 44,785  
Net cash used in investing activities   $ (58,288 )
Net cash provided by financing activities   $ 23,571  
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period   $ 52,128  

 

Operating Activities—Net cash provided by operating activities was $44.8 million, which primarily consisted of $8.4 million in net income, $27.5 million in depreciation and amortization and $8.2 million in foreign currency transaction adjustments. This was offset by a $3.8 million in gain from sale of real estate, $2.0 million increase in straight line rent receivable, and a net increase of $4.6 million in accounts receivable, accounts payable and repayment of operating leases. We used these operating cash flows to fund our cash needs and investment activities.

 

Investing Activities—Net cash used for investing activities was $58.3 million which consisted of a $64 million purchase of investment properties and a $5.7 million decrease in notes receivable.

 

Financing Activities—We raised $23.6 million in net cash in connection with financing activities during 2021, consisting of $63 million from the issuance of Series C Bonds and $1.7 million in proceeds from the resale of Series A Bonds. That was offset by a principal payment of $22.4 million on the Series A Bonds and Series B Bonds, $17.2 million in principal payments under other credit agreements and $1.5 million in payments of preferred dividends.

 

Mortgage Debt Guaranteed by HUD

 

As of March 31, 2022, we had non-recourse mortgage debt of $281.3 million from third party lenders that were guaranteed by HUD. The loans are secured by first mortgages on one or more of our properties and interests in our leases. In the event of default, the loan agreements provide that the applicable lender may require the tenant to make all rental payments directly to the lender. In exchange for the HUD guarantee, we pay HUD, on an annual basis, 0.65% of the principal balance of each loan as mortgage insurance premium, in addition to the interest rate denominated in the loan agreement. As a result, the overall average interest rate paid with respect to the HUD guaranteed loans as of March 31, 2022, was 3.88% per annum (including the mortgage insurance payments). The loans have an average maturity of 25.0 years.

 

Commercial Bank Term Loan

 

On March 18, 2022, the Operating Partnership and 21 of its subsidiaries received a $105 million term loan from a commercial bank. The proceeds of the loan, together with $8.2 million of cash held by the Operating Partnership, were used to repay $21.3 million in existing commercial mortgage loans of the Company and to make a deposit in the amount of $91.9 million with the trustee for the Series B Bonds. The deposit will be used by the trustee to repay the Series B Bonds in full on their maturity date of March 31, 2022.

 

The term loan has a maturity date of March 18, 2027. The borrowers are required to make monthly payments of principal based on a 20 year amortization schedule, with a balloon payment of the outstanding balance due on the maturity date. Accrued interest is payable monthly. The loan bears interest at a rate equal to the greater of (i) the one month Chicago Mercantile Exchange “CME” term rate plus 3.5%, subject to a minimum rate of 4.0% per annum.

 

The loan is secured by a lien on all of the assets of the Operating Partnership and the 21 subsidiaries that are borrowers. The collateral primarily consists of 21 properties owned by these subsidiaries. The loan is also secured by a guarantee of the Company and the BVI Company. The borrowers must pay down the loan in the event that the outstanding balance of the loan exceeds 65% of the fair market value of the properties pledged to the lender.

 

The loan will become due in the event that any person or group acquires more than 30% of the common stock of the Company. The loan will also become due if Moishe Gubin ceases to be actively involved in the borrowers or ceases to be a director of the Company.

 

The loan agreement includes financial covenants, consisting of (i) a covenant that the ratio of the Company’s indebtedness to its EBITDA cannot exceed 8.0 to 1, (ii) a covenant that the ratio of the Company’s net operating income to its debt service before dividend distribution is at least 1.20 to 1.00 for each fiscal quarter as measured pursuant to the terms of the loan agreement (iii) a covenant that the ratio of the Company’s net operating income to its debt service after dividend distribution is at least 1.05 to 1.00 for each fiscal quarter as measured pursuant to the terms of the term loan agreement, and (iv) a covenant that the Company’s equity in its subsidiaries equal at least $20,000,000.

 

Other Mortgage Debt

 

As of March 31, 2022, we had $2.9 million in a mortgage loan from a third party lender that was not guaranteed by HUD. This loan is secured by a first mortgage on one of our properties and interest in our leases. In the event of default, the loan agreements provide that the applicable lender may require the tenant to make all rental payments directly to the lender. The overall interest rate paid with respect to this loan as of March 31, 2022 was 3.79% per annum.

 

115

 

 

Outstanding Bond Debt

 

The BVI Company has issued Series A Bonds and Series C Bonds which are currently outstanding.

 

Series A Bonds

 

In November 2015, the BVI Company issued Series A Bonds in the face amount of NIS 265.2 million ($68 million) and received the net amount, after issuance costs, NIS 251.2 million ($64.3 million). During September 2016, the BVI Company issued additional Series A Bonds in the face amount of NIS 70.0 million ($18.6 million) and raised a net amount of NIS 70.8 million ($18.8 million). These Series A Bonds were issued at a premium of 103.6%. During May 2017, the BVI Company issued additional Series A Bonds in the face amount of NIS 39.0 million ($10.7 million) and raised a net amount of NIS 40.9 million ($11.3 million). These Series A Bonds were issued at a premium of 105.9%.

 

A portion of the Series A Bonds have been repurchased by a subsidiary of the BVI Company. As of March 31, 2022, the aggregate principal amount of the Series A Bonds was NIS 112.3 million ($35.4 million). As of March 31, 2022 we held NIS 5.5 million ($1.8 million) of these Bonds that we have repurchased.

 

The Series A Bonds are traded on the TASE.

 

Interest

 

The Series A Bonds initially bore interest at a rate of 6.4% per annum. The rate was increased to 6.65% in March 2017 due to the downgrade of the rating of the Series A Bonds by Standard & Poor’s from ilA to ilA-.

 

The rate was increased again to 6.9% in August 2019 due to the downgrade of the rating of the BVI Company by Standard & Poor’s from ilA to ilA- and as a result the Series A Bond rating declined from ilA- to ilBBB+.

 

In August 2020, the rating of the Series A Bonds was increased by Standard & Poor’s from ilBBB+ to ilA-. This ratings increase did not result in a change in interest rate for the Series A Bonds. However, there is a second ratings increase, the interest rate for the Series A Bonds will be reduced by 0.25%.

 

In July 2022, the rating of the Series A Bonds was increased by Standard & Poor’s from ilA- to ilA. This ratings increase resulted in a decrease in the interest rate for the Series A Bonds from 6.9% per annum to the original interest rate of 6.4%.

 

Interest on the Series A Bonds is payable semi-annually in arrears. The first interest payment was made on July 1, 2016. The interest rate may increase if certain financial ratios are not achieved, as discussed below.

 

Payment Terms

 

The principal amount of the Series A Bonds is payable in eight annual installments due on July 1 of each of the years 2017 through 2024. The first four principal payments are equal to 15% of the original principal amount of the Series A Bonds, and each of the last four principal payments are equal to 10% of original principal amount of the Series A Bonds. The Company is currently obligated to make three additional annual principal payments of $11.8 million, with the next payment due on July 1, 2022.

 

Financial Covenants

 

Until the date of full repayment of the Series A Bonds, the BVI Company must comply with certain financial covenants described below. The application of the covenants is based on the financial statements of the BVI Company as prepared under the IFRS accounting method.

 

● The stockholders’ equity of the BVI Company may not be less than $110 million. The stockholders’ equity of the BVI Company under IFRS was $376.8 million at March 31, 2022.

 

● The ratio of the consolidated stockholders’ equity of the BVI Company to its total consolidated balance sheet may not be less than 27%. This ratio was 42.23% at March 31, 2022.

 

● The ratio of the adjusted net financial debt to adjusted EBITDA of the BVI Company (for the past four quarters) may not exceed 12. Adjusted Net financial debt of the BVI Company was $464.5 million at March 31, 2022 and adjusted EBITDA for 12 month period ending March 31, 2022 was $75.2 million, resulting in a ratio of 6.18.

 

116

 

 

Dividend Restrictions

 

The indenture for the Series A Bonds limits the amount of dividends that may be paid by the BVI Company to its stockholders. The BVI Company may not make any distribution unless all of the following conditions are fulfilled:

 

● The balance of the profits and funds that are accrued as of June 30, 2015 will not be distributable and will not be taken into account for the purpose of a distribution.

 

● The distribution amount may not exceed 40% of the net profit after tax that is recognized in the most recent consolidated financial statements of the BVI Company, less profits or losses arising from a change in accounting methods, net revaluation profits/losses (that have not yet been realized) arising from a change in the fair value of the assets with respect to the fair value as of December 31, 2015 or the date on which the assets were purchased, whichever is later.

 

● The BVI Company’s equity at the end of the last quarter, before the distribution of dividends, less the dividends distributed, may not be less than $120 million.

 

● The equity to balance sheet ratio, as described above, may not be less than 30%, as a result of the distribution.

 

At March 31, 2022, based on the restrictions in the Series A indenture, the BVI Company would have been able to pay dividends of $28.0 million. The BVI Company paid $4.0 million in dividends during 2021 and an additional $8 million during 2022.

 

Increase in Interest Rate

 

To the extent that the stockholders’ equity of BVI Company (not including owners of rights not providing control) is less than $110 million, or to the extent that the ratio of the adjusted net financial debt to adjusted EBITDA (for the latest four quarters) exceeds 12, the interest on the Series A Bonds will increase by an additional 0.5% annually, but only once with respect to each breach of any such covenant. Compliance with this financial covenant is measured quarterly.

 

The net adjusted financial debt was $464.5 million at March 31, 2022 and the adjusted EBITDA for the 12 months ended March 31, 2022 was $75.2 million, resulting in a ratio of 6.18.

 

Additionally, if a decline in the rating of the Series A Bonds should take place, then for each single notch decrease, the interest will be increased by 0.25% per year, up to a maximum increment of 1.25% annually. In any case, the total increment to the interest rate, with respect to any of the above violations on an accumulated basis, will not exceed 1.5% per year. If the rating of the Series A Bonds rises, after the rating had declined, and to the extent that the interest rate was not previously raised with respect to a deviation from the above financial covenants, or alternatively, if after a deviation from the above financial covenant, BVI Company according to its financial statements, will comply with the financial covenants required, the interest rate will be decreased so that its rate will not be lower than the denominated interest rate (6.4%).

 

As of March 31, 2022, BVI Company was in compliance with the above covenants.

 

Security

 

The Series A Bonds are unsecured, except for an interest reserve. The BVI Company is required to maintain an interest reserve equal to the next scheduled interest payment on the Series A Bonds.

 

The BVI Company has also agreed not to pledge its assets in a general lien without obtaining the prior consent of the holders of the Series A Bonds. Nevertheless, BVI Company is entitled to register specific liens on its properties and also to provide guarantees; and its subsidiaries are entitled to register liens, including general and specific, on their assets.

 

117

 

 

Redemption Provisions

 

The BVI Company may, at its discretion, call the Series A Bonds for early repayment. In the event of the redemption of all of the Series A Bonds, the BVI Company would be required to pay the highest of the following amounts:

 

● the market value of the balance of the Series A Bonds in circulation which will be determined based on the average closing price of the Series A Bonds for thirty (30) trading days before the date on which the board of directors resolves to undertake the early redemption;

 

● the par value of the Series A Bonds available for early redemption in circulation (i.e., the principal balance of the Series A Bonds plus accrued interest until the date of the actual early redemption); or

 

● the balance of the cash flow of the Series A Bonds (consisting of future payments of principal and interest), when discounted to their present value based on the annual yield of the Israeli government bonds plus 2.5% per year. The yield of “government bonds” means the average yield (gross) during a period of seven business days, ending two business days before the date of the notice of the early redemption of three series’ of unlinked government shekel bonds with fixed interests whose average term are the closest to the average term of the Series A Bonds at the relevant date.

 

● If the BVI Company had elected to redeem the Series A Bonds at March 31, 2022, the BVI Company would have been required to pay the net principal amount of $33.6 million, plus a prepayment penalty equal to $1.1 million, representing under the third alternative described above.

 

Change of Control

 

The holders of a majority of the Series A Bonds may accelerate the outstanding balance of the Bonds if the control of the BVI Company is transferred, directly or indirectly, unless the transfer of control is approved by the holders of a majority of the Series A Bonds. For the purpose of this provision, a transfer of control means a change in control of the BVI Company, in a manner that the controlling stockholders and / or their relatives and / or successors shall cease to hold (on an aggregate holdings), directly and / or indirectly, over 50% of the shares and voting rights of the BVI Company.

 

For purposes of the Series A Bonds, the controlling stockholders of the BVI Company are deemed to be Moishe Gubin (together with his wife, Tira Gubin) and Michael Blisko.

 

A transfer of shares between the controlling stockholders and/or them and their relatives (as the term “relative” is defined in the Israeli Companies Law), directly or indirectly and/or by inheritance under law, will not be considered a transfer of control.

 

The formation transactions do not constitute a change of control for purposes of the Series A Bond indenture.

 

Terms of Series C Bonds

 

In July 2021, the BVI Company completed an initial offering of Series C Bonds with a par value of NIS 208.0 million ($64.7 million). The Series C Bonds were issued at par.

 

The Series C Bonds are traded on the TASE.

 

As of March 31, 2022, the outstanding principal amount of the Series C Bonds was NIS 208.0 million ($65.5 million).

 

118

 

 

Interest

 

The Series C Bonds initially bear interest at a rate of 5.7% per annum. In June 2021, Standard & Poor’s provided an initial rating for the Series C Bond of ilA+.

 

Interest on the Series C Bonds is payable semi-annually in arrears. The first interest payment was paid on January 31, 2022. The interest rate may increase if certain financial ratios are not achieved, as discussed below.

 

Payment Terms

 

The principal amount of the Series C Bonds is payable in five annual installments due on July 31 of each of the years from 2022 through 2026. The first four principal payments are equal to 6% of the original principal amount of the Series C Bonds, and the last principal payments is equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Series C Bonds.

 

Financial Covenants

 

Until the date of full repayment of the Series C Bonds, the BVI Company must comply with certain financial covenants described below. The application of the covenants is based on the financial statements of the BVI Company as prepared under the IFRS accounting method.

 

● The stockholders’ equity of the BVI Company may not be less than $230 million. The stockholders’ equity of the BVI Company under IFRS was $376.8 million at March 31, 2022.

 

● The ratio of the consolidated stockholders’ equity of the BVI Company to its total consolidated balance sheet may not be less than 25%. This ratio was 42.23% at March 31, 2022.

 

● The ratio of the adjusted net financial debt to adjusted EBITDA of the BVI Company (for the past four quarters) may not exceed 12. The ratio was 6.18 at March 31, 2022.

 

● The ratio of the outstanding amount of the Series C Bonds to the fair market value of the collateral may not exceed 75%. The ratio was 65.1% at March 31, 2022.

 

Dividend Restrictions

 

The indenture for the Series C Bonds limits the amount of dividends that may be paid by the BVI Company to its stockholders. The BVI Company may not make any distribution unless all of the following conditions are fulfilled (with all amounts calculated under IFRS):

 

● The distribution amount may not exceed 80% of the net profit after tax that is recognized in the most recent consolidated financial statements of the BVI Company, less profits or losses arising from a change in accounting methods, net revaluation profits/losses (that have not yet been realized) arising from a change in the fair value of the assets with respect to the fair value in prior reporting period.

 

● The ratio of the consolidated stockholders’ equity of the BVI Company to its total consolidated balance sheet may not be less than 30%.

 

● The distributable profits for which no distribution was performed in a specific year will be added to the following quarters.

 

● The BVI Company’s equity at the end of the last quarter, before the distribution of dividends, less the dividends distributed, may not be less than $250 million.

 

● The BVI Company meets the financial conditions described above, and the Company is not in violation of all and/or any of its material undertakings to the holders of the Series C Bonds.

 

119

 

 

Increase in Interest Rate

 

In the event that:

 

(i) the stockholders’ equity of BVI Company (excluding minority interests) is less than US$250 million;

 

(ii) the ratio of the adjusted net financial debt to adjusted EBITDA (for the latest four quarters) exceeds 11;

 

(iii) the ratio of the consolidated equity of the BVI Company to total consolidated balance sheet of the BVI Company is below 27%; or

 

(iv) the ratio of outstanding amount of the Series C Bonds to the fair market value of the collateral for the Series B Bonds exceeds 75%,

 

then, in each case, the interest on the Series C Bonds will increase by an additional 0.5% annually, but only once with respect to each failure to meet these requirements. Compliance with these financial covenants is measured quarterly.

 

As of March 31, 2022, the stockholders equity of the BVI Company under IFRS was $376.8 million, the net adjusted financial debt was $464.5 million; the adjusted EBITDA for the 12 months ended on that date was US$75.2 million (i.e. a ratio of 6.18); the Equity to Total Assets ratio was 42.23%, and the ratio of outstanding amount of the Series C Bonds to the “property value” was 65.1%.

 

Additionally, if a decline in the rating of the Series C Bonds should take place, then for each single notch decrease, the interest will be increased by 0.25% per year, up to a maximum increment of 1.25% annually.

 

In any case, the total increase in the interest rate as a result of the above adjustments will not exceed 1.5% per year. The increases in the interest rate will also be reversed if the BVI Company regains compliance.

 

Security

 

The Series C Bonds are secured by first mortgage liens on 8 of our properties. In addition, the Series C Bonds are also secured by an interest reserve and expenses reserve. The BVI Company has agreed not to pledge its assets pursuant to a general lien without obtaining the prior consent of the holders of the Series C Bonds, provided that the BVI Company is entitled to register specific liens on its properties and also to provide guarantees and its subsidiaries are entitled to register general and specific liens on their assets.

 

Under the terms of the indenture for the Series C Bonds, the BVI Company can take out properties from the collateral (in case of HUD refinancing) or to add properties and increase the Series C Bonds as long as the ratio of outstanding amount of the Series C Bonds to fair market value of the collateral is not more than 65%. In addition, starting from July 1, 2023, if the fair market value of the collateral is below 55%, the BVI Company can request to release collateral so the fair market value will increase to 55%.

 

Additional Bonds

 

The BVI Company can issue additional series of Series C Bonds up to a maximum of NIS630 million (or $198 million).

 

Redemption Provisions

 

The BVI Company may, at its discretion, call the Series C Bonds for early repayment. In the event of the redemption of all of the Series C Bonds, the BVI Company would be required to pay the highest of the following amounts:

 

● the market value of the balance of the Series C Bonds in circulation which will be determined based on the average closing price of the Series B Bonds for thirty (30) trading days before the date on which the board of directors resolves to undertake the early redemption;

 

● the par value of the Series C Bonds available for early redemption in circulation (i.e., the principal balance of the Series C Bonds plus accrued interest until the date of the actual early redemption); or

 

120

 

 

● the balance of the payments under the Series C Bonds (consisting of future payments of principal and interest), when discounted to their present value based on the annual yield of the Israeli government bonds plus an “additional rate.” The additional rate will be 1.0% per annum for early repayment performed by September 30, 2022, 2.5% from October 1, 2022 to September 30, 2023, and 3.0% thereafter.

 

● If the BVI Company had elected to redeem the Series C Bonds at March 31, 2022, the BVI Company would have been required to pay the net principal amount of $65.5 million, plus a prepayment penalty equal to $5.8 million, representing under the third alternative described above.

 

Change of Control

 

The holders of a majority of the Series C Bonds may accelerate the outstanding balance of the Bonds if the control of the BVI Company is transferred, directly or indirectly, unless the transfer of control is approved by the holders of a majority of the Series C Bonds.

 

For the purpose of this provision, a transfer of control means a change of control of the BVI Company such that the BVI Company has a controlling stockholder that is not any of the “controlling stockholders” and/or is in the hands of any of their immediate family members (including through trusts that the controlling stockholders and/or any of their immediate family members are the beneficiaries under and/or are their managers). In this regard, “control” is defined in the Israeli Companies Law.

 

For purposes of the Series C Bonds, the “controlling stockholders” of the BVI Company are deemed to be Moishe Gubin and Michael Blisko.

 

Other Debt

 

On March 31, 2022, the Company owed $1.4 million under notes issued to a seller of acquired properties.

 

Related Party and Other Debt

 

The Company does not currently have any indebtedness to related parties. See “Item. 7. Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

Contractual Obligations

 

The following table sets forth our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2021, excluding the impact of subsequent events:

 

Contractual Obligations as of December 31, 2021
   1 Year   2-5 Years  

5 Years

and Over

   Total 
       (Amounts in $000s)     
Series a Bonds   11,785    21,832    -    33,617 
Series C Bonds   3,930    61,562    -    65,491 
Senior Debt   10,291    132,755    245,859    388,905 
Operating lease liability   375    1,500    116    1,991 
Notes payable   -    1,353    -    1,353 
Interest expense   18,844    68,541    91,551    178,936 
                     
Total  $45,225    287,543    337,526    670,294 

 

121

 

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

As of the date of this Form 10, we have no off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

Inflation

 

We are exposed to inflation risk as income from long-term leases are a main source of our cash flows from operations. For our leased properties, we expect there to be provisions in the majority of our leases that will protect us from the impact of inflation. These provisions may include rent escalators, and leases that are triple-net. However, due to the long-term nature of the anticipated leases, among other factors, the leases may not re-set frequently enough to cover inflation.

 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

 

We consider the following non-GAAP financial measures useful to investors as key supplemental measures of our performance: FFO attributable to common stockholders and AFFO attributable to common stockholders.

 

Funds from Operations

 

FFO is a non-GAAP measure used by many investors and analysts that follow the real estate industry. FFO, as defined by the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts, or NAREIT, means net income (calculated in accordance with GAAP), excluding: (i) depreciation and amortization related to real estate, (ii) gains and losses from the sale of real estate assets and gain from bond retirement, (iii) gains and losses from any change in control, (iv) impairment write-downs of real estate assets and (v) investments in entities when the impairment is directly attributable to decreases in the value of depreciable real estate held by the entity.

 

We compute FFO in accordance with NAREIT’s definition, which may differ from the methodology for calculating FFO, or similarly titled measures, used by other companies.

 

AFFO means an amount equal to FFO less (i) normalized recurring expenditures that are capitalized and then amortized, but which are necessary to maintain a property and its revenue stream, (2) an adjustment to GAAP revenue to “straight-line” rents, and (3) non-recurring items.

 

Historical cost accounting for real estate assets implicitly assumes that the value of real estate assets diminishes predictably over time. Since real estate values instead have historically risen or fallen with market conditions, most real estate industry investors consider FFO to be helpful in evaluating a real estate company’s operations. We believe that the presentation of FFO and AFFO provides useful information to investors regarding our operating performance by excluding the effect of depreciation and amortization, gains or losses from sales for real estate, including impairments, extraordinary items and the portion of items related to unconsolidated entities, all of which are based on historical cost accounting, and that FFO and AFFO can facilitate comparisons of operating performance between periods and between REITs, even though FFO and AFFO do not represent an amount that accrues directly to common stockholders.

 

Our calculation of FFO may not be comparable to measures calculated by other companies who do not use the NAREIT definition of FFO or do not calculate FFO per diluted share in accordance with NAREIT guidance. FFO should not be considered as an alternative to net income (computed in accordance with GAAP) as an indicator of the Predecessor Company’s financial performance or to cash flow from operating activities (computed in accordance with GAAP) as an indicator of its liquidity.

 

122

 

 

FFO and AFFO
  

Three Months ended March 31,

  

Year ended

December 31,

 
   2022    2021 
   (Amounts in $000s) 
FFO  $1,967   $32,065 
AFFO  $11,573   $ 43,936  

 

Quantitative And Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risks

 

Market risk includes risks that arise from changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices and other market changes that affect market sensitive instruments. In pursuing our business and investment objectives, we expect that the primary market risk to which we will be exposed is interest rate risk.

 

We may be exposed to the effects of interest rate changes primarily as a result of long-term debt used to acquire properties. As of March 31, 2022, we had $33.6 million net outstanding under our Series A Bonds, which bear interest at a fixed rate of 6.9% per annum, $65.5 million outstanding under our Series C Bonds, which bear interest at a fixed rate of 5.7% per annum, and $388.9 million in senior debt notes, of which $107.6 million (21.99% of total debt) bear interest at variable rate equal to either one month SOFR plus a margin ($104.7 million) or one month LIBOR plus a margin ($2.9 million). At March 31, 2022, one month SOFR was 0.29% and one LIBOR was 0.33%. Assuming no increase in the amount of our variable interest rate debt, if one month SOFR and one month LIBOR increased 100 basis points, our annual cash flow would decrease by approximately $1,076,000. Our interest rate risk management objectives are to limit the impact of interest rate changes on earnings and cash flows and to lower overall borrowing costs. To achieve our objectives, we may borrow at fixed rates or variable rates. We also may enter into derivative financial instruments such as interest rate swaps and caps in order to mitigate our interest rate risk on a related financial instrument.

 

In addition to changes in interest rates, the value of our future investments is subject to fluctuations based on changes in local and regional economic conditions, change in currency rates between the Israeli Shekel and the U.S. Dollar and changes in the creditworthiness of tenants/operators, which may affect our ability to refinance our debt if necessary.

 

123

 

 

ITEM 3. PROPERTIES

 

The information required by Item 102 of Regulation S-K is set forth in Item 1. Business.

 

ITEM 4. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

 

The following table sets forth as of the date of this Form 10 certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock and shares of common stock issuable upon redemption of OP units for (1) each person who is expected to be the beneficial owner of 5% or more of our outstanding common stock, (2) each of our directors and named executive officers, and (3) all of our directors and executive officers as a group. Each person named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to all of the shares of our common stock shown as beneficially owned by such person, except as otherwise set forth in the footnotes to the table. The extent to which a person holds shares of common stock as opposed to OP units is set forth in the footnotes below.

 

The SEC has defined “beneficial ownership” of a security to mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of voting power and/or investment power over such security. A stockholder is also deemed to be, as of any date, the beneficial owner of all securities that such stockholder has the right to acquire within 60 days after that date through (1) the exercise of any option, warrant or right, (2) the conversion of a security, (3) the power to revoke a trust, discretionary account or similar arrangement or (4) the automatic termination of a trust, discretionary account or similar arrangement. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of our common stock subject to options or other rights (as set forth above) held by that person that are exercisable as of the date of this Form 10 or will become exercisable within 60 days thereafter, are deemed outstanding, while such shares are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing percentage ownership of any other person.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each named person is c/o Strawberry Fields REIT, LLC at 6101 Nimtz Parkway, South Bend, Indiana 46628. No shares beneficially owned by any executive officer, director or persons who will become directors have been pledged as security for a loan.

 

  

Number of

Shares of
Common Stock

Beneficially

Owned (1)

  

Number of

Shares of
Common Stock

and OP Units

Beneficially

Owned

  

Percentage of

All Shares of

Common

Stock(2)

  

Percentage of

All Shares of

Common Stock

and OP Units(2)

 
                 
Moishe Gubin (3)   303,869    19,094,320    5.027%   35.854%
Michael Blisko (4)   137,394    19,461,878    2.273%   36.544%
Essel Bailey   45,503    45,503    0.753%   0.085%
Jack Levine   91,005    91,005    1.506%   0.170%
Reid Shapiro                
Nahman Eingal (5)   403,240    403,240    6.671%   0.757%
All Directors, Director Nominees and Executive Officers as a group (six persons)   981,011    39,095,946    16.231%   73.411%
Beneficial Owners of More than Five Percent (5%)                    
B&N Realty Investment LLC   369,686    369,686    6.116%   0.694%
Moishe Gubin/Gubin Enterprises LP (4)   303,869    19,094,320    5.027%   35.854%
Michael Blisko/Blisko Enterprises LP (5)   137,394    19,461,878    2.273%   36.544%
Ted Lerman/A&F Realty LLC (6)   279,667    6,497,167    4.627%   12.200%
Wissati Irrevocable Trust   520,147    520,147    8.606%   0.977%
Hebrew Orthodox Congregation   592,334    750,000    9.799%   1.408%
Nahman Eingal (5)   403,240    403,240    6.671%   0.757%
Congregation Shaarei Halacha of Chestnut Ridge   522,788    522,788    8.649%   0.982%
South Bend Kollel   592,334    750,000    9.799%   1.408%
The Jewish Federation of Metropolitan Chicago   330,000    330,000    5.460%   0.620%

 

(1) Excludes shares of common stock that may be issued upon redemption of OP units.

 

124

 

 

(2) Based on an aggregate of 6,044,230 shares of common stock and an aggregate of 47,212,166 OP units (which excludes OP units held by the Company).

 

(3) Gubin Enterprises LP, a limited partnership controlled by Mr. Gubin, is the owner of 16,055,685 OP units and 220,292 shares of our common stock. In addition, Strawberry Patch Aleph LLC, a limited liability company controlled by Mr. Gubin and Michael Blisko, is the owner 54,713 shares of our common stock. New York Boys Management LLC, a limited liability company controlled by Mr. Gubin and Michael Blisko, is the owner of 3,342,014 OP units. Southern Illinois Healthcare Realty, a limited liability company controlled by Mr. Blisko and Mr. Gubin, is the owner 102,690 shares of our common stock. Energy & Power, a limited liability company controlled by Mr. Blisko and Mr. Gubin, is the owner of 75,164 shares of our common stock. R&Q Quest Insurance Limited for and on behalf of the Empire Indemnity 2 Segregated Account a segregated account controlled by Mr. Blisko and Mr. Gubin, is the owner of 2,127,517 OP units.

 

(4) Blisko Enterprises LP, a limited partnership controlled by Mr. Blisko, is the owner of 16,589,718 OP units and 63,900 shares of our common stock. In addition, Strawberry Patch Aleph LLC, a limited liability company controlled by Mr. Gubin and Michael Blisko, is the owner of 54,713 shares of our common stock. New York Boys Management LLC, a limited liability company controlled by Mr. Gubin and Michael Blisko, is the owner of 3,342,014 OP units. Southern Illinois Healthcare Realty, a limited liability company controlled by Mr. Blisko and Mr. Gubin, is the owner of 102,690 shares of our common stock. Energy & Power, a limited liability company controlled by Mr. Blisko and Mr. Gubin, is the owner of 75,164 shares of our common stock. R&Q Quest Insurance Limited for and on behalf of the Empire Indemnity 2 Segregated Account a segregated account controlled by Mr. Blisko and Mr. Gubin, is the owner of 2,127,517 OP units.

 

(5) T&N Realty LLC, a limited liability company controlled by Mr. Eingal, is the owner of 403,240 shares of our common stock.

 

(6) A&F Realty LLC, a limited liability company controlled by Mr. Lerman, is the direct and indirect owner of 6,217,500 OP units and 279,667 shares of our common stock, excluding 2,289 shares held directly by Mr. Lerman.

 

Changes in Control

 

To the knowledge of the Company, there are no arrangements, including any pledge by any person of securities of the Company or any of its parents, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the Company.

 

125

 

 

ITEM 5. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 

Our board of directors consists of five members, at least three of whom are independent under the standards of OTCQX and the Exchange Act. Our directors are elected by our stockholders at our annual meeting of stockholders to serve until the next annual meeting of our stockholders and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies. See “Item 11. Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered - Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws—Our Board of Directors.” The first annual meeting of our stockholders will be held in 2022.

 

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our directors and executive officers:

 

Name   Age   Position
Moishe Gubin   45   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
         
Essel Bailey   75   Director*
         
Michael Blisko   46   Director
         
Jack Levine   69   Director *
         
Reid Shapiro   47   Director *
         
Nahman Eingal   58   Chief Financial Officer
         
Jeffrey Bajtner   37   Senior Investment Officer

 

*We believe that these directors qualify as “independent” under OTCQX and Exchange Act standards.

 

The following is a biographical summary of the experience of our directors, director nominees and executive officers.

 

Moishe Gubin has served as the Chief Executive Officer and as a director of the Company since its organization. He has served as the Company’s Chairman of the Board since June 2021. He has served as the Chief Executive Officer of the Predecessor Company since 2014 and as the Co-Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of the BVI Company since 2015. From 2004 to 2014, Mr. Gubin was the Chief Financial Officer and manager of Infinity Healthcare Management, LLC, a company engaged in managing skilled nursing facilities and other healthcare facilities. Mr. Gubin graduated from Touro Liberal Arts and Science College, in New York, New York, with a B.S. in Accounting and Information Systems and a Minor in Jewish Studies. Mr. Gubin is the founder of the Midwest Torah Center Inc., a non-profit spiritual outreach center (www.midwesttorah.org). He also attended Yeshiva Bais Israel where he received a B.A. in Talmudic Literature. Mr. Gubin is a licensed certified public accountant in the State of New York. He also serves as a director of OptimumBank Holdings, Inc., a bank holding company based in Ft. Lauderdale, Florida. Mr. Gubin was named as a director based on his substantial experience in acquiring, owning and operating skilled nursing facility industries and similar healthcare facilities.

 

Essel Bailey has served as a director of the Company since June 2021. Mr. Bailey spent the last 50 years engaged in the public and private capital markets, first as a lawyer specializing in corporate and real estate finance and then as a senior officer or director of several healthcare companies. During the last 15 years, he has been a private investor in healthcare services and finance. From January 1992 to July 2000, he served as the chief executive officer of Omega Healthcare Investors, Inc., a Nasdaq listed REIT engaged in the ownership and leasing of healthcare properties, and from 1996 also at Omega Worldwide, Inc., a Nasdaq company engaged in ownership and leasing of healthcare properties in the United Kingdom and in Australia. He has previously served on the boards of Vitalink Pharmacy, Inc. (Nasdaq), Evergreen Healthcare, Inc. (Nasdaq) and NAREIT, the international trade association of real estate investment trusts. As a private investor, Mr. Bailey has served as an officer, director and stockholder of several private healthcare operating and finance companies, and has served on the boards of charitable organizations related to education and the environment. Mr. Bailey received his B.A. from Wesleyan University and his J.D. from University of Michigan Law School and is a member of the American Bar Association and the Michigan Bar Association. Mr. Bailey was named as a director based on his substantial experience in acquiring, owning and operating skilled nursing facilities and similar healthcare facilities.

 

126

 

 

Michael Blisko has served as a director of the Company since June 2021. Mr. Blisko is the Chief Executive Officer for Infinity Healthcare Management. Mr. Blisko is a veteran of leading healthcare consultancy portfolios, as well as the architect in creating cutting edge leadership teams. Mr. Blisko has served as a board member of Strawberry Fields REIT, LLC, the Predecessor Company. Mr. Blisko is a principal for a myriad of ancillary companies including United Rx, a long-term pharmacy, Heritage Home Health and Hospice, Xcel Med, Bella Monte Recovery, a behavioral health addiction center. Currently, Mr. Blisko is on the national executive committee for Post-Acute Care for the American Healthcare Association (AHCA) in Washington D.C. Michael founded and currently serves on the Board of Directors of The Ambassador Group which represents regional Post-Acute Operators serving over one hundred thousand residents throughout the country. Michael also serves on the Board of Directors for Optimum Bank (OPHC) a publicly traded bank based in Florida. Michael is on the Deans Advisory Board for Hofstra University Graduate School for Health and Applied Sciences. Mr. Blisko is a Licensed Nursing Home Administrator with a Master’s Degree in Healthcare Administration from Hofstra University and a BA in Talmudic Law from Bais Yisroel, Jerusalem. Mr. Blisko was named as a director based on his substantial experience in acquiring, owning and operating skilled nursing facilities and similar healthcare facilities.

 

Jack Levine is qualified as an SEC financial expert who has served as a director of the Company since June 2021. Mr. Levine is a certified public accountant who has provided financial and consulting services to private and public companies for over 35 years. As of June 2021 Mr. Levine has served as chairman of the Audit Committee for EZFill Holdings Inc. (NASDAQ: EZFL), an app-based mobile-fueling company. Since 2019, he has served as Chairman of the Audit Committee and Lead Director for Blink Charging Co. (NASDAQ: BLNK), a leading owner, operator, and supplier of proprietary electric vehicle (“EV”) charging equipment and networked EV charging services. Since 2010, he has served as a board member and chairman of the audit committee of SignPath Pharma, Inc., a clinical stage biopharmaceutical company. SignPath was a public reporting company prior to 2017. Mr. Levine also served as a chairman of the audit committee for Provista Diagnostics, Inc., a cancer detection and diagnostics company from 2011 to 2018.

 

Mr. Levine has been a licensed CPA in Florida since 1983 and in New York since 2009. He received an M.A from New York University and B.A from Hunter College of City University of New York. Mr. Levine was named as a director based on his substantial experience on boards of public entities

 

Reid Shapiro has served as a director of the Company since June 2021. Mr. Shapiro has been the owner of Shappy LLC, a company engaged in business consulting since 2014. From 1998 to 2014, he was a partner and co-founder of Elephant Group, Inc., a company engaged in the retail sale of electronic products which grew to approximately 120 locations. Mr. Shapiro was responsible for site selection for new stores, lease negotiations, build-out and retail management. Following the sale of this business to AT&T, Elephant Group transitioned to become DISH Network’s largest reseller of satellite television systems. It further diversified into the cable, telephone and home security businesses. As part of his duties at Elephant Group, Mr. Shapiro also served as the Chief Development Officer of Saveology.com, Inc., which operated a daily deal business on the internet. Mr. Shapiro has also served on the Florida Panthers NHL Advisory Board. Mr. Shapiro graduated from Yeshiva University in New York. Mr. Shapiro was named as a director based on his substantial experience in creating value for investors and entrepreneurial experience.

 

Nahman Eingal has served as our Chief Financial Officer since the Company’s inception. He has served as the Chief Operating Officer of the Predecessor Company since 2014 and as the Co-Chief Executive Officer and director of the BVI Company since 2015. From 2009 to 2014, Mr. Eingal served as the Treasurer for Infinity Healthcare Management Services II, LLC, a company engaged in managing skilled nursing facilities and other healthcare facilities. Mr. Eingal received a B.A. in economics from Rupin College and an M.B.A. in financing and banking from the Hebrew University in Jerusalem, Israel.

 

Jeffrey Bajtner has served as our Senior Investment Officer since March 2022. He joined the Company in June 2021 to oversee all acquisition and disposition activity for our portfolio. Mr. Bajtner is also our Director of Investor relations working with shareholders and prospective investors. From 2015 until joining the Company, Mr. Bajtner oversaw acquisitions and asset management at BlitzLake Partners a Chicago based real estate developer of mixed-use properties. From 2012-2015, Mr. Bajtner worked with the asset management and capital market teams at NorthStar Realty Finance Corp. focusing on healthcare, multifamily and retail investments. Mr. Bajtner received a B.S. in Accounting & Finance from Yeshiva University in 2007. Lastly, Mr. Bajtner is a licensed Certified Public Accountant in the State of Illinois.

 

127

 

 

Board of Directors

 

Our charter and bylaws provide that our board of directors will consist of such number of directors as may from time to time be fixed by our board of directors but may not less than the minimum number required under the MGCL, which is one, or more than 15. We currently have five directors. We believe that three of these directors meet the requirement to be independent under the standards of OTCQX and the Exchange Act.

 

Corporate Governance

 

We have structured our corporate governance in a manner we believe closely aligns our interests with those of our stockholders. The principal features of our corporate governance structure include the following:

 

● our board of directors is not classified, so that each of our directors will be elected annually;

 

● of the five persons who serve on our board of directors, our board of directors has determined that three of our directors satisfy the independence requirements on the OTCQX and Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act;

 

● at least one of our directors qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by the SEC;

 

● we believe that we comply with the OTCQX qualification standards, including having board committees comprised solely of independent directors;

 

● we have opted out of the business combination and control share acquisition statutes in the MGCL; and

 

● we do not have a stockholder rights plan.

 

Our directors will stay informed about our business by attending meetings of our board of directors and its committees and through supplemental reports and communications. Our independent directors will meet regularly in executive sessions without the presence of our corporate officers or non-independent directors.

 

Role of the Board in Risk Oversight

 

One of the key functions of our board of directors is oversight of our risk management process. Our board of directors administers this oversight function directly, with support from its three standing committees, the audit committee, the nominating and corporate governance committee and the compensation committee, each of which addresses risks specific to their respective areas of oversight. In particular, our audit committee has the responsibility to consider and discuss financial risk exposure and the steps our management should take to monitor and control these exposures, including guidelines and policies to govern the process by which risk assessment and management is undertaken. The audit committee also monitors compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, in addition to oversight of the performance of our internal audit function. Our nominating and corporate governance committee monitors the effectiveness of our corporate governance guidelines, including whether they are successful in preventing illegal or improper liability-creating conduct. Our compensation committee assesses and monitors whether any of our compensation policies and programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking.

 

Board Committees

 

Our board of directors has established three standing committees: an audit committee, a nominating and corporate governance committee and a compensation committee. The principal functions of each committee are described below. We intend to comply with the qualification requirements and other rules and regulations of OTCQX, as amended or modified from time to time, and each of these committees is comprised exclusively of independent directors. Additionally, our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees to facilitate the management of the Company.

 

128

 

 

Audit Committee

 

The Company has an audit committee that is initially comprised of three independent directors, consisting of Reid Shapiro, Jack Levine and Essel Bailey. We believe that Mr. Levine is qualified as an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined by the applicable SEC regulations and OTCQX corporate governance qualification standards and “financially sophisticated” as that term is defined by OTCQX. Our board has adopted an audit committee charter, which details the principal functions of the audit committee, including oversight related to:

 

● our accounting and financial reporting processes;

 

● the integrity of our consolidated financial statements and financial reporting process;

 

● our systems of disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting;

 

● our compliance with financial, legal and regulatory requirements;

 

● the evaluation of the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

● the performance of our internal audit function; and

 

● our overall risk profile.

 

The audit committee is also responsible for engaging an independent registered public accounting firm, reviewing with the independent registered public accounting firm the plans and results of the audit engagement, approving professional services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm, including all audit and non-audit services, reviewing the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm, considering the range of audit and non-audit fees and reviewing the adequacy of our internal accounting controls. The audit committee also will prepare the audit committee report required by SEC regulations to be included in our annual proxy statement.

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

 

The Company has a nominating and corporate governance committee that is initially comprised of three independent directors, consisting of Reid Shapiro, Jack Levine and Essel Bailey. Our board has adopted a nominating and corporate governance committee charter, which details the principal functions of the nominating and corporate governance committee, including:

 

● identifying and recommending to the full board of directors qualified candidates for election as directors and recommending nominees for election as directors at the annual meeting of stockholders;

 

● developing and recommending to the board of directors corporate governance guidelines and implementing and monitoring such guidelines;

 

● reviewing and making recommendations on matters involving the general operation of the board of directors, including board size and composition, and committee composition and structure;

 

● recommending to the board of directors nominees for each committee of the board of directors;

 

● annually facilitating the assessment of the board of directors’ performance as a whole and of the individual directors, as required by applicable law, regulations and OTCQX corporate governance qualification standards; and

 

● overseeing the board of directors’ evaluation of management.

 

In identifying and recommending nominees for directors, the nominating and corporate governance committee may consider diversity of relevant experience, expertise and background.

 

129

 

 

Compensation Committee

 

The Company has a compensation committee that is initially comprised of three independent directors, consisting of Reid Shapiro, Jack Levine and Essel Bailey. Our board has adopted a compensation committee charter, which detailed the principal functions of the compensation committee, including:

 

● reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our chief executive officer’s compensation, evaluating our chief executive officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration of our chief executive officer based on such evaluation;

 

● reviewing and approving the compensation of all of our other officers;

 

● reviewing our executive compensation policies and plans;

 

● implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;

 

● assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

 

● producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

 

● reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

 

Our board of directors has established a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our officers, directors and employees. Among other matters, our code of business conduct and ethics designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote:

 

● honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;

 

● full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in our SEC reports and other public communications;

 

● compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations;

 

● prompt internal reporting of violations of the code to appropriate persons identified in the code; and

 

● accountability for adherence to the code of business conduct and ethics.

 

Any waiver of the code of business conduct and ethics for our executive officers or directors must be approved by a majority of our independent directors, and any such waiver shall be promptly disclosed as required by law or OTCQX regulations.

 

Indemnification of Directors and Officers and Limitation of Liability

 

For information concerning indemnification applicable to our directors and officers, see “Item 12. Indemnification of Directors and Officers” and Item 1. Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered - Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws.”

 

130

 

 

ITEM 6. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Our executive officers are currently employed by one of our subsidiaries, Strawberry Fields Management Services LLC, or SFMS.

 

The annual base salaries of each executive officer for 2022 is set forth in the following table:

 

Name and Principal Position  Base Salary 
     
Moishe Gubin  $300,000 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer     
      
Nahman Eingal  $80,000 
Chief Financial Officer     
      
Jeffrey Bajtner   150,000 
Senior Investment Officer     

 

During 2021, the Board of Directors approved the payment of a bonus of $1,078,000 to Mr. Gubin for his services for 2021, which was paid in January 2022. Any future bonuses to Mr. Gubin or the other executive officers will be made at the discretion of the Board.

 

The Company has not adopted any compensation policies with respect to, among other things, setting base salaries, awarding bonuses or making future grants of equity awards to our management team. We expect that our compensation committee will review the current compensation of our executive officers in conjunction with the establishment of compensation policies and objectives for executive compensation. We anticipate that the compensation committee will design a compensation program that rewards, among other things, our operating results, favorable stockholder returns, and individual contributions to our success. We expect compensation incentives designed to further these goals will take the form of annual cash compensation and longer-term equity awards.

 

The table below sets forth a summary of all compensation earned, awarded or paid, as applicable, to our executive officers by SFMS for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

 

Name and Principal Position  Year   Salary   Bonus   Total 
Moishe Gubin                    
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer   2021   $300,000   $1,078,000   $1,378,000 
    2020   $300,000    -   $300,000 
                     
Nahman Eingal                    
Chief Financial Officer   2021   $80,000    -   $80,000 
    2020   $80,000    -   $80,000 

 

Transfer of Equity Interests to an Entity Controlled by Nahman Eingal

 

Pursuant to a prior commitment from the Predecessor Company, in June 2021, an entity controlled by Mr. Eingal received 208,528 OP units from the Predecessor Company at the time of the completion of the formation transactions as compensation for services rendered by Mr. Eingal to the Predecessor Company.

 

Employment Agreements

 

None of the officers of the Company are parties to any employment agreements.

 

131

 

 

Director Compensation

 

As compensation for serving on our board of directors, each of our independent directors will receive annual fees of $25,000 and $1,500 per meeting. Directors who are also officers or employees of the Company will not receive any additional compensation as directors. In addition, we will reimburse our directors for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending board of directors and committee meetings.

 

Our board of directors may change the compensation of our independent directors in its discretion.

 

2021 Equity Incentive Plan

 

The Company has adopted an equity incentive plan. The purpose of the plan is to attract and retain non-employee directors, executive officers and other key employees and service providers, including officers and employees of our affiliates, and to award their efforts toward our continued success, long-term growth and profitability. The plan provides for the grant of stock options, share awards (including restricted common stock and restricted stock units), stock appreciation rights, dividend equivalent rights, performance awards, annual incentive cash awards and other equity-based awards. There were a total of 250,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to the plan, subject to certain adjustments set forth in the plan. In connection with the formation transactions, the Company granted 19,320 shares to employees of the Company and certain of its affiliates. In October 2021 the Company granted 5,580 shares of common stock to employees of the Company and certain of its affiliates.

 

Administration of the Equity Incentive Plan

 

The equity incentive plan is administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors, except that the equity incentive plan is administered by our board of directors with respect to awards made to directors who are not employees. This summary uses the term “administrator” to refer to the compensation committee or our board of directors, as applicable. The administrator will approve all terms of awards under the equity incentive plan. The administrator also will determine who will receive grants under the equity incentive plan and the terms of each grant; provided that a director who is not an employee may not receive awards for more than $250,000 in any calendar year.

 

Eligibility

 

All of our employees and employees of our subsidiaries and affiliates, including our Operating Partnership, are eligible to receive grants under the equity incentive plan. In addition, our independent directors and individuals who perform services for us and our subsidiaries and affiliates, including individuals who perform services for the Operating Partnership, may receive grants under the equity incentive plan. Only common-law employees are eligible to receive awards of incentive stock options.

 

Share Authorization

 

The number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the equity incentive plan is 250,000 shares (approximately 0.48% of the number of outstanding shares of common stock and OP units on a fully diluted basis). In connection with stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and certain other events, our board of directors is authorized to make adjustments that it deems appropriate in the aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the equity incentive plan, the individual grant limits and the terms of outstanding awards. If any awards terminate, expire or are cancelled, forfeited, exchanged or surrendered without having been exercised or paid or are settled in cash, the shares of common stock subject to such awards will again be available for future grants under the equity incentive plan. Shares of common stock tendered or withheld to satisfy the exercise price or for tax withholding are available for future grants under the equity incentive plan. No awards under the equity incentive plan are currently outstanding and no additional grants are currently planned.

 

132

 

 

Options

 

The equity incentive plan authorizes the grant of incentive stock options (under Section 422 of the Code) and options that do not qualify as incentive stock options. The exercise price of each option will be determined by the administrator, provided that the price cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the date on which the option is granted (or 110% of the shares’ fair market value on the grant date in the case of an incentive stock option granted to an individual who is a “ten percent stockholder” under Sections 422 and 424 of the Code). The exercise price for any option will generally be payable (i) in cash, (ii) by certified check, (iii) by the surrender of shares of common stock (or attestation of ownership of shares of common stock) with an aggregate fair market value on the date on which the option is exercised, equal to the exercise price, or (iv) by payment through a broker in accordance with procedures established by the Federal Reserve Board. The term of an option cannot exceed ten years from the date of grant (or five years in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a “ten percent stockholder”).

 

Stock Awards

 

The equity incentive plan also provides for the grant of stock awards. A stock award is an award of shares of common stock that may be subject to restrictions on transferability and other restrictions as the administrator determines in its sole discretion on the date of grant. The restrictions, if any, may lapse over a specified period of time or through the satisfaction of conditions, in installments or otherwise, as the administrator may determine. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable award agreement, a participant who receives a stock award will have all of the rights of a stockholder as to those shares, including, without limitation, the right to vote the shares and the right to receive dividends or distributions on the shares; provided, however, that dividends payable on common stock subject to a stock award that does not vest solely on account of continued employment or service will be distributed only when, and to the extent that, the stock award vests. During the period, if any, when stock awards are non-transferable or forfeitable, (i) a participant is prohibited from selling, transferring, pledging, exchanging, hypothecating or otherwise disposing of his or her stock award shares, (ii) we will retain custody of any certificates evidencing such shares, and (iii) a participant must deliver a stock power to us for each stock award.

 

Stock Appreciation Rights

 

The equity incentive plan authorizes the grant of stock appreciation rights. A stock appreciation right provides the recipient with the right to receive, upon exercise of the stock appreciation right, cash, shares of common stock or a combination of the two. The amount that the recipient will receive upon exercise of the stock appreciation right generally will equal the excess of the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the date of exercise over the shares’ fair market value on the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights will become exercisable in accordance with terms determined by the administrator. Stock appreciation rights may be granted in tandem with an option grant or as independent grants. The term of a stock appreciation right cannot exceed ten years from the date of grant or five years in the case of a stock appreciation right granted in tandem with an incentive stock option awarded to a “ten percent stockholder.”

 

Performance Units

 

The equity incentive plan also authorizes the grant of performance units. Performance units represent the participant’s right to receive an amount, based on the value of a specified number of shares of common stock, if performance goals established by the administrator are met. The administrator will determine the applicable performance period, the performance goals and such other conditions that apply to the performance unit. Performance goals may relate to our financial performance or the financial performance of the Operating Partnership, the participant’s performance or such other criteria determined by the administrator. If the performance goals are met, performance units will be paid in cash, shares of common stock or a combination thereof.

 

Incentive Awards

 

The equity incentive plan also authorizes the grant of incentive awards. An incentive award entitles the participant to receive a payment if certain requirements are met. The administrator will establish the requirements that must be met before an incentive award is earned, and the requirements may be stated with reference to one or more performance measures or criteria prescribed by the administrator. A performance goal or objective may be expressed on an absolute basis or relative to the performance of one or more similarly situated companies or a published index and may be adjusted for unusual or non-recurring events, changes in applicable tax laws or accounting principles. An incentive award that is earned will be settled in a single payment that may be in cash, common stock or a combination of cash and common stock.

 

133

 

 

Other Equity-Based Awards

 

The administrator may grant other types of stock-based awards under the equity incentive plan. Other equity-based awards are payable in cash, shares of common stock or other equity, or a combination thereof, as determined by the administrator. The terms and conditions of other equity-based awards are determined by the administrator.

 

Dividend Equivalents

 

The administrator may grant dividend equivalents in connection with the grant of performance units and other equity-based awards. Dividend equivalents may be paid currently or accrued as contingent cash obligations (in which case they may be deemed to have been invested in shares of common stock); provided, however, that if the related performance units or other equity-based awards will not vest solely on account of continued employment or service, dividend equivalents will be paid only when, and to the extent that, the underlying award vests. Dividend equivalents may be payable in cash, shares of common stock or other property dividends declared on shares of common stock. The administrator will determine the terms of any dividend equivalents.

 

Change in Control

 

If we experience a change in control, the administrator may, at its discretion, provide that all outstanding options, stock appreciation rights, stock awards, performance units, incentive awards or other equity-based awards that are outstanding will be assumed by the surviving entity, or will be replaced by a comparable substitute award of the same type as the original award and that has substantially equal value granted by the surviving entity. The administrator may also provide that all outstanding options and stock appreciation rights will be fully exercisable upon the change in control, restrictions and conditions on outstanding stock awards will lapse upon the change in control and performance units, incentive awards or other equity-based awards will become earned in their entirety. The administrator may also provide that participants must surrender their outstanding options and stock appreciation rights, stock awards, performance units, incentive awards and other equity-based awards in exchange for a payment, in cash or shares of our common stock or other securities or consideration received by stockholders in the change in control transaction, equal to (i) the entire amount that can be earned under an incentive award, (ii) the value received by stockholders in the change in control transaction for each share subject to a stock award, performance unit or other equity-based award or (iii) in the case of options and stock appreciation rights, the amount by which that transaction value exceeds the exercise price.

 

A change in control under the equity incentive plan occurs if:

 

● a person, entity or affiliated group (with certain exceptions) acquires, in a transaction or series of transactions, at least 50% of the total combined voting power of our outstanding securities;

 

● we merge into another entity, unless the holders of our voting securities immediately prior to the merger have more than 50% of the combined voting power of the securities in the merged entity or its parent;

 

● we sell or dispose of all or substantially all of our assets, other than a sale or disposition to any entity more than 50% of the combined voting power and common stock of which is owned by our stockholders immediately before the sale or disposition; or

 

● during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute our board of directors together with any new directors (other than individuals who become directors in connection with certain transactions or election contests) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of our board of directors.

 

The Code has special rules that apply to “parachute payments,” i.e., compensation or benefits the payment of which is contingent upon a change in control. If certain individuals receive parachute payments in excess of a safe harbor amount prescribed by the Code, the payor is denied a federal income tax deduction for a portion of the payments and the recipient must pay a 20% excise tax, in addition to income tax, on a portion of the payments.

 

If we experience a change in control, benefits provided under the equity incentive plan could be treated as parachute payments. In that event, the equity incentive plan will provide that the plan benefits, and all other parachute payments provided under other plans and agreements, will be reduced to the safe harbor amount, i.e., the maximum amount that may be paid without excise tax liability or loss of deduction, if the reduction allows the recipient to receive greater after-tax benefits. The benefits under the equity incentive plan and other plans and agreements will not be reduced, however, if the recipient will receive greater after-tax benefits (taking into account the 20% excise tax payable by the recipient) by receiving the total benefits. The equity incentive plan will also provide that these provisions do not apply to a participant who has an agreement with us providing that the individual is entitled to indemnification from us for the 20% excise tax. Neither of our named executive officers has such an agreement providing for the indemnification of the 20% excise tax.

 

Amendment; Termination

 

Our board of directors may amend or terminate the equity incentive plan at any time, provided that no amendment may adversely impair the rights of participants under outstanding awards. Our stockholders must approve any amendment if such approval is required under applicable law or OTCQX requirements. Our stockholders also must approve any amendment that materially increases the benefits accruing to participants under the equity incentive plan, materially increases the aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the equity incentive plan (other than on account of stock dividends, stock splits, or other changes in capitalization as described above) or materially modifies the requirements as to eligibility for participation in the equity incentive plan. Unless terminated sooner by our board of directors or extended with stockholder approval, the equity incentive plan will terminate on the day before the tenth anniversary of the date our board of directors adopts the equity incentive plan.

 

134

 

 

ITEM 7. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

 

We have had and currently have relationships and transactions with related parties. Our related parties consist of our directors, executive officers, persons who beneficially own 5% or more of the shares of our common stock or 5% or more of the OP units of the Operating Partnership, members of their immediate families and their affiliates, as well as managers of the Predecessor Company, persons who beneficially owned more than 5% of the membership interests in the Predecessor Company, members of their immediate family members and their affiliates.

 

We have described below relationships and transactions since January 1, 2020 with related parties in which the amount involved exceeded $120,000, and all currently proposed transactions which exceed $120,000.

 

The relationships and transactions described below relate to transactions with Moishe Gubin, who is our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and one of the Controlling Members of the Predecessor Company, Michael Blisko, who is one of our directors and one of the Controlling Members of the Predecessor Company, Ted Lerman, who is the third Controlling Member of the Predecessor Company, Nahman Eingal, who is our Chief Financial Officer, and Steven Blisko, who is the brother of Michael Blisko, and their affiliated entities. There were no other reportable relationships and transactions with related parties.

 

Formation Transactions

 

On June 8, 2021, pursuant to a contribution agreement among the Company, the Predecessor Company and the Operating Partnership, the Predecessor Company contributed all of its assets to the Operating Partnership, and the Operating Partnership assumed all of its liabilities. In exchange, our Operating Partnership issued an aggregate of 51,686,280 OP units to the Predecessor Company. The Predecessor Company distributed these OP units to its members, and certain of these members transferred their OP units to their beneficial owners and other transferees. We subsequently exchanged 5,824,846 of these OP units for 5,824,846 shares of our common stock.

 

The assets that were contributed to the Operating Partnership by the Predecessor Company included all of the shares of the BVI Company, all of the membership interests in three property-owning limited liability companies owned directly by the Predecessor Company and all of the membership interests in SFMS. The BVI Company continues to own, through wholly-owned subsidiaries, all of our 78 properties and to hold, through a wholly-owned subsidiary, one lease for an additional property.

 

The contribution agreement was not negotiated on an arms’ length basis and may not be as favorable to us as an agreement negotiated on an arms’ length basis. We did not obtain independent third-party appraisals of the assets owned by the Predecessor Company for purposes of the formation transactions nor any independent third-party valuation or fairness opinion. Accordingly, the value of the OP units that we issued as consideration for the assets of the Predecessor Company in the formation transactions may have exceeded their aggregate fair market value.

 

Payment of Organizational Expenses

 

The Predecessor Company funded $2,465,000 in the organizational incurred by the Company until the consummation of the formation transactions.

 

Related Party Debt

 

During the period from January 1, 2020, through September 30, 2020, the Predecessor Company was indebted to Strawberry Patch Aleph, LLC, a company controlled by Moishe Gubin and Michael Blisko, with respect to loans made by Strawberry Patch Aleph, LLC to the Predecessor Company. The maximum principal amount owed to Strawberry Patch Aleph, LLC during this period was $1.3 million. The debt was repaid in full in September 2020. No interest was paid on this indebtedness.

 

135

 

 

During the period from January 1, 2020, through September 30, 2020, the Predecessor Company was indebted to Strawberry Patch Bet, LLC, a company controlled by Moishe Gubin and Michael Blisko, with respect to loans made by Strawberry Patch Bet, LLC to the Predecessor Company The maximum principal amount owed to Strawberry Patch Bet, LLC during this period was $4.1 million. The amount of $1,950,000 of this debt was repaid in September 2020 through the issuance of membership interests in the Predecessor Company to Strawberry Patch Bet, LLC, and the balance was repaid in cash. The amount of interest paid to Strawberry Patch Bet, LLC during this period was $163,000.

 

During the period from January 1, 2020, through September 30, 2020, the Predecessor Company was indebted to New York Boys Management, LLC, a company controlled by Moishe Gubin and Michael Blisko, with respect to loans made by New York Boys Management, LLC to the Predecessor Company. The maximum principal amount owed to New York Boys Management, LLC, during this period was $395,000. The debt was repaid in September 2020. No interest was paid on this indebtedness.

 

During the period from January 1, 2020, through October 30, 2020, the Predecessor Company was indebted to Evergreen Insurance, LLC, a company controlled by Moishe Gubin and Michael Blisko, with respect to loans made by Evergreen Insurance, LLC to the Predecessor Company. The maximum principal amount owed to Evergreen Insurance, LLC, during this period was $1.7 million. The debt was repaid in October 2020. No interest was paid on this indebtedness.

 

During the period from January 1, 2020, through September 30, 2020, the Predecessor Company was indebted to 516 West Frech, LLC, a company controlled by Moishe Gubin and Michael Blisko with respect to loans made by 516 West Frech, LLC to the Predecessor Company. The maximum principal amount owed to 516 West Frech, LLC during this period was $1.3 million. The debt was repaid in September 2020 through the issuance of membership interests in the Predecessor Company. No interest was paid on this indebtedness.

 

During the period from January 1, 2020, through September 30, 2020, the Predecessor Company was indebted to Infinity Funding, LLC, a company controlled by Moishe Gubin and Michael Blisko with respect to loans made by Infinity Funding, LLC to the Predecessor Company. The maximum principal amount owed to Infinity Funding LLC, during this period was $2.0 million. The debt was repaid in September 2020. No interest was paid on this indebtedness.

 

During the period from January 1, 2020, through August 31, 2020, the Predecessor Company was indebted to A&F Realty, LLC, a company controlled by Ted Lerman, one of the Controlling Members of the Predecessor Company with respect to loans made by A&F Realty, LLC to the Predecessor Company. The maximum principal amount owed to A&F Realty during this period was $8.2 million. The Predecessor Company repaid all amounts owned to A&F Realty in August 2020. The amount of interest paid to A&F Realty during this period was $623,000.

 

As of the date of this Form 10, we had no related party indebtedness.

 

Lease Agreements with Related Parties

 

Leases with Affiliates of Moishe Gubin, Michael Blisko and Ted Lerman

 

As of the date of this Form 10, the Company leased 41 facilities to affiliates of Moishe Gubin, Michael Blisko and Ted Lerman. Moishe Gubin is our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and one of the Controlling Members of the Predecessor Company, Michael Blisko is one of our directors and one of the Controlling Members of the Predecessor Company, and Ted Lerman is the third Controlling Member of the Predecessor Company. Twenty-five of these facilities are leased under three master lease agreements in which the tenants are jointly and severally liable for all lease payments under each such master lease agreement, and the remaining 16 facilities are leased under separate lease agreements. The aggregate amount of annualized base rent payable under these leases as of the date of this Form 10 is $52.86 million. A default under one master lease agreement will not result in a default under any other master lease agreement.

 

136

 

 

The following table sets forth information concerning leases with affiliates of Moishe Gubin, Michael Blisko and Ted Lerman as of date of this Form 10. Each of these leases is a triple-net lease except as noted.

 

Master Leases with Affiliates of Moishe Gubin, Michael Blisko and Ted Lerman
State  Lessor/Company Subsidiary  Tenant/Operator  Average Annualized Base Rent   Annual Escalator   Lease Maturity Date  Extension Options
Master Lease Indiana
IN  1020 West Vine Street Realty, LLC  The Waters of Princeton II, LLC  $1,045,506    3.0%  8/1/2025  2 five year
IN  12803 Lenover Street Realty, LLC  The Waters of Dillsboro - Ross Manor II, LLC   1,353,655    3.0%  8/1/2025  2 five year
IN  1350 North Todd Drive Realty, LLC  The Waters of Scottsburg II, LLC   1,089,527    3.0%  8/1/2025  2 five year
IN  1600 East Liberty Street Realty, LLC  The Waters of Covington II, LLC   1,309,634    3.0%  8/1/2025  2 five year
IN  1601 Hospital Drive Realty, LLC  The Waters of Greencastle II, LLC   1,100,532    3.0%  8/1/2025  2 five year
IN  1712 Leland Drive Realty, LLC  The Waters of Huntingburg II, LLC   1,045,506    3.0%  8/1/2025  2 five year
IN  2055 Heritage Drive Realty, LLC  The Waters of Martinsville II, LLC   1,133,548    3.0%  8/1/2025  2 five year
IN  3895 South Keystone Avenue Realty, LLC  The Waters of Indianapolis II, LLC   891,431    3.0%  8/1/2025  2 five year
IN  405 Rio Vista Lane Realty, LLC  The Waters of Rising Sun II, LLC   638,309    3.0%  8/1/2025  2 five year
IN  950 Cross Avenue Realty, LLC  The Waters of Clifty Falls II, LLC   1,518,735    3.0%  8/1/2025  2 five year
IN  958 East Highway 46 Realty, LLC  The Water of Batesville II, LLC   946,458    3.0%  8/1/2025  2 five year
IN  2400 Chateau Drive Realty, LLC  The Waters of Muncie II, LLC   792,383    3.0%  8/1/2025  2 five year
IN  The Big H2O, LLC  The Waters of New Castle II, LLC   726,351    3.0%  8/1/2025  2 five year

 

137

 

 

Master Lease Tennessee 1
TN  115 Woodlawn Drive, LLC  Lakebridge a Waters Community, LLC   1,514,820    3.00%  8/1/2031  2 five years
TN  146 Buck Creek Road, LLC  The Waters of Roan Highlands, LLC   1,111,794    3.00%  8/1/2031  2 five years
TN  704 5th Avenue East, LLC  The Waters of Springfield, LLC   917,230    3.00%  8/1/2031  2 five years
TN  2501 River Road, LLC  The Waters of Cheatham, LLC   1,111,794    3.00%  8/1/2031  2 five years
TN  202 Enon Springs Road East, LLC  The Waters of Smyrna, LLC   1,264,666    3.00%  8/1/2031  2 five years
TN  140 Technology Lane, LLC  The Waters of Johnson City, LLC   1,167,384    3.00%  8/1/2031  2 five years
TN  835 Union Street, LLC  The Waters of Shelbyville, LLC   1,334,153    3.00%  8/1/2031  2 five years
Master Lease Tennessee 2
TN  505 North Roan Street, LLC  Agape Rehabilitation & Nursing Center, A Water’s Community   1,628,910    3.00%  7/1/2031  2 five years
TN  14510 Highway 79, LLC  Waters of McKenzie, A Rehabilitation & Nursing Center   1,279,858    3.00%  7/1/2031  2 five years
TN  6500 Kirby Gate Boulevard, LLC  Waters of Memphis, A Rehabilitation & Nursing Center   1,745,261    3.00%  7/1/2031  2 five years
TN  978 Highway 11 South, LLC  Waters of Sweetwater, A Rehabilitation & Nursing Center   1,745,261    3.00%  7/1/2031  2 five years
TN  2830 Highway 394, LLC  Waters of Bristol, A Rehabilitation & Nursing Center   2,327,014    3.00%  7/1/2031  2 five years

 

138

 

 

Other Lease Agreements with Affiliates of Moishe Gubin, Michael Blisko and Ted Lerman
State  Lessor/Company Subsidiary  Tenant/Operator  Annual Base Rent   Annual Escalator   Lease Maturity  Extension Options
IL  Ambassador Nursing Realty, LLC  Ambassador Nursing and Rehabilitation Center II, LLC  $1,005,313    3.00%  2/28/2026  2 five year
IL  Momence Meadows Realty, LLC (1)  Momence Meadows Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC  $1,038,000       12/30/2025  None
IL  Oak Lawn Nursing Realty, LLC (1)  Oak Lawn Respiratory and Rehabilitation Center, LLC  $1,083,048       6/1/2031  None
IL  Forest View Nursing Realty, LLC  Forest View Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC  $1,215,483    3.00%  12/1/2024  2 five year
IL  Lincoln Park Holdings, LLC (1)  Lakeview Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC  $1,260,000       5/31/2031  None
IL  Continental Nursing Realty, LLC (1)  Continental Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC  $1,575,348       3/1/2031  None
IL  Westshire Nursing Realty, LLC  City View Multi care Center LLC  $1,788,365    3.00%  9/1/2025  2 five year
IL  Belhaven Realty, LLC  Belhaven Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC  $2,134,570    3.00%  2/28/2026  2 five year
IL  West Suburban Nursing Realty, LLC (1)  West Suburban Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC  $1,961,604       11/1/2027  None
IL  Niles Nursing Realty, LLC  Niles Nursing & Rehab, LLC  $2,409,998    3.00%  2/28/2026  2 five year
IL  Parkshore Estates Nursing Realty, LLC  Parkshore Estates Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC  $2,454,187    3.00%  12/1/2024  2 five year

 

139

 

 

IL  Midway Neurological and Rehabilitation Realty, LLC  Midway Neurological and Rehabilitation Center, LLC  $2,547,712    3.00%  2/28/2026  2 five year
IL  516 West Frech Street, LLC  Parker Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC  $498,350    Varies between $12,000-$24,000 annually   3/31/2031  None
IL  4343 Kennedy Drive, LLC  Hope Creek Nursing and Rehabilitation Center, LLC   478,958    2.00%  10/1/2030  2 five year
IN  1316 North Tibbs Avenue Realty LLC  West Park, a water community  $549,884    3.00%  6/1/2024  2 five year
IN  1585 Perry Worth Road LLC  The Waters of Lebanon LLC  $116,677    3.00%  6/1/2027  2 five years

 

(1) These are gross leases.

 

Leases with Affiliates of Steven Blisko

 

Prior to June 30, 2022, we leased six facilities to entities that are affiliates of Steven Blisko Steven Blisko is the brother of Michael Blisko, who is one of our directors. Steven Blisko does not own, either directly or indirectly, any interest in the Predecessor Company, does not serve as a manager, director or officer of the Predecessor Company and does not serve as a director or officer of the Company. Steven Blisko owns 300 of shares of our common stock.

 

On April 4, 2022, we were notified that the tenants under the master leases for 6 facilities located in central Illinois intended to default with respect to their lease agreements due to operating losses. The tenants indicated that their operating losses were partially due to decreased occupancy caused by COVID-19. The tenants are affiliates of Steven Blisko, who is the brother of Michael Blisko, one of our directors. These leases provided for a combined rent of $225,000 per month, or $2.7 million per year. All payments due under these leases were paid through mid-June 2022. On July 1, 2022, the Company entered into new lease agreements with an unaffiliated third party operator to lease these properties. The new leases have terms of 10 years each and provide for combined average base rent of $180,000 per month, or $2.3 million per year over the life of the leases. The Company expects to recognize a loss of approximately $1,080,000 in the second quarter of 2022 due to the write-off of straight-line rent receivable related to the former leases.

 

140

 

 

Acquisition of Properties Leased to Related Parties

 

Since January 1, 2020, we have acquired seven properties from unaffiliated third parties that were leased to related parties, as follows:

 

On October 1, 2020, we acquired a property located in Illinois from an unaffiliated third party for a purchase price of $4.0 million, which we paid in cash. This property contains 245 skilled nursing facility beds and approximately 104,000 square feet. Concurrently with the closing of the acquisition, we leased this property on a triple net basis to Hope Creek Nursing and Rehabilitation Center, LLC, an affiliate of Moishe Gubin and Michael Blisko, which will operate and manage the property. The lease has an initial term of 10 years with two extension options of five years each. The lease provides for annual base rent of $400,000 in the first year, $450,000 in the second year and annual increases of approximately 2% thereafter. In addition, we granted Hope Creek Nursing and Rehabilitation Center, LLC, the operator of the facility and an affiliate of Moishe Gubin and Michael Blisko, an option to purchase the property for an option price of $4.6 million during 2020, which will increase by $600,000 in each subsequent year during the term of the option.

 

On August 25, 2021, we acquired five properties located in Tennessee and one in Kentucky from unaffiliated third parties for an aggregate acquisition cost of $81.0 million, which we paid through the issuance of 1,545,217 OP units valued at $16,997,000 and a cash payment of $63,990,000. The properties contain skilled nursing facilities of approximately 223,000 square feet and 515 beds. The Company financed part of the cash portion of the purchase price from the net proceeds received by the Company from a sale of Series C Bonds in Israel. Moishe Gubin and the sellers have entered into an agreement, pursuant to which Mr. Gubin has agreed to purchase the OP units issued to the sellers, unless the sellers elect to retain of the OP units. In the event that the sellers do not elect to retain the OP units, then Mr. Gubin will be required to pay to the sellers an amount (less any distributions paid to the sellers) equal to the greater of value of $11.00 per OP unit (which represents the agreed value of the OP units issued to pay a portion of the purchase price for the properties) or the value of the shares of our common stock as of the date of the repurchase. The value of the shares of our common stock would be determined pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement of the Operating Partnership, which provides that the value is equal to the average of the daily market prices of such shares for the ten consecutive trading days immediately preceding the date of such valuation, or, if the shares are not then traded, the value shall be determined by the Company acting in good faith on the basis of such information as it considers, in its reasonable judgment, to be appropriate.

 

141

 

 

We have leased the five Tennessee facilities to affiliates of Moishe Gubin, Michael Blisko and Ted Lerman, under a new Tennessee master lease. The tenants are Agape Rehabilitation & Nursing Center, A Water’s Community, LLC Waters of McKenzie, A Rehabilitation & Nursing Center, LLC, Waters of Memphis, A Rehabilitation & Nursing Center, LLC, Waters of Sweetwater, A Rehabilitation & Nursing Center, LLC, and Waters of Bristol, A Rehabilitation & Nursing Center, LLC. We also leased the one Kentucky property to an unrelated third party under the existing Landmark master lease. The Tennessee properties were leased to the affiliated tenants on a triple net basis, which will operate and manage the properties. The lease has an initial term of 10 years with two extension options of five years each. The lease provides for annual base rent of $7.6 million in the first year, $7.8 in the second year and annual increases of approximately 3% thereafter.

 

Management Services from Strawberry Fields Management Services LLC

 

Prior to September 30, 2020, the Predecessor Company was a party to a management services agreement with SFMS, pursuant to which, SFMS managed the day-to-day operations of the Predecessor Company. The Predecessor Company paid management fees to SFMS equal to 2% of the actual rental income of the Predecessor Company. The fees were $1,084,000 during the first nine months of 2020, $1.36 million in 2019 and $1.15 million in 2018. SFMS was an affiliate of Moishe Gubin, who is our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and one of the Controlling Members of the Predecessor Company and Michael Blisko, who is one of our directors and one of the Controlling Members of the Predecessor Company. On September 30, 2020, the Predecessor Company acquired SFMS. SFMS was contributed to the Operating Partnership along with all the other assets and liabilities of the Predecessor Company as part of the formation transactions. As a result, SFMS is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Operating Partnership.

 

Guarantees from Moishe Gubin and Michael Blisko

 

During 2021, Moishe Gubin and Michael Blisko were liable under guarantees of certain mortgage loans made to the Company. Due to the refinancing of these loans in 2022, they are no longer liable under these guarantees.

 

Sale of Membership Interests by Predecessor Company

 

In September 2020, the Predecessor Company issued 71 common units and 462 of preferred units to 20 entities and individuals at a price of $40,000 per common unit and $45,000 per preferred unit. The total purchase price for the units sold in this offering was $23,630,000, of which $20,340,000 was paid in cash and the balance was paid through the cancellation of debt owned by the Predecessor Company to the purchasers. The purchasers include the following related parties:

 

● Empire Indemnity, a company controlled by Moishe Gubin and Michael Blisko, which purchased 402 preferred units for an aggregate cash price of $18,090,000.

 

● 516 West Frech St II, LLC, a company controlled by Moishe Gubin and Michael Blisko, which acquired 11 common units and 20 preferred units for an aggregate price of $1,340,000, which was paid through cancellation of indebtedness owed by the Predecessor Company to the purchaser.

 

● Strawberry Patch Bet, LLC, a company controlled by Moishe Gubin and Michael Blisko, which acquired 15 common units and 30 preferred units for an aggregate price of $1,950,000, which was paid through cancellation of indebtedness owed by the Predecessor Company to the purchaser.

 

● T&N Realty, LLC, a company controlled by Nahman Eingal, one of the Company’s executive officers, which purchased 2 common units and 4 preferred units for an aggregate cash price of $260,000.

 

In December 2020, the Predecessor Company issued 121 common units to 6 investors at prices ranging from $40,000 to $45,000 per common unit. The total purchase price for the units sold was $5,435,000, all of which was paid in cash. Cecilia Blisko, Michael Blisko’s mother, purchased 3 common units for $45,000 each.

 

In December 2020, the Predecessor Company issued 73 preferred units to Empire Indemnity, a company controlled by Moishe Gubin and Michael Blisko in exchange for a cash purchase price of $45,000 per preferred unit.

 

142

 

 

Redemption of Membership Interests by Predecessor Company

 

In November 2020, the Predecessor Company redeemed 54 preferred units from members of the Predecessor Company who were related parties in the following transactions:

 

● The Predecessor Company redeemed 20 preferred units from 516 West Frech St II, LLC, a company controlled by Moishe Gubin and Michael Blisko, for an aggregate cash price of $900,000.

 

● The Predecessor Company redeemed 30 preferred units from Strawberry Patch Bet, LLC, a company controlled by Moishe Gubin and Michael Blisko, for an aggregate cash price of $1,350,000.

 

● The Predecessor Company redeemed 4 preferred units held by T&N Realty, LLC, a company controlled by Nahman Eingal, one of the Company’s executive officers, for an aggregate cash price of $180,000.

 

Issuance of Shares in Exchange for OP Units

 

In May 2022, the Company issued 29,410 shares of common stock in exchange for an equal number of OP Units held by entities controlled by Michael Blisko, Moishe Gubin and Ted Lerman.

 

Partnership Agreement

 

In connection with the formation transactions, the partnership agreement of our Operating Partnership was amended and restated. The Operating Partnership issued 51,686,280 OP units to the Predecessor Company at the time of the formation transactions, which were distributed to the beneficial owners of the Predecessor Company. The holders of the OP units became limited partners in our Operating Partnership. See “Item. 11. Description of the Partnership Agreement of Strawberry Fields Realty LP.”

 

Pursuant to the amended and restated partnership agreement of our Operating Partnership, limited partners of our Operating Partnership have redemption rights, which entitle them to require our Operating Partnership to redeem their OP units in exchange for cash or, at the Company’s option, for shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis, provided that OP units issued in the formation transactions must be outstanding for at least one year (or such lesser time as determined by the Company in its sole and absolute discretion), subject to certain adjustments and the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock set forth in our charter.

 

Registration Rights

 

We have granted those persons who received OP units in the formation transactions, including affiliates of our directors and officers who received OP units in the formation transactions, certain registration rights with respect to those shares of our common stock that may be issued to them, including in connection with the exercise of the redemption rights under the partnership agreement of our Operating Partnership. None of these OP units may be redeemed for at least one year after their issue date (or such lesser time as determined by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion). The Company has no plans to approve a shorter period for any person.

 

Under the partnership agreement of our Operating Partnership, we agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to file, following the date on which we become eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 under the Securities Act, a registration statement registering the issuance and resale of the common stock issuable upon redemption of the OP units issued as part of the formation transactions. We will not be eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 until one year after the effective date of the registration statement of which this Form 10 is a part. We agreed to pay all of the expenses relating to such registration statements. See “Item 9. Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Registration Rights.”

 

143

 

 

Tax Protection Agreement

 

We entered into a tax protection agreement with the members of the Predecessor Company, pursuant to which we agreed to indemnify Predecessor Company, its members and their beneficial owners (the “protected parties”) against certain potential adverse tax consequences to them, which may affect the way in which we conduct our business in the future, including with respect to when and under what circumstances we sell certain properties or interests therein or repay debt. The protected parties include Strawberry Patch Aleph, LLC, Strawberry Patch Bet, LLC, Southern Illinois Healthcare Realty LLC, 735 West Diversey Parkway, LLC, 516 West Frech St II, LLC and T&N Realty, LLC, who are affiliates of Moishe Gubin, who is our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and one of the Controlling Members of the Predecessor Company, Michael Blisko, who is one of our directors and one of the Controlling Members of the Predecessor Company, Ted Lerman, who is the third Controlling Member of the Predecessor Company and Nahman Eingal, who is our Chief Financial Officer.

 

The potential adverse tax consequences against which we will indemnify the protected parties include future gain with respect to any negative capital account balances that exist after formation or that are “built-in” gain relating to assets that the protected parties are deemed to contribute to the Company. It is anticipated that the total amount of taxable built-in gain on the protected contributed properties and other assets is approximately $394.8 million. The built-in gain associated with each property was recognized as taxable income by the members of the Predecessor Company in the event that the property were sold or the indebtedness on such property were reduced. Under the tax protection agreement, we will reimburse the members of the Predecessor Company for any federal and state income tax liability that they may incur as a result of the recognition of this income. The aggregate amount of such potential reimbursement is estimated to be $165.2 million. In this regard, the Company has granted the tenant of one of the Company’s properties, an SNF located in Illinois, an option to purchase this property. If the tenant had exercised its option as of March 31, 2022, the Company would have recognized a built-in gain of approximately $1.88 million on such property, which could have required the Company to make a tax indemnity payment of approximately $0.7 million. The Company has entered into an option agreement with the tenants in 13 of the Company’s properties in Arkansas to grant these tenants an option to purchase the properties for an aggregate price of $90 million. If the Company had sold these properties for this price as of March 31, 2022, the Company would have recognized a built-in gain of approximately $44.2 million on such properties, which could have required the Company to make a tax indemnity payment of approximately $18.2 million.

 

The provisions of the tax protection agreement originally obligated us to offer the protected parties the opportunity to guarantee debt, or, alternatively, to enter into a deficit restoration obligation, in a manner intended to provide an allocation of Operating Partnership liabilities to the partner for federal income tax purposes. In March 2022, the protected parties waived their rights under these provisions.

 

The amount of tax liability described above is calculated without regard to any deductions, losses or credits that may be available. See “Item 1. Business - Structure and Formation of Our Company—Tax Protection Agreement.”

 

Indemnification

 

Our charter provides that we will indemnify our directors and officers, and we intend to enter into an indemnification agreement with each of our executive officers and directors, providing for procedures for indemnification and advancements by us of certain expenses and costs relating to claims, suits or proceedings arising from their service to us or, at our request, service to other entities, as officers or directors, or in certain other capacities, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law. See “Item 11. Description of Registrant’s Securities - Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers.”

 

Director Independence

 

The information concerning director independence is set forth in Item 5. Directors and Executive Officers

 

144

 

 

ITEM 8. LEGAL PROCEEDING

 

We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings other than the following:

 

In March 2020, Joseph Schwartz, Rosie Schwartz and certain companies owned by them filed a complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Illinois against Moishe Gubin, Michael Blisko, the Predecessor Company and 21 of its subsidiaries, as well as the operators of 17 of the facilities operated at our properties. The complaint was related to the Predecessor Company’s acquisition of 16 properties located in Arkansas, Kentucky and Illinois that were completed between May 2018 and April 2019 and the attempt to purchase additional 5 properties located in Massachusetts. The complaint was dismissed by the court in 2020 for lack of subject matter jurisdiction. The plaintiffs did not file an appeal with respect to this action, and the time for an appeal has expired.

 

In August 2020, Joseph Schwartz, Rosie Schwartz and several companies controlled by them filed a second complaint in the Circuit Court in Pulaski County, Arkansas. The second complaint had nearly identical claims as the federal case, but was limited to matters related to the Predecessor Company’s acquisition of properties located in Arkansas. The sellers, which were affiliates of Skyline Health Care, had encountered financial difficulties and requested the Predecessor Company to acquire these properties. The defendants have filed an answer denying the plaintiffs’ claims and asserting counterclaims based on breach of contract. The parties are currently engaged in discovery.

 

In January 2021, Joseph Schwartz, Rosie Schwartz and certain companies owned by them filed a third complaint in Illinois state court in Cook County, Illinois, which has nearly identical claims to the initial federal case, but was limited to claims related to the Kentucky and Massachusetts properties. The complaint has not been properly served on any of the defendants, and, accordingly, the defendants have not responded to the complaint.

 

In each of these complaints, the plaintiffs asserted claims for fraud, breach of contract and rescission arising out of the defendants alleged failure to perform certain post-closing obligations under the purchase contracts. We have potential direct exposure for these claims because the subsidiaries of the Predecessor Company that were named as defendants are now subsidiaries of the Operating Partnership. Additionally, the Operating Partnership is potentially liable for the claims made against Moishe Gubin, Michael Blisko and the Predecessor Company pursuant to the provisions of the contribution agreement, under which the Operating Partnership assumed all of the liabilities of the Predecessor Company and agreed to indemnify the Predecessor Company and its affiliates for such liabilities. We and the named defendants believe that the claims set forth in the complaints are without merit. The named defendants intend to vigorously defend the litigation and to assert counterclaims against the plaintiffs based on their failure to fulfill their obligations under the purchase contracts, interim management agreement, and operations transfer agreements. We believe this matter will be resolved without a material adverse effect to the Company.

 

As noted above, the March 2020 and January 2021 complaints also related to the Predecessor Company’s planned acquisition of five properties located in Massachusetts. Certain subsidiaries of the Predecessor Company purchased loans related to these properties in 2018 for a price of $7.74 million with the expectation that the subsidiaries would acquire title to the properties and the loans would be retired. The subsidiaries subsequently advanced $3.1 million under the loans to satisfy other liabilities related to the properties. The planned acquisition/settlement with the sellers/owners/borrowers was cancelled because they were forced to surrender their licenses to operate healthcare facilities on these properties due to their cash flow issues. The Predecessor Company intends to institute legal proceedings to collect the outstanding amount of these loans and to assert related claims against the sellers and their principals. In July 2022, the receiver for the these five properties sold them at auction for the total amount of $7.4 million. The Company is seeking recover a portion of the proceeds from the receiver.

 

Other Matters

 

From time to time, the Predecessor Company has been, and we, in the future, may be parties to other claims and routine litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. We do not believe that the outcome of any such claims or litigation, individually or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position or results of operations.

 

145

 

 

ITEM 9. MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

Shares Eligible For Future Sale

 

Prior to this filing of this Form 10, there has been no public market for our common stock. We intend to apply for qualification for trading of the shares of our common stock on the OTCQX. There can be no assurance that our application will be approved. In the event that our shares of common stock are qualified for trading on the OTCQX, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in any public market that might develop if our common stock is qualified for trading on the OTCQX, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect any public price of our common stock.

 

Future sales of our common stock in any public market that may develop, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices that might prevail from time to time.

 

As of the date of this Form 10, we have 6,044,230 outstanding shares of our common stock, consisting of 5,824,846 shares issued in exchange for OP Units that were issued in the formation transactions, 24,900 shares granted to employees of the Company and its affiliates under our equity incentive plan and 194,484 shares issued in exchange for OP Units in May 2022. All of these shares are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and may not be publicly sold in the absence of registration under the Securities Act unless an exemption from registration is available, including the exemption contained in Rule 144.

 

Once we have been a reporting company subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for 90 days and assuming the availability of certain public information about us, (i) non-affiliates who have beneficially owned our common stock for at least six months may rely on Rule 144 to sell their shares of common stock, and (ii) our directors, executive officers and other affiliates who have beneficially owned our common stock for at least six months may rely on Rule 144 to sell their shares of common stock, subject to volume limitation under Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

On June 8, 2022, 4,987,723 of the outstanding shares of our common stock held by non-affiliates of the Company for one year became freely tradable under Rule 144.

 

For a description of certain additional restrictions on transfers of shares of our common stock held by certain of our stockholders, see “Item 11. Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered —Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.”

 

Rule 144

 

Rule 144 provides an exemption for the resale of securities under the Securities Act.

 

Under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the effective date of this Form 10, a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of the Company at any time during the three months preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned our shares considered to be restricted securities under Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned shares considered to be restricted securities under Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.

 

An affiliate of ours who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

● 1.0% of the shares of our common stock then outstanding, which equals approximately 60,442 shares based on the number of shares outstanding as of the date of this Form 10; or

 

146

 

 

● the average weekly reported volume of trading in shares of our common stock on all national securities exchanges and/or reported through the automated quotation system of a registered securities association during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.

 

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

 

Rule 701

 

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who acquired shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our Company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits our affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by that rule to wait until 90 days after the effective date of this Form 10 before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701.

 

Redemption/Exchange Rights

 

The Operating Partnership has 53,256,397 outstanding OP units, consisting of 6,044,230 OP units held by us, 45,666,950 OP units issued in the formation transactions which are held by beneficial owners of the Predecessor Company and their transferees, and 1,545,217 OP units issued to the sellers and broker of certain properties acquired by the Operating Partnership in August 2021.

 

Commencing on June 8, 2022, the 45,666,950 OP Units that are held by beneficial owners of the Predecessor Company and their transferees may be redeemed by the holders, for cash, or at our option, for shares of our common stock, on a one-for-one basis.

 

Commencing on August 25, 2022, the 1,545,217 OP units issued to the sellers and broker of the properties acquired by the Operating Partnership may be redeemed by these holders, for cash, or at our option, for shares of our common stock, on a one-for-one basis, unless we agree to allow them to redeem the OP units prior to August 25, 2022. Moishe Gubin, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, also agreed to purchase the OP units issued to the sellers either at cost or fair market value (whichever is higher) 12 months after the closing at the option of the sellers.

 

The redemption of the OP units is subject to the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock set forth in our charter and described under the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.” See “Item 11. Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered Description of the Partnership Agreement of Strawberry Fields Realty LP.”

 

Registration Rights

 

Pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement of our Operating Partnership, and the terms of the contribution agreement pursuant to which we acquired the assets and liabilities of the Predecessor Company, we agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to file, following the date on which we become eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 under the Securities Act, one or more registration statements registering the issuance and resale of the common stock issuable upon redemption of the OP units and the resale of the common stock issued in the formation transfers. We will pay all of the expenses relating to such registration statements. We will not be eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 under the Securities Act until twelve months after the effective date of this Form 10.

 

Equity Incentive Plan

 

We have adopted an equity incentive plan. The plan provides for the grant of various types of incentive awards to directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Company and our subsidiaries and affiliates, including our Operating Partnership. An aggregate of 250,000 shares of our common stock are authorized for issuance under the equity incentive plan. We have issued 24,900 shares to certain employees of the Company and its affiliates under the plan.

 

147

 

 

We currently have no plans to issue additional shares or other equity awards under the plan. In the event that we elect to issue additional equity awards under the plan, we plan to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering awards and shares of our common stock issuable under the plan. Any shares of our common stock covered by the Form S-8 would be eligible for transfer or resale without restriction under the Securities Act unless held by affiliates.

 

Distribution Policy

 

We intend to elect and qualify to be treated as a REIT commencing with the 2022 calendar year.

 

We intend to pay dividends in 2022 and thereafter in an amount that is sufficient to comply with the distribution requirements applicable to REITs. U.S. federal income tax law requires that a REIT distribute annually at least 90% of its net taxable income, excluding net capital gains, and that it pay tax at regular corporate rates to the extent that it annually distributes less than 100% of its net taxable income, including net capital gains. In addition, a REIT is required to pay a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the amount, if any, by which the distributions that it makes in a calendar year are less than the sum of 85% of its ordinary income, 95% of its capital gain net income and 100% of its undistributed income from prior years.

 

To satisfy the requirements to qualify as a REIT and generally not be subject to U.S. federal income and excise tax, commencing in 2022, we generally intend to make regular quarterly distributions to holders of our common stock, beginning at such time as our board of directors determines that we have sufficient cash flow to do so, over time in an amount equal to our taxable income. Although we anticipate making quarterly distributions to our stockholders over time, our board of directors has the sole discretion to determine the timing, form (including cash and shares of our common stock at the election of each of our stockholders) and amount of any distributions to our stockholders. Although not currently anticipated, in the event that our board of directors determines to make distributions in excess of the income or cash flow generated from our portfolio of assets, we may make such distributions from the proceeds of future offerings of equity or debt securities or other forms of debt financing or the sale of assets.

 

If we elect to pay a taxable stock distribution, our stockholders would be sent a form that would allow each stockholder to elect to receive its proportionate share of such distribution in all cash or in all stock and the distribution will be made in accordance with such elections, provided that if the stockholders’ elections, in the aggregate, would result in the payment of cash in excess of the maximum amount of cash to be distributed, then cash payments to stockholders who elected to receive cash will be prorated and the excess of each such stockholder’s entitlement in the distribution, less such prorated cash payment, would be paid to such stockholder in shares of our common stock. In order to pay dividends in the form of stock, we would need to register the shares to be issued under the Securities Act, unless an exemption from the registration requirements is available. We have no current plans to file a registration statement for this purpose, although the board may elect to do so in the future.

 

During 2022, we will also need to distribute any accumulated earnings and profits that we may have as of January 1, 2022 because newly qualified REITs are required to distribute any non-REIT earning and profits during their first taxable year as a REIT.

 

To the extent that in respect of any calendar year, cash available for distribution is less than our taxable income, we could be required to fund distributions from working capital, sell assets or borrow funds to make cash distributions or make a portion of the required distribution in the form of a taxable stock distribution or distribution of debt securities.

 

Our charter allows us to issue preferred stock that could have a preference over our common stock with respect to distributions. We currently have no intention to issue any preferred stock, but if we do, the distribution preference on the preferred stock could limit our ability to make distributions to the holders of our common stock.

 

Dividends and other distributions made by us will be authorized and determined by our board of directors in its sole discretion out of funds legally available therefor and will be dependent upon a number of factors, including restrictions under applicable law and other factors described below. We cannot assure you that our distributions will be made or sustained or that our board of directors will not change our distribution policy in the future. Any dividends or other distributions that we pay in the future will depend upon our actual results of operations, economic conditions, debt service requirements, capital expenditures and other factors that could differ materially from our current expectations. Our actual results of operations will be affected by a number of factors, including our revenue, operating expenses, interest expense and unanticipated expenditures.

 

The Company expects its cash flow from operations will be sufficient to make all required payments on its indebtedness and to make any required principal required distributions to shareholders in order to qualify and maintain its status as a REIT.

 

148

 

 

ITEM 10. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

 

In May 2022, the Company issued 194,485 shares of its common stock to 15 holders of the OP units in exchange for 194,485 OP units. The shares were issued exclusively to accredited investors in reliance on upon exemptions from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. No general solicitation or underwriters were involved in this issuance.

 

In October 2021, the Company issued 5,580 shares of its common stock to employees of the Company and certain of its affiliates. The issuance of the shares was made in reliance on Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

 

In August 2021, the Operating Partnership issued 1,545,217 OP units to the sellers of six properties acquired by the Operating Partnership. The sellers were under common control of a single individual owner. The OP units were issued in payment of $16,997,000 of the acquisition cost of the properties. Moishe Gubin, the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and the sellers have entered into an agreement, pursuant to which Mr. Gubin has agreed to purchase the OP units issued to the sellers, unless the sellers elect to retain of the OP units. In the event that the sellers do not elect to retain the OP units, then Mr. Gubin will be required to pay to the sellers an amount (less any distributions paid to the sellers) equal to the greater of value of $11.00 per OP unit (which represents the agreed value of the OP units issued to pay a portion of the purchase price for the properties) or the value of the shares of our common stock as of the date of the repurchase. The value of the shares of our common stock would be determined pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement of the Operating Partnership, which provides that the value is equal to the average of the daily market prices of such shares for the ten consecutive trading days immediately preceding the date of such valuation, or, if the shares are not then traded, the value shall be determined by the Company acting in good faith on the basis of such information as it considers, in its reasonable judgment, to be appropriate. The issuance of the OP units was effected in reliance upon exemptions from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. No general solicitation or underwriters were involved in this issuance.

 

In July 2021, the Company issued 19,320 shares of its common stock to employees of the Company and certain of its affiliates. The issuance of the shares was made in reliance on Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

 

In July 2021, the BVI Company, a subsidiary of the Company, issued Series C Bonds with a par value of NIS 208.0 million ($64.7 million). The Series C Bonds were issued at par. The Series C Bonds were issued in an overseas directed offering exclusively to investors in Israel in reliance on SEC Regulation S. The Series C Bonds are listed on the TASE. Aggregate commissions paid by the BVI Company were $1.6 million.

 

In June 2021, the Operating Partnership issued 51,686,280 OP units to the Predecessor Company in exchange for the contribution of all of the assets of the Predecessor Company to the Operating Partnership. The Operating Partnership also assumed all of the liabilities of the Predecessor Company. The issuance of the OP units was effected in reliance upon exemptions from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. No general solicitation or underwriters were involved in this issuance.

 

In June 2021, the Company issued 5,824,846 shares of its common stock to 420 holders of the OP units in exchange for 5,824,846 OP units. The shares were issued exclusively to accredited investors in reliance on Rule 506(b) of Regulation D. No general solicitation or underwriters were involved in this issuance.

 

In December 2020, the Predecessor Company issued 73 preferred units to Empire Indemnity, a company controlled by Moishe Gubin, who is our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Michael Blisko, who is one of our directors, in exchange for a cash purchase price of $45,000 per preferred unit.

 

In September 2020, the Predecessor Company issued 71 common units and 462 of preferred units to 20 investors at a price of $40,000 per common unit and $45,000 per preferred unit. The total purchase price for the units sold in this offering was $23,630,000, of which $2,340,000 was paid in cash and the balance was paid through the cancellation of debt owned by the Predecessor Company to the investors. The issuance of such units was effected in reliance upon an exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. No general solicitation or underwriters were involved in this issuance. The purchasers include the following related parties:

 

● Empire Indemnity, a company controlled by Moishe Gubin, who is our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Michael Blisko, who is one of our directors, purchased 402 common units for an aggregate cash price of $18,090,000.

 

● 516 West Frech St II, LLC, a company controlled by Moishe Gubin, who is our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Michael Blisko, who is one of our directors, acquired 11 common units and 20 preferred units for an aggregate price of $1,340,000, which was paid through cancellation of indebtedness owed by the Predecessor Company to the purchaser.

 

● Strawberry Patch Bet, LLC, a company controlled by Moishe Gubin, who is our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Michael Blisko, who is one of our directors, acquired 15 common units and 30 preferred units for an aggregate price of $1,950,000, which was paid through cancellation of indebtedness owed by the Predecessor Company to the purchaser.

 

● T&N Realty, LLC, a company controlled by Nahman Eingal, one of the Company’s executive officers, purchased 2 common units and 4 preferred units for an aggregate cash price of $260,000.

 

In December 2020, the Predecessor Company issued 121 common units to 6 investors at prices of $40,000 to $45,000 per common unit. The total purchase price for the units sold in this offering was $5,435,000, all of which was paid in cash. The issuance of such units was effected in reliance upon an exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. No general solicitation or underwriters were involved in this issuance. The purchasers includes Cecilia Blisko, Michael Blisko’s mother, who purchased 3 common units for $45,000 each.

 

In July 2019, the Company issued 1,000 shares of its common stock to Strawberry Fields REIT, LLC for an aggregate purchase price of $1,000. The issuance of such shares was effected in reliance upon an exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. No general solicitation or underwriters were involved in this issuance.

 

149

 

 

ITEM 11. DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED

 

The following is a summary of the material terms of the securities of the Company and certain terms of our charter and bylaws, but it is not a complete description of our charter and bylaws, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the this Form 10.

 

Description of Capital Stock

 

General

 

Our charter provides that we may issue up to 500,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and up to 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share. Our charter authorizes our board of directors to amend our charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of common stock or preferred stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series without stockholder approval. As of the date of this Form 10, we had 6,044,230 issued and outstanding shares of common stock, and no shares of preferred stock was issued and outstanding.

 

All of our outstanding shares of common stock, including shares to be sold pursuant to this Form 10, were duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable.

 

Under Maryland law, stockholders generally are not personally liable for our debts or obligations solely as a result of their status as stockholders.

 

Common Stock

 

Voting Rights of Common Stock

 

Subject to the provisions of our charter regarding the restrictions on transfer and ownership of shares of our common stock and except as may otherwise be specified in the terms of any class or series of common stock, each outstanding share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors, and, except as provided with respect to any other class or series of capital stock, the holders of shares of common stock will possess the exclusive voting power. There is no cumulative voting in the election of the Company’s directors, which means that the stockholders entitled to cast a majority of the votes of the outstanding shares of common stock can elect all of the directors then standing for election, and the holders of the remaining shares will not be able to elect any directors.

 

Under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation generally cannot dissolve, amend its charter, merge, convert, sell all or substantially all of its assets, engage in a statutory share exchange or engage in similar transactions outside the ordinary course of business unless declared advisable by a majority of its board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders holding at least two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote on the matter unless a lesser percentage (but not less than a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter) is set forth in the corporation’s charter. Our charter provides that these actions (other than certain amendments to the provisions of our charter related to the removal of directors and the vote required to amend the charter, which requires at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast) may be taken if declared advisable by a majority of our board of directors and approved by the vote of stockholders holding at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. However, Maryland law permits a corporation to transfer all or substantially all of its assets without the approval of the stockholders of the corporation to one or more persons if all of the equity interests of the person or persons are owned, directly or indirectly, by the corporation. In addition, because assets may be held by a corporation’s subsidiaries, as will be the case with the Company, these subsidiaries may be able to transfer all or substantially all of such assets without a vote of our stockholders.

 

150

 

 

Dividends, Distributions, Liquidation and Other Rights

 

Subject to the preferential rights of any other class or series of our stock and to the provisions of our charter regarding the restrictions on transfer of shares of stock, holders of shares of common stock are entitled to receive dividends on such shares of common stock if, as and when authorized by our board of directors and declared by us out of assets legally available therefor. Such holders are also entitled to share ratably in the assets of the Company legally available for distribution to our stockholders in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up after payment or establishment of reserves for all debts and liabilities of the Company and any shares with preferential rights thereto.

 

Holders of shares of common stock have no preference, conversion, exchange, sinking fund or redemption rights, have no preemptive rights to subscribe for any securities of the Company and have no appraisal rights. Subject to the preferential rights of any other class or series of our stock and to the provisions of our charter regarding the restrictions on transfer of shares of stock, shares of common stock have equal dividend, liquidation and other rights.

 

Power to Reclassify Our Unissued Shares of Stock

 

Our charter authorizes our board of directors to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of common or preferred stock into other classes or series of shares of stock and to establish the number of shares in each class or series and to set the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption for each such class or series. As a result, our board of directors could authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock that have priority over the shares of common stock with respect to dividends, distributions and rights upon liquidation and with other terms and conditions that could have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for holders of shares of our common stock or otherwise might be in their best interest. No shares of preferred stock are presently outstanding, and we have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

 

Power to Increase or Decrease Authorized Stock and Issue Additional Shares of Our Common Stock and Preferred Stock

 

Our charter authorizes our board of directors, with the approval of a majority of the entire board of directors, to amend our charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of stock or the number of authorized shares of stock of any class or series without stockholder approval. We believe that the power of our board of directors to increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of stock and to classify or reclassify unissued shares of our common stock or preferred stock and thereafter to cause us to issue such shares of stock will provide us with increased flexibility in structuring possible future financings and acquisitions and in meeting other needs which might arise. The additional classes or series, as well as the additional shares of stock, will be available for future issuance without further action by our stockholders, unless such action is required by applicable law, the terms of any other class or series of stock or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which our securities may be listed or traded. Our board of directors could authorize us to issue a class or series that could, depending upon the terms of the particular class or series, delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control of the Company that might involve a premium price for our stockholders or otherwise be in their best interests.

 

Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer

 

In order to qualify as a REIT under the Code, our shares of stock must be beneficially owned by 100 or more persons during at least 335 days of a taxable year of 12 months (other than the first year for which an election to be a REIT has been made) or during a proportionate part of a shorter taxable year. Also, not more than 50% of the value of our outstanding shares of capital stock may be owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals (as defined in the Code to include certain entities) during the last half of a taxable year (other than the first year for which an election to be a REIT has been made).

 

Because our board of directors believes it is at present essential for us to qualify as a REIT, among other purposes, our charter, subject to certain exceptions, will contain restrictions on the number of our shares of stock that a person may own. Our charter provides that, subject to certain exceptions, upon completion of the formation transactions, (i) no person, may beneficially or constructively own more than 9.8% in value of the aggregate outstanding shares of our common stock, and (ii) no person may beneficially or constructively own more than 9.8%, in value of the outstanding shares of any class or series of our preferred stock (collectively, the “ownership limit”).

 

151

 

 

Our charter also prohibits any person from:

 

● beneficially or constructively owning or transferring shares of our capital stock if such ownership or transfer would result in our being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of a year);

 

● transferring shares of our capital stock if such transfer would result in our capital stock being owned by fewer than 100 persons (determined under the principles of Section 856(a)(5) of the Code);

 

● beneficially or constructively owning shares of our capital stock to the extent such beneficial or constructive ownership would cause us to constructively own 9.9% or more of stocks or interest (determined in accordance with Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code) of a tenant, other than TRS, of our real property;

 

● beneficially or constructively owning or transferring shares of our capital stock if such beneficial or constructive ownership or transfer would otherwise cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT under the Code, including, but not limited to, as a result of any “eligible independent contractor” (as defined in Section 856(d)(9)(A) of the Code) that operations a “qualified health care property” (as defined in Section 856(e)(6)(D)(i) of the Code) on behalf of a TRS failing to qualify as such under the Code; or

 

● acquiring shares of our capital stock if such acquisition would disqualify us as a REIT under the Code.

 

Our board of directors is authorized to consider the lack of certainty in the provisions of the Code relating to the ownership of stock that may prevent a corporation from qualifying as a REIT and may make interpretations concerning the ownership limit and attributed ownership and related matters on as conservative basis as the board of directors deems advisable to minimize or eliminate uncertainty as to our qualification or continued qualification as a REIT. Our charter does not restrict the authority of the board to take such other action as it deems necessary or advisable to protect to us and the interests of the stockholders by preservation of our qualification as a REIT under the Code.

 

Our board of directors, in its sole discretion, may prospectively or retroactively exempt a person from certain of the limits described in the paragraph above and may establish or increase an excepted holder percentage limit for such person if our board of directors obtains such representations, covenants and undertakings as it deems appropriate in order to conclude that granting the exemption and/or establishing or increasing the excepted holder percentage limit will not result in our being “closely held” under Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of a taxable year) or otherwise failing to qualify as a REIT. Our board of directors may not grant an exemption to any person if that exemption would result in our failing to qualify as a REIT. Our board of directors may require a ruling from the IRS or an opinion of counsel, in either case in form and substance satisfactory to our board of directors, in its sole discretion, in order to determine or ensure our status as a REIT.

 

Notwithstanding the receipt of any ruling or opinion, our board of directors may impose such guidelines or restrictions as it deems appropriate in connection with granting such exemption. In connection with granting a waiver of the ownership limit or creating an exempted holder limit or at any other time, our board of directors from time to time may increase or decrease the ownership limit, subject to certain exceptions. A decreased ownership limit will not apply to any person or entity whose percentage of ownership of our stock is in excess of the decreased ownership limit until the person or entity’s ownership of our stock equals or falls below the decreased ownership limit, but any further acquisition of our stock will be subject to the decreased ownership limit.

 

Any attempted transfer of shares of our capital stock which, if effective, would violate any of the restrictions described above will result in the number of shares of our capital stock causing the violation (rounded up to the nearest whole share) to be automatically transferred to a trust for the exclusive benefit of one or more charitable beneficiaries and the purported owner or transferee (the “prohibited owner”) acquiring no rights in such shares, except that any transfer that results in the violation of the restriction relating to shares of our capital stock being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 persons will be void ab initio. In either case, the prohibited owner will not acquire any rights in those shares. The automatic transfer will be deemed to be effective as of the close of business on the business day prior to the date of the purported transfer or other event that results in the transfer to the trust. Shares held in the trust will be issued and outstanding shares. The prohibited owner will not benefit economically from ownership of any shares held in the trust, will have no rights to dividends or other distributions and will have no rights to vote or other rights attributable to the shares held in the trust. The trustee of the trust will have all voting rights and rights to dividends or other distributions with respect to shares held in the trust. These rights will be exercised for the exclusive benefit of the charitable beneficiary. Any dividend or other distribution paid prior to our discovery that shares have been transferred to the trust will be paid by the recipient to the trustee upon demand. Any dividend or other distribution authorized but unpaid will be paid when due to the trustee. Any dividend or other distribution paid to the trustee will be held in trust for the charitable beneficiary. Subject to Maryland law, the trustee will have the authority (i) to rescind as void any vote cast by the prohibited owner prior to our discovery that the shares have been transferred to the trust and (ii) to recast the vote in accordance with the desires of the trustee acting for the benefit of the charitable beneficiary. However, if we have already taken irreversible corporate action, then the trustee will not have the authority to rescind and recast the vote.

 

152

 

 

Within 20 days of receiving notice from us that shares of our stock have been transferred to the trust, the trustee will sell the shares to a person, designated by the trustee, whose ownership of the shares will not violate the above ownership and transfer limitations. Upon the sale, the interest of the charitable beneficiary in the shares sold will terminate and the trustee will distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the prohibited owner and to the charitable beneficiary as follows. The prohibited owner will receive the lesser of (i) the price paid by the prohibited owner for the shares or, if the prohibited owner did not give value for the shares in connection with the event causing the shares to be held in the trust (e.g., a gift, devise or other similar transaction), the market price (as defined in our charter) of the shares on the day of the event causing the shares to be held in the trust and (ii) the price per share received by the trustee (net of any commission and other expenses of sale) from the sale or other disposition of the shares. The trustee may reduce the amount payable to the prohibited owner by the amount of dividends or other distributions paid to the prohibited owner and owed by the prohibited owner to the trustee. Any net sale proceeds in excess of the amount payable to the prohibited owner will be paid immediately to the charitable beneficiary. If, prior to our discovery that shares of our stock have been transferred to the trust, the shares are sold by the prohibited owner, then (i) the shares shall be deemed to have been sold on behalf of the trust and (ii) to the extent that the prohibited owner received an amount for the shares that exceeds the amount he or she was entitled to receive, the excess shall be paid to the trustee upon demand.

 

In addition, shares of our stock held in the trust will be deemed to have been offered for sale to us, or our designee, at a price per share equal to the lesser of (i) the price per share in the transaction that resulted in the transfer to the trust (or, in the case of a devise or gift, the market price at the time of the devise or gift) and (ii) the market price on the date we, or our designee, accept the offer, which we may reduce by the amount of dividends and distributions paid to the prohibited owner and owed by the prohibited owner to the trustee. We will have the right to accept the offer until the trustee has sold the shares. Upon a sale to us, the interest of the charitable beneficiary in the shares sold will terminate and the trustee will distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the prohibited owner.

 

If a transfer to a charitable trust, as described above, would be ineffective for any reason to prevent a violation of a restriction, the transfer that would have resulted in a violation will be void ab initio, and the prohibited owner shall acquire no rights in those shares.

 

The foregoing restrictions on transferability and ownership will not apply if our board of directors determines that it is no longer in our best interests to attempt to qualify, or to continue to qualify, as a REIT.

 

Any certificate representing shares of our capital stock, and any notices delivered in lieu of certificates with respect to the issuance or transfer of uncertificated shares, will bear a legend referring to the restrictions described above.

 

Any person who acquires or attempts or intends to acquire beneficial or constructive ownership of shares of our capital stock that will or may violate any of the foregoing restrictions on transferability and ownership, or any person who would have owned shares of our capital stock that resulted in a transfer of shares to a charitable trust, is required to give written notice immediately to us, or in the case of a proposed or attempted transaction, to give at least 15 days’ prior written notice, and provide us with such other information as we may request in order to determine the effect of the transfer on our status as a REIT.

 

Every owner of 5% or more (or any lower percentage as required by the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder) in number or value of the outstanding shares of our capital stock, within 30 days after the end of each taxable year, is required to give us written notice, stating his or her name and address, the number of shares of each class and series of shares of our capital stock that he or she beneficially owns and a description of the manner in which the shares are held. Each of these owners must provide us with additional information that we may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of his or her beneficial ownership on our status as a REIT and to ensure compliance with the ownership limits. In addition, each stockholder will upon demand be required to provide us with information that we may request in good faith in order to determine our status as a REIT and to comply with the requirements of any taxing authority or governmental authority or to determine our compliance.

 

153

 

 

These ownership limitations could delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for shares of our common stock or otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders.

 

Quotation on OTCQX

 

We intended to apply to qualify our common stock for trading through the OTCQX under the symbol “STRW”. There can be no assurance that our application will be approved or that our shares will trade on the OTCQX.

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

Continental Stock Transfer and Trust is our transfer agent and registrar for the common stock.

 

Certain Provisions Of Maryland Law And Of Our Charter And Bylaws

 

Although the following summary describes certain provisions of Maryland law and the material provisions of our charter and bylaws, it is not a complete description of our charter and bylaws, copies of which are filed as exhibits to this Form 10, or of Maryland law.

 

Our Board of Directors

 

Our charter and bylaws provide that the number of directors of the Company may be established, increased or decreased by our board of directors, but may not be less than the minimum number required under the MGCL, which is one, or, unless our bylaws are amended, more than fifteen. We have elected by a provision of our charter to be subject to a provision of Maryland law requiring that, subject to the rights of holders of one or more classes or series of preferred stock, any vacancy resulting from an increase in the number of directors, or the resignation, death or removal of a director may be filled only by a majority of the remaining directors, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy will serve for the full term of the directorship in which such vacancy occurred and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies.

 

Each member of our board of directors is elected by our stockholders to serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies. Holders of shares of our common stock will have no right to cumulative voting in the election of directors, and directors will be elected by a plurality of the votes cast in the election of directors. Consequently, at each annual meeting of stockholders, stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors will be able to elect all of our directors.

 

Removal of Directors

 

Our charter provides that, subject to the rights of holders of one or more classes or series of preferred stock to elect or remove one or more directors, a director may be removed only for cause (as defined in our charter) and only by the affirmative vote of holders of shares entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors. This provision, when coupled with the exclusive power of our board of directors to fill vacant directorships, may preclude stockholders from removing incumbent directors except for cause and by a substantial affirmative vote and filling the vacancies created by such removal with their own nominees.

 

154

 

 

Business Combinations

 

Under the MGCL, certain “business combinations” (including a merger, consolidation, share exchange or, in circumstances specified in the statute, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities) between a Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder (i.e., any person (other than the corporation or any subsidiary) who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock after the date on which the corporation had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock, or an affiliate or associate of the corporation who, at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding stock of the corporation after the date on which the corporation had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock) or an affiliate of an interested stockholder, are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. Thereafter, any such business combination between the Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by the board of directors of such corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least (1) 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation and (2) two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom (or with whose affiliate) the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder, unless, among other conditions, the corporation’s common stockholders receive a minimum price (as defined in the MGCL) for their shares and the consideration is received in cash or in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares. A person is not an interested stockholder under the statute if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. The board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by it.

 

The statute permits various exemptions from its provisions, including business combinations that are exempted by the board of directors prior to the time that the interested stockholder became an interested stockholder. As permitted by the MGCL, our board of directors has adopted a resolution exempting any business combination between us and any other person from the provisions of this statute, provided that the business combination is first approved by our board of directors (including a majority of directors who are not affiliates or associates of such persons). However, our board of directors may repeal or modify this resolution at any time in the future, in which case the applicable provisions of this statute will become applicable to business combinations between us and interested stockholders.

 

Control Share Acquisitions

 

The MGCL provides that holders of “control shares” of a Maryland corporation acquired in a “control share acquisition” have no voting rights with respect to those shares except to the extent approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by stockholders entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, excluding votes cast by (1) the person who makes or proposes to make a control share acquisition, (2) an officer of the corporation or (3) an employee of the corporation who is also a director of the corporation. “Control shares” are voting shares of stock which, if aggregated with all other such shares of stock previously acquired by the acquirer or in respect of which the acquirer is able to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquirer to exercise voting power in electing directors within one of the following ranges of voting power: (1) one-tenth or more but less than one-third, (2) one-third or more but less than a majority or (3) a majority or more of all voting power. Control shares do not include shares the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained stockholder approval. A “control share acquisition” means the acquisition of issued and outstanding control shares, subject to certain exceptions.

 

A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition, upon satisfaction of certain conditions (including an undertaking to pay expenses), may compel the board of directors to call a special meeting of stockholders to be held within 50 days of demand to consider the voting rights of the shares. If no request for a meeting is made, the corporation may itself present the question at any stockholders meeting.

 

If voting rights are not approved at the meeting or if the acquiring person does not deliver an acquiring person statement as required by the statute, then, subject to certain conditions and limitations, the corporation may redeem any or all of the control shares (except those for which voting rights have previously been approved) for fair value determined, without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the date of the last control share acquisition by the acquirer or of any meeting of stockholders at which the voting rights of such shares are considered and not approved. If voting rights for control shares are approved at a stockholders meeting and the acquirer becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote, all other stockholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares as determined for purposes of such appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquirer in the control share acquisition.

 

155

 

 

The control share acquisition statute does not apply to, among other things, (1) shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or share exchange if the corporation is a party to the transaction or (2) acquisitions approved or exempted by the charter or bylaws of the corporation.

 

Our bylaws contain a provision exempting from the control share acquisition statute any acquisition by any person of shares of our stock. There can be no assurance that such provision will not be amended or eliminated at any time in the future by our board of directors.

 

Subtitle 8

 

Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the MGCL permits a Maryland corporation with a class of equity securities registered under the Exchange Act and at least three independent directors to elect to be subject, by provision in its charter or bylaws or a resolution of its board of directors, without stockholder approval, and notwithstanding any contrary provision in the charter or bylaws, to any or all of five provisions of the MGCL which provide, respectively, that:

 

1. the corporation’s board of directors will be divided into three classes;

 

2. the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the votes cast in the election of directors generally is required to remove a director;

 

3. the number of directors may be fixed only by vote of the directors;

 

4. a vacancy on its board of directors be filled only by the remaining directors and that directors elected to fill a vacancy will serve for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred; and

 

5. the request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting is required for the calling of a special meeting of stockholders.

 

We have elected by a provision in our charter to be subject to the provisions of Subtitle 8 relating to the filling of vacancies on our board of directors. In addition, without our having elected to be subject to Subtitle 8, our charter and bylaws already (1) require the affirmative vote of holders of shares entitled to cast at least two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors to remove a director from our board of directors, (2) vest in our board of directors the exclusive power to fix the number of directors and (3) require, unless called by our chairman, our president and chief executive officer or our board of directors, the request of stockholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting to call a special meeting. Our board of directors is not currently classified. In the future, our board of directors may elect, without stockholder approval, to classify our board of directors or elect to be subject to any of the other provisions of Subtitle 8.

 

Meetings of Stockholders

 

Pursuant to our bylaws, an annual meeting of our stockholders for the purpose of the election of directors and the transaction of any other business will be held on a date and at the time and place set by our board of directors. Each of our directors is elected by our stockholders to serve until the next annual meeting or until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies under Maryland law. In addition, our chairman, our president and chief executive officer or our board of directors may call a special meeting of our stockholders. Subject to the provisions of our bylaws, a special meeting of our stockholders to act on any matter that may properly be considered by our stockholders will also be called by our secretary upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting on such matter, accompanied by the information required by our bylaws. Our secretary will inform the requesting stockholders of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing the notice of meeting (including our proxy materials), and the requesting stockholder must pay such estimated cost before our secretary may prepare and mail the notice of the special meeting.

 

156

 

 

Amendments to Our Charter and Bylaws

 

Under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation generally cannot amend its charter unless approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter unless a lesser percentage (but not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter) is set forth in the corporation’s charter. Except for certain amendments related to the removal of directors and the vote required to amend the charter (which must be declared advisable by our board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast not less than two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter), our charter generally may be amended only if the amendment is declared advisable by our board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Our board of directors, with the approval of a majority of the entire board, and without any action by our stockholders, may also amend our charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series we are authorized to issue.

 

Our board of directors has the exclusive power to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of our bylaws and to make new bylaws.

 

Extraordinary Transactions

 

Under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation generally cannot dissolve, merge, convert, sell all or substantially all of its assets, engage in a statutory share exchange or engage in similar transactions outside the ordinary course of business unless approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter unless a lesser percentage (but not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter) is set forth in the corporation’s charter. As permitted by the MGCL, our charter provides that any of these actions may be approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Many of our operating assets will be held by our subsidiaries, and these subsidiaries may be able to merge or sell all or substantially all of their assets without the approval of our stockholders.

 

Appraisal Rights

 

Our charter provides that our stockholders generally will not be entitled to exercise statutory appraisal rights.

 

Advance Notice of Director Nominations and New Business

 

Our bylaws provide that, with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, nominations of individuals for election to our board of directors and the proposal of other business to be considered by our stockholders at an annual meeting of stockholders may be made only (1) pursuant to our notice of the meeting, (2) by or at the direction of our board of directors or (3) by any stockholder who was a stockholder of record at the record date set by our board of directors for the purposes of determining stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, at the time of giving of notice and at the time of the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting on the election of the individual so nominated or such other business and who has complied with the advance notice procedures set forth in our bylaws, including a requirement to provide certain information about the stockholder and its affiliates and the nominee or business proposal, as applicable.

 

With respect to special meetings of stockholders, only the business specified in our notice of meeting may be brought before the meeting. Nominations of individuals for election to our board of directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected only (1) by or at the direction of our board of directors or (2) provided that the special meeting has been properly called in accordance with our bylaws for the purpose of electing directors, by any stockholder who was a stockholder of record at the record date set by our board of directors for the purposes of determining stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, at the time of giving of notice and at the time of the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting on the election of each individual so nominated and who has complied with the advance notice provisions set forth in our bylaws, including a requirement to provide certain information about the stockholder and its affiliates and the nominee.

 

157

 

 

Anti-Takeover Effect of Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and Our Charter and Bylaws

 

Our charter and bylaws and Maryland law contain provisions that may delay, defer or prevent a change in control or other transaction that might involve a premium price for our common stock or otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders, including:

 

● supermajority vote and cause requirements for removal of directors;

 

● requirement that stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting must act together to make a written request before our stockholders can require us to call a special meeting of stockholders;

 

● provisions that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by the remaining directors for the full term of the directorship in which the vacancy occurred;

 

● the power of our board of directors, without stockholder approval, to increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of stock or the number of shares of any class or series of stock;

 

● the power of our board of directors to cause us to issue additional shares of stock of any class or series and to fix the terms of one or more classes or series of stock without stockholder approval;

 

● the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock; and

 

● advance notice requirements for director nominations and stockholder proposals.

 

Likewise, if the resolution opting out of the business combination provisions of the MGCL was repealed, or the business combination is not approved by our board of directors, or the provision in the bylaws opting out of the control share acquisition provisions of the MGCL were rescinded, these provisions of the MGCL could have similar anti-takeover effects.

 

Exclusive Forum

 

Our bylaws provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Circuit Court for Baltimore City, Maryland, or, if that court does not have jurisdiction, the United States District Court for the District of Maryland, Northern Division, will be the sole and absolute forum for (a) any Internal Corporate Claim, as such term is defined in Section 1-101(p) of the MGCL, (b) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf other than actions arising under the federal securities laws, (c) any action asserting a claim of breach of any duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or to our stockholders, (d) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our directors, officers or other employees arising pursuant to any provision of the MGCL or our charter or bylaws or (e) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our directors, officers or other employees that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine and no such action may be brought in any court sitting outside of the State of Maryland or in another circuit court within the State of Maryland unless we consent in writing to such court. These provisions of our bylaws will not apply to claims that may be asserted under federal securities laws.

 

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages, except for liability resulting from (1) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (2) active and deliberate dishonesty that is established by a final judgment and is material to the cause of action. Our charter contains a provision that eliminates such liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.

 

Our charter provides for indemnification of our officers and directors against liabilities to the maximum extent permitted by the MGCL, as amended from time to time.

 

The MGCL requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. The MGCL permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that:

 

● the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (1) was committed in bad faith or (2) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;

 

158

 

 

● the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or

 

● in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.

 

However, under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification if it determines that the director or officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification, and then only for expenses. In addition, the MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon its receipt of:

 

● a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation; and

 

● a written undertaking by the director or officer or on the director’s or officer’s behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the director or officer did not meet the standard of conduct.

 

Our charter obligates us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, to indemnify and, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification, pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of such a proceeding to:

 

● any present or former director or officer of the Company who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity; or

 

● any individual who, while a director or officer of the Company and at our request, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, trustee, member or manager of another corporation, real estate investment trust, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity.

 

Our charter also permits us to indemnify and advance expenses to any individual who served the Predecessor Company in any of the capacities described above and to any employee or agent of the Company or our Predecessor.

 

We will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that provide for indemnification to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.

 

REIT Qualification

 

Our charter provides that our board of directors may revoke or otherwise terminate our REIT election, without approval of our stockholders, if it determines that it is no longer in our best interests to attempt to qualify, or to continue to qualify, as a REIT.

 

Description of the Partnership Agreement of Strawberry Fields Realty LP

 

The following summarizes the material terms of the agreement of limited partnership of our Operating Partnership, a copy of which is an exhibit to this Form 10.

 

Management

 

We are the sole general partner of our Operating Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership. We conduct substantially all of our operations and make substantially all of our investments through our Operating Partnership. Pursuant to the partnership agreement, we, as the general partner, have full, complete and exclusive responsibility and discretion in the management and control of our Operating Partnership, including the ability to cause our Operating Partnership to enter into certain major transactions including acquisitions, dispositions, refinancings and selection of tenants, to make distributions to partners and to cause changes in our Operating Partnership’s business activities.

 

159

 

 

Transferability of Interests

 

Holders of OP units may not transfer their units without our consent, as general partner of the Operating Partnership. We may not engage in any merger, consolidation or other combination, or sale of all or substantially all of our assets in a transaction that results in a change in control of the Company unless:

 

● we receive the consent of limited partners holding more than 50% of the partnership interests of the limited partners (other than those held by the Company or our subsidiaries);

 

● as a result of such transaction, all limited partners (other than the Company or our subsidiaries) will receive, or have the right to receive, for each OP unit an amount of cash, securities or other property equal or substantially equivalent in value to the product of the conversion factor and the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property paid in the transaction to a holder of one of the shares of our common stock, provided that if, in connection with the transaction, a purchase, tender or exchange offer shall have been made to and accepted by the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding common stock, each holder of OP units (other than those held by the Company or our subsidiaries) shall be given the option to exchange its OP units for the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property that a limited partner would have received had it (A) exercised its redemption right (described below) and (B) sold, tendered or exchanged pursuant to the offer common stock received upon exercise of the redemption right immediately prior to the expiration of the offer; or

 

● we are the surviving entity in the transaction and either (A) our stockholders do not receive cash, securities or other property in the transaction or (B) all limited partners (other than the Company or our subsidiaries) receive for each OP unit an amount of cash, securities or other property equal or substantially equivalent in value to the product of the conversion factor and the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property received in the transaction by a holder of one of the shares of our common stock.

 

We also may merge with or into or consolidate with another entity if immediately after such merger or consolidation (i) substantially all of the assets of the successor or surviving entity, other than OP units held by us, are contributed, directly or indirectly, to the partnership as a capital contribution in exchange for OP units with a fair market value equal to the value of the assets so contributed as determined by the survivor in good faith and (ii) the survivor expressly agrees to assume all of our obligations under the partnership agreement, including those of the general partner, and the partnership agreement shall be amended after any such merger or consolidation so as to arrive at a new method of calculating the amounts payable upon exercise of the redemption right that approximates the existing method for such calculation as closely as reasonably possible.

 

As the general partner of the Operating Partnership, we may (i) transfer all or any portion of our general partnership interest to (A) a wholly-owned subsidiary or (B) a parent company, and following such transfer may withdraw as the general partner, and (ii) engage in a transaction required by law or by the rules of any national securities exchange or OTC interdealer quotation system on which our common stock is listed.

 

We, through a wholly-owned subsidiary serving as the general partner, without the consent of the limited partners, may (i) merge or consolidate our Operating Partnership with or into any other domestic or foreign partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or corporation or (ii) sell all or substantially all of the assets of our Operating Partnership in a transaction pursuant to which the limited partners (other than us or any of our subsidiaries) receive consideration as set forth above.

 

Redemption Rights

 

Pursuant to the partnership agreement, the holders of the OP units issued in the formation transactions, including affiliates of our directors and executive officers, have redemption rights, which entitle them to cause our Operating Partnership to redeem their OP units in exchange for cash or, at our option, for shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis, provided that none of these OP units may be redeemed for at least one year after their issue date (or such lesser time as determined by us in its sole and absolute discretion). We have no plans to approve a shorter period for any person.

 

160

 

 

The partnership agreement also grants redemption rights to limited partners who acquire OP units issued after the formation transactions, provided that such OP units the redemption of such OP units shall be subject to such restrictions as may be agreed to by the redeeming limited partner and the general partner.

 

Redemptions will generally occur only on the first day of each calendar quarter. Limited partners must submit an irrevocable notice to our Operating Partnership of the intention to be redeemed no less than 60 days prior to the redemption date, and each limited partner must submit for redemption at least 1,000 OP units or, if such limited partner holds less than 1,000 OP units, all the OP units owned by such limited partner. The number of shares of common stock issuable upon redemption of OP units held by limited partners may be adjusted upon the occurrence of certain events such as share dividends, share subdivisions or combinations. We expect to fund any cash redemptions out of available cash or borrowings.

 

In the event that any director, executive officer or affiliate of the Company tenders their OP units for cash redemption or exchange for shares of our common stock, we will treat this request as a related party transaction. The determination will be made by our audit committee, comprised of independent directors, pursuant to our related party transaction policy. In making this determination, the audit committee would consider the impact of the redemption or exchange on the Company and its stockholders, including any impact on Company’s status as a REIT. See “Item 1. Business. Policies With Respect To Certain Activities and Transactions —Policies Applicable to All Directors and Officers.”

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a limited partner will not be entitled to exercise its redemption rights if the delivery of common stock to the redeeming limited partner would:

 

● result in any person owning, directly or indirectly, shares of common stock in excess of the stock ownership limit in our charter;

 

● result in our being owned by fewer than 100 persons (determined without reference to any rules of attribution);

 

● result in our being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code;

 

● cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT under the Code; or

 

● cause the acquisition of common stock by such redeeming limited partner to be “integrated” with any other distribution of common stock or OP units for purposes of complying with the registration provisions of the Securities Act.

 

The general partner may, in its sole and absolute discretion, waive certain of these restrictions.

 

The partnership agreement requires that our Operating Partnership be operated in a manner that enables us to satisfy the requirements for being classified as a REIT and to ensure that the partnership will not be classified as a “publicly traded partnership” taxable as a corporation under Section 7704 of the Code.

 

Partnership Expenses

 

In addition to the administrative and operating costs and expenses incurred by our Operating Partnership, our Operating Partnership generally will pay all of our administrative costs and expenses, including:

 

● all expenses relating to our continuity of existence and our subsidiaries’ operations;

 

● all expenses relating to offerings and registration of securities;

 

● all expenses associated with any repurchase by us of any securities;

 

161

 

 

● all expenses associated with the preparation and filing of any of our periodic or other reports and communications under federal, state or local laws or regulations;

 

● all expenses associated with our compliance with laws, rules and regulations promulgated by any regulatory body;

 

● all administrative costs and expenses, including salaries and other payments to directors, officers or employees;

 

● all expenses associated with any 401(k) plan, incentive plan, bonus plan or other plan providing compensation to our employees;

 

● all expenses incurred by us relating to any issuance or redemption of OP units; and

 

● all of our other operating or administrative costs incurred in the ordinary course of business on behalf of our Operating Partnership.

 

These expenses, however, do not include any of our administrative and operating costs and expenses incurred that are attributable to properties that, in the future, may be owned by us directly rather than by our Operating Partnership or its subsidiaries.

 

General Partner Duties

 

Our directors and officers have duties under applicable Maryland law. At the same time, we, as the general partner of our Operating Partnership, have fiduciary duties under applicable Delaware law to manage our Operating Partnership in a manner beneficial to our Operating Partnership and its limited partners. Our duties, as general partner to our Operating Partnership and its limited partners, therefore, may come into conflict with the duties of our directors and officers to us. The partnership agreement provides that we will be under no obligation to consider the separate interests of the limited partners of our Operating Partnership in deciding whether to cause the Operating Partnership to take or decline to take any actions. The partnership agreement also provides that in the event of a conflict between the interests of our stockholders, on the one hand, and the limited partners of the Operating Partnership, on the other hand, that cannot be resolved in a manner not adverse to either our stockholders or the limited partners, we, in our capacity as general partner of our Operating Partnership shall resolve the conflict in favor of the Company and our stockholders. We shall not be liable for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived by the limited partners in connection with such decisions.

 

Distributions

 

The partnership agreement provides that our Operating Partnership will distribute cash from operations (including net sale or refinancing proceeds, but excluding net proceeds from the sale of our Operating Partnership’s property in connection with the liquidation of our Operating Partnership) at such time and in such amounts as determined by the general partner in its sole discretion, to us and the other limited partners in accordance with their respective percentage interests in our Operating Partnership.

 

Upon liquidation of our Operating Partnership, after payment of, or adequate provision for, debts and obligations of the partnership, including any partner loans, any remaining assets of the partnership will be distributed to us and the other limited partners with positive capital accounts in accordance with their respective positive capital account balances.

 

Allocations

 

Profits and losses of the partnership (including depreciation and amortization deductions) for each fiscal year generally will be allocated to us and the other limited partners in accordance with the preferences among classes and the respective percentage interests in the partnership. All of the foregoing allocations are subject to compliance with the provisions of Sections 704(b) and 704(c) of the Code and Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder. To the extent Treasury regulations promulgated pursuant to Section 704(c) of the Code permit, the general partner shall have the authority to elect the method to be used by our Operating Partnership for allocating items with respect to (i) the difference between the Predecessor Company’s adjusted tax basis in our portfolio that we will contribute to our Operating Partnership in exchange for OP units and (ii) contributed property acquired for OP units for which fair market value differs from the adjusted tax basis at the time of contribution. Any such election shall be binding on all partners.

 

162

 

 

Registration Rights

 

We have granted those persons who received OP units in the formation transactions, including affiliates of our directors and officers who received OP units in the formation transactions, certain registration rights with respect to those shares of our common stock that may be issued to them, including in connection with the exercise of the redemption rights under the partnership agreement of our Operating Partnership. None of these OP units may be redeemed for at least one year after their issue date (or such lesser time as determined by us in its sole and absolute discretion). We have no plans to approve a shorter period for any person.

 

Following the date on which we become eligible to use a registration statement on Form S-3 for the registration of securities and subject to certain further conditions as set forth in our Operating Partnership’s partnership agreement, we will be obligated to use our commercially reasonable efforts to file a shelf registration statement covering the issuance and resale of common stock received by limited partners upon redemption of their OP units (collectively, the “Registrable Securities”). We will not be eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 until one year after the effective date of this Form 10.

 

In furtherance of such registration rights, we have also agreed as follows:

 

● to use our commercially reasonable efforts to have the registration statement declared effective;

 

● to use our commercially reasonable efforts to keep the registration statement continuously effective (including the preparation and filing of any amendments and supplements necessary for that purpose) until the earlier of (i) the date that is two (2) years after the date of the effectiveness of the registration statement, (ii) the date on which all the Registrable Securities registered in the registration statement are eligible for sale without registration pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor provision) under the Securities Act without volume limitations or other restrictions on transfer thereunder, or (iii) the date on which all the Registrable Securities registered by the registration statement are sold,

 

● to furnish to these holders of shares of our common stock Form 10es, supplements, amendments, and such other documents reasonably requested by them;

 

● to register or qualify such shares under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as required by law;

 

● to list the shares of our common stock on any securities exchange or national market system upon which shares of our common stock are then listed; and

 

● to indemnify these parties against all losses caused by any untrue statement of a material fact contained in the registration statement, preliminary Form 10 or Form 10 or caused by any omission to state a material fact required to be stated or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses are caused by any untrue statement or omission based upon information furnished to us by such parties.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, we are not required to file more than one registration statement with respect to the registration rights listed above, and, as a condition to our obligations with respect to the registration rights, each affected party will agree:

 

● that, if we determine in good faith that registration of shares for resale would require the disclosure of important information that we have a business purpose for preserving as confidential, the registration rights of each such party will be suspended until we notify such party that suspension of their registration rights is no longer necessary (so long as we do not suspend their rights for more than 180 days in any 12-month period);

 

● that if we propose an underwritten public offering, each such party will agree not to effect any offer, sale or distribution of our shares during the period commencing on the tenth day prior to the expected effective date of a registration statement filed with respect to the public offering or commencement date of a proposed offering and ending on the date specified by the managing underwriter for such offering; and

 

● to indemnify us and each of our officers, directors and controlling persons against all losses caused by any untrue statement or omission contained in (or omitted from) any registration statement based upon information furnished to us by such party.

 

Subject to certain exceptions, our Operating Partnership will pay all expenses in connection with the exercise of registration rights under our Operating Partnership’s partnership agreement.

 

163

 

 

ITEM 12. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERs

 

Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from (a) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (b) active and deliberate dishonesty that is established by a final judgment and is material to the cause of action. Our charter contains a provision which eliminates our directors’ and officers’ liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.

 

Maryland law requires a Maryland corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made or threatened to be made a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made or threatened to be made a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that: (a) the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (i) was committed in bad faith or (ii) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty; (b) the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or (c) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. However, under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification and then only for expenses. In addition, Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation’s receipt of (a) a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation and (b) a written undertaking by him or her or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.

 

Our charter obligates us to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while a director or officer of the Company and at our request, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, trustee, member or manager of another corporation, real estate investment trust, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity from and against any claim or liability to which that individual may become subject or which that individual may incur by reason of his or her service in any of the foregoing capacities and to pay or reimburse his or her reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. Our charter and bylaws also permit us to indemnify and advance expenses to any individual who served a predecessor of the Company in any of the capacities described above and any employees or agents of the Company or a predecessor of the Company.

 

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors whereby we indemnify such executive officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by Maryland law against all expenses and liabilities, subject to limited exceptions. These indemnification agreements also provide that upon an application for indemnity by an executive officer or director to a court of appropriate jurisdiction, such court may order us to indemnify such executive officer or director.

 

In addition, our directors and officers are indemnified for specified liabilities and expenses pursuant to the partnership agreement of Strawberry Fields Realty LP, the partnership of which we serve as sole general partner.

 

Insofar as the foregoing provisions permit indemnification of directors, officer or persons controlling us for liability arising under the Securities Act, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

164

 

 

ITEM 13. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

See “Index to Financial Statements” on page F-1 of this Form 10.

 

ITEM 14. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

None.

 

ITEM 15. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

 

(A) Financial Statements. See Index to Financial Statements and the related notes thereto.

 

(B) Exhibits. The following exhibits are filed as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this Form 10:

 

Exhibit   Description
3.1   Articles of Amendment and Restatement of Strawberry Fields REIT, Inc.
3.2   Amended and Restated Bylaws of Strawberry Fields REIT, Inc.
4.1   Form of Certificate of Common Stock of Strawberry Fields REIT, Inc.
10.1   Deed of Trust dated April 23, 2018, between Strawberry Fields REIT, LTD and Mishmeret Trust Services Company Ltd.
10.2   Deed of Trust dated November 24, 2015, between Strawberry Fields REIT, LTD and Mishmeret Trust Services Company Ltd.
10.3   Deed of Trust dated July 27, 2021 between Strawberry Fields REIT, LTD and Mishmeret Trust Services Company Ltd.
10.4   First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership dated June 1, 2021 of Strawberry Fields Realty LP
10.5   Contribution Agreement dated June 8, 2021 between Strawberry Fields REIT, Inc., Strawberry Fields REIT, LLC and of Strawberry Fields Realty LP
10.6   Tax Protection Agreement effective as of June 8, 2021 among Strawberry Fields Realty LP, Strawberry Fields REIT, Inc. and Strawberry Fields REIT, LLC
10.7   Strawberry Fields REIT, Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan
10.8   Term Loan and Security Agreement dated March 18, 2022, by and among Strawberry Fields Realty LP and certain subsidiaries thereof named as Borrowers, and Popular Bank, as Agent and Lender
21.1   List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

165

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

  Strawberry Fields REIT, Inc.
   
Date: July 12, 2022 By: /s/ Moishe Gubin
  Name: Moishe Gubin
  Title: Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

 

166

 

 

STRAWBERRY FIELDS REIT, Inc.

AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-2
   
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 F-3
   
Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 F-4
   
Consolidated Statements of Equity (Deficit) for the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 F-5
   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 F-7
   
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-9
   
Schedule III – Real Estate Properties and Accumulated Depreciation as of December 31, 2021 F-46

 

Consolidated Financial Statements for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 (Unaudited)

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 F-50
   
Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 F-51
   
Consolidated Statements of Equity (Deficit) for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 F-52
   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 F-53
   
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-55

 

F-1

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Members of Strawberry Fields REIT, INC.

 

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Strawberry Fields REIT, Inc., and its Predecessor (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive (loss) income, equity (deficit) and cash flows, for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule III (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Supplemental Information

 

Financial statement schedule III (“Schedule III”) has been subjected to audit procedures performed in conjunction with the audit of the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Schedule III is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our audit procedures included determining whether Schedule III reconciles to the consolidated financial statements or the underlying accounting and other records, as applicable, and performing procedures to test the completeness and accuracy of the information presented in Schedule III. In forming our opinion on Schedule III, we evaluated whether Schedule III, including its form and content, is presented in conformity with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). In our opinion, Schedule III is fairly stated, in all material respects, in relation to the consolidated financial statements as a whole.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

HACKER, JOHNSON & SMITH PA

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2019.

Fort Lauderdale, Florida

March 22, 2022

 

F-2

 

 

STRAWBERRY FIELDS REIT, Inc. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Amounts in $000’s, except share data)

 

   December 31, 
   2021   2020 
       (Predecessor) 
Assets          
Real estate investments, net  $462,728   $406,123 
Cash and cash equivalents   26,206    17,811 
Restricted cash and equivalents   25,922    24,248 
Straight-line rent receivable, net   23,262    21,230 
Right of use lease asset   2,064    2,348 
Real estate investments held for sale   -    22,174 
Goodwill, other intangible assets and lease rights   14,660    17,688 
Deferred financing expenses   4,826    5,205 
Notes receivable, net   9,831    6,540 
Other assets   465    315 
Total Assets  $569,964   $523,682 
           
Liabilities          
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities  $20,654   $13,147 
Bonds, net   192,549    143,041 
Senior debt   309,251    343,425 
Operating lease liability   2,064    2,348 
Other liabilities   10,396    8,301 
Total Liabilities  $534,914   $510,262 
Commitments and Contingencies (Notes 6, 8 and 15)          
Equity          
Common stock, $.0001 par value, 500,000,000 shares authorized, 5,849,746 shares issued and outstanding   -    - 
Preferred stock, $.0001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 0 shares issued and outstanding   -    - 
Additional paid in capital  $4,327   $63,936 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (2,455)   (23,775)
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)   393    (26,741)
Total Stockholders’ and Predecessor Equity  $2,265   $13,420 
Noncontrolling interest  $32,785   $- 
Total Equity  $35,050   $13,420 
Total Liabilities and Equity  $569,964   $523,682 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3

 

 

STRAWBERRY FIELDS REIT, Inc. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

(Amounts in $000’s, except share data)

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2021   2020   2019 
       Predecessor 
Revenues               
Rental revenues  $87,032   $84,091   $81,258 
                
Expenses:               
Depreciation  $24,460    23,612    23,193 
Amortization   3,028    3,029    4,303 
General and administrative expenses   6,297    4,367    4,461 
Property taxes   10,623    10,046    10,034 
Facility rent expenses   735    297    531 
Provision for doubtful accounts   5,128    3,203    7,226 
Total expenses  $50,271   $44,554   $49,748 
Income from operations   36,761    39,537    31,510 
                
Interest expense, net  $(21,261)  $(25,535)  $(28,065)
Amortization of deferred financing costs   (379)   (356)   (346)
Mortgage insurance premium   (1,769)   (1,872)   (1,718)
Total interest expense  $(23,409)  $(27,763)  $(30,129)
Other income (loss):               
Gain from sale of real estate investments   3,842    -    2,892 
Foreign currency transaction loss   (8,775)   -    - 
Gain from bond retirement   -    803    83 
Other income   -    250    250 
Loss on derivatives   -    (939)   - 
Total other (loss) income   (4,933)   114    3,225 
Net income  $8,419   $11,888   $4,606 
Less:               
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest   (3,083)   -    - 
Net income attributable to predecessor   (4,943)   11,888    4,606 
Net income attributable to common stockholders   393    -    - 
Other comprehensive (loss) income:               
Loss due to foreign currency translation   (6,751)   (9,349)   (13,616)
Reclassification of foreign currency transaction losses   8,775    -    - 
Unrealized gain on derivatives   -    -    74 
Comprehensive income attributable to predecessor   (9,681)   -    - 
Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interest   6,795    -    - 
Comprehensive (loss) income  $(469)  $2,539   $(8,936)
Net income attributable to common stockholders  $393   $-   $- 
Basic and diluted income per common share  $0.07   $-   $- 
                
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding   5,846,195    -    - 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4

 

 

STRAWBERRY FIELDS REIT, Inc. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY (DEFICIT)

(Amounts in $000’s, except share data)

 

   Number of common shares   Additional Paid-in Capital   Accumulated other comprehensive loss   Retained Earnings / (Accumulated Deficit)   Non-controlling interest   Total 
Balance, December 31, 2018 (Predecessor)                -   $33,582    (884)  $(43,235)  $            -   $(10,537)
Net change in foreign currency translation   -    -    (13,616)   -    -    (13,616)
Net change in unrealized gain on derivative   -         74    -    -    74 
Units sales   -    482    -    -    -    482 
Capital contribution   -    1,910    -    -    -    1,910 
Net income   -    -    -    4,606    -    4,606 
Balance, December 31, 2019 (Predecessor)   -   $35,974   $(14,426)  $(38,629)  $-   $(17,081)
Net change in foreign currency translation   -    -    (9,349)   -    -    (9,349)
Acquisition of net assets of SFMS   -    (1,162)   -    -    -    (1,162)
Common unit sales   -    7,235    -    -    -    7,235 
Preferred unit sales   -    19,125    -    -    -    19,125 
Issuance of common units in exchange for loans from affiliates and related parties   -    1,040    -    -    -    1,040 
Issuance of preferred units in exchange for loans from affiliates and related parties   -    2,250    -    -    -    2,250 
Preferred dividends   -    (526)   -    -    -    (526)
Net Income (Predecessor)   -    -    -    11,888    -    11,888 
Balance, December 31, 2020 (Predecessor)   -   $63,936   $(23,775)  $(26,741)  $-   $13,420 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5

 

 

STRAWBERRY FIELDS REIT, Inc. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY (DEFICIT) (cont.)

(Amounts in $000’s, except share data)

 

   Number of Common Shares   Additional Paid-in Capital   Accumulated other comprehensive loss   Retained Earnings / (Accumulated Deficit)  

Non-

controlling interest

   Total 
Balance, December 31, 2020 (Predecessor)   -   $63,936   $(23,775)  $(26,741)  $-   $13,420 
Net change in foreign currency translation   -    -    9,681    -    -    9,681 
Preferred dividends   -    (1,060)   -    -    -    (1,060)
Members’ distribution   -    (5,000)   -    -    -    (5,000)
Net Income   -    -    -    4,943    -    4,943 
Balance June 7, 2021   -    57,876    (14,094)   (21,798)   -    21,984 
Formation transactions   5,824,846    (53,799)   12,501    21,798    19,500    - 
Issuance of operating partnership units   -    -    -    -    16,997    16,997 
Net change in foreign currency translation   -    -    (862)   -    (6,795)   (7,657)
Stock-based compensation   24,900    250    -    -    -    250 
Net Income   -    -    -    393    3,083    3,476 
Balance, December 31, 2021   5,849,746   $4,327   $(2,455)  $393   $32,785   $35,050 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-6

 

 

STRAWBERRY FIELDS REIT, Inc. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Amounts in $000’s)

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2021   2020   2019 
       (Predecessor) 
Cash flows from operating activities:               
Net income  $8,419   $11,888   $4,606 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:               
Depreciation and amortization   27,488    26,641    27,496 
Stock-based compensation   250    -    - 
Gain from sale of Real Estate Investments   (3,842)   -    (2,892)
Gain from bond retirement   -    (803)   (83)
Amortization of bond issuance costs   1,000    1,139    1,039 
Amortization of deferred financing costs   379    356    346 
Increase in accounts receivable and other assets   (150)   1,165    (256)
Amortization of right of use asset   284    275    - 
Foreign currency transaction adjustments   8,216    (167)   (885)
Increase in straight-line rent receivables   (2,032)   (991)   (4,031)
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued liabilities and other liabilities   5,058    (1,884)   3,132 
Repayment of operating lease liability   (284)   (275)   (491)
Net cash provided by operating activities  $44,786   $37,344   $27,981 
                
Cash flow from investing activities:               
Purchase of Real estate investments  $(64,068)  $(8,564)  $(64,171)
Proceeds from the sale of Real estate investments   44    -    4,693 
Decrease in notes receivable   5,736    1,003    3,859 
Decrease in related party loans   -    1,130    - 
Net cash used in investing activities  $(58,288)  $(6,431)  $(55,619)
                
Cash flows from financing activities:               
Proceeds from senior debt, net of discount  $-   $13,744   $87,170 
Proceeds from issuance of bonds, net of issuance costs   63,000    -    - 
Repayment of bonds   (22,384)   (25,732)   (15,140)
Retirement of bonds   -    (2,678)   (522)
Proceeds from the sale of bonds   1,700    -    - 
Repayment of senior debt   (17,229)   (23,575)   (38,887)
Decrease in loans from others   -    1,283    (2,719)
Decrease in loans from affiliates and related parties   -    (15,501)   1,857 
Proceeds from sale of common member units   -    26,360    482 
Payment of Preferred dividends   (1,516)   -    - 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities  $23,571   $(26,099)  $32,241 
Increase in cash and cash equivalent and restricted cash and equivalents  $10,069   $4,814   $4,603 
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and equivalents at the beginning of the year   42,059    37,245    32,642 
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and equivalents at the end of the year  $52,128   $42,059   $37,245 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7

 

 

STRAWBERRY FIELDS REIT, Inc. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Amounts in $000’s)

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2021   2020   2019 
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:               
                
Cash paid during the year for interest  $19,395   $23,346   $26,858 
Supplemental schedule of noncash investing activities:               
Accumulated other comprehensive loss:               
Change in unrealized gain on derivative  $-   $-   $74 
Foreign currency translation adjustments  $(6,751)  $(9,349)  $(13,616)
Capitalization of right of use asset and operating lease liability  $-   $-   $4,350 
Capitalization of deferred financing expenses  $-   $-   $533 
Transfer of accounts payable and accrued liabilities to paid in capital  $-   $-   $1,910 
Transfer of real estate investments to real estate investments held for sale  $-   $-   $16,354 
Transfer of goodwill, other intangible assets and lease rights to real estate investment held for sale  $-   $-   $5,692 
Derecognition of goodwill, other intangible assets and lease rights in connection with real estate investment sale  $-   $-   $3,342 
Derecognition of right of use asset and operating lease liability in connection with real estate investment purchase  $-   $(516)  $- 
Transfer of loans from affiliates and related parties for common and preferred member units  $-   $3,290   $- 
Decrease in additional paid in capital in connection with acquisition of net assets of SFMS  $-   $(1,162)  $- 
Increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities in connection with acquisition of net assets of SFMS  $-   $1,282   $- 
Accrued preferred unit dividends included in other liabilities  $-   $456   $ 
Note receivable in connection with real estate investment sale  $9,027   $-   $1,390 
Buyer assumption of senior debt in connection with real estate investment sale  $16,945   $-   $- 
OP units issued in connection with purchase of real estate investments  $16,997   $-   $- 
Members’ distribution included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities  $5,000   $-   $- 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-8

 

 

STRAWBERRY FIELDS REIT, Inc. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1. Business

 

Overview

 

The Company

 

STRAWBERRY FIELDS REIT Inc. (the “Company”) is a Maryland corporation formed in July 2019. The Company commenced operations on June 8, 2021, following the completion of the formation transactions described below. The Company conducts its business through a traditional UPREIT structure in which substantially all of its assets are owned by subsidiaries of Strawberry Fields Realty, LP, a Delaware limited partnership formed in July 2019 (the “Operating Partnership”). The Company is the general partner of the Operating Partnership.

 

The Company completed the formation transactions on June 8, 2021. In connection with the formation transaction, the Company, the Operating Partnership and Strawberry Fields REIT, LLC (the “Predecessor Company” or “Predecessor”) entered into a contribution agreement, pursuant to which the Predecessor Company contributed all of its assets to the Operating Partnership, and the Operating Partnership assumed all of its liabilities. In exchange, the Operating Partnership issued limited partnership interests designated as common units (the “OP units”) to the Predecessor Company, which immediately distributed them to its members and beneficial owners. The Company offered certain of the holders of these OP units the opportunity to exchange their OP units for shares of common stock of the Company on a one for one basis. The Company limited the number of OP units that could be exchanged by some of the holders so that such holders would not become beneficial owners of more than 9.8% of the outstanding shares of the Company in violation of the ownership limitations set forth in the Company’s charter. Following the completion of the formation transactions, the Company became the owner of approximately 11.3% of the outstanding OP units. The formation transactions were accounted for at historical cost.

 

As the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership, the Company has the exclusive power under the partnership agreement to manage and conduct the business affairs of the Operating Partnership, subject to certain limited approval and voting rights of the limited partners. The Company may issue cause the Operating Partnership to issue additional OP units in connection with property acquisitions, compensation or otherwise.

 

As of December 31, 2021, the Company owned 78 properties and leased one property that it in turn subleased to a tenant that operates the facility.

 

Predecessor Company

 

The Predecessor Company, Strawberry Fields, REIT LLC, is an Indiana limited liability company organized on August 4, 2014.

 

The Predecessor Company primarily invested in real estate serving the healthcare industry in the United States. The Predecessor Company through its subsidiaries owned skilled nursing facilities, long-term acute care hospitals, a rehabilitation clinic, and other healthcare related properties in the States of Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, Texas, Ohio, Tennessee, Kentucky, Oklahoma, and Arkansas. Prior to the formation transactions, the Predecessor Company owned 72 properties and leased one property that is subleased by the Predecessor Company to a tenant that operates the facility.

 

F-9

 

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The Company maintains its accounting records on an accrual basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

 

These consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars.

 

On June 8, 2021, the Company completed the following formation transactions and related transactions:

 

the Predecessor Company contributed all of its assets owned as of June 8, 2021, to the Operating Partnership, and the Operating Partnership assumed all of the liabilities of the Predecessor Company as of the same date;
   
the Operating Partnership issued 51,686,280 OP units to the Predecessor Company, which were distributed to the members and beneficial owners of the Predecessor Company; and
   
the Company issued 5,824,846 shares of its common stock to the members of the Predecessor Company and their beneficial owners and their transferees in exchange for 5,824,846 OP units.

 

Following the completion of the formation transactions, the Company owned approximately 11.3% or 5,844,166 of the outstanding OP units in the Operating Partnership. As of December 31, 2021 the Company owns approximately 11% of the Operating Partnership.

 

The following is a summary of the Predecessor Company’s Consolidated Statement of Income for the period from January 1, 2021, through June 7, 2021, and the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Income for the period from June 8, 2021, to December 31, 2021. These amounts are included in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income herein for the year ended December 31, 2021. All balances as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 are those of the Predecessor Company.

 

F-10

 

 

   Predecessor   Company 
  

January 1,

2021 through June 7, 2021

   June 8, 2021 through December 31, 2021   TOTAL 
Revenues               
Rental revenues  $35,440   $51,592   $87,032 
                
Expenses:               
Depreciation  $10,303   $14,157   $24,460 
Amortization   1,323    1,705    3,028 
General and administrative expenses   1,928    4,369    6,297 
Property taxes   4,039    6,584    10,623 
Facility rent expenses   217    518    735 
Provision for doubtful accounts   93    5,035    5,128 
Total expenses  $17,903   $32,368   $50,271 
Income from operations   17,537    19,224    36,761 
                
Interest expense, net  $(8,769)  $(12,492)  $(21,261)
Amortization of deferred financing costs   (132)   (247)   (379)
Mortgage insurance premium   (691)   (1,078)   (1,769)
Total interest expense  $(9,592)  $(13,817)  $(23,409)
Other (loss) income:               
Gain from sale of real estate investments   3,842    -    3,842 
Foreign currency translation loss   (6,844)   (1,931)   (8,775)
Total other (loss) income   (3,002)   (1,931)   (4,933)
Net income  $4,943   $3,476   $8,419 
Less net income attributable to non-controlling interest  $-    (3,083)   (3,083)
Net income attributable to Predecessor Company   -    -    (4,943)
Net income attributable to common stockholders  $-   $393    393 

 

Variable Interest Entity

 

The Company consolidates the Operating Partnership, a variable interest entity (“VIE”) in which the Company is considered the primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary is the entity that has (i) the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and (ii) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could be significant to the VIE.

 

Non-Controlling Interest

 

A non-controlling interest is defined as the portion of the equity in an entity not attributable, directly or indirectly, to the primary beneficiary. Non-controlling interests are required to be presented as a separate component of equity on a consolidated balance sheet. Accordingly, the presentation of net income is modified to present the income attributed to controlling and non-controlling interests. The non-controlling interest on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet represents OP units not held by the Company and represents approximately 89% of the outstanding OP Units issued by the Operating Partnership as of December 31, 2021. The holders of these OP units are entitled to share in cash distributions from the Operating Partnership in proportion to their percentage ownership of OP units. Net income is allocated to the non-controlling interest based on the weighted-average of OP units outstanding during the period.

 

F-11

 

 

Fiscal Year End

 

The Company has adopted a fiscal year end of December 31.

 

NOTE 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Use of Estimates

 

Management is required to make estimates and assumptions in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results may differ from management’s estimates.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and the Predecessor Company, the Operating Partnership and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated upon consolidation.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand and short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less when purchased.

 

The Company’s cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash and cash equivalents periodically exceed federally insurable limits. The Company monitors the cash balances in its operating accounts and adjusts the cash balances as appropriate; however, these cash balances could be impacted if the underlying financial institutions fail or are subject to other adverse conditions in the financial markets. To date, the Company has experienced no loss or lack of access to the cash in its operating accounts. On December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had $36,359,000 and the Predecessor Company had $30,815,000, respectively, on deposit in excess of federally insured limits.

 

Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Restricted cash primarily consists of amounts held by mortgage lenders to provide for real estate tax expenditures, tenant improvements, capital expenditures and security deposits.

 

F-12

 

 

Real Estate Depreciation

 

Real estate costs related to the acquisition and improvement of properties are capitalized and depreciated over the expected life of the asset on a straight-line basis. Repair and maintenance costs are charged to expense as incurred and significant replacements and betterments are capitalized. Repair and maintenance costs include all costs that do not extend the useful life of the real estate asset. The Company considers the period of future benefit of an asset to determine its appropriate useful life. Expenditures for tenant improvements are capitalized and amortized over the shorter of the tenant’s lease term or expected useful life. The Company anticipates the estimated useful lives of its assets by class to be generally as follows:

 

Building and improvements   7-53 years
Equipment and personal property   1-14 years

 

Real Estate Valuation

 

The Company makes estimates as part of its allocation of the purchase price of acquisitions to the various components of the acquisition based upon the fair value of each component. In determining fair value, we use current appraisals or other third-party valuations. The most significant components of these allocations are typically the allocation of fair value to land and buildings and, for certain of its acquisitions, in place leases and other intangible assets. In the case of the fair value of buildings and the allocation of value to land and other intangibles, the estimates of the values of these components will affect the amount of depreciation and amortization we record over the estimated useful life of the property acquired or the remaining lease term. In the case of the value of in place leases, the Company makes best estimates based on the evaluation of the specific characteristics of each tenant’s lease. Factors considered include estimates of carrying costs during hypothetical expected lease up periods, market conditions and costs to execute similar leases. These assumptions affect the amount of future revenue that the Company will recognize over the remaining lease term for the acquired in place leases.

 

The Company evaluates each purchase transaction to determine whether the acquired assets meet the definition of a business. Transaction costs related to acquisitions that are not deemed to be businesses are included in the cost basis of the acquired assets, while transaction costs related to acquisitions that are deemed to be businesses are expensed as incurred. All of the Company’s acquisitions of investment properties qualified as asset acquisitions during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

 

F-13

 

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Rental income from operating leases is generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the terms of the leases. Substantially all of the Company’s leases contain provisions for specified annual increases over the rents of the prior year and are generally computed in one of three methods depending on specific provisions of each lease as follows:

 

  (i) a specified annual increase over the prior year’s rent, generally between 1.0% and 3.0%;
     
  (ii) a calculation based on the Consumer Price Index; or
     
  (iii) specific dollar increases.

 

Contingent revenue is not recognized until all possible contingencies have been eliminated. The Company considers the operating history of the lessee and the general condition of the industry when evaluating whether all possible contingencies have been eliminated and have historically, and expect in the future, to not include contingent rents as income until received. The Company follows a policy related to rental income whereby we consider a lease to be non-performing after 60 days of non-payment of past due amounts and do not recognize unpaid rental income from that lease until the amounts have been received.

 

Rental revenues relating to non-contingent leases that contain specified rental increases over the life of the lease are recognized on the straight-line basis. Recognizing income on a straight-line basis requires us to calculate the total non-contingent rent containing specified rental increases over the life of the lease and to recognize the revenue evenly over that life. This method results in rental income in the early years of a lease being higher than actual cash received, creating a straight-line rent receivable asset included in our accompanying consolidated balance sheets. At some point during the lease, depending on its terms, the cash rent payments eventually exceed the straight-line rent which results in the straight-line rent receivable asset decreasing to zero over the remainder of the lease term. The Company assesses the collectability of straight-line rent in accordance with the applicable accounting standards and our reserve policy. If the lessee becomes delinquent in rent owed under the terms of the lease, we may provide a reserve against the recognized straight-line rent receivable asset for a portion, up to its full value, that we estimate may not be recoverable.

 

Capitalized above-market lease values are amortized as a reduction of rental income over the remaining terms of the respective leases. Capitalized below-market leases are accreted to rental income over the remaining terms of the respective leases and expected below-market renewal option periods.

 

The Company reports revenues and expenses within our triple-net leased properties for real estate taxes that are escrowed and obligations of the tenants in accordance with their respective lease with us.

 

Gain from sale of real estate investments was recognized when control of the property is transferred and it is probable that substantially all consideration will be collected.

 

F-14

 

  

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

The Company evaluates the liquidity and creditworthiness of its tenants, operators and borrowers on a monthly and quarterly basis. The Company’s evaluation considers industry and economic conditions, individual and portfolio property performance, credit enhancements, liquidity and other factors. The Company’s tenants, borrowers and operators furnish property, portfolio and guarantor/operator-level financial statements, among other information, on a monthly or quarterly basis; the Company utilizes this financial information to calculate the lease or debt service coverages that it uses as a primary credit quality indicator. Lease and debt service coverage information is evaluated together with other property, portfolio and operator performance information, including revenue, expense, net operating income, occupancy, rental rate, reimbursement trends, capital expenditures and EBITDA (defined as earnings before interest, tax, and depreciation and amortization), along with other liquidity measures. The Company evaluates, on a monthly basis or immediately upon a significant change in circumstance, its tenants’, operators’ and borrowers’ ability to service their obligations with the Company.

 

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for straight-line rent receivables resulting from tenants’ inability to make contractual rent and tenant recovery payments or lease defaults. For straight-line rent receivables, the Company’s assessment is based on amounts estimated to be recoverable over the lease term.

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Goodwill

 

The Company assesses the carrying value of real estate assets and related intangibles (“real estate assets”) when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. The Company tests its real estate assets for impairment by comparing the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flows to the carrying value of the real estate assets. The expected future undiscounted cash flows are calculated utilizing the lowest level of identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities. If the carrying value exceeds the expected future undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss will be recognized to the extent that the carrying value of the real estate assets is greater than their fair value.

 

Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually based on certain qualitative factors to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its’ carrying value. Potential impairment indicators include a significant decline in real estate values, significant restructuring plans, current macroeconomic conditions, state of the equity and capital markets or a significant decline in the Company’s market capitalization. If the Company determines that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its’ carrying value, the Company applies the required two-step quantitative approach. The quantitative procedures of the two-step approach (i) compare the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying value, including goodwill, and, if necessary, (ii) compare the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill with the carrying value as if it had been acquired in a business combination at the date of the impairment test. The excess fair value of the reporting unit over the fair value of assets and liabilities, excluding goodwill, is the implied value of goodwill and is used to determine the impairment amount, if any. The Company has selected the fourth quarter of each fiscal year to perform its annual impairment test.

 

Concentrations of Credit Risk

 

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and cash equivalents, notes receivable and operating leases on owned properties. The Company’s financial instruments, notes receivable and operating leases, are subject to the possibility of loss of carrying value as a result of the failure of other parties to perform according to their contractual obligations or changes in market prices which may make the instrument less valuable. Cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and equivalents are held with various financial institutions. From time to time, these balances exceed the federally insured limits. These balances are maintained with high quality financial institutions which management believes limits the risk.

 

F-15

 

 

With respect to notes receivable, the Company obtains various collateral and other protective rights, and continually monitor these rights, in order to reduce such possibilities of loss. In addition, the Company provides reserves for potential losses based upon management’s periodic review of our portfolio. The Company held $7.74 million in real estate mortgage loans on December 31, 2020 and $3.1 million of notes receivable on December 31, 2020, for a total of $10.8 million. At December 31, 2021, the Company held two seller notes receivable for $9.76 million. Both of these seller notes are paid monthly and are current.

 

During 2018, the Company undertook to acquire five properties located in Massachusetts through the acquisition of the loans secured by first mortgages on the properties. In this regard, the Company purchased mortgage loans from the lenders for a price of $7.74 million. During 2019, the Company subsequently advanced $3.1 million under the mortgages to repay other debts related to the properties. The Company had an informal understanding with the owner that, in exchange for the cancellation of the loans, the owner would transfer title to the properties to the Company.

 

However, subsequent to the purchase of the loans but prior to the transfer of the properties, the Company cancelled the planned transfer because the owner was forced to surrender its licenses to the State of Massachusetts due to cash flow issues. The Company is currently seeking to collect the outstanding amount of the loans. Due to the uncertainty with respect to the recovery of the Company’s investment in the loans, the total reserve for doubtful accounts was increased from $5.82 million to $10.8 million (100%) at December 31, 2021.

 

Market Concentration Risk

 

As of December 31, 2021, the Company owned 78 properties and leases 1 property in 9 states, with 21 properties or 26.6% of its total properties located in Illinois (which include 4,327 skilled nursing beds or 41.50% of the Company’s total beds) and 15 properties or 19.0% of its total properties in Indiana (which include 1,388 skilled nursing beds or 13.3% of the Company’s total beds). Since tenant revenue is primarily generated from Medicare and Medicaid, the operations of the Company are indirectly subject to the administrative directives, rules and regulations of federal and state regulatory agencies, including, but not limited to, Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, and the Department of Health and Aging in all states in which the Company operates. Such administrative directives, rules and regulations, including budgetary reimbursement funding, are subject to change by an act of Congress, the passage of laws by the state regulators or an administrative change mandated by one of the executive branch agencies. Such changes may occur with little notice or inadequate funding to pay for the related costs, including the additional administrative burden, to comply with a change.

 

F-16

 

 

Derivatives and Hedging

 

During its normal course of business, the Company uses certain types of derivative instruments for the purpose of managing foreign currency risk. To qualify for hedge accounting, derivative instruments used for risk management purposes must effectively reduce the risk exposure that they are designed to hedge. In addition, at inception of a qualifying cash flow hedging relationship, the underlying transaction or transactions, must be, and are expected to remain, probable of occurring in accordance with the Company’s related assertions. Using certain of its New Israeli Shekel (“NIS”) denominated debt, the Company applies net investment hedge accounting to hedge the foreign currency exposure from its net investment in NIS-functional subsidiaries. The variability of the NIS-denominated debt due to changes in the NIS to U.S. dollar (“USD”) exchange rate (“translation value”) is recognized as part of the cumulative translation adjustment component of accumulated other comprehensive loss.

 

The Company formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk-management objectives and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. This process includes designating all derivative instruments that are part of a hedging relationship to specific forecasted transactions as well as recognized obligations or assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

The Company also assesses and documents, both at inception of the hedging relationship and on a quarterly basis thereafter, whether the derivative instruments are highly effective in offsetting the designated risks associated with the respective hedged items. If it is determined that a derivative instrument ceases to be highly effective as a hedge, or that it is probable the underlying forecasted transaction will not occur, the Company discontinues its cash flow hedge accounting prospectively and records the appropriate adjustment to operations based on the current fair value of the derivative instrument. The Company had no derivatives at December 31, 2021 or 2020.

 

Debt and Capital Raising Issuance Costs

 

Costs incurred in connection with the issuance of equity interests are recorded as a reduction of additional paid-in capital. Debt issuance costs related to debt instruments, excluding line of credit arrangements, are deferred, recorded as a reduction of the related debt liability, and amortized to interest expense over the remaining term of the related debt liability utilizing the interest method. Deferred financing costs related to line of credit arrangements are deferred, recorded as an asset and amortized to interest expense over the remaining term of the related line of credit arrangement utilizing the interest method.

 

Penalties incurred to extinguish debt and any remaining unamortized debt issuance costs, discounts and premiums are recognized as income or expense in the consolidated statements of income at the time of extinguishment.

 

Segment Reporting

 

Accounting guidance regarding disclosures about segments of an enterprise and related information establishes standards for the manner in which public business enterprises report information about operating segments. The Company’s investment decisions in health care properties, and resulting investments are managed as a single operating segment for internal reporting and for internal decision-making purposes. Therefore, the Company has concluded that it operates as a single segment.

 

Basic and Diluted Income Per Common Share

 

The Company calculates basic income per common share by dividing net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. At December 31, 2021, there were 47,406,651 OP units outstanding which were potentially dilutive securities. However, the assumed conversion of the OP units had no impact on basic income per share.

 

F-17

 

 

Beds, Units, Occupancy and Other Measures

 

Beds, units, occupancy and other non-financial measures used to describe real estate investments included in these notes to the consolidated financial statements are presented on an unaudited basis and are not subject to audit by the Company’s independent auditors in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

 

Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions

 

Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are translated into U.S. dollars use exchange rates in effect at the end of the period, and revenues and expenses denominated in foreign currencies that are translated into U.S. dollars use average rates of exchange in effect during the related period. Gains or losses resulting from translation are included in accumulated other comprehensive loss, a component of equity on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are translated into U.S. dollars at the rates of exchange prevailing at the dates of the transactions. The effects of transaction gains or losses, if any, are included in other income (loss), in the consolidated statements of income.

 

Fair Value Measurement

 

The Company measures and discloses the fair value of nonfinancial and financial assets and liabilities utilizing a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to a fair value measurement are considered to be observable or unobservable in a marketplace. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s market assumptions. This hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available. These inputs have created the following fair value hierarchy:

 

● Level 1—quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets;

 

● Level 2—quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets; and

 

● Level 3—fair value measurements derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.

 

F-18

 

 

The Company measures fair value using a set of standardized procedures that are outlined herein for all assets and liabilities which are required to be measured at fair value. When available, the Company utilizes quoted market prices from an independent third-party source to determine fair value and classifies such items in Level 1. In instances where a market price is available, but the instrument is in an inactive or over-the-counter market, the Company consistently applies the dealer (market maker) pricing estimate and classifies the asset or liability in Level 2. If quoted market prices or inputs are not available, fair value measurements are based upon valuation models that utilize current market or independently sourced market inputs, such as interest rates, option volatilities, credit spreads and/or market capitalization rates. Items valued using such internally generated valuation techniques are classified according to the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement. As a result, the asset or liability could be classified in either Level 2 or Level 3 even though there may be some significant inputs that are readily observable. Internal fair value models and techniques used by the Company include discounted cash flow valuation models.

 

Real Estate Investments – Held for Sale

 

On December 31, 2020, the Company had real estate investments held for sale, which were carried at the lower of their net book value or fair value on a non-recurring basis on the consolidated balance sheets. At December 31, 2020, the fair value of real estate investments held for sale exceeded their net book value. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had no real estate investment held for sale. The Company’s real estate investments held for sale were classified as Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

The Company accounts for share-based payment awards in accordance with ASC Topic 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”). ASC 718 requires that the cost resulting from all share-based payment transactions be recognized in the consolidated financial statements. ASC 718 requires all entities to apply a fair value-based measurement method in accounting for share-based payment transactions. The Company recognizes share-based payments over the vesting period.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”). ASU 2016-13 is intended to improve financial reporting by requiring timelier recognition of credit losses on loans and other financial instruments held by financial institutions and other organizations. The amendments in ASU 2016-13 eliminate the “probable” initial threshold for recognition of credit losses in current accounting guidance and, instead, reflect an entity’s current estimate of all expected credit losses. Previously, when credit losses were measured under current accounting guidance, an entity generally only considered past events and current conditions in measuring the incurred loss. The amendments in ASU 2016-13 broaden the information that an entity must consider in developing its expected credit loss estimate for assets measured either collectively or individually. The use of forecasted information incorporates more timely information in the estimate of expected credit loss. A reporting entity is required to apply the amendments in ASU 2016-13 using a modified retrospective approach by recording a cumulative-effect adjustment to equity as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption.

 

F-19

 

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements (cont.)

 

Upon adoption of ASU 2016-13, the Company is required to reassess its financing receivables, including leases and notes receivable, and expects that application of ASU 2016-13 may result in the Company recognizing credit losses at an earlier date than would otherwise be recognized under current accounting guidance. On October 16, 2019 the FASB approved ASU 2019-10 which extends the effective date of ASU 2016-13 to January 1, 2023, for smaller reporting companies. Adoption of ASU 2016-13 on January 1, 2023, is not expected to be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations.

 

NOTE 3. Restricted Cash and Equivalents

 

The following table presents the Company’s cash and equivalents and escrow deposits:

 

   December 31, 
   2021   2020 
   (amounts in $000’s) 
Escrow with trustee  $1,255   $1,594 
MIP escrow accounts   886    1,309 
Other escrow and debt deposits   832    847 
Property tax and insurance escrow   3,511    5,088 
Interest reserve bonds escrow   6,161    4,602 
HUD replacement reserves   13,277    10,808 
Total restricted cash and equivalents  $25,922   $24,248 

 

Escrow with trustee - The Company transfers funds to the trustee for its Series A Bonds to cover principal and interest payments prior to the payment date.

 

MIP escrow accounts - The Company is required to make monthly escrow deposits for mortgage insurance premiums on the HUD guaranteed mortgage loans.

 

Other escrow and debt deposits – The Company funds various escrow accounts under certain of its loan agreements, primarily to cover debt service on underlying loans,

 

Property tax and insurance escrow - The Company funds escrows for real estate taxes and insurance under certain of its loan agreements.

 

Interest reserve bonds escrow - The indentures for the Series A Bonds, Series B Bonds and Series C Bonds require the funding of a six-month interest reserve. See Note 7 - Notes Payable and Other Debt.

 

HUD replacement reserves - The Company is required to make monthly payments into an escrow for replacement and improvement of the project assets covered by HUD guaranteed mortgage loans. A portion of the replacement reserves are required to be maintained until the applicable loan is fully paid.

 

F-20

 

 

NOTE 4. Real Estate Investments, net

 

Real estate investments consist of the following:

 

   Estimated  December 31, 
   Useful Lives  2021   2020 
   (Years)  (Amounts in $000’s) 
Buildings and improvements  7-53  $494,015   $422,079 
Equipment and personal property  1-14   78,011    72,207 
Land  -   60,010    56,685 
       632,036    550,971 
Less: accumulated depreciation      (169,308)   (144,848)
Real estate investments, net     $462,728   $406,123 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, total depreciation expense was $24.5 million, $23.6 million and $23.2 million, respectively.

 

Acquisition of Properties

 

On January 10, 2019, the Company acquired two skilled nursing facilities located in Western Illinois, for an aggregate gross purchase price of $5.9 million. The Company had previously leased these properties under financing leases that had an option to purchase in favor of the Company. The Company paid $4.4 million of the total purchase in cash and agreed to pay the balance of $1.5 million in four monthly installments starting in February 2019. Prior to the date of acquisition, the two properties were leased by subsidiaries of the Company, which subleased them on a triple-net lease basis to sub-tenants that are entities controlled by a related party. These properties are included under a master lease agreement that includes one other property in Illinois. The lease was not affected by the purchase.

 

On February 23, 2019, the Company acquired three skilled nursing facilities located in Kentucky for a purchase price of $21.3 million, which it paid through the assumption of debt. Concurrently with the closing of the acquisition, the Company leased these properties to third-party operators, which will operate and manage the properties for 10 years under triple-net lease agreement in exchange of annual base rent of $2.7 million. The lease includes two extension options of five years each and an annual increase of approximately 3%.

 

On March 27, 2019, the Company purchased a property in Arkansas for a price of $6.85 million. The Company financed $5.18 million of the purchase price with a bank loan. The Company leased the property on a triple-net lease basis to tenant owned by a related party. The base rent during the first year will be $735,000. The lease has an initial term of ten years with two five-year extensions and an annual rent escalation of 3%.

 

On April 7, 2019, the Company acquired three skilled nursing facilities located in Arkansas for a purchase price of $14.4 million, which it paid through the assumption of debt. Concurrently with the closing of the acquisition, the Company leased these properties on a triple-net lease basis to entities controlled by Mr. Gubin and Mr. Blisko, which will operate and manage the properties for 10 years in exchange of annual base rent of $2.7 million. The lease includes an annual rent increase of approximately 3% and two extension options of five years each.

 

On June 27, 2019, the Company acquired a skilled nursing facility located in Des Plaines, Illinois, for an aggregate gross purchase price of $15.4 million. The Company leased this property to a third-party operator, which operates and manages the property under a five-year triple-net lease agreement in exchange of annual base rent of $1.6 million. The lease includes three five-year extension options and an annual rent increase of approximately 2%.

 

On November 12th, 2019, the Company acquired one skilled nursing facility located in Muncie, Indiana (72 beds) for a total purchase price of $3,150,000. Prior to the purchase, the Company leased the property under an operating lease and subleased it through a wholly-owned subsidiary as part of the Indiana master lease.

 

F-21

 

 

On June 5, 2020, the Company acquired a property located in Kentucky for a purchase price of $4.4 million, which was paid in cash. This property contains 90 skilled nursing facility beds and 18 assisted living facility / independent living beds with an aggregate of 108 licensed beds and approximately 46,500 square feet. Concurrently with the closing of the acquisition, the Predecessor Company leased this property to third-party operators, which will operate and manage the property for 10 years in exchange of annual base rent of $540,000. The lease includes an annual increase of approximately 3% in the rent and two extension options of five years each. This property is included under the Landmark master lease.

 

On September 16th, 2020, the Company entered into an agreement with a third party to purchase the fee simple rights on a single Skilled Nursing Facility in Illinois (245 beds) for total consideration of $4.0 million. The Company signed a 10-year lease agreement with an operator related to the controlling members. The annual rent payment during the first year will be $400,000, $450,000 for the second year and an annual escalation of 2% thereafter and two five-year lease renewals. The transaction closed on October 1st, 2020 in cash. In addition, the Company gave the tenant in the property a purchase option to buy the building for $4.6 million during 2020 and the option price increases by $600,000 every year thereafter.

 

On October 13, 2020, the Company closed on the purchase of its long-term ground lease of 9300 Ballard Road, LLC for $285,000. The Company also owns the building under this ground lease.

 

On August 25, 2021, the Company acquired five properties located in Tennessee and one in Kentucky (the “Tennessee/Kentucky Properties”) for an aggregate acquisition cost of $81.0 million, which was paid through the issuance of 1,545,217 OP units valued at $16,997,000 and a cash payment of $63,990,000. Moishe Gubin, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, agreed to purchase the OP units issued to the sellers either at cost or fair market value (whichever is higher) 12 months after the closing at the option of the sellers. The properties contain skilled nursing facilities of approximately 223,000 square feet and 515 beds. The Company financed a portion of the cash portion of the purchase price from the net proceeds received by the Company from the sale of Series C Bonds in Israel.

 

The Company leased the five Tennessee facilities to related parties under a new Tennessee master lease, and the one Kentucky property to an unrelated third party under the existing Landmark master lease. As a result of the lease of these properties, our annual base rent will increase by approximately $8.1 million in the first year, with annual increases of 3% thereafter.

 

Dispositions of Assets

 

On February 12, 2021, the Company closed on the sale of five properties in Illinois for a total purchase price of $26.1 million. The purchasers paid $9.0 million of the purchase price through the delivery of notes payable to the Predecessor Company and also assumed approximately $16.9 million in outstanding HUD mortgages on these assets. The notes bear a fixed interest rate of 5% per annum with fixed monthly payments of principal and interest of $92,900 for a period of 10.5 years. The Company recognized a gain of $3.8 million in connection with the sale of these real estate investments.

 

F-22

 

 

Other Events

 

Settlement Agreement with Prior Tenant

 

Commencing in 2016, the tenant of four of the Company’s properties in Texas experienced cash flow issues and was unable to make required rent payments. The owners of the tenant had provided personal guarantees on the lease. In April 2018, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with the tenant and its owners to resolve issues arising from the default and the $4.8 million in working capital provided to the tenant after the default. Under the settlement agreement, the master lease was terminated. All of the properties have been leased to new operators other than two long-term acute care hospitals.

 

The guarantors defaulted under the settlement agreement in September 2019. Due to the uncertainty regarding the repayment of the notes, the amount of the notes receivable recorded by the Company was $1.6 million, which represents a present value of future capitalized proceeds at a discount rate of 26.74%. The discount rate was increased from 19.5% as a result of the September 2019 payment default which led to the Company recording $0.4 million provision during the year ended December 31, 2019. During the year ended December 31, 2020 the Company recorded a provision for doubtful accounts of $1.6 million to fully reserve against the note receivable balance as of December 31, 2020. The Company is continuing the effort of collecting the debt from the guarantors and have engaged local counsel.

 

NOTE 5. Intangible Assets and Goodwill

 

Intangible assets consist of the following goodwill, Certificate of Need (“CON”) licenses and lease rights:

 

  

Goodwill

including CON Licenses

   Lease Rights   Total 
   (Amounts in $000’s) 
Balances, December 31, 2019               
Gross  $1,323   $54,577   $55,900 
Accumulated Amortization   -    (35,183)   (35,183)
Net carrying amount   1,323    19,394    20,717 
Amortization for the year ended December 31, 2020   -    (3,029)   (3,029)
Balances, December 31, 2020               
Gross   1,323    54,577    55,900 
Accumulated Amortization   -    (38,212)   (38,212)
Net carrying amount  $1,323   $16,365   $17,688 
                
Balances, December 31, 2020               
Gross  $1,323   $54,577   $55,900 
Accumulated amortization   -    (38,212)   (38,212)
Net carrying amount   1,323    16,365    17,688 
Amortization for the year ended December 31, 2021   -    (3,028)   (3,028)
Balances, December 31, 2021               
Gross   1,323    54,577    55,900 
Accumulated amortization   -    (41,240)   (41,240)
Net carrying amount  $1,323   $13,337   $14,660 

 

Estimated amortization expense for all finite-lived intangible assets for each of the future years ending December 31, is as follows

 

    Amortization of
Lease Rights
 
    (Amounts in $000’s)  
2022   $ 3,028  
2023     3,028  
2024     3,028  
2025     3,028  
2026     675  
Thereafter     550  
Total   $ 13,337  

 

F-23

 

 

NOTE 6. Leases

 

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had leased 79 and 78 properties, respectively, to tenant/operators in the States of Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, Ohio, Texas, Kentucky, Tennessee, Oklahoma and Arkansas. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, except for two long-term acute care hospitals (“LTACH”) facilities, all of the Company’s facilities were leased. Most of these facilities are leased on a triple net basis, meaning that the lessee (i.e., operator of the facility) is obligated under the lease for all expenses of the property in respect to insurance, taxes and property maintenance, as well as the lease payments.

 

The following table provides additional information regarding the properties owned/leased by the for the periods indicated:

 

   December 31, 
   2021   2020 
Cumulative number of properties   79    78 
Cumulative number of operational beds   10,426    10,360 

 

The following table provides additional information regarding the properties/facilities leased by the Company as of December 31, 2021:

 

State  Number of
Operational
Beds/Units
   Owned by Company   Leased by Company   Total 
Illinois   4,327    21    -    21 
Indiana   1,388    14    1    15 
Michigan   100    1    -    1 
Ohio   238    4    -    4 
Tennessee   1,056    12    -    12 
Kentucky   1,045    9    -    9 
Arkansas   1,572    13    -    13 
Oklahoma (*)   137    1    -    1 
Texas (*)   563    3    -    3 
Total properties   10,426    78    1    79 
                     
Facility Type                    
Skilled Nursing Facilities   10,174    71    1    72 
Long-Term Acute Care Hospitals   153    4    -    4 
Assisted Living Facility   99    3    -    3 
Total facilities   10,426    78    1    79 

 

(*) Each property is comprised of a skilled nursing facility and long-term acute care hospital.

 

As of December 31, 2021, total future minimum rental revenues for the Company’s tenants are as follows:

 

Year  Amount 
(Amounts in $000s)
2022  $81,475 
2023   81,370 
2024   82,833 
2025   72,663 
2026   51,629 
Thereafter   153,195 
Total  $523,165 

 

F-24

 

 

The following table provides summary information regarding the number of operational beds associated with a property leased by the Company and subleased to third-party operators:

 

   December 31, 
   2021   2020 
Number of facilities leased and subleased to third-parties   1    1 
Number of operational beds   68    68 

 

Right of use assets and operating lease liabilities are disclosed as separate line items in the consolidated balance sheets and are valued based on the present value of the future minimum lease payments at the lease commencement. As the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company used its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the adoption date in determining the present value of future payments. Lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Company’s operating lease obligation is for one skilled nursing facility. The lease expires on March 1, 2028 and has two five-year renewal options. The lease is a triple net lease, which requires the Company to pay real and personal property taxes, insurance expenses and all capital improvements. The Company subleases the building as part of the Indiana master lease. Based on the sublease with the Company’s tenant, the tenant is required to pay real and personal property taxes, insurance expenses and all capital improvements.

 

The components of lease expense and other lease information are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

   Years ended December 31,  
   2021   2020   2019 
Operating lease cost  $375   $393   $635 

 

   As of December 31, 
   2021   2020 
Operating lease right of use asset  $2,064   $2,348 
Operating lease liability  $2,064   $2,348 
Weighted average remaining lease term-operating leases (in years)   6.2    7.2 
Weighted average discount rate   4.1%   4.1%

 

Future minimum operating lease payments under non-cancellable leases as of December 31, 2021, reconciled to the Company’s operating lease liability presented on the consolidated balance sheets:

 

   (Amounts in
$000s)
 
2022  $375 
2023   375 
2024   375 
2025   375 
2026   375 
Thereafter   468 
Total  $2,343 
Less Interest   (279)
Total operating lease liability  $2,064 

 

Other Properties leased by the Company

 

The Company, through one of its subsidiaries, leases its office spaces from a related party. Rental expense under the leases for the year ended December 31, 2021, was $198,000. There was no rent expense related to these office spaces during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

 

F-25

 

 

NOTE 7. Notes Payable and Other Debt

 

Notes Payable and Other Debt consist of the following:

 

   Weighted Interest Rate at December 31,   December 31, 
   2021   2021   2020 
       (Amounts in $000s) 
HUD guaranteed bank loans   3.23%  $283,108   $307,064 
Bank loans   3.49%   24,789    34,591 
Series A, Series B and Series C Bonds   5.37%   194,926    144,475 
Loans from others   5.48%   1,354   $1,770 
Gross Notes Payable and other Debt       $504,177   $487,900 
Debt issuance costs        (2,377)   (1,434)
Net Notes Payable and other Debt       $501,800   $486,466 

 

Principal payments on the Notes Payable and Other Debt payable through maturity are as follows (amounts in $000s):

 

Year Ending December 31,    
2022  $128,118 
2023   37,203 
2024   23,885 
2025   12,107 
2026   59,189 
Thereafter   243,675 
   $504,177 

 

Debt Covenant Compliance

 

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company was party to approximately 42 and 45 outstanding credit related instruments, respectively. These instruments included credit facilities, mortgage notes, bonds and other credit obligations. Some of the instruments include financial covenants. Covenant provisions include, but are not limited to, debt service coverage ratios, and minimum levels of EBITDA (defined as earnings before interest, tax, and depreciation and amortization) or EBITDAR (defined as earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization and rental expense). Some covenants are based on annual financial metric measurements, and some are based on quarterly financial metric measurements. The Company routinely tracks and monitors its compliance with its covenant provisions. As of December 31, 2021, the Company was in compliance with all financial and administrative covenants.

 

F-26

 

  

Senior Debt—Mortgage Loans Guaranteed by HUD

 

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had HUD guaranteed mortgage loans from financial institutions of $283 million and $307 million, respectively. These loans were secured by first mortgage liens on the applicable properties, assignments of rent and second liens on the operator’s assets. The Company pays HUD annual mortgage insurance premiums of 0.65% of the loan balances in addition to the interest rate. As a result, the overall interest rate paid by the Company with respect to the HUD guaranteed loans as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 was 3.88% and 3.97%, respectively (including the mortgage insurance premium).

 

Series B Bonds

 

In April 2018, Strawberry Fields REIT, LTD, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“BVI Company” issued Series B Bonds with a par value of New Israeli Shekels (“NIS”) 239.3 million ($66.6 million) and received a net amount after issuance costs of NIS 234.4 million ($65.2 million). These Series B Bonds were issued at par.

 

In August 2018, the BVI Company issued additional Series B Bonds with a par value of NIS 125.0 million ($33.8 million) and received a net amount after issuance costs of NIS 121.2 million ($31.6 million). These Series B Bonds were issued at a price of 97.0% of par.

 

The Series B Bonds had an original interest rate of 4.95%. The interest rate on the Series B Bonds was increased to 5.20% in August 2019 due to the downgrade of the rating of the BVI Company by Standard & Poor’s from ilA to ilA- and as a result the Series B Bonds rating declined from ilA+ to ilA. On June 28, 2021, Standard & Poor’s / Maalot (“Maalot”) notified the Company that its Bond B rating was upgraded to ilA+ from ilA. This upgrade reduces the interest rate by 0.25% annually to 4.95%. Upon issuance, both the Company and the Bond A rating remain unchanged at ilA-.

 

The principal amount of the Series B Bonds is payable in three annual installments due on March 31 of each of the years 2020 through 2022. The first two principal payments were equal to 10% of the original principal amount of the Series B Bonds, and the last principal payment is equal to 80% of original principal amount of the Series B Bonds.

 

The Series B Bonds were secured by first mortgage on 24 of the properties owned through the BVI Company. The indenture for the Series B Bonds requires the BVI Company to maintain an interest reserve with the trustee in an amount equal to the next interest payment on the Series B Bonds. In addition, the BVI Company committed not to further encumber its assets under a general lien without obtaining the approval of the holders of the Series B Bonds, provided that the BVI Company may grant specific liens on its properties and also to provide guarantees; and its subsidiaries are entitled to register general and specific liens on their assets. Under the indenture, the BVI Company can remove properties from the collateral (in case of HUD refinancing) and add properties and increase the amount of the bonds (up to NIS 500 million, or $160.77 million as translated at the December 31, 2021 exchange rate) as long as the ratio of total debt to asset value is not more than 65%.

 

The financial covenants of the BVI Company are measured based on its financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS accounting principles. The annual rate of interest on the Series B Bonds will increase by 0.25%, but only once with respect to each breach of any such covenant, if: (i) the shareholders’ equity of the BVI Company (excluding minority interests) is less than $180 million, (ii) the ratio of adjusted net financial debt to adjusted EBITDA (for the latest four quarters) exceeds 12, (iii) the ratio of equity to total assets is less than 27%, or (iv) the ratio of the outstanding balance of the Series B Bonds to value of the BVI Company’s properties is more than 75%. Compliance with these financial covenants is measured annually and quarterly based on the BVI Company’s annual financial statements and quarterly financial statements. As of December 31, 2021, the BVI Company was in compliance with the above covenants.

 

Additionally, the annual rate of interest on the Series B Bonds will increase by 0.25% if there is a decrease in the rating of the Series B Bonds, up to a maximum increase of 1.5% per year.

 

F-27

 

 

In the event of the increase in the rate of interest on the Series B Bonds for the above reasons, the rate will be decreased if the underlying cause of the interests is eliminated, provided that the rate of interest will not be less than 4.95%.

 

Series A Bonds

 

In November 2015, the BVI Company issued Series A Bonds in the face amount of NIS 265.2 million ($68 million) and received the net amount after issuance costs of NIS 251.2 million ($64.3 million). During September 2016, the BVI Company issued at a premium of 103.6% additional Series A Bonds in the face amount of NIS 70.0 million ($18.6 million) and received a net amount after issuance costs of NIS 70.8 million ($18.8 million). During May 2017, the BVI Company issued at a premium of 105.9% additional Series A Bonds in the face amount of NIS 39.0 million ($10.7 million) and received a net amount after issuance costs of NIS 40.9 million ($11.3 million). The Series A Bonds had an original interest rate of 6.4% per annum. The effective weighted interest rate on the debentures, including those issued in the additional offering, is 7.4%.

 

The rate was increased to 6.65% in March 2017 due to the downgrade of the rating of the Series A Bonds by Standard & Poor’s from A to A-. The rate was further increased to 6.90% in August 2019 due to the downgrade of the rating of the BVI Company by Standard & Poor’s from ilA to ilA- and as a result the Series A Bond rating declined from ilA- to ilBBB+. On August 25, 2020, Standard & Poor’s upgraded the rating on Bond A from ilBBB+ to ilA-, however, interest rate was not decreased based on the terms of the debenture.

 

The principal amount of the Series A Bonds is payable in eight annual installments due on July 1 of each of the years 2017 through 2024. The first four principal payments are equal to 15% of the original principal amount of the Series A Bonds, and each of the last four principal payments are equal to 10% of original principal amount of the Series A Bonds.

 

The Series A Bonds are not secured except for an interest reserve. The indenture for the Series A Bonds requires the BVI Company to maintain an interest reserve with the trustee equal to the next interest payment on the Series A Bonds. In addition, the BVI Company committed not to further encumber its assets under a general lien without obtaining the approval of the holders of the Series A Bonds, provided that the BVI Company may grant specific liens on its properties and also to provide guarantees; and its subsidiaries are entitled to register general and specific liens on their assets.

 

The financial covenants of the BVI Company are measured based on its financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS accounting principles. The annual rate of interest on the Series A Bonds will increase by 0.5%, but only once with respect to each breach of any such covenant, if: (i) the shareholders’ equity of the BVI Company (excluding minority interests) is less than $110 million, (ii) the ratio of adjusted net financial debt to adjusted EBITDA (for the latest four quarters) exceeds 12 or (iii) the ratio of equity to total assets is less than 27%. Compliance with these financial covenants is measured annually and quarterly based on the BVI Company’s annual financial statements and quarterly financial statements. As of December 31, 2021, the BVI Company was in compliance with the above covenants.

 

Additionally, the annual rate of interest on the Series A Bonds will increase by 0.25% if there is a decrease in the rating of the Series A Bonds, up to a maximum increase of 1.25% per year. In the event of the increase in the rate of interest on the Series A Bonds for the above reasons, the rate will be decreased if the underlying cause of the interests is eliminated, provided that the rate of interest will not be less than 6.4%.

 

The BVI Company committed not to pledge its assets under general liens without obtaining the consent in advance of the debenture holders. Nevertheless, the BVI Company is entitled to register specific liens on its properties and also to provide guarantees; and its subsidiaries are entitled to register liens, including general and specific, on their assets.

 

F-28

 

  

Bond Repurchases

 

On December 10, 2018, the board of directors of the BVI Company approved a $1.0 million repurchase program (the “Program”) to repurchase Series A Bonds and Series B issued by the BVI Company. The Program was approved for a period of one year and expired on December 10, 2019. The Program was implemented based on the rules and regulations of the Israeli Securities Authority in relation to the self-purchase of corporate debt. On January 20, 2019, the Board of the BVI Company approved an extension to the Program allowing the Company to invest an additional $2.5 million of its own cash in the Program and to borrow up to $3.5 million to purchase additional bonds for a total Program amount of $7 million. On March 19, 2020, the Board of Directors of the BVI Company approved a $5 million new buyback program (the “Program”) to Series A and Series B Bonds. The Program was approved for a year and on March 21, 2021, the Program was extended for another year to expire on March 20, 2022. As of December 31, 2021, the BVI Company had repurchased Series A Bonds at a cumulative cost of $3.2 million and recognized a cumulative gain of $886,000 as a result of bond retirement. On February 25, 2021, the Company resold $1.7 million of these repurchased bonds at a discount of $8,500. The BVI Company did not make any bond purchases during 2021.

 

Series C Bonds

 

In July 2021, the BVI Company completed an initial offering on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange (“TASE”) of Series C Bonds with a par value of NIS 208.0 million ($64.7 million). These Series C Bonds were issued at par. Offering and issuance costs of approximately $1.7 million were incurred at closing.

 

Interest

 

The Series C Bonds initially bore interest at a rate of 5.7% per annum. In July 2021, Standard & Poor’s provided an initial rating for the Series C Bonds of ilA+.

 

Interest on the Series C Bonds is payable semi-annually in arrears. The first interest payment was paid on January 31, 2022. The interest rate may increase if certain financial ratios are not achieved, as discussed below.

 

Payment Terms

 

The principal amount of the Series C Bonds is payable in five annual installments due on July 31 of each of the years 2022 through 2026. The first four principal payments are equal to 6% of the original principal amount of the Series C Bonds, and the last principal payments is equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Series C Bonds.

 

Financial Covenants

 

Until the date of full repayment of the Series C Bonds, the BVI Company must comply with certain financial covenants described below. The application of the covenants is based on the financial statements of the BVI Company as prepared under the IFRS accounting method. The financial covenant are as follows:

 

● The stockholders’ equity of the BVI Company may not be less than $230 million.

 

● The ratio of the consolidated stockholders’ equity of the BVI Company to its total consolidated balance sheet may not be less than 25%.

 

● The ratio of the adjusted net financial debt to adjusted EBITDA of the BVI Company (for the past four quarters) may not exceed 12.

 

● The ratio of the outstanding amount of the Series C Bonds to the fair market value of the collateral may not exceed 75%.

 

F-29

 

 

Dividend Restrictions

 

The indenture for the Series C Bonds limits the amount of dividends that may be paid by the BVI Company to its stockholders. The BVI Company may not make any distribution unless all of the following conditions are fulfilled (with all amounts calculated under IFRS):

 

● The distribution amount may not exceed 80% of the net profit after tax that is recognized in the most recent consolidated financial statements of the BVI Company, less profits or losses arising from a change in accounting methods, net revaluation profits/losses (that have not yet been realized) arising from a change in the fair value of the assets with respect to the fair value in prior reporting period.

 

● The ratio of the consolidated stockholders’ equity of the BVI Company to its total consolidated balance sheet may not be less than 30%.

 

● The distributable profits for which no distribution was performed in a specific year will be added to the following quarters.

 

● The BVI Company’s equity at the end of the last quarter, before the distribution of dividends, less the dividends distributed, may not be less than $250 million.

 

● The BVI Company meets the financial conditions described above, and the Company is not in violation of all and/or any of its material undertakings to the holders of the Series C Bonds.

 

Increase in Interest Rate

 

In the event that:

 

(i) the stockholders’ equity of BVI Company (excluding minority interests) is less than $250 million;

 

(ii) the ratio of the adjusted net financial debt to adjusted EBITDA (for the latest four quarters) exceeds 11;

 

(iii) the ratio of the consolidated equity of the BVI Company to total consolidated assets of the BVI Company is below 27%; or

 

(iv) the ratio of outstanding amount of the Series C Bonds to the fair market value of the collateral for the Series B Bonds exceeds 75%,

 

then, in each case, the interest on the Series C Bonds will increase by an additional 0.5% annually, but only once with respect to each failure to meet these requirements. Compliance with these financial covenants is measured quarterly.

 

Additionally, if a decline in the rating of the Series C Bonds should take place, then for each single ratings decrease, the interest will be increased by 0.25% per year, up to a maximum increment of 1.25% annually.

 

In any case, the total increase in the interest rate as a result of the above adjustments will not exceed 1.5% per year. The increases in the interest rate will also be reversed if the BVI Company regains compliance.

 

F-30

 

 

Security

 

The Series C Bonds are secured by first mortgage liens on eight properties. In addition, the Series C Bonds are also secured by interest and expenses reserves. The BVI Company has agreed not to pledge its assets pursuant to a general lien without obtaining the prior consent of the holders of the Series C Bonds, provided that the BVI Company is entitled to register specific liens on its properties and also to provide guarantees and its subsidiaries are entitled to register general and specific liens on their assets.

 

Under the terms of the indenture for the Series C Bonds, the BVI Company can take out properties from the collateral (in case of HUD refinancing) or to add properties and increase the Series C Bonds as long as the ratio of outstanding amount of the Series C Bonds to fair market value of the collateral is not more than 65%. In addition, starting from July 1, 2023, if the fair market value of the collateral is below 55%, the BVI Company can request to release collateral so the fair market value will increase to 55%.

 

Additional Bonds

 

The BVI Company can issue additional Series C Bonds at any time not to exceed to a maximum of NIS630 million (or $202 million).

 

Redemption Provisions

 

The BVI Company may, at its discretion, call the Series C Bonds for early repayment. In the event of the redemption of all of the Series C Bonds, the BVI Company would be required to pay the highest of the following amounts:

 

the market value of the balance of the Series C Bonds in circulation which will be determined based on the average closing price of the Series C Bonds for thirty (30) trading days before the date on which the board of directors resolves to undertake the early redemption;
   
the par value of the Series C Bonds available for early redemption in circulation (i.e., the principal balance of the Series C Bonds plus accrued interest until the date of the actual early redemption); or
   
the balance of the payments under the Series C Bonds (consisting of future payments of principal and interest), when discounted to their present value based on the annual yield of the Israeli government bonds plus an “additional rate.” The additional rate will be 1.0% per annum for early repayment performed by September 30, 2022, 2.5% from October 1, 2022 to September 30, 2023, and 3.0% thereafter.

 

Change of Control

 

The holders of a majority of the Series C Bonds may accelerate the outstanding balance of the Bonds if the control of the BVI Company is transferred, directly or indirectly, unless the transfer of control is approved by the holders of a majority of the Series C Bonds.

 

For the purpose of this provision, a transfer of control means a change of control of the BVI Company such that the BVI Company has a controlling stockholder that is not any of the “controlling stockholders” and/or is in the hands of any of their immediate family members (including through trusts that the controlling stockholders and/or any of their immediate family members are the beneficiaries under and/or are their managers). In this regard, “control” is defined in the Israeli Companies Law.

 

For purposes of the Series C Bonds, the “controlling stockholders” of the BVI Company are deemed to be Moishe Gubin and Michael Blisko.

 

F-31

 

 

Other Debt

 

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had $1.4 and $1.8 million, respectively, in outstanding amounts due under notes due to sellers of properties.

 

NOTE 8. Commitments and Contingencies

 

Commitments

 

The Company guarantees from time-to-time obligations of its wholly owned subsidiaries.

 

Contingencies

 

The Company’s operating results and financial condition are dependent on the ability of its tenants to meet their lease obligations to us. A pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of an infectious disease, such as the recent outbreak of respiratory illness caused by the novel coronavirus known as COVID-19, could adversely affect the ability of the Company’s tenants to meet their lease obligation by increasing their operating costs and reducing their income. Tenants may be required to make significant expenditures to prevent or contain such illnesses. Tenants’ revenues could be affected if public trust in skilled nursing facilities and long-term acute care hospitals were undermined because of such illnesses. Tenants’ revenues could also be adversely affected if a pandemic caused a temporary shutdown or diversion of patients, disrupted the delivery of medical supplies or caused staffing shortages. The risk to our tenants is enhanced because their facilities primarily serve the elderly, who are particularly at risk for respiratory illnesses such as COVID-19.

 

Although the amount of rent that the Company receives from its tenants is not dependent on the tenants’ operating results, the tenants’ ability to fulfill their lease obligations, including the payment of rent, could be adversely affected if our tenants encountered significant financial difficulties due to a pandemic. To date, the Company does not believe that the recent coronavirus outbreak has had a material adverse impact on its tenants.

 

In March 2020, Joseph Schwartz, Rosie Schwartz, and certain companies owned by them filed a complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Illinois against Moishe Gubin, Michael Blisko, the Company and 21 of its subsidiaries, as well as the operators of 17 of the facilities operated at the Company’s properties. The complaint was related to the Company’s acquisition of 16 properties located in Arkansas, Kentucky and Illinois and the attempt to purchase 5 properties located in Massachusetts in a series of transactions between May 2018 and April 2019. The complaint was dismissed by the court in 2020 for lack of subject matter jurisdiction.

 

In September 2020, Joseph Schwartz, Rosie Schwartz, and certain companies owned by them filed a new complaint in an Arkansas State Court with nearly identical claims but limited to the properties the Company purchased from the plaintiffs in Arkansas. The aggregate acquisition cost of the Arkansas properties (inclusive of three properties that are not owned by the Company) was approximately $59.2 million. In each transaction, the purchase price for the property was paid through the satisfaction of mortgage indebtedness on the property, by assumption or otherwise, such that the mortgage lenders would release the property to the Company, free and clear. The sellers, which were affiliates of Skyline Health Care, had encountered financial difficulties and requested the Company to acquire the properties.

 

F-32

 

 

In the complaint, the plaintiffs asserted claims for fraud, breach of contract and rescission arising out of the defendants alleged failure to perform certain post-closing obligations under the purchase contracts. The Company and its subsidiaries, and the operator co-defendants believe that the complaint is without merit and are vigorously defending the litigation and asserting counterclaims against the plaintiffs based on their failure to fulfill their obligations under the purchase contracts, interim management agreement, and operations transfer agreements. The Company believes this matter will be settled without a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial statements.

 

Note 9. Equity Incentive Plan

 

The Company has adopted the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan permits the grant of both options qualifying under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code (“incentive stock options”) and options not so qualifying, and the grant of stock appreciation rights, stock awards, incentive awards, performance units, and other equity-based awards. A total of 250,000 shares have been authorized to be granted under the Plan. The Company issued 24,900 shares of common stock in the form of stock awards during the year ended December 31, 2021, and recognized compensation expense of $250,000 in connection with these grants. As of December 31, 2021, 225,100 shares were available for grant.

 

NOTE 10. Stockholders’ Equity and Distributions

 

The Company intends to elect and qualify to be treated as a REIT commencing with the taxable year ending December 31, 2022. U.S. federal income tax law requires that a REIT distribute annually at least 90% of its net taxable income, excluding net capital gains, and that it pays tax at regular corporate rates to the extent that it annually distributes less than 100% of its net taxable income, including net capital gains. In addition, a REIT is required to pay a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the amount, if any, by which the distributions that it makes in a calendar year are less than the sum of 85% of its ordinary income, 95% of its capital gain net income and 100% of its undistributed income from prior years.

 

As of December 31, 2021, there were a total of 5,849,746 shares of common stock issued in connection with our formation transactions and shares granted to employees and employees of affiliated entities under the equity incentive plan. The outstanding shares were held by a total of 420 stockholders of record, including certain affiliates of the Company who held 1,291,785 of these shares. All of these shares are “restricted securities” (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act). They may be sold in the public market only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration, including exemptions under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

 

At December 31, 2021 there were 47,406,651 OP units outstanding. Under the terms of the Operating Partnership agreement, such holders have the right to request the redemption of their OP units, in cash, commencing 12 months after the initial issuance of such OP units (or such shorter period as may be approved by the Company in its sole discretion). If a holder requests redemption, the Company will have the option of issuing shares of common stock to the requesting holder instead of cash. The Company has no current plans to permit these holders to seek redemption of their OP units prior to the 12-month period noted above. In addition, OP unit holders are required to obtain Company approval prior to the sale or transfer of any or all of such OP unit holders interest.

 

In addition, the Company has reserved a total of (a) 250,000 shares of common stock of which 225,100 are available for grant at December 31, 2021 for future issuance under the equity incentive plan, and (b) 47,406,651 shares of common stock that may be issued, at the Company’s option, upon redemption of the OP units outstanding as of December 31, 2021. Any shares issued upon the redemption of the OP units will be restricted securities for purposes of Rule 144.

 

F-33

 

 

Prior to the formation transactions, the Predecessor Company’s outstanding equity consisted of 10,570 common units and 475 preferred units. Each preferred unit provided its holders with the rights to receive $4,500 annually in preferred dividends. The preferred units were converted to common OP units in connection with the formation transactions. Preferred unit dividends totaling $456,000 are included in other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2020.

 

NOTE 11. Related Party Transactions and Economic Dependence

 

The following entities and individuals are considered to be Related Parties:

 

Moishe Gubin Chairman of the Board and a stockholder of the Company
Michael Blisko Director and a stockholder of the Company
Ted Lerman Director and a stockholder of the Company
Nahman Eingal Chief Financial Officer and a stockholder of the Company
Operating entities See list below
Steven Blisko Owner of certain tenants and a brother of Michael Blisko

 

Lease Agreements with Related Parties

 

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, each of the Company’s facilities except for two were leased and operated by separate tenants. Each tenant is a special purpose entity that leases the facility from one of the Company’s subsidiaries and operates the facility as a healthcare facility. The Company had 47 tenants out of 79 who were related parties as of December 31, 2021 and 61 out of 82 tenants who were related parties as of December 31, 2020. Most of the lease agreements are triple net leases.

 

In April 2021, tenants for 13 of our properties located in Arkansas agreed to assign their leases to a group of unaffiliated third parties. The prior tenants were related parties of the Company. The facilities located on these properties consist of 12 SNFs and 2 ALFs, with one property housing both a SNF and an ALF. There were no changes to the terms of the existing leases. The assignment of the leases was subject to the approval of the State of Arkansas, which was received in December 2021. In connection with the lease assignments, the Company granted the new tenants an option to purchase the properties for an aggregate price of $90 million. These properties are subject to claims by the prior owners of the properties. These claims did not impact the assignment of the leases, but they may interfere with the exercise of the purchase option.

 

F-34

 

 

The following table sets forth details of the lease agreements in force between the Company and its subsidiaries and lessees that are related parties:

 

              Related Party Ownership in
Tenant/Operator (see notes (1) and (2))
                           
State     Lessor/
Company Subsidiary
  Tenant/Operator   Moishe Gubin/Gubin Enterprises LP     Michael Blisko/Blisko Enterprises LP     Ted Lerman/A&F Realty LLC     Average annual rent over life of lease     Annual Escalation     % of total rent     Lease maturity   Extension options
      Master Lease Indiana                                                        
IN     1020 West Vine Street Realty, LLC   The Waters of Princeton II, LLC     39.10 %     40.14 %     20.20 %   $ 1,045,506       3.00 %     1.45 %   8/1/2025   2 five year
IN     12803 Lenover Street Realty LLC   The Waters of Dillsboro - Ross Manor II LLC     39.10 %     40.14 %     20.20 %     1,353,655       3.00 %     1.87 %   8/1/2025   2 five year
IN     1350 North Todd Drive Realty, LLC   The Waters of Scottsburg II LLC     39.10 %     40.14 %     20.20 %     1,089,527       3.00 %     1.51 %   8/1/2025   2 five year
IN     1600 East Liberty Street Realty LLC   The Waters of Covington II LLC     39.10 %     40.14 %     20.20 %     1,309,634       3.00 %     1.81 %   8/1/2025   2 five year
IN     1601 Hospital Drive Realty LLC   The Waters of Greencastle II LLC     39.10 %     40.14 %     20.20 %     1,100,532       3.00 %     1.52 %   8/1/2025   2 five year
IN     1712 Leland Drive Realty, LLC   The Waters of Huntingburg II LLC     39.10 %     40.14 %     20.20 %     1,045,506       3.00 %     1.45 %   8/1/2025   2 five year
IN     2055 Heritage Drive Realty LLC   The Waters of Martinsville II LLC     39.10 %     40.14 %     20.20 %     1,133,548       3.00 %     1.57 %   8/1/2025   2 five year
IN     3895 South Keystone Avenue Realty LLC   The Waters of Indianapolis II LLC     39.10 %     40.14 %     20.20 %     891,431       3.00 %     1.23 %   8/1/2025   2 five year
IN     405 Rio Vista Lane Realty LLC   The Waters of Rising Sun II LLC     39.10 %     40.14 %     20.20 %     638,309       3.00 %     0.88 %   8/1/2025   2 five year
IN     950 Cross Avenue Realty LLC   The Waters of Clifty Falls II LLC     39.10 %     40.14 %     20.20 %     1,518,735       3.00 %     2.10 %   8/1/2025   2 five year
IN     958 East Highway 46 Realty LLC   The Waters of Batesville II LLC     39.10 %     40.14 %     20.20 %     946,458       3.00 %     1.31 %   8/1/2025   2 five year
IN     2400 Chateau Drive Realty, LLC   The Waters of Muncie II LLC     39.10 %     40.14 %     20.20 %     792,383       3.00 %     1.10 %   8/1/2025   2 five year
IN     The Big H2O LLC   The Waters of New Castle II LLC     39.10 %     40.14 %     20.20 %     726,351       3.00 %     1.00 %   8/1/2025   2 five year

 

F-35

 

 

State  Lessor/ Company Subsidiary  Tenant/Operator  Moishe Gubin/Gubin Enterprises LP   Michael Blisko/Blisko Enterprises LP   Ted Lerman/A&F Realty LLC   Average annual rent over life of lease   Annual Escalation   % of total rent   Lease maturity  Extension options
   Master Lease Tennessee                                    
TN  115 Woodlawn Drive, LLC  Lakebridge, a Waters Community, LLC   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%   1,514,820    3.00%   1.81%  8/1/2031  2 five year
TN  146 Buck Creek Road, LLC  The Waters of Roan Highlands, LLC   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%   1,111,794    3.00%   1.33%  8/1/2031  2 five year
TN  704 5th Avenue East, LLC  The Waters of Springfield, LLC   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%   917,230    3.00%   1.09%  8/1/2031  2 five year
TN  2501 River Road, LLC  The Waters of Cheatham, LLC   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%   1,111,794    3.00%   1.33%  8/1/2031  2 five year
TN  202 Enon Springs Road East, LLC  The Waters of Smyrna, LLC   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%   1,264,666    3.00%   1.51%  8/1/2031  2 five year
TN  140 Technology Lane, LLC  The Waters of Johnson City, LLC   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%   1,167,384    3.00%   1.39%  8/1/2031  2 five year
TN  835 Union Street, LLC  The Waters of Shelbyville, LLC   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%  $1,334,153    3.00%   1.59%  8/1/2031  2 five year

 

F-36

 

 

State  Lessor/
Company Subsidiary
  Tenant/Operator Moishe Gubin/Gubin Enterprises LP    Michael Blisko/Blisko Enterprises LP    Ted Lerman/A&F Realty LLC    Average annual rent over life of lease    Annual Escalation    % of total rent   Lease maturity  Extension options
   Master Lease Tennessee 2                                   
TN  505 North Roan, LLC   Agape Rehabilitation & Nursing Center, A Water’s Community LLC   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%   1,628,910    3.00%   1.97%  7/1/2031  2 five year
TN  14510 Highway 79, LLC   Waters of McKenzie, A Rehabilitation & Nursing Center, LLC   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%   1,279,858    3.00%   1.55%  7/1/2031  2 five year
TN  6500 Kirby Gate Boulevard, LLC   Waters of Memphis, A Rehabilitation & Nursing Center, LLC   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%   1,745,261    3.00%   2.11%  7/1/2031  2 five year
TN  978 Highway 11 South, LLC   Waters of Sweetwater, A Rehabilitation & Nursing Center, LLC   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%   1,745,261    3.00%   2.11%  7/1/2031  2 five year
TN  2830 Highway 394, LLC   Waters of Bristol, A Rehabilitiation & Nursing Center, LLC   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%   2,327,014    3.00%   2.81%  7/1/2031  2 five year

 

F-37

 

 

            Related Party Ownership in
Tenant/Operator (see notes (1) and (2))
                           
State   Lessor/
Company Subsidiary
  Tenant/ Operator   Moishe Gubin/Gubin Enterprises LP     Michael Blisko/Blisko Enterprises LP     Ted Lerman/A&F Realty LLC     Average Annual rent over life of lease     Annual Escalation     % of total rent     Lease maturity   Extension options
IL   516 West Frech Street, LLC   Parker Nursing & Rehabilitation Center, LLC     50.00 %     50.00 %     0.00 %   $ 498,350       Varies between $12,000 and $24,000 annually       0.69 %   3/31/2031   None
IN   1316 North Tibbs Avenue Realty, LLC   Westpark, a Waters Community, LLC     40.00 %     40.00 %     20.00 %     549,884       3.00 %     0.76 %   6/1/2024   2 five year
IL   Ambassador Nursing Realty, LLC   Ambassador Nursing and Rehabilitation Center II, LLC     37.50 %     37.50 %     5.00 %     1,005,313       3.00 %     1.39 %   2/28/2026   2 five year
IL   Momence Meadows Realty, LLC   Momence Meadows Nursing & Rehabilitation Center, LLC     50.00 %     50.00 %     0.00 %     1,038,000       None       1.44 %   12/30/2025   None
IL   Oak Lawn Nursing Realty, LLC   Oak Lawn Respiratory and Rehabilitation Center, LLC     50.00 %     50.00 %     0.00 %     1,083,048       None       1.50 %   6/1/2031   None
IL   Forest View Nursing Realty, LLC   Forest View Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC     50.00 %     50.00 %     0.00 %     1,215,483       3.00 %     1.68 %   12/1/2024   2 five year
IL   Lincoln Park Holdings, LLC   Lakeview Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC     40.00 %     40.00 %     0.00 %     1,260,000       None       1.74 %   5/31/2031   None
IL   Continental Nursing Realty, LLC   Continental Nursing and Rehabilitation Center, LLC     37.50 %     37.50 %     5.00 %     1,575,348       None       2.18 %   3/1/2031   None
IL   Westshire Nursing Realty, LLC   City View Multicare Center, LLC     50.00 %     50.00 %     0.00 %     1,788,365       3.00 %     2.47 %   9/1/2025   2 five year
IL   Belhaven Realty, LLC   Belhaven Nursing and Rehabilitation Center, LLC     35.00 %     35.00 %     24.99 %     2,134,570       3.00 %     2.95 %   2/28/2026   2 five year
IL   West Suburban Nursing Realty, LLC   West Suburban Nursing & Rehabilitation Center, LLC     37.50 %     37.50 %     5.00 %     1,961,604       None       2.71 %   11/1/2027   None

 

F-38

 

 

            Related Party Ownership in
Tenant/Operator (see notes (1) and (2))
                           
State   Lessor/
Company Subsidiary
  Tenant/ Operator   Moishe Gubin/Gubin Enterprises LP     Michael Blisko/Blisko Enterprises LP     Ted Lerman/A&F Realty LLC     Average Annual rent over life of lease     Annual Escalation     % of total rent     Lease maturity   Extension options
IN   1585 Perry Worth Road, LLC   The Waters of Lebanon, LLC     40.00 %     40.00 %     20.00 %   $ 116,676       3.00  %     0.16 %   6/1/2027   2 five year
IL   Niles Nursing Realty LLC   Niles Nursing & Rehabilitation Center LLC     40.00 %     40.00 %     20.00 %     2,409,998       3.00 %     3.33 %   2/28/2026   2 five year
IL   Parkshore Estates Nursing Realty, LLC   Parkshore Estates Nursing and Rehabilitation Center, LLC     30.00 %     30.00 %     20.00 %     2,454,187       3.00 %     3.39 %   12/1/2024   2 five year
IL   Midway Neurological and Rehabilitation Realty, LLC   Midway Neurological and Rehabilitation Center, LLC     33.39 %     33.39 %     23.97 %     2,547,712       3.00  %     3.52 %   2/28/2026   2 five year
IL   4343 Kennedy Drive, LLC   Hope Creek Nursing and Rehabilitation Center, LLC     50.00 %     50.00 %     0.00 %     478,958       3.00  %     0.58 %   10/1/2030   2 five year

 

F-39

 

 

               

Affiliate Ownership in Operator

(See Notes (1) and (2))

                                       
State  

Lessor/

Company Subsidiary

  Tenant       Moishe Gubin / Gubin Enterprises LP       Michael Blisko / Blisko Enterprises LP       Ted Lerman / A&F Realty LLC       Steven Blisko       Average Annual rent over life of lease       Annual Escalation       % of total rent   Lease maturity   Extension options
    Master Lease Central Illinois 1                                                                
IL   253 Bradington Drive, LLC   Columbia Rehabilitation and Nursing Center LLC       0.00 %     0.00 %     40.00 %     60.00 %   $ 399,076       3.0 %     0.55 % 4/1/2031   4 five year
IL   3523 Wickenhauser, LLC   Alton Rehabilitation and Nursing Center LLC       0.00 %     0.00 %     40.00 %     60.00 %     606,998       3.0 %     0.84 % 4/1/2031   4 five year
IL   727 North 17th Street, LLC   Belleville Rehabilitation and Nursing Center LLC       0.00 %     0.00 %     40.00 %     60.00 %     603,644       3.0 %     0.83 % 4/1/2031   4 five year
    Master Lease Central Illinois 2L                                                                    
IL   107 South Lincoln Street, LLC   Park Haven Nursing & Rehabilitation Center, LLC       0.00 %     0.00 %     40.00 %     60.00 %     390,846       1.00 %     0.54 % 6/1/2034   1 ten year
IL   1623 West Delmar Avenue, LLC   Godfrey Healthcare & Rehabilitation Center, LLC       0.00 %     0.00 %     40.00 %     60.00 %     263,144       1.00 %     0.36 % 6/1/2034   1 ten year
IL   393 Edwardsville Road, LLC   Wood River Healthcare & Rehabilitation Center, LLC       0.00 %     0.00 %     40.00 %     60.00 %     410,194       1.00 %     0.56 % 6/1/2034   1 ten year

 

(1) The interests of the three listed related parties are not held through any commonly owned holding companies. Mr. Gubin’s interests are held through Gubin Enterprises LP. Mr. Blisko’s interests are held through Blisko Enterprises LP and New York Boys Management, LLC. The interests held by Ted Lerman/A&F Realty are held directly by them.

 

(2) Each of the tenants is a limited liability company. The percentages listed reflect the owners’ percentage ownership of the outstanding membership interests in each tenant. Each tenant is managed by two or three managers, which currently consist of Mr. Gubin, Mr. Blisko and in some cases Mr. Lerman or A&F Realty. Decisions are made by majority vote of the managers, except (in some cases) for certain major items that require the vote of a majority or greater percentage of the members.

 

F-40

 

 

Guarantees from Related Parties

 

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, Mr. Gubin and Mr. Blisko guaranteed $24.8 million and $34.6 million in loans, respectively, made by commercial banks to the Company’s subsidiaries.

 

Management Services Agreement

 

The Predecessor Company had entered into a management services agreement with Strawberry Fields Management Services, LLC (“SFMS”), a company owned by Gubin Enterprises LP, A&F Realty and Mr. Blisko. Under the management agreement, SFMS provided management services to the Company, including the following services: accounting reporting, current legal consultation, secretary services, office services, communications and computers, senior management services, collection of rental fees paid by the lessees with respect to the Company’s properties, bookkeeping services, operating the Company’s properties and consulting and management services in connection with the purchase, sale and financing of properties.

 

In consideration for the above management services, the Predecessor Company paid SFMS monthly management fees equal to 2.0% of the rental income received by the Predecessor Company and reimbursed direct expenses of SFMS incurred in providing management services to the Predecessor Company. The Predecessor Company was permitted to terminate the management agreement by notice submitted to SFMS at least 60 days in advance.

 

On September 30, 2020, the Predecessor Company acquired SFMS, a related party, through common ownership for a nominal purchase price. The acquisition was accounted for at historical cost as an acquisition of net assets. The results of SFMS operations have been included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements since September 30, 2020, the date of acquisition. The Predecessor Company’s consolidated financial statements for the periods prior to September 30, 2020 have not been restated because the impact of the transaction was not significant.

 

Balances with Related Parties

 

   December 31, 
   2021   2020 
   (amounts in $000s) 
Straight-line rent receivable  $15,261   $17,283 
Tenant portion of replacement reserve  $10,331   $8,235 

 

Payments from and to Related Parties    
   Years ended December 31, 
   2021   2020   2019 
   (amounts in $000s) 
Rental income received from related parties  $61,310   $59,791   $57,282 
Net interest expense paid to related parties  $-   $864   $1,767 
Management services fees paid to related parties  $-   $1,084   $1,363 

 

Other Related Party Relationships

 

On December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company and the Predecessor Company had approximately $17.5 million and $10.2 million, respectively, on deposit with OptimumBank. Mr. Gubin is the Chairman of the Board of OptimumBank.

 

F-41

 

 

NOTE 12. Income Taxes

 

The Company intends to elect and qualify to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with the year ending December 31, 2022. The Company qualification as a REIT will depend upon its ability to meet, on a continuing basis, through actual investment and operating results, various complex requirements under the Code relating to, among other things, the sources of the Company’s gross income, the composition and values of the Company’s assets, the Company’s distribution levels and the diversity of ownership of the Company’s capital stock. The Company believes that it will be organized in conformity with the requirements for qualification as a REIT under the Code and that its intended manner of operation will enable the Company to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with the Company’s taxable year ending December 31, 2022.

 

As a REIT, the Company generally will not be subject to federal income tax on its net taxable income that it distributes currently to its stockholders. Under the Code, REITs are subject to numerous organizational and operational requirements, including a requirement that they distribute each year at least 90% of their REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid and excluding any net capital gains. If the Company fails to qualify for taxation as a REIT in any taxable year and does not qualify for certain statutory relief provisions, the Company’s income for that year will be taxed at regular corporate rates, and the Company would be disqualified from taxation as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year during which the Company ceased to qualify as a REIT. Even if the Company qualifies as a REIT for federal income tax purposes, it may still be subject to state and local taxes on its income and assets and to federal income and excise taxes on its undistributed income.

 

For the period prior to qualifying as a REIT, the Company is taxed at regular corporate rates for Federal and State income taxes.

 

The members of the Predecessor Company elected to be taxed as a partnership for federal and state income tax purposes. For federal and state income tax purposes, all items of income and expenses flowed through to its members based on their respective ownership percentages, therefore no provision or liability for income taxes is reflected in the Predecessor Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

The Company and the Predecessor Company followed recent accounting guidance relating to accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, which sets out a consistent framework to determine the appropriate level of tax reserves to maintain for uncertain tax positions.

 

A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. The determination of whether or not a tax position has met the more-than-likely-than-not recognition threshold considers the facts, circumstances, and information available at the reporting date and is subject to management’s judgment. The Predecessor Company’s status as a partnership is defined as a tax position under this accounting guidance. As of the date of the formation transactions, management was not aware of any uncertain tax positions that would have material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-42

 

 

NOTE 13. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

There were no assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2021 or 2020. There were no assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2021. The following table presents information about the Company and the Predecessor Company’s assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2020, aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which those instruments fall.

 

(amounts in $000s) 

Basis of

Measurements

 

Quoted
Price in
Active

Markets
Level 1

   Significant Other Observable Inputs Level 2   Significant Unobservable Inputs Level 3   Total 
December 31, 2020:                       
Note Receivable  Non-Recurring   -    4,977               -    4,977 
Real estate investments held for sale  Non-Recurring           -    22,174    -    22,174 
Total      -   $27,151    -   $27,151 

 

The Company and the Predecessor Company are required to disclose the fair value of financials instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value. The fair value of short-term financial instruments such as cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate their carrying value on the consolidated balance sheets due to their short-term nature. The fair values of the Company’s and Predecessor Company’s remaining financial instruments that are not reported at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets are reported below:

 

       December 31, 
       2021   2020 
(amounts in $000s)  Level   Carrying Amount   Fair Value   Carrying Amount   Fair Value 
Senior debt and bonds   3   $501,800    508,297   $486,466    495,226 
                          
Notes receivable   3   $9,831    9,831   $6,540    6,540 

 

The fair value of the senior debt, bonds and notes receivable are estimated using a discounted cash flow analysis.

 

F-43

 

 

NOTE 14. Derivative and Hedging Activities

 

The Company may use derivative financial instruments, including interest rate swaps, caps, collars, options, floors and other interest rate derivative contracts, to hedge all or a portion of the interest rate and currency risks associated with its borrowings.

 

The principal objective of such arrangements is to minimize the risks or costs associated with the Company’s operating and financial structure as well as to hedge specific anticipated transactions. Additionally, in using currency and interest rate derivatives, the Company aims to add stability to interest expense and to manage its exposure to currency fluctuations and interest rate movements. The Company does not intend to utilize derivatives for speculative purposes or purposes other than currency and interest rate risk management. The use of derivative financial instruments carries certain risks, including the risk that the counterparties to these contractual arrangements are not able to perform under the agreements. To mitigate this risk, the Company only enters into derivative financial instruments with counterparties with high credit ratings and with major financial institutions with which the Company, and its affiliates, may also have other financial relationships. The Company does not anticipate that any of the counterparties will fail to meet their obligations.

 

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of any such derivatives designated and that qualify as currency hedges is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss and is subsequently reclassified into operations in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects operations. During 2020 and 2019, such derivatives were used to hedge the changes in currency rates. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives, if any, would be recognized directly in income.

 

The Company and the Predecessor Company were not parties to any derivative financial instruments on December 31, 2021 or 2020.

 

The table below details the location in the consolidated financial statements of the loss recognized on currency derivatives designated as cash flow hedges.

 

   Years ended December 31, 
(amounts in $000s)  2021   2020   2019 
Gain on derivative recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss  $-   $-   $74 

 

NOTE 15. Subsequent Events

 

Closing mortgage loan facility/repayment of Series B Bonds.

 

On March 21, 2022, the Company closed a mortgage loan facility with a commercial bank pursuant to which the Company borrowed approximately $105 million. The facility provides for monthly payments of principal based on a 20 year amortization with a balloon payment due in March 2027. The loan bears interest at a rate equal to one-month Chicago Mercantile Exchange “CME” term rate plus 3.5%, subject to a minimum rate of 4% per annum. The Company utilized approximately $91.9 million of the proceeds of the new facility to make a deposit with the trustee of the Series B Bonds, which will apply the deposit to repay the Series B Bonds on their maturity date of March 31, 2022. Based on the deposit, the trustee released the collateral for the Series B Bonds, a portion of which was pledged to the new lender. The Company will incur a foreign currency loss of approximately $9 million in connection with the repayment of Series B Bonds. The Company also utilized $13.1 million of the proceeds of the new facility along with $8.2 million from cash in hand to repay other commercial bank loans.

 

F-44

 

 

NOTE 16. Financing Income (Expenses), Net

 

   Year ended December 31, 
   2021   2020   2019 
   (Amounts in $000’s) 
Financing expenses               
Interest expenses with respect to bonds  $(9,736)  $(9,604)  $(9,531)
Interest expenses on loans from banks and others   (11,543)   (14,041)   (16,252)
Interest expenses with respect to leases   (91)   (118)   (143)
Other financing expenses (including related parties), net   (354)   (1,863)   (2,407)
Total financing expenses  $(21,724)  $(25,626)  $(28,333)
Financing income  $463   $91   $268 
Interest Expense, Net  $(21,261)  $(25,535)  $(28,065)

 

F-45

 

 

STRAWBERRY FIELDS REIT, Inc. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor

 

Schedule III

 

Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation

(Amounts in $000’s)

 

 

F-46

 

 

 

F-47

 

 

(1) The changes in total real estate and accumulated depreciation are as follows (in thousands):

 

   For the year ended December 31, 
   2021   2020   2019 
Cost               
Balance at beginning of the year  $550,971    542,303    500,673 
Acquisitions   81,065    8,668    64,260 
Disposals/other   -    -    (22,630)
Balance at end of the year  $632,036    550,971    542,303 
                
Accumulated Depreciation               
Balance at beginning of the year  $144,848    121,132    104,126 
Depreciation   24,460    23,612    23,193 
Dispositions/other   -    104    (6,187)
Balance at end of the year  $169,308    144,848    121,132 
                
Net Real Estate  $462,728    406,123    421,171 

 

The unaudited aggregate net tax value of real estate assets for federal income tax purposes as of December 31, 2021 is estimated to be $466,753,157.

 

(2) The cost of building and improvements is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the buildings and improvements, ranging primarily from 3 to 35 years. The cost of intangible lease assets is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the initial term of the related leases, ranging primarily from 3 to 20 years. The cost of furniture, fixtures and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the furniture, fixtures and equipment, ranging primarily from 2 to 15 years. See Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements for information on useful lives used for depreciation and amortization.

 

(3) LTACH — long-term acute care hospital, SNF — skilled nursing facility, and ALF — assisted living facility.

 

F-48

 

 

STRAWBERRY FIELDS REIT, Inc.

AND SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSOR

 

Consolidated Financial Statements for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 and 2021

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2022 (unaudited) and December 31, 2021 F-50
   
Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 and 2021(unaudited) F-51
   
Consolidated Statements of Equity for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 and 2021(unaudited) F-52
   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 and 2021(unaudited) F-53
   
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-55

 

F-49

 

 

STRAWBERRY FIELDS REIT, Inc. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Amounts in $000’s, except share data)

 

   March 31, 2022   December 31, 2021 
   (unaudited)     
Assets          
Real estate investments, net  $456,202   $462,728 
Cash and cash equivalents   17,218    26,206 
Restricted cash and equivalents   20,973    25,922 
Straight-line rent receivable, net   23,756    23,262 
Right of use lease asset   1,991    2,064 
Goodwill, other intangible assets and lease rights   13,903    14,660 
Deferred financing expenses   5,377    4,826 
Notes receivable, net   9,669    9,831 
Other assets   4,726    465 
Total Assets  $553,815   $569,964 
           
Liabilities          
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities  $9,388   $20,654 
Bonds, net   96,515    192,549 
Senior debt   390,259    309,251 
Operating lease liability   1,991    2,064 
Other liabilities   10,854    10,396 
Total Liabilities  $509,007   $534,914 
Commitments and Contingencies (Notes 6, 8 and 15)          
Equity          
Common stock, $.0001 par value, 500,000,000 shares authorized, 5,849,746 shares issued and outstanding   -    - 
Preferred stock, $.0001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 0 shares issued and outstanding   -    - 
Additional paid in capital  $4,327   $4,327 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (797)   (2,455)
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)   (192)   393 
Total Stockholders’ and Predecessor Equity  $3,338   $2,265 
Noncontrolling interest  $41,470   $32,785 
Total Equity  $44,808   $35,050 
Total Liabilities and Equity  $553,815   $569,964 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-50

 

 

STRAWBERRY FIELDS REIT, Inc. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(unaudited)

(Amounts in $000’s, except share data)

 

   Three Months Ended March 31, 
   2022   2021 
       Predecessor 
Revenues          
Rental revenues  $22,959   $21,153 
           
Expenses:          
Depreciation  $6,526    5,921 
Amortization   757    757 
General and administrative expenses   2,590    1,545 
Property taxes   2,944    2,550 
Facility rent expenses   131    125 
Provision for doubtful accounts   250    342 
Total expenses  $13,198   $11,240 
Income from operations   9,761    9,913 
           
Interest expense, net  $(4,489)  $(4,860)
Amortization of deferred financing costs   (57)   (76)
Mortgage insurance premium   (431)   (380)
Total interest expense  $(4,977)  $(5,316)
Other (loss) income:          
Gain from sale of real estate investments   -    3,926 
Foreign currency transaction loss   (10,100)   - 
Total other (loss) income   (10,100)   3,926 
Net (loss) income  $(5,316)  $8,523 
Less:          
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest   (4,731)   - 
Net loss attributable to common stockholders   (585)   - 
Other comprehensive income:          
Gain due to foreign currency translation   4,974    4,954 
Reclassification of foreign currency transaction losses   10,100    - 
Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest   (13,416)   - 
Comprehensive income  $1,073   $13,477 
Net loss attributable to common stockholders  $(585)  $- 
Basic and diluted loss per common share  $(0.10)  $- 
           
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding   5,849,746    - 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-51

 

 

STRAWBERRY FIELDS REIT, Inc. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY

(Amounts in $000’s, except share data)

 

   Number of common shares   Additional Paid-in Capital   Accumulated other comprehensive loss   Retained Earnings / (Accumulated Deficit)   Non-controlling interest   Total 
Balance, December 31, 2020 (Predecessor)   -   $63,936   $(23,775)  $(26,741)  $-   $13,420 
Net change in foreign currency translation (unaudited)   -    -    4,954    -    -    4,954 
Preferred dividends (unaudited)   -    (527)   -    -    -    (527)
Net income (unaudited)   -    -    -    8,523    -    8,523 
Balance, March 31, 2021 (unaudited) (Predecessor)   -   $63,409   $(18,821)  $(18,218)  $-   $26,370 
                               
Balance, December 31, 2021   5,849,746   $4,327   $(2,455)  $393   $32,785   $35,050 
Net change in foreign currency translation (unaudited)   -    -    1,658    -    13,416    15,074 
Net loss (unaudited)   -    -    -    (585)   (4,731)   (5,316)
Balance, March 31, 2022 (unaudited)   5,849,746   $4,327   $(797)  $(192)  $41,470   $44,808 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-52

 

 

STRAWBERRY FIELDS REIT, Inc. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Unaudited)

(Amounts in $000’s)

 

   Three Months Ended March 31, 
   2022   2021 
       (Predecessor) 
Cash flows from operating activities:          
Net (loss) income  $(5,316)  $8,523 
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:          
Depreciation and amortization   7,283    6,678 
Gain from sale of Real Estate Investments   -    (3,926)
Amortization of bond issuance costs   250    249 
Amortization of deferred financing costs   57    76 
Increase in other assets   (4,261)   (417)
Amortization of right of use asset   73    70 
Foreign currency transaction adjustment   10,100    - 
Foreign currency translation adjustments   458    1,460 
Increase in straight-line rent receivables   (494)   (384)
Decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities and other liabilities   (10,808)   (3,276)
Repayment of operating lease liability   (73)   (72)
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities  $(2,731)  $8,981 
           
Cash flow from investing activities:          
Proceeds from the sale of Real estate investments  $-   $128 
Decrease in notes receivable   162    59 
Net cash provided by investing activities  $162   $187 
           
Cash flows from financing activities:          
Proceeds from senior debt, net of discount  $104,102   $- 
Repayment of bonds   (91,768)   (12,627)
Proceeds from the sale of bonds   -    1,700 
Repayment of senior debt   (23,702)   (2,565)
Payment of Preferred dividends   -    (456)
Net cash used in financing activities  $(11,368)  $(13,948)
Decrease in cash and cash equivalent and restricted cash and equivalents  $(13,937)  $(4,780)
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and equivalents at the beginning of the period   52,128    42,059 
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and equivalents at the end of the period  $38,191   $37,279 

 

F-53

 

 

STRAWBERRY FIELDS REIT, Inc. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS, continued

(Amounts in $000’s)

 

   Three Months Ended March 31, 
   2022   2021 
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:          
           
Cash paid during the period for interest  $7,723   $7,073 
Supplemental schedule of noncash investing activities:          
Accumulated other comprehensive loss:          
Foreign currency translation adjustments  $15,074   $4,954 
Accrued preferred unit dividends included in other liabilities  $-   $527 
Note receivable in connection with real estate investment sale  $-   $9,027 
Buyer assumption of senior debt in connection with real estate investment sale  $-   $16,945 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-54

 

 

STRAWBERRY FIELDS REIT, Inc. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1. Business

 

Overview

 

The Company

 

STRAWBERRY FIELDS REIT Inc. (the “Company”) is a Maryland corporation formed in July 2019. The Company commenced operations on June 8, 2021, following the completion of the formation transactions described below. The Company conducts its business through a traditional UPREIT structure in which substantially all of its assets are owned by subsidiaries of Strawberry Fields Realty, LP, a Delaware limited partnership formed in July 2019 (the “Operating Partnership”). The Company is the general partner of the Operating Partnership.

 

The Company completed the formation transactions on June 8, 2021. In connection with the formation transaction, the Company, the Operating Partnership and Strawberry Fields REIT, LLC (the “Predecessor Company” or “Predecessor”) entered into a contribution agreement, pursuant to which the Predecessor Company contributed all of its assets to the Operating Partnership, and the Operating Partnership assumed all of its liabilities. In exchange, the Operating Partnership issued limited partnership interests designated as common units (the “OP units”) to the Predecessor Company, which immediately distributed them to its members and beneficial owners. The Company offered certain of the holders of these OP units the opportunity to exchange their OP units for shares of common stock of the Company on a one for one basis. The Company limited the number of OP units that could be exchanged by some of the holders so that such holders would not become beneficial owners of more than 9.8% of the outstanding shares of the Company in violation of the ownership limitations set forth in the Company’s charter. Following the completion of the formation transactions, the Company became the owner of approximately 11.3% of the outstanding OP units. The formation transactions were accounted for at historical cost.

 

As the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership, the Company has the exclusive power under the partnership agreement to manage and conduct the business affairs of the Operating Partnership, subject to certain limited approval and voting rights of the limited partners. The Company may issue cause the Operating Partnership to issue additional OP units in connection with property acquisitions, compensation or otherwise.

 

As of March 31, 2022, the Company owned 78 properties and leased one property that it in turn subleased to a tenant that operates the facility.

 

Predecessor Company

 

The Predecessor Company, Strawberry Fields, REIT LLC, was an Indiana limited liability company organized on August 4, 2014.

 

The Predecessor Company primarily invested in real estate serving the healthcare industry in the United States. The Predecessor Company through its subsidiaries owned skilled nursing facilities, long-term acute care hospitals, a rehabilitation clinic, and other healthcare related properties in the States of Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, Texas, Ohio, Tennessee, Kentucky, Oklahoma, and Arkansas. Prior to the formation transactions, the Predecessor Company owned 72 properties and leased one property that was subleased by the Predecessor Company to a tenant that operates the facility.

 

F-55

 

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The Company maintains its accounting records on an accrual basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

 

These consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars.

 

On June 8, 2021, the Company completed the following formation transactions and related transactions:

 

the Predecessor Company contributed all of its assets owned as of June 8, 2021, to the Operating Partnership, and the Operating Partnership assumed all of the liabilities of the Predecessor Company as of the same date;
   
the Operating Partnership issued 51,686,280 OP units to the Predecessor Company, which were distributed to the members and beneficial owners of the Predecessor Company; and
   
the Company issued 5,824,846 shares of its common stock to the members of the Predecessor Company and their beneficial owners and their transferees in exchange for 5,824,846 OP units.

 

Following the completion of the formation transactions, the Company owned approximately 11.3% or 5,844,166 of the outstanding OP units in the Operating Partnership. As of March 31, 2022 the Company owns approximately 11% of the Operating Partnership.

 

Interim Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The accompanying unaudited, consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with GAAP for interim financial information, and the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules for interim financial reporting. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in the consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. However, in the opinion of management, the accompanying interim consolidated financial statements reflect all normal recurring adjustments necessary to present fairly the Company’s consolidated financial position as of March 31, 2022, and the consolidated results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented. The consolidated results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations to be expected for any subsequent interim period or for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2022.

 

Variable Interest Entity

 

The Company consolidates the Operating Partnership, a variable interest entity (“VIE”) in which the Company is considered the primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary is the entity that has (i) the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and (ii) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could be significant to the VIE.

 

Non-Controlling Interest

 

A non-controlling interest is defined as the portion of the equity in an entity not attributable, directly or indirectly, to the primary beneficiary. Non-controlling interests are required to be presented as a separate component of equity on a consolidated balance sheets. Accordingly, the presentation of net income is modified to present the income attributed to controlling and non-controlling interests. The non-controlling interest on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets represents OP units not held by the Company and represents approximately 89% of the outstanding OP Units issued by the Operating Partnership as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021. The holders of these OP units are entitled to share in cash distributions from the Operating Partnership in proportion to their percentage ownership of OP units. Net (loss) income is allocated to the non-controlling interest based on the weighted-average of OP units outstanding during the period.

 

F-56

 

 

NOTE 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Fiscal Year End

 

The Company has adopted a fiscal year end of December 31.

 

Use of Estimates

 

Management is required to make estimates and assumptions in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results may differ from management’s estimates.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and the Predecessor Company, the Operating Partnership and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated upon consolidation.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand and short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less when purchased.

 

The Company’s cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash and cash equivalents periodically exceed federally insurable limits. The Company monitors the cash balances in its operating accounts and adjusts the cash balances as appropriate; however, these cash balances could be impacted if the underlying financial institutions fail or are subject to other adverse conditions in the financial markets. To date, the Company has experienced no loss or lack of access to the cash in its operating accounts. On March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company had $23,734,000 and $36,359,000, respectively, on deposit in excess of federally insured limits.

 

Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Restricted cash primarily consists of amounts held by mortgage lenders to provide for real estate tax expenditures, tenant improvements, capital expenditures and security deposits.

 

Real Estate Depreciation

 

Real estate costs related to the acquisition and improvement of properties are capitalized and depreciated over the expected life of the asset on a straight-line basis. Repair and maintenance costs are charged to expense as incurred and significant replacements and betterments are capitalized. Repair and maintenance costs include all costs that do not extend the useful life of the real estate asset. The Company considers the period of future benefit of an asset to determine its appropriate useful life. Expenditures for tenant improvements are capitalized and amortized over the shorter of the tenant’s lease term or expected useful life. The Company anticipates the estimated useful lives of its assets by class to be generally as follows:

 

Building and improvements   7-53 years
Equipment and personal property   1-14 years

 

F-57

 

 

Real Estate Valuation

 

The Company makes estimates as part of its allocation of the purchase price of acquisitions to the various components of the acquisition based upon the fair value of each component. In determining fair value, current appraisals or other third-party valuations are used. The most significant components of these allocations are typically the allocation of fair value to land and buildings and, for certain of its acquisitions, in place leases and other intangible assets. In the case of the fair value of buildings and the allocation of value to land and other intangibles, the estimates of the values of these components will affect the amount of depreciation and amortization we record over the estimated useful life of the property acquired or the remaining lease term. In the case of the value of in place leases, the Company makes best estimates based on the evaluation of the specific characteristics of each tenant’s lease. Factors considered include estimates of carrying costs during hypothetical expected lease up periods, market conditions and costs to execute similar leases. These assumptions affect the amount of future revenue that the Company will recognize over the remaining lease term for the acquired in place leases.

 

The Company evaluates each purchase transaction to determine whether the acquired assets meet the definition of a business. Transaction costs related to acquisitions that are not deemed to be businesses are included in the cost basis of the acquired assets, while transaction costs related to acquisitions that are deemed to be businesses are expensed as incurred.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Rental income from operating leases is generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the terms of the leases. Substantially all of the Company’s leases contain provisions for specified annual increases over the rents of the prior year and are generally computed in one of three methods depending on specific provisions of each lease as follows:

 

  (i) a specified annual increase over the prior year’s rent, generally between 1.0% and 3.0%;
     
  (ii) a calculation based on the Consumer Price Index; or
     
  (iii) specific dollar increases.

 

Contingent revenue is not recognized until all possible contingencies have been eliminated. The Company considers the operating history of the lessee and the general condition of the industry when evaluating whether all possible contingencies have been eliminated and have historically, and expect in the future, to not include contingent rents as income until received. The Company follows a policy related to rental income whereby a lease is considered to be non-performing after 60 days of non-payment of past due amounts and do not recognize unpaid rental income from that lease until the amounts have been received.

 

Rental revenues relating to non-contingent leases that contain specified rental increases over the life of the lease are recognized on the straight-line basis. Recognizing income on a straight-line basis requires us to calculate the total non-contingent rent containing specified rental increases over the life of the lease and to recognize the revenue evenly over that life. This method results in rental income in the early years of a lease being higher than actual cash received, creating a straight-line rent receivable asset included in our accompanying consolidated balance sheets. At some point during the lease, depending on its terms, the cash rent payments eventually exceed the straight-line rent which results in the straight-line rent receivable asset decreasing to zero over the remainder of the lease term. The Company assesses the collectability of straight-line rent in accordance with the applicable accounting standards and our reserve policy. If the lessee becomes delinquent in rent owed under the terms of the lease, we may provide a reserve against the recognized straight-line rent receivable asset for a portion, up to its full value, that we estimate may not be recoverable.

 

Capitalized above-market lease values are amortized as a reduction of rental income over the remaining terms of the respective leases. Capitalized below-market leases are accreted to rental income over the remaining terms of the respective leases and expected below-market renewal option periods.

 

F-58

 

 

The Company reports revenues and expenses within our triple-net leased properties for real estate taxes that are escrowed and obligations of the tenants in accordance with their respective lease with us.

 

Gain from sale of real estate investments is recognized when control of the property is transferred and it is probable that substantially all consideration will be collected.

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

The Company evaluates the liquidity and creditworthiness of its tenants, operators and borrowers on a monthly and quarterly basis. The Company’s evaluation considers industry and economic conditions, individual and portfolio property performance, credit enhancements, liquidity and other factors. The Company’s tenants, borrowers and operators furnish property, portfolio and guarantor/operator-level financial statements, among other information, on a monthly or quarterly basis; the Company utilizes this financial information to calculate the lease or debt service coverages that it uses as a primary credit quality indicator. Lease and debt service coverage information is evaluated together with other property, portfolio and operator performance information, including revenue, expense, net operating income, occupancy, rental rate, reimbursement trends, capital expenditures and EBITDA (defined as earnings before interest, tax, and depreciation and amortization), along with other liquidity measures. The Company evaluates, on a monthly basis or immediately upon a significant change in circumstance, its tenants’, operators’ and borrowers’ ability to service their obligations with the Company.

 

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for straight-line rent receivables resulting from tenants’ inability to make contractual rent and tenant recovery payments or lease defaults. For straight-line rent receivables, the Company’s assessment is based on amounts estimated to be recoverable over the lease term.

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Goodwill

 

The Company assesses the carrying value of real estate assets and related intangibles (“real estate assets”) when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. The Company tests its real estate assets for impairment by comparing the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flows to the carrying value of the real estate assets. The expected future undiscounted cash flows are calculated utilizing the lowest level of identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities. If the carrying value exceeds the expected future undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss will be recognized to the extent that the carrying value of the real estate assets is greater than their fair value.

 

Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually based on certain qualitative factors to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its’ carrying value. Potential impairment indicators include a significant decline in real estate values, significant restructuring plans, current macroeconomic conditions, state of the equity and capital markets or a significant decline in the Company’s market capitalization. If the Company determines that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its’ carrying value, the Company applies the required two-step quantitative approach. The quantitative procedures of the two-step approach (i) compare the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying value, including goodwill, and, if necessary, (ii) compare the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill with the carrying value as if it had been acquired in a business combination at the date of the impairment test. The excess fair value of the reporting unit over the fair value of assets and liabilities, excluding goodwill, is the implied value of goodwill and is used to determine the impairment amount, if any. The Company has selected the fourth quarter of each fiscal year to perform its annual impairment test.

 

F-59

 

 

Concentrations of Credit Risk

 

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and cash equivalents, notes receivable and operating leases on owned properties. The Company’s financial instruments, notes receivable and operating leases, are subject to the possibility of loss of carrying value as a result of the failure of other parties to perform according to their contractual obligations or changes in market prices which may make the instrument less valuable. Cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and equivalents are held with various financial institutions. From time to time, these balances exceed the federally insured limits. These balances are maintained with high quality financial institutions which management believes limits the risk.

 

With respect to notes receivable, the Company obtains various collateral and other protective rights, and continually monitor these rights, in order to reduce such possibilities of loss. In addition, the Company provides reserves for potential losses based upon management’s periodic review of our portfolio.

 

At March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company held two seller notes receivable for $9.6 and $9.8 million, respectively. Both of these seller notes are paid monthly and are current.

 

Market Concentration Risk

 

As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company owned 78 properties and leases 1 property in 9 states, with 21 properties or 26.6% of its total properties located in Illinois (which include 4,327 skilled nursing beds or 41.50% of the Company’s total beds) and 15 properties or 19.0% of its total properties in Indiana (which include 1,388 skilled nursing beds or 13.3% of the Company’s total beds). Since tenant revenue is primarily generated from Medicare and Medicaid, the operations of the Company are indirectly subject to the administrative directives, rules and regulations of federal and state regulatory agencies, including, but not limited to, Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, and the Department of Health and Aging in all states in which the Company operates. Such administrative directives, rules and regulations, including budgetary reimbursement funding, are subject to change by an act of Congress, the passage of laws by the state regulators or an administrative change mandated by one of the executive branch agencies. Such changes may occur with little notice or inadequate funding to pay for the related costs, including the additional administrative burden, to comply with a change.

 

Debt and Capital Raising Issuance Costs

 

Costs incurred in connection with the issuance of equity interests are recorded as a reduction of additional paid-in capital. Debt issuance costs related to debt instruments, excluding line of credit arrangements, are deferred, recorded as a reduction of the related debt liability, and amortized to interest expense over the remaining term of the related debt liability utilizing the interest method. Deferred financing costs related to line of credit arrangements are deferred, recorded as an asset and amortized to interest expense over the remaining term of the related line of credit arrangement utilizing the interest method.

 

Penalties incurred to extinguish debt and any remaining unamortized debt issuance costs, discounts and premiums are recognized as income or expense in the consolidated statements of income at the time of extinguishment.

 

Segment Reporting

 

Accounting guidance regarding disclosures about segments of an enterprise and related information establishes standards for the manner in which public business enterprises report information about operating segments. The Company’s investment decisions in health care properties, and resulting investments are managed as a single operating segment for internal reporting and for internal decision-making purposes. Therefore, the Company has concluded that it operates as a single segment.

 

F-60

 

 

Basic and Diluted Loss Per Common Share

 

The Company calculates basic loss per common share by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. At March 31, 2022, there were 47,406,651 OP units outstanding which were potentially dilutive securities. However, they are excluded from the calculation of diluted loss per share due to the net loss incurred by the Company.

 

Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions

 

Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are translated into U.S. dollars use exchange rates in effect at the end of the period, and revenues and expenses denominated in foreign currencies that are translated into U.S. dollars use average rates of exchange in effect during the related period. Gains or losses resulting from translation are included in accumulated other comprehensive loss, a component of equity on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are translated into U.S. dollars at the rates of exchange prevailing at the dates of the transactions. The effects of transaction gains or losses, if any, are included in other (loss) income, in the consolidated statements of income.

 

Fair Value Measurement

 

The Company measures and discloses the fair value of nonfinancial and financial assets and liabilities utilizing a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to a fair value measurement are considered to be observable or unobservable in a marketplace. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s market assumptions. This hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available. These inputs have created the following fair value hierarchy:

 

● Level 1—quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets;

 

● Level 2—quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets; and

 

● Level 3—fair value measurements derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.

 

The Company measures fair value using a set of standardized procedures that are outlined herein for all assets and liabilities which are required to be measured at fair value. When available, the Company utilizes quoted market prices from an independent third-party source to determine fair value and classifies such items in Level 1. In instances where a market price is available, but the instrument is in an inactive or over-the-counter market, the Company consistently applies the dealer (market maker) pricing estimate and classifies the asset or liability in Level 2. If quoted market prices or inputs are not available, fair value measurements are based upon valuation models that utilize current market or independently sourced market inputs, such as interest rates, option volatilities, credit spreads and/or market capitalization rates. Items valued using such internally generated valuation techniques are classified according to the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement. As a result, the asset or liability could be classified in either Level 2 or Level 3 even though there may be some significant inputs that are readily observable. Internal fair value models and techniques used by the Company include discounted cash flow valuation models.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

The Company accounts for share-based payment awards in accordance with ASC Topic 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”). ASC 718 requires that the cost resulting from all share-based payment transactions be recognized in the consolidated financial statements. ASC 718 requires all entities to apply a fair value-based measurement method in accounting for share-based payment transactions. The Company recognizes share-based payments over the vesting period.

 

F-61

 

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”). ASU 2016-13 is intended to improve financial reporting by requiring timelier recognition of credit losses on loans and other financial instruments held by financial institutions and other organizations. The amendments in ASU 2016-13 eliminate the “probable” initial threshold for recognition of credit losses in current accounting guidance and, instead, reflect an entity’s current estimate of all expected credit losses. Previously, when credit losses were measured under current accounting guidance, an entity generally only considered past events and current conditions in measuring the incurred loss. The amendments in ASU 2016-13 broaden the information that an entity must consider in developing its expected credit loss estimate for assets measured either collectively or individually. The use of forecasted information incorporates more timely information in the estimate of expected credit loss. A reporting entity is required to apply the amendments in ASU 2016-13 using a modified retrospective approach by recording a cumulative-effect adjustment to equity as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption.

 

Upon adoption of ASU 2016-13, the Company is required to reassess its financing receivables, including leases and notes receivable, and expects that application of ASU 2016-13 may result in the Company recognizing credit losses at an earlier date than would otherwise be recognized under current accounting guidance. On October 16, 2019 the FASB approved ASU 2019-10 which extends the effective date of ASU 2016-13 to January 1, 2023, for smaller reporting companies. Adoption of ASU 2016-13 on January 1, 2023, is not expected to be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations.

 

NOTE 3. Restricted Cash and Equivalents

 

The following table presents the Company’s cash and equivalents and escrow deposits:

 

   March 31   December 31, 
   2022   2021 
   (amounts in $000’s) 
Escrow with trustee  $60   $1,255 
MIP escrow accounts   1,028    886 
Other escrow and debt deposits   544    832 
Property tax and insurance escrow   1,833    3,511 
Interest reserve bonds escrow   3,422    6,161 
HUD replacement reserves   14,084    13,277 
Total restricted cash and equivalents  $20,973   $25,922 

 

Escrow with trustee - The Company transfers funds to the trustee for its Series A Bonds to cover principal and interest payments prior to the payment date.

 

MIP escrow accounts - The Company is required to make monthly escrow deposits for mortgage insurance premiums on the HUD guaranteed mortgage loans.

 

Other escrow and debt deposits – The Company funds various escrow accounts under certain of its loan agreements, primarily to cover debt service on underlying loans,

 

Property tax and insurance escrow - The Company funds escrows for real estate taxes and insurance under certain of its loan agreements.

 

Interest reserve bonds escrow - The indentures for the Series A Bonds and Series C Bonds require the funding of a six-month interest reserve. See Note 7 - Notes Payable and Other Debt.

 

HUD replacement reserves - The Company is required to make monthly payments into an escrow for replacement and improvement of the project assets covered by HUD guaranteed mortgage loans. A portion of the replacement reserves are required to be maintained until the applicable loan is fully paid.

 

NOTE 4. Real Estate Investments, net

 

Real estate investments consist of the following:

 

   Estimated  March 31   December 31, 
   Useful Lives  2022   2021 
   (Years)  (Amounts in $000’s) 
Buildings and improvements  7-53  $494,015   $494,015 
Equipment and personal property  1-14   78,011    78,011 
Land  -   60,010    60,010 
       632,036    632,036 
Less: accumulated depreciation      (175,834)   (169,308)
Real estate investments, net     $456,202   $462,728 

 

For the three-month periods ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, total depreciation expense was $6.5 million and $5.9 million, respectively.

 

F-62

 

 

NOTE 5. Intangible Assets and Goodwill

 

Intangible assets consist of the following goodwill, Certificate of Need (“CON”) licenses and lease rights:

 

   Goodwill including CON Licenses   Lease Rights   Total 
   (Amounts in $000’s) 
Balances, December 31, 2020               
Gross  $1,323   $54,577   $55,900 
Accumulated amortization   -    (38,212)   (38,212)
Net carrying amount   1,323    16,365    17,688 
Amortization   -    (757)   (757)
Balances, March 31, 2021               
Gross   1,323    54,577    55,900 
Accumulated amortization   -    (38,969)   (38,969)
Net carrying amount  $1,323   $15,608   $16,931 
                
Balances, December 31, 2021               
Gross  $1,323   $54,577   $55,900 
Accumulated amortization   -    (41,240)   (41,240)
Net carrying amount   1,323    13,337    14,660 
Amortization   -    (757)   (757)
Balances, March 31, 2022               
Gross   1,323    54,577    55,900 
Accumulated amortization   -    (41,997)   (41,997)
Net carrying amount  $1,323   $12,580   $13,903 

 

Estimated amortization expense for all finite-lived intangible assets for each of the future years ending December 31, is as follows:

 

    Amortization of
Lease Rights
 
    (Amounts in $000’s)  
2022 (nine months)   $ 2,271  
2023     3,028  
2024     3,028  
2025     3,028  
2026     675  
Thereafter     550  
Total   $ 12,580  

 

NOTE 6. Leases

 

As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company had leased 79 properties to tenant/operators in the States of Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, Ohio, Texas, Kentucky, Tennessee, Oklahoma and Arkansas. As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, except for two long-term acute care hospitals (“LTACH”) facilities, all of the Company’s facilities were leased. Most of these facilities are leased on a triple net basis, meaning that the lessee (i.e., operator of the facility) is obligated under the lease for all expenses of the property in respect to insurance, taxes and property maintenance, as well as the lease payments.

 

F-63

 

 

The following table provides additional information regarding the properties owned/leased by the for the periods indicated:

 

   March 31,   December 31, 
   2022   2021 
Cumulative number of properties   79    79 
Cumulative number of operational beds   10,426    10,426 

 

The following table provides additional information regarding the properties/facilities leased by the Company as of March 31, 2022:

 

State  Number of
Operational
Beds/Units
   Owned by Company   Leased by Company   Total 
Illinois   4,327    21    -    21 
Indiana   1,388    14    1    15 
Michigan   100    1    -    1 
Ohio   238    4    -    4 
Tennessee   1,056    12    -    12 
Kentucky   1,045    9    -    9 
Arkansas   1,572    13    -    13 
Oklahoma (*)   137    1    -    1 
Texas (*)   563    3    -    3 
Total properties   10,426    78    1    79 
                     
Facility Type                    
Skilled Nursing Facilities   10,174    71    1    72 
Long-Term Acute Care Hospitals   153    4    -    4 
Assisted Living Facility   99    3    -    3 
Total facilities   10,426    78    1    79 

 

(*) Each property is comprised of a skilled nursing facility and long-term acute care hospital.

 

As of March 31, 2022, total future minimum rental revenues for the Company’s tenants are as follows:

 

Year  Amount 
(Amounts in $000s)
2022 (nine-month period)  $61,270 
2023   81,370 
2024   82,833 
2025   72,663 
2026   51,629 
Thereafter   153,195 
Total  $502,960 

 

The following table provides summary information regarding the number of operational beds associated with a property leased by the Company and subleased to third-party operators:

 

   March 31,   December 31, 
   2022   2021 
Number of facilities leased and subleased to third-parties   1    1 
Number of operational beds   68    68 

 

F-64

 

 

Future minimum operating lease payments under non-cancellable leases as of March 31, 2022, reconciled to the Company’s operating lease liability presented on the consolidated balance sheets:

 

    (Amounts in $000s)  
2022 (nine-month period)   $ 281  
2023     375  
2024     375  
2025     375  
2026     375  
Thereafter     468  
Total   $ 2,249  
Less Interest     (258 )
Total operating lease liability   $ 1,991  

 

Other Properties leased by the Company

 

The Company, through one of its subsidiaries, leases its office spaces from a related party. Rental expense under the leases for the periods ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, was $51,000 and $50,000, respectively.

 

NOTE 7. Notes Payable and Other Debt

 

Notes Payable and Other Debt consist of the following:

 

   Weighted Interest Rate at March 31,  March 31,   December 31, 
   2022  2022   2021 
      (Amounts in $000s) 
HUD guaranteed bank loans  3.23%  $281,311   $283,108 
Bank loans  3.99%   107,594    24,789 
Series A, Series B and Series C Bonds  6.12%   99,108    194,926 
Loans from others  5.48%   1,354   $1,354 
Gross Notes Payable and other Debt     $489,367   $504,177 
Debt issuance costs      (2,593)   (2,377)
Net Notes Payable and other Debt     $486,774   $501,800 

 

Principal payments on the Notes Payable and Other Debt payable through maturity are as follows (amounts in $000s):

 

Year Ending December 31,    
2022 (nine-month period)  $23,907 
2023   29,751 
2024   27,325 
2025   15,953 
2026   62,224 
Thereafter   330,207 
   $489,367 

 

Debt Covenant Compliance

 

As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company was party to approximately 41 and 42 outstanding credit related instruments, respectively. These instruments included credit facilities, mortgage notes, bonds and other credit obligations. Some of the instruments include financial covenants. Covenant provisions include, but are not limited to, debt service coverage ratios, and minimum levels of EBITDA (defined as earnings before interest, tax, and depreciation and amortization) or EBITDAR (defined as earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization and rental expense). Some covenants are based on annual financial metric measurements, and some are based on quarterly financial metric measurements. The Company routinely tracks and monitors its compliance with its covenant provisions. As of March 31, 2022, the Company was in compliance with all financial and administrative covenants.

 

F-65

 

 

Closing mortgage loan facility/repayment of Series B Bonds

 

On March 21, 2022, the Company closed a mortgage loan facility with a commercial bank pursuant to which the Company borrowed approximately $105 million. The facility provides for monthly payments of principal based on a 20-year amortization with a balloon payment due in March 2027. The loan bears interest at a rate equal to one-month Chicago Mercantile Exchange (“CME”) term rate plus 3.5%, subject to a minimum rate of 4% per annum. The Company utilized approximately $91.9 million of the proceeds of the new facility to make a deposit with the trustee of the Series B Bonds and repaid the Series B Bonds on their maturity date of March 31, 2022. Based on the deposit, the trustee released the collateral for the Series B Bonds, a portion of which was pledged to the new lender. The Company incurred a foreign currency loss of approximately $10.1 million in connection with the repayment of Series B Bonds. The Company also utilized $13.1 million of the proceeds of the new facility along with $8.2 million from cash in hand to repay other commercial bank loans.

 

Senior Debt—Mortgage Loans Guaranteed by HUD

 

As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company had HUD guaranteed mortgage loans from financial institutions of $281 million and $283 million, respectively. These loans were secured by first mortgage liens on the applicable properties, assignments of rent and second liens on the operator’s assets. The Company pays HUD annual mortgage insurance premiums of 0.65% of the loan balances in addition to the interest rate. As a result, the overall interest rate paid by the Company with respect to the HUD guaranteed loans as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 was 3.88% (including the mortgage insurance premium).

 

Series A Bonds

 

In November 2015, Strawberry Fields REIT, LTD, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“BVI Company”) issued Series A Bonds in the face amount of NIS 265.2 million ($68 million) and received the net amount after issuance costs of NIS 251.2 million ($64.3 million). During September 2016, the BVI Company issued at a premium of 103.6% additional Series A Bonds in the face amount of NIS 70.0 million ($18.6 million) and received a net amount after issuance costs of NIS 70.8 million ($18.8 million). During May 2017, the BVI Company issued at a premium of 105.9% additional Series A Bonds in the face amount of NIS 39.0 million ($10.7 million) and received a net amount after issuance costs of NIS 40.9 million ($11.3 million). The Series A Bonds had an original interest rate of 6.4% per annum. The effective weighted interest rate on the debentures, including those issued in the additional offering, is 7.4%.

 

The rate was increased to 6.65% in March 2017 due to the downgrade of the rating of the Series A Bonds by Standard & Poor’s from A to A-. The rate was further increased to 6.90% in August 2019 due to the downgrade of the rating of the BVI Company by Standard & Poor’s from ilA to ilA- and as a result the Series A Bond rating declined from ilA- to ilBBB+. On August 25, 2020, Standard & Poor’s upgraded the rating on Bond A from ilBBB+ to ilA-, however, interest rate was not decreased based on the terms of the debenture.

 

The principal amount of the Series A Bonds is payable in eight annual installments due on July 1 of each of the years 2017 through 2024. The first four principal payments were equal to 15% of the original principal amount of the Series A Bonds, and each of the last four principal payments are equal to 10% of original principal amount of the Series A Bonds.

 

The Series A Bonds are not secured except for an interest reserve. The indenture for the Series A Bonds requires the BVI Company to maintain an interest reserve with the trustee equal to the next interest payment on the Series A Bonds. In addition, the BVI Company committed not to further encumber its assets under a general lien without obtaining the approval of the holders of the Series A Bonds, provided that the BVI Company may grant specific liens on its properties and also to provide guarantees; and its subsidiaries are entitled to register general and specific liens on their assets.

 

F-66

 

 

The financial covenants of the BVI Company are measured based on its financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS accounting principles. The annual rate of interest on the Series A Bonds will increase by 0.5%, but only once with respect to each breach of any such covenant, if: (i) the shareholders’ equity of the BVI Company (excluding minority interests) is less than $110 million, (ii) the ratio of adjusted net financial debt to adjusted EBITDA (for the latest four quarters) exceeds 12 or (iii) the ratio of equity to total assets is less than 27%. Compliance with these financial covenants is measured annually and quarterly based on the BVI Company’s annual financial statements and quarterly financial statements. As of March 31, 2022, the BVI Company was in compliance with the above covenants.

 

Additionally, the annual rate of interest on the Series A Bonds will increase by 0.25% if there is a decrease in the rating of the Series A Bonds, up to a maximum increase of 1.25% per year. In the event of the increase in the rate of interest on the Series A Bonds for the above reasons, the rate will be decreased if the underlying cause of the interests is eliminated, provided that the rate of interest will not be less than 6.4%.

 

The BVI Company committed not to pledge its assets under general liens without obtaining the consent in advance of the debenture holders. Nevertheless, the BVI Company is entitled to register specific liens on its properties and also to provide guarantees; and its subsidiaries are entitled to register liens, including general and specific, on their assets.

 

Bond Repurchases

 

On December 10, 2018, the board of directors of the BVI Company approved a $1.0 million repurchase program (the “Program”) to repurchase Series A Bonds and Series B issued by the BVI Company. The Program was approved for a period of one year and expired on December 10, 2019. The Program was implemented based on the rules and regulations of the Israeli Securities Authority in relation to the self-purchase of corporate debt. On January 20, 2019, the Board of the BVI Company approved an extension to the Program allowing the Company to invest an additional $2.5 million of its own cash in the Program and to borrow up to $3.5 million to purchase additional bonds for a total Program amount of $7 million. On March 19, 2020, the Board of Directors of the BVI Company approved a $5 million new buyback program to Series A and Series B Bonds. The Program was approved for a year and on March 21, 2021, the Program was extended for another year to expire on March 20, 2022. On March 28, 2022, the Board of Directors of the BVI Company approved a $10 million buyback program (the “Program”) to Series A and Series C Bonds. The Program was approved for a year and will expire on March 28, 2023. The BVI Company did not repurchase any bonds during the three-month periods ended March 31, 2022 and 2021.

 

Series C Bonds

 

In July 2021, the BVI Company completed an initial offering on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange (“TASE”) of Series C Bonds with a par value of NIS 208.0 million ($64.7 million). These Series C Bonds were issued at par. Offering and issuance costs of approximately $1.7 million were incurred at closing.

 

Interest

 

The Series C Bonds initially bore interest at a rate of 5.7% per annum. In July 2021, Standard & Poor’s provided an initial rating for the Series C Bonds of ilA+.

 

Interest on the Series C Bonds is payable semi-annually in arrears. The first interest payment was paid on January 31, 2022. The interest rate may increase if certain financial ratios are not achieved, as discussed below.

 

Payment Terms

 

The principal amount of the Series C Bonds is payable in five annual installments due on July 31 of each of the years 2022 through 2026. The first four principal payments are equal to 6% of the original principal amount of the Series C Bonds, and the last principal payments is equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Series C Bonds.

 

F-67

 

 

Financial Covenants

 

Until the date of full repayment of the Series C Bonds, the BVI Company must comply with certain financial covenants described below. The application of the covenants is based on the financial statements of the BVI Company as prepared under the IFRS accounting method. The financial covenant are as follows:

 

● The stockholders’ equity of the BVI Company may not be less than $230 million.

 

● The ratio of the consolidated stockholders’ equity of the BVI Company to its total consolidated balance sheet may not be less than 25%.

 

● The ratio of the adjusted net financial debt to adjusted EBITDA of the BVI Company (for the past four quarters) may not exceed 12.

 

● The ratio of the outstanding amount of the Series C Bonds to the fair market value of the collateral may not exceed 75%.

 

Dividend Restrictions

 

The indenture for the Series C Bonds limits the amount of dividends that may be paid by the BVI Company to its stockholders. The BVI Company may not make any distribution unless all of the following conditions are fulfilled (with all amounts calculated under IFRS):

 

● The distribution amount may not exceed 80% of the net profit after tax that is recognized in the most recent consolidated financial statements of the BVI Company, less profits or losses arising from a change in accounting methods, net revaluation profits/losses (that have not yet been realized) arising from a change in the fair value of the assets with respect to the fair value in prior reporting period.

 

● The ratio of the consolidated stockholders’ equity of the BVI Company to its total consolidated balance sheet may not be less than 30%.

 

● The distributable profits for which no distribution was performed in a specific year will be added to the following quarters.

 

● The BVI Company’s equity at the end of the last quarter, before the distribution of dividends, less the dividends distributed, may not be less than $250 million.

 

● The BVI Company meets the financial conditions described above, and the Company is not in violation of all and/or any of its material undertakings to the holders of the Series C Bonds.

 

Increase in Interest Rate

 

In the event that:

 

(i) the stockholders’ equity of BVI Company (excluding minority interests) is less than $250 million;

 

(ii) the ratio of the adjusted net financial debt to adjusted EBITDA (for the latest four quarters) exceeds 11;

 

(iii) the ratio of the consolidated equity of the BVI Company to total consolidated assets of the BVI Company is below 27%; or

 

(iv) the ratio of outstanding amount of the Series C Bonds to the fair market value of the collateral for the Series B Bonds exceeds 75%,

 

then, in each case, the interest on the Series C Bonds will increase by an additional 0.5% annually, but only once with respect to each failure to meet these requirements. Compliance with these financial covenants is measured quarterly.

 

F-68

 

 

Additionally, if a decline in the rating of the Series C Bonds should take place, then for each single ratings decrease, the interest will be increased by 0.25% per year, up to a maximum increment of 1.25% annually.

 

In any case, the total increase in the interest rate as a result of the above adjustments will not exceed 1.5% per year. The increases in the interest rate will also be reversed if the BVI Company regains compliance.

 

Security

 

The Series C Bonds are secured by first mortgage liens on eight properties. In addition, the Series C Bonds are also secured by interest and expenses reserves. The BVI Company has agreed not to pledge its assets pursuant to a general lien without obtaining the prior consent of the holders of the Series C Bonds, provided that the BVI Company is entitled to register specific liens on its properties and also to provide guarantees and its subsidiaries are entitled to register general and specific liens on their assets.

 

Under the terms of the indenture for the Series C Bonds, the BVI Company can take out properties from the collateral (in case of HUD refinancing) or to add properties and increase the Series C Bonds as long as the ratio of outstanding amount of the Series C Bonds to fair market value of the collateral is not more than 65%. In addition, starting from July 1, 2023, if the fair market value of the collateral is below 55%, the BVI Company can request to release collateral so the fair market value will increase to 55%.

 

Additional Bonds

 

The BVI Company can issue additional Series C Bonds at any time not to exceed to a maximum of NIS630 million (or $198 million).

 

Redemption Provisions

 

The BVI Company may, at its discretion, call the Series C Bonds for early repayment. In the event of the redemption of all of the Series C Bonds, the BVI Company would be required to pay the highest of the following amounts:

 

the market value of the balance of the Series C Bonds in circulation which will be determined based on the average closing price of the Series B Bonds for thirty (30) trading days before the date on which the board of directors resolves to undertake the early redemption;
   
the par value of the Series C Bonds available for early redemption in circulation (i.e., the principal balance of the Series C Bonds plus accrued interest until the date of the actual early redemption); or
   
the balance of the payments under the Series C Bonds (consisting of future payments of principal and interest), when discounted to their present value based on the annual yield of the Israeli government bonds plus an “additional rate.” The additional rate will be 1.0% per annum for early repayment performed by September 30, 2022, 2.5% from October 1, 2022 to September 30, 2023, and 3.0% thereafter.

 

Change of Control

 

The holders of a majority of the Series C Bonds may accelerate the outstanding balance of the Bonds if the control of the BVI Company is transferred, directly or indirectly, unless the transfer of control is approved by the holders of a majority of the Series C Bonds.

 

For the purpose of this provision, a transfer of control means a change of control of the BVI Company such that the BVI Company has a controlling stockholder that is not any of the “controlling stockholders” and/or is in the hands of any of their immediate family members (including through trusts that the controlling stockholders and/or any of their immediate family members are the beneficiaries under and/or are their managers). In this regard, “control” is defined in the Israeli Companies Law.

 

F-69

 

 

For purposes of the Series C Bonds, the “controlling stockholders” of the BVI Company are deemed to be Moishe Gubin and Michael Blisko.

 

Other Debt

 

As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company had $1.4 in outstanding amounts due under notes due to sellers of properties.

 

NOTE 8. Commitments and Contingencies

 

Commitments

 

The Company guarantees from time-to-time obligations of its wholly owned subsidiaries.

 

Contingencies

 

The Company’s operating results and financial condition are dependent on the ability of its tenants to meet their lease obligations to us. A pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of an infectious disease, such as the recent outbreak of respiratory illness caused by the novel coronavirus known as COVID-19, could adversely affect the ability of the Company’s tenants to meet their lease obligation by increasing their operating costs and reducing their income. Tenants may be required to make significant expenditures to prevent or contain such illnesses. Tenants’ revenues could be affected if public trust in skilled nursing facilities and long-term acute care hospitals were undermined because of such illnesses. Tenants’ revenues could also be adversely affected if a pandemic caused a temporary shutdown or diversion of patients, disrupted the delivery of medical supplies or caused staffing shortages. The risk to our tenants is enhanced because their facilities primarily serve the elderly, who are particularly at risk for respiratory illnesses such as COVID-19.

 

Although the amount of rent that the Company receives from its tenants is not dependent on the tenants’ operating results, the tenants’ ability to fulfill their lease obligations, including the payment of rent, could be adversely affected if our tenants encountered significant financial difficulties due to a pandemic. To date, the Company does not believe that the recent coronavirus outbreak has had a material adverse impact on its tenants.

 

In March 2020, Joseph Schwartz, Rosie Schwartz, and certain companies owned by them filed a complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Illinois against Moishe Gubin, Michael Blisko, the Company and 21 of its subsidiaries, as well as the operators of 17 of the facilities operated at the Company’s properties. The complaint was related to the Company’s acquisition of 16 properties located in Arkansas, Kentucky and Illinois and the attempt to purchase five properties located in Massachusetts in a series of transactions between May 2018 and April 2019. The complaint was dismissed by the court in 2020 for lack of subject matter jurisdiction.

 

In September 2020, Joseph Schwartz, Rosie Schwartz, and certain companies owned by them filed a new complaint in an Arkansas State Court with nearly identical claims but limited to the properties the Company purchased from the plaintiffs in Arkansas. The aggregate acquisition cost of the Arkansas properties (inclusive of three properties that are not owned by the Company) was approximately $59.2 million. In each transaction, the purchase price for the property was paid through the satisfaction of mortgage indebtedness on the property, by assumption or otherwise, such that the mortgage lenders would release the property to the Company, free and clear. The sellers, which were affiliates of Skyline Health Care, had encountered financial difficulties and requested the Company to acquire the properties.

 

In the complaint, the plaintiffs asserted claims for fraud, breach of contract and rescission arising out of the defendants alleged failure to perform certain post-closing obligations under the purchase contracts. The Company and its subsidiaries, and the operator co-defendants believe that the complaint is without merit and are vigorously defending the litigation and asserting counterclaims against the plaintiffs based on their failure to fulfill their obligations under the purchase contracts, interim management agreement, and operations transfer agreements. The Company believes this matter will be settled without a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-70

 

 

Note 9. Equity Incentive Plan

 

The Company has adopted the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan permits the grant of both options qualifying under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code (“incentive stock options”) and options not so qualifying, and the grant of stock appreciation rights, stock awards, incentive awards, performance units, and other equity-based awards. A total of 250,000 shares have been authorized to be granted under the Plan. As of March 31, 2022, 225,100 shares were available for grant. No shares were issued during the three month period ended March 31, 2022.

 

NOTE 10. Stockholders’ Equity and Distributions

 

The Company intends to elect and qualify to be treated as a REIT commencing with the taxable year ending December 31, 2022. U.S. federal income tax law requires that a REIT distribute annually at least 90% of its net taxable income, excluding net capital gains, and that it pays tax at regular corporate rates to the extent that it annually distributes less than 100% of its net taxable income, including net capital gains. In addition, a REIT is required to pay a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the amount, if any, by which the distributions that it makes in a calendar year are less than the sum of 85% of its ordinary income, 95% of its capital gain net income and 100% of its undistributed income from prior years.

 

As of March 31, 2022, there were a total of 5,849,746 shares of common stock issued in connection with our formation transactions and shares granted to employees and employees of affiliated entities under the equity incentive plan. The outstanding shares were held by a total of 420 stockholders of record, including certain affiliates of the Company who held 1,291,785 of these shares. All of these shares are “restricted securities” (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act). They may be sold in the public market only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration, including exemptions under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

 

At March 31, 2022 there were 47,406,651 OP units outstanding. Under the terms of the Operating Partnership agreement, such holders have the right to request the redemption of their OP units, in cash, commencing 12 months after the initial issuance of such OP units (or such shorter period as may be approved by the Company in its sole discretion). If a holder requests redemption, the Company will have the option of issuing shares of common stock to the requesting holder instead of cash. The Company has no current plans to permit these holders to seek redemption of their OP units prior to the 12-month period noted above. In addition, OP unit holders are required to obtain Company approval prior to the sale or transfer of any or all of such OP unit holders interest.

 

In addition, the Company has reserved a total of (a) 250,000 shares of common stock of which 225,100 are available for grant at March 31, 2022 for future issuance under the equity incentive plan, and (b) 47,406,651 shares of common stock that may be issued, at the Company’s option, upon redemption of the OP units outstanding as of March 31, 2022. Any shares issued upon the redemption of the OP units will be restricted securities for purposes of Rule 144.

 

Prior to the formation transactions, the Predecessor Company’s outstanding equity consisted of 10,570 common units and 475 preferred units. Each preferred unit provided its holders with the rights to receive $4,500 annually in preferred dividends. The preferred units were converted to common OP units in connection with the formation transactions.

 

NOTE 11. Related Party Transactions and Economic Dependence

 

The following entities and individuals are considered to be Related Parties:

 

Moishe Gubin Chairman of the Board and a stockholder of the Company
Michael Blisko Director and a stockholder of the Company
Ted Lerman Director and a stockholder of the Company
Nahman Eingal Chief Financial Officer and a stockholder of the Company
Operating entities See list below
Steven Blisko Owner of certain tenants and a brother of Michael Blisko

 

F-71

 

 

Lease Agreements with Related Parties

 

As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, each of the Company’s facilities except for two were leased and operated by separate tenants. Each tenant is a special purpose entity that leases the facility from one of the Company’s subsidiaries and operates the facility as a healthcare facility. The Company had 47 tenants out of 79 who were related parties as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021. Most of the lease agreements are triple net leases.

 

In April 2021, tenants for 13 of our properties located in Arkansas agreed to assign their leases to a group of unaffiliated third parties. The prior tenants were related parties of the Company. The facilities located on these properties consist of 12 SNFs and 2 ALFs, with one property housing both a SNF and an ALF. There were no changes to the terms of the existing leases. The assignment of the leases was subject to the approval of the State of Arkansas, which was received in December 2021. In connection with the lease assignments, the Company granted the new tenants an option to purchase the properties for an aggregate price of $90 million. These properties are subject to claims by the prior owners of the properties. These claims did not impact the assignment of the leases, but they may interfere with the exercise of the purchase option.

 

The following table sets forth details of the lease agreements in force between the Company and its subsidiaries and lessees that are related parties:

 

         Related Party Ownership in
Tenant/Operator (see notes (1) and (2))
                   
State  Lessor/
Company Subsidiary
  Tenant/Operator  Moishe Gubin/Gubin Enterprises LP   Michael Blisko/Blisko Enterprises LP   Ted Lerman/A&F Realty LLC   Average annual rent over life of lease   Annual Escalation   % of total rent   Lease maturity  Extension options
                    Master Lease Indiana                                              
IN  1020 West Vine Street Realty, LLC  The Waters of Princeton II, LLC   39.10%   40.14%   20.20%  $1,045,506    3.00%   1.45%  8/1/2025  2 five year
IN  12803 Lenover Street Realty LLC  The Waters of Dillsboro - Ross Manor II LLC   39.10%   40.14%   20.20%   1,353,655    3.00%   1.87%  8/1/2025  2 five year
IN  1350 North Todd Drive Realty, LLC  The Waters of Scottsburg II LLC   39.10%   40.14%   20.20%   1,089,527    3.00%   1.51%  8/1/2025  2 five year
IN  1600 East Liberty Street Realty LLC  The Waters of Covington II LLC   39.10%   40.14%   20.20%   1,309,634    3.00%   1.81%  8/1/2025  2 five year
IN  1601 Hospital Drive Realty LLC  The Waters of Greencastle II LLC   39.10%   40.14%   20.20%   1,100,532    3.00%   1.52%  8/1/2025  2 five year
IN  1712 Leland Drive Realty, LLC  The Waters of Huntingburg II LLC   39.10%   40.14%   20.20%   1,045,506    3.00%   1.45%  8/1/2025  2 five year
IN  2055 Heritage Drive Realty LLC  The Waters of Martinsville II LLC   39.10%   40.14%   20.20%   1,133,548    3.00%   1.57%  8/1/2025  2 five year
IN  3895 South Keystone Avenue Realty LLC  The Waters of Indianapolis II LLC   39.10%   40.14%   20.20%   891,431    3.00%   1.23%  8/1/2025  2 five year
IN  405 Rio Vista Lane Realty LLC  The Waters of Rising Sun II LLC   39.10%   40.14%   20.20%   638,309    3.00%   0.88%  8/1/2025  2 five year
IN  950 Cross Avenue Realty LLC  The Waters of Clifty Falls II LLC   39.10%   40.14%   20.20%   1,518,735    3.00%   2.10%  8/1/2025  2 five year
IN  958 East Highway 46 Realty LLC  The Waters of Batesville II LLC   39.10%   40.14%   20.20%   946,458    3.00%   1.31%  8/1/2025  2 five year
IN  2400 Chateau Drive Realty, LLC  The Waters of Muncie II LLC   39.10%   40.14%   20.20%   792,383    3.00%   1.10%  8/1/2025  2 five year
IN  The Big H2O LLC  The Waters of New Castle II LLC   39.10%   40.14%   20.20%   726,351    3.00%   1.00%  8/1/2025  2 five year

 

F-72

 

 

State  Lessor/
Company Subsidiary
  Tenant/Operator  Moishe Gubin/Gubin Enterprises LP   Michael Blisko/Blisko Enterprises LP   Ted Lerman/A&F Realty LLC   Average annual rent over life of lease   Annual Escalation   % of total rent   Lease maturity  Extension options
                    Master Lease Tennessee                                               
TN  115 Woodlawn Drive, LLC  Lakebridge, a Waters Community, LLC   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%   1,514,820    3.00%   1.81%  8/1/2031  2 five year
TN  146 Buck Creek Road, LLC  The Waters of Roan Highlands, LLC   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%   1,111,794    3.00%   1.33%  8/1/2031  2 five year
TN  704 5th Avenue East, LLC  The Waters of Springfield, LLC   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%   917,230    3.00%   1.09%  8/1/2031  2 five year
TN  2501 River Road, LLC  The Waters of Cheatham, LLC   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%   1,111,794    3.00%   1.33%  8/1/2031  2 five year
TN  202 Enon Springs Road East, LLC  The Waters of Smyrna, LLC   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%   1,264,666    3.00%   1.51%  8/1/2031  2 five year
TN  140 Technology Lane, LLC  The Waters of Johnson City, LLC   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%   1,167,384    3.00%   1.39%  8/1/2031  2 five year
TN  835 Union Street, LLC  The Waters of Shelbyville, LLC   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%  $1,334,153    3.00%   1.59%  8/1/2031  2 five year

 

F-73

 

 

State  Lessor/
Company Subsidiary
  Tenant/Operator  Moishe Gubin/Gubin Enterprises LP   Michael Blisko/Blisko Enterprises LP   Ted Lerman/A&F Realty LLC   Average annual rent over life of lease   Annual Escalation   % of total rent   Lease maturity  Extension options
                     Master Lease Tennessee 2                                                  
TN  505 North Roan, LLC  Agape Rehabilitation & Nursing Center, A Water’s Community LLC   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%   1,628,910    3.00%   1.97%  7/1/2031  2 five year
TN  14510 Highway 79, LLC  Waters of McKenzie, A Rehabilitation & Nursing Center, LLC   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%   1,279,858    3.00%   1.55%  7/1/2031  2 five year
TN  6500 Kirby Gate Boulevard, LLC  Waters of Memphis, A Rehabilitation & Nursing Center, LLC   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%   1,745,261    3.00%   2.11%  7/1/2031  2 five year
TN  978 Highway 11 South, LLC  Waters of Sweetwater, A Rehabilitation & Nursing Center, LLC   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%   1,745,261    3.00%   2.11%  7/1/2031  2 five year
TN  2830 Highway 394, LLC  Waters of Bristol, A Rehabilitiation & Nursing Center, LLC   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%   2,327,014    3.00%   2.81%  7/1/2031  2 five year

 

F-74

 

 

         Related Party Ownership in
Tenant/Operator (see notes (1) and (2))
                   
State  Lessor/
Company Subsidiary
  Tenant/ Operator  Moishe Gubin/Gubin Enterprises LP   Michael Blisko/Blisko Enterprises LP   Ted Lerman/A&F Realty LLC   Average Annual rent over life of lease   Annual Escalation   % of total rent   Lease maturity  Extension options
IL              516 West Frech Street, LLC  Parker Nursing & Rehabilitation Center, LLC   50.00%   50.00%   0.00%  $498,350    Varies between $12,000 and $24,000 annually         0.69%  3/31/2031  None
IN  1316 North Tibbs Avenue Realty, LLC  Westpark, a Waters Community, LLC   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%   549,884    3.00%   0.76%  6/1/2024  2 five year
IL  Ambassador Nursing Realty, LLC  Ambassador Nursing and Rehabilitation Center II, LLC   37.50%   37.50%   5.00%   1,005,313    3.00%   1.39%  2/28/2026  2 five year
IL  Momence Meadows Realty, LLC  Momence Meadows Nursing & Rehabilitation Center, LLC   50.00%   50.00%   0.00%   1,038,000    None    1.44%  12/30/2025  None
IL  Oak Lawn Nursing Realty, LLC  Oak Lawn Respiratory and Rehabilitation Center, LLC   50.00%   50.00%   0.00%   1,083,048    None    1.50%  6/1/2031  None
IL  Forest View Nursing Realty, LLC  Forest View Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC   50.00%   50.00%   0.00%   1,215,483    3.00%   1.68%  12/1/2024  2 five year
IL  Lincoln Park Holdings, LLC  Lakeview Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC   40.00%   40.00%   0.00%   1,260,000    None    1.74%  5/31/2031  None
IL  Continental Nursing Realty, LLC  Continental Nursing and Rehabilitation Center, LLC   37.50%   37.50%   5.00%   1,575,348    None    2.18%  3/1/2031  None
IL  Westshire Nursing Realty, LLC  City View Multicare Center, LLC   50.00%   50.00%   0.00%   1,788,365    3.00%   2.47%  9/1/2025  2 five year
IL  Belhaven Realty, LLC  Belhaven Nursing and Rehabilitation Center, LLC   35.00%   35.00%   24.99%   2,134,570    3.00%   2.95%  2/28/2026  2 five year
IL  West Suburban Nursing Realty, LLC  West Suburban Nursing & Rehabilitation Center, LLC   37.50%   37.50%   5.00%   1,961,604    None    2.71%  11/1/2027  None

 

F-75

 

 

         Related Party Ownership in
Tenant/Operator (see notes (1) and (2))
                   
State  Lessor/
Company Subsidiary
  Tenant/ Operator  Moishe Gubin/Gubin Enterprises LP   Michael Blisko/Blisko Enterprises LP   Ted Lerman/A&F Realty LLC   Average Annual rent over life of lease   Annual Escalation   % of total rent   Lease maturity  Extension options
IN           1585 Perry Worth Road, LLC  The Waters of Lebanon, LLC   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%  $116,676    3.00%           0.16%  6/1/2027  2 five year
IL  Niles Nursing Realty LLC  Niles Nursing & Rehabilitation Center LLC   40.00%   40.00%   20.00%   2,409,998    3.00%   3.33%  2/28/2026  2 five year
IL  Parkshore Estates Nursing Realty, LLC  Parkshore Estates Nursing and Rehabilitation Center, LLC   30.00%   30.00%   20.00%   2,454,187    3.00%   3.39%  12/1/2024  2 five year
IL  Midway Neurological and Rehabilitation Realty, LLC  Midway Neurological and Rehabilitation Center, LLC   33.39%   33.39%   23.97%   2,547,712    3.00%   3.52%  2/28/2026  2 five year
IL  4343 Kennedy Drive, LLC  Hope Creek Nursing and Rehabilitation Center, LLC   50.00%   50.00%   0.00%   478,958    3.00%   0.58%  10/1/2030  2 five year

 

F-76

 

 

         Affiliate Ownership in Operator
(See Notes (1) and (2))
                       
State  Lessor/
Company Subsidiary
  Tenant  Moishe Gubin / Gubin Enterprises LP   Michael Blisko / Blisko Enterprises LP   Ted Lerman / A&F Realty LLC   Steven Blisko   Average Annual rent over life of lease   Annual Escalation   % of total rent   Lease maturity  Extension options
             Master Lease Central Illinois 1                                                    
IL  253 Bradington Drive, LLC  Columbia Rehabilitation and Nursing Center LLC   0.00%   0.00%   40.00%   60.00%  $399,076    3.0%   0.55%  4/1/2031  4 five year
IL  3523 Wickenhauser, LLC  Alton Rehabilitation and Nursing Center LLC   0.00%   0.00%   40.00%   60.00%   606,998    3.0%   0.84%  4/1/2031  4 five year
IL  727 North 17th Street, LLC  Belleville Rehabilitation and Nursing Center LLC   0.00%   0.00%   40.00%   60.00%   603,644    3.0%   0.83%  4/1/2031  4 five year
   Master Lease Central Illinois 2L                                         
IL  107 South Lincoln Street, LLC  Park Haven Nursing & Rehabilitation Center, LLC   0.00%   0.00%   40.00%   60.00%   390,846    1.00%   0.54%  6/1/2034  1 ten year
IL  1623 West Delmar Avenue, LLC  Godfrey Healthcare & Rehabilitation Center, LLC   0.00%   0.00%   40.00%   60.00%   263,144    1.00%   0.36%  6/1/2034  1 ten year
IL  393 Edwardsville Road, LLC  Wood River Healthcare & Rehabilitation Center, LLC   0.00%   0.00%   40.00%   60.00%   410,194    1.00%   0.56%  6/1/2034  1 ten year

 

(1) The interests of the three listed related parties are not held through any commonly owned holding companies. Mr. Gubin’s interests are held through Gubin Enterprises LP. Mr. Blisko’s interests are held through Blisko Enterprises LP and New York Boys Management, LLC. The interests held by Ted Lerman/A&F Realty are held directly by them.

 

(2) Each of the tenants is a limited liability company. The percentages listed reflect the owners’ percentage ownership of the outstanding membership interests in each tenant. Each tenant is managed by two or three managers, which currently consist of Mr. Gubin, Mr. Blisko and in some cases Mr. Lerman or A&F Realty. Decisions are made by majority vote of the managers, except (in some cases) for certain major items that require the vote of a majority or greater percentage of the members.

 

Guarantees from Related Parties

 

As of March 31, 2022 Mr. Gubin and Mr. Blisko did not guaranteed any loan. As of December 31, 2022, Mr. Gubin & Mr. Blisko guaranteed $24.8 million in loans made by commercial banks to the Company’s subsidiaries.

 

Balances with Related Parties

 

   March 31,   December 31, 
   2022   2021 
   (amounts in $000s) 
Straight-line rent receivable  $13,692   $15,261 
Tenant portion of replacement reserve  $10,789   $10,331 

 

Payments from and to Related Parties

 

   Three Months ended March 31 
   2022   2021 
   (amounts in $000s) 
Rental income received from related parties   7,951    14,351 

 

Other Related Party Relationships

 

On March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company and the Predecessor Company had approximately $11.5 million and $17.5 million, respectively, on deposit with OptimumBank. Mr. Gubin is the Chairman of the Board of OptimumBank.

 

F-77

 

 

NOTE 12. Income Taxes

 

The Company intends to elect and qualify to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with the year ending December 31, 2022. The Company qualification as a REIT will depend upon its ability to meet, on a continuing basis, through actual investment and operating results, various complex requirements under the Code relating to, among other things, the sources of the Company’s gross income, the composition and values of the Company’s assets, the Company’s distribution levels and the diversity of ownership of the Company’s capital stock. The Company believes that it will be organized in conformity with the requirements for qualification as a REIT under the Code and that its intended manner of operation will enable the Company to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with the Company’s taxable year ending December 31, 2022.

 

As a REIT, the Company generally will not be subject to federal income tax on its net taxable income that it distributes currently to its stockholders. Under the Code, REITs are subject to numerous organizational and operational requirements, including a requirement that they distribute each year at least 90% of their REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid and excluding any net capital gains. If the Company fails to qualify for taxation as a REIT in any taxable year and does not qualify for certain statutory relief provisions, the Company’s income for that year will be taxed at regular corporate rates, and the Company would be disqualified from taxation as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year during which the Company ceased to qualify as a REIT. Even if the Company qualifies as a REIT for federal income tax purposes, it may still be subject to state and local taxes on its income and assets and to federal income and excise taxes on its undistributed income.

 

For the period prior to qualifying as a REIT, the Company is taxed at regular corporate rates for Federal and State income taxes.

 

The members of the Predecessor Company elected to be taxed as a partnership for federal and state income tax purposes. For federal and state income tax purposes, all items of income and expenses flowed through to its members based on their respective ownership percentages, therefore no provision or liability for income taxes is reflected in the Predecessor Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

The Company and the Predecessor Company followed recent accounting guidance relating to accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, which sets out a consistent framework to determine the appropriate level of tax reserves to maintain for uncertain tax positions.

 

A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. The determination of whether or not a tax position has met the more-than-likely-than-not recognition threshold considers the facts, circumstances, and information available at the reporting date and is subject to management’s judgment. The Predecessor Company’s status as a partnership is defined as a tax position under this accounting guidance. As of the date of the formation transactions, management was not aware of any uncertain tax positions that would have material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

NOTE 13. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

There were no assets measured at fair value on a recurring or non-recurring basis as of March 31, 2022 or December 31, 2021.

 

F-78

 

 

The Company and the Predecessor Company are required to disclose the fair value of financials instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value. The fair value of short-term financial instruments such as cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate their carrying value on the consolidated balance sheets due to their short-term nature. The fair values of the Company’s remaining financial instruments that are not reported at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets are reported below:

 

      March 31, 2022   December 31, 2021 
(amounts in $000s)  Level  Carrying Amount   Fair Value   Carrying Amount   Fair Value 
Senior debt and bonds  3  $486,774    487,178   $501,800    508,297 
                        
Notes receivable  3  $9,669    9,669   $9,831    9,831 

 

The fair value of the senior debt, bonds and notes receivable are estimated using a discounted cash flow analysis.

 

NOTE 14. Subsequent Events

 

Management has evaluated events occurring subsequent to the consolidated balance sheet date through May 25, 2022, which is the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, determining no events require additional disclosure in these consolidated financial statements except as follows:

 

On April 4, 2022, we were notified that the tenants under the master leases for 6 facilities located in central Illinois intended to default with respect to their lease agreements due to operating losses. The tenants indicated that their operating losses were partially due to decreased occupancy caused by COVID-19. The tenants are affiliates of Steven Blisko, who is the brother of Michael Blisko, one of our directors. These leases provided for a combined rent of $225,000 per month, or $2.7 million per year. All payments due under these leases were paid through mid-June 2022. On July 1, 2022, the Company entered into new lease agreements with an unaffiliated third party operator to lease these properties. The new leases have terms of 10 years each and provide for combined rent of $180,000 per month, or $2.2 million per year. The Company expects to recognize a loss of approximately $1,080,000 in the second quarter of 2022 due to the write-off of straight-line rent receivable related to the former leases.

 

NOTE 15. Financing Income (Expenses), Net

 

   Three months ended March 31, 
   2022   2021 
   (amounts in $000s) 
Financing expenses          
Interest expenses with respect to bonds  $(2,170)  $(2,118)
Interest expenses on loans from banks and others   (1,780)   (2,842)
Interest expenses with respect to leases   (21)   (24)
Other financing expenses (including related parties), net   (669)   (172)
Total financing expenses  $(4,640)  $(5,156)
Financing income  $151   $296 
Interest Expense, Net  $(4,489)  $(4,860)

 

F-79

 

Exhibit 3.1

 

STRAWBERRY FIELDS REIT, INC.

 

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

 

First: Strawberry Fields REIT, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Corporation”), desires to amend and restate its charter as currently in effect.

 

Second: The charter of the Corporation (the “Charter”) is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

NAME

 

The name of the corporation (the “Corporation”) is:

 

Strawberry Fields REIT, Inc.

 

ARTICLE II

 

PURPOSE AND POWER

 

The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are to engage in any lawful act or activity (including, without limitation or obligation, engaging in business as a real estate investment trust under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor statute (the “Code”)) for which corporations may be organized under the general laws of the State of Maryland as now or hereafter in force. For purposes of the Charter, “REIT” means a real estate investment trust under Sections 856 through 860 of the Code or any successor provisions.

 

ARTICLE III

 

PRINCIPAL OFFICE IN STATE AND RESIDENT AGENT

 

The address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is 245 West Chase Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21201. The name of the resident agent of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is Paracorp Incorporated whose post address is 245 West Chase Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21201. The resident agent is a Maryland corporation.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

PROVISIONS FOR DEFINING, LIMITING AND REGULATING CERTAIN POWERS OF THE CORPORATION AND OF THE STOCKHOLDERS AND DIRECTORS

 

Section 4.1. Number of Directors. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. The number of directors of the Corporation is currently five (5), which number may be increased or decreased only by the Board of Directors pursuant to the Bylaws of the Corporation (the “Bylaws”), but shall never be less than the minimum number required by the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”). The names of the directors who shall serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are duly elected and qualify are:

 

Moishe Gubin

 

Essel Bailey

 

 

 

 

Michael Blisko

 

Jack Levine

 

Reid Shapiro

 

The Corporation elects, effective at such time as it becomes eligible under Section 3-802 of the MGCL to make the election provided for under Section 3-804(c) of the MGCL, that, except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of any class or series of stock, any and all vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from an increase in the number of directors, or the resignation, death or removal of a director may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors remaining in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which such vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies.

 

Section 4.2. Extraordinary Actions. Except as specifically provided in Section 4.8 (relating to removal of directors) and in Article VII (relating to amendments to the Charter), notwithstanding any provision of law requiring any action to be taken or approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast a greater number of votes, any such action shall be effective and valid if declared advisable by the Board of Directors and taken or approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

 

Section 4.3. Authorization by Board of Directors of Stock Issuance. The Board of Directors may authorize the issuance from time to time of shares of stock of the Corporation of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, or securities or rights convertible into shares of its stock of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, for such consideration as the Board of Directors may deem advisable (or without consideration in the case of a stock split or stock dividend), subject to such restrictions or limitations, if any, as may be set forth in the Charter or the Bylaws.

 

Section 4.4. Preemptive and Appraisal Rights. Except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of classified or reclassified shares of stock pursuant to Section 5.4 or as may otherwise be provided by a contract approved by the Board of Directors, no holder of shares of stock of the Corporation shall, as such holder, have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any additional shares of stock of the Corporation or any other security of the Corporation which it may issue or sell. Holders of shares of stock shall not be entitled to exercise any rights of an objecting stockholder provided for under Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the MGCL or any successor statute unless the Board of Directors upon such terms and conditions as may be specified by the Board of Directors, determines that such rights apply, with respect to all or any shares of all or any classes or series of stock, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which holders of such shares would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights.

 

2 

 

 

Section 4.5. Indemnification and Advance of Expenses. To the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, the Corporation shall indemnify and, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification, shall pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to (a) any individual who is a present or former director or officer of the Corporation and who is made or threatened to be made a party to, or witness in, the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity and (b) any individual who, while a director or officer of the Corporation and at the request of the Corporation, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, member, manager, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and who is made or threatened to be made a party to, or witness in, the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity, in either case, from and against any claim or liability to which such person may become subject or which such person may incur by reason of his or her service in such capacity. The rights to indemnification and advance of expenses provided by the Charter shall vest immediately upon election of a director or officer. The Corporation may, with the approval of its Board of Directors, provide such indemnification and advance of expenses to an individual who served a predecessor of the Corporation in any of the capacities described in (a) or (b) above and to any employee or agent of the Corporation or a predecessor of the Corporation. The indemnification and payment or reimbursement of expenses provided in the Charter shall not be deemed exclusive of or limit in any way other rights to which any person seeking indemnification or payment or reimbursement of expenses may be or may become entitled under any bylaw, resolution, insurance, agreement or otherwise.

 

Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Section, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the Charter or the Bylaws inconsistent with this Section, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding paragraph with respect to any act or failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.

 

Section 4.6. Determinations by Board of Directors. The determination as to any of the following matters, made by or pursuant to the direction of the Board of Directors, shall be final and conclusive and shall be binding upon the Corporation and every holder of shares of its stock: the amount of the net income of the Corporation for any period and the amount of assets at any time legally available for the payment of dividends, acquisition of its stock or the payment of other distributions on its stock; the amount of paid-in surplus, net assets, other surplus, annual or other cash flow, funds from operations, adjusted funds from operations, net profit, net assets in excess of capital, undivided profits or excess of profits over losses on sales of assets; the amount, purpose, time of creation, increase or decrease, alteration or cancellation of any reserves or charges and the propriety thereof (whether or not any obligation or liability for which such reserves or charges shall have been created shall have been set aside, paid or discharged); any interpretation or resolution of any ambiguity with respect to any provision of the Charter (including any of the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers or rights, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of any shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation) or of the Bylaws; the number of authorized or outstanding shares of stock of any class or series of the Corporation; the value, fair value, or any sale, bid or asked price to be applied in determining the value, or fair value, of any asset owned or held by the Corporation or of any shares of stock of the Corporation; any matter relating to the acquisition, holding and disposition of any assets by the Corporation; any interpretation of the terms and conditions of one or more agreements with any person, corporation, association, company, trust, partnership (limited or general) or other entity; the compensation of directors, officers, employees or agents of the Corporation; or any other matter relating to the business and affairs of the Corporation or required or permitted by applicable law, the Charter or Bylaws or otherwise to be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

3 

 

 

Section 4.7. REIT Qualification. If the Corporation elects to qualify for federal income tax treatment as a REIT, the Board of Directors shall use its reasonable best efforts to take such actions as are necessary or appropriate to preserve the status of the Corporation as a REIT; however, if the Board of Directors determines that it is no longer in the best interests of the Corporation to attempt to, or continue to, qualify as a REIT, the Board of Directors may revoke or otherwise terminate the Corporation’s REIT election pursuant to Section 856(g) of the Code. The Board of Directors, in its sole and absolute discretion, also may (a) determine that compliance with any restriction or limitation on stock ownership and transfers set forth in Article VI is no longer required for REIT qualification and (b) make any other determination or take any other action pursuant to Article VI.

 

Section 4.8. Removal of Directors. Subject to the rights of holders of shares of one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock (as defined below) to elect or remove one or more directors, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors. For the purpose of this paragraph, “cause” shall mean, with respect to any particular director, conviction of a felony or a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction holding that such director caused demonstrable, material harm to the Corporation through bad faith or active and deliberate dishonesty.

 

Section 4.9. Corporate Opportunities. The Corporation shall have the power, by resolution of the Board of Directors, to renounce any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities or classes or categories of business opportunities that are presented to the Corporation or developed by or presented to one or more directors or officers of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE V

 

STOCK

 

Section 5.1. Authorized Shares. The Corporation has authority to issue 600,000,000 shares of stock, consisting of 500,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Common Stock”), and 100,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”). The aggregate par value of all authorized shares of stock having par value is $60,000. If shares of one class or series of stock are classified or reclassified into shares of another class or series of stock pursuant to Section 5.2, 5.3 or 5.4 of this Article V, the number of authorized shares of the former class or series shall be automatically decreased and the number of shares of the latter class or series shall be automatically increased, in each case by the number of shares so classified or reclassified, so that the aggregate number of shares of stock of all classes and series that the Corporation has authority to issue shall not be more than the total number of shares of stock set forth in the first sentence of this paragraph. The Board of Directors, with the approval of a majority of the entire Board of Directors and without any action by the stockholders of the Corporation, may amend the Charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue.

 

4 

 

 

Section 5.2. Common Stock. Subject to the provisions of Article VI and except as may otherwise be specified in the Charter, each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote for each share held of record by such holder on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Except as otherwise provided in the Charter, the Board of Directors may reclassify any unissued shares of Common Stock from time to time into one or more classes or series of stock. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of, or any distribution of the assets of, the Corporation, each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled (after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation and subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any class of stock hereafter classified or reclassified having a preference over the Common Stock as to distributions in the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation) to share ratably in the remaining net assets of the Corporation, together with the holders of shares of any other class of stock now existing or hereafter classified or reclassified not having a preference over Common Stock as to distributions in the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation. The holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends and other distributions when and as authorized by the Board of Directors and declared by the Corporation out of cash or other assets legally available therefor. Except as expressly provided in this Article V, shares of Common Stock shall have the same rights and privileges and rank equally, share ratably in dividends and other distributions and be identical in all respects as to all matters.

 

Section 5.3. Preferred Stock. Subject to Section 5.1, the Board of Directors may classify any unissued shares of Preferred Stock and reclassify any previously classified but unissued shares of Preferred Stock of any class or series from time to time, into one or more classes or series of stock.

 

Section 5.4. Classified or Reclassified Shares. Prior to the issuance of classified or reclassified shares of any class or series of stock, the Board of Directors by resolution shall: (a) designate that class or series to distinguish it from all other classes and series of stock of the Corporation; (b) specify the number of shares to be included in the class or series; (c) set or change, subject to the provisions of Article VI and subject to the express terms of any class or series of stock of the Corporation outstanding at the time, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption for each class or series; and (d) cause the Corporation to file articles supplementary with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland (the “SDAT”). Any of the terms of any class or series of stock set or changed pursuant to clause (c) of this Section 5.4 may be made dependent upon facts or events ascertainable outside the Charter (including determinations by the Board of Directors or other facts or events within the control of the Corporation) and may vary among holders thereof, provided that the manner in which such facts, events or variations shall operate upon the terms of such class or series of stock is clearly and expressly set forth in the articles supplementary or other charter document.

 

5 

 

 

Section 5.5. Action by Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting by consent, in writing or by electronic transmission, in any manner and by any vote permitted by the MGCL and set forth in the Bylaws, including that if the action is advised, and submitted to the stockholders for approval, by the Board of Directors and a consent in writing or by electronic transmission of stockholders entitled to cast not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take the action at a meeting of stockholders is delivered to the Corporation in accordance with the MGCL and the Corporation gives notice of the action not later than ten (10) days after the effective date of the action to each holder of the class or series of common stock and to each stockholder who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to vote.

 

Section 5.6. Charter and Bylaws. The rights of all stockholders and the terms of all stock of the Corporation are subject to the provisions of the Charter and the Bylaws.

 

Section 5.7. Distributions. Except as may otherwise be provided in the terms of any class or series of Preferred Stock, in determining whether a distribution (other than upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) is permitted under Maryland law, amounts that would be needed, if the Corporation were to be dissolved at the time of the distribution, to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of stockholders whose preferential rights upon dissolution are superior to those receiving the distribution, shall not be added to the Corporation’s total liabilities.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER AND OWNERSHIP OF SHARES

 

Section 6.1. Definitions. For the purpose of this Article VI, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Beneficial Ownership. The term “Beneficial Ownership” shall mean ownership of Capital Stock by a Person, whether the interest in the shares of Capital Stock is held directly or indirectly (including by a nominee), and shall include interests that would be treated as owned through the application of Section 544 of the Code, as modified by Section 856(h)(1)(B) of the Code. The terms “Beneficial Owner,” “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” shall have the correlative meanings.

 

Business Day. The term “Business Day” shall mean any day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, that is neither a legal holiday nor a day on which banking institutions in New York City are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to close.

 

Capital Stock. The term “Capital Stock” shall mean all classes or series of stock of the Corporation, including, without limitation, Common Stock and Preferred Stock.

 

Charitable Beneficiary. The term “Charitable Beneficiary” shall mean one or more beneficiaries of the Trust as determined pursuant to Section 6.3.6, provided that each such organization must be described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code and contributions to each such organization must be eligible for deduction under each of Sections 170(b)(1)(A), 2055 and 2522 of the Code.

 

6 

 

 

Common Stock Ownership Limit. The term “Common Stock Ownership Limit” shall mean 9.8% (in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive) of the aggregate of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Corporation, or such other percentage determined by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 6.2.8 of the Charter.

 

Constructive Ownership. The term “Constructive Ownership” shall mean ownership of Capital Stock by a Person, whether the interest in the shares of Capital Stock is held directly or indirectly (including by a nominee), and shall include interests that would be treated as owned through the application of Section 318(a) of the Code, as modified by Section 856(d)(5) of the Code. The terms “Constructive Owner,” “Constructively Owns” and “Constructively Owned” shall have the correlative meanings.

 

Formation Transaction: The term “Formation Transaction” means the transaction pursuant to which Strawberry Fields REIT, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company, contributes all of its assets and properties to Strawberry Fields Realty, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, in exchange for partnership interests in Strawberry Fields Realty, LP.

 

Initial Date. The term “Initial Date” shall mean the date of the closing of the Formation Transaction.

 

Market Price. The term “Market Price” on any date shall mean, with respect to any class or series of outstanding shares of Capital Stock, the Closing Price for such Capital Stock on such date. The “Closing Price” on any date shall mean the last sale price for such Capital Stock, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, for such Capital Stock, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the Nasdaq or, if such Capital Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on the Nasdaq, as reported on the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which such Capital Stock is listed or admitted to trading or, if such Capital Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price, or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the principal automated quotation system that may then be in use or, if such Capital Stock is not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in such Capital Stock selected by the Board of Directors or, in the event that no trading price is available for such Capital Stock, the fair market value of the Capital Stock, as determined by the Board of Directors.

 

Nasdaq. The term “Nasdaq” shall mean the Nasdaq, Inc.

 

Person. The term “Person” shall mean an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, estate, trust (including a trust qualified under Sections 401(a) or 501(c)(17) of the Code), a portion of a trust permanently set aside for or to be used exclusively for the purposes described in Section 642(c) of the Code, association, private foundation within the meaning of Section 509(a) of the Code, joint stock company or other entity and also includes a group as that term is used for purposes of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

7 

 

 

Preferred Stock Ownership Limit. The term “Preferred Stock Ownership Limit” shall mean 9.8% in value of the aggregate of the outstanding shares of any class or series of Preferred Stock, or such other percentage determined by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 6.2.8 of the Charter.

 

Prohibited Owner. The term “Prohibited Owner” shall mean, with respect to any purported Transfer, any Person who, but for the provisions of this Article VI, would Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock in violation of Section 6.2.1, and if appropriate in the context, shall also mean any Person who would have been the record owner of the shares that the Prohibited Owner would have so owned.

 

Restriction Termination Date. The term “Restriction Termination Date” shall mean the first day after the Initial Date on which the Board of Directors determines pursuant to Section 4.7 of the Charter that it is no longer in the best interests of the Corporation to attempt to, or continue to, qualify as a REIT or that compliance with the restrictions and limitations on Beneficial Ownership, Constructive Ownership and Transfers of shares of Capital Stock set forth herein is no longer required in order for the Corporation to qualify as a REIT.

 

TRS. The term “TRS” shall mean a taxable REIT subsidiary (as defined in Section 856(l) of the Code) of the Corporation.

 

Transfer. The term “Transfer” shall mean any issuance, sale, transfer, gift, assignment, devise or other disposition, pledge, hypothecation, grant of security interest or other right to acquire Capital Stock, as well as any other event that causes any Person to acquire Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership, or any agreement to take any such action or cause any such event, of Capital Stock or the right to vote or receive dividends on Capital Stock, including (a) the granting or exercise of any option (or any disposition of any option), (b) any disposition of any securities or rights convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock or any interest in Capital Stock or any exercise of any such conversion or exchange right and (c) Transfers of interests in other entities that result in changes in Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of Capital Stock; in each case, whether voluntary or involuntary, whether owned of record, Constructively Owned or Beneficially Owned and whether by operation of law or otherwise. The terms “Transferring” and “Transferred” shall have the correlative meanings.

 

Trust. The term “Trust” shall mean any trust provided for in Section 6.3.1.

 

Trustee. The term “Trustee” shall mean the Person unaffiliated with the Corporation and a Prohibited Owner that is appointed by the Corporation to serve as trustee of the Trust.

 

Section 6.2. Capital Stock.

 

Section 6.2.1. Ownership Limitations. During the period commencing on the Initial Date and prior to the Restriction Termination Date, but subject to Section 6.4:

 

(a) Basic Restrictions.

 

(i) (1) No Person shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Common Stock in excess of the Common Stock Ownership Limit, and (2) no Person shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Preferred Stock in excess of the Preferred Stock Ownership Limit.

 

8 

 

 

(ii) No Person shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock to the extent that such Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of Capital Stock would result in the Corporation being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of a taxable year), or otherwise failing to qualify as a REIT.

 

(iii) Beginning January 1, 2022, any Transfer of shares of Capital Stock that, if effective, would result in the Capital Stock being beneficially owned by less than 100 Persons (determined under the principles of Section 856(a)(5) of the Code) shall be void ab initio, and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such shares of Capital Stock.

 

(iv) No Person shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock to the extent such Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership would cause the Corporation to Constructively Own 9.9% or more of the ownership interests in a tenant (other than a TRS) that leases the Corporation’s real property within the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code.

 

(v) No Person shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock to the extent that such Beneficial or Constructive Ownership would otherwise cause the Corporation to fail to qualify as a REIT under the Code, including, but not limited to, as a result of any “eligible independent contractor” (as defined in Section 856(d)(9)(A) of the Code) that operates a “qualified health care property” (as defined in Section 856(e)(6)(D)(i) of the Code) on behalf of a TRS failing to qualify as such under the Code.

 

(vi) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Charter to the contrary, any purported acquisition of Capital Stock of the Corporation that would result in the disqualification of the Corporation as a REIT shall be null and void.

 

(vii) In applying the provisions of this Section 6.2, the Board of Directors may take into account the lack of certainty in the REIT provisions of the Code relating to the ownership of stock that may prevent a corporation from qualifying as a REIT and may make interpretations concerning the Common Stock Ownership Limit and Preferred Stock Ownership Limit and attributed ownership and related matters on as conservative basis as the Board of Directors deems advisable to minimize or eliminate uncertainty as to the Corporation’s qualification or continued qualification as a REIT.

 

(viii) Nothing contained in this Section 6.2 or in any other provision of this Charter shall limit the authority of the Board of Directors to take such other action as it deems necessary or advisable to protect the Corporation and the interests of the stockholders by preservation of the Corporation’s qualification as a REIT under the REIT Provisions.

 

(b) Transfer in Trust. If any Transfer of shares of Capital Stock occurs which, if effective, would result in any Person Beneficially Owning or Constructively Owning shares of Capital Stock in violation of Section 6.2.1(a)(i), (ii), (iv) or (v),

 

9 

 

 

(i) then that number of shares of the Capital Stock the Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of which otherwise would cause such Person to violate Section 6.2.1(a)(i), (ii), (iv) or (v) (rounded up to the nearest whole share) shall be automatically transferred to a Trust for the benefit of one or more Charitable Beneficiaries, as described in Section 6.3, effective as of the close of business on the Business Day prior to the date of such Transfer, and such Person shall acquire no rights in such shares; or

 

(ii) if the transfer to the Trust described in clause (i) of this sentence would not be effective for any reason to prevent the violation of Section 6.2.1(a)(i), (ii), (iv) or (v), then the Transfer of that number of shares of Capital Stock that otherwise would cause any Person to violate Section 6.2.1(a)(i), (ii), (iv) or (v) shall be void ab initio, and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such shares of Capital Stock.

 

(iii) To the extent that, upon a transfer of shares of Capital Stock pursuant to this Section 6.2.1(b), a violation of any provision of this Article VI would nonetheless be continuing (for example where the ownership of shares of Capital Stock by a single Trust would violate the 100 stockholder requirement applicable to REITs), then shares of Capital Stock shall be transferred to that number of Trusts, each having a distinct Trustee and a Charitable Beneficiary or Charitable Beneficiaries that are distinct from those of each other Trust, such that there is no violation of any provision of this Article VI.

 

Section 6.2.2. Remedies for Breach. If the Board of Directors shall at any time determine that a Transfer or other event has taken place that results in a violation of Section 6.2.1 or that a Person intends to acquire or has attempted to acquire Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of any shares of Capital Stock in violation of Section 6.2.1 (whether or not such violation is intended), the Board of Directors shall take such action as it deems advisable to refuse to give effect to or to prevent such Transfer or other event, including, without limitation, causing the Corporation to redeem shares, refusing to give effect to such Transfer on the books of the Corporation or instituting proceedings to enjoin such Transfer or other event; provided, however, that any Transfer or attempted Transfer or other event in violation of Section 6.2.1 shall automatically result in the transfer to the Trust described above, and, where applicable, such Transfer (or other event) shall be void ab initio as provided above irrespective of any action (or non-action) by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 6.2.3. Notice of Restricted Transfer. Any Person who acquires or attempts or intends to acquire Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of shares of Capital Stock that will or may violate Section 6.2.1(a) or any Person who would have owned shares of Capital Stock that resulted in a transfer to the Trust pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.2.1(b) shall immediately give written notice to the Corporation of such event or, in the case of such a proposed or attempted transaction, give at least 15 days prior written notice, and shall provide to the Corporation such other information as the Corporation may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of such Transfer on the Corporation’s status as a REIT.

 

10 

 

 

Section 6.2.4. Owners Required To Provide Information. From the Initial Date and prior to the Restriction Termination Date:

 

(a) every owner of five percent or more (or such lower percentage as required by the Code or the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock, within 30 days after the end of each taxable year, shall give written notice to the Corporation stating the name and address of such owner, the number of shares of Capital Stock Beneficially Owned and a description of the manner in which such shares are held. Each such owner shall provide to the Corporation such additional information as the Corporation may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of such Beneficial Ownership on the Corporation’s status as a REIT and to ensure compliance with the Common Stock Ownership Limit and the Preferred Stock Ownership Limit; and

 

(b) each Person who is a Beneficial Owner or Constructive Owner of Capital Stock and each Person (including the stockholder of record) who is holding Capital Stock for a Beneficial Owner or Constructive Owner shall provide to the Corporation such information as the Corporation may request, in order to determine the Corporation’s status as a REIT and to comply with the requirements of any taxing authority or governmental authority or to determine such compliance.

 

Section 6.2.5. Remedies Not Limited. Subject to Section 4.7 of the Charter, nothing contained in this Section 6.2 shall limit the authority of the Board of Directors to take such other action as it deems necessary or advisable to protect the Corporation in preserving the Corporation’s status as a REIT.

 

Section 6.2.6. Ambiguity. In the case of an ambiguity in the application of any of the provisions of this Section 6.2, Section 6.3 or any definition contained in Section 6.1, the Board of Directors may determine the application of the provisions of this Section 6.2 or Section 6.3 or any such definition with respect to any situation based on the facts known to it. In the event Section 6.2 or Section 6.3 requires an action by the Board of Directors and the Charter fails to provide specific guidance with respect to such action, the Board of Directors may determine the action to be taken so long as such action is not contrary to the provisions of Sections 6.1, 6.2 or 6.3. Absent a decision to the contrary by the Board of Directors, if a Person would have (but for the remedies set forth in Section 6.2.2) acquired Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of Capital Stock in violation of Section 6.2.1, such remedies (as applicable) shall apply first to the shares of Capital Stock which, but for such remedies, would have been Beneficially Owned or Constructively Owned (but not actually owned) by such Person, pro rata among the Persons who actually own such shares of Capital Stock based upon the relative number of the shares of Capital Stock held by each such Person.

 

Section 6.2.7. Exceptions.

 

(a) Subject to Section 6.2.1(a)(ii), (iv) or (v), the Board of Directors, may exempt (prospectively or retroactively) a Person from the Common Stock Ownership Limit and the Preferred Stock Ownership Limit, as the case may be, if:

 

(i) the Board of Directors obtains such representations and undertakings from such Person as are reasonably necessary for the Board to ascertain that no individual’s Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of such shares of Capital Stock will violate Section 6.2.1(a)(ii), (iv) or (v); and

 

11 

 

 

(ii) such Person agrees that any violation or attempted violation of such representations or undertakings (or other action which is contrary to the restrictions contained in Sections 6.2.1 through 6.2.6) will result in such shares of Capital Stock being automatically transferred to a Trust in accordance with Sections 6.2.1(b) and 6.3.

 

(b) Prior to granting any exception pursuant to Section 6.2.7(a), the Board of Directors may require a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or an opinion of counsel, in either case in form and substance satisfactory to the Board of Directors, as it may deem necessary or advisable in order to determine or ensure the Corporation’s status as a REIT. Notwithstanding the receipt of any ruling or opinion, the Board of Directors may impose such conditions or restrictions as it deems appropriate in connection with granting such exception.

 

(c) Subject to Section 6.2.1(a)(ii), (iv) or (v), an underwriter which participates in a public offering, forward sale or a private placement of Capital Stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock) may Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock) in excess of the Common Stock Ownership Limit, the Preferred Stock Ownership Limit, or both such limits, but only to the extent necessary to facilitate such public offering, forward sale or private placement.

 

Section 6.2.8. Increase or Decrease in Common Stock Ownership or Preferred Stock Ownership Limits. Subject to Section 6.2.1(a)(ii), (iv) or (v) and this Section 6.2.8, the Board of Directors may from time to time increase or decrease the Common Stock Ownership Limit and the Preferred Stock Ownership Limit for one or more Persons and increase or decrease the Common Stock Ownership Limit and the Preferred Stock Ownership Limit for all other Persons. No decreased Common Stock Ownership Limit or Preferred Stock Ownership Limit will be effective for any Person whose percentage of ownership of Capital Stock is in excess of such decreased Common Stock Ownership Limit or Preferred Stock Ownership Limit, as applicable, until such time as such Person’s percentage of ownership of Capital Stock equals or falls below the decreased Common Stock Ownership Limit or Preferred Stock Ownership Limit, as applicable; provided, however, any further acquisition of Capital Stock by any such Person (other than a Person for whom an exemption has been granted pursuant to Section 6.2.7(a)) in excess of the Capital Stock owned by such person on the date the decreased Common Stock Ownership Limit or Preferred Stock Ownership Limit, as applicable, became effective will be in violation of the Common Stock Ownership Limit or Preferred Stock Ownership Limit. No increase to the Common Stock Ownership Limit or Preferred Stock Ownership Limit may be approved if the new Common Stock Ownership Limit and/or Preferred Stock Ownership Limit would allow five or fewer Persons to Beneficially Own, in the aggregate more than 49.9% in value of the outstanding Capital Stock.

 

12 

 

 

Section 6.2.9. Legend. Each certificate for shares of Capital Stock, if certificated, shall bear substantially the following legend:

 

The shares represented by this certificate are subject to restrictions on Beneficial Ownership and Constructive Ownership and Transfer for the purpose, among others, of the Corporation’s maintenance of its status as a REIT under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Subject to certain further restrictions and except as expressly provided in the Corporation’s Charter, (i) no Person may Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock in excess of the Common Stock Ownership Limit; (ii) no Person may Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Preferred Stock of the Corporation in excess of the Preferred Stock Ownership Limit; (iii) no Person may Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Capital Stock that would result in the Corporation being “closely held” under Section 856(h) of the Code or otherwise cause the Corporation to fail to qualify as a REIT; (iv) no Person may Transfer shares of Capital Stock if such Transfer would result in the Capital Stock of the Corporation being owned by fewer than 100 Persons; and (v) No Person shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock to the extent such Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership would cause the Corporation to Constructively Own 9.9% or more of the ownership interests in a tenant (other than a TRS) of the Corporation’s real property within the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code. Any Person who Beneficially Owns or Constructively Owns or attempts or intends to Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock which cause or will cause a Person to Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock in excess or in violation of the above limitations must immediately notify the Corporation. If any of the restrictions on Transfer or ownership provided in (i), (ii), (iii) or (v) above are violated, the shares of Capital Stock in excess or in violation of the above limitations will be automatically transferred to a Trustee of a Trust for the benefit of one or more Charitable Beneficiaries. In addition, the Corporation may redeem shares upon the terms and conditions specified by the Board of Directors in its sole and absolute discretion if the Board of Directors determines that ownership or a Transfer or other event may violate the restrictions described above. Furthermore, if the ownership restrictions provided in (iv) above would be violated or upon the occurrence of certain events, attempted Transfers in violation of the restrictions described above may be void ab initio. All capitalized terms in this legend have the meanings defined in the Charter of the Corporation, as the same may be amended from time to time, a copy of which, including the restrictions on transfer and ownership, will be furnished to each holder of shares of Capital Stock of the Corporation on request and without charge. Requests for such a copy may be directed to the Secretary of the Corporation at its Principal Office.

 

Instead of the foregoing legend, the certificate or any notice in lieu of a certificate may state that the Corporation will furnish a full statement about certain restrictions on ownership and transfer of the shares to a stockholder on request and without charge.

 

Section 6.3. Transfer of Capital Stock in Trust.

 

Section 6.3.1. Ownership in Trust. Upon any purported Transfer or other event described in Section 6.2.1(b) that would result in a transfer of shares of Capital Stock to a Trust, such shares of Capital Stock shall be deemed to have been transferred to the Trustee as trustee of a Trust for the exclusive benefit of one or more Charitable Beneficiaries. Such transfer to the Trustee shall be deemed to be effective as of the close of business on the Business Day prior to the purported Transfer or other event that results in the transfer to the Trust pursuant to Section 6.2.1(b). The Trustee shall be appointed by the Corporation and shall be a Person unaffiliated with the Corporation and any Prohibited Owner. Each Charitable Beneficiary shall be designated by the Corporation as provided in Section 6.3.6.

 

Section 6.3.2. Status of Shares Held by the Trustee. Shares of Capital Stock held by the Trustee shall be issued and outstanding shares of Capital Stock of the Corporation. The Prohibited Owner shall have no rights in the shares held by the Trustee. The Prohibited Owner shall not benefit economically from ownership of any shares held in trust by the Trustee, shall have no rights to dividends or other distributions and shall not possess any rights to vote or other rights attributable to the shares held in the Trust.

 

13 

 

 

Section 6.3.3. Dividend and Voting Rights. The Trustee shall have all voting rights and rights to dividends or other distributions with respect to shares of Capital Stock held in the Trust, which rights shall be exercised for the exclusive benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary. Any dividend or other distribution paid prior to the discovery by the Corporation that the shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Trustee shall be paid by the recipient of such dividend or other distribution to the Trustee upon demand and any dividend or other distribution authorized but unpaid shall be paid when due to the Trustee. Any dividend or other distribution so paid to the Trustee shall be held in trust for the Charitable Beneficiary. The Prohibited Owner shall have no voting rights with respect to shares of Capital Stock held in the Trust and, subject to Maryland law, effective as of the date that the shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Trust, the Trustee shall have the authority (at the Trustee’s sole and absolute discretion) (i) to rescind as void any vote cast by a Prohibited Owner prior to the discovery by the Corporation that the shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Trust and (ii) to recast such vote; provided, however, that if the Corporation has already taken irreversible corporate action, then the Trustee shall not have the authority to rescind and recast such vote. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article VI, until the Corporation has received notification that shares of Capital Stock have been transferred into a Trust, the Corporation shall be entitled to rely on its stock transfer and other stockholder records for purposes of preparing lists of stockholders entitled to vote at meetings, determining the validity and authority of proxies and otherwise conducting votes and determining the other rights of stockholders.

 

Section 6.3.4. Sale of Shares by Trustee. Within 20 days of receiving notice from the Corporation that shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Trust, the Trustee of the Trust shall sell the shares held in the Trust to a person, designated by the Trustee, whose ownership of the shares will not violate the ownership limitations set forth in Section 6.2.1(a). Upon such sale, the interest of the Charitable Beneficiary in the shares sold shall terminate and the Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Prohibited Owner and to the Charitable Beneficiary as provided in this Section 6.3.4. The Prohibited Owner shall receive the lesser of (1) the price paid by the Prohibited Owner for the shares or, if the Prohibited Owner did not give value for the shares in connection with the event causing the shares to be held in the Trust (e.g., in the case of a gift, devise or other such transaction), the Market Price of the shares on the day of the event causing the shares to be held in the Trust and (2) the price per share received by the Trustee (net of any commissions and other expenses of sale) from the sale or other disposition of the shares held in the Trust. The Trustee may reduce the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner by the amount of dividends and distributions which have been paid to the Prohibited Owner and are owed by the Prohibited Owner to the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.3.3 of this Article VI. Any net sales proceeds in excess of the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner shall be immediately paid to the Charitable Beneficiary. If, prior to the discovery by the Corporation that shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Trustee, such shares are sold by a Prohibited Owner, then (i) such shares shall be deemed to have been sold on behalf of the Trust and (ii) to the extent that the Prohibited Owner received an amount for such shares that exceeds the amount that such Prohibited Owner was entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 6.3.4, such excess shall be paid to the Trustee upon demand.

 

14 

 

 

Section 6.3.5. Purchase Right in Stock Transferred to the Trustee. Shares of Capital Stock transferred to the Trustee shall be deemed to have been offered for sale to the Corporation, or its designee, at a price per share equal to the lesser of (i) the price per share in the transaction that resulted in such transfer to the Trust (or, in the case of a devise or gift, the Market Price at the time of such devise or gift) and (ii) the Market Price on the date the Corporation, or its designee, accepts such offer. The Corporation may reduce the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner by the amount of dividends and distributions which has been paid to the Prohibited Owner and is owed by the Prohibited Owner to the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.3.3 of this Article VI. The Corporation may pay the amount of such reduction to the Trustee for the benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary. The Corporation shall have the right to accept such offer until the Trustee has sold the shares held in the Trust pursuant to Section 6.3.4. Upon such a sale to the Corporation, the interest of the Charitable Beneficiary in the shares sold shall terminate and the Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Prohibited Owner.

 

Section 6.3.6. Designation of Charitable Beneficiaries. By written notice to the Trustee, the Corporation shall designate one or more nonprofit organizations to be the Charitable Beneficiary or Charitable Beneficiaries of the interest in the Trust such that (i) the shares of Capital Stock held in the Trust would not violate the restrictions set forth in Section 6.2.1(a) in the hands of such Charitable Beneficiary or Charitable Beneficiaries and (ii) each such organization must be described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code and contributions to each such organization must be eligible for deduction under each of Sections 170(b)(1)(A), 2055 and 2522 of the Code. Neither the failure of the Corporation to make such designation nor the failure of the Corporation to appoint the Trustee before the automatic transfer provided in Section 6.2.1(b) shall make such transfer ineffective, provided that the Corporation thereafter makes such designation and appointment.

 

Section 6.4. Nasdaq Transactions. Nothing in this Article VI shall preclude the settlement of any transaction entered into through the facilities of Nasdaq or any other national securities exchange or automated inter-dealer quotation system. The fact that the settlement of any transaction occurs shall not negate the effect of any other provision of this Article VI and any transferee in such a transaction shall be subject to all of the provisions and limitations set forth in this Article VI.

 

Section 6.5. Enforcement. The Corporation is authorized specifically to seek equitable relief, including injunctive relief, to enforce the provisions of this Article VI.

 

Section 6.6. Non-Waiver. No delay or failure on the part of the Corporation or the Board of Directors in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of any right of the Corporation or the Board of Directors, as the case may be, except to the extent specifically waived in writing.

 

15 

 

 

ARTICLE VII

 

AMENDMENTS

 

The Corporation reserves the right from time to time to make any amendment to the Charter, now or hereafter authorized by law, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in the Charter, of any shares of outstanding stock. All rights and powers conferred by the Charter on stockholders, directors and officers are granted subject to this reservation. Except as otherwise provided in this Charter and except for those amendments permitted to be made without stockholder approval under Maryland law or by specific provision in the Charter, any amendment to the Charter shall be valid only if declared advisable by the Board of Directors and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter; provided, that, any amendment to Section 4.6 or this Article VII of the Charter shall be valid only if declared advisable by the Board of Directors and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

To the maximum extent that Maryland law in effect from time to time permits limitation of the liability of directors and officers of a corporation, no present or former director or officer of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages. Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article VIII, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the Charter or Bylaws inconsistent with this Article VIII, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding sentence with respect to any act or failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.

 

THIRD: The amendment to and restatement of the Charter as hereinabove set forth have been duly advised by the Board of Directors and approved by the stockholders of the Corporation as required by law.

 

FOURTH: The current address of the principal office of the Corporation is as set forth in Article III of the foregoing amendment and restatement of the charter.

 

FIFTH: The name and address of the Corporation’s current resident agent are as set forth in Article III of the foregoing amendment and restatement of the charter.

 

SIXTH: The number of directors of the Corporation and the names of those currently in office are as set forth in Article IV of the foregoing amendment and restatement of the charter.

 

SEVENTH: The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation had authority to issue immediately prior to this amendment and restatement was 50,000,000, consisting of 50,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share. The aggregate par value of all shares of stock having par value was $5,000.

 

EIGHTH: The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation has authority to issue pursuant to the foregoing amendment and restatement of the charter is 600,000,000, consisting of 500,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 100,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share. The aggregate par value of all authorized shares of stock having par value is $60,000.

 

NINTH: The provisions set forth in the foregoing articles of amendment and restatement are all of the provisions of the charter currently in effect.

 

TENTH: The undersigned officer acknowledges these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be the corporate act of the Corporation and as to all matters or facts required to be verified under oath, the undersigned officer acknowledges that, to the best of such officer’s knowledge, information and belief, these matters and facts are true in all material respects and that this statement is made under the penalties for perjury.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

16 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be signed in its name and on its behalf by its Chief Executive Officer and attested to by its Secretary on this ____ day of June, 2021.

 

ATTEST:   STRAWBERRY FIELDS REIT, INC.  
         
  By: (SEAL)
David Gross, Secretary     Moishe Gubin, Chief Executive Officer  

 

17 

 

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

STRAWBERRY FIELDS REIT, INC.

Amended and Restated BYLAWS

 

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

 

Section 1. PRINCIPAL OFFICE. The principal office of Strawberry Fields REIT, Inc. (the “Corporation”) in the State of Maryland shall be located at such place as the Board of Directors may designate.

 

Section 2. ADDITIONAL OFFICES. The Corporation may have additional offices, including a principal executive office, at such places as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1. PLACE. All meetings of stockholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation or at such other place as shall be set in accordance with these Bylaws and stated in the notice of the meeting.

 

Section 2. ANNUAL MEETING. An annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and the transaction of any business within the powers of the Corporation shall be held on the date and at the time and place set by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 3. SPECIAL MEETINGS.

 

(a) General. Each of the chairman of the board, chief executive officer, president and Board of Directors may call a special meeting of stockholders. Except as provided in subsection (b)(iv) of this Section 3, a special meeting of stockholders shall be held on the date and at the time and place set by the chairman of the board, chief executive officer, president or Board of Directors, whoever has called the meeting. Subject to subsection (b) of this Section 3, a special meeting of stockholders shall also be called by the secretary of the Corporation to act on any matter that may properly be considered at a meeting of stockholders upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on such matter at such meeting.

 

(b) Stockholder-Requested Special Meetings.

 

 
 

 

(i) Any stockholder of record seeking to have stockholders request a special meeting shall, by sending written notice to the secretary (the “Record Date Request Notice”) by registered mail, return receipt requested, request the Board of Directors to fix a record date to determine the stockholders entitled to request a special meeting (the “Request Record Date”). The Record Date Request Notice shall set forth the purpose of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at it, shall be signed by one or more stockholders of record as of the date of signature (or their agents duly authorized in a writing accompanying the Record Date Request Notice), shall bear the date of signature of each such stockholder (or such agent) and shall set forth all information relating to each such stockholder and each matter proposed to be acted on at the meeting that would be required to be disclosed in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the election of directors in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or would otherwise be required in connection with such a solicitation, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Exchange Act”). Upon receiving the Record Date Request Notice, the Board of Directors may fix a Request Record Date. The Request Record Date shall not precede and shall not be more than ten days after the close of business on the date on which the resolution fixing the Request Record Date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If the Board of Directors, within ten days after the date on which a valid Record Date Request Notice is received, fails to adopt a resolution fixing the Request Record Date, the Request Record Date shall be the close of business on the tenth day after the first date on which a Record Date Request Notice is received by the secretary.

 

(ii) In order for any stockholder to request a special meeting to act on any matter that may properly be considered at a meeting of stockholders, one or more written requests for a special meeting (collectively, the “Special Meeting Request”) signed by stockholders of record (or their agents duly authorized in a writing accompanying the request) as of the Request Record Date entitled to cast not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on such matter at such meeting (the “Special Meeting Percentage”) shall be delivered to the secretary. In addition, the Special Meeting Request shall (a) set forth the purpose of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at it (which shall be limited to those lawful matters set forth in the Record Date Request Notice received by the secretary), (b) bear the date of signature of each such stockholder (or such agent) signing the Special Meeting Request, (c) set forth (i) the name and address, as they appear in the Corporation’s books, of each stockholder signing such request (or on whose behalf the Special Meeting Request is signed), (ii) the class, series and number of all shares of stock of the Corporation which are owned (beneficially or of record) by each such stockholder and (iii) the nominee holder for, and number of, shares of stock of the Corporation owned beneficially but not of record by such stockholder, (d) be sent to the secretary by registered mail, return receipt requested, and (e) be received by the secretary within 60 days after the Request Record Date. Any requesting stockholder (or agent duly authorized in a writing accompanying the revocation of the Special Meeting Request) may revoke his, her or its request for a special meeting at any time by written revocation delivered to the secretary.

 

(iii) The secretary shall inform the requesting stockholders of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing or delivering the notice of the meeting (including the Corporation’s proxy materials). The secretary shall not be required to call a special meeting upon stockholder request and such meeting shall not be held unless, in addition to the documents required by paragraph (ii) of this Section 3(b), the secretary receives payment of such reasonably estimated cost prior to the preparation and mailing or delivery of such notice of the meeting.

 

 2 

 

 

(iv) In the case of any special meeting called by the secretary upon the request of stockholders (a “Stockholder-Requested Meeting”), such meeting shall be held at such place, date and time as may be designated by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that the date of any Stockholder-Requested Meeting shall be not more than 90 days after the record date for such meeting (the “Meeting Record Date”); and provided further that if the Board of Directors fails to designate, within ten days after the date that a valid Special Meeting Request is actually received by the secretary (the “Delivery Date”), a date and time for a Stockholder-Requested Meeting, then such meeting shall be held at 2:00 p.m., local time, on the 90th day after the Meeting Record Date or, if such 90th day is not a Business Day (as defined below), on the first preceding Business Day; and provided further that in the event that the Board of Directors fails to designate a place for a Stockholder-Requested Meeting within ten days after the Delivery Date, then such meeting shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation. In fixing a date for a Stockholder-Requested Meeting, the Board of Directors may consider such factors as it deems relevant, including, without limitation, the nature of the matters to be considered, the facts and circumstances surrounding any request for the meeting and any plan of the Board of Directors to call an annual meeting or a special meeting. In the case of any Stockholder-Requested Meeting, if the Board of Directors fails to fix a Meeting Record Date that is a date within 30 days after the Delivery Date, then the close of business on the 30th day after the Delivery Date shall be the Meeting Record Date. The Board of Directors may revoke the notice for any Stockholder-Requested Meeting in the event that the requesting stockholders fail to comply with the provisions of paragraph (3) of this Section 3(b).

 

(v) If written revocations of the Special Meeting Request have been delivered to the secretary and the result is that stockholders of record (or their agents duly authorized in writing), as of the Request Record Date, entitled to cast less than the Special Meeting Percentage have delivered, and not revoked, requests for a special meeting on the matter to the secretary: (A) if the notice of meeting has not already been delivered, the secretary shall refrain from delivering the notice of the meeting and send to all requesting stockholders who have not revoked such requests written notice of any revocation of a request for a special meeting on the matter, or (B) if the notice of meeting has been delivered and if the secretary first sends to all requesting stockholders who have not revoked requests for a special meeting on the matter written notice of any revocation of a request for the special meeting and written notice of the Corporation’s intention to revoke the notice of the meeting or for the chairman of the meeting to adjourn the meeting without action on the matter, (1) the secretary may revoke the notice of the meeting at any time before ten days before the commencement of the meeting or (2) the chairman of the meeting may call the meeting to order and adjourn the meeting from time to time without acting on the matter. Any request for a special meeting received after a revocation by the secretary of a notice of a meeting shall be considered a request for a new special meeting.

 

(vi) The chairman of the board, chief executive officer, president or Board of Directors may appoint regionally or nationally recognized independent inspectors of elections to act as the agent of the Corporation for the purpose of promptly performing a ministerial review of the validity of any purported Special Meeting Request received by the secretary. For the purpose of permitting the inspectors to perform such review, no such purported Special Meeting Request shall be deemed to have been received by the secretary until the earlier of (A) five Business Days after actual receipt by the secretary of such purported request and (B) such date as the independent inspectors certify to the Corporation that the valid requests received by the secretary represent, as of the Request Record Date, stockholders of record entitled to cast not less than the Special Meeting Percentage. Nothing contained in this paragraph (vi) shall in any way be construed to suggest or imply that the Corporation or any stockholder shall not be entitled to contest the validity of any request, whether during or after such five Business Day period, or to take any other action (including, without limitation, the commencement, prosecution or defense of any litigation with respect thereto, and the seeking of injunctive relief in such litigation).

 

 3 

 

 

(vii) For purposes of these Bylaws, “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

 

Section 4. NOTICE. Not less than ten nor more than 90 days before each meeting of stockholders, the secretary shall give to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting and to each stockholder not entitled to vote who is entitled to notice of the meeting notice in writing or by electronic transmission stating the time and place of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting or as otherwise may be required by any statute, the purpose for which the meeting is called, by mail, by presenting it to such stockholder personally, by leaving it at the stockholder’s residence or usual place of business, by electronic transmission or by any other means permitted by Maryland law. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail addressed to the stockholder at the stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid. If transmitted electronically, such notice shall be deemed to be given when transmitted to the stockholder by an electronic transmission to any address or number of the stockholder at which the stockholder receives electronic transmissions. The Corporation may give a single notice to all stockholders who share an address, which single notice shall be effective as to any stockholder at such address, unless such stockholder objects to receiving such single notice or revokes a prior consent to receiving such single notice. Failure to give notice of any meeting to one or more stockholders, or any irregularity in such notice, shall not affect the validity of any meeting fixed in accordance with this Article II or the validity of any proceedings at any such meeting.

 

Subject to Section 11(a) of this Article II, any business of the Corporation may be transacted at an annual meeting of stockholders without being specifically designated in the notice, except such business as is required by any statute to be stated in such notice. No business shall be transacted at a special meeting of stockholders except as specifically designated in the notice. The Corporation may postpone or cancel a meeting of stockholders by making a public announcement (as defined in Section 11(c)(iii) of this Article II) of such postponement or cancellation prior to the meeting. Notice of the date, time and place to which the meeting is postponed shall be given not less than ten days prior to such date and otherwise in the manner set forth in this section.

 

 4 

 

 

Section 5. ORGANIZATION AND CONDUCT. Every meeting of stockholders shall be conducted by an individual appointed by the Board of Directors to be chairman of the meeting or, in the absence of such appointment or appointed individual, by the chairman of the board or, in the case of a vacancy in the office or absence of the chairman of the board, by one of the following officers present at the meeting in the following order: the vice chairman of the board, if there is one, the chief executive officer, the president, the vice presidents in their order of rank and, within each rank, in their order of seniority, the secretary, or, in the absence of such officers, a chairman chosen by the stockholders by the vote of a majority of the votes cast by stockholders present in person or by proxy. The secretary or, in the case of a vacancy in the office or absence of the secretary, an assistant secretary or an individual appointed by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting shall act as secretary. In the event that the secretary presides at a meeting of stockholders, an assistant secretary, or, in the absence of all assistant secretaries, an individual appointed by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, shall record the minutes of the meeting. The order of business and all other matters of procedure at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined by the chairman of the meeting. The chairman of the meeting may prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and take such action as, in the discretion of the chairman and without any action by the stockholders, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, (a) restricting admission to the time set for the commencement of the meeting; (b) limiting attendance or participation at the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized proxies and such other individuals as the chairman of the meeting may determine; (c) limiting the time allotted to questions or comments; (d) determining when and for how long the polls should be opened and when the polls should be closed and when announcement of the results should be made; (e) maintaining order and security at the meeting; (f) removing any stockholder or any other individual who refuses to comply with meeting procedures, rules or guidelines as set forth by the chairman of the meeting; (g) concluding a meeting or recessing or adjourning the meeting, whether or not a quorum is present, to a later date and time and at a place announced at the meeting; and (h) complying with any state and local laws and regulations concerning safety and security. Unless otherwise determined by the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with any rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

Section 6. QUORUM. At any meeting of stockholders, the presence in person or by proxy of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting on any matter shall constitute a quorum; but this section shall not affect any requirement under any statute or the charter of the Corporation (the “Charter”) for the vote necessary for the approval of any matter. If such quorum is not established at any meeting of the stockholders, the chairman of the meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date without notice other than announcement at the meeting. The stockholders present either in person or by proxy, at a meeting which has been duly called and at which a quorum has been established, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal from the meeting of enough stockholders to leave fewer than would be required to establish a quorum.

 

Section 7. VOTING. A plurality of all the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to elect a director. Each share entitles the holder thereof to vote for as many individuals as there are directors to be elected and for whose election the holder is entitled to vote. A majority of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to approve any other matter which may properly come before the meeting, unless more than a majority of the votes cast is required by statute or by the Charter. Unless otherwise provided by statute or by the Charter, each outstanding share of stock, regardless of class, entitles the holder thereof to cast one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders. Voting on any question or in any election may be viva voce unless the chairman of the meeting shall order that voting be by ballot or otherwise.

 

Section 8. PROXIES. A holder of record of shares of stock of the Corporation may cast votes in person or by proxy executed by the stockholder or by the stockholder’s duly authorized agent in any manner permitted by applicable law. Such proxy or evidence of authorization of such proxy shall be filed with the secretary of the Corporation before or at the meeting. No proxy shall be valid more than eleven months after its date unless otherwise provided in the proxy.

 

 5 

 

 

Section 9. VOTING OF STOCK BY CERTAIN HOLDERS.

 

(a) Stock of the Corporation registered in the name of a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity, if entitled to be voted, may be voted by the president or a vice president, managing member, manager, general partner or trustee thereof, as the case may be, or a proxy appointed by any of the foregoing individuals, unless some other person who has been appointed to vote such stock pursuant to a bylaw or a resolution of the governing body of such corporation or other entity or agreement of the partners of a partnership presents a certified copy of such bylaw, resolution or agreement, in which case such person may vote such stock. Any trustee or fiduciary, in such capacity, may vote stock registered in such trustee’s or fiduciary’s name, either in person or by proxy.

 

(b) Shares of stock of the Corporation directly or indirectly owned by it shall not be voted at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to be voted at any given time, unless they are held by it in a fiduciary capacity, in which case they may be voted and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time.

 

(c) The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution a procedure by which a stockholder may certify in writing to the Corporation that any shares of stock registered in the name of the stockholder are held for the account of a specified person other than the stockholder. The resolution shall set forth the class of stockholders who may make the certification, the purpose for which the certification may be made, the form of certification and the information to be contained in it; if the certification is with respect to a record date, the time after the record date within which the certification must be received by the Corporation; and any other provisions with respect to the procedure which the Board of Directors considers necessary or appropriate. On receipt by the secretary of the Corporation of such certification, the person specified in the certification shall be regarded as, for the purposes set forth in the certification, the holder of record of the specified stock in place of the stockholder who makes the certification.

 

Section 10. INSPECTORS. The Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting may appoint, before or at the meeting, one or more inspectors for the meeting and any successor to the inspector. Except as otherwise provided by the chairman of the meeting, the inspectors, if any, shall (i) determine the number of shares of stock represented at the meeting, in person or by proxy, and the validity and effect of proxies, (ii) receive and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, (iii) report such tabulation to the chairman of the meeting, (iv) hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, and (v) do such acts as are proper to fairly conduct the election or vote. Each such report shall be in writing and signed by the inspector or by a majority of them if there is more than one inspector acting at such meeting. If there is more than one inspector, the report of a majority shall be the report of the inspectors. The report of the inspector or inspectors on the number of shares represented at the meeting and the results of the voting shall be prima facie evidence thereof.

 

 6 

 

 

Section 11. ADVANCE NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER NOMINEES FOR DIRECTOR AND OTHER STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS.

 

(a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders.

 

(i) Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (A) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting, (B) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (C) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the record date set by the Board of Directors for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting, at the time of giving of notice by the stockholder as provided for in this Section 11(a) and at the time of the annual meeting (and any postponement or adjournment thereof), who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated or on any such other business and who has complied with this Section 11(a).

 

(ii) For any nomination or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (C) of paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 11, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the Corporation and any such other business must otherwise be a proper matter for action by the stockholders. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall set forth all information required under this Section 11 and shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not earlier than the 150th day nor later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the 120th day prior to the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement (as defined in Section 11(c)(iii) of this Article II) for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in connection with the Corporation’s first annual meeting or in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced or delayed by more than 30 days from the first anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting, in order for notice by the stockholder to be timely, such notice must be so delivered not earlier than the 150th day prior to the date of such annual meeting and not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the later of the 120th day prior to the date of such annual meeting, as originally convened, or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. The public announcement of a postponement or adjournment of an annual meeting shall not commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(iii) Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth:

 

(A) as to each individual whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director (each, a “Proposed Nominee”), all information relating to the Proposed Nominee that would be required to be disclosed in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the election of the Proposed Nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or would otherwise be required in connection with such solicitation, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act;

 

(B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a description of such business, the stockholder’s reasons for proposing such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), individually or in the aggregate, including any anticipated benefit to the stockholder or the Stockholder Associated Person therefrom;

 

 7 

 

 

(C) as to the stockholder giving the notice, any Proposed Nominee and any Stockholder Associated Person,

 

(1) the class, series and number of all shares of stock or other securities of the Corporation or any affiliate thereof (collectively, the “Company Securities”), if any, which are owned (beneficially or of record) by such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person, the date on which each such Company Security was acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition, and any short interest (including any opportunity to profit or share in any benefit from any decrease in the price of such stock or other security) in any Company Securities of any such person,

 

(2) the nominee holder for, and number of, any Company Securities owned beneficially but not of record by such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person,

 

(3) whether and the extent to which such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person, directly or indirectly (through brokers, nominees or otherwise), is subject to or during the last six months has engaged in any hedging, derivative or other transaction or series of transactions or entered into any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short interest, any borrowing or lending of securities or any proxy or voting agreement), the effect or intent of which is to (I) manage risk or benefit of changes in the price of Company Securities for such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person or (II) increase or decrease the voting power of such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person in the Corporation or any affiliate thereof disproportionately to such person’s economic interest in the Company Securities, and

 

(4) any substantial interest, direct or indirect (including, without limitation, any existing or prospective commercial, business or contractual relationship with the Corporation), by security holdings or otherwise, of such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person, in the Corporation or any affiliate thereof, other than an interest arising from the ownership of Company Securities where such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person receives no extra or special benefit not shared on a pro rata basis by all other holders of the same class or series;

 

(D) as to the stockholder giving the notice, any Stockholder Associated Person with an interest or ownership referred to in clauses (B) or (C) of this paragraph (iii) of this Section 11(a) and any Proposed Nominee,

 

(1) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s stock ledger, and the current name and business address, if different, of each such Stockholder Associated Person and any Proposed Nominee, and

 

 8 

 

 

(2) the investment strategy or objective, if any, of such stockholder and each such Stockholder Associated Person who is not an individual and a copy of the prospectus, offering memorandum or similar document, if any, provided to investors or potential investors in such stockholder and each such Stockholder Associated Person;

 

(E) the name and address of any person who contacted or was contacted by the stockholder giving the notice or any Stockholder Associated Person about the Proposed Nominee or other business proposal; and

 

(F) to the extent known by the stockholder giving the notice, the name and address of any other stockholder supporting the nominee for election or reelection as a director or the proposal of other business.

 

(iv) Such stockholder’s notice shall, with respect to any Proposed Nominee, be accompanied by a written undertaking executed by the Proposed Nominee (i) that such Proposed Nominee (a) is not, and will not become, a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed to the Corporation and (b) will serve as a director of the Corporation if elected; and (ii) attaching a completed Proposed Nominee questionnaire (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Corporation, upon request by the stockholder providing the notice, and shall include all information relating to the Proposed Nominee that would be required to be disclosed in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the election of the Proposed Nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or would otherwise be required in connection with such solicitation, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act, or would be required pursuant to the rules of any national securities exchange on which any securities of the Corporation are listed or over-the-counter market on which any securities of the Corporation are traded).

 

(v) Notwithstanding anything in this subsection (a) of this Section 11 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased, and there is no public announcement of such action at least 130 days prior to the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement (as defined in Section 11(c)(iii) of this Article II) for the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 11(a) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the tenth day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

 

(vi) For purposes of this Section 11, “Stockholder Associated Person” of any stockholder shall mean (i) any person acting in concert with such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder (other than a stockholder that is a depositary) and (iii) any person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such stockholder or such Stockholder Associated Person.

 

 9 

 

 

(b) Special Meetings of Stockholders. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting. Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected only (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) provided that the special meeting has been called in accordance with Section 3(a) of this Article II for the purpose of electing directors, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the record date set by the Board of Directors for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting, at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 11 and at the time of the special meeting (and any postponement or adjournment thereof), who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated and who has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 11. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more individuals to the Board of Directors, any stockholder may nominate an individual or individuals (as the case may be) for election as a director as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice, containing the information required by paragraphs (a)(iii) and (iv) of this Section 11, is delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not earlier than the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. The public announcement of a postponement or adjournment of a special meeting shall not commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(c) General.

 

(i) If information submitted pursuant to this Section 11 by any stockholder proposing a nominee for election as a director or any proposal for other business at a meeting of stockholders shall be inaccurate in any material respect, such information may be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with this Section 11. Any such stockholder shall notify the Corporation of any inaccuracy or change (within two Business Days of becoming aware of such inaccuracy or change) in any such information. Upon written request by the secretary or the Board of Directors, any such stockholder shall provide, within five Business Days of delivery of such request (or such other period as may be specified in such request), (A) written verification, satisfactory, in the discretion of the Board of Directors or any authorized officer of the Corporation, to demonstrate the accuracy of any information submitted by the stockholder pursuant to this Section 11, and (B) a written update of any information (including, if requested by the Corporation, written confirmation by such stockholder that it continues to intend to bring such nomination or other business proposal before the meeting) submitted by the stockholder pursuant to this Section 11 as of an earlier date. If a stockholder fails to provide such written verification or written update within such period, the information as to which written verification or a written update was requested may be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with this Section 11.

 

(ii) Only such individuals who are nominated in accordance with this Section 11 shall be eligible for election by stockholders as directors, and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 11. The chairman of the meeting shall have the power to determine whether a nomination or any other business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with this Section 11.

 

 10 

 

 

(iii) For purposes of this Section 11, “the date of the proxy statement” shall have the same meaning as “the date of the company’s proxy statement released to shareholders” as used in Rule 14a-8(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act, as interpreted by the Securities and Exchange Commission from time to time. “Public announcement” shall mean disclosure (A) in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, Business Wire, PR Newswire or other widely circulated news or wire service or (B) in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act.

 

(iv) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the Exchange Act with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 11. Nothing in this Section 11 shall be deemed to affect any right of a stockholder to request inclusion of a proposal in, or the right of the Corporation to omit a proposal from, any proxy statement filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act. Nothing in this Section 11 shall require disclosure of revocable proxies received by the stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person pursuant to a solicitation of proxies after the filing of an effective Schedule 14A by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person under Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act.

 

(v) Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, except as otherwise determined by the chairman of the meeting, if the stockholder giving notice as provided for in this Section 11 does not appear in person or by proxy at such annual or special meeting to present each nominee for election as a director or the proposed business, as applicable, such matter shall not be considered at the meeting.

 

Section 12. TELEPHONE MEETINGS. The Board of Directors or chairman of the meeting may permit one or more stockholders to participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Participation in a meeting by these means constitutes presence in person at the meeting.

 

Section 13. CONTROL SHARE ACQUISITION ACT. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Charter or these Bylaws, Title 3, Subtitle 7 of the Maryland General Corporation Law, or any successor statute (the “MGCL”), shall not apply to any acquisition by any person of shares of stock of the Corporation. This section may be repealed, in whole or in part, at any time, whether before or after an acquisition of control shares and, upon such repeal, may, to the extent provided by any successor bylaw, apply to any prior or subsequent control share acquisition.

 

 11 

 

 

Section 14. STOCKHOLDERS’ CONSENT IN LIEU OF MEETING. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting (a) if a unanimous consent setting forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each stockholder entitled to vote on the matter and filed with the minutes of proceedings of the stockholders or (b) if the action is advised, and submitted to the stockholders for approval, by the Board of Directors and a consent in writing or by electronic transmission of stockholders entitled to cast not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take the action at a meeting of stockholders is delivered to the Corporation in accordance with the MGCL. The Corporation shall give notice of any action taken by less than unanimous consent to each stockholder not later than ten days after the effective time of such action.

 

ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS

 

Section 1. GENERAL POWERS. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 2. NUMBER, TENURE, QUALIFICATIONS AND RESIGNATION. A majority of the entire Board of Directors may establish, increase or decrease the number of directors, provided that the number thereof shall never be less than the minimum number required by the MGCL nor more than 15, and further provided that the tenure of office of a director shall not be affected by any decrease in the number of directors. Each director that is elected by the stockholders of the Corporation shall serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies. Any director of the Corporation may resign at any time by delivering his or her resignation to the Board of Directors, the chairman of the board or the secretary. Any resignation shall take effect immediately upon its receipt or at such later time specified in the resignation. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise stated in the resignation.

 

Section 3. ANNUAL AND REGULAR MEETINGS. An annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders, no notice other than this Bylaw being necessary. In the event such meeting is not so held, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place of regular meetings of the Board of Directors without other notice than such resolution.

 

Section 4. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president or a majority of the directors then in office. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix the time and place of any special meeting of the Board of Directors called by them. The Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors without other notice than such resolution.

 

 12 

 

 

Section 5. NOTICE. Notice of any special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be delivered personally or by telephone, electronic mail, facsimile transmission, courier or United States mail to each director at his or her business or residence address. Notice by personal delivery, telephone, electronic mail or facsimile transmission shall be given at least 24 hours prior to the meeting. Notice by United States mail shall be given at least three days prior to the meeting. Notice by courier shall be given at least two days prior to the meeting. Telephone notice shall be deemed to be given when the director or his or her agent is personally given such notice in a telephone call to which the director or his or her agent is a party. Electronic mail notice shall be deemed to be given upon transmission of the message to the electronic mail address given to the Corporation by the director. Facsimile transmission notice shall be deemed to be given upon completion of the transmission of the message to the number given to the Corporation by the director and receipt of a completed answer-back indicating receipt. Notice by United States mail shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail properly addressed, with postage thereon prepaid. Notice by courier shall be deemed to be given when deposited with or delivered to a courier properly addressed. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any annual, regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be stated in the notice, unless specifically required by statute or these Bylaws.

 

Section 6. QUORUM. A majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, provided that, if less than a majority of such directors is present at such meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice, and provided further that if, pursuant to applicable law, the Charter or these Bylaws, the vote of a majority or other percentage of a specified group of directors is required for action, a quorum must also include a majority or such other percentage of such group. The directors present at a meeting which has been duly called and at which a quorum has been established may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal from the meeting of enough directors to leave fewer than required to establish a quorum.

 

Section 7. VOTING. The action of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the action of the Board of Directors, unless the concurrence of a greater proportion is required for such action by applicable law, the Charter or these Bylaws. If enough directors have withdrawn from a meeting to leave fewer than required to establish a quorum, but the meeting is not adjourned, the action of the majority of that number of directors necessary to constitute a quorum at such meeting shall be the action of the Board of Directors, unless the concurrence of a greater proportion is required for such action by applicable law, the Charter or these Bylaws.

 

Section 8. ORGANIZATION. At each meeting of the Board of Directors, the chairman of the board or, in the absence of the chairman, the vice chairman of the board, if any, shall act as chairman of the meeting. In the absence of both the chairman and vice chairman of the board, the chief executive officer or, in the absence of the chief executive officer, the president or, in the absence of the president, a director chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall act as chairman of the meeting. The secretary or, in his or her absence, an assistant secretary of the Corporation, or, in the absence of the secretary and all assistant secretaries, an individual appointed by the chairman of the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

 

Section 9. TELEPHONE MEETINGS. Directors may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Participation in a meeting by these means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

 13 

 

 

Section 10. CONSENT BY DIRECTORS WITHOUT A MEETING. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting, if a consent in writing or by electronic transmission to such action is given by each director and is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 11. VACANCIES. If for any reason any or all the directors cease to be directors, such event shall not terminate the Corporation or affect these Bylaws or the powers of the remaining directors hereunder. Except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of any class or series of preferred stock, any vacancy on the Board of Directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum. Any director elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the class in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies.

 

Section 12. COMPENSATION. Directors shall not receive any stated salary for their services as directors but, by resolution of the Board of Directors, may receive compensation per year and/or per meeting and/or per visit to real property or other facilities owned or leased by the Corporation and for any service or activity they performed or engaged in as directors. Directors may be reimbursed for expenses of attendance, if any, at each annual, regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof and for their expenses, if any, in connection with each property visit and any other service or activity they perform or engage in as directors; but nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any directors from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

 

Section 13. RELIANCE. Each director and officer of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties with respect to the Corporation, be entitled to rely on any information, opinion, report or statement, including any financial statement or other financial data, prepared or presented by an officer or employee of the Corporation whom the director or officer reasonably believes to be reliable and competent in the matters presented, by a lawyer, certified public accountant or other person, as to a matter which the director or officer reasonably believes to be within the person’s professional or expert competence, or, with respect to a director, by a committee of the Board of Directors on which the director does not serve, as to a matter within its designated authority, if the director reasonably believes the committee to merit confidence.

 

Section 14. RATIFICATION. The Board of Directors or the stockholders may ratify any act, omission, failure to act or determination made not to act (an “Act”) by the Corporation or its officers to the extent that the Board of Directors or the stockholders could have originally authorized the Act and, if so ratified, such Act shall have the same force and effect as if originally duly authorized, and such ratification shall be binding upon the Corporation and its stockholders. Any Act questioned in any proceeding on the ground of lack of authority, defective or irregular execution, adverse interest of a director, officer or stockholder, non-disclosure, miscomputation, the application of improper principles or practices of accounting or otherwise, may be ratified, before or after judgment, by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders, and such ratification shall constitute a bar to any claim or execution of any judgment in respect of such questioned Act.

 

 14 

 

 

Section 15. EMERGENCY PROVISIONS. Notwithstanding any other provision in the Charter or these Bylaws, this Section 15 shall apply during the existence of any catastrophe, or other similar emergency condition, as a result of which a quorum of the Board of Directors under Article III of these Bylaws cannot readily be obtained (an “Emergency”). During any Emergency, unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, (i) a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof may be called by any director or officer by any means feasible under the circumstances; (ii) notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors during such an Emergency may be given less than 24 hours prior to the meeting to as many directors and by such means as may be feasible at the time, including publication, television or radio; and (iii) the number of directors necessary to constitute a quorum shall be one-third of the entire Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE IV
COMMITTEES

 

Section 1. NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS. The Board of Directors may appoint from among its members an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and other committees, composed of one or more directors, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. In the absence of any member of any such committee, the members thereof present at any meeting, whether or not they constitute a quorum, may appoint another director to act in the place of such absent member.

 

Section 2. POWERS. The Board of Directors may delegate to any committee appointed under Section 1 of this Article any of the powers of the Board of Directors, except as prohibited by law. Except as may be otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, any committee may delegate some or all of its power and authority to one or more subcommittees, composed of one or more directors, as the committee deems appropriate in its sole discretion.

 

Section 3. MEETINGS. Notice of committee meetings shall be given in the same manner as notice for special meetings of the Board of Directors. A majority of the members of the committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the committee. The act of a majority of the committee members present at a meeting shall be the act of such committee. The Board of Directors may designate a chairman of any committee, and such chairman or, in the absence of a chairman, any two members of any committee (if there are at least two members of the committee) may fix the time and place of its meeting unless the Board shall otherwise provide.

 

Section 4. TELEPHONE MEETINGS. Members of a committee of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Participation in a meeting by these means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

Section 5. CONSENT BY COMMITTEES WITHOUT A MEETING. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting, if a consent in writing or by electronic transmission to such action is given by each member of the committee and is filed with the minutes of proceedings of such committee.

 

 15 

 

 

Section 6. VACANCIES. Subject to the provisions hereof, the Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to change the membership of any committee, to appoint the chair of any committee, to fill any vacancy, to designate an alternate member to replace any absent or disqualified member or to dissolve any such committee.

 

ARTICLE V
OFFICERS

 

Section 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS. The officers of the Corporation shall include a president, a secretary and a treasurer and may include a chairman of the board, a vice chairman of the board, a chief executive officer, one or more vice presidents, a chief operating officer, a chief financial officer, one or more assistant secretaries and one or more assistant treasurers. In addition, the Board of Directors may from time to time elect such other officers with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary or appropriate. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors, except that the chief executive officer or president may from time to time appoint one or more vice presidents, assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers or other officers. Each officer shall serve until his or her successor is elected and qualifies or until his or her death, or his or her resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided. Any two or more offices except president and vice president may be held by the same person. Election of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights between the Corporation and such officer or agent.

 

Section 2. REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION. Any officer or agent of the Corporation may be removed, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors if in its judgment the best interests of the Corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Any officer of the Corporation may resign at any time by delivering his or her resignation to the Board of Directors, the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president or the secretary. Any resignation shall take effect immediately upon its receipt or at such later time specified in the resignation. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise stated in the resignation. Such resignation shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the Corporation.

 

Section 3. VACANCIES. A vacancy in any office may be filled by the Board of Directors for the balance of the term.

 

Section 4. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Board of Directors may designate from among its members a chairman of the board, who shall not, solely by reason of these Bylaws, be an officer of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate the chairman of the board as an executive or non-executive chairman. The chairman of the board shall preside over the meetings of the Board of Directors. The chairman of the board shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him or her by these Bylaws or the Board of Directors.

 

 16 

 

 

Section 5. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER. The Board of Directors may designate a chief executive officer. In the absence of such designation, the president shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation. The chief executive officer shall have general responsibility for implementation of the policies of the Corporation, as determined by the Board of Directors, and for the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation. He or she may execute any deed, mortgage, bond, contract or other instrument, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of chief executive officer and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time.

 

Section 6. CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER. The Board of Directors may designate a chief operating officer. The chief operating officer shall have the responsibilities and duties as determined by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer.

 

Section 7. CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER. The Board of Directors may designate a chief financial officer. The chief financial officer shall have the responsibilities and duties as determined by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer.

 

Section 8. PRESIDENT. In the absence of a chief executive officer, the president shall in general supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the Corporation. In the absence of a designation of a chief operating officer by the Board of Directors, the president shall be the chief operating officer. He or she may execute any deed, mortgage, bond, contract or other instrument, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of president and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time.

 

Section 9. VICE PRESIDENTS. In the absence of the president or in the event of a vacancy in such office, the vice president (or in the event there be more than one vice president, the vice presidents in the order designated at the time of their election or, in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president; and shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to such vice president by the chief executive officer, the president or the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more vice presidents as executive vice president, senior vice president, or vice president for particular areas of responsibility.

 

Section 10. SECRETARY. The secretary shall (a) keep the minutes of the proceedings of the stockholders, the Board of Directors and committees of the Board of Directors in one or more books provided for that purpose; (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws or as required by law; (c) be custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the Corporation; (d) keep a register of the address of each stockholder which shall be furnished to the secretary by such stockholder; (e) have general charge of the stock transfer books of the Corporation; and (f) in general perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the chief executive officer, the president or the Board of Directors.

 

 17 

 

 

Section 11. TREASURER. The treasurer shall have the custody of the funds and securities of the Corporation, shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation, shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors and in general perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the chief executive officer, the president or the Board of Directors. In the absence of a designation of a chief financial officer by the Board of Directors, the treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the Corporation.

 

The treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and Board of Directors, at the regular meetings of the Board of Directors or whenever it may so require, an account of all his or her transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.

 

Section 12. ASSISTANT SECRETARIES AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS. The assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers, in general, shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the secretary or treasurer, respectively, or by the chief executive officer, the president or the Board of Directors.

 

Section 13. COMPENSATION. The compensation of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by or under the authority of the Board of Directors and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by reason of the fact that he or she is also a director.

 

ARTICLE VI
CONTRACTS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

 

Section 1. CONTRACTS. The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or agent to enter into any contract or to execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Any agreement, deed, mortgage, lease or other document shall be valid and binding upon the Corporation when duly authorized or ratified by action of the Board of Directors and executed by an authorized person.

 

Section 2. CHECKS AND DRAFTS. All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or agent of the Corporation in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 3. DEPOSITS. All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited or invested from time to time to the credit of the Corporation as the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer, the president, the chief financial officer, or any other officer designated by the Board of Directors may determine.

 

 18 

 

 

ARTICLE VII
STOCK

 

Section 1. CERTIFICATES. Except as may be otherwise provided by the Board of Directors or any officer of the Corporation, stockholders of the Corporation are not entitled to certificates representing the shares of stock held by them. In the event that the Corporation issues shares of stock represented by certificates, such certificates shall be in such form as prescribed by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized officer, shall contain the statements and information required by the MGCL and shall be signed by the officers of the Corporation in any manner permitted by the MGCL. In the event that the Corporation issues shares of stock without certificates, to the extent then required by the MGCL the Corporation shall provide to the record holders of such shares a written statement of the information required by the MGCL to be included on stock certificates. There shall be no difference in the rights and obligations of stockholders based on whether or not their shares are represented by certificates.

 

Section 2. TRANSFERS. All transfers of shares of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation in such manner as the Board of Directors or any officer of the Corporation may prescribe and, if such shares are certificated, upon surrender of certificates duly endorsed. The issuance of a new certificate upon the transfer of certificated shares is subject to the determination of the Board of Directors or an officer of the Corporation that such shares shall no longer be represented by certificates. Upon the transfer of any uncertificated shares, the Corporation shall provide to the record holders of such shares, to the extent then required by the MGCL, a written statement of the information required by the MGCL to be included on stock certificates.

 

The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share of stock as the holder in fact thereof and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise expressly provided by the laws of the State of Maryland.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, transfers of shares of any class or series of stock will be subject in all respects to the Charter and all of the terms and conditions contained therein.

 

Section 3. REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE. Any officer of the Corporation may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate to be lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated; provided, however, if such shares have ceased to be certificated, no new certificate shall be issued unless requested in writing by such stockholder and the Board of Directors or an officer of the Corporation has determined that such certificates may be issued. Unless otherwise determined by an officer of the Corporation, the owner of such lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, shall be required, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, to give the Corporation a bond in such sums as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation.

 

 19 

 

 

Section 4. FIXING OF RECORD DATE. The Board of Directors may set, in advance, a record date for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or determining stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or the allotment of any other rights, or in order to make a determination of stockholders for any other proper purpose. Such record date, in any case, shall not be prior to the close of business on the day the record date is fixed and shall be not more than 90 days and, in the case of a meeting of stockholders, not less than ten days, before the date on which the meeting or particular action requiring such determination of stockholders of record is to be held or taken.

 

When a record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders has been set as provided in this section, such record date shall continue to apply to the meeting if postponed or adjourned, except if the meeting is postponed or adjourned to a date more than 120 days after the record date originally fixed for the meeting, in which case a new record date for such meeting shall be determined as set forth herein.

 

Section 5. STOCK LEDGER. The Corporation shall maintain at its principal office or at the office of its counsel, accountants or transfer agent, an original or duplicate stock ledger containing the name and address of each stockholder and the number of shares of each class held by such stockholder.

 

Section 6. FRACTIONAL STOCK. The Board of Directors may authorize the Corporation to issue fractional shares of stock or authorize the issuance of scrip, all on such terms and under such conditions as it may determine.

 

ARTICLE VIII
ACCOUNTING YEAR

 

The Board of Directors shall have the power, from time to time, to fix the fiscal year of the Corporation by a duly adopted resolution.

 

ARTICLE IX
DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 1. AUTHORIZATION. Dividends and other distributions upon the stock of the Corporation may be authorized by the Board of Directors, subject to the provisions of law and the Charter. Dividends and other distributions may be paid in cash, property or stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of law and the Charter.

 

Section 2. CONTINGENCIES. Before payment of any dividend or other distribution, there may be set aside out of any assets of the Corporation available for dividends or other distributions such sum or sums as the Board of Directors may from time to time, in its sole discretion, think proper as a reserve fund for contingencies, for equalizing dividends, for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall determine, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

 

 20 

 

 

ARTICLE X
SEAL

 

Section 1. SEAL. The Board of Directors may authorize the adoption of a seal by the Corporation. The seal shall contain the name of the Corporation and the year of its incorporation and the words “Incorporated Maryland”. The Board of Directors may authorize one or more duplicate seals and provide for the custody thereof.

 

Section 2. AFFIXING SEAL. Whenever the Corporation is permitted or required to affix its seal to a document, it shall be sufficient to meet the requirements of any law, rule or regulation relating to a seal to place the word “(SEAL)” adjacent to the signature of the person authorized to execute the document on behalf of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE XI
WAIVER OF NOTICE

 

Whenever any notice of a meeting is required to be given pursuant to the Charter or these Bylaws or pursuant to applicable law, a waiver thereof in writing or by electronic transmission, given by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any meeting need be set forth in the waiver of notice of such meeting, unless specifically required by statute. The attendance of any person at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where such person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting has not been lawfully called or convened.

 

ARTICLE XII
EXCLUSIVE FORUM FOR CERTAIN LITIGATION

 

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Circuit Court for Baltimore City, Maryland, or, if that Court does not have jurisdiction, the United States District Court for the District of Maryland, Northern Division, shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any Internal Corporate Claim, as such term is defined in Section 1-101(p) of the MGCL, or any successor provision thereof, (b) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, other than actions arising under federal securities laws, (c) any action asserting a claim of breach of any duty owed by any director or officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or to the stockholders of the Corporation, (d) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director or officer or other employee of the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the MGCL or the Charter or these Bylaws, or (e) any other action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director or officer or other employee of the Corporation that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. None of the foregoing actions, claims or proceedings may be brought in any court sitting outside the State of Maryland or in another circuit court within the State of Maryland unless the Corporation consents in writing to such court.

 

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

ARTICLE XIII
AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

 

The Board of Directors shall have the exclusive power to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of these Bylaws and to make new Bylaws.

 

 21 

 

 

Exhibit 4.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 10.1

 

Deed of Trust

 

Section   Subject   Page
Deed of Trust  
1   Introduction, Definitions and Interpretation   3
2   Issuance of Bonds; Terms of Issue; Equal Rank   11
3   Purchase of Bonds by the Company and/or an Affiliate and Performing Distributions   12
4   Issue of Additional Bonds   14
5   Company’s Undertakings   17
6   Securing the Bonds   37
7   Early Redemption   76
8   Right to Call for Immediate Repayment   80
9   Claims and Proceedings by the Trustee   93
10   Trust of Proceeds   94
11   Authority to Demand Payment to Holders through Trustee   95
12   Powers to Delay the Distribution of Funds   97
13   Notice of Distribution   97
14   Refraining from Payment for a Reason Which is not Dependent on the Company   98
15   Receipt by Bondholders and Trustee   100
16   Presentation of Bonds to the Trustee; Registration in Connection with Partial Payment   100
17   Investment of Funds   101
18   Company’s Undertakings vis-a-vis Trustee   101
19   Additional Liabilities   109
20   Counsel   110
21   Other Agreements   110
22   Reports on Matters Relating to Trusteeship   110
23   Wages and Coverage of Trustee’s Expenses   112
24   Special Powers   112
25   Trustee’s Power to Engage Agents   114

 

   
 

 

26   Indemnification of the Trustee   114
27   Notices   121
28   Waivers, Compromises, and Changes to the Deed of Trust   122
29   Register of Bondholders   123
30   Release   124
31   Appointment of the Trustee, Roles of the Trustee, Powers of the Trustee and Termination of Trustee’s Office   124
32   Bondholders’ Meetings   127
33   Applicable Law   127
34   Exclusive Jurisdiction   127
35   General   131
36   Trustee’s Liability   132
37   Addresses   132
38   Authorization to MAGNA   132
First Addendum to the Deed of Trust - Bond Certificate (Series B)   134
The Terms Listed on the Overleaf   137
1   General   137
2   The Bonds   138
3   Terms of Bonds (Series B)   138
4   Payments of Principal and Interest of the Bonds (Series B)   140
5   Postponement of Dates   141
6   Securing the Bonds   141
7   Refraining from Payment for a Reason Which is not Dependent on the Company   141
8   Register of Bondholders   141
9   Splitting Bond Certificates   141
10   Transfer of Bonds   142
11   Early Redemption   143
12   Purchase of Bonds by the Company and/or an Affiliate   143
13   Waivers; Compromises, and Changes to the Deed of Trust   143
14   Bondholders’ Meetings   143
15   Receipt from Bondholders   143
16   Right to Call for Immediate Repayment   143
17   Notices   143
18   Governing Law and Jurisdiction   143
19   Order of Priorities   143
Second Addendum of the Deed of Trust - Bondholders’ Meetings   144
Third Addendum to the Deed of Trust - Urgent Representation for Bondholders   154
Appendix 23 - Trustee’s Fee   159

 

   
 

 

Deed of Trust

 

Entered into and executed in Tel Aviv on April 23, 2018

 

Between:

 

Strawberry Fields REIT Ltd. (Company Number: 1863501)

A foreign company in the British Virgin Islands whose registered office in the British Virgin Islands is:

Blenheim Trust (BV) Limited

P.O. Box 3483

Road Town, Tortola

British Virgin Islands

Whose address in Israel for the purpose of this Deed and the service of legal process (subject to Section 5.7 of this Deed) is:

c/o Fischer Behar Chen Well Orion & Co.

3 Daniel Frisch Street, Tel Aviv 6473104

Tel: 03-6944249

Fax: 03-6944157

(the “Company”)

 

Of the first part;

 

and between:

 

Mishmeret Trust Services Company Ltd.

48 Menachem Begin Ave., Tel Aviv

Telephone: 03-6374351

Fax: 03-6374344

(the “Trustee”)

 

Of the second part;

 

Whereas: The Company’s board of directors resolved to approve the issuance of Bonds (Series B) under the Shelf Prospectus and Shelf Offer Report, as defined below; and
   
Whereas: On March 7, 2018, Standard & Poor’s Maalot Ltd. announced the determination of a preliminary rating of ilA+ for the issuance of the Bonds (Series B) of the Company, in a total scope of NIS 340 million par value; and

 

 1 
 

 

Whereas: The Company declares that as of the signature of this Deed, the Company meets all of the conditions of the rating agency (as the term is defined below) for rating the series of Bonds with the rating set forth above; and
   
Whereas: The Trustee is a private company limited by shares that is incorporated in Israel under the Companies Law, 5759-1999, whose main purpose is to engage in trusteeship; and
   
Whereas: The Trustee has declared that there is no impediment under the Securities Law, 5728-1968 or any other law for its engagement with the Company under this Deed of Trust and that it meets the requirements and conditions of eligibility set forth under the Securities Law for the Trustee to serve as a trustee for holders of bonds (Series B) offered under the Shelf Prospectus and Shelf Offer Report; and
   
Whereas: The Trustee has no personal interest in the Company and the Company has no material interest in the Trustee; and
   
Whereas: The Company declares that there is no impediment under any law (whether in Israel or abroad) and/or agreement for the performance of an issue of the Bonds and/or its engagement with the Trustee under this Deed of Trust and has received all of the approvals under any law (in Israel or outside of Israel) and/or an agreement for the execution of the issuance under this Deed; and
   
Whereas: In the framework of the Shelf Prospectus and Shelf Offer Report, the Company intends to issue Bonds (Series B) as set forth in Section ‎2
   
Whereas: The Bonds (Series B) will be listed for trade in the stock exchange, as defined below; and
   
Whereas: The Company is a reporting corporation as defined below; and
   
Whereas: The Company has requested that the Trustee to serve as a trustee for the Holders of the Bonds (Series B) and the Trustee has agreed to sign this Deed of Trust and act as a trustee for the bondholders, all subject to and in accordance with the terms of this Deed of Trust; and

 

Therefore it is agreed, declared and stipulated between the Parties as follows:

 

 2 
 

 

1. Introduction, Definitions and Interpretation

 

  1.1 The preamble to this Deed of Trust and the appendices attached hereto constitute integral and substantial parts hereof.
     
  1.2 The division of this Deed of Trust into sections and the titles of the sections are provided for the sake of convenience and orientation alone, and should not be used for the purpose of interpretation.
     
  1.3 All of the provisions of this Deed in the plural form shall imply the singular and vice-versa, and all of the provisions in the masculine form shall imply the feminine form and vice-versa, and all of the provisions relating to an individual shall imply a corporation as well, all provided that there is no explicit provisions of this Deed to the contrary.
     
  1.4 In the event of any matter connected to the terms of the Bonds (Series B) that is omitted from this Deed and in any event of a conflict between the provisions of the law which cannot be conditioned upon and this Deed of Trust, the parties will act in accordance with the provisions of Israeli law that cannot be conditioned upon. In any event of a conflict between the provisions set forth in the Shelf Prospectus and/or the Shelf Offer Report in connection with this Deed and/or the bonds, the provisions of this Deed will prevail. It should be clarified that to the best of the Company’s knowledge, as at the date of the Shelf Offer Report, there is no conflict between the provisions of Israeli law and the provisions of the Deed of Trust and there is no conflict between the provisions in connection with the Bonds described in the Shelf Offer Report and the provisions of the Deed of Trust and the accompanying documents.
     
  1.5 In this Deed of Trust and in the bonds, the following expressions shall have the meanings set forth beside them:

 

  1.5.1 Bonds (Series B)” or the “Bonds” – the Bonds (Series B) that are issued by the Company in accordance with the Shelf Prospectus and Shelf Offer Report, as well as additional bonds (Series B) issued by the Company, if any;

 

 3 
 

 

  1.5.2 The “Stock Exchange” – the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange Ltd.;
     
  1.5.3 Controlling Stockholders”: Moshe Gubin and Michael Blisko;
     
  1.5.4 Financial Statements” – annual or quarterly financial statements, audited or reviewed, that the Company is required to publish in accordance with the Securities Law and the regulations thereunder;
     
  1.5.5 Shelf Offer Report” - the shelf offer report dated ____, published by the Shelf Prospectus as defined below, based on which the Bonds (Series B) are offered;
     
  1.5.6 2017 Periodic Report” - the periodic and annual report for 2017, published by the Company on March 1, 2018 (reference no.: 2018-01-016911);
     
  1.5.7 “Dollars” - US Dollars (USD);
     
  1.5.8 Rating” – Rating by the rating company, as defined below;
     
  1.5.9 Special Resolution” – a resolution passed in a general meeting of Bondholders (Series B), who are present themselves or by their agent whose Bonds represent at least 50% of the balance of the par value of the Bonds (Series B), or in an adjourned meeting attended by the Bondholders (Series B), themselves or by their agent, who hold at least 20% of the balance of the par value as stated, and which is passed (whether in the original meeting or adjourned meeting) with a majority of at least two thirds (2/3) of the balance of the par value of the Bonds (Series B) represented in the vote, excluding abstentions;
     
  1.5.10 Ordinary Resolution” – a resolution passed in a meeting of Bondholders convened under Section 35l13 and 35l14(a) of the Securities Law, passed (whether in the original or adjourned meeting) with a majority of at least fifty percent (50%) of all of the votes of the participants in the vote, excluding abstentions;

 

 4 
 

 

  1.5.11 The “Pledged Assets” or the “Liened Assets” – (1) the same assets from those listed in Section 6.2.1 below that the Company shall pledge pursuant to this Deed of Trust, and (2) those of the assets that can be pledged as collateral (as defined below), if actually pledged to secure the rights of the holders of the Bonds (Series B) under this Deed of Trust, all as long as the same assets are actually pledged by the Company and will be pledged to secure the rights of the Bondholders as stated;
     
  1.5.12 “Assets that can be Pledged as Collateral” - assets that can be pledged in accordance with the provisions of this Deed of Trust to secure the rights of the Bondholders (Series B), which can be any of the following:

 

  1.5.12.1 Pledged Real Estate Asset” and “Pledged Real Estate Assets” - ownership rights and/or lease rights and/or contractual rights of the Company and/or a subsidiary under the Company’s control (directly or indirectly) in connection with real estate assets that are income-generating real estate assets in the United States used as medical institutions, as this term is defined in the 2017 Periodic Report (excluding land and assets under construction that are not income-generating), which will be pledged, from time to time, if pledged, under this Deed and the pledge agreements hereunder;
     
  1.5.12.2 Financial Securities” - cash, cash deposits, government securities which are due for repayment prior to the final payment date of the Bonds, short-term loans which are payable before the final payment date of the Bonds, and bank guarantees deposited in the Trust Account, as defined below;
     
  1.5.12.3 Bank Guarantees” - autonomous, unconditional, irrevocable, and independent guarantees of Bank of Israel or an insurance company in Israel, included in the five largest banks/insurance companies (as applicable) in Israel, rated by a rating agency with a rating that is no less than a rating of Aa2 by Midroog or a parallel rating thereto, which will be provided from time to time (if at all) in favor of the Trustee by the Company under the terms of this Deed. Bank guarantees, if provided, will be in force up to 30 days after the final payment date of the Bonds;

 

 5 
 

 

  1.5.13 Rating Company” or the “Rating Agency”– Standard and Poor’s Maalot Ltd. (“Maalot”) and/or Midroog Ltd. (“Midroog”) or another rating company that is registered under the Regulation of the Activities of Credit Rating Companies, 5714-2014;
     
  1.5.14  “Associated Company” and “Joint Control” – as defined in the Securities Regulations (Annual Financial Statements), 5770-2010 and in the acceptable accounting rules;

 

  1.5.15 The “Nominee Company” – the Nominee Company of Mizrahi Tfahot of Israel Ltd. or any other nominee company that shall replace it, provided that all the Company’s securities will be registered under its name;
     
  1.5.16 The “Law” or the “Securities Law” – the Securities Law, 5728-1968 and the regulations thereunder, as they may be from time to time;
     
  1.5.17 The “Companies Law” – the Companies Law, 5759-1999 and the regulations thereunder, as they may be from time to time;

 

 6 
 

 

  1.5.18 Trust Account” - an account opened by the Trustee and managed in the Trustee’s name, in trust for the Bondholders (Series B), in one of the five largest banks in Israel, in which the issuance consideration will be deposited until its release to the Company, as well as the Financial Securities, if provided, until their release in accordance with the provisions of this Deed, and the Trustee will have the exclusive signing rights in the Trust Account. The Company’s rights in the Trust Account will be pledged for the benefit of the Trustee. The fund management policy in this account and its execution will be determined at the exclusive discretion of the Company, provided that the investment will be in accordance with the provisions of Section 17 below (the “Investment”).

 

The Trustee may not object to the investment policy and will not be liable vis-a-vis the Bondholders (Series B) and/or the Company for any damage and/or loss sustained due to this policy;

 

  1.5.19 Trading Day” – a day on which transactions are performed in the stock exchange;
     
  1.5.20 Business Day” or “Bank Business Day” – any day on which the clearing house of the stock exchange and most of the banks in Israel are open for the performance of transactions;
     
  1.5.21 Loan to Collateral Ratio” – the total equal to the unpaid balance of the principal of the Bonds (Series B) only in addition to interest accrued until the date of the inspection, as it appears in the Company’s audited or reviewed financial statements, published before the relevant inspection date, divided by the amount equal to the collateral value of the Pledged Assets, as set forth in Section 6.3 below.
     
  1.5.22 Holder” and/or “Bondholder” - as this term is defined in the Securities Law;

 

 7 
 

 

  1.5.23 The Tender”: The auction on the fixed annual interest rate to be borne by the Bonds (Series B) that will be issued by the Company in accordance with the Shelf Prospectus and Shelf Offer Report;
     
  1.5.24 Register of Bondholders” and/or the “Register” – a register of bondholders, as set forth in Section 29 of this Deed;
     
  1.5.25 Trustee”: Mishmeret - Trust Services Company Ltd. and/or anyone who will serve from time to time as trustee of the bondholders under this Deed;
     
  1.5.26 Principal Amount” – the par value amount of the Bonds that are not yet paid;
     
  1.5.27 Opposing Interest” – shall mean as defined in Section 9.3 of the Second Addendum of this Deed;
     
  1.5.28 The Group” – the Company and its subsidiaries;
     
  1.5.29 This Deed” or “Deed of Trust” – this Deed of Trust, including the appendices attached hereto and constituting an integral part hereof;

 

  1.5.30  “Known Rate” - The exchange rate of the US dollar as of a certain date determined by Bank of Israel before the same date, provided that during a period in which Bank of Israel does not set a representative exchange rate, the Known Rate will be the rate last determined by the Minister of Finance together with the Governor of the Bank of Israel for government bonds linked to the US dollar rate;
     
  1.5.31 Payment Rate” - The rate known on the payment date. However, if the Payment Rate is lower than the Base Rate, the Payment Rate will be the Base Rate;

 

 8 
 

 

  1.5.32 Reporting Corporation” – As defined in the Securities Law;
     
  1.5.33 Bond Certificate” - a certificate of the Bonds in the form attached as the First Addendum to this Deed;
     
  1.5.34 Reporting Regulations” – the Securities Regulations (Periodic and Immediate Reports), 5730-1970;
     
  1.5.35 The “Prospectus” and/or the “Shelf Prospectus” – a shelf prospectus of the Company dated July 6, 2016;
     
  1.5.36 In this Deed of Trust and the Bonds, the Rating of the Bonds will have the meanings set forth in the table below:

 

  A plus ilA+ rated by Maalot or A1 when rated by Midroog or a rating parallel to the aforesaid ratings that will be determined by another rating company that rates or will rate the Bonds (Series B).
     
  A ilA rated by Maalot or A2 when rated by Midroog or a rating parallel to the aforesaid ratings that will be determined by another rating company that rates or will rate the Bonds (Series B).
     
  A minus ilA- rated by Maalot or A3 when rated by Midroog or a rating parallel to the aforesaid ratings that will be determined by another rating company that rates or will rate the Bonds (Series B).
     
  BBB Plus ilBBB+ rated by Maalot or Baa1 when rated by Midroog or a rating parallel to the aforesaid ratings that will be determined by another rating company that rates or will rate the Bonds (Series B).

 

 9 
 

 

  BBB ilBBB rated by Maalot or Baa2 when rated by Midroog or a rating parallel to the aforesaid ratings that will be determined by another rating company that rates or will rate the Bonds (Series B).
     
  BBB Minus ilBBB- rated by Maalot or Baa3 when rated by Midroog or a rating parallel to the aforesaid ratings that will be determined by another rating company that rates or will rate the Bonds (Series B).
     
  BB Plus ilBB+ rated by Maalot or Ba1 when rated by Midroog or a rating parallel to the aforesaid ratings that will be determined by another rating company that rates or will rate the Bonds (Series B).

 

  1.6 As long as the Bonds are listed for trade on the Stock Exchange, in any event in which the rules and guidelines of the Stock Exchange apply or will apply to any operation under this Deed of Trust, the operation dates as stated and the manner of performance will be determined in accordance with the rules and guidelines of the Stock Exchange. It is clarified that the performance of actions as stated (including if bylaws and guidelines of the Stock Exchange are modified) will not derogate from the agreements of the parties under this Deed.
     
  1.7 In any event of a conflict between the Deed of Trust and the accompanying documents, the provisions of the Deed of Trust will govern.
     
  1.8 In the event of termination of the issuance of the Bonds for any reason, the validity of this Deed of Trust will be concluded.
     
  1.9 Any reference in this Deed of Trust to a number of sections in the Law will be adjusted, mutatis mutandis, to changes occurring in the Law, if any.
     
  1.10 The Trustee’s actions are valid even if a defect is discovered in his appointment or eligibility.

 

 10 
 

 

  1.11 In any case in which this Deed of Trust or its appendices explicitly states that the Company will announce something in an immediate report, the report will take place on the date and based on the details required in the Reporting Regulations (whether the Company is subject to a reporting obligation under the Reporting Regulations or otherwise). The above will not derogate from the other reporting obligations of the Company under any law.
     
  1.12 The Trustee’s signature on the Trust Deed does not constitute an opinion by the Trustee as to the nature of the offered securities or the advisability of investment in these securities.

 

2. Issuance of Bonds; Terms of Issue; Equal Rank

 

  2.1 The Company will issue the Bonds (Series B) as described in the preamble of this Deed. The Bonds (Series B) that will be issued under the Shelf Prospectus and the Shelf Offer Report (if any are issued) will be listed for trade on the Stock Exchange and the Company will act to the best of its ability so that the Bonds (Series B) will be traded on the Stock Exchange until they are fully repaid.
     
  2.2 The terms of the Bonds (Series B) that are issued under the Shelf Prospectus and Shelf Offer Report will be as follows:

 

The Bonds (Series B), offered to the public in consideration for their par value, are registered, repayable (principal) in three payments – on March 31 of each of the years 2020, 2021, and 2022, such that each of the first two payments on account of the principal will be 10% of the principal total par value of the Bonds (Series B) and the third and last payment on account of the principal will constitute 80% of the total principal par value of the Bonds (Series B)). The Bonds (Series B), bearing annual interest in a fixed rate as set forth in the Tender, which will not exceed the maximum interest rate as set forth below, linked (principal and interest) to the increase of the US dollar rate (as set forth in Section 2.5 below), and that is payable on March 31 and December 31 of each of the years 20181 to 2022 (inclusive) (the first interest payment will be made on March 31, 2018 and the last interest payment will be made on March 31, 2023, together with the payment of the principal of the Bonds) for the period of the six months ending on the date before the payment date (the “Interest Period”). The interest rate which will be paid for a particular interest period (other than the first interest period as defined below) (meaning, the period which begins on the payment day of the prior interest period and ending on the last day before the payment date immediately after the commencement date) will be calculated as the yearly interest rate divided by two. The first interest payment will be made on December 31, 2018, for the period beginning on the first trading day after the date of the Tender of the Bonds (Series B) and ending on September 29, 2018 (the “First Interest Period”), calculated on the basis of 365 days per year, based on the number of days in this period, and the last interest payment will be made on March 31, 2022. The payments on account of the principal and/or the interest in respect of the Bonds will be paid to those whose names will be registered in the Register of the Bondholders on the effective date as set out in section ___ of the Shelf Offer Report. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the final payment of the principal and the interest shall be made against delivery of the bond certificates to the Company at the Company’s registered office or at any other place that it announces, provided that such notice shall be given by the Company no later than five business days prior to the date set for making the last payment.

 

Subject to adjustments in the event of a change in the Rating of the Bonds (Series B) and/or deviation from the financial covenants as set forth in Sections ‎5.2 and ‎5.3 below and/or eligibility for arrears interest (as defined in Section 4(a) of the overleaf conditions that are in the First Addendum of this Deed), the interest rate that the Bonds (Series B) will bear will not exceed __% per year (the “Maximum Interest Rate”).

 

 

1 It is clarified that on March 31, 2018, no interest payment will be made.

 

 11 
 

 

  2.3 The Company reserves the right to perform early repayment of the Bonds upon the fulfillment of the terms set forth in Section ‎5 of this Deed.
     
  2.4 The Bonds (Series B) will all have equal rank pari-passu, among themselves, in connection with the Company’s obligations under the Bonds (Series B), and without priority or preference of one over the other.
     
  2.5 The principal amount of the Bonds (Series B) and the interest on the principal will be linked to the increase in the rate of the US dollar in the following manner:
     
    If it is discovered on the payment date of any payment on account of the principal and/or interest that the Payment Rate as of the same date has increased compared to the Base Rate, the Company will make the same payment of principal and/or interest, when increased relative to the increase rate of the Payment Rate compared to the Base Rate. However, if it is discovered that the aforesaid Payment Rate is identical to the Base Rate or lower therefrom, the Payment Rate will be the Base Rate. In any event in which a payment date on account of a principal and/or interest amount payment applies on a day that is not a business day, the payment date will be postponed to the first business day thereafter, without any additional payment including interest or linkage. The linkage method will not be changed during the term of the Bonds (Series B).

 

3. Purchase of Bonds by the Company and/or an Affiliate and Performing Distributions

 

  3.1 The Company reserves the right, subject to any law that may not be conditional, to acquire the Bonds (Series B) at any time and from time to time, without derogating from the obligation to repay the Bonds (Series B) in circulation. In the event of a purchase as stated, the Company will issue an immediate report or inform the Trustee thereof in writing. In the event in which the Company acquires Bonds (Series B) during trading in the Stock Exchange, the Company will file a request to the clearing house of the Stock Exchange for the withdrawal of the Bonds Certificates acquired as stated.

 

 12 
 

 

    In the event of a purchase by the Company as stated above, the acquired Bonds (Series B) will expire automatically, will be voided and will be delisted from trade, and the Company may not reissue them. The provisions above will not harm the Company’s right to redeem the Bonds (Series B) in advance as stated in Section ‎7 below.

 

  3.2 The Controlling Stockholder of the Company (directly or indirectly) and/or its relative (as the term is defined in the Securities Law) and/or a subsidiary of the Company and/or affiliated company and/or associated company of the Company and/or a corporation under the control of any of the above (directly or indirectly) (excluding the Company itself, regarding which the provisions of ‎3.1 above shall apply) (an “Affiliated Party”) may acquire and/or sell Bonds (Series B) at their discretion (and subject to any law), at any time and from time to time, including by way of the Company’s issuance of Bonds. In the event of an acquisition and/or sale as stated by a subsidiary of the Company and/or a corporation under its control, the Company will issue an immediate report with respect thereto. The Bonds (Series B) that are held as stated by an Affiliated Party will be considered to be an asset belonging to the Affiliated Party, and if they are listed for trade, they will not be delisted from trade in the Stock Exchange and will be transferrable as are the other Bonds (Series B). The Bonds (Series B) that are owned by an Affiliated Party will not grant to the Affiliated Party voting rights in a meeting of the Bondholders (Series B) and will not be counted for the purpose of determining a legal quorum required to commence such meetings. A meeting of Holders will take place based on the provisions of the Second Addendum of the Deed of Trust. An Affiliated Party will report to the Company, if required under law to do so, regarding an acquisition of Bonds (Series B) and the Company will provide the Trustee, at its request, with a list of Affiliated Parties and the quantities held thereby on the date requested by the Trustee, based on the reports received as stated from Affiliated Parties and that are reported in the MAGNA system by the Company. It is clarified that a report on the MAGNA system will be considered to be a report to the Trustee for the purposes of this Section.

 

 13 
 

 

  3.3 The provisions of this Section above alone will not obligate the Company, an Affiliated Party or the Bondholders (Series B) to purchase Bonds (Series B) and/or sell the Bonds (Series B) in their possession.

 

4. Additional Issuances

 

  4.1 Extending the series of Bonds (Series B)

 

The Company may, from time to time, at any time, without requiring the consent of the Trustee and/or the Holders existing at the time, issue additional Bonds (Series B) (whether in a private placement or in the framework of a prospectus and/or by an amendment to a prospectus whether by a shelf offering or by any other means), including to an Affiliated Party (as defined in Section ‎3.2 above), under the terms that it sees fit (the terms of the additional bonds that are issued will be identical to the terms of the Bonds (Series B) in circulation) provided that the total par value of the Bonds (Series B), after the expansion, will not exceed NIS 500 million. The Company will refer to the Stock Exchange with a request to list for trade the additional Bonds (Series B) as stated, when they are offered.

 

Notwithstanding the above, an additional issuance of Bonds (Series B) will be performed subject to receipt of confirmation of the Stock Exchange and subject to all of the terms set forth below being fulfilled: (a) the additional issuance of the Bonds (Series B) as stated will not be harmed by the Rating of the Bonds (Series B), as the Rating may be at the time (i.e. the Rating before the expansion of the series will not change immediately after its expansion following the aforesaid expansion). For the purpose of this section, it is clarified that in the event in which the Bonds (Series B) are rated by more than one Rating Company, the ratings test for the purpose of this section will take place, at any time, based on the higher of the ratings; (b) On the date of the additional issue, in accordance with the most recent financial statements published before the date of the additional issue, and after retroactively taking into account the performance of the additional issue, the Company will meet the financial obligations set forth in Section 6.4 below; (c) Upon the expansion of the series, immediately after the execution of the expansion of the series, the Loan to Collateral Ratio (which for the purpose of the calculation will also include assets that the Company has pledged within the expansion of the series) will not exceed 65%; and (d) on the date of the additional issue there are no grounds for calling for the immediate payment of the bonds as set forth in Section ‎8.1.

 

 14 
 

 

The Company will provide the Trustee, before actually performing the issue of the additional issue, written confirmation that is signed by the CEO or a senior officer in the financial department of the Company regarding (in this subsection: “Confirmation”): (1) the fulfillment of the aforesaid conditions on the date of the Confirmation (excluding the condition in subsection (a) above, for which the Company shall provide the consent of the Rating Company as described below); (2) that on the date of the Confirmation the Company is not in breach of any of its material obligations to the Bondholders (Series B); and (3) the expansion of the series will not harm the solvency of the Company as to the Bonds (Series B).

 

In any case of an additional issue as stated, the increase of the series in practice will occur subject to receipt of prior consent from the Rating Company whereby the rating before the expansion of the series will not change immediately after its expansion following the aforesaid expansion. Confirmation from the Rating Company will be published in an immediate report before the expansion of the series. The Company will publish in an immediate report, even before the performance of the additional issue, whether the additional issue meets all of the aforesaid terms, and that the Company’s board of directors has examined the impact of the expansion of the series as stated, on the Company’s ability to meet its obligations to the Bondholders (Series B) before the performance of the issuance as stated.

 

 15 
 

 

This right of the Company will not exempt the Trustee from examining the additional issue as stated, if such an obligation applies to the Trustee under law, and will not derogate from the rights of the Trustee and the Bondholders under this Deed, including their right to call for immediate repayment of the Bonds as stated in Section ‎8 below.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that in the case of a series expansion performed for the purpose of the use of a sale mechanism during trading on the Stock Exchange (ATM), the Company shall deliver a confirmation as described above at the time of the expansion, i.e. on the date of the issue of the additional bonds to the Company and/or to the Company’s subsidiary, as relevant (creation of the “Cartridge”), and not at the time of publication of the offer of the additional bonds or at the time of the execution of the sales in practice during trading.

 

Subject to the provisions of the Deed of Trust, the Trustee shall act as trustee for the Bonds (Series B) as they will be in circulation from time to time, and this also in the event of a series expansion, and the consent of the Trustee for such service for the expanded series will not be required. The Bonds (Series B) that will be in circulation before the expansion of the series and the additional Bonds (Series B) which will be issued (if at all) as described in this section above, shall constitute (from the date of their issue) one series for all purposes, and the Deed of Trust shall also apply to all of the abovementioned additional Bonds (Series B) that the Company will issue. The additional Bonds (Series B) shall not grant the right for the payment and/or interest with regard to Bonds (Series B) for which the effective date for their payment was prior to the date of their issue. In the case of such expansion of the series, there will be tax consequences including with regard to calculation of the rate of deduction, if required, as described in Section __ of the Shelf Offer Report and in accordance with the provisions of any law as they are on the date of issue of the additional bonds.

 

 16 
 

 

Without derogating from the generality of the above, the Company reserves the right, subject to any law, to issue an additional series of bonds at any time and from time to time (whether in a private placement or in the framework of a prospectus and/or by an amendment to a prospectus whether by a shelf offering or by any other means) and without being required to receive the consent of the Bondholders (Series B) and/or the consent of the Trustee, as applicable, and including an Affiliated Party (as defined in Section ‎3.2 above), and/or other securities as the Company sees fit and this without harming the Company’s repayment obligation under this Deed of Trust. Notwithstanding the abovementioned, the Company undertakes that so long that the Bonds (Series B) have not been fully repaid, it will not itself issue bonds outside of Israel and it will not assume directly other financial debt outside of Israel. Notwithstanding the above, the Company will be permitted to assume credit frameworks and obligations (including outside of Israel) for the purpose of currency hedging and to provide guarantees to lenders outside of Israel of companies under its control.

 

Without derogating from the above, the aforesaid rights of the Company, will not prevent the Trustee from examining the implications of the additional issue as stated, and will not derogate from the rights of the Trustee and the Bondholders under this Deed, including their right to call for immediate repayment of the Bonds (Series B) as stated in Section ‎8 below.

 

Subject to the provisions of any law, the Company will inform the Trustee regarding the additional issue before its performance.

 

5. Undertakings of the Company

 

  5.1 The Company hereby undertakes to pay, on the dates prescribed, all of the amounts of principal and interest (including interest on arrears, insofar as such interest is borne) that will be paid under the terms of the Bond (Series B), and comply with all of the other terms and obligations imposed thereon under the terms of the Bonds (Series B) and under this Deed. Additionally, the Company undertakes to list the Bonds for trade in the Stock Exchange and ensure that the Bonds continue to be listed for trade in the Stock Exchange until the date of final payment.

 

 17 
 

 

  5.2 Adjustment of the interest rate due to a change in the rating of the Bonds (Series B):

 

For the purpose of this section, it shall be clarified that in the event in which the Bonds (Series B) are rated by more than one rating company, an examination of the rating for the adjustment of the interest rate to the change in the rating (if any such change occurs) will take place based on the lower of the ratings.

 

The interest rate that the Bonds (Series B) will bear will be adjusted for a change in the rating of the Bonds (Series B), as set forth below in this section:

 

It is clarified that if adjustment of interest is required in accordance with the mechanism described in this Section ‎5.2 above and below, and based on the mechanism described in Section ‎5.3 below, in any event, the maximum additional interest rate will not exceed 1.5% above the interest rate determined in the tender (the “Limitation of the Maximum Additional Interest Rate”).

 

In this regard:

 

A rating of A, A-, BBB+, BBB, BBB- and BB+ and BB – are as defined in the table in Section 1.5.34 above.

 

Base Rating” – a rating of ilA+ or equivalent.

 

Additional Interest Rate” – additional interest provided to the bondholders at a rate of 0.25% per year for each decrease of a notch in the rating of Bonds below the Base Rating until a maximum interest addition of 1.25% per year at most (the “Limitation on the Additional Interest Rate”).

 

 18 
 

 

  A. If the rating of the Bonds (Series B) by the rating company (in the case of replacing a rating company, the Company shall transfer to the Trustee a comparison of the scale rating of the outgoing rating agency and the scale rating of the incoming rating agency) are updated during the any interest period, so that the rating to be determined to the Bonds (Series B) is lower by one or more notches (the “Reduced Rating”) below the Base Rating, the annual interest rate on the outstanding principal of the Bonds (Series B) will increase by the additional interest rate or in part thereof (as set out below), according to the steps set forth, and this is for the period that commences on the date of publication of the Reduced Rating by the rating agency until the earlier of (a) repayment in full of the outstanding principal balance of the Bonds (Series B) or (b) the date of the rating increase pursuant to Section 5.2 (e) below. If the interest rate was raised earlier in respect of deviations from financial covenants as stated in paragraph 5.3 below, then the rise in the interest rate due to a decline in rating as aforesaid will be limited according to the limit of the maximum interest rate increase.
     
  B. No later than the end of one business day from the receipt of a notice from the rating company regarding the lowering of the rating of the Bonds (Series B) to the Lowered Rating as defined in subsection (a) above, the Company will publish an immediate report, in which the Company states: (1) that the rating was lowered, the Lowered Rating, the rating report and the date on which the Lowered Rating of the Bonds (Series B) comes into effect (the “Date of Lowering the Rating”); (2) deviation / non-deviation from the financial covenants described in Section ‎5.3 below based on the most recent reviewed or audited consolidated financial statements of the Company published before the date of the immediate report, as well as whether a change has occurred to the interest for the deviation / non-deviation from the financial covenants as stated; (3) the precise interest rate that the balance of the Bonds (Series B) will bear for the period beginning on the current interest period and until the Date of Lowering the Rating (the interest rate will be calculated based on 365 days per year) (the “Original Interest” and the “Original Interest Period,” respectively); (4) the interest rate that the balance of the principal of the Bonds (Series B) will bear as of the Date of Lowering the Rating and until the actual next interest payment date, i.e.: the Original Interest in addition to the additional interest rate per year (the interest rate is calculated based on 365 days per year) (the “Updated Interest”), and this subject to the limitation on the maximum interest increase and the Limitation on the Additional Interest Rate (5) the weighted interest rate paid by the Company to the holders of Bonds (Series B) on the upcoming interest payment date, arising from the provisions of subsections (3) and (4) above; (6) the annual interest rate reflected from the weighted interest rate; (7) the annual interest rate and the semiannual interest rate (the semiannual interest will be calculated as the annual interest divided by the number of interest payments per year, i.e. divided by two) for the coming periods.

 

 19 
 

 

  C. If the date of the commencement of the rating of the Bonds (Series B) with the Lowered Rating occurs during the days beginning four days before the date set forth for payment of any interest and ending on the interest payment date that is closest to the date set forth above (the “Deferral Period”), the Company will pay to the holders of the Bonds (Series B), on the upcoming interest payment date, the Original Interest, before the change, alone, while if the interest rate is not increased prior thereto due to a deviation from the financial covenants as stated in Section 5.3 below, the interest rate arising from the additional interest in the rate equal to the rate of the additional annual interest during the Deferral Period (calculated based on 365 per year),will be paid on the following interest payment date and all subject to the maximum interest increase and the Limitation on the Additional Interest Rate. The Company will announce, in an immediate report, the precise interest rate for payment on the upcoming interest payment date.
     
  D. In the event of updating the rating of the Bonds (Series B) by the rating company, in a manner impacting the interest rate that the Bonds (Series B) will bear as stated in Section ‎5.2(a) or ‎5.2(f) below, the Company will inform the trustee thereof in writing within one business day from the publication of the immediate report as stated.

 

 20 
 

 

  E. In the event that after the reduction of the rating in a manner that will impact the interest rate that the Bonds (Series B) will bear as stated in Section ‎5.2(a) above, the rating company will update the rating for the Bonds (Series B) upwards, the annual interest that the uncleared principal that the Bonds (Series B) will bear on the relevant date of payment of the interest will decrease at the additional interest rate or part thereof, in accordance with the abovementioned established levels, for the period in which the Bonds (Series B) were rated with the High Rating alone, such that the interest rate that the unpaid balance of the principal of the Bonds (Series B) will bear after the update of the rating upwards to a rating equal or higher to the Base Rating will be the interest rate determined in the tender, as published by the Company in an immediate report regarding the results of the issuance, without any addition for the reduction of the rating as stated in this Section 5.2 (and in any event, the interest rate that the Bonds will bear will not be less that the interest rate determined in the tender). In such a case, the Company will act in accordance with the provisions of subsections (b) through (e) above, mutatis mutandis, arising from the High Rating instead of the Lowered Rating.
     
  F. If the Bonds (Series B) cease to be rated for a reason dependent on the Company (for example, but not only, due to non-fulfillment of the Company’s obligations vis-à-vis the rating company, including due to failure to provide payments and/or reports that the Company has undertaken to provide towards the rating company) for a period exceeding 21 trading days, before the final payment, the cessation of the rating will be considered a Lowered Rating below the Base Rating, such that the additional interest rate will amount to 1.25% (even if the interest rate increased in accordance with subsection (A) above prior to such date), even if the interest rate was increased prior thereto due to a deviation from the financial covenants as stated in Section ‎5.3 below (but subject to the limitation on the maximum interest increase), and the provisions of subsection (b) through (e) above will apply accordingly, without derogating from the provisions of Section 8.1.22 below. For the avoidance of doubt, it shall be clarified that if the Bonds (Series B) cease to be rated, before the final payment, for a reason independent of the Company, the above will not impact the interest rate as stated in Subsection (a) above and the provisions of this Section 5.2 (f) will not apply.

 

 21 
 

 

  G. In the case in which the rating company is replaced or the Bonds (Series B) cease to be rated by the rating company (even if the Bonds (Series B) are rated by several rating companies), the Company will publish an immediate report, within one trading day from the date of the change, in which the Company will announce the circumstances of the replacement of the rating company or the cessation of the rating, as applicable.
     
  H. For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that: (a) a change in the outlook for the rating of the Bonds (Series B) will not lead to a change in the interest rate that the Bonds (Series B) will bear as stated in this section above; (2) if the Bonds (Series B) are rated by more than one rating company and as long as they are rated by more than one rating company as stated, subsection (f) above will not apply, other than in a case in which all of the rating companies together cease to rate the Bonds (Series B), and the determination of the rating for the purpose of corresponding the interest rate to the change in the rating (if such a change occurs) shall be done, at any time according to the lowest rating among them.
     
  I. In the case of a reduction of the rating, the Company will act in accordance with Subsection (b) above. If before the Date of Lowering the Rating, an increase occurs to the interest rate due to a deviation from one or more of the financial covenants based on the mechanism set forth in Section 5.4 below, the change that occurs to the interest for the adjustment mechanism set forth in this Section 5.2 above will be limited, according to the limitation on the maximum interest increase.

 

 22 
 

 

  J. The Company undertakes to act such that, to the extent that it is in its control, the Bonds (Series B) are Rated by at least one Rating Company during the entire duration of the Bonds (Series B), and for the same purpose, the Company undertakes, inter alia, to pay the Rating Company the payments that it has undertaken to pay to the Rating Company, and to provide the Rating Company with the reports and information required thereby in the framework of the engagement between the Company and the Rating Company. In this regard, the non-performance of payments that the Company has undertaken to pay to the Rating Company and the failure to provide the reports and information required by the Rating Company in the framework of the engagement between the Company and the Rating Company will be deemed to be reasons and circumstances that are under the Company’s control. In the event in which the Rating of the Bonds (Series B) ceases or the Rating Company is replaced, the Company will publish an immediate report thereof, and will state the reasons for the cessation of the rating or replacement of the Rating Company, as applicable. The Company does not undertake to refrain from replacing the Rating Company or to refrain from terminating the engagement therewith during the duration of the Bonds (Series B). In the event in which the Company replaces the Rating Company even if at the time of replacement it is not the only rating company that rates the Bonds (Series B) at the time of the replacement and/or terminates the work of a Rating Company (in the event in which it is not the only Rating Company), the Company undertakes to report the same in an immediate report and to inform the Trustee and the Bondholders thereof, and state the reasons for the change of the Rating Company in its notice, no later than one Trading Day from the date of the replacement as stated and/or the date of the decision to terminate the work of the Rating Company, whichever is earlier. It shall be clarified that the provisions above will not derogate from the right of the Company to replace the Rating Company or terminate the work of the Rating Company at any time (in the event in which it is not the only Rating Company), at its exclusive discretion and for any reason that it sees fit.

 

 23 
 

 

  5.3 Adjustment of the interest rate as a result of deviation from financial covenants:

 

The interest rate that the Bonds (Series B) will bear will be adjusted due to a deviation from the financial covenants set forth below:

 

  (1) In the event that the consolidated equity of the Company (excluding minority rights) is less than USD 150 million (this amount will not be linked to the index) (in this section 5.3: the “Equity Condition).
     
  (2) In the event that the adjusted net financial debt to adjusted EBITDA ratio (as defined below) will exceed 12 (the “Covenant of the Adjusted Net Financial Debt to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio”).

 

For the purpose of this subsection (1) alone:

 

Adjusted Net Financial Debt” – the total financial debt as it appears in the Company’s financial statements, less cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments (not pledges, unless they are pledged to secure financial obligations that are taken into account in the beginning of this section), all on the Basis of the Company’s consolidated statements, in addition to relative consolidation of the adjusted net financial debt in the associated companies and companies under joint control. The data regarding the adjusted net financial debt will be provided in the notes of the Company’s financial statements.

 

Adjusted EBITDA” –the consolidated operating profit in addition to depreciation and reductions with neutralizing revaluation gains/losses, in addition to relative consolidation of the adjusted EBITDA in associated companies and companies under joint control; the Adjusted EBITDA will be calculated based on the data of the last four quarters in the aggregate, and will be listed in the notes of the Company’s financial statements.

 

It shall be clarified that after the purchase or one or more income-generating assets is expressed in the balance sheet of the Company, the calculation of the financial covenants as stated will take place while adding to the numerator of the Adjusted EBITDA the Adjusted EBITDA that is attributed to the same asset, while amending the Adjusted EBITDA of the asset to the terms of a full year.

 

 24 
 

 

  (3) If the consolidated equity of the Company (including minority rights) to the total consolidated balance sheet will be less than 20% (in this Section 5.3: the “Equity to Balance Sheet Covenant” or the “Minimum Equity to Balance Sheet Ratio”).
     
  (4) In the event that the Loan to Collateral Ratio exceeds 75% (in this section 5.3: the “Loan to Collateral Ratio Condition”).

 

The Equity Covenant, covenant of the Adjusted Net Financial Debt to Adjusted EBITDA, the capital to balance sheet ratio condition, and the Loan to Collateral Ratio Condition will each be referred to as: a “Financial Criterion” and together: the “Financial Covenants.”

 

It is clarified that if adjustment of interest is required in accordance with the mechanism described in this Section 5.3 above and below, and based on the mechanism described in Section 5.2 above, and pursuant to any other section in this Deed (if any), then in any event, the maximum aggregate rate of the additional interest rate will not exceed the maximum interest increase limitation (as defined in Section 5.2 above). Arrears interest, if applicable in accordance with Section 4(a) of the terms of the overleaf, will be added to the said rate and will not constitute part thereof.

 

In this regard:

 

The “Additional Interest Rate” - additional interest at a rate of 0.5% for a deviation from each of the financial covenants.

 

 25 
 

 

The increase of the interest rate will take place only once for each deviation from any of the Financial Covenants, if such a deviation occurs, and the interest rate will not be increased again in the event that the deviation from any of the Financial Covenants continues (in this regard, it shall be clarified that if the deviation from any of the Financial Covenants is remedied and thereafter there is an additional deviation, the aforesaid addition will apply). It shall be emphasized that in the event in which due to a decrease in the rating of the Bonds, the annual interest rate is increased in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.2 above, in any event, the additional interest rate under the same section, together with the additional interest rate under this Section 5.3, for the deviation from the Financial Covenants, will not exceed the limitation on the maximum interest increase.

 

The “Deviation Date” – the publication date of the financial statements that indicate the deviation.

 

  A. If the Company deviates from any of the financial covenants under the Company’s reviewed or audited consolidated Financial Statements (the “Deviation”), the annual interest rate that the unpaid balance of the Bonds (Series B) will bear will be increased by the additional interest rate for the Deviation, above the interest rate as it was at the time, before the change, for the period that begins from the Deviation Date and until the earlier of the full repayment of the unpaid principal balance of the Bonds (Series B) or the date of the publication of the Company’s Financial Statements whereby the Company does not have a deviation from any of the financial covenants, all subject to the limitation on the maximum interest increase.

 

 26 
 

 

  B. In the event in which a Deviation from any of the Financial Covenants occurs as stated, no later than the end of one business day from the publication of the Company’s audited or reviewed Financial Statements (as applicable) indicating a deviation, the Company will publish an immediate report in which the Company will state: (a) the aforesaid deviation, while specifying the financial covenants on the date of the publication of the financial report and whether there is a change to the interest rate following a change in the rating, if there is such a change as stated; (b) the updated rating of the Bonds (Series B) based on the most recent rating report published before the date of the immediate report; (c) the precise interest rate that the principal of the Bonds (Series B) will bear for the period beginning from the current Interest Period and until the Deviation Date (the interest rate will be calculated based on 365 days per year) ( the “Original Interest” and the “Original Interest Period”, respectively); (d) the interest rate that the balance of the principal of the Bonds (Series B) will bear as of the Deviation Date and until the upcoming actual interest payment date, i.e.: the Original Interest with the addition of the additional annual interest rate (the interest rate will be calculated based on 365 days per year) (the “Updated Interest”), and this subject to the limitation on the maximum interest increase.; (e) the Weighted Interest Rate that is paid by the Company to the Bondholders (Series B) on the upcoming interest payment date, arising from the provisions of Subsection (c) and (d) above; (f) and the annual interest rate reflected from the Weighted Interest Rate; (g) the annual interest rate and the semiannual interest rate (the semiannual interest will be calculated as the annual interest divided by the number of interest payments per year, i.e. divided by two) for the subsequent periods.

 

Should the deviation linger after the first quarter of its occurrence, no later than one business day from the date of the Company’s publishing its financial statements, audited or reviewed (as the case may be), which indicate the deviation is continued, the Company shall publish an immediate report in which the details of this section above shall be displayed, according to the revised interest rate, and in reference to the continued deviation as aforesaid in the definition of the term the “Additional Interest Rate”.

 

 27 
 

 

  C. In the event in which the Deferral Date occurs during the days beginning four days before the effective date for the payment of any interest and ending on the subsequent interest payment date (the “Deferral Period”), the Company will pay the Bondholders (Series B) on the subsequent interest date, the Original Interest of prior to the change only, while the interest rate arising from the addition of the interest in a rate equal to the additional annual interest rate during the Deferral Period will be paid on the following interest payment date. The Company will provide notice in an immediate report of the precise interest rate for payment on the following interest payment date.
     
  D. In the event of a deviation from any of the Financial Covenants in a manner that impacts the interest rate that the Bonds (Series B) will bear (as stated in Paragraph A or Paragraph E), the Company will inform the Trustee thereof in writing within one business day from the date of the publication of the Financial Statements as stated.
     
  E. It is clarified for the avoidance of doubt that in the event that after the Deviation the Company publishes its audited or reviewed Financial Statements (as applicable), based on which the Company has not deviated from any of the aforesaid Financial Covenants, the increase in the annual interest rate will be cancelled for the deviation (and due to the deviation being continued, to the extent of its continuing and as applicable) from any of the aforesaid Financial Covenants in a manner that annual interest rate that the bonds will bear will be reduced at the rate of the interest increase as aforesaid and this for the period in which the Company has not deviated from any of the Financial Covenants, which shall begin on the date of the publication of the Financial Statements that indicate non-deviation from the Financial Covenants, so that the interest rate that will be borne by the outstanding balance of the principal of the Bonds (Series B) shall be – if the interest rate has not previously been raised in respect of a decrease in the rating of the Bonds (Series B) as stated in Section 5.2 above and if there is no deviation from the other financial covenants – the interest rate that was determined in the Tender, (and in any event, the interest rate that the Bonds will bear will not be less than the interest rate determined in the Tender) or any other interest rate determined as a result of a decrease in the rating of the Bonds (Series B) as stated in section 5.2 above. In such a case, the Company will act in accordance with the provisions of Subsection (b) through (d) above, mutatis mutandis, as applicable and with respect to the Company’s non-deviation from the same Financial Covenants. It is clarified that in any case, the interest rate that the bonds will bear will not be lower than the interest rate established in the Tender.

 

 28 
 

 

  F. The examination regarding the Company’s non-deviation from the financial covenants will be performed on the date of the publication of the Financial Statements by the Company and as long as the Bonds (Series B) exist in circulation with respect to the annual/quarterly Financial Statements that the Company is required to publish until the same date.

 

The Company will specify within the notes of the financial statements in each financial report published, as applicable, the existence of a deviation or lack of deviation from the financial covenants.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, it shall be clarified that subject to the above and the limitation on the maximum interest increase, the additional interest payments as a result of the Lowered Rating as stated in Section ‎5.2 above and/or as a result of the Company’s non-compliance with any of the financial covenants as stated in this Section ‎5.3 above are aggregated. Therefore, in the event that a Lowered Rating occurs, while in addition the Company deviates from any of the financial criterion, one or more, the Bondholders (Series B) will be entitled to an increase in the interest rate as stated above, provided that the additional annual interest does not exceed 1.5%.

 

 29 
 

 

  5.4 Interested party transactions

 

The Company undertakes that excluding the Exempt Transactions as defined below, Extraordinary Transactions (as defined in the Israeli Companies Law) of the Company with its controlling stockholders, or Extraordinary Transactions of the Company with another person in which the Controlling Stockholders have a personal interest, or the engagements of the Company with the Controlling Stockholders or their relatives, directly or indirectly, including through a company under their control, including as well as if he is also an officer in the Company ,inter alia – regarding the terms of his service and employment, and if he is an employee of the Company and is not an officer thereof, inter alia – regarding his employment in the Company (in this Section ‎5.4 “Extraordinary Transactions”), shall be subject to the approval of the Bondholders of the Bonds (Series B) by a Resolution with an ordinary majority.

 

The transactions set forth below (including the renewal and extension of their validity) will be considered “Exempt Transactions” regarding which no approval of holders will be required as stated in this Section 5.4 above:

 

  (1) The transfer of assets with positive fair value to the Company (including to companies held by the Company) for no consideration. In this regard, an allocation of shares alone will not be considered consideration;
     
  (2) The provision of funds to the Company in exchange for Company shares or in consideration for any other capital instrument that is deferred and inferior to the Company’s debt towards the Bondholders;
     
  (3) Release of the controlling stockholders and/or interested parties from guarantees given in favor of third parties regarding assets owned by the Company and/or corporations that the Company owns directly or indirectly, provided that as a result of the release of guarantees as stated, no additional financial obligations are added to the Company, as well as an extension of the validity of the guarantees, securities and undertakings as stated without a material change to the terms thereof;

 

 30 
 

 

  (4) The array of lease and transaction agreements set forth in Chapter 9 of the Shelf Prospectus and within Article 22 of Part D of the 2017 Periodic Report, as well as the lease agreements as aforesaid in Section 1.10 of the 2017 Periodic Report and Section 9.2 of the Shelf Prospectus, including its update or renewal in the commercial terms that are identical in nature to those described in the Prospectus and Periodic Report;
     
  (5) (a) The lease agreements set forth within Article 22 of Part D of the 2017 Periodic Report and Section 9.2 of the Shelf Prospectus, including their updating or renewal, in commercial terms that are essentially identical or preferential from the Company’s perspective to those described above (“Existing Lease Agreements”), as well as (b) new lease agreements regarding new assets (including new tenants) in a format similar or preferential from the Company’s perspective to the terms of the existing lease agreements; and (c) a change of the lease fees in the existing lease agreements in the following manner:

 

In the case in which during the term of the relevant lease, one or more of the assets included in the existing lease agreement that is a framework agreement is sold, the following terms shall apply: (a) the asset that is sold will be removed from the framework agreement; (b) a reduction of the lease fees paid under the framework agreement will be performed, in the amount equal to the EBITDAR attributed to the asset in the 12 months before the sale, attributed to the asset sold, according to the last appraisal. In the event that the lessor decides to add an additional asset or assets to the framework agreement, the owner of the asset will be added as a lessor (and if necessary, the relevant lessee will be added as well) and the lease fees will increase in the amount of not less than 9.5% of the purchase price of the additional asset. For details regarding the terms of the aforesaid agreements in subsections (4) and (5) above, see Section 9.2 of the Shelf Prospectus.

 

  (6) Provide guarantees by the controlling stockholders (directly or indirectly) in favor of financial entities for the Company and/or corporations that the Company holds
     
  (7) Special transactions that meet the terms set forth in the Companies Regulations (Leniencies in Transactions with Interested Parties), 5760-2000;
     
  (8)

Engagement in policies to insure assets of the Company and/or subsidiaries and affiliated companies against the customary risks, within the policies that cover the asset portfolio of the Company jointly with the assets of the controlling stockholders, if any whose beneficiaries may be, inter alia, the Company, subsidiaries or associated companies or controlling stockholders, as applicable (while the amounts of the premium are allocated by the insurance company for the various assets in a manner in which the Company does not bear a premium in excess of its relative share of the assets);

     
  (9) Granting Officer exemption from liability insurance and liability insurance in the Company, as they serve from time to time, including officers from among the controlling stockholders;
     
  (10) Granting letters of indemnity to the controlling stockholders and/or their relatives, as they may be from time to time, as set forth within Article 29a of Part D and Section 16 of the 2017 Periodic Report, as well as new letters of indemnify in the form as updated, if at all, in accordance with the Companies Law and Regulations thereunder, as they may be from time to time and entering into directors and officers insurance as accepted in Companies such as this.

 

The Company will confirm within its period report or alternatively, provide the Trustee, in the end of March every year, with a description from the Company’s CEO or the most senior financial officer in the Company of special transactions, if such were performed for which consent was required from the Bondholders as stated in this Section ‎5.4 above (which are not Exempt Transactions as stated in this Section ‎5.4), without providing the consent of the Bondholders (Series B) in advance as stated above.

 

 31 
 

 

  5.5 Interest Cushion

 

  A. Of the proceeds of the net issue deposited in the trust account as stated in section 6.2.4 below, the Trustee will transfer to the bank account which will be opened by the Trustee in his name and under his ownership in a bank incorporated in Israel, in favor of the Bondholders of the Bonds (Series B) an amount that is equal to the amount of the next interest payment (as of that date) in respect of the Bonds (respectively: “the Interest Cushion Amount” and “the Interest Cushion Account”), where the amount of the interest cushion will serve as collateral for the holders of the Bonds (Series B) until the full redemption of the Bonds (Series B).
     
  B. The signature rights in the Interest Cushion Account will be the Trustee’s only. The funds deposited in the Interest Cushion Account will be transferred to the property of the Bondholders and will be managed by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of Section 17 below.
     
  C. If on the morning of the fifth (5th) day of every calendar month after the end of each calendar quarter and if it is not a business day, then the following business day (“Cushion Completion Date”), the amount deposited in the Interest Cushion Account will be lower than the amount required for payment of the nearest interest payment of that date, including due to the Trustee’s use of the amount for proceedings under this Deed, the Company will transfer to the Interest Cushion Account on the date of completing the cushion (and if it is not a business day, then on the following business day) an amount that is equal to the amount required for the completion of the amount deposited in the Interest Cushion Account, on the date of completion of the cushion, to the amount of the near interest payment (together with The amount deposited at the time in the Interest Cushion Account: “the Current Cushion Amount”).

 

 32 
 

 

To the extent that on the date of payment of the principal and/or interest in respect of the Company, the deposited amount in the Interest Cushion Account exceeds the Current Cushion Amount (“the Excess Amount”), the Company shall be entitled to instruct the Trustee to make use of the Excess Amount for making payments of principal and interest amounts that the Company is liable to pay to the Bondholders of Bonds (Series B). Under this Deed and pursuant to the Company’s request, the Trustee will transfer to the Nominee Company for payment on the date on which the payment is to be paid, up to the amount of the payment that was offset by the Company’s notice or up to the amount of the Excess Amount, whichever is lower. At the final and last redemption date of the Bonds (Series B), the Company may instruct the Trustee to make use of the Current Cushion Amount and the Excess Amount as it will be deposited in the Interest Cushion Account for the purpose of any payment in respect of the Bonds or transfer it to the Company (after full repayment of all the Bonds).

 

  D. It is hereby clarified that if the series of bonds is increased or an additional interest rate applies as stated in sections 5.2 and 5.3 above, the Company will deposit in the Interest Cushion Account the funds that will constitute the Interest Cushion Amount in respect of the increase or the updated interest rate within ten business days from the date of publication of the immediate report regarding the increase or the change in the interest rate as aforesaid, as the case may be.
     
  E. It is hereby clarified that the non-deposit of funds in the Interest Cushion Account within 10 business days from the date of completion of any interest, whether as part of the issue under this Shelf Prospectus and the Shelf Offer Report or following the occurrence of events as specified in this section, shall constitute grounds for calling for immediate repayment of the balance of the Bonds (Series B) in circulation, as stated in subsection 8.1.31 below.

 

 33 
 

 

  F. For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that the Company’s undertaking to transfer the funds to the Interest Cushion Account is not guaranteed by a mechanism that will ensure the performance of this undertaking. In the event that the Company fails to meet its obligation to transfer the funds to the interest-rate account, the trustee will not be able to prevent the breach of this undertaking, but rather to take the measures at his disposal according to law and the deed of trust, to enforce on the Company to retroactively execute its undertaking.
     
  G. It is hereby clarified that the Interest Cushion Amount and the Current Cushion Amount will be held by the Bondholders and will be held by the Trustee for the Bondholders of the Bonds (Series B). The Company shall not have any rights or claims with respect to these sums, save for (A) the right to issue an instruction in respect of the Excess Amount and/or providing an instruction for the current cushion amount on the final and last repayment date of the Bonds (Series B), as stated in subsection D above, and (B) Determination of the money management policy in the Interest Cushion Account and its implementation, which shall be at the sole discretion of the Company, provided that the investment will be in investments as detailed in section 17 below. The Trustee may not object to the investment policy and will not be responsible vis-à-vis the Bondholders (Series B) and/or the Company for any damage and/or loss caused due to this policy.
     
  H. The Company undertakes that it will sign any document that will be required for executing such a decision to distribute to the Bondholders the funds in the Interest Cushion Account according to the provisions of this Deed.

 

 34 
 

 

  5.6 Expenses Cushion

 

Without derogating from the provisions of Section 26 below, from the net issuance consideration a total in the amount of USD 200 thousand (based on the exchange rate of the dollar, known on the day before the tender date) will be deposited in a special bank account opened by the trustee and in its name in trust for the Bondholders, which will be used for payment of the ongoing expenses and management expenses of the trustee (including for proceedings to reevaluate assets, if performed by the trustee), in the case in which the Bonds (Series B) are called for immediate repayment and/or in the case in which the Company breaches a provision that is not neglect of the Deed of Trust (respectively: the “Expenses Cushion Amount” and the “Expenses Cushion Account”). As long as it is possible given by the law which applies on the Company, a collateral or lien will be registered in favor of the Trustee, as applicable, on the bank account as aforesaid. The Expenses Cushion Amount will be held until the date of the full and final payment of the Bonds (Series B). After receipt of approval from the senior officer in the financial department at the Company or from the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, in the form to the Trustee’s satisfaction, regarding full payment of the Bonds (Series B), any remaining amount, if any, in the Expenses Cushion Account (in addition to all of the profits accrued) will be transferred to the Company in accordance with the details provided by the Company. In the case in which the Expenses Cushion Amount is not sufficient to cover the expenses of the Trustee in connection with call for immediate repayment of the Bonds (Series B) and/or a breach of the provisions of the Trust Deed by the Company, if any such event occurs, the Trustee will act in accordance with the provisions of Section 26 below. For the purpose of this Section 5.6, “Proceedings for the Revaluation of Assets” shall mean the appointment of an external and independent assessor selected by the Trustee to examine the fair values of the Company’s real estate assets.

 

It is noted that the signature rights in the Expenses Cushion Account will be granted to the Trustee exclusively; all of the costs of opening in the Expenses Cushion Account, its management and closing will be borne by the Company. The policy of managing the funds in the Expenses Cushion Account and its performance will be determined at the sole discretion of the Company, provided that the investment is in investments as set forth in Section 17 below. The Trustee will not be liable vis-à-vis the Bondholders (Series B) and/or vis-à-vis the Company for any loss caused due to the investments as stated.

 

The above will not derogate from the obligations of the Company, the controlling stockholders and officers therein as set forth in Section 34 below, which, for the avoidance of doubt, will also apply in connection with the Expenses Cushion Account.

 

 35 
 

 
5.7Appointment of a Company Representatives in Israel
 
5.7.1By the full, final and precise payment date of the Bonds (Series B) under the terms of the Deed of Trust vis-à-vis the Bondholders, the Company undertakes that it will have a representative on its behalf in Israel, to which legal process can be served to the Company and/or officers thereof and/or the property companies instead of their service to the Company’s address overseas, set forth in the preamble to this Deed and/or the addresses of the property companies.

 

5.7.2As of the date of signing the deed, the Company’s representative in Israel is the law office of Fischer Behar Hen Well Orion & Co (whose address is as set forth in the preamble to this Deed) (the “Company’s Representative in Israel”).

 

5.7.3Service to the Company’s Israel Representative will be considered valid and binding service in connection with any claim and/or demand of the Trustee and/or the Bondholders (Series B) under this Trust Deed.

 

5.7.4The Company will be permitted to replace the Company’s Israel Representative from time to time but only if at the time of the replacement the Company shall report the details of the new Company representative in an immediate report and will deliver a notice to the Trustee.

 

 36 
 

 

5.7.5In the case of the appointment of a new representative, the immediate report and notice to the Trustee will also include the date on which the appointment of the new representative enters into force. As long as the appointment of the new representative does not enter into force, the address of the replaced representative will be the address for the aforesaid service.

 

5.7.6A breach of this section will constitute a material breach of the provisions of the Deed of Trust.

 

6.Securing the Bonds and Transfer of the Issuance Consideration to the Company

 

6.1The Bonds (Series B) are secured by collateral as described in this section below. For details regarding the Company’s undertakings regarding the undertaking to avoid the creation of a general pledge of the Company’s assets and regarding the non-creation of additional pledges in the asset companies, see Section 6.9 of the Deed of Trust.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that the Trustee is not subject to and will not be subject to an obligation to examine, and in practice the Trustee has not examined and will not examine, the need to provide securities to secure the payments to the Bondholders (Series B). The Trustee was not asked to conduct, and the Trustee did not conduct in practice and will not conduct, a financial, accounting or legal due diligence as to the state of the Company’s business or the business of any of the property companies. In its engagement in this Deed of Trust and the Trustee’s consent to serve as a trustee for the Bondholders (Series B), the Trustee does not express an opinion, explicitly or implicitly, as to the ability of the Company to meet its obligations vis-à-vis the Bondholders (Series B) under this Deed. The provisions above will not derogate from the Trustee’s obligations under any law and/or the Deed of Trust, and will not derogate from the Trustee’s obligation (if such an obligation applies to the Trustee under any law) to examine the impact of changes in the Company from the date of the Shelf Offer Report and thereafter, if they may detrimentally impact the Company’s ability to meet its obligations under this Deed of Trust vis-à-vis the Bondholders (Series B).

 

 37 
 

 

6.2Pledging the Pledged Assets

 

6.2.1.To secure the Company’s undertakings to repay the Bonds (Series B) in full and on the dates set forth in this Deed of Trust, including principal, interest and arrears, should such apply (the “Secured Amounts”), the Company undertakes to create and record and/or cause the creation and recording in favor of the Trustee for the Bondholders, fixed, first ranking and single mortgages on all (100%) of the rights of the property companies in the following real estate assets, in whole or in part (subject to the terms of this section below):

 

(1) 253 Bradington Drive, LLC; (2) 911 South 3rd St Realty LLC; (3) 516 West Frech St, LLC; (4) 3090 Five Points Hartford Realty, LLC; (5) 3121 Glanzman Rd Realty, LLC; (6) 620 West Strub Rd Realty, LLC; (7) 4250 Sodom Hutchings Road Realty, LLC; (8) 146 Buck Creek Road, LLC; (9) 704 5th Avenue East, LLC; (10) 2501 River Road, LLC; (11) 140 Technology Lane, LLC; (12) 308 West Maple Avenue, LLC; (13) 1900 North Park Ave, LLC; (14) 430 South Front St, LLC; (15) 1621 Coit Road Realty, LLC; (16) 8200 National Ave Realty, LLC; (17) 2301 North Oregon Realty, LLC; (18) 601 Plum Creek Drive Realty, LLC; (19) 1155 Eastern Parkway, LLC; (20) 1585 Perry Worth Rd, LLC (collectively: the “Asset Companies” and the “Mortgages” respectively).2 The Company warrants that as of the signing date of this Deed of Trust, registered on the Mortgaged Assets as defined above mortgages as described in Section 16.4 of the 2017 Periodic Report. For additional details regarding the Pledged Assets, see Appendix E of the Shelf Offer Report.

 

 

2 In the case of the sale of the Pledged Assets as stated in Section 6.6 below, or refinancing of any of the assets from the Pledged Assets as stated in Section 6.7 below, the assets from which the mortgage was removed in accordance with the same sections will not be included in the definition of the “Mortgaged Assets,” and the Asset Companies holding only the same assets will not be included in the definition of “Asset Companies.” In the case of the pledge of additional assets in accordance with the provisions of this Deed, the assets pledged in the definition of “Mortgaged Assets” will be included and the Asset Companies holding the same assets will be included in the definition of “Asset Companies.”

 

 38 
 

 

For the sake of creating the mortgages under this section, the loans that are secured by the Existing Mortgages (as defined below) will be repaid, by using the issuance proceeds, the registered mortgages will be removed on the Mortgaged Assets in a manner that after the mortgages will be registered to the benefit of the Trustee all of the rights of the Property Companies in the Mortgaged Assets will be pledged to the benefit of the Trustee to secure the Secured Amounts. According to the provisions of the pledge agreements signed in connection with the creation of the aforesaid mortgages, all of the rights of the Property Companies that are owed for or under the Pledged Assets, priority rights or other rights and/or any right to receive a cash flow arising from the pledged asset and/or right to receive insurance payments, if any, will also be pledged for the benefit of the Trustee.

 

In addition, the lien agreements will include provisions to ensure the existence and/or rehabilitation and proper operation of the assets pledged by the lessees that operate them (the “Operation Companies”), while complying, inter alia, with the provisions of the various laws relating to the operation of the assets and provisions that ensure the continued operation of the pledged assets and the transfer of the cash flow deriving from the aforesaid operation to the Trustee, in the event of an exercise event as defined below, by the operating companies.

 

It is clarified that, as long as no event has transpired affording the Trustee and/or the Bondholders the right to immediate repayment of the Bonds (Series B) and/or to the exercise of the securities, and as long as no resolution has been reached by the Trustee or the holders with regards to the immediate repayment of the Bonds (Series B) and/or to the exercise of the sureties under the terms of this Deed, according to the earlier of the two (an “Exercise Event”), subject to the mortgages and the undertakings in this Deed of Trust, the balance of the rights of the Company and the Property Companies (directly and indirectly) in the Mortgaged Assets by law, agreement or the articles of association shall not be impinged, and shall remain fully and exclusively in its possession and/or the possession of the Property Companies.

 

 39 
 

 

It is clarified that the Company does not undertake to pledge all of the assets set forth in this section above, but rather undertakes to pledge a number of assets whose loan to Collateral Ratio does not exceed 65%. The assets that will be pledged from among those listed in this section above as stated will be at the sole discretion of the Company (without a particular order), until compliance with the loan to Collateral Ratio required, as stated. Notwithstanding the above, the initial assets pledged will be based on the following order – (a) assets (8) to (11) above (located in Tennessee); (b) asset (19) above (located in Kentucky); (c) asset (1) above (located in Illinois).

 

6.2.2.Creating the Mortgages

 

The registration or creation, as applicable, of the mortgages, detailed in Section 6.2.1 hereto shall be performed by a closing proceeding that was formulated in accordance with the memorandum of an attorney representing the Company and familiar with the relevant laws in the United States that apply to the Property Companies and the Mortgaged Assets (an “American Attorney”), as detailed in Section 6.2.3 hereunder and in accordance with the following documents, upon completion of the closing process and producing all the documents to the Trustee3, in wording it finds satisfactory, the Mortgaged shall be seen as “registered” and/or “created,” as applicable:

 

A.An opinion of the American Attorney or confirmation from an US title insurance company that will serve as the closing agent (the “Insurance Company”)4, addressed to the Trustee, to the effect that the Company and the Property Companies, as applicable, have adopted all of the resolutions required for the creation of the Mortgages, and that the parties competent to sign in the Company’s name have signed on all of the required documents for the purposes the Mortgages and/or their registration.

 

 

3 It is noted that for the purpose of the closing process, the Trustee will be represented by an American attorney.

4 The insurance company in the first issue of the Bonds will be Chicago Title Insurance Company.

 

 40 
 

 

B.Confirmation from a senior officer in the Company and/or in the Property Companies, as applicable (Officer Certificate) confirming the resolutions required for the purpose of registering the Mortgages have been adopted, as well as the absence of conflicting and/or contradictory undertakings on the part of the Company and the Property Companies in connection with the creation and/or registration of the Mortgages, and that the Mortgages are in the sole ownership and possession of the mortgaging company, as applicable. Furthermore, it should state that the laws of the United States are those applicable to the Mortgages. The identity of the signer and the fact that it is a senior officer in the Company and/or Property Companies, as applicable, shall be verified and confirmed by an American Attorney.

 

C.An opinion from the American Attorney as described in subsection 6.2.3(f) below.

 

The draft of the mortgage agreements was published by the Company in a report of March 18, 2018. Mortgage agreements concerning the execution of the Mortgages in favor of the Trustee shall be worded in a manner that pleases the Trustee, and such that the Trustee is authorized to agree to any changes in the wording of the Mortgage agreements under the same terms by which the Trustee may agree to changes in the body of the Deed of Trust, as detailed in Section 28 of the Deed of Trust, mutatis mutandis. It is clarified that the confirmations of the American Attorney (including the opinion and memorandum) may include factual assumptions and accepted qualifications and the American Attorney may rely on the Company’s declarations and/or the declarations of the Property Companies and/or another person in connection with the factual assumptions (without independent examination) if accepted in the relevant law for the execution of an examination as stated in the state in which the pledge is created.

 

 41 
 

 

6.2.3.Removal of the Existing Mortgages and Registration of the New Mortgages

 

A.The Company warrants that, as of the signing date of this Deed of Trust, Mortgages are registered on the Mortgaged Assets (as defined above), as described in Section 16.4 of the 2017 Periodic Report and them alone (the “Existing Mortgages”).

 

B.After issuance of the Bonds (Series B), the net proceeds of the issue will be held in a trust account in Israel owned by the Trustee in favor of the Bondholders, to which the exclusive signature rights will be held by the Trustee. In order to release the existing mortgages and to register the mortgages to secure the secured amounts, the Company will be required to repay the balance of the existing loans in the pledged assets (and associated closing costs) out of the proceeds of the issue. The release of the existing mortgages and the registration of the new mortgage as aforesaid will be made by a trust arrangement as is customary and is practiced in the United States and will be administered by the Insurance Company, which will serve as the holder of the Trust as described below (the “Closing”).

 

It is hereby clarified that the amounts to be transferred by the trustee to the rights insurance company will be in accordance with the Payoff Letters (the “Payoff Letters “) on behalf of the financing entities which provided the outstanding balance of the existing loans in the pledged assets plus the direct related costs that the Company and property companies have in connection with the repayment of the existing loans in accordance with the calculation that will be transferred to the trustee by the Company5, along with reference documents from those lending entities that their loans are repaid. It is emphasized that the amounts listed in the Payoff Letters are final.

 

 

5 (Such as the insurance premium for the issue of the rights of the rights, attorney fees, Closing Agent fees, pledge registration fees, etc.).

 

 42 
 

 

The Payoff Letters will be delivered to the trustee (or according to the rights insurance company’s request, which will receive the Payoff Letters), specifying the amounts of repayment required to be transferred to the relevant financing entity for the purpose of full repayment of the existing loans to the property companies, and for the removal of existing mortgages. The Payoff Letters will note that in exchange for the transfer of the said amounts which will constitute the final payment of the existing loans in relation to the pledged assets, the financing entities will release the existing mortgages in their favor on the pledged assets and remove any registration in respect of these mortgages.

 

C.For the purpose of closing, a closing agreement will be executed between the Insurance Company (which will issue rights insurance as specified in paragraph E) and the Trustee (the “Closing Agreement”). The Closing Agreement will include arrangements and actions relating to: (1) the transfer of the net issuance consideration required for the payment of the loans secured with existing mortgages, the removal of the existing mortgages and payment of the Closing Costs. It is hereby clarified that the insurance policy will secure the proceeds of the issue, but it is possible that for efficiency reasons the proceeds of the issue to the insurance company will not be transferred, but rather directly to the beneficiaries provided that the same takes place with the knowledge of the title insurance company; (2) securing the mortgage registration to secure the Bonds (Series B); (3) the undertaking of the insurance company to issue a rights insurance policy as described in paragraph E below;

 

 43 
 

 

D.As the closing process progresses, the American Attorney will notify the Trustee that the closing is close to conclusion and has reached a stage in which mortgage lenders in the US transfer the funds to the Trusteeship; after receiving the said notice, and subject to signing the closing agreement and receipt of the letters of intent as stated above, the Trustee will deliver the required net issuance proceeds of the Bonds to the rights insurance company in accordance with the closing agreement. It is clarified that the net issuance consideration as aforesaid will be transferred to the Insurance Company in US dollar, after the Trustee converts, under the Company’s instructions, the net issuance consideration. The Trustee will be entitled to receive the net issuance proceeds of the Bonds that was transferred back to him at his request as long as long as the proceeds were not used in accordance with the Closing Agreement. Amounts payable in shekels (such as issuance expenses), if any, will not be converted and will remain in the hands of the Trustee (and will not be transferred to the Company) for payment directly to the entitled parties on the closing date.

 

Closing Completion Date” – the date on which the existing loans are repaid and the mortgages assigned and/or created for the Trustee (but before the registration of the same transfers);

 

 44 
 

 

E.The rights insurance company: (1) shall transfer the net issuance consideration required for the purpose of full repayment of the existing loans and the removal of the existing mortgages and for the purpose of paying the closing costs; (2) register the mortgages to secure the Bonds (Series B) in favor of the Trustee; (3) issue insurance policies to the Trustee in the full amount (100%) of the issuance consideration for the losses that may be incurred as a result of the registration of the mortgages on the properties that is not a first lien and preferable to any other lien subject to the exceptions that are acceptable in such policies. The amount of the insurance cover shall be a nominal amount in dollars equal to the full Issuance Consideration (including the amount of the early commitment to institutional investors) according to the rate at which the proceeds of the issue were converted into dollars. It is clarified that in the event of a change in the exchange rate, the consideration received in dollars for the realization of the policy may be lower than the shekel value of the issue proceeds. The amount of the policy will not bear interest (“Rights Insurance Policy”)6; and (4) transfer the balance of the proceeds (if any) of the issue to the Company as described in subsection 6.2.4 below (“Finalizing”).

 

It is noted that the insurance company will register the mortgages to secure the Bonds (Series B) immediately after the transfer of the Bonds proceeds for repayment of the existing loans and for removing the existing mortgages concurrently with the issuance of a rights insurance policy to the Trustee. The insurance Company will bear the fill risk deriving from the time gap, to the extent that there is a gap as aforesaid between the transfer of the proceeds of the net issuance consideration for the purpose of redeeming the existing mortgages and the registration of the mortgages under this Deed.

 

 

6 For an accepted wording of an insurance policy refer to Loan Policy from 6.6.2017, available at the address: https://www.alta.org/policy-forms/. The Company expects the insurance policy which will be signed to be significantly similar to the said accepted wording.

 

 45 
 

 

F.Finalizing the closing is subject to obtaining the opinion of the American lawyer. In this opinion, it will be determined, among other things, that subject to the assumptions and qualifications mentioned in the opinion: (1) The property companies were established lawfully, exist legally and are legally owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company; (2) the mortgages on the assets that will be pledged to secure the Bonds (Series B), were approved, duly signed and delivered; (3) the mortgages are legal, valid, enforceable and exercisable vis-à-vis the Property Companies and any other creditor of the property company; and (4) the exceptions included in the insurance policies of the Trustee are of the type that are issued to US commercial mortgage lenders.

 

It is clarified that the opinion of the American Attorney will not include an opinion regarding property owned by any person or entity or regarding the priority of any lien, and in these matters, the trustee will rely on the Trustee’s insurance policies.

 

Within 45 days from the closing date, the Company will provide the Trustee with confirmation from the American Attorney (in supplementation to the opinion above) based on which all of the approvals required have been received in order to finalize the securities for the Trustee. It is clarified that in this regard, the American Attorney can rely on the confirmation from the Insurance Company.

 

G.It is hereby clarified that on the maturity date of the last payment in respect of the principal and interest of the Bonds (Series B) and subject to full repayment, or settlement of the unpaid balance of the Secured Amounts in any manner (including by way of self-purchase and/or early redemption), the mortgages detailed in this section will be deemed void, without the need to take further action, and the Trustee shall sign any document required for the purpose of canceling the mortgage.

 

The Company undertakes to sign any document required for the creation and registration of the mortgage in accordance with the Deed of Trust.

 

 46 
 

 

6.2.4.Transfer of the Issuance Consideration to the Company

 

(A)As stated in Section 6.2.3 above, the net consideration from the issuance that is received by the issuance coordinator on account of the issuance of the Bonds (Series B), (following the withholding of prior undertaking fees to classified investors) (above and hereinafter: the “Net Issuance Consideration”) shall be transferred by the issuance coordinator, along with its proceeds, to the Trust Account, until the transfer of the sum to the Trust account of the Rights Insurance Company as described in Section 6.2.3 above.

 

It is clarified in this regarding that in reality, an amount equal to the amount of the issuance expenses in accordance with the calculation provided by the Company to the Trustee may remain in the Trust Account and/or with the issuance coordinator in trust for the Trustee and the Bondholders, and will be paid by the Company on account of the issuance expenses only on the completion of the closing date.

 

Without derogating from the provisions of 35H(1) of the Law, the Company sees the receipt of the consideration from the issuance by the issuance coordinator as the receipt of the consideration by the Company, and, in light of this, shall request the listing of the Bonds (Series B) for trade on the Stock Exchange.

 

(B)At the end of the closing proceeding, the remaining consideration from the issuance (as stated in paragraph C below) shall be transferred to the Company, upon the Company’s written demand, which shall also specify the account details for the transfer.

 

 47 
 

 

(C)The Trustee will rely on the opinion of the Company’s attorneys’ in the United States, as detailed in Sections 6.2.2 and 6.2.3 above (the “Confirmation of the U.S. Legal Counsels”) and shall not be required to investigate their validity and/or accuracy. Furthermore, within two (2) business days following the removal of the Existing Mortgages, as stated above, and following the creation and registration of the New Mortgages and the service of all documents specified in Sections 6.2.2 and 6.2.3 above to the Trustee, including the Certificates of the Attorneys in the United States, the Trustee shall transfer the Company the balance of funds remaining in the Trust Account, along with their proceeds, less the account opening, management and closing expenses and additional fees paid to third parties, if and to the extent that there are such, and less the Interest Cushion Amount and the Expenses Amount.

 

(D)It is agreed that as long as the terms of release of the balance of the consideration from the issuance to the Company have not been fulfilled, according to the closing agreement described in Section 6.2.3 above, the Company shall not be entitled to any sum from the consideration for the issuance whose terms of release have not been fulfilled.

 

(E)The Company undertakes to do all under its control that the closing proceeding as described in Section 6.2.3 above will be fulfilled within a period of ninety (90) days of the date of the issuance of the Bonds (Series B). The Trustee will be permitted to extend such period in his sole discretion by an additional 30-day period. The general meeting of the Bondholders may approve an extension of said period by a special resolution adopted in the meeting of the Bondholders (Series B) (said 90-day period, or 120 days in the case where the Trustee provides an extension - combined with any extension approved, as stated, to the extent that such are approved, shall hereinafter be termed: the “Interim Period”).

 

 48 
 

 

To the extent that the closing proceeding has not been completed as described in Section 6.2.3 above by the conclusion of the Interim Period, regarding the assets whose Loan to Collateral Ratio does not exceed 65%, the Company shall work to perform a full early repayment and erase the Bonds from being listed for trade in accordance with the directives of the Israel Securities Authority, the provisions of the bylaws and guidelines of the Stock Exchange, and the bylaws of the Clearing House of the Stock Exchange as they will be at the relevant date, (the “Forced Early Repayment”). One business day following the conclusion of the Interim Period, the Company shall publish an immediate report, with a copy dispatched to the Trustee, giving notice of the execution of the Forced Early Repayment and its date. The date of the Forced Early Repayment shall not be less than seventeen (17) days, and not more than forty-five (45) days, following the Company’s report concerning the Forced Early Repayment to the Bondholders. In said immediate report, the Company shall publicize the sum of the principal to be repaid in the Forced Early Repayment, as well as the accumulated interest on account of the principal sum up until the date of the Forced Early Repayment and the provisions of the rules and guidelines of the TASE shall apply.

 

In the case of Forced Early Repayment, the amount paid to the Bondholders (Series B) will amount to the principal of the Bonds (Series B) combined with annual interest according to the interest rate for the Bonds (Series B) accrued from the date of the tender and until the actual date of the Forced Early Repayment, with taxes lawfully withheld. For the purposes of executing the Forced Early Repayment under this Section 6.2.4.(E), will be made, inter alia, of the funds remaining in the Trust Account that are provided by the Trustee directly from the Trust Account to the nominee company, less the costs of opening, managing and closing the Trust Account and additional fees paid to third parties, should any such exist. The Company shall supplement any sum required for the purposes of executing said Forced Early Repayment.

 

 49 
 

 

6.3.The Collateral Value of the Pledged Assets

 

6.3.1.In the same cases in which it is necessary under the provisions of this Deed to examine the Collateral Value of the Pledged Assets (i.e., on the release of the issuance consideration from the Trust Account as set forth in Section 6.2 above, upon publication of any financial statement, upon the expansion of the series of the Bonds (Series B) as stated in Section 6.8 below, upon the sale of pledged assets as stated in Section 6.6 below, upon the refinancing for asset/s from the pledged assets, as stated in Section 6.7 below, the following rules shall apply:

 

a.The Collateral Value of the pledged assets will be equal to the value of the aforesaid assets based on a valuation (or the purchase price of the purchased asset as set forth below) in accordance with the terms set forth in Section 6.3.2 below;

 

b.The Collateral Value of the Financial Securities (if any) will be equal to the amount of the financial deposits to the value of the relevant Exchange and if the security is not marketable, then the undertaking price of the securities or lenders, as applicable, including profits accrued thereon, if any;

 

c.The Collateral Value of the bank guarantees (if any) will be equal to the amount of the bank guarantees under their terms;

 

6.3.2.The value of any pledged real estate asset will be determined based on a valuation of the aforesaid real estate asset (excluding in cases in which no valuation is performed as set forth in Section 6.3.2 below), which will meet all of the following conditions:

 

a.The valuation will be performed by an independent assessor that is selected by the Company, provided that he has experience in the performance of real estate assessments for public companies in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Law and its regulations, and his identity will be agreed upon by the Trustee in advance and in writing. Without derogating from the generality of the above, it is agreed that the assessor: Cushman & Wakefield and CBRE are accepted and agreed upon by the Trustee. It is clarified that by consenting to the identity of the Assessor, the Trustee completely relies on the representations of the Company and its confirmations regarding the experience of the assessor and the assessor being independent, and the Trustee will not be subject to a requirement to examine additional matters beyond the same.

 

 50 
 

 

b.The date of signing the valuation will be at most 12 months before the date of examining the value of a shorter period if an update is required to the valuation under the provisions of any law (including accepted accounting standards that are adopted by the Company on the basis of which its financial statements are prepared). It is clarified that in any case, the valuation will be performed for pledged assets at least once per year.

 

c.The valuation of income-generating real estate assets that are provided as a security under this Deed will be performed on the basis of the method based on which the valuation is performed by the Company of the pledged assets. The valuation of other real estate assets that are provided as a security under the Trust Deed will be performed based on an accepted appraisal method, as determined by the assessor at its professional discretion. In the valuation as stated, reductions of value will not be taken into account, including but not limited to reductions of value for the need for a rapid exercise and for tax matters. The type of method based on which the valuation will be performed will be listed in the valuation.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that a valuation that was used for the audited or reviewed relevant financial statements of the Company will also be used for the purpose of this Deed, provided that it has met all of the conditions set forth in this Section 6.3.2 above.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6.3.2 above, in the event that no valuation is performed for an asset purchased by the Company during the period of up to eight months before the examination date (the “Purchased Asset”), the value of the Purchased Asset for the examination of the value based on this Section 6.3.2 will be the purchase amount paid by the Company for the Purchased Asset, and the Company will not be required to perform a valuation for the Purchased Asset in order to examine its asset under this section.

 

 51 
 

 

6.3.3.On each date on which the Company is required to examine its collateral value (as stated in Section 6.3.1 above), the Company will provide the Trustee with confirmation by the senior officer in the Company’s financial department or the CEO of the Company, to which a calculation will be attached, all in the form to the satisfaction of the Trustee, regarding the Collateral Value of all of the Pledged Assets. It is clarified that for the purpose of the calculation of the Collateral Value as stated in this Section 6.3 above, the valuation will be taken into account that was used for the audited or reviewed relevant financial statements of the Company, provided that it has met all of the conditions set forth in this Section 6.3 above. The Trustee may rely on the approval transferred thereto and will not examine the accuracy of the above or its attachments.

 

6.4.Additional terms in connection with the Pledged Assets

 

It is agreed that regarding the Pledged Assets, the following conditions will be fulfilled, as follows:

 

6.4.1.Subject to the pledge documents of the Pledged Assets, the Company and/or any of the Asset Companies may perform any action (legal or otherwise) in the Pledged Assets as stated, without requiring any consent from the Trustee or Bondholders (the Permitted Actions), including the following:

 

a.Betterment actions, planning, construction (including use of the rights existing as of the date of the Deed of Trust or use of rights which do not exist as of the date of the Deed of Trust), and all that is entailed in the performance of such actions, including the issuance of construction permits, performance of payments, providing undertakings to the authorities and any action required and accepted in the performance of the actions set forth above (it is clarified that actions as stated in this subsection A may temporarily impair income from the Pledged Assets);

 

b.Lease (which does not prevent and/or limit the recording of the pledge on the Pledged Asset and/or its exercise and/or require receipt of any consent and/or approval from the same lessees in connection with the creation of the pledge and/or its exercise, including the transfer of the rights therein to a purchaser in an exercise proceeding) for a period and/or periods at the sole discretion of the Company and/or authority to use and/or right to hold for defined periods;

 

 52 
 

 

c.The replacement of a pledged real estate asset under the provisions of the Deed of Trust (against providing another security in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.5 below);

 

d.Any action for registration and arrangement regarding the pledged real estate assets.

 

Upon the completion of the performance of the aforesaid actions, the pledge agreements and/or mortgage deeds will be adjusted in a manner reflecting the aforesaid changes.

 

e.Entering into cooperation agreements with holders of rights in adjacent real estate (the “Cooperation Agreement) provided that the same Cooperation Agreement (1) does not reduce from the economic value of the Pledged Rights in accordance with the valuation provided to the Trustee; (2) the Cooperation Agreement does not delay the exercise of the real estate rights compared to the state prior to the Cooperation Agreement; (3) no consent is required from the other party of the Cooperation Agreement to the pledge or its realization, and the other party is not granted initial rights in the land vis-a-vis the Trustee.

 

f.Signing any document and/or deed and/or agreement and/or undertaking in connection with the actions set forth above and the performance of any registration involved in the same actions.

 

All - from time to time, during the ordinary business of the Company and/or Asset Company, as applicable, regarding the Pledged Assets, in whole or in part, in a manner that does not harm the pledge recorded for the benefit of the Trustee and the Bondholders (Series B) for the same Pledged Assets as stated and/or the ability to exercise the same.

 

It is clarified that taking an action that is not expressly stated above as a Permitted Action will be possible provided that the Company provides the Trustee, before the action is taken, with an opinion by an external attorney whereby the aforesaid action does not harm the pledge recorded for the benefit of the Trustee for the Bondholders, for the Pledged Assets as stated.

 

 53 
 

 

Without derogating from the above, the Trustee hereby undertakes that in any case in which the Company so requests, and subject to the provision of the approvals and references required thereby (including an attorney opinion), it will provide (within five business days from the date of the request) a letter directed to the Company that includes the Trustee’s consent to the execution of any of the Permitted Actions as stated above, and will sign and provide the required document to any authority in the form accepted by the same authority for the execution of any of the Permitted Actions as stated above.

 

6.4.2.The pledge for the benefit of the Trustee for the Bondholders on the Pledged Assets will not apply regarding property and/or any equipment and/or facility existing in the pledged asset which is not connected permanently - whether owned by the Company and/or any third party, including a lessee of a unit or area of a Pledged Asset and/or supplier of the Company and/or connected permanently in accordance with the relevant lease agreement, the lessee may dismantle them at the end of the term of the lease (all of the above will be hereinafter: “Movable Property”). The Company undertakes that if there is Movable Property in any of the Pledged Assets that is owned by the Company, the Movable Property will not be taken into account in the determination of the value of the Pledged Asset. If the Trustee is so requested by the Company, it will sign a letter vis-a-vis the Company whereby the pledge and lien for its benefit does not apply regarding the Movable Property.

 

6.4.3.The Trustee is aware that the recipient of the rights upon exercise of the pledge and/or mortgage by the Trustee will replace the Company with regard to its rights and obligations vis-a-vis renters of areas in the Pledged Assets, and for the same purpose, the recipient of the rights undertakes to sign any approval required.

 

6.4.4.With regard to profits of a Pledged Asset, the Company and/or a property company may receive them, transfer them to any third party at their discretion, make changes in conditions for their receipt, and perform any action with the same, without requiring any approval of the Trustee, until the exercise date of the Pledged Asset, if exercised, subject to subsection (b) below.

 

 54 
 

 

Without derogating from the generality of the above, it is clarified that until the exercise date of the Pledged Asset: (a) the pledge will apply, as of the date of its creation, both to the Pledged Asset and the profits, but not to Movable Property; (b) the Company and/or a pledged subsidiary will not be subject to any limitation in connection with the profits and they may use them as they wish. However, it is agreed that the Company and/or the Asset Company may not pledge or lien or assign their rights in properties to any third party and not to provide any third party, regarding the same, with any right – directly or indirectly; (c) the Company and/or Asset Company will not be subject to any limitation regarding engaging with third parties based on which there is a right for profits, including to change the agreements therewith, terminate them, the engagement in other agreements with the same third parties or with other third parties, subject to Section 6.4.1c above, provided that the aforesaid agreements do not harm the rights of the holders based on the pledge documents of the pledged assets; (d) the Company and/or Asset Company will not have any obligation to notify the lessees or any third party of a pledge of an asset under the Deed of Trust; (e) as of the exercise date of the Pledged Asset, the aforesaid waivers in subsections (b) to (d) in this paragraph above shall not apply such that, inter alia, the profits will be used for payment of the secured amounts.

 

For the purpose of this section, “exercise the pledged asset” - will be considered to be the date on which a decision is made, in accordance with the provisions of the Deed of Trust, by the Trustee and/or Bondholders to call the Bonds (Series B) for immediate repayment and/or to exercise securities and on the date on which there are grounds to call for immediate repayment as set forth in section 8.1.14 below (non-compliance with financial obligations for two consecutive quarters).

 

6.4.5.This Deed does not create, and will not be interpreted as creating, any limitation on making changes in the holdings of the Company in any subsidiary and/or other asset company that provides securities under this Deed (including the sale of all or part of its shares in any other asset company), provided that the aforesaid change does not harm the security provided for the Bondholder (Series B) and the rights of the Bondholders (Series B) in connection with the aforesaid security.

 

 55 
 

 

6.4.6.On the payment date of the last payment for the principal and interest for the Bonds (Series B) and subject to the full payment or clearance of the unpaid balance of the Bonds (Series B) in any manner (including by way of a buyback and/or early repayment), the pledges set forth in this Section 6 will expire and be considered to be void, without requiring additional actions, and the Trustee will sign any document required for the termination of the various pledges and the Trustee will provide, on the same day, the Company with the funds deposited in the Trust Account and the profits thereon (if there are such funds), less the fees required for managing the account and less the fees of the Trustee and its expenses, including in connection with the Trust Account. The Trustee will sign documents as stated only after being provided with signed confirmation by the CEO of the Company or the senior officer in the financial department regarding payment of the entire unpaid balance of the Bonds.

 

6.4.7.Excluding in a case of the expansion of Series B of the Bonds, the Company will not be required to provide additional securities and may release securities (other than within the replacement of securities in accordance with and subject to Section 6.5 below and/or the sale of Pledged Assets in accordance with and subject to Section 6.6 below and/or refinancing for the Pledged Assets, as stated in Section 6.7 below) as a result of a change in the value of any Pledged Asset (including in the case in which based on new and/or updated valuations of a pledged real estate asset there is an increase or decrease in value). For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that the terms of this Section 6.4.8 will not derogate from the provisions of this Deed regarding the examination of the Collateral Value of the Pledged Assets in cases in which such an examination is necessary under the Deed.

 

 56 
 

 

6.4.8.In any case in which this Deed of Trust refers to a security by way of financial deposit, the Company may provide, instead of the financial deposit or part thereof, a bank guarantee and/or government securities of the State of Israel and/or short term loans of Bank of Israel and the provisions of this Deed shall also apply to the Bank Guarantees, securities, or lenders as stated, mutatis mutandis.

 

6.4.9.The Company and the Asset Company may pledge its property that is not pledged at the time to the Trustee for the Bondholders or for which there is no undertaking to pledge it for the Trustee for the Bondholders, in whole or in part, with any pledge and in any manner, for the benefit of any third party, without any consent from the Trustee or the Bondholders (Series B). However, it shall be clarified that the Company and/or Asset Company may not pledge to a third party assets that are actually pledged at the time for the Trustee, for the Bondholders (Series B).

 

6.4.10.In its engagement in this Deed of Trust, and with the consent of the Trustee to serve as a trustee for the Bondholders, the Trustee does not express an option, explicitly or implicitly, as to the Company’s ability to meet its obligations vis-a-vis the Bondholders (Series B) under this Deed of Trust.

 

6.4.11.The Trustee will have the authority to agree to any change in the terms of the pledge agreements, under the same terms with which the Trustee may agree to changes in the Deed of Trust, as set forth in Section 28 below, mutatis mutandis.

 

6.4.12.The Trustee may rely on any approval and/or document provided thereto that appears to be duly signed by the Company, and is not required to examine, and in reality has not actually examined the accuracy and precision of its content, and will not verify the said signatures. In the event that the Trustee relied on any such approval and/or document and acted or failed to act following the same, no claim will be made against him regarding reliability of the approval and/or any document.

 

 57 
 

 

6.4.13.Until the date on which grounds are established to call the Bonds for immediate repayment and/or exercise securities, the Company may, at any time, at its sole discretion, make use of the funds deposited in the Trust Account, including their profits, for payment of principal and/or interest of the Bonds (Series B) only, including by way of early repayment (full or partial, at the Company’s discretion) provided that after payment of the principal and/or interest as stated, the Loan to Collateral Ratio does not exceed 65% after the payment as stated, and the Trustee will be required to sign any document and/or approval required or beneficial for execution of the payment.

 

6.5.Replacement of the Pledged Assets

 

The Company may, in cases as stated in Sections 6.6 and 6.7 below only, replace the Pledged Assets or any of them, as they may be from time to time (the “Replaced Asset”) with a pledge, mortgage or lien, first-ranking and single (excluding with respect to assets that are financial securities, for which the terms of Section 6.5.2 below will apply),of any of the assets permitted to be pledged as collateral, of one kind or a number of kinds, and any combination of the same, all - at the Company’s discretion (the “Replacing Asset”), provided that the Company has confirmed to the Trustee on the replacement date that there are no grounds to call for immediate repayment and/or exercise securities and that all of the conditions set forth in section 6.5.1 or 6.5.2 below, as applicable:

 

6.5.1.In the event that the replaced asset is a “pledged real estate asset,” (as defined in the definition of the “assets permitted to be pledged as a security”):

 

a.Resolution of Meetings of the Bondholders -

 

(1) The consent of the Bondholders (Series B) is received in advance in a meeting of the Bondholders (Series B), in a special resolution as defined above. For the avoidance of doubt, upon the replacement of the Replaced Asset in accordance with this subsection (1), the terms of subsection (b) below will apply.

 

 58 
 

 

(2) Alternatively, and notwithstanding the terms of subsection (1) above and the conditions listed therein, the Company may, at its sole discretion, replace the replaced asset with a pledged real estate asset (as set forth above), without being required to receive approval of a meeting of the Bondholders (Series B), and provided that the Loan to Collateral Ratio of all of the pledged assets at the time (less the replaced asset and after the addition of the replacing asset) does not exceed 65% and that the characteristics of the replacing asset are similar to or better than the replaced asset, in accordance with approval of the Company’s board of directors,7 after examining the replacing asset and determining that the same is met (in this case, it is clarified that the board of directors may examine the level of risk and characteristics of the asset when combined and determine that in light of the weighted result, this is replacement that is not detrimental to the Bondholders), and that the Company will provide information about the replacing asset similar to data provided about the replaced and replacing asset as set forth in subsection (4) below. According to the Company, the mechanism set forth in this section above has been determined to be the mechanism under Section 35g1 of the Securities Law. For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that upon the replacement of the Replaced Asset in accordance with this subsection (2), the terms of subsection (b) below will apply.

 

 

7 Provided that in the resolution of the board of directors of approval as stated, at least two of the three independent directors voted for the resolution.

 

 59 
 

 

For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that a pledge of the assets in accordance with subsections (1) to (2) above will be on all of the rights of the Asset Company in the replacing asset, including its rights to profits from the same asset and the insurance receipts for the same asset in accordance with the provisions of this Deed. A pledge as stated will be made in accordance with the terms set forth in Section 6.2 above, mutatis mutandis.

 

(3) In cases as stated in sections (1)-(2) above, the replacement will be approved by the Company’s board of directors, and the Company will provide information regarding the Replacing Asset that is similar to the data provided regarding the pledged Replaced Asset, within an immediate report published by the Company at least 14 days before the actual execution of the replacement, including, inter alia, the nature of the legal rights of the Company that holds the rights in the Replacing Asset and the value of the Replacing Asset, as required with respect to a material asset, and will attach updated valuations in accordance with Section 6.3.1a above. It is clarified that assets pledged in cases as stated above will be fully held by the Company (directly or indirectly).

 

b.The collateral value of the replacing asset- In the case of a pledge of the replacing asset for the Bondholders (Series B), the Collateral Value of the replacing asset will be determined in accordance with the rules and as set forth in Section 6.3 above.

 

The Company will provide the Trustee with confirmation regarding its compliance with the undertakings in this Section B in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.3.3 above.

 

6.5.2.In the event that the Replacing Asset is any of the assets permitted to be pledged as a security, that is not a “pledged real estate asset” (meaning, financial securities, bank guarantees) - notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6.5 above, the Company may replace the Replaced Asset without requiring approval of the Trustee and/or Bondholders and without being required to meet the terms of Section a above, provided that: (1) the Company published an immediate report regarding its intent to perform replacement as stated at least 14 days before the actual performance of the replacement, (2) the Loan to Collateral Ratio of all of the Pledged Assets at the time (less the replaced asset and after the addition of the replacing asset) as set forth in Section 6.3 above will not exceed 65%; and (3) the Replacing Asset will be deposited in the Trust Account, and with regard to this Bank Guarantee, will be entrusted with the Trustee, together with release of the Pledged Asset.

 

 60 
 

 

6.5.3.Regarding the replacement of a pledged real estate asset with a financial security as stated, it is clarified that the Company will announce in advance - before the actual performance of the replacement, if the financial security meets is provided by the final payment date of the Bonds. If not, it will provide the period of time expected in which the financial security will be provided as collateral for the Bondholders, which is reasonable under the circumstances, following which an alternative asset will be provided as security, which will be of the same kind as the pledged real estate asset, and will specify the pledged real estate asset that the Company intends to pledge (instead of the financial security). Disclosure will also be provided regarding the same asset in accordance with the provisions of the law and the guidelines of the Securities Authority, as they may be on the relevant date. In the event that the Company announces that a financial security will be provided by the final payment date of the Bonds, the Company may not replace the financial security with a pledged real estate asset.

 

6.5.4.The Replacing Asset will be considered to be the Replaced Asset, as if the Replaced Asset was included at the outset in the provisions of the Deed of Trust (including in the definition of the “Mortgaged Assets”), including the Company’s right to replace it against from time to time in accordance with the above.

 

6.5.5.The Trustee will be required to sign, within a reasonable time, any document or confirmation that is required or beneficial for the execution of the replacement, provided that all of the conditions set forth in this Section 6.5 above are met, including for the purpose of the removal of the pledge on the Replaced Asset, and after the Company has completed the pledge proceedings of the Replacing Asset, to the satisfaction of the Trustee, and presented the Trustee with all of the documents set forth in Section 6.5 of the Deed in connection with the pledge of the Replacing Asset, and any other reasonable document required at the reasonable discretion of the Trustee for the creation and/or registration of the Replacing Asset.

 

 61 
 

 

6.6.Sale of Pledged Assets

 

As long as one or more of the grounds for immediate repayment set forth in Sections 8.1.1 to 8.1.33 below is met, the Company or any Asset Company (subject to receipt of approval of its competent organs) may sell to third parties the Pledged Assets (as they may be from time to time), in whole or in part, without the consent of the Trustee and/or a meeting of the Bondholders (Series B), provided that it acts as follows:

 

6.6.1.Upon signing the sale agreement, the Company will provide the Trustee with confirmation of an officer whereby one or more of the grounds for immediate repayment set forth in Sections 8.1.1 to 8.1.33 below are not met.

 

6.6.2.The net proceeds from the sale of the pledged property, namely, after deducting the tax, up to the total equal to the balance of the secured amounts as they will be 7 business days prior to the date of the transfer of the pledged property to the purchaser under the Sale Agreement (“Pre-Transfer Date”) less the Collateral Value of the additional pledged assets provided for the Bondholders (Series B) as they are on the Pre-Transfer Date (the “Sale Consideration”) will be deposited in the trust account, all provided that after the deposit of the Sale Consideration as stated, the Loan to Collateral Ratio of the Pledged Assets together with the Sale Consideration will not exceed 65%. The Company undertakes to ensure that the sale agreement includes an irrevocable order according to which the consideration for the sale as defined above will be deposited directly in the Trust account and that it will enforce the implementation of this provision.

 

 62 
 

 

6.6.3.Prior to transferring the sale proceeds to the trust account, the Company shall provide the Trustee with a calculation signed by a senior officer in the Company’s finance or by the CEO of the Company in connection with the consideration expected to be received in the sale transaction, the tax amount, the expenses involved in the transaction, the Collateral Value of all of the Pledged Assets remaining after the sale, the balance of the secured amounts as well as reference documents (including a copy true to the original of the sale contract) and any other related certificate or document demanded reasonably by the Trustee. It is hereby clarified that the Company will be entitled to use the proceeds of the sale to be deposited in the trust account as aforesaid, in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.4.15 above.

 

6.6.4.Subject to the Company’s compliance with the terms and undertakings as stated in Section 6.6.1 above, for the performance of the sale as stated, and after receipt of all of the above in Section 6.6.3 to the satisfaction of the Trustee, the Trustee will be required to sign any document and / or confirmation that will be necessary or useful for the sale of the pledged asset as aforesaid, including a letter of undertaking according to which he will agree to remove the pledge registered in his favor in respect of that pledged asset that was sold against it and on the date of transferring the sale proceeds to the trust account as set forth in Section 6.6.12 above.

 

6.6.5.For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that the Company may, at any time, at its sole discretion, replace the Sale Consideration with an alternative asset in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.5 above.

 

6.6.6.It is clarified that the provisions of this Section 6.6 above will apply only in the case in which the Pledged Assets or any of them are sold, and the Company did not, at the time, provide one security in their place as stated in Section 6.5 above.

 

 63 
 

 

6.7.Refinancing of Mortgaged Assets

 

As long as one or more of the grounds for immediate repayment set forth in Sections 8.1.1 to 8.1.33 below is met, the Company or any Asset Company (subject to receipt of approval of its competent organs) may refinance any of the Pledged Asset/s (as they may be from time to time), in whole or in part, without the consent of the Trustee and/or a meeting of the Bondholders (Series B), provided that it acts as follows:

 

6.7.1.The consideration for the refinancing of the net pledged asset is less (performed before the transfer to the Trustee) tax, if applicable, up to the total equal to the balance of the secured amounts as they are seven business days before the receipt of the consideration under the refinancing agreement (the “Date Before Receipt of the Consideration” and the “Financing Agreement”), less the Collateral Value of the additional Pledged Assets provided for the benefit of the Bondholders (Series B) as they are on the date before receipt of the consideration (the “Consideration of the Financing Agreement”), will be deposited in a Trust Account - all provided that after the deposit of the consideration of the Financing Agreement as stated, the Loan to Collateral Ratio of the Pledged Assets together with the consideration of the Financing Agreement will not exceed 65%. The Company undertakes to ensure that the Financing Agreement will include an irrevocable provision whereby the consideration of the Financing Agreement as defined above will be deposited directly in the Trust Account and it will enforce the execution of this provision.

 

6.7.2.Before the transfer of the Consideration of the Financing Agreement to the Trust Account, the Company will provide the Trustee with a calculation signed by a senior officer in the Company’s financial department or the CEO in connection with the consideration expected to be received from the Financing Transaction, the tax amount, the expenses involved in the transaction, the Collateral Value of all of the Pledged Assets that remain after the refinancing, the balance of the secured amounts and references (including a true copy of the Financing Agreement) and any other relevant approval or document required reasonably by the Trustee. It is clarified that the Company may use the Consideration of the Financing Agreement deposited in the Trust Account as stated in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.4.12 above.

 

6.7.3.Subject to the Company’s compliance with the terms and obligations as stated in Section 6.7.1 above, for the performance of refinancing as stated, and after receipt of all of the above in Section 6.7.2 above to the satisfaction of the Trustee, the Trustee will be required to sign any document and/or approval required or beneficial for the execution of the Company’s undertakings in accordance with the Financing Agreement as stated, including any undertaking whereby it agrees to clear the pledge registered for its benefit for the same Pledged Asset at the subject of the Financing Agreement against and upon the performance of a transfer of the Consideration in the Financing Agreement to the Trust Account as stated in Section 6.7.1 above.

 

 64 
 

 

6.7.4.For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that the Company may, at any time and at its sole discretion, replace the Consideration of the Financing Account with an alternative asset in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.5 above.

 

6.7.5.It is clarified that the provisions of this Section 6.7 above will apply only in the case in which refinancing is performed for the Pledged Assets or any of them, and the Company did not, at the time, provide one security in their place as stated in Section 6.5 above.

 

6.7.6.It is further clarified that the actual performance of the refinancing may take place in accordance with the mechanism described in Section 6.2 above, and the Trustee undertakes to sign any documents required in order to enable the performance of the refinancing under this mechanism.

 

6.8.Expansion of the Series

 

The Company may, at its discretion, expand the series of Bonds under Section 4.1 above. For the purpose of meeting the Loan to Collateral Ratio after the expansion of the series, the Company may, if required, without requiring receipt of approval of the Trustee and/or Bondholders (Series B) existing at the time, pledge any of the assets permitted to be pledged as collateral or any combination thereof, provided that the Loan to Collateral Ratio of all of the Pledged Assets on the date of the expansion of the series does not exceed 65% (including the additional bonds issued).

 

It is clarified that in the event that on the expansion date of the series, the Company added other securities, it will be required to provide the documents listed in Sections 6.2.2 and 6.2.3 above, to the Trustee, mutatis mutandis. For the purpose of the transfer of the consideration to the Company, the provisions of Section 6.2.4 above shall apply, mutatis mutandis (for the avoidance of doubt, if on the expansion date the Company is not required to add additional securities as stated, the issuance consideration received by the issuance coordinator for the issue of the Bonds in full, and its profits, will be transferred to the account at the instruction of the Company).

 

 65 
 

 

6.9.Removing the Mortgages

 

After the full and final repayment of the Bonds (Series B) (principal, interest and arrears, should any apply), the mortgages will be removed and released automatically, and the Trustee will sign and provide the Company with any document that is required to remove the Mortgages that should be in effect as of that date, within seven (7) days of the Trustee’s receipt of a signed certificate from the Company’s CEO or CFO in respect of the repayment, as stated above, all in the form to the satisfaction of the Trustee. In addition, the mortgages will be removed and released pursuant to the provisions of Sections 6.5 to 6.8 above. All the actions required for the actual removal of the Mortgages shall be performed by the Company. The Trustee will sign any document required for the termination of the mortgages.

 

6.10.Warranties and Undertakings in connection with the Mortgaged Assets

 

The Company and the Property Companies declare and undertake as follows:

 

6.10.1.To make use of the power stemming from their holdings to cause the Property Companies to sign on any document required under the Deed of Trust.

 

6.10.2.The operating agreement of the Property Companies or any other agreement that the Property Companies are party to do not conflict with the provisions of this Deed.

 

6.10.3.To make use of the power stemming from their holdings to ensure that the Property Companies do not change their operating agreements or any other agreement they are engaged in any manner that applies limitations of any kind on the rights in the mortgaged assets, their transferability or exercise.

 

 66 
 

 

6.10.4.Subject to the provisions of this Deed of Trust, to refrain from dispossessing the mortgaged asset, including not to pledge or lien the Mortgaged Assets and not affording any other person any right in respect of the Mortgaged Assets, as long as the secured sums have yet to be repaid, without first obtaining approval signed by the Trustee in advance after a Special Resolution has been adopted in the general meeting of the Bondholders on the subject. The foregoing does not derogate from the Company’s right to perform any action with the pledged assets in accordance with the provisions of Sections 6.5 to 6.8 above.

 

6.10.5.Not to pledge or lien the Mortgaged Assets (including profits arising therefrom) or any part thereof for the benefit of any third party in any manner.

 

6.10.6.Subject to the provisions of the Deed of Trust, as long as the Mortgaged Assets are Mortgaged to insure the insured amounts, not to sell, transfer or assign and/or grant to any entity, the pledged assets or any part thereof.

 

6.10.7.To do, and to instruct the Bond Portfolio Corporation, at the Company’s expense or at their expense, as applicable, all that is required under the circumstances to ensure that the power of the Mortgage over the mortgaged assets for securing the Secured Amounts shall be effective against third parties, including other creditors present or future of the Company, and the Bond Portfolio Corporation, and supersede the rights of these in all matters concerning the Mortgages.

 

6.10.8.Subject to the removal of the existing mortgages, the Property Companies may mortgage the Mortgaged Assets to the holders of the Bonds (Series B) and no approval of any kind is required for the creation of the mortgages.

 

 67 
 

 

6.10.9.Subject to the removal of the exciting mortgages, on the date of the engagement in this Deed, there is no impediment of law, agreement or undertaking, including in the incorporating documents of the Company and the Property Companies, to the Company’s signing on this Deed of Trust and to any of the undertakings of the Company and the Property Companies thereunder, and that there is no limitation or stipulation on the creation of the mortgages specified in this Deed and on the undertakings of the Company and the Property Companies herein, and that Company’s and the Property Companies’ engagement in and signing on this Deed does not constitute a breach of any other undertaking of the Company or the Property Companies, and that the authorized organs of the Company and the Property Companies adopted lawful resolution in respect of the creation of the Mortgages, and that no consent is required from any other party for the creation of the Mortgages.

 

The Company hereby undertakes to notify the Trustee immediately and in writing in the event that a change occurs as described in this subsection.

 

6.10.10.Subject to the removal of the existing Mortgages, the Property Companies. rights in the Mortgaged Assets are free and clear of any debt, attachment, pledge or third party right of any kind, excluding rights, restrictions and current debts during the normal course of business, in immaterial amounts (such as invoices for service providers and taxes) applicable generally to properties of the type of properties of the Company in the United States (“Ongoing Restrictions”), there is no limitation or stipulation applicable by law or agreement on the transfer of ownership therein, or on their pledging and/or exercise and/or transfer of ownership therein at the time of their exercise.

 

6.10.11.On the signing date of this Deed, the Company and/or the Property Companies are not involved in liquidation and/or receivership proceedings (interim or permanent) and/or in a stay of proceedings (or any similar proceeding under the law applicable to the Company and/or to the Property Companies, nor threat of such a motion being filed or such proceedings undertaken, and to the best of their knowledge the Company and/or the Property Companies have not adopted a resolution to liquidate.

 

 68 
 

 

6.10.12.Immediately upon the Company and/or the Property Companies becoming informed of such, the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing in the event of the imposition of an attachment, undertaking of any execution actions or filing of a motion to appoint a receiver and/or other court officer over any of the Mortgaged Assets and/or any part thereof (or any other similar proceeding under the law applicable to the Company and/or the Property Companies) (in this section: the “Proceedings”). Furthermore, once the Company and/or the Property Companies become aware of such, they shall immediately give notice of the existing Mortgages in favor of the Trustee to the authority that issued the attachment or undertook the execution action or that was petitioned to appoint such a receiver or other such court officer (or any similar proceeding under the law applicable to the Company and/or the Property Companies), and/or to the third party that initiated or petitioned these or any part of them, and shall immediately undertake, at the Company’s expense, all reasonable and required measures for the purpose of annulling the attachment, execution action or appointment of a receiver or special administrator, as applicable. The terms of this section M. above will not apply to Proceedings that are negligible and removed within 21 days from being implemented, or in case of Ongoing Restrictions (as defined above). For the purpose of this section, a negligible proceeding is a proceeding in an amount the higher of: (a) USD 100 thousand; or (b) an amount whose value does not exceed 1% of the value of the assets for which it was taken.

 

 69 
 

 

6.10.13.For as long as the Bonds (Series B) remain in circulation, the Company undertakes that the Mortgaged Assets will be insured, as is customary in the insurance requirements of financial lenders. The Company undertakes to immediately notify the Trustee in writing in any event wherein it is informed of a change for the worse in the scope of the insurance coverage in respect of the Mortgaged Assets, or of the expiration of the insurance policy in respect of the total Mortgaged Assets, or in the event that it is informed by the insurer of the expiration or termination of the policy in respect of any of the Mortgaged Assets.

 

6.10.14.The Company and/or Property Companies have not received any notice of any claims with respect to the rights of the Property Companies in the mortgaged Assets. The Company hereby undertakes to notify the Trustee in writing in the case in which a change occurs to the terms of this subsection immediately upon being made aware of the same.

 

6.10.15.As long as the Bonds (Series B) remain in circulation, once per year, near the publication date of the Company’s annual financial statements, the Company will provide the Trustee with an opinion from the American Attorney whereby the mortgages for the Mortgaged Assets are legal, valid, exercisable, and enforceable.

 

6.10.16.The Company and/or the Property Companies are not aware of any defect in the rights of the Mortgaged Assets, and if a defect is discovered as stated, they will act to remedy the defect, immediately upon being made aware of the defect as stated. The Company and/or the Property Companies have not received any notice of any claims and/or legal proceedings with respect to the rights of the Property Companies in the Mortgaged Assets. The Company hereby undertakes to notify the Trustee in writing in the case in which a change occurs to the terms of this subsection immediately upon being made aware of the same.

 

 70 
 

 

  6.11 Undertakings Not to Create Pledges

 

6.2.1The Company undertakes not to pledge any of its property under a general floating pledge without receiving the prior consent from the assembly of bondholders (Series B) in a Special Resolution, and the Company declares that as at the date of the signing of the Deed of Trust it did not create a general floating pledge as aforesaid. It should be emphasized that subject to the provisions of Section 6.2 above, the Company will be permitted to pledge its property, in whole or in part, under specific pledges (including a floating pledge on specific assets) without the need to obtain the consent of the assembly of bondholders; for the avoidance of doubt, it is hereby clarified that subject to the mortgages on the Ledged Assets as stated in Section 6,2 above, the subsidiaries of the Company (excluding the property companies) may pledge their assets, in whole or in part, in any lien (including floating lien) and in any manner, without obtaining the consent of the meeting of the Bondholders of the Bonds (Series B) and without requiring any collateral for Bondholders of Bond (Series B) against the creation of such pledge by them.

 

  6.2.2 The Company undertakes that the property companies will not be pledged (with a floating or fixed pledge), liened or assigned by way of pledge as collateral for a financial debt on its holdings in the assets held thereby, unless prior consent for the same is received from the meeting of the Bondholders (Series B). In the case of the addition of a corporation that is held by the Company that directly or indirectly holds a pledged asset, the holdings in the corporation as stated will be pledged for the benefit of the Trustee.

 

 71 
 

 

  6.2.3 The Company shall provide the Trustee with an opinion of an attorney who specializes in the relevant law applicable to the Company regarding the matter of there being no legal obligation in the British Virgin Islands for the Company to register its undertaking that it will not create a floating general pledge as described in Section 6.9.1 above (“Undertaking Not to Create Liens”) in any registry that operates under the laws of the British Virgin Islands. The Company shall provide the Trustee, in the framework of each periodical financial statement, a confirmation from the Company’s CEO or the most senior financial officer in the Company stating that the Company has not created and has not undertaken to create a lien in contravention of the Undertaking Not to Create Liens in accordance with Section 6.9.1 above. In addition, the Company shall provide the Trustee on December 31 of every year, with a confirmation of an attorney who specializes in the relevant law applicable to the Company stating that the Company did not register in its registry books or in another registry that operates under the relevant law, a pledge in favor of anyone in contravention of the Undertaking Not to Create Liens as described in Section 6.9.1 above. To the attorney’s confirmation will be attached documentary proof from the relevant registry under the law applicable to the Company.

 

  6.2.4 Subject to the above stated in this Section 6.9 and in the Deed of Trust, the Company and its subsidiaries (including the property companies) will be permitted to sell, to lease, to assign, to give or to transfer, in any way their property, in whole or in part in any way, for the benefit of anyone that they see fit, without the need for any consent of the Trustee and/or of the bondholders (Series B), as relevant. The Company and the subsidiaries are not required to notify the Trustee of a transfer or sale of any asset of their assets except if what is involved is a sale or a transfer of “Material Asset” according to the meaning of that term in Section 8.1 below, and in addition they are not required to notify the Trustee regarding the creation of a pledge over their assets, except as described in Section 6.9 above.

 

 72 
 

 

6.3Financial Undertakings

 

Until the date of the full, final and precise repayment of the Bonds under the terms of Deed of Trust, and the fulfillment of the other obligations of the Company vis-à-vis the Bondholders (Series B) under this Deed of Trust and the terms of the Bonds (Series B), the Company will meet, at all times, the financial conditions set forth below:

 

(1)The consolidated equity of the Company (excluding minority rights) will not be less than USD 150 million (the “Equity Covenant” or the “Minimum Equity”).

 

(2)The adjusted net financial debt ratio to adjusted EBITDA (as these terms are defined below) shall not exceed 13 (the “Debt to EBITDA Ratio Covenant” or the “Maximum EBITDA to Debt Ratio”).

 

Adjusted Net Financial Debt” and “Adjusted EBITDA” – as defined in Section 5.3 above. It shall be clarified that in the event of the purchase of one or more income-generating asset, the calculation of the financial covenants will be performed while adding to the adjusted EBITDA of the adjusted EBITDA that is generated by the same asset, while amending the adjusted EBITDA of the asset to the terms of a full year.

 

(3)The consolidated equity of the Company (including minority rights) to the total consolidated balance sheet will not be less than 25%.

 

(4)The Loan to Collateral Ratio will not exceed 75% (the “Loan to Collateral Ratio Condition”).

 

The examination regarding the Company’s compliance with the financial covenants contained in Subsection (1) through (4) above will be performed on the date of the publication of the Financial Statements by the Company and on their basis and as long as the Bonds (Series B) exist in circulation, with respect to the quarterly/annual financial statements that the Company is required to publish by the same date (“Date of the Examination”).

 

 73 
 

 

The Company will specify in the framework of the board of director report and notes to the quarterly or annual financial statements as relevant whether it has or has not complied with the financial covenants set forth in subsections (1) through (4) above, and will state in the note to the financial statement as stated the relevant calculation regarding each of the financial covenants set forth above.

 

In addition, within five business days from the publication of the relevant financial statements, the Company will transfer to the Trustee confirmation of the senior officer in the Company’s financial department or the CEO of the Company regarding its compliance or non-compliance with the financial conditions as stated, together with the relevant calculation.

 

If the Company does not meet any of the financial undertakings in subsections (1) to (4) above, the Company shall report in writing to the Trustee and will report with an immediate report on MAGNA regarding this data and the implications of the data in accordance with this Section, no later than the end of one business day after the publication of the Financial Statements (quarterly and annual, as applicable). For the purpose of this Section, a report on MAGNA will not be considered to be a report to the Trustee.

 

Non-compliance with any of the financial undertakings in subsections (1) to (4) above during two consecutive quarters or non-compliance with the debt to EBITDA condition during two consecutive quarters will serve as grounds to call for the immediate repayment of the entire unpaid balance of the Bonds (Series B), as set forth in Section 8.1.14 below.

 

 74 
 

 

6.4Limitations to the Distribution of Dividends

 

The Company undertakes that it will not perform any distribution (as defined in the Companies Law), including will not declare, pay or distribute any dividend (“Distribution”), unless all of the terms set forth below are met:

 

(1)The Distribution amount will not exceed 40% of the net profit after tax that was recognized in the latest consolidated financial statements of the Company (quarterly or annual, as applicable) less net revaluation gains/losses (not yet exercised) (the “Revaluation Gains/ Losses” and hereinafter jointly: the “Distributable Profits”). It is clarified that (a) in the case of the sale of an asset (exercise) revaluated, the Revaluation Gains/Losses for the same asset will be added / reduced (as the case may be) to the distributable profits recognized and/or that will be recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for previous periods; (b) the Distributable Profits for which no distribution was performed in a specific year will be added to the following quarters. Notwithstanding the above, in the case in which the Company’s equity in the consolidated financial statements based on which the distribution is performed exceeds USD 280 million, the distribution amount will not exceed 70% of the net profit after tax recognized in the consolidated financial statements on the basis of which the distribution was performed;

 

It is clarified that the balance of the profits and funds accrued by June 30, 2015 will not be distributable and will not be taken into account for the performance of a distribution on the basis thereof;

 

(2)

The Company’s stockholders’ equity (excluding minority interest), at the end of the last quarter, before the distribution of dividend, less the dividend to be distributed, shall not be less than USD 180 million (this amount will not be linked to the CPI).

 

(3)The Company will provide the Trustee with confirmation whereby the Company’s board of directors has discussed and determined that on the date of the resolution of the board of directors to perform a distribution, there are no “warning signs” in the Company as defined in Article 10(b)(15) of the Reporting Regulations, provided that if there are warning signs as mentioned above and the Company’s board of directors has determined that this does not indicate a liquidity problem in the Company;

 

 75 
 

 

(4)The Company meets the financial conditions set forth in Section 6.12 above, and the Company is not in violation of all and/or any of its material undertakings to the Bondholders (Series B).

 

The above in subsections (1) through (4) will be hereinafter jointly: the “Dividend Limitation.”

 

The Company will provide the Trustee, no later than three business days after approval of the distribution by the Company’s board of directors, and before the performance of the distribution, with confirmation of the Company’s auditor regarding the Company’s compliance with the Dividend Limitation (including the details of the relevant calculation) and confirmation of the Company under subsection (4).

 

The Company will specify in the framework of the quarterly or annual board of director reports, as applicable, the total distributable profits as of the date of the relevant report.

 

7.Early Redemption

 

7.1Early repayment initiated by the Stock Exchange

 

In the event that the Stock Exchange decides to delist the Bonds from trade because the value of the Series of Bonds is less than the amount set forth in the guidelines of the Stock Exchange regarding delisting from trade, the Company will act as follows:

 

a)Within 45 days from the date of the resolution of the stock exchange’s board of directors to delist from trade as stated, the Company will provide notice of an early repayment date in which the Bondholder may redeem them.

 

b)The early redemption date with respect to the Bonds will occur no earlier than 17 days from the date of the notice’s publication and no later than 45 days from the aforesaid date, but shall not apply in a period between the effective date for the payment of interest and the actual payment date thereof.

 

 76 
 

 

c)On the early redemption date, the Company will redeem the Bonds that the holders thereof request to redeem, based on the balance of their par value in addition to the interest that has accrued on the principal until the actual redemption date (the calculation of the interest will be performed on the basis of 365 days per year).

 

d)Determination of the early redemption date as stated above will not harm the redemption rights set forth in the Bonds for any of the Bondholders that do not redeem them on the early redemption date as set forth above; however, the Bonds will be delisted from trade in the Stock Exchange, and will be subject to the tax implications that arise as a result.

 

Early redemption of the Bonds as stated above will not grant any of the Bondholders that redeems them as stated with the right to an interest payment for the period following the redemption date.

 

The Company will publish a notice of the early redemption date in an immediate report. The notice as stated will also specify the early redemption consideration amount.

 

7.2Early repayment initiated by the Stock Exchange

 

The Company may, at its exclusive discretion, call for the early redemption of the Bonds (Series B), as of 60 days from the listing for trade in the Stock Exchange, in which case the following provisions will apply – all subject to the instructions of the Securities Authority and the provisions of the bylaws of the Stock Exchange and the guidelines thereunder, as they may be at the relevant date:

 

The frequencies of the early redemptions will not exceed one per quarter.

 

In the event that early redemption is determined in a quarter in which an interest payment is also scheduled, or a date for payment of partial redemption or a date for payment of final redemption, the early redemption will take place on the date scheduled for the payment as stated.

 

 77 
 

 

In this regard, a “quarter” shall mean each of the following periods: January-March, April-June, July-September, October-December.

 

The minimum amount of each early repayment will not be less than NIS 1 million. Notwithstanding the above, the Company may perform early redemption in a scope of less than NIS 1 million, provided that the scope of the redemptions will not exceed one per year.

 

Any amount that is paid in early repayment by the Company will be repaid with respect to all of the Bondholders (Series B), pro-rata based on the par value of the Bonds (Series B) that are held thereby.

 

Upon the passing of a resolution by the Company’s board of directors regarding the performance of early redemption as stated above, the Company will publish an immediate report with a copy to the Trustee no less than seventeen (17) days and no more than forty five (45) days before the early redemption date. The early redemption date will not occur during the period between the effective date for the payment of interest for the Bonds (Series B) and between the actual date for the payment of the interest. In the immediate report as stated, the Company will publish the principal amount that will be repaid in the early redemption, as well as the interest that has accrued for the amount of the principal as stated until the early redemption date, in accordance with the provisions below.

 

Early redemption will not occur for part of a series of Bonds (Series B) if the last redemption amount is less than NIS 3.2 million.

 

If the Company performs partial early repayment, the Company will pay the interest accrued only for the part redeemed, and not the entire unpaid balance of the Bonds (which are redeemed on the partial repayment date). In the case of payment of additional interest following the early redemption, the additional interest will be paid on the par value redeemed in early redemption only.

 

 78 
 

 

On the partial early redemption date, if any, the Company will issue an immediate report about: (1) the partial redemption rate in terms of the unpaid balance; (2) the partial redemption rate in terms of the original series; (3) the partial redemption interest rate on the redeemed part; (4) the interest rate that will be paid in partial redemption is calculated regarding the unpaid balance; (5) the interest rate that will be paid in the partial redemption, calculated regarding the unpaid balance; (6) update of the partial redemption rates that remain, in terms of the original series; (6) the effective date for eligibility to receive the early redemption of the principal of the Bonds that will exist six (6) days before the date determined for the early redemption.

 

The amount that will be paid to the Bondholders (Series B) in the event of early redemption, excluding in the case of forced early redemption as stated in Section 6.2 above, will be the amount that is the higher of the following: (1) the market value of the balance of the Bonds (Series B) available for early repayment which is determined based on the average closing price of the Bonds (Series B) in thirty (30) trading days before the date on which the board of directors resolves to perform the early redemption, however, if the early repayment date has been determined on the date on which interest is paid, the amount equal to the interest amount paid on the same date for the bonds will be reduced from the average unit price as stated; (2) the undertaking value of the Bonds (Series B) available for early redemption in circulation, i.e. the principal in addition to interest until the date of the actual early redemption; (3) the balance of the cash flow of the Bonds (Series B) that are available for early redemption (principal in addition to interest), when discounted based on the yield of government bonds (as defined below) with an addition of the Addition Rate (as defined below), calculated on an annual basis. Discount of the Bonds (Series B) available for early redemption will be calculated as of the early redemption date and until the last payment date determined with respect to the Bonds (Series B) available for early redemption.

 

In this regard, “addition rate” shall mean: in early repayment as stated, performed by March 31, 2021 - an annual interest rate of 1.5%; in early repayment as stated that is performed as of April 1, 2021 - annual interest rate of 2.5%.

 

 79 
 

 

In this regard: “yield of government bonds” shall mean the weighted average of the yield for redemption (gross) in a period of seven business days, ending two business days before the date of notice of early redemption, of the series of government bonds that are not index-linked, with interest in a fixed rate, and that during their average life is the closest to the average life of the bonds on the relevant date, i.e. one series with the closest average life higher than the life of the bonds (Series B) on the relevant date, and one series with the average life below the Bonds (Series B) on the relevant date, and whose weight will reflect the average life of the Bonds on the relevant date.

 

The Company will provide the Trustee, within five trading days from the date of the Board of Director’s resolution, with confirmation signed by the senior officer in the financial field or the CEO if the Company regarding calculation of the payment amount, all in the form to the satisfaction of the Trustee.

 

8.Right to Call for Immediate Payment

 

8.1Upon the occurrence of one or more of the events listed in this section below, the provisions of Section 8.2 will apply, as applicable:

 

8.1.1In the event that the Company does not pay any amount owed in connection with the debt or the Deed of Trust or does not meet any of its other material obligations vis-à-vis the holders under the Deed of Trust. For the purpose of this section, the Company will have a period of seven (7) days to remedy the breach.

 

8.1.2

In the event that the Company files a stay of proceedings order or in the event that a stay of proceedings order is given against the Company or if the Company files a motion for a settlement or arrangement with creditors of the Company under Section 350 of the Companies Law or a similar proceeding under foreign law (excluding for the purpose of a merger with another company as stated in Section 8.1.18 below and/or a change to the structure of the Company or a division that is not prohibited under the terms of this Deed, excluding making arrangements between the Company and its stockholders and/or holders of option warrants (that are exercisable into shares) of the Company, that are not prohibited under the terms of this Deed and will not impact the ability to repay the Bonds (Series B)) or if the Company will otherwise offer its creditors such compromise or arrangement, against the background of the Company’s inability to meet its obligations under this Deed when due.

 

 80 
 

 

  8.1.3 If a request is filed under Section 350 of the Companies Law against the Company (without its consent) that is not rejected or dismissed within 45 days from the date of its submission or a similar proceeding is performed towards it. It is clarified that for the purpose of this Section 8.1.3, a request under Section 350 of the Companies Law with respect to the Company will be in accordance with Israeli law or a parallel proceeding in foreign law, parallel to the Israeli proceeding.

 

  8.1.4 In the event that the Company passes a liquidation resolution (excluding liquidation for purposes of merging with another company as stated in Section 8.1.18 below) or if a fixed and final liquidation order is given by a court and/or a fixed liquidator is appointed for it or a similar decision is made or a similar functionary is appointed by the Company and/or towards it. It is clarified that for the purpose of this subsection, liquidation proceedings with respect to the Company will be in accordance with Israeli law or a parallel proceeding in foreign law, parallel to the Israeli proceeding.

 

  8.1.5 In the event that a temporary liquidation order is given and/or a temporary liquidator or any similar functionary appointed and/or any judicial decision of a similar nature is given, and such order or decision as stated is not rejected or dismissed by the court within 45 days from the date on which the order is given or the decision made, as applicable. Notwithstanding the above, the Company will not be given any remedial period with respect to applications or orders that are filed or given, as applicable, by the Company or with its consent. It is clarified that for the purpose of this subsection, liquidation proceedings with respect to the Company will be in accordance with Israeli law or a parallel proceeding in foreign law, parallel to the Israeli proceeding.

 

 81 
 

 

  8.1.6 In the event that an application is filed for receivership or to appoint a receiver (temporary or permanent) or any similar functionary appointed for the Company or a material asset of the Company (as defined below), or if an order is given to appoint a temporary receiver or any similar functionary appointed that is not rejected or dismissed within 45 days from the submission or granting, as applicable; or, if an order is given to appoint a fixed receiver for the Company or for a material asset of the Company (as defined below) or a similar order under law applicable to the Company. Notwithstanding the above, the Company will not be given any remedial period with respect to applications or orders that were submitted or granted as applicable by the Company or with its consent. It is clarified that for the purpose of this subsection, receivership proceedings with respect to the Company will be in accordance with Israeli law or a parallel proceeding in foreign law, parallel to the Israeli proceeding.

 

  8.1.7 If an attachment is placed on a material asset of the Company (as this term is defined below) or execution actions are performed in connection with a material asset of the Company (as this term is defined below) and the attachment is not removed or the action is not terminated, as applicable, within 45 days from the date on which it is applied or performed, as applicable. Notwithstanding the above, the Company will not be given any remedial period with respect to orders or requests that are given or filed, as applicable by the Company or with its consent. It is clarified that for the purpose of this subsection, attachment proceedings or execution proceedings with respect to the Company will be in accordance with Israeli law or a parallel proceeding in foreign law, parallel to the Israeli proceeding. The provisions of this subsection will not apply to liens that are negligible.

 

 82 
 

 

  8.1.8 If the holders of pledges are exercised or the pledges that they have on a material asset of the Company (as this term is defined below).

 

  8.1.9 If there is a real concern that the Company will not meet, or the Company has failed to meet its material obligations vis-à-vis holders of the Bonds (Series B). It is clarified that the material obligations of the Company include, inter alia, payment amounts to holders and their dates.

 

  8.1.10 If the Company has ceased, or provided notice of its intent to cease its payments or ceases or has provided notice of its intent to cease to continue its business, as they may be from time to time.

 

  8.1.11 If a material deterioration occurs in the business of the Company compared to its state on the date of the first issuance of the Bonds (Series B) and there is a real concern that the Company will be unable to pay the Bonds (Series B) on time.

 

  8.1.12 If the control of the Company is transferred, directly or indirectly, and the transfer of control as stated is not approved in advance by holders of the Bonds (Series B) with a special resolution. For the purpose of this Section 8.1.12 – \

 

 83 
 

 

For the purpose of this Section 8.1.12 - “Transfer of Control” shall mean a change of control of the Company such that the Company has a controlling stockholder that is not any of the Controlling Stockholders (as defined in Section 1.5 of the Deed) and/or is in the hands of any of their immediate family members (including through trusts that the Controlling Stockholders and/or any of their immediate family members, as mentioned above, are the beneficiaries under and/or are their managers). In this regard, “Control” – as defined in the Companies Law. It is clarified that holdings together with one of the Controlling Stockholders (as defined in Section 1.5 of the Deed) with another person or corporation will not be considered to be a transfer of control.

 

Immediate Family Members”- Spouse, parent, parent of parent, child, brother or child of spouse of each of these.

 

For the removal of doubt it is clarified for this matter that inheritance under the law does not constitute a transfer of control for this section and if the Controlling Stockholders’ holdings in the Company (and/or those of any of his immediate family members) are transferred through inheritance under the law, this will not be deemed to be a transfer of control under this section.

 

 84 
 

 

  8.1.13 If there is called for immediate payment: (1) another series of bonds that is issued by the Company and listed for trade on the Stock Exchange or (2) a debt and/or several cumulative debts of the Company or of consolidated companies (including consolidated companies with relative consolidation, if any) the value of which is USD 35 million at least or 5% of the total assets of the Company based on the most recent consolidated financial statements of the Company, whichever is lower, based on the most recent consolidated financial statements of the Company published (whether audited or reviewed), whichever is lower, (Provided that if the debts are cumulative, they were immediately repaid simultaneously or close to each other) , or (3) a debt and/or several cumulative debts of an affiliated company in which the multiplication of the Company’s holding in (in final concatenation) in the affiliated company by the liability value of debt the debt constitutes at least USD 35 million the total assets of the Company based on the most recent consolidated financial statements (the debts described in subsections (2) and (3) shall be called in this section: the “Other Debt”), and the demand for immediate repayment as stated is not removed within twenty one (21) days from the date on which it was called for immediate repayment as stated. A loan with no recourse to the Company shall not be considered as a different debt as aforesaid. In this regard, it is noted that in connection with another debt for which the Company’s liability arises from providing a guarantee for payment of the bonds, the grounds in Section 8.1.13 will only be established in the event that the Company is required to actually pay an amount higher than or equal to the aforesaid other debt. In the event that the covenants set forth above are met, the aforesaid grounds shall apply, as of the same date on which the Company is required to pay the other debt (subject to the curing period set forth above) and not from the date of providing the same debt for early repayment, if these dates do not overlap.

 

  8.1.14 If the Company does not meet any of its financial obligations stated in Section 6.10 above for two consecutive quarters.

 

  8.1.15 If the Company has performed a distribution contrary to the distribution limitation provisions, as set forth in Section 6.11 above.

 

  8.1.16 If the rating of the Bonds (Series B) by the rating company is lowered to a rating that is lower than a rating of BBB minus. In the case of replacing the rating company, the Company will provide the trustee with a comparison of the rating scales of the replaced rating company and the rating scales of the new rating company.

 

 85 
 

 

For the purpose of this section below, it shall be emphasized that in the event that the Bonds (Series B) are rated by more than one rating company, an examination of the rating based on the grounds for calling for immediate repayment above will take place, throughout, based on the lower rating among them.

 

  8.1.17 If the Company performs business activity outside the United States or Israel or sells to another/ others all of its assets or its main assets during one calendar quarter, and the holders of the Bonds (Series B) do not consent in advance to the sale with a decision passed with a Special Resolution. “Sale to Another” – sale to any third party (including the controlling stockholder of the Company and/or corporations under his control), excluding a sale to corporations that are fully held by the Company; “Main Assets of the Company” – an asset or a number of assets the value of which and/or the aggregate value of which (as applicable) in the most recent consolidated financial statements published before the occurrence of the relevant event exceeds 50% of the scope of its assets in the consolidated balance sheet of the Company based on the financial statements as stated, unless the consideration for the sale is invested in real estate for investment, or is used for early repayment of the Bonds (Series B) and the investment agreement as aforesaid will be signed within six (6) months from the date of the sale (including up to six months before the sale). For the avoidance of doubt, the sale proceeds will not be distributed as dividend.

 

 86 
 

 

  8.1.18 In the event that a merger was performed (excluding a merger with a company under the Company’s full control) with the prior consent of the holders of the Bonds (Series B) with a special resolution, unless the absorbing entity undertakes all of the Company’s undertakings vis-à-vis the Bondholders (Series B) under the Deed of Trust and in addition, the Company or absorbing company declared (as applicable) vis-à-vis the holders of the Bonds (Series B), including through the trustee, at least 10 business days before the date of the merger, that there is no reasonable concern following the merger that the absorbing company will be unable to uphold its obligations vis-à-vis the holders of the Bonds (Series B). The provisions of this section will not derogate from the other grounds for calling immediate repayment granted to the holders of the Bonds in accordance with this section 8.1 above and below. Additionally, as of the period of 30 days before the date of the planned merger and until the merger date, all of the grounds listed in this Section 8.1 above and below will also apply with respect to the absorbing company, as if it was the Company. With respect to the provisions of this Deed that are derived from the financial statements of the Company, an examination will be performed with respect to the financial statements of the absorbing company, as it may be after the merger. In this regard, it should be emphasized that the cause of action in this section shall not apply to a merger between companies fully owned by the Company, provided that such merger shall not be between the Property Companies and corporations which are not included in the corporation whose assets are pledged for the bondholders.

 

  8.1.19 If trade of the Bonds (Series B) in the Stock Exchange is suspended by the Stock Exchange in accordance with the provisions of the Fourth Part of the bylaws, excluding suspension on grounds of the creation of ambiguities as stated in the Fourth Law of the bylaws of the Stock Exchange and 60 days have transpired from the suspension date during which it was not removed.

 

 87 
 

 

  8.1.20 If the Company is dissolved or terminated for any reason.

 

  8.1.21 If the Company breaches the terms of the Bonds (Series B) and/or the terms of the Trust Deed with a fundamental breach, including if it is discovered that any of the material representations by the Company in the Bonds and/or Trust Deed is incorrect and/or incomplete, and the Trustee has notified the Company in writing that it is required to remedy the breach, and the Company fails to remedy the breach as stated within 14 days of the date on which the notice was provided.

 

  8.1.22 If the Bonds (Series B) cease to be rated for a period exceeding 60 consecutive days following reasons and/or circumstances that are under the Company’s control. In this regard, the non-performance of payments that the Company has undertaken to make to the rating company and failure to provide information and reports required by the rating company in the framework of the engagement between the Company and the rating company will be considered reasons and circumstances that are under the control of the Company.

 

  8.1.23 In the event that the Company expands a series of Bonds (Series B) or issues an additional series of bonds and/or other securities, contrary to the provisions of Section 4 above.

 

  8.1.24 If the Company ceases to be a reporting corporation as defined in Section 1 of the Securities Law.

 

  8.1.25 If the Company does not publish a financial report that it is required to publish under any law or under the provisions of the Deed of Trust, within 30 days from the deadline on which it was required to publish the same.

 

  8.1.26 If the Bonds (Series B) are delisted from trade in the Stock Exchange.

 

 88 
 

 

  8.1.27 If the Bonds (Series B) are not repaid on time or another material obligation provided in favor of the holders is not fulfilled.

 

  8.1.28 If the Company breaches any of its obligations to avoid creating pledges as stated in Section 6.9 above.

 

  8.1.29 If a “going concern” note is recorded in the Company’s financial statements for a period of two consecutive quarters.

 

  8.1.30 If the Company breaches any of its obligations in connection with approval of transactions as stated in Section 5.4 above.

 

  8.1.31 If the Company breaches any of its obligation to deposit the Interest Cushion as stated in Section 5.5 above.

 

  8.1.32 If the Company breaches its undertaking not to issue bonds outside of Israel and not to take other financial debt outside of Israel as set forth in Section 4 of the Deed.

 

  8.1.33

If the Company, its officers and/or controlling stockholders breach their undertakings as set forth in Section 33 of the Deed.

 

  8.1.34 If the Company breaches any of the provisions related to the appointment of a representative for the service of legal process.

 

  8.1.35 If the Company breaches any of its material obligation in connection with a pledge of the pledged assets.

 

For the purpose of this Section 8, a “Material Asset of the Company” is an asset or assets in the aggregate of the Company or corporations under the control thereof whose assets are consolidated in the Company’s statements, the value of which on the relevant date, based on the most recent consolidated financial statements (audited or reviewed) of the Company published before the same date, exceeds 50% of the scope of the assets in the consolidated balance sheet of the Company based on the financial statements as stated.

 

 89 
 

 

  8.2 Upon the occurrence of any of the events set forth in Sections 8.1.1 until 8.1.34 (inclusive) above, the following provisions will apply, as applicable:

 

  8.2.1 Upon the occurrence of any of the events set forth in Sections 8.1.1 through 8.1.33 the Trustee will be required to convene a meeting of the holders of Bonds (Series B), that will convene 21 days from the date of the invitation (or a shorter time in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.2.5 below), and the agenda of which will contain a resolution regarding calling for immediate repayment of the entire unpaid balance of the Bonds (Series B) due to the occurrence of any of the events set forth in Sections 8.1.1 through 8.1.33 (inclusive) above, as applicable. The invitation will state that if the event set forth in Section 8.1 above, for which the meeting was convened, will be cancelled, terminated or removed, by the date for which the meeting was called, the invitation for the meeting of the Bondholders will be cancelled as stated above.

 

  8.2.2 A resolution of the holders to call for the immediate repayment of the Bonds (Series B) will be passed in a meeting of holders that is attended by holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the balance of the par value of the Bonds (Series B), with a majority of holders of the balance of the pay value of the Bonds represented in the vote or with a majority as stated in a deferred meeting of holders that is attended by holders of at least twenty percent (20%) of the balance as stated.

 

  8.2.3 In the event in which by the date of convening the meeting as stated, none of the events set forth in Sections 8.1.1 through 8.1.33 (inclusive) above was cancelled, terminated or removed, and the resolution in the meeting of holders of the Bonds (Series B) as stated is passed in the manner required as set forth in Section 8.2.2 above, the trustee will be required, within a reasonable amount of time, to call for the immediate repayment of the entire unpaid balance of the Bonds (Series B), provided that the Company was given a written warning of 15 days of his intention to do so.

 

 90 
 

 

  8.2.4 A copy of the invitation notice for the meeting as stated will be sent by the trustee to the Company for publication, and the invitation for the meeting will constitute prior written consent to the Company of its intent to act to call for immediate repayment of the Bonds as stated.

 

  8.2.5 The Trustee may, at its discretion, shorten the count of 21 days as stated in Section 8.2.1 above and/ or the 15 days of warning mentioned in section 8.2.3 above and / or not to give a notice at all, in the case in which the trustee is of the opinion that there is a reasonable concern that waiting this period or providing the warning, as applicable, will harm the possibility of calling for immediate payment of the Bonds or harm the rights of holders.

 

  8.2.6 In the event that any of the subsections of Section 8.1 above provides a period in which the Company may perform an action or make a decision as a result of which the grounds for calling for immediate repayment are terminated, the trustee or holders may call for immediate repayment as stated in this Section 8 only if the period set forth as stated transpires and the grounds are not terminated; however, the trustee may shorten the aforesaid period if it feels that the same may materially harm the rights of the holders.

 

 91 
 

 

  8.2.7 For the avoidance of doubt, it shall be clarified that the provisions of this Section 8.2 above will not derogate from the authority of the trustee to call for immediate repayment of the Bonds (Series B) at its discretion.

 

  8.2.8 Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8.2 above, in the event that the Company asks the Trustee in writing to appoint an urgent representation, it shall act in accordance with the provisions set forth in the Third Schedule to the Deed of Trust.

 

  8.2.9 For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that calling for immediate repayment will take place based on the balance of the par value of the Bonds (Series B) that have not yet been paid, including interest differentials that have accrued on the principal, including arrears interest (if relevant), while the interest is calculated for the period beginning after the last day for which interest was paid and until the actual date of immediate payment (calculation of the interest for a subpart will take place based on 365 days per year).

 

  8.2.10 For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that the right to call for immediate repayment as stated above and/or calling for immediate repayment will not derogate from or harm any other or additional remedy available to holders of the Bonds (Series B) or the trustee under the terms of the Bonds (Series B) and the provisions of this Deed or under law, and calling a debt for immediate repayment upon the occurrence of any of the cases set forth in Section 8.1 above will not constitute any waiver of the rights of the holders of the Bonds or the trustee as stated.

 

 92 
 

 

9. Claims and Proceedings by the Trustee

 

  9.1 In addition to any provision in this Deed and as a right and personal authority, the Trustee shall be entitled, at any time, at its reasonable discretion, and without providing notice, to perform any of the proceedings, including legal proceedings and motions to receive orders, as it shall see fit, for the purpose of realizing and/or defending the rights of the Holders of Bonds (Series B) and in order to enforce the Company’s performance of another of the Company’s undertakings according to the Deed of Trust. The above shall not damage and/or derogate from the rights of the Trustee to begin legal and/or other proceedings even if the Bonds (Series B) were not called for immediate repayment, all for the defense of the Bondholders (Series B) and/or for the purpose of granting any order regarding the matters of the trusteeship. Notwithstanding the statements of this Section, it is clarified that the right to call for immediate repayment shall only be established in accordance with the provisions of Section ‎8 above, and not on behalf of this Section.

 

  9.2 Pursuant to the provisions of the Deed of Trust, the Trustee is entitled but not obligated to convene a general assembly of the Bondholders (Series B) in order to discuss and/or accept its instruction for any matter relating to the Deed of Trust.

 

  9.3 Whenever the Trustee shall be obligated according to the terms of the Deed of Trust to perform any action, including commencing proceedings or filing actions according to the request of the Bondholders (Series B), as stated in this Section, the Trustee shall be entitled, at its sole discretion, to delay the performance of any said action until it receives instructions from the general assembly of Bondholders (Series B) and/or the instructions of the court how to act, provided that the convening of the assembly or the petition to the court shall be performed on the first possible date. For the removal of doubt it shall be clarified that the Trustee shall not be entitled to delay the performance of actions or proceedings as stated in the event in which the delay may harm the rights of the Bondholders (Series B).

 

  9.4 The Trustee shall be entitled, pursuant to any special resolution of the Bondholders (Series B) as stated above, to waive the covenants that it shall see fit regarding the existence of those undertakings, entirely or partially, of the Company.

 

 93 
 

 

  9.5 The Trustee is entitled, prior to performing any legal proceedings, to convene an assembly of Bondholders (Series B) in order for the Holders to determine which proceedings to take for the realization of their rights under this Deed. Similarly, the Trustee shall be entitled to again convene the assembly of Bondholders (Series B) for the purpose of receiving instructions for any matter relating to the management of the proceedings as stated, provided that the convention of the assembly shall be performed on the first possible date under the provisions of the second supplement to the Deed of Trust and the delay of the proceedings shall not harm the rights of the Holders.

 

10. Trust of Proceeds

 

All of the funds held from time to time by the Trustee, excluding his wages, expenses and the repayment of any debt therefor, in any manner including but not limited to as a result of calling the Bonds for immediate repayment and/or as a result of the proceedings that it will conduct, if any, against the Company, will be held thereby in trust and shall remain in its possession for the purposes and in the priority as follows: First – the clearance of expenses, payments, levies and undertakings incurred by the Trustee, placed thereon or caused as a result of the actions of managing the trusteeship or in another manner in connection with the terms of the Deed of Trust, including its salary (and under the condition that the Trustee will not receive its salary from both the Company the Bondholders). Second – the payment of any other sum according to the ‘indemnification undertaking’ (as the term is defined in Section 26.1 below); Third – the payment to the Series B Bondholders carried out in installments according to Section 26.4.2 below;

 

 94 
 

 

The balance will serve for the purposes within the following priority: (a) first – in order to pay the Holders the arrears interest for the Bonds they are owed according to the Bonds (Series B), if applicable, conditions pari-passu, and in a relative manner to the sum of the arrears interest which each of them are owed without preference or precedence towards any of them; (b) second –in order to pay the Holders of Bonds (Series B) the principal arrears owed to them under the terms of the Bonds (Series B) held thereby, pari-passu, in a manner that is relative to the principal sums in arrears to which they are owed, without any preference or priority right regarding any of them ; (c) third – in order to pay the Holders of Bonds (Series B) the interest amounts they are owed according to the conditions of the Bonds pari-passu, and in a manner relative to the sum which each of them are owed without any preference or precedence to any of them; (d) fourth – in order to pay the Holders the principle sums they are owed according to the Bonds held thereby pari-passu, whether the time came for the removal of the principle sums or not, in a manner relative to the sums they are owed, without any preference in connection with the issuance ahead of time of Bonds (Series B) by the Company or in another manner; the balance – if existing, will be paid to the Company by the Trustee or vice versa, as applicable.

 

Withholding tax will be deducted from the payments to the Bondholders (Series B), as long as there is an obligation to deduct it according to any law.

 

It shall be clarified that if the Company must bear any of the expenses but does not do so, the Trustee will act reasonably to receive the sums as stated from the Company and in the event that it will succeed in receiving them, they will be held thereby in trust and will serve in its possession for the purposes and according to priority as detailed in this Section.

 

11. Authority to Demand Payment to Holders through Trustee

 

The Trustee may direct the Company to transfer to it part of the payment that the Company must pay to the Bondholders, (in this section: “the Relevant Payment”) for the purpose of financing the Proceedings and / or expenses and / or the Trustee’s fee under this Deed of Trust (in this section: the “Amount of Financing”) as long as the Company did not bear the Amount of the Financing and / or deposit with the Trustee in advance the Amount of the Financing. The Company shall transfer the Amount of the Financing Fee to the Trustee no later than the date of payment of the relevant payment. The Company may not refuse to act in accordance with the said notice, and will be seen as complying with its undertakings toward the Bondholders if it proves that it transferred the entire Amount of Financing to the Trustee, as aforesaid. Until no later than one business day from the determined date for payment of the Relevant Payment from which the Amount of Financing will be deducted, a notice will be published stating the Amount of Financing, its purpose and the up-to-date amounts of principle and/or interest to be paid to the Bondholders in the framework of the Relevant Payment.

 

 95 
 

 

The amount of financing that the Trustee may instruct the Company to transfer to it as stated above in this section, to the extent that the decision of the holders of the matter has not been received previously and / or in the matter and / or appointed a representative on behalf of the court (including a decision in connection with the taking of the proceedings and / or the execution of the actions for which the amount of the financing and / or the appointment of representatives and / or advisors to the trustee is required) will be limited to NIS 700,000 (plus VAT) (The “Ceiling Amount”). It is hereby clarified that the Ceiling Amount does not limit the Trustee’s right to receive indemnification from the Company and / or the Bondholders.

 

The Trustee is entitled to instruct the Company in writing to transfer to the Trustee’s account (for the Bondholders) part of the payment (interest and/or principle) which the Company must pay to the Holders, such that the said sum that is designated for repayment shall be transferred to the account of the Trustee (for the Bondholders) no later than one business day before repayment date to the Bondholders, for the purpose of financing proceedings and/or expenses and/or the salary of the Trustee under this Deed. The Company is not entitled to refuse to act in accordance with the notice as stated, and shall consider it as fulfilling one of its undertakings vis-à-vis the Holders if it shall prove that it transferred the entire requested sum into the account of the Trustee as stated.

 

The above shall not release the Company from its debt to bear the expense payments and the salary as stated when it is obligated to bear them according to this Deed or by any law. Similarly, the above shall not derogate from the obligation of the Trustee to act reasonably to acquire the sums to which the Holders are entitled from the Company, which will serve to finance the proceedings and/or expenses and/or the salary of the Trustee according to the Deed of Trust.

 

 96 
 

 

12. Powers to Delay the Distribution of Funds

 

Notwithstanding the statements of Section ‎10 above, if the financial sum, which will be received as a result of performing the proceedings as stated above and which will be called at any time for a distribution in accordance with Section ‎10 above, shall be less than NIS 1 million, the Trustee shall not be obligated to distribute it and it shall be entitled to invest the said sum, entirely or partially, in investments permitted according to the Deed of Trust as set forth in Section ‎17below, and it shall be entitled to replace these investments from time to time in other permitted investments as it sees fit. If these investments and their profits, together with additional funds that are received by the Trustee for are a sum that is not sufficient to pay the aforesaid amount, the Trustee shall pay them to the Holders in accordance with the set of priorities as stated in Section ‎10 above. In the event in which up to the earlier of: the closest interest/principle payment date or a reasonable time after receiving the said financial sum, the Trustee shall not be in possession of a sum that is sufficient to pay at least NIS 1 million as stated, the Trustee shall be entitled to distribute the funds in its possession to the Bondholders.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 12 above, the Bondholders (Series B) shall be entitled, according to a decision passed thereby, to instruct the Trustee to pay them the funds received by the Trustee and called for distribution, as stated in Section 10 above, even if their sums amount to less than NIS 1 million, pursuant to the provisions of the Stock Exchange’s Articles of Association, as shall be at that time.‎12‎10 Notwithstanding the above, the payment of the Trustee’s salary and the Trustee’s expenses shall be paid from the said funds immediately upon reaching their date (and regarding the expenses already paid by the Trustee, the sums shall be returned to the Trustee immediately upon the funds arriving in the Trustee’s possession) even if the funds that the Trustee received are less than NIS 1 million as stated.

 

13. Notice of Distribution

 

The Trustee shall notify the Bondholders (Series B) of the date and place where any payment was performed from among the payments mentioned in Sections 10-12 above, in an advance notice of 14 days that shall be sent in the manner set forth in Section 27 below.‎10‎12‎27 After the date determined in the notice, the Bondholders (Series B) shall be entitled to interest according to the rate determined in the Bonds, only for the balance of the principle sum (if existing) after deducting the sum that was paid or called for payment to them, as stated.

 

 97 
 

 

14. Refraining from Payment for a Reason Which is not Dependent on the Company

 

  14.1 Any sum to which the Bondholders (Series B) are entitled and was not paid in practice on the date set forth for its payment, for a reason independent of the Company, while the Company was ready and able to pay it (the “Impediment”), shall not bear interest from the date set forth for its payment and the Bondholders (Series B) shall be only be entitled to those sums to which they were entitled on the date set forth for the repayment of the payment at the expense of the principle or the interest.

 

  14.2 The Company shall deposit with the Trustee, on the earliest date possible after the date determined for payment and no later than the end of 14 days from the date set forth for payment, the sum of the payment that was not paid on time, as stated in Section 14.1 above, and shall provide written notice based on the addresses found in its possession, if any, to the Bondholders (Series B) of the said deposit, and the said deposit shall be considered as removing that payment to the Holder and in the event of removing that is entitled for that Bond, it shall also be considered as a deposit of the Bond (Series B) by the Company. ‎14.1 The above will not derogate from the obligations of the Company to bear the wages of the Trustee and its expenses, all in accordance with the provisions of this Deed.

 

  14.3 Any sum held by the Trustee in trust for the Holders shall be deposited by the Trustee in a bank and will be invested thereby, in its name or its order, at its discretion in investments permitted to it according to Section ‎17 below. If the Trustee did so, it shall only be obligated to those eligible for those sums for the consideration that it shall receive from the realization of the investments, less the expenses connected to the said investment, including for the management of the trust account and less its salary and debt payments and it shall pay to those eligible against the evidence that will be requested thereby to its full satisfaction. After the Trustee will receive notice from the Holder of the removal of the impediment as stated, the Trustee will transfer to the Holder all of the funds accumulated for the deposit and derived from the exercise of their investment, less all of the reasonable expenses and trust account management fees and less any tax by law. The payment will be performed against the presentation of that evidence, which shall be accepted by the Trustee, regarding the right of the Holder to receive it.

 

 98 
 

 

  14.4 The Trustee shall hold these funds and shall invest them according to the provisions of Section ‎17 below, until the end of one year from the final date for the repayment of the Bond (Series B), but the Trustee shall return the accumulated sums in its possession (including their profits) less its expenses and less its salary and other expenses which it expended in accordance with the provisions of this Deed (such as salaries of service providers, etc.) to the Company and the Company shall hold these sums in trust for the Bondholders (Series B) entitled to those sums for a period of up to the end of seven (7) years from the final repayment date of the Bonds (Series B), and regarding the funds that will be transferred to it by the Trustee as stated above, the provisions of Subsection‎14.3 above shall apply to it, mutatis mutandis. Funds that are not demanded from the Company by the Bondholders (Series B) at the end of seven (7) years from the final payment date of the Bonds (Series B) will be transferred to the Company’s ownership after 30 days from providing notice to the aforesaid holders by the Company, in writing, based on the addresses listed in its possession, if any, and it may use the remaining funds for any purpose.

 

  14.5 The Company shall provide written confirmation to the Trustee of the return of the sums as stated in Section 14.4 above, and regarding their receipt in trust for the Bondholders (Series B) and it shall indemnify the Trustee for any action and/or expense and/or damage of any kind that will be caused to it due to and for the transfer of the funds as stated, unless the Trustee acted with negligence (excluding negligence exempted by law as shall be from time to time), with a lack of good faith or with malice. ‎14.4

 

 99 
 

 

15. Receipt by Bondholders and Trustee

 

  15.1 A signed receipt from the Bondholder (Series B) or a reference from a member of the Stock Exchange regarding the execution of the transfer or the execution of the transfer via the TASE Clearing House for the principle and interest sums paid thereto by the Trustee for the Bonds shall absolutely release the Trustee for all matters related to the essence of executing the payment of the sums denominated in the receipt.

 

  15.2 A receipt from the Trustee regarding the deposit of the principle and interest sums in its possession for the benefit of the Bondholders (Series B) as stated, shall be considered a receipt from the Bondholders (Series B) for the purpose of the statements of Section ‎15.1 above, in relation to the release of the Company for all connected to the execution of the payment of the sums denominated in the receipt.

 

  15.3 The sums distributed as stated in Sections‎10and ‎12 above shall be considered as payment at the expense of the repayment of the Bonds (Series B).

 

16. Presentation of Bonds to the Trustee; Registration in Connection with Partial Payment

 

  16.1 The Trustee may demand from the Bondholders (Series B) to present the Trustee, upon any interest payment or partial payment of principal and interest, with the Certificate of the Bonds (Series B) for which the payments are made. A Bondholder (Series B) will be required to present the Certificate of the Bond as stated, provided that the above will not require the Bondholder (Series B) to bear any payment and/or expense and/or impose on the Bondholder (Series B) liability and/or any debt.

 

  16.2 The Trustee may record on the certificate of the Bonds (Series B) a note regarding the amounts paid as stated above, and the date of their payment.

 

 100 
 

 

  16.3 The Trustee may, in any special case at its discretion, waive the presentation of the Certificate of Bonds (Series B) after being provided by the Bondholder (Series B) a waiver and/or guarantee that is sufficient to its satisfaction for damage that may be caused as a result of the non-registration of the note as stated, all as it sees fit.

 

  16.4 Notwithstanding the above, the Trustee may, at its reasonable discretion, hold records in another manner regarding partial payments as stated.

 

17. Investment of Funds

 

All of the funds that the Trustee may invest under the Deed of Trust will be invested thereby in one of the four largest banks in Israel, provided that the rating of the bank is not less than AA in its name or for its deposit, in investments as it sees fit, all subject to the terms of the Deed of Trust, provided that it deposits in bank deposits, treasury funds issued by the Bank of Israel and/or government bonds issued by the Bank of Israel.

 

In the event that it does so, it will only owe to those entitled to the same amounts the consideration received from the exercise of the investments, less its fees and expenses, charges and expenses related to the aforesaid investment and managing the trust accounts, the fees and less the obligatory payments applicable to the trust account, and the Trustee will act in accordance with the provisions of Sections ‎12 and/or ‎14 above, as applicable, with the balance of the funds as stated.

 

18. Company’s Undertakings vis-à-vis Trustee

 

The Company hereby undertakes vis-à-vis the Trustee and Bondholders, as long as the Bonds (Series B) have not yet been fully repaid, as follows:

 

  18.1 To maintain and manage the Company’s business in an orderly, proper and effective manner.

 

  18.2 To manage orderly account books in accordance with the GAAP, and to maintain records, including the documents used as references therefor (including pledge and mortgage deeds, accounts and receipts) in its offices, and to allow the Trustee and/or any authorized representative of the Trustee to review, at a time coordinated with the Company in advance, no later than 5 business days from the date of the Trustee’s written request, any record and/or document as stated that the Trustee requests to review. In this regard, an authorized representative of the Trustee shall mean a person that the Trustee appoints for the purpose of a review as stated, with written notice of the Trustee that is provided to the Company before the review as stated, subject to the obligation of confidentiality subject to the provisions of Section ‎31.12 below.

 

 101 
 

 

  18.3 To notify the Trustee in writing, as early as reasonably possible and no later than two business day after being made aware of any case in which an attachment is placed and/or execution proceedings take place on a material asset of the Company (as this term is defined in Section ‎8.1 above) and in any event in which a receiver, special manager and/or temporary and/or permanent receiver and/or trustee who is appointed in the framework of a request for a stay of proceedings under Section 350 of the Companies Law and/or any functionary, against the Company is appointed with respect to a material asset of the Company, and to take, at its expense, any reasonable means required in order to remove such an attachment or terminate the receivership, liquidation or management, as applicable.

 

  18.4 To inform the Trustee in writing, immediately upon the Company being made aware and no later than two business day, of the occurrence of one or more of the cases listed in Section ‎8.1 above and its subsections and on a certain concern of the Company as to the occurrence of any of the events listed in Section 8.1 and its subsections. The provisions of this Section and all of its subsections will be performed by the Company without taking into account the curing and waiting periods listed in Section ‎8.1 above, if any.

 

  18.5 To provide the Trustee, no later than the end of 30 days from the date of the issuance of the Bonds (Series B) under this Deed with a repayment schedule for payment of the Bonds (principal and interest).

 

 102 
 

 

  18.6 To provide the Trustee with written notice, signed by a senior officer of the Company or the CEO of the Company, no later than five business days from the date of a written request of the Trustee, of the performance of any payment to the Bondholders under the Deed of Trust and of the balance of the amounts that the Company owes under the Deed of Trust at the same date to the Bondholders after the performance of the aforesaid payment.

 

  18.7 To provide the Trustee immediately upon its publication with any report that it is required to submit to the Securities Authority. An immediate report in the MAGNA system of the Securities Authority and any report or information that is published (in full) by the Company on the MAGNA system will be considered to have been provided to the Trustee. Notwithstanding the above, at the Trustee’s request, the Company will provide the Trustee with a printed copy of the report or information as stated.

 

  18.8 To allow the Trustee and / or the whomever appointed by the Trustee in writing for this purpose, to enter by appointment to the Company’s offices and any place where the Company’s assets will be found at any reasonable time and no later than seven (7) business days from the date of the Trustee’s request, At the Trustee’s discretion, in order to protect the Bondholders.

 

  18.9 To provide the Trustee with copies of notices and invitations provided to the Company, as stated in Section ‎27 of this Deed.

 

  18.10 To ensure that the senior financial officer of the Company or the CEO of the Company will provide, within a reasonable time from the date of the Trustee’s request, and no later than five business days from the Trustee’s request, to the Trustee and/or the individuals that it so instructs, with any explanation, document, calculation or information relating to the Company, its business and/or assets that are required, at the reasonable discretion of the Trustee, for the purpose of examinations performed by the Trustee in order to protect the Bondholders.

 

 103 
 

 

  18.11

So long that the Company is bonds company that is private (as those terms are defined in the Companies Law) – to provide the Trustee pursuant to his request, the signed minutes of the stockholder meetings within a reasonable time from the date of his request and in addition the Company undertakes to provide the Trustee a copy of every document and/or information that the Company provided to the bondholders to the extent that it provided these, and to provide copies of the notices and the invitations that were provided to the bondholders if such were provided. Additionally, the Company undertakes to invite the Trustee to be present at the general meetings (whether in annual general meetings or special general meetings of the Company’s stockholders) (without rights to participate or vote), held in Israel (if such are held). Publication of an invitation to a general meeting of the stockholders of the Company in the MAGNA system will be considered to be an invitation of the Trustee for the purpose of this Section.

 

  18.12 As long as the Bonds (Series B) are not yet repaid in full, to provide the Trustee, further to his request, with the reports and statements as follows:8

 

  18.12.1 Consolidated and solo annual audited financial statements of the Company, and quarterly reviewed consolidated and solo financial statements of the Company, no later than the dates set forth for their publication under the Securities Law, even in the event in which the Company ceases to be a reporting corporation.

 

  18.12.2

If the Company is a public company (as defined in the Companies Law) – a copy of any document that the Company transfers to all of its stockholders or all of the Bondholders, and details of any information that the Company transfers to them in another manner, including any report submitted under law to the Securities Law in order to be published publicly (immediate reports), immediately upon their publication. As long as the Company is a bonds company – to provide the Trustee with a copy of any document that the Company transfers to all of the Bondholders and the details of all of the information that the Company transfers to them in another manner, including any report submitted under law to the Securities Authority in order to be published publicly (immediate reports), immediately upon their publication.

 

 

8 It is clarified that a report in the Magna system shall constitute a report to the Trustee for the purposes of this section.

 

 104 
 

 

  18.12.3 To provide the Trustee, upon its first written request, with written confirmation, signed by an accountant, stating that all of the payments to the Bondholders under this Deed have been paid on time, and the balance of the par value of the Bonds in circulation.

 

  18.12.4 In the event that the Company ceases to be a reporting corporation, the Company will provide the Trustee, in addition to the provisions of Sections 18.2 through 18.12 above, with annual, quarterly and immediate reports as set forth below:

 

  (a) Annual reporting including the information set forth in Appendix 5.2.4.8 of Chapter 4 Part 2 (management of investment funds and provision of credit) in Part 5 (principles of the management of business), in the consolidated circular of the Ministry of Finance - Division of Capital Markets, Insurance and Savings9 ( the “Chapter for Management of Investment Assets in the Circular by the Ministry of Finance”) or as updated from time to time, no later than 60 days from the date on which the Company was required to publish the annual reports if it was a reporting corporation;

 

 

9 http://mof.gov.il/hon/Information-entities/Pages/Codex.aspx

 

 105 
 

 

  (b) Quarterly reporting including the information set forth in the Chapter for Management of Investment Assets in the Circular by the Ministry of Finance, as updated from time to time, no later than 30 days from the date on which the Company was required to publish the quarterly reports if it was a reporting corporation;

 

  (c) An immediate report in the case that one of the events occurs listed in Appendix 5.2.4.10 of the Chapter for Management of Investment Assets in the Circular by the Ministry of Finance, as updated from time to time. The report will be provided on the date on which the Company was required to report about the occurrence of the event based on Article 30(b) of the Reporting Regulations.

 

  18.13 To provide the Trustee, at its written request, no later than five business days from the date of the Trustee’s request, any affidavit and/or declaration and/or documents and/or details and/or additional information regarding the Company (including explanations, documents and calculations regarding the Company, its business or assets) and even to order its accountant and legal advisors to do so, at the reasonable written request of the Trustee, if the Trustee reasonably believes that the information is required by the Trustee in order to apply and use the authorities, powers and authorizations of the Trustee and/or its counsel under the Deed of Trust, including information that may be essential and required in order to protect the rights of the Bondholders, provided that the Trustee acts in good faith, subject to the undertaking of confidentiality as stated in Section 31.12 below.‎31.12

 

  18.14 To provide the Trustee with all of the reports or notices as set forth in Section 35j of the Law.

 

 106 
 

 

  18.15 No later than ten business days from publication of the annual or quarterly financial statements of the Company, as applicable, the Company will provide the Trustee, at its request, with written confirmation, by the Company along with a calculation, in a form to the satisfaction of the Trustee, signed by the CEO or the most senior officer in the Company’s financial department, regarding its compliance or non-compliance of the Company with the financial covenants set forth in Section 6.10 of this Deed.

 

  18.16 In the event that the Company ceases to be a reporting corporation, then -To cause the senior officer in the Company’s financial department or the CEO of the Company to provide within 5 five business days of the date of the Trustee’s request, to the Trustee and/or to people that he so orders, with any explanation, document, calculation, or information related to the Company, its business and/or its assets that will be reasonably required in the Trustee’s discretion in order to carry out his role and to protect the Bondholders.

 

  18.17 In the event the Company should cease to be a Reporting Company, on April 10 of each year, for the previous calendar year, and as long as there are Bonds (Series B) in circulation, the Company will provide the Trustee, with confirmation, signed the by a director, the CEO or Company’s senior officer of the performance of all of the interest payments and/or payments on account of the principal, in connection with the Bonds (Series B), that are due to be paid before the date of the confirmation, and the payment date, as well as the balance of the par value of the Bonds from this series, which are still in circulation as of the date of the confirmation;

 

  18.18 No later than April 10 of each year and so long as this Deed is in force, confirmation from a directors of the Company and its CEO that in the period from the date of the Deed and/or from the date of the previous confirmation, the later of the two and until the date of the provision of the confirmation the Company did not breach this Deed of Trust including a material breach of the terms of the Bonds unless explicitly stated otherwise.

 

 107 
 

 

  18.19 To notify the Trustee in writing of any change to its name or address no later than two trading days from the day of the change.

 

  18.20 The Trustee may instruct the Company to immediate report on the MAGNA system, on behalf of the Trustee, any report in the form as provided in writing by the Trustee to the Company, and the Company shall be required to provide the report as stated.

 

  18.21 The Trustee will maintain the confidentiality of the information sent to him according to this Section, will not reveal it to anyone else and will not make any use of it, unless the discovery or use thereof is required in order to fulfill the Trustee’s position by law, according to the Deed of Trust or according to a court order.

 

  18.22 To notify the Trustee of any non-compliance with any foreign covenant at the earliest possible point and no later than 5 business days from the date of non-compliance with the foreign covenant or within 5 business days from the date on which notice was given by the affiliate company regarding the non-compliance with any foreign covenant, as applicable, as well as the expected implications of this non-compliance in accordance with the Company’s agreements with that entity. It shall be clarified, that as long as the Company did not fulfill any foreign covenant and it will be given an extension in order to fulfill the foreign covenant, the extension shall not be considered, regarding this Section alone, as a fulfillment of the covenant the Company will notify the Trustee of the non-compliance of the foreign covenant as stated.

 

For the purpose of this section -

 

Foreign covenant” – a material financial condition of the Company and any affiliated company of the Company, in the framework of the agreement with a financial institution or with another entity which provided the Company with material credit.

 

Material financial condition” – a financial condition, for which the non-compliance thereof will constitute grounds for the immediate repayment of material credit.

 

 108 
 

 

Material credit” – debt constituting at least 10% of the consolidated equity of the Company (including minority rights). Regarding an associated company - credit that multiplies the rate of the Company’s holdings (in final concatenation) in the associated company constituting at least 10% of the consolidated equity of the Company (including minority rights).

 

19. Additional Liabilities

 

  19.1 If the Bonds are called for immediate repayment, as defined in Section ‎8above, the Company will perform, from time to time and at any time required by the Trustee, all of the reasonable actions in order to enable the operation of all of the powers granted to the Trustee, and in particular, the Company will perform the following actions, no later than seven business days from the date of the Trustee’s request:

 

  19.1.1 Declare the declarations and/or sign all of the documents and/or perform and/or cause the performance of all of the actions required or necessary in accordance with the law in order to give effect to the operation of the powers, authorities and authorizations of the Trustee and/or its counsel under this Deed of Trust.

 

  19.1.2 Provide all of the notices, deposits and instructions that the Trustee sees fit and necessary in order to apply the provisions of the Deed of Trust.

 

  19.1.3 To repay to the bond holders and to the Trustee all the amounts due to them under the terms of the Deed of Trust, whether on the original due date or the date of the charge is due (‘Acceleration’).

 

  19.2 For the purposes of this Section – written notice, signed by the Trustee, that confirms that an action requested thereby, in the framework of its authorities, is a reasonable action, constitutes prima-facie evidence thereof.

 

 109 
 

 

20. Counsel

 

  20.1 The Company hereby irrevocably appoints the Trustee as its counsel to execute and perform in its name and place all of the technical actions that it must perform under the terms included in this Deed, and to act in its name generally with respect to the technical actions that the Company must perform under this Deed and has not performed, or to perform some of the authorities granted thereto, and to appoint any other person as the Trustee sees fit, and to perform its position under this Deed, subject to the Company failing to perform the technical actions that it must perform under this Deed within 14 days, as determined by the Trustee from the date of the Trustee’s demand, provided that it acted reasonably.

 

  20.2 An appointment under Section ‎20.1above shall not obligate the Trustee to perform any action, and the Company hereby exempts the Trustee and its agents in advance in the event in which it does not perform any action, and the Company waives in advance any claim vis-à-vis the Trustee and its agents for any damage caused or that may be caused to the Company directly or indirectly, for this, on the basis of any action that is not performed by the Trustee and its agents as stated above.

 

21. Other Agreements

 

Subject to the provisions of the law and the limitations imposed on the Trustee by law, the fulfillment of the Trustee’s position under this Deed or its position as a trustee will not prevent it from engaging with the Company in other agreements or performing transactions therewith during the ordinary course of its business, provided that the same does not create a conflict of interests with serving as a trustee for the Bondholders (Series B).

 

22. Reports on Matters Relating to Trusteeship

 

  22.1 The Trustee will be required to submit a report regarding the actions performed in accordance with the provisions of Section 35h1 of the Securities Law.

 

  22.2 The Trustee will prepare, by June 30 of each year, for the previous calendar year, an annual report of the Trustee’s affairs (the “Annual Report”).

 

 110 
 

 

  22.3 The Annual Report will include a report of extraordinary events in connection with the trusteeship that occurred during the past year.

 

  22.4 The Trustee will publish (itself or through the Company at the request of the Trustee) the Annual Report on the MAGNA system.

 

  22.5 In the event that the Trustee becomes aware of a material breach of this Deed and/or of the terms of the Bonds (Series B) on the part of the Company, based on public publications of the Company or under a notice of the Company to the Trustee under Section ‎18.4above, it will notify the Bondholders (Series B) of the breach and the measures that it has taken to prevent or enforce the fulfillment of the Company’s obligations by the Company, as applicable. This obligation will not apply with respect to an event that is published by the Company under law. This obligation of the Trustee is subject to its actual knowledge of the breach event as stated.

 

  22.6 The Trustee will update the Company of any report filed under this Section ‎22 and pass on to it a copy thereof.

 

  22.7 The terms of this section above will not derogate from any other or additional reporting obligation imposed on the Trustee under any law.

 

  22.8 The Trustee must submit a report regarding activity performed under the provisions of Chapter E1 of the Law at the reasonable request of the holders with at least ten percent (10%) of the balance of the par value of the Bonds within a reasonable time from the date of the demand, all subject to the confidentiality obligation borne by the Trustee vis-à-vis the Company as stated in Section 35j(d) of the Law.

 

  22.9 At the request of holders of more than five percent (5%) of the balance of the par value of the Bonds, the Trustee will transfer to the holders data and details regarding its expenses in connection with the trust.

 

  22.10 As of the signing date of this Deed, the Trustee is insured under professional liability insurance in the amount of $ 10 million for the period (the “Coverage Amount”). If the Coverage Amount is reduced for any reason below $8 million, the Trustee will update the Company no later than 7 business days from the day on which it learned of the abovementioned reduction from the Insurer in order to publish an immediate report on the matter.

 

 111 
 

 

23. Wages and Coverage of Trustee’s Expenses

 

The Company will pay the Trustee its fees as set forth in Appendix 23 of this Deed.

 

24. Special Powers

 

  24.1 The Trustee may deposit all of the deeds and documents that indicate, represent and/or set forth its right in connection with the trusteeship at the subject of this Deed, including in connection with any asset that it possesses at the time, in a safe and/or another place determined, with an banker and/or banking company and/or with an attorney.

 

  24.2 The Trustee may, within the performance of the trusteeship under the Deed of Trust, commission any opinion or the counsel of any attorney, accountant, appraiser, assessor, broker or other expert (the “Consultants”) and act in accordance with their conclusions, whether the opinion or counsel was prepared at the request of the Trustee or the request of the Company and the Trustee will not be responsible for any loss or damage caused as a result of any action or omission performed thereby on the basis of the counsel or opinion as stated, unless determined in an absolute judgment that the Trustee acted negligently (excluding negligence exempt under law as it may be from time to time) and/or in bad faith and/or maliciously. The Trustee will include, in opinion regarding the manner of exercise of the rights of the holders vis-à-vis the issuance, a copy of the opinion or counsel available to the Bondholders, further to their request (subject to the requestor proving ownership of the Bonds), subject to the Trustee’s determination, at its discretion, that the exposure of the opinion as stated will not harm the rights of the Bondholders, and it may determine conditions regarding the procedures for the review of the opinion. The Company will bear all of the expenses of hiring the Consultants appointed as stated, provided that the Trustee will provide the Company with notice five days in advance of its intent to receive an expert opinion or counsel as stated, provided that the expenses are reasonable. If the same does not harm the rights of the holders, the Trustee will provide the Company with notice five business days in advance of its intent to receive an expert opinion or counsel as stated.

 

 112 
 

 

  24.3 Any counsel and/or opinion as stated may be provided, sent or received by a letter, telegram, facsimile, email and/or other electronic means of transferring information, and the Trustee will not be responsible for actions performed on the basis of advice and/or an opinion or knowledge transferred via one of the methods mentioned above although it contains errors and/or was not authentic, unless the same errors could have been discovered in a reasonable inspection.

 

  24.4 Subject to any law, the Trustee will not be required to notify any party of the signature of the Deed of Trust, and will not be permitted to intervene in any manner in the management of the Company’s business or affairs, other than based on the authorities that will be granted to the Trustee in this Deed or as agreed by the Company and the Bondholders (Series B) and the Trustee. The provisions of this Section will not limit the Trustee in actions that it must perform in accordance with the Deed of Trust.

 

  24.5 The Trustee will use in the trusteeship the powers, authorizations and permissions granted thereto under the Deed of Trust, at its absolute discretion and subject to the other provisions of this Deed. In the event that the Trustee does not, it will not bear liability for any damage and/or loss and/or expense that is caused to the Company and/or the Bondholders and/or that it may bear following any action and/or omission performed by the Trustee, including as a result of mistakes in discretion, unless determined in an absolute judgment that the Trustee acted negligently (excluding negligence that is exempt under law as it may be from time to time) or in bad faith or maliciously or contrary to the provisions of this Deed, all in accordance with and subject to the provisions of the law.

 

 113 
 

 

  24.6 Unless explicitly determined otherwise by Law or the provisions of this Deed, the Trustee is not required to act in a manner which is not expressly detailed in this Deed of Trust so that any information, including about the Company and/or in connection with the Company’s ability to meet its obligations to bondholders comes to his attention, and this is not his role.

 

25. Trustees’ Power to Engage Agents

 

The Trustee may, in the framework of managing the trusteeship’s business, appoint agent/s that will act in its place, whether an attorney or another person, in order to perform or participate in the performance of special actions that must be performed in connection with the trusteeship and pay reasonable waves to any such agent, and without derogating from the generality of the above, to take legal proceedings. The Trustee may pay at the expense of the Company the reasonable wages of any such agent, considering the circumstances, including by way of offsetting from amounts that it owes, and the Company will return to the Trustee immediately upon its first request any expense as stated, all provided that prior to the appointment of the agent as stated, all provided that the Trustee has provided the Company with notice in advance regarding the appointment of agents as stated, excluding in cases in which providing notice in advance as stated will materially harm the rights of the Bondholders.

 

It is clarified that the appointment of an agent as stated will not derogate from the liability of the Trustee for its actions and those of its agents.

 

26. Indemnification of the Trustee

 

  26.1 The Company and the Bondholders (on the relevant effective date as stated in Section 26.6 below, each for its obligations as stated in Section 26.4 below) hereby undertakes to indemnify the Trustee and all of its officers, employees, agents or an expert that it appoints and/or that are appointed by the Trustee under the provisions of this Deed of Trust and/or under a lawful decision that is passed in a meeting of Bondholders (Series B) under the provisions of this Deed of Trust (the “Parties Eligible for Indemnification”):

 

  26.1.1 For any damage and/or loss and/or financial charge under a judgment (for which a stay is not granted) or based on a settlement that has ended (if the settlement relates to the Company, and the Company provides its consent to the settlement) the grounds of which are related to actions performed by Parties Eligible for Indemnification or that they are required to perform under the provisions of this Deed and/or under law and/or an instruction of a competent authority and/or any law and/or at the request of the Bondholders (Series B) and/or at the request of the Company; and

 

 114 
 

 

  26.1.2 For the fees of the Parties Eligible for Indemnification and the reasonable expenses under the circumstances incurred and/or that will be incurred, and for any damage and/or loss that they sustain due to actions performed by the Parties Eligible for Indemnification or that they are required to perform under the provisions of this Deed, and/or under law and/or an instruction of the competent authority and/or under any law and/or at the request of the Bondholders (Series B) and/or at the request of the Company and/or in connection with use of the powers and authorities provided by virtue of this Deed, and in connection with any legal proceedings, opinion of an attorney and other experts, negotiations, discussions, expenses, claims and demands with respect to any matter and/or item performed and/or that is not performed in any manner with respect to the matter herein.

 

All provided that:

 

  26.1.3 The Parties Eligible for Indemnification do not demand indemnification in advance regarding any manner that cannot be delayed (without harming their right to retroactive indemnification if and to the extent such right exists);

 

  26.1.4 It is not determined in a final judicial decision that the Parties Eligible for Indemnification acted in bad faith and that the action was performed other than in the fulfillment of their positions, other than in accordance with the provisions of the law and/or other than under this Deed of Trust;

 

 115 
 

 

  26.1.5 It is not determined in a final judicial decision that the Parties Eligible for Indemnification were negligent with negligence that is not exempt under law, as it may be from time to time;

 

  26.1.6 It is not determined in a final judicial decision that the Parties Eligible for Indemnification acted maliciously;

 

An indemnification undertaking under this Section ‎26.1 will be hereinafter: an “Indemnification Undertaking.”

 

It is agreed that in any event in which it is claimed against the Parties Eligible for Indemnification that: (1) they acted in bad faith or other than in the fulfillment of their roles, or not in accordance with the provisions of the law or the Deed of Trust, and/or (2) they were negligent with negligence that is not exempt under law and/or (3) acted maliciously – they will be entitled to indemnification immediately upon their request for payment of the Indemnification Undertaking amount; however, if it is determined in a final judicial decision that they did in fact act as claimed against them as stated above, the Parties Eligible for Indemnification will return the Indemnification Undertaking amounts paid to them.

 

  26.2 Without derogating from the rights to compensation provided to the Trustee under law and subject to the provisions of this Deed and/or the obligations of the Company under this Deed, the Parties Eligible for Indemnification will be entitled to indemnification from the funds received by the Trustee in the proceedings taken regarding the obligations that it has undertaken, with respect to reasonable expenses incurred following the performance of the trusteeship or in connection with such actions, which in their opinion are required to be performed and/or in connection with use of the powers and authorities provided by virtue of this Deed and in connection with all types of legal proceedings, opinions of attorneys and other experts, negotiations, discussions, claims and demands regarding any matter and/or action that is performed and/or not performed in any manner with respect to this, and the Trustee may delay the funds available thereto and paid from them the amounts required in order to pay the indemnification as stated. All of the said amounts will have priority over the rights of the Bondholders (Series B) and subject to the provisions of any law, provided that the Trustee acts in good faith and in accordance with the obligations imposed thereon under any law and under this Deed. For the purpose of this Section, an action of the Trustee that is approved by the Company and/or the Bondholders will be considered an action that is reasonably required.

 

 116 
 

 

  26.3 Without derogating from the Indemnification Undertaking in Section ‎26.1 above, in the event that the Trustee is required, under the terms of the Deed of Trust and/or under law and/or an instruction of a competent authority and/or any law and/or at the request of the Bondholders (Series B) and/or at the request of the Company to perform any action including but not limited to commencing proceedings or filing cases at the request of the Bondholders (Series B) as stated in this Deed, the Trustee will be required to refrain from taking any such action until it receives, to its satisfaction, a financial deposit to cover the Indemnification Undertaking (the “Financing Cushion”) in the amount required, with first priority from the Company, and in the case in which the Company still has not deposited the entire financing deposit on the date required to do so by the Trustee, provided that the Trustee has taken the actions required to collect the aforesaid amounts from the Company, the Trustee will contact the Bondholders (Series B) that hold the Bonds (Series B) on the effective date (as stated in Section ‎26.4 below), with a request that they deposit the Financing Cushion amount, each its ‘relative share’ (as this term is defined below). In the event in which the Bondholders (Series B) do not actually deposit the entire Financing Cushion amount required, the Trustee will not be subject to the obligation to take any action or relevant proceedings. The provisions above will not exempt the Trustee from taking an urgent action required in order to prevent material detrimental harm to the rights of the Bondholders (Series B).

 

 117 
 

 

The Trustee is authorized to determine the Financing Cushion amount and may again create an additional cushion as stated from time to time, in the amount determined thereby. It shall be clarified that the payment by the holders under this Section will not release the Company from its obligation to bear the aforesaid payment.

 

  26.4 The indemnity undertaking:

 

  26.4.1 Shall apply to the Company in any event of: (1) actions performed at the reasonable discretion of the Trustee and/or under any law and/or that are required to be performed under the terms of the Deed of Trust or in order to protect rights of the Bondholders (including due to a demand of a holder that is required for the sake of protection as stated); and (2) actions performed and/or required to be performed at the request of the Company, including due to a demand as stated.

 

  26.4.2 Shall apply to Holders that hold, on the effective date (as stated in Section ‎26.6 below) in any event of: (1) actions performed and/or that are required to be performed at the demand of the Bondholders (excluding actions which, as stated, are taken at the demand of Holders in order to protect the rights of the Bondholders); and (2) non-payment by the Company of the indemnification undertaking amount applicable thereto under Section ‎26.3 above (subject to the provisions of Section ‎26.6 below) and provided that the Parties Entitled to Indemnification have taken the reasonable actions under the circumstances required to collect the aforesaid amounts from the Company. It shall be clarified that the payment in accordance with subsection (2) above will not derogate from the obligation of the Company to bear the indemnification undertaking in accordance with the provisions of Section‎26.4.1 above.

 

 118 
 

 

  26.5 In any event in which the Company does not pay the entire amount required to cover the Indemnification Undertaking and/or does not deposit the entire Financing Cushion amount, as applicable, and/or the Holders are called to deposit the Financing Cushion amount under Section ‎26.3above, provided that the Parties Entitled to Indemnification have taken the reasonable actions under the circumstances required to collect the aforesaid funds from the Company, the following provisions shall apply:

 

  26.5.1 The funds will be collected in the following manner:

 

  26.5.1.1 First - the amount will be financed from the interest and/or principal that the Company is required to pay to the Bondholders (Series B) after the date of action. It is clarified that in the event that use is made of the same amounts by the Trustee, since the Company has not paid all of the amounts required to cover the Indemnification Undertakings and/or has not deposited the entire amount of the Financing Cushion, the same amounts will not be considered to have been repaid by the Company on account of the Bonds in favor of the Bondholders;

 

  26.5.1.2 Second - if, in the Trustee’s opinion, the amounts deposited in the Financing Cushion are insufficient to cover the Indemnification Undertaking, the holders that hold on the Effective Date (as stated in Section ‎26.3 below) will deposit the missing amount, in accordance with the relative share (as this is defined), with the Trustee.

 

“Relative Share” shall mean: the relative share of the Bonds (Series B) held by the Holder on the relevant effective date as stated in Section ‎26.3below of the total nominal value in circulation at the time. It is clarified that calculation of the relative share will remain effective even if after the same date a change occurs to the nominal value of the Bonds held by the Holder.

 

 119 
 

 

It shall be clarified that Bondholders that bear liability to cover expenses as stated in this Section above may bear expenses as stated in this section above in excess of their relative share, and in such a case, the priority will apply to the repayment of the funds in accordance with the provisions of Section ‎10of this Deed.

 

  26.6 The effective date for the determination of the obligation of a Holder in an Indemnification Undertaking and/or payment of the Financing Cushion is as follows:

 

  26.6.1 In any event in which the Indemnification Undertaking and/or payment of the Financing Cushion is required due to an urgent resolution or action required in order to prevent material detrimental harm to the rights of the Bondholders (Series B), without a prior decision of the meeting of Bondholders (Series B) – the effective date for the obligation will occur at the end of the trading day of the day on which the action is taken or the decision is made, and if the same day is not a trading day, on the previous trading day.

 

  26.6.2 In any event in which the Indemnification Undertaking and/or payment of the Financing Cushion is required based on a resolution of the meeting of Bondholders (Series B) – the effective date for the obligation will be the effective date for participation in the meeting (as this date is determined in the assembly notice).

 

  26.7 Payment of any amount imposed on the Company under this Section ‎26 by the Holders in lieu of the Company will not release the Company from its obligation to bear the aforesaid payment.

 

 120 
 

 

  26.8 With regard to the priority of the reimbursement to Holders that bear payments under this Section from the receipts by the Trustee, see Section ‎10above. The Trustee will act reasonably to return funds as stated that are paid by the Holders in place of the Company from the Company.

 

27. Notices

 

  27.1 Any notice on behalf of the Company and/or Trustee to the Bondholders will be provided through a report on the MAGNA system of the Securities Authority (the Trustee may instruct the Company and the Company will be required to immediate report on the MAGNA system on behalf of the Trustee, regarding any report in the form provided in writing by the Trustee to the Company). Any notice that is published or sent as stated will be considered to have been provided to a Bondholder on the date on which it was published as stated. If required under law, the Company will also publish an article in the paper.

 

  27.2 Any notice or demand on behalf of the Trustee to the Company or on behalf of the Company to the Trustee may be provided in a letter sent via registered mail based on the address set forth in the Deed of Trust, or based on another address of which one party shall inform the other in writing (including an email address) or through dispatch via email or an agent, and any notice or demand will be considered to have been received by the Company: (1) in the event of dispatch via registered mail – three business days from the day on which it is sent via mail; (2) in the event of dispatch via email (with telephone verification of its receipt) – one business day from the date on which it is sent; (3) in the event of delivery by courier – upon the delivery by courier to the recipient or its offer for acceptance of the recipient, as applicable.

 

 121 
 

 

28. Waivers, Compromises, and Changes to the Deed of Trust

 

Subject to the provisions of any law, excluding regarding (1) payment dates under the Bonds (including a technical change to the dates or effective date for payment); (2) the interest rate, adjustments of the interest arising from non-compliance with the financial covenants and a change to the rating; (3) undertakings of the Company in connection with the financial covenants and their breach; (4) undertakings of the Company in connection with the distribution of dividends; (5) provisions related to the expansion of a series; (6) the provisions pertaining to the law applicable to this Deed; (7) the terms of repayment and grounds for calling for immediate repayment; (8) the provisions regarding assets pledged and the negative pledge; (9) the appointment of a representative; (10) Interest cushion; (11) limitation on an activity sector; and (12) limitations regarding transactions with controlling stockholders; (13) material provisions related to a pledge of the Pledged Assets; and (14) reports that the Company is required to provide the Trustee under the Deed of Trust, the Trustee may, from time to time and at any time when, in its opinion, there will not be harm to the rights of the Bondholders (Series B), waive any breach or non-fulfillment of any of the terms of the Bonds or the non-fulfillment of any of the terms of the Deed of Trust by the Company.

 

Subject to the provisions of any law and with the prior approval of the Bondholders in a special resolution, the Trustee may, whether before or after the principal of the Bonds (Series B) is called for payment, settle with the Company in connection with any right or claim of the Bondholders (Series B), waive any right or claim of the Bondholders (Series B) or any of them vis-à-vis the Company under the Deed of Trust and the Bonds (Series B) and agree with the Company to any arrangement of their rights, including to waive any right or claim of the Bondholders (Series B) vis-a-vis the Company under this Deed.

 

In the event that the Trustee settles with the Company, waives any right or claim of the Bondholders (Series B) or agrees with the Company to any arrangement of rights of the Bondholders (Series B) after receiving the prior consent of the meeting of Bondholders (Series B) as stated above, the Trustee will be exempt from liability for this action, as approved by the general meeting, provided that the Trustee does not breach a fiduciary duty and does not act in bad faith or maliciously or with negligence that is not exempt under law, in the implementation of the resolution of the general meeting.

 

 122 
 

 

Without derogating from the provisions above, subject to the provisions of any law, the Company and the Trustee may, whether before or after the principal of the Bonds is called for payment, change the Deed of Trust and its appendices (including a change to the terms of the Bonds) if one of the following is met:

 

  (a) If the Trustee is convinced that the change does not harm the rights of the Bondholders under the Deed of Trust (excluding regarding the matters listed in subsections (1) to (14) above in this section 28), provided that he has notified the Bondholders (Series B) of the same in writing.

 

  (b) The change is approved by the Bondholders (Series B) in a special resolution.

 

This Deed may also be changed within settlement and arrangement proceedings under Section 350 of the Companies Law.

 

The Company has provided the Bondholders with notice through an immediate report published on the MAGNA of any change as stated above, shortly after its occurrence.

 

In any event of use of the Trustee’s right under this Section, the Trustee may demand from the Bondholders (Series B) that they provide it or the Company with the Certificates of the Bonds in order to record a note thereon regarding any settlement, waiver, change or amendment as stated, and at the request of the Trustee, the Company will record such a note. In any event of use of the Trustee’s right under this Section, it will inform the Bondholders (Series B) thereof in writing within a reasonable time.

 

29. Register of Bondholders

 

  29.1 The Company will keep and manage in its registered offices a register of Bondholders (Series B) in accordance with the Securities Law, which is open for the review of any person.

 

  29.2 The Company will not be required to record in the register of Bondholders (Series B) any notice regarding explicit, implicit or estimated trusteeship, or a pledge or lien of any kind or any equitable right, claim or offsetting or any other right, in connection with the Bonds (Series B). The Company will solely recognize the ownership of a person in whose name the Bonds are recorded, its legal heirs, estate managers or will executors of the registered owner and any person entitled to the Bonds, following a bankruptcy of any registered owner (or in the event of a corporation – following its liquidation) is entitled to be registered as a holder after evidence is provided which, in the opinion of the Company’s managers, is sufficient in order to prove the right of the person to be registered as the Bondholder.

 

 123 
 

 

30. Release

 

When it is proved to the satisfaction of the Trustee that all of the Bonds (Series B) are paid, redeemed or when the Company deposits sufficient amounts of money in trust with the Trustee which will suffice for the full and final redemption as well as when it is proved to the satisfaction of the Trustee that all of his wages and all of the expenditures made by the Trustee and/or his agents in connection with his operation according to the Deed of Trust and according to its provisions are paid to him in full, and the Trustee is required, at the Company’s first request, to act upon the monies deposited with him in respect of the Bonds (Series B) whose redemption was not requested, according to the terms stipulated in this Deed.

 

31. Appointment of the Trustee, the Trustee’s Roles, the Trustee’s Powers, and the Expiry of the Trustee’s Service

 

  31.1 The Company hereby appoints the Trustee as a trustee for the Bondholders (Series B) alone under the provisions of Section 35b of the Securities Law, including for the parties entitled to payments under the Bonds (Series B) that are not paid after the date of payment.

 

  31.2 The trusteeship for the Bondholders and the roles of the Trustee under the terms of this Deed will enter into force on the date of the allocation of the Bonds by the Company. The term of the Trustee’s appointment will be until the date of the convening of the holders’ meeting in accordance with the provisions of section 35B(a1) of the Securities Law.

 

  31.3 From the date on which this Deed of Trust takes effect, the Trustee’s roles will be according to all laws and this Deed.

 

  31.4 The Trustee will act in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Law.

 

  31.5 The Trustee will represent the bondholders (Series B) in every matter stemming from the Company’s undertaking to them, and he will be entitled, for this purpose, to take action to exercise the rights given to the holders according to the Securities Law or according to the Deed of Trust.

 

 124 
 

 

  31.6 The Trustee is entitled to initiate any proceeding for the purpose of protecting the rights of the holders in accordance with all laws and what is detailed in this Deed of Trust.

 

  31.7 The Trustee is entitled to appoint agents as detailed in Section ‎25 above.

 

  31.8 The Trustee’s actions are valid even if a defect is discovered in his appointment or eligibility.

 

  31.9 The Trustee’s signature on this Deed does not constitute an opinion on his part regarding the nature of the offered securities or desirability of investment therein.

 

  31.10 The Trustee will not be required to notify any party of the signing of this Deed. The Trustee will not interfere in any form whatsoever in the conducting of the Company’s business or affairs and this is not included amongst his roles. Nothing in this section will restrict the Trustee in any action which he must take in accordance with the provisions of this Deed.

 

  31.11 Subject to the provisions of all laws, the Trustee is not required to act in a manner which is not expressly detailed in this Deed of Trust so that any information, including about the Company and/or in connection with the Company’s ability to meet its obligations to bondholders comes to his attention, and this is not his role.

 

  31.12 Subject to the provisions of all laws and what is stated in this Deed of Trust, the Trustee undertakes, by his signing this Deed, to maintain in confidentiality all information provided to him by the Company and will not disclose it to another and will not make any use thereof, unless it’s disclosure or use is required for the purpose of fulfilling his role according to the Securities Law, according to the Deed of Trust, or according to a court order. Said duty of confidentiality will apply as well to any agent of the Trustee (including any consultant, counsel, and so forth). It is clarified that the transfer of information required to bondholders for the purpose of adopting a resolution relating to their rights according to the bond or for the purpose of providing report on the Company’s condition does not constitute a breach of said undertaking of confidentiality.

 

 125 
 

 

  31.13 The Trustee is entitled to rely, in the framework of his trust, on any written document including a letter of instruction, notice, request, consent or approval, purporting to be signed by or originating from a person or entity which the Trustee believes in good faith was signed by or originated from him.
     
  31.14 The provisions of the Securities Law will apply to the end of the Trustee’s service.
     
  31.15 If the Trustee’s service ended, a new trustee will be appointed in his place at a meeting of the holders.
     
  31.16 Despite the aforesaid, a resolution of the holders on the termination of the trustee’s service and his replacement with another trustee will be done, subject to any law, at a meeting at which holders with 50% of the balance of the par value of the Series B Bonds are present, or at a postponed meeting at which holders with at least 10% of said balance were present, with a majority of over 50% of those present and attending the vote.
     
  31.17 Subject to the provisions of all laws, the Trustee whose service ended will continue serving in his position until the appointment of another trustee. The Trustee will provide the new trustee with all of the documents and amounts accrued by him in connection with the trust which is the subject of the Date of Trust for Series B, and will sign any documents required for this purpose. Any new trustee will have the same powers, obligations, and authorities, and he will be able to act for all intents and purposes as if he was appointed as trustee in the first place.
     
  31.18 The Company will publish an immediate report in any event of the resignation of the Trustee and/or the appointment of a different trustee.

 

 126 
 

 

32. Bondholders’ Meetings

 

Meetings of bondholders (Series B) will be conducted as stated in the Second Supplement to this Deed.

 

33. Applicable Law

 

The only law which applies to this Deed of Trust and its appendices10, including the bonds, is Israeli law. In the event of any matter that is omitted from this Deed and in any event of a conflict between the provisions of the law and this Deed of Trust, the parties will act only in accordance with the provisions of Israeli law.

 

34. Exclusive Jurisdiction

 

The law applicable to this Deed of Trust, including its appendices, is the Israeli law only. In the event of a conflict between the provisions of the law and this Deed of Trust, the parties shall act in accordance with the provisions of Israeli law.

 

The exclusive and sole jurisdiction in connection with this Deed of trust, including its appendices11 and the bond, as an appendix thereto, is subject to the competence court in Tel Aviv- Jaffa.

 

 

10 Except for the pledge document to be signed as described in Section 6 of the Deed of Trust, which will be subject to US law.

11 Except for the pledge documents to be signed as stated in Section 6 of the Deed of Trust, regarding which the competent court in the US will be authorized to hear any matters connected thereto.

 

 127 
 

 

The Company, (with its signing of the Shelf Offer Report) the Controlling Stockholders in the Company (present and future) and the officers in the Company, (who serve and who will serve in the Company in the future), undertook and will undertake as relevant: that they will not object to a request by the Trustee and/or the Bondholders of Bonds (Series B) who will submit to a court in Israel a request for the application of Israeli law regarding compromise, arrangement, and insolvency in connection with the Company (and including the liquidation of the Company), regarding the Company’s compliance with the terms of the Deed of Trust and the Bonds (Series B), inasmuch as it shall be submitted; not to apply of their own initiative to courts outside of Israel in order to receive protection from a proceeding as aforesaid initiated against the Company by the Trustee and/or the Company’s Bondholders ; not to object if a court in Israel will seek to apply Israeli law regarding a compromise an arrangement and insolvency in connection with the Company (including liquidation; and will not raise claims against the local authority of the court in Israel in connection with proceedings filed by the Trustee and/or the Company’s Bondholders against the Company including a class action and derivative action regarding the Company’s compliance with the terms of the Deed of Trust and the Bonds (Series B). Further, the Company (with its signing of the Prospectus) undertook that in every agreement that the Company directly enters with a third party, including with the Company’s employees, it will be established that insolvency proceedings against the Company shall be initiated only in a court in Israel and according to the Israeli law. For this matter it is clarified that this undertaking shall not apply to the Company’s contracting with a third party that are ancillary to the contracting of the Company’s subsidiaries, including (without derogating from the generality of the above) the Company’s provision of guarantees and as well it will not apply to hedging agreements that the Company will enter with a third party, if such an agreement will occur.

 

In light of the aforesaid and subject to the fulfillment of the Company’s the Controlling Stockholders’ and the officers’ undertakings (in the present and in the future, as relevant), to the Company’s understanding an insolvency proceeding against the Company which is not according to Israeli law and/or not before Israeli courts can only stem from a lawsuit by a foreign creditor. On this matter, it is noted that if an insolvency proceeding against the Company is initiated not according to Israeli law and/or not before a foreign court, that stems from a lawsuit by a foreign creditor, the Company will make its best efforts and argue that the forum is not appropriate and all subject to all laws.

 

For the avoidance of doubt it is clarified that the undertakings by the Controlling Stockholders and officers in the Company (in the present and in the future) shall include, expressly, an irrevocable undertaking as well not to commence, at their initiative, ad insolvency proceeding against the Company according to foreign law and/or in a foreign court.

 

 128 
 

 

In light of the aforesaid and subject to the fulfillment of the undertakings of the Company, Controlling Stockholders and officers (present and future, as applicable), it is the Company’s understanding that and insolvency proceeding which is not according to Israeli law and/or before non-Israeli courts can only stem from a lawsuit by a foreign creditor which is not one of the above factors (the Company, the Controlling stockholders and the officers, as aforesaid) .

 

In addition, the Company (by signing this Prospectus), the Controlling Stockholders and the Officers of the Company12, present and future, irrevocably undertake and will undertake in writing not to make any claims against the authority of the Securities Authority and/or the administrative enforcement committee in Israel in connection with financial sanctions and/or administrative means of enforcement placed thereon by the Securities Authority and/or the administrative enforcement committee in Israel, according to Chapter H3 and/or Chapter H4 of the Securities Law, and irrevocably undertake and will undertake in writing to uphold the decisions of the Securities Authority and/or the administrative enforcement committee in Israel including, without derogating from the generality of the foregoing, to pay the financial sanctions and/or payments to the victims of the breach placed thereon (if any) and to take the actions to amend the breach and prevent its recurrence without waiving any right to petition, appeal or otherwise claim against such financial decision or sanction.

 

 

12 That are not Israeli.

 

 129 
 

 

In addition, the Company undertakes to provide the Trustee, shortly after the signing of the Trust Deed, with an irrevocable written undertakings of the Company, the Controlling Stockholders and the Officers of the Company on the signing date of the Trust Deed (and shortly after a change of control in the Company, as applicable) and any officer as stated above serving in the Company on the date of signing the Trust Deed (and shortly after the appointment of additional officers to the Company, as applicable) by virtue of their positions as officers of the Company: (1) not to object to the request of the Trustee and/or Bondholders that will be submitted to a court in Israel for the application of Israeli law regarding compromise, arrangement, and insolvency (including liquidation) in connection with the Company, if filed; (2) not to object if the court in Israel seeks to apply Israeli law regarding a compromise, arrangement and insolvency (including liquidation) in connection with the Company; (3) not to make claims against the territorial jurisdiction of the court in Israel in connection with the proceedings filed by the Trustee and/or bondholders of the Company against the Company, including a class action or derivative claim; (4) not to apply of their own initiative to courts outside of Israel to receive protection in any proceeding initiated by the Trustee and/or the Bondholders of the Company against the Company regarding the Company’s fulfillment of the terms of the Company’s Bonds and Trust Deed, and not to manage on their own an insolvency proceeding against the Company under foreign law and in a jurisdiction that is not Israel; (5) not to make claims against the authority of the Securities Authority and/or an administrative enforcement committee in Israel in connection with financial sanctions and/or administrative enforcement measures imposed thereon by the Securities Authority and/or administrative enforcement committee in Israel, under Chapter H3 and/or Chapter H4 of the Securities Law, and undertake and will undertake irrevocably and in writing to uphold the decisions of the Securities Authority and/or the administrative enforcement committee in Israel, including, without derogating from the generality of the above, to pay the financial sanctions and/or payments to victims of the breach imposed thereon (if any) and to take actions to remedy the breach and prevent its recurrence without waiver on any right of petition, appeal or claim in any other manner against the aforementioned sanctions or resolutions. The aforesaid undertakings of the Company, officers and controlling stockholders of the Company will be hereinafter referred to as the “Undertakings of the Company, Officers and Controlling Stockholders.”

 

The controlling stockholders’ and officers’ undertakings, as stated above, will be published shortly after the publication of the results of the tender regarding the issuance of Series B Bonds, or as the case may be will be attached in the framework of the immediate report regarding the appointment of the officer which the Company will publish in accordance with the provisions of the law Or regarding the change in control of the Company, as the case may be, which the Company shall publish in accordance with the provisions of the law in Israel, as part of the pre-issuance reports and at the time of the appointment of any officer and/or the entry of a new controlling stockholder, all during the course of the life of the Bonds (Series B).

 

 130 
 

 

The laws of the British Virgin Islands and the incorporation documents of the Company do not limit or prevent the registration for trade of the securities offered according to this Prospectus and these may be traded freely in the Stock Exchange without any limitation under the laws of the British Virgin Islands and the incorporation documents of the Company.

 

Moreover, it should be noted that the Controlling Stockholders and Officers in the Company, present and future, have irrevocably undertaken and will irrevocably undertake (as applicable) not to make any claims against the imposition or validity of Article 39a as aforementioned.

 

35. General

 

Without derogating from the other provisions of this Deed and of the Bonds (Series B), any waiver, extension, discount, silence, refraining from taking action (“Waiver”) on the part of the Trustee regarding nonfulfillment or partial fulfillment or improper fulfillment of any obligation to the Trustee according to this Deed and the bond (Series B) will not be considered as a Waiver on the part of the Trustee of any right, but rather limited consent to the special opportunity in which it was granted. Without derogating from the other provisions of this Deed and the bond (Series B), any change in undertakings to the Trustee requires received of the Trustee’s prior written consent. Any other consent, whether oral or by means of Waiver and refraining from taking action or in any other way which is not written will not be considered consent of any kind. The Trustee’s rights according to this Deed of Trust are individual and independent of one another, and are in addition to any right existing and/or which shall be granted to the Trustee according to law and/or agreement (including this Deed and the bond (Series B)).

 

 131 
 

 

36. Trustee’s Liability

 

  36.1 Notwithstanding what is stated in any law and anywhere in the Deed of Trust, inasmuch as the Trustee acted for the purpose of fulfilling his position in good faith and within a reasonable time, as well as ascertained the facts which a reasonable trustee would have ascertained under the circumstances, he shall not be liable to the bondholder for harm caused to him as a result of the fact that the Trustee utilized his discretion according to the provisions of section 35H(d1) or 35I1 of the Securities Law, unless it is determined in a final judgment that the Trustee acted with severe negligence. It is clarified that inasmuch as a contradiction shall be discovered between the provisions of this section and other provisions in the Date of Trust, the provisions of this section shall prevail.
     
  36.2 If the Trustee acted in good faith and without negligence in accordance with the provisions of section 35H(d2) or 35H(d3) of the Securities Law, he will not be liable for performing said action.

 

37. Addresses

 

The Parties’ addresses will be as detailed in the preamble to this Deed, or any other address regarding which appropriate written notice is given to the other party.

 

38. Authorization to MAGNA

 

In accordance with the provisions of the Securities Regulations (Signature and Electronic Reporting), 5763–2003, the Trustee hereby certifies to the entity authorized for the same on behalf of the Company, to electronically report to the Securities Authority regarding this Deed of Trust.

 

 132 
 

 

In witness whereof the Parties have signed:

 

     
Mishmeret Trust Services Company Ltd.   Strawberry Fields REIT Ltd.

 

I the undersigned, Boaz Noiman, Advocate, of the offices of Fischer Behar Well Orion & Co., certify that this Deed of Trust was signed by Strawberry Fields REIT Ltd. Through Mr. Moshe Eingal, whose signature binds the Company in connection with this Deed of Trust.

 

   
  Boaz Noiman
   
  Advocate

 

 133 
 

 

First Addendum

 

Certificate of Bonds (Series B)

 

Issuance of a series of NIS ___ million par value of Bonds (Series B), registered by name, bearing fixed annual interest in the rate determined by the Tender (the “Interest”), repayable (principal) in three payments – on March 31 of each of the years 2020, 2021, and 2022, such that each of the first two payments on account of the principal will constitute 10% of the total principal par value of the Bonds (Series B) and the third and last payment on account of the principal will constitute 80% of the principal total par value of the Bonds (Series B). The interest for the Bonds (Series B) will be paid on December 31 and March 31 of each of the years 0218 to 2022 (inclusive) (the first interest payment will be made on December 31, 2018 and the last interest payment will be made on March 31, 2022, together with payment of the principal of the Bonds).

 

Bond (Series B) Registered by Name

 

Number 1

 

Par value NIS __________

 

Annual interest: fixed at a rate determined by the Tender.

 

The registered owners of the Bonds in this Certificate: Mizrahi Tefahot Nominee Company Ltd.

 

1. This certificate indicates that Strawberry Fields REIT Ltd. (the “Company”) will pay any party that is the registered owner of this Bond (the “Holder of the Bond (Series B)”) on the effective date for the same payment. The payments will be made on the following dates:

 

  1.1. The principal of the par value of the Bonds (Series B) in three payments - on March 31 of each of the years 2020, 2021, and 2022, such that each of the first two payments on account of the principal will constitute 10% of the total principle par value of the Bonds (Series B) and the third and final payment on account of the principal will constitute 80% of the total principal par value of the Bonds (Series B).

 

 134 
 

 

  1.2. The interest for the Bonds (Series B)- the interest for the Bonds (Series B) will be paid in biannual payments on March 31 and December 31 of each of the years 2018 to 2022 (inclusive). The first interest payment will be made on December 31, 2018 for the period beginning on the first trading day after the closing date of the signatures and ending on the last day before the first payment date of the interest (i.e. on September 29, 2018) (the “First Interest Period”), which will be calculated based on the number of dates in this period on a basis of 365 days per year. The interest rate that will be paid for a certain interest period (excluding the First Interest Period) i.e. the period commencing on the payment date of the previous interest period and ending on the last day before the payment date shortly after the date of its commencement will be calculated as the annual interest rate divided by two (the “Biannual Interest Rate”). .

 

All subject to the provisions on the overleaf and the Deed of Trust, dated ___, 2018, between the Company of the first part and Mishmeret Trust Services Ltd. and/or any party that serves from time to time as a trustee of the Bondholders under the Deed of Trust (the “Trustee” and the “Deed of Trust” respectively).

 

2. The Bonds (Series B) are not linked to any index or currency.
   
3. The final payment of principle and the final payment of the interest will be made in exchange for provision of the bond certificates (Series B) to the Company on the date of the final payment (i.e. on March 31, 2022) at the Company’s registered office or in any other place which the Company shall indicate. The Company’s notice as stated will be published no later than five (5) business days before the last payment date.
   
4. All of the Bonds (Series B) shall have an equal security rating between them (Pari Passu) in connection with the Company’s liabilities according to the Bonds (Series B) and without a priority right or preference for one over another.

 

 135 
 

 

5. This Bond (Series B) is issued subject to the terms detailed on the overleaf, the terms detailed in the Deed of Trust, the Shelf Prospectus and the Shelf Offer Report.

 

Signed by the Company on ____ 2018

 

By:  
   
Authorized Signatory: _______________ Authorized Signatory: _______________

 

I the undersigned, Boaz Noiman, Advocate, of Fischer Behar Hen Well Orion and Co. certify that this bond certificate was duly signed by Strawberry Fields REIT Ltd., by means of Mr. Nahman Eingal, whose signature binds the Company in connection with this bond.

 

Boaz Noiman, Adv.

 

 136 
 

 

The Terms Listed on the Overleaf

 

1. General

 

In this (Series B) bond, the following expressions shall have the following meanings and inasmuch as they are not defined below, shall have the meaning given them in the Deed of Trust, unless a different meaning is implied by the context:

 

“Business Day”    
     
or a “Bank Business Day”   Any day on which the exchange clearinghouse of most of the banks in Israel are open to carry out transactions.
     
“Series of Bonds”   – the bonds listed by name, whose terms will be in accordance with the certificate of the Bonds (Series B) and the Shelf Offer Report on behalf of the Company dated ____ 2018 (including its amendments, if any) based on which they will be issued.
     
“Principal” -   The unpaid par value of the (Series B) bonds.
     
“Special Resolution” –   a resolution passed in a general meeting of Bondholders (Series B), who are present themselves or by their counsel whose Bonds represent at least 50% of the balance of the par value of the Bonds (Series B), or in an adjourned meeting attended by the Bondholders, themselves or by their counsel, who hold at least 20% of the balance of the par value as stated, and which is passed (whether in the original meeting or adjourned meeting) with a majority of at least two thirds (2/3) of the balance of the par value of the Bonds (Series B) represented in the vote.

 

 137 
 

 

“Ordinary Resolution” -   a resolution passed in a meeting of Bondholders convened under Section 35l13 and 35l14(a) of the Securities Law, passed (whether in the original or deferred meeting) with a majority of at least fifty percent (50%) of all of the votes of the participants in the vote, excluding abstentions;
     
The “Nominee Company” –   Mizrahi Tefahot Nominee Company Ltd. or a nominee company that will replace it, provided all the Company’s securities will be registered under its name.
     
“Trading Day” -   A day on which transactions are made in the Tel Aviv Securities Exchange Ltd.
     
“Clearing Housing of the Stock Exchange” -   The Securities Authority The Tel Aviv Stock Exchange Ltd.

 

2. The Bonds

 

For details regarding the Bonds (Series B), see section 2 ‎2of the Deed of Trust.

 

3. Terms of Bonds (Series B)

 

  (a) The Bonds (Series B), registered by name, worth NIS 1 par value each. The Bonds (Series A) will be payable (principal) in three payments - on March 31 of each of the years 2020, 2021, and 2022, such that each of the first two payments on account of the principal will constitute 10% of the total principle par value of the Bonds (Series B) and the third and final payment on account of the principal will constitute 80% of the total principal par value of the Bonds (Series B).
     
  (b) The unpaid balance of the principal of the Bonds (Series B) will bear fixed annual interest at the rate determined in the Tender (but subject to adjustments in the case of a change to the rating of the Bonds (Series B) and/or deviation from the financial covenants set forth in Sections 5.2 and 5.3, respectively, in the Deed of Trust. 13

 

 

13 It is clarified that if the Bonds (Series B) are rated by more than one reading company, the ratings test for the purpose of adjusting the interest rate to a change in rating (if and inasmuch as there shall be such a change) shall be done, at all times, according to the lower of the ratings.

 

 138 
 

 

  (c) The Bonds (Series B) are not linked to any currency or index.
     
  (d) The interest for the Bonds (Series B) will be paid in semiannual payments, on March 31 and on December 31 of each of the years 2018 to 2022 (inclusive), as set forth below (excluding the first payment, which will be made as set forth in subsection (e) below).
     
  (e) The first payment of interest on the Bonds (Series B) will be paid on December 31, 2018 for the period beginning on the first trading day after the signature closing date and will end on the last day before the date of the first interest payment (namely, on September 29, 2018) (the “First Interest Period”) which shall be calculated according to the number of days during this period on the basis of 365 days per year. The interest rate which will be paid for a particular interest period (other than the first interest period) (meaning, the period which begins on the payment day of the prior interest period and ending on the last day before the payment date immediately after the commencement date) will be calculated as the yearly interest rate divided by two (the “Semiannual Interest Rate”). The Company will publicize, in the immediate report on the results of the tender, the initial interest rate, the annual interest rate which shall be determined in said tender, and the Semiannual Interest Rate.
     
  (f) The final payment of principle and the final payment of the interest will be made in exchange for provision of the bond certificates (Series B) to the Company on the date of the final payment (namely, on March 31, 2022) and the Company’s registered office or in any other place which the Company shall indicate. Such notice by the Company will be published no later than five (5) business days before the date of the final payment.

 

 139 
 

 

  (g) It is clarified that a party that is not registered in the registry regarding payment of principal and/or interest, as applicable, on March 19 and September 18 regarding each relevant period that precedes the payment date of the principal and/or interest will not be entitled to payment of principal and/or interest for the principal and/or interest term beginning before the same date.

 

4. Payments of Principal and Interest of the Bonds (Series B)

 

  (a) Every payment on account of the principle and/or interest which shall be paid with a delay exceeding seven (7) days from the date stipulated for its payment according to the bond terms, and this for a reason under the Company’s control, shall bear lateness interest as defined below, beginning on the date stipulated for its payment and until the date of actual payment. Regarding this, the rate of interest in arrears shall be in addition to 3% on the interest rate on bonds as stated in section 3(b) ‎3 above, and all on a yearly basis (the “ Arrears Interest”). The Company shall give notice of the rate of Interest which has accrued (inasmuch as it has accrued) on the precise interest rate for the period, including the arrears interest, as well as the date of payment, in an immediate report and this two (2) trading days before the date of actual payment.
     
  (b) Payment to those who are so entitled will be done by check or bank transfer and/or by means of the Exchange Clearinghouse in favor of the bank account of the bondholders (Series B). If the Company cannot, for any reason whatsoever which is not under the Company’s control, pay any amount to those so entitled, the provisions of Section ‎14of the Trust Deed will apply.
     
  (c) A bondholder (Series B) who so wishes, will notify the Company of the details of the bank account to be credited with payments to that same holder according to the Bonds (Series B) as aforesaid, or of a change in the details of said account or his address, as applicable, in a notice which will be sent by registered mail to the Company. The Company shall be required to act in accordance with the notice from the holder regarding said change after the passing of 15 business days from the date on which the holder’s notice reached the Company.

 

 140 
 

 

  (d) If a bondholder registered in the registry of holders did not timely provide the Company with details regarding his bank account to be credited with the transfer of payments to the same holder, according to the bond, every such payment will be made by check which will be sent by registered mail to his last address registered in the registry of holders. Sending of a check to one so entitled by registered mail as aforesaid will be considered for all intents and purposes as payment of the amount determined therein on the date of its sending by mail, provided that the check is deposited in the bank and actually paid.

 

5. Postponement of Dates

 

In any event in which a date for payment on account of principle and/or interests falls on a day which is not a business day, the payment date will be postponed to the first business day thereafter, without additional payment and the “Effective Date” for the purpose of determining entitlement for redemption or interest will not change as a result.

 

6. Securing the Bonds

 

See Section ‎6 of the Deed of Trust.

 

7. Refraining from Payment for a Reason Which is not under the Company’s Control

 

See Section ‎14of the Deed of Trust.

 

8. Register of Bondholders

 

See Section ‎29of the Deed of Trust.

 

9. Splitting Bond Certificates

 

  (a) In respect of the Bonds (Series B) registered in the name of one holder, the holder shall be issued one certificate, or at his request, he shall be issued a number of certificates in a reasonable amount (and the certificates mentioned in this section shall hereinafter be called: the “Certificates”).
     
  (b) Every bond certificate may be split to bond certificates where the sum of all of their par value equals the amount of the par value of the certificate whose splitting is requested, provided that said certificates shall not be issued except in reasonable amounts. We split will be done in exchange for providing that same bond certificate together with a written request signed by the registered holder given to the Company at its registered office for the purpose of carrying out the split. All of the costs involved in the split, including taxes and levies, if such shall apply, will fall on the party requesting the split.

 

 141 
 

 

10. Transfer of Bonds

 

The bonds may be transferred and their full par value, as well as in part, provided that it shall be in whole New Israel Shekels. Every bond transfer shall be done by a letter of transfer in an accepted wording, duly signed by a the registered holder or his legal representatives and by the recipient of the transfer orders legal representatives, which shall be provided to the Company at its registered office together with the bond certificates transferred in accordance there with as well as every other proof required by the Company for the purpose of proving the transferor’s right to transfer them. If tax or any other mandatory payment shall apply to the letter of transfer of the bonds, proof of their payment shall be provided to the Company which shall be satisfactory to the Company. The Company’s Articles of Incorporation which apply to the transfer shares which are fully paid and their assignment will apply, mutatis mutandis, as applicable, on the manner of the transfer of the bonds and their assignment. In the event of a transfer of only a portion of the amount of the determinate principle in a bond certificate, it is necessary to first split, according to the provisions of section ‎8above, the certificate to a number of certificates as required by the same, in a manner such that the sum of all of the determinate principle amounts therein will be equal to the amount of the determinate principle of said bond certificate. After fulfilling all of these conditions, the transfer shall be registered in the registry, and the Company shall be entitled to require that a notice regarding said transfer be registered on the certificate of the transferred bond which will be provided to the transfer recipient or that he be issued a new bond certificate in its place, and the transferee shall be subject to all of the conditions detailed in the transferred bond certificate such that in a place that it states “the holder” it shall be seen as if it says “the transferee”, and he shall be considered as a “holder” for purposes of the Deed of Trust.

 

 142 
 

 

11. Early Redemption

 

Regarding early redemption of the Bonds at the initiative of the Stock Exchange and early redemption at the initiative of the Company, see Section ‎5 of the Deed of Trust.

 

12. Purchase of Bonds by the Company and/or an Affiliate

 

See Section ‎3 of the Deed of Trust.

 

13. Waivers; Compromises, and Changes to the Deed of Trust

 

See Section ‎28 of the Deed of Trust.

 

14. Bondholders’ Meetings

 

The general meetings of bondholders (Series B) shall be convened and shall be conducted in accordance with what is stated in the Second Supplement of the Deed of Trust.

 

15. Receipt from Bondholders

 

See Section ‎15 of the Deed of Trust.

 

16. Right to Call for Immediate Repayment

 

See Section ‎8 of the Deed of Trust.

 

17. Notices

 

See Section ‎27 of the Deed of Trust.

 

18. Applicable Law and Judicial Authority

 

See Sections ‎33and ‎34 of the Deed of Trust.

 

19. Order of Priorities

 

In the event of a contradiction between this supplement and the Deed of Trust, the Deed of Trust shall prevail.

 

***

 

 143 
 

 

Second Addendum

 

Bondholders’ Meetings (Series B)

 

1. Entitlement to Convening a Meeting

 

  1.1. The Trustee will convene a meeting of Holders if it sees that the same is necessary or at the request of one or more Bondholder who has at least 5% (five percent) of the balance of the par value of the Bonds. In the event that those requesting the calling of the meeting are bondholders, the Trustee will be entitled to require indemnification, including in advance, from the requesters for the reasonable expenses involved.
     
  1.2. It shall be clarified that the indemnification demand by the Trustee shall not detract from the calling of a meeting which was called for the purpose of initiating an action designed to prevent harm to the rights of the bondholders and the indemnification demand shall not derogate from the Company’s obligation to bear the expenses involved in calling the meeting.
     
  1.3. The Trustee will call a meeting of bondholders within 21 days from the date on which the request that it be convened is submitted to him, on a date which shall be stipulated and of the summons, and provided that the date of convening will not be earlier than seven days and no later than 21 days from the date of the summons; however the Trustee is entitled to advance the convening of the meeting to at least one day after the summons date, if he believes that this is required for the purpose of defending the holders’ rights; should he do so, the Trustee will explain the reasons for advancing the convening date in the report regarding the meeting summons.
     
  1.4. If the Trustee did not call a meeting of holders, according to the holder’s request as aforesaid, within 21 days from the date he was requested as aforesaid, the holder is entitled to convened the meeting, and provided that the date of convening will be within 14 days of the end of the period in which the Trustee must call the meeting, and the Trustee will bear the expenses incurred by the holder in connection with convening the meeting.
     
  1.5. Every meeting of bondholders (Series B) will take place in Israel and a place indicated by the Company and/or the Trustee, and the Company will bear the reasonable expenses of convening the meeting.

 

 144 
 

 

2. Meeting Summons and Meeting Agenda

 

  2.1. A summons to a meeting by the Trustee for the purpose of consultation only with the bondholders will be published at least one day before the date of its convening (“Consultation Meeting”). An agenda will not be published for, and no resolutions will be adopted at a Consultation Meeting.
     
  2.2. A summons to a meeting which is not a Consultation Meeting will be published in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Law as it shall exist from time to time, at least 7 (seven) days, but no more than 21 days before the convening of the meeting ( “Summons”).
     
  2.3. The Trustee will determine the agenda at the bondholders meeting. One or more Bondholder (Series B) who has at least 5% (five percent) of the balance of the par value of the Bonds (Series B) is entitled to request that the Trustee include a topic on the holders’ meeting which will be convened in the future, provided that the topic is appropriate in the Trustee’s opinion for discussion at said meeting;
     
  2.4. The Trustee will be entitled to shorten the date of convening to at least one day after the date of the summons if he saw that delay in convening the meaning constitutes or is likely to constitute injury to the rights of the bondholders. Should he do so, the Trustee will explain the reasons for advanced in the convening of the meeting in the report regarding the meeting summons.
     
  2.5. The summons shall detail:

 

  2.5.1. Location where the meeting will be convened;
     
  2.5.2. The date and time on which the meeting will be convened;
     
  2.5.3. The legal quorum for commencing the meeting as detailed in section ‎3 below;
     
  2.5.4. The effective date for participation in the meeting which shall occur no less than one day before the convening of the meaning and not more than three days before its convening.
     
  2.5.5. The topics to be discussed at the meeting and proposed resolutions will be indicated;
     
  2.5.6. Arrangements regarding written voting;

 

 145 
 

 

3. The Legal Quorum for Commencing the Meeting and Postponed Meeting

 

  3.1. A Consultation Meeting will take place with any number of participants.
     
  3.2. A meeting of bondholders so commence after it is proved that the required legal quorum as stated below for holding the meeting is present.
     
  3.3. Subject to the presence of the required legal quorum for the meeting which was convened to adopt special resolutions and subject to the provisions of the Securities Law, the legal quorum for holding a holders’ meeting is the presence of at least two bondholders who have 25% (twenty-five percent) at least of the unpaid balance of the par value of the bonds in circulation and that time, within half an hour from the time stipulated for opening the meeting
     
  3.4. If within half an hour from the time stipulated for the opening of the meeting, a legal quorum is not present, the meeting will be postponed to a different date which shall not be earlier than two business days after the date stipulated for holding the original meeting or one business day, if the Trustee believes that this is required for the purpose of protecting the rights of the bondholders; if the meeting is postponed, the Trustee will explain the reasons for this in the report regarding the postponed-meeting summons.
     
  3.5. Other than in connection with a meeting which was convened to adopt as resolution that is required to be adopted as a special resolution and subject to the provisions of the Securities Law, if you legal corm is not present at the postponed holders’ meeting within half an hour from the time stipulated for its commencement, the quorum shall be legal with any number of participants; if the meeting is convened following a request from the holders, as set forth in Sections ‎1.2 and ‎1.3 above - the legal quorum of Bondholders will be one or more holding at least 5% (five percent) of the balance of the par value of the bonds existing in circulation on the effective date for the meeting.
     
  3.6. Bonds held by a related person (as defined in section ‎3.2 of the Deed) will not be taken into consideration for the purpose of determining the legal quorum.

 

 146 
 

 

4. Chairperson

 

At every holders’ reading, the Trustee or whomever he appoints shall serve as chairperson of that same meeting.

 

5. Adjourned Meeting

 

  5.1. A meeting which has been opened shall be adjourned at the notice of the Trustee or notice of the chairperson of the meeting, and it may have one or more sessions.
     
  5.2. In a holders’ meeting which has a legal quorum, the meeting chairperson and/or the Trustee are entitled to decide to hold an additional session which will take place on a different date and location which will be determined by the Trustee (“Adjourned Meeting”).
     
  5.3. The Trustee will be responsible for publicizing a notice regarding the date and location on which the Adjourned Meeting will be convened, and provided that said notice shall be given 12 hours at least before the convening of the Adjourned Meeting.
     
  5.4. At an Adjourned Meeting, only a topic which was on the agenda of the original meeting regarding which no resolution was adopted will be discussed.
     
  5.5. A holder who was not present at the original meeting will be able to be present for the Adjourned Meeting and vote on the topics which have been presented for vote (and for which the vote has not yet been sealed) and will be presented for voting, subject to the fact that he proves his ownership of bonds which are the subject of the meeting to the one calling the meeting as of the effective date of the meeting is stipulated in summons notice for the meeting.

 

6.Provisions for Special Meetings

 

In a meeting of bondholders the agenda of which contains one of the following, the provisions below will apply regarding the legal quorum in a meeting of holders or an adjourned meeting, and regarding the majority required for passing the resolutions:

 

  6.1. In a meeting the agenda of which contains calling the bonds for immediate repayment - the provisions of Section ‎8.2.2 of the Trust Deed will apply.

 

 147 
 

 

  6.2. In a meeting the agenda of which contains removing the Trustee from his service - the provisions of Section ‎31of the Trust Deed will apply.
     
  6.3. A change and/or amendment and/or addition to the Trust Deed - the provisions of Section 28 of the Deed of Trust will apply. ‎28

 

At a meeting on whose agenda includes a resolution on a topic regarding which it is stipulated in the Trust Deed or the bond that it is subject to a special resolution, the legal quorum is the presence of bondholders who own fifty percent (50%) at least of the balance of the bonds’ par value or at a postponed meeting, the presence of bondholders who own twenty percent (20%) at least of the balance of the bonds’ par value. The required majority for adopting a special resolution (whether at the original meeting or at a postponed meeting) is a majority of two-thirds (two thirds) of the balance of the bonds’ par value which is represented at the vote.

 

7. Position Statements

 

  7.1. The Trustee or the bondholder, one or more, who owns at least 5% (five percent) of the balance of the bonds’ par value (Series B) is entitled to make a written application to the bondholders in a letter which will be attached to the ballot in order to convince them regarding the manner of their vote on one of the topics raised for discussion at that same meeting (in this supplement – “Position Statement”).
     
  7.2. A holder who wishes to make use of this right will give notice of the same to the Trustee during the session in which it is resolved to bring that same topic to a vote and will provide the Trustee with the Position Statement within 24 hours of the date of that same session.
     
  7.3.

Any meeting which was summoned following a request by stockholders or by the stockholders as detailed in sections 1.1 and 1.3, every holder will be entitled, by means of the Trustee, to publish a Position Statement in relation to the topics which are on the agenda for the meeting.‎1.2‎1.3

     
  7.4. The Trustee in the Company will be entitled, each one individually, to publish a Position Statement in response to the Position Statement which was sent in accordance with 7.1 and 7.3 above, or in response to another application to the bondholders.
     
  7.5. Position Statements will not be published at a Consultation Meeting.

 

 148 
 

 

8. Votes at a Meeting

 

  8.1. The vote at a meeting of the holders of the Bonds (Series B) will take place in relation to the topics which were detailed in the summons only.
     
  8.2. A holder of a Bond (Series B) will be entitled to vote himself, by means of an agent appointed in accordance with this supplement or by means of a ballot.
     
  8.3. The meeting chairperson is entitled to determine that votes will be by ballot or by means of vote during the course of the meeting. In the event in which the chairperson determined that the vote will be by means of ballot, the trustee will ensure that the text of the ballot will be distributed to the holders, and will determine the date on which the vote is closed by which time the holders must send the full and duly signed ballot to the Trustee. The Trustees entitled to require that a holder declare, in the framework of the ballot, the existence or absence of a conflict of interest (as defined infra) which he has, in accordance with the Trustee’s judgment. A holder who does not fill out the ballot in full and/or does not prove his entitlement to participate and vote at a meeting according to the provisions of the Second Supplement will be considered as one who has not submitted a ballot and accordingly has chosen not to vote on the topic(s) which are on the ballot. A fully filled out and duly signed ballot in which the holder indicated his vote which reaches the Trustee by the deadline determined for the same will be considered as presence at the meeting for the purpose of breaching the legal quorum at the meeting.
     
  8.4. Unless expressly stipulated otherwise in this Deed, the required majority for adopting any resolution by the general meeting is an ordinary majority of the number of votes represented in the vote and those voting for or against. Additionally, but subject to the provisions above, the Trustee is entitled to decide at his discretion in accordance with the circumstances whether adoption of a resolution requires a majority which is not ordinary.
     
  8.5. The Trustee will participate in the meeting without the right to vote. The Company may, through its representatives, present matters before the discussion and respond to questions from holders, if any. Notwithstanding the above, it shall be clarified that the Trustee may, at its sole discretion, resolve that the meetings of holders, in whole or in part, will take place in the absence of the Company or a representative on its behalf or a related holder or any other person, without being subject to the obligation to provide grounds.

 

 149 
 

 

  8.6. Holders of the bonds are entitled to participate and vote in every general meeting on their own or by means of representatives. Every voter by bondholders will be conducted according to the number of votes such that every bondholder or his representative will be entitled to one vote in respect of every NIS 1 par value from the total specified principle which has not yet been repaid of the bonds based on which he is entitled to vote. In the event of joint holders, only the vote by the requested registered first between them in the registry, whether himself or by means of an agent.
     
  8.7. A bondholder or his agent are entitled to vote in respect of a portion of his votes in favor of a particular proposed resolution, and against in respect of another portion, and in respect of another portion to abstain, all as he sees fit.

 

9. Checking for the Existence of a “Conflicted Interest”

 

  9.1. In the number of voters, the votes of Bondholders who are a related person as defined in section 3.2 of the Trust Deed will not be considered and these bonds shall not grant the related person the right to vote at the general meeting of bondholders as long as they are held by the related person.
     
  9.2. The Trustee will examine the existence of conflicts of interests by holders, whether it is a matter stemming from their holding of the bonds or whether it is another matter related to them, as determined by the Trustee (in this supplement – “Other Matter”); the Trustee is entitled to require that the holder participating in the holders’ meeting notify him regarding any Other Matter of his as well as whether he has such a conflict of interests.
     
  9.3. Without derogating from the generality of the aforesaid, each of the following shall be considered a conflicted owner:

 

  9.1.1 A holder who is a Related Person (as this term is defined in section ‎3.2of the Trust Deed);

 

 150 
 

 

  9.1.2 A holder who served as an officer in the Company adjacent to the time of the event which is at the basis of the resolution at issue at the meeting;
     
  9.1.3 Any holder who the Trustee determines possesses a “conflict of interest” according to what is stated, infra, subject to all laws and/or instructions by the competent authority including: every holder who declares to the Trustee in writing that he has a substantive personal interest which deviates from the interests of all of the bondholders at the bondholders meeting (Series B). A holder who fails to provide a written declaration after having been requested to do so by the Trustee will be considered as having declared that he has a personal interest as such, and regarding him the Trustee will determine that he has a conflict of interest. Without derogating from what is stated in this section ‎9, the Trustee will examine whether the holder is a holder with a “conflict of interest,” taking into account also the holdings of that same holder of other securities in the Company and/or securities in any other corporation relevant to the resolution presented for approval at the meeting (as shall be detailed in the ballot), in accordance with the declaration of that same holder.

 

Determination of a conflict of interest will be done as well on the basis of a general test for conflict of interest which shall be carried out by the Trustee. Similarly, for the avoidance of doubt is clarified that the provisions regarding the definition of bondholders with a conflict of interest shall not derogate from the provisions of any law, case law and binding guidelines by the Securities Authority regarding the definition of bondholders with a conflict of interest, as shall apply at the time of the examination.

 

  9.4. For the purpose of examining a conflict of interests as aforesaid, the Trustee shall be entitled to rely on a legal opinion which he shall request, and it shall be subject to the provisions of the Deed of Trust regarding bearing of expenses.

 

 151 
 

 

  9.5. It shall be clarified that the test for a conflict of interests as stated, supra, inasmuch as it is required in the judgment of the Trustee, shall be conducted separately in relation to each resolution on the meeting agenda as well as in relation to each meeting, separately. It shall be further clarified that the declaration of a holder as having a conflict of interest in a resolution or meeting will not, in and of itself, demonstrate a conflict of interests by that same holder for a different resolution which is on the meeting agenda or his conflict of interest at different meetings.
     
  9.6. And counting the vote tally at a vote which took place at a holders’ meeting, the Trustee will not take into account the votes of holders who did not respond to his request as described in section ‎9.1above, or that of holders regarding whom he found that there is a conflict of interest as stated in that same subsection (in this supplement – “Holders With a Conflict of Interest”).
     
  9.7. Notwithstanding what is stated in Section 9.6 above, if the total holdings participating in the vote, who do not possess a conflict of interest, is a less than a rate of five percent (5%) of the balance of the bonds’ par value (Series B), the Trustee will take into account when telling votes, the votes of holders with a conflict of interest as well.‎9.6

 

10. Declaration of Adoption of a Resolution

 

The declaration by chairperson that a resolution at a holders’ meeting was adopted or rejected, whether unanimously or by some majority, shall be prima facie evidence of what is stated therein.

 

11. Letter of Appointment

 

  11.1. A letter appointment appointing an agent will be in written and will be signed by the a pointer or by his authorized representative, in writing as required. If the pointer is a corporation, the appointment will be made in writing, signed with of the corporation’s stamp and the signature of the clerk of the corporation or the corporation’s representative who is authorized to do so. A letter of appointment of an agent will be drafted in any common form. An agent is not required to be a holder himself.
     
  11.2. A letter of appointment and the power of attorney or another certificate based on which the letter of appointment is signed, or a certified copy of such a power of attorney, will be deposited in the Company’s office prior to the time of the meeting regarding which power of attorney is granted, unless otherwise stipulated in the notice calling the meeting.

 

 152 
 

 

  11.3. A vote cast in accordance with the terms in the document appointing an agent shall be valid even if the grantor passes away beforehand or is declared legally incompetent or the letter of appointment is annulled or the bond regarding which the vote was cast is transferred, unless prior to the meeting, written notice regarding the death, declaration of incompetence, annulment, or transfer, as applicable, is received in the Company’s registered office.
     
  11.4. Subject to the provisions of Section 11.2 above, every corporation which owns bonds is entitled by written and duly signed authorization, to empower a person as it sees fit to act as its representative at every meeting of bond owners, and a person thus authorized is entitled to act in the name of the corporation which he represents.

 

12. Minutes

 

  12.1. The Trustee will prepare minutes of the holders’ meeting and will maintain them in his registered office for a period of seven years from the date of the meeting. The Trustee may prepare minutes of a meeting of parts thereof by way of recording.
     
  12.2. Minutes signed by the chairperson of the meeting will serve as prima facie evidence of the matters listed therein. A declaration by the chairperson of the meeting regarding adoption of a resolution or its rejection and a notation regarding the matter in the minutes’ registry shall serve as prima facie evidence of this fact.
     
  12.3. The registry of minutes of holders’ meetings will be maintained in the Trustee’s registered office and will be open for examination by the Company and the bondholders, and a copy thereof will be sent to any bondholder requesting it. The Trustee of the Company, at its request, will also be sent a copy of the minutes of this meeting in which the Company participated.
     
  12.4. The Trustee will be entitled to delay delivery of any minutes, to any entity whatsoever, if in his exclusive discretion, provision of the minutes, in whole or in part, may harm or cause result in harm to the rights of bondholders (Series B).

 

13. A person or persons appointed by the Trustee, the Company Secretary, and any other person or persons so authorized by the Trustee will be entitled to be present at the bondholders’ meeting. In a case in which according to the Trustee’s reasonable discretion it shall be necessary to engage in discussions during a portion of the meeting outside of the presence of the Company’s representatives, then representatives of the Company or anyone on their behalf will not take part in that same portion of the meeting.
   
14. Everything stated in this supplement is subject to the Deed of Trust.

 

***

 

 153 
 

 

Third Addendum

 

Urgent Representation for the Holders of Bonds

 

1. Regarding the Bonds (Series B), insofar as an urgent representation of the Bondholders of the Bonds (Series B) as set forth below, the Company undertakes that the urgent representation shall be appointed to act in accordance with the relevant provisions of Appendix 5.2.4.4 to Chapter 4 in Part 2 (Management of Investment Assets and Provision of Credit ) In Section 5 (Principles of Business Conduct) in the Consolidated Circular14, And the Company undertakes to act in full cooperation with the urgent representative and the trustee, to the extent necessary for carrying out the tests required by them and formulating the decision of the urgent representatives, and to transmit to the urgent representative office all the data and documents in the Company’s possession that will be required of it for the Company and which were requested in writing.
   
2. Appointment; Tenure

 

  2.1 The Trustee may, or at the request of the Company in writing – will be obligated, to appoint and convene the urgent representation from among the Holders of Bonds, as detailed below (the “Urgent Representation”).
     
  2.2 For the Urgent Representation the Trustee will appoint three (3) Holders of Bonds, who to the best of the Trustee’s knowledge, are holders of a par value higher than all of the Holders of Bonds, and which will declare that they have fulfilled all of the conditions detailed below (the “Members of the Urgent Representation”). In a case where any of them cannot serve as a Member of the Urgent Representation, as stated, the Trustee will appoint the Holder of Bonds with the next highest par value holding, for which all of the conditions have been fulfilled, as detailed below.

 

 

14 http://ozar.mof.gov.il/hon/2001/law/Codex.asp

 

 154 
 

 

And these are the conditions:

 

  2.2.1 The Holder of Bonds does not have a conflict of interest due to the existence of any additional material interest that is conflicting a matter derived from the office of the Urgent Representation, and from his holding of Bonds. For the avoidance of doubt it shall be clarified that a Holder who is a connected party (as the term is defined in Section ‎3.2of the Deed of Trust, will be considered as having a conflict of interest as stated, and will not serve in the Urgent Representation;
     
  2.2.2 During the course of that same calendar year, a bondholder does not serve on similar representations for other bonds whose aggregate amount exceeds the amount of the asset portfolio managed by him, which was determined as the maximum amount allowing the service on the Urgent Representation according to the Antitrust Commissioner’s orders in relation to establishment of an urgent representation;

 

  2.3 If during his office in the Urgent Representation, one of the circumstances noted in Sections 2.2.1 and 2.2.2 above failed to be fulfilled, then the member’s office will expire and the Member of the Representation as stated will notify as such in writing to the Trustee and the Trustee will appoint another member in his place, from among the Holders of Bonds, as stated in Section 2.2 above.
     
  2.4 Prior to the appointment of the Members of the Urgent Representation, the Trustee will receive, from the candidates for serving as Members of the Urgent Representation, a declaration regarding the existence of lack of conflicts of interest, as stated in Section 2.2.1 above, and regarding serving in additional representations, as stated in Section 2.2.2 above. Similarly, the Trustee is entitled to require such a declaration from the members of the Urgent Representation at any time during the course of the Urgent Representation’s service. A holder who does not provide said declaration will be considered as having a conflict of interests or preclusion from service based on the Antitrust Commissioner’s orders as aforesaid, as applicable. In relation to a declaration regarding a conflict of interest, the Trustee will check for the existence of conflicting interests and to the extent required, will decide whether the conflicts of interest disqualified that same holder from service on the Representation. It should be clarified that the Trustee will rely on the said declarations and will not conduct an additional personal test or investigation. The Trustee’s determinations in these matters shall be final.

 

 155 
 

 

  2.5 The term of office of the Urgent Representation will end on the date where the Company will publish the decisions of the Urgent Representation in connection with providing an extension to the Company for the purpose of fulfilling the conditions of the Deed of Trust, as detailed in Section ‎8 of the Deed of Trust, but in any event shall not exceed three months from the appointment date.

 

3. Authority

 

  3.1 The Urgent Representation shall have the authority to grant a one-time extension to the Company in connection with the dates for fulfilling any of the financial obligations set forth in the Deed of Trust in a manner that will not apply as the grounds for immediate repayment as in Sections 8.1.13 through 8.1.14 of the Deed of Trust, as applicable, for the entire extension term, as granted, for a term that is up to the publication date of the financial statements after the publication date of the financial statements, from which it arises that the company did not fulfill a financial obligation for two consecutive calendar quarters. It shall be clarified that the period of time up until the appointment of the Urgent Representation shall be taken into consideration in the framework of the aforesaid extension, and it will not constitute cause for granting any additional extension to the Company beyond the aforesaid. It shall be clarified that the Urgent Representation’s activities and the collaboration between its members shall be limited to discussion of the possibility of granting said extension and no other information which does not relate to the granting of said extension shall be shared between the members of the Representation.
     
  3.2 If an Urgent Representation is not appointed as aforesaid, or if the Urgent Representation decided not to grant the Company and extension as stated in section 3.1 above, the Trustee will be required to call a meeting of the bondholders in accordance with the provisions of section 8.2 of the Deed.

 

The above shall not derogate from the authority of the Trustee to convene an assembly of Holders of Bonds, including in relation to that matter for which the Urgent Representation was convened. If the decision of the assembly of Holders of Bonds was made for that matter, the decision of the assembly shall prevail over the decision of the Urgent Representation, including vis-à-vis the Company.

 

 156 
 

 

4. The Company’s Obligations in Connection with the Urgent Representation

 

  4.1 The Company undertakes to provide the Trustee all information in its possession or which it is able to secure in connection with the identity of the bondholders and the scope of their holdings. Similarly, the Trustee will act to secure said information in accordance with the authorities granted him according to law.
     
  4.2 In addition, the Company undertakes to fully cooperate with the Urgent Representation and the Trustee, inasmuch as required for the purpose of executing the required checks by them and formulating the Urgent Representation’s decision, and to provide the Urgent Representation all of the data and documents in its possession or which it is able to secure which are required by it regarding the Company subject to the limitations of law. Without derogating from the generality of the aforesaid, the Company shall provide Urgent Representation with the relevant information for the purpose of formulating the decision, which to the best of the Company’s knowledge shall not include any misleading detail and shall not be lacking.
     
  4.3 The Company shall bear the Urgent Representation’s expenses, including the cost of employing advisors and experts by the Urgent Representation or on its behalf and in this regards, the provisions of section 26 of the Deed will apply, mutatis mutandis.‎26

 

 157 
 

 

5. Liability

 

  5.1 The Urgent Representation shall act and decide on the matters that were placed before it as aforesaid and its absolute discretion and shall not be liable, it or any of its members, officers therein, their employees or advisors, and the Company and the bondholders hereby grant them a waiver in relation to any claims, demands and lawsuits against them in respect of the fact that they utilized or abstain from utilizing powers, authorities or the discretion granted them according to the Deed of Trust and according to this supplement and in connection there with or from any other action which they took their under, unless they did so maliciously and/or in bad faith.
     
  5.2 The indemnification provision stipulated in section ‎26 of the Date of Trust shall apply to the members of the Urgent Representation and anyone acting on their behalf, as if they were the Trustee.
     
  5.3 The Company shall publish an immediate report immediately upon the appointment of said Urgent Representation, regarding the appointment of the Person Representation, the identity of its members, and their powers.
     
  5.4 The Company will publish an additional immediate report about the Urgent Representation’s decision. Upon the completion of the Urgent Representation’s service, the Company will publish all of the information which was provided by the Company for the Urgent Representation’s examination provided that there is nothing precluding its publication, by law.

 

***

 

 158 
 

 

Appendix 23

 

Of the Deed of Trust dated ___ 2018

 

Trustee Salary

 

The Company will pay the Trustee wages for his services, in accordance with this Deed of Trust, as detailed below:

 

1. A salary of NIS 500 per hour will be paid for the actions performed by the Trustee in connection with the formulation of the documents connected to the trusteeship and other actions related to the issuance. However, in any event an amount above NIS 72,000 will not be paid for these actions. (This amount does not include the fees of an American lawyer who will represent the Trustee in the process of providing the collateral and releasing the proceeds of the issue, which will be paid by the Company separately). In the event that the prospectus will not be published as a result of termination or rejection (or for any reason) the said amount above will be limited to NIS 15,000.
   
2. For the entire trust year (or part thereof), commencing on the issuance date of the Bonds, the Trustee will be paid annual wages in the sum of NIS 28,000 (the “Annual Wages”).
   
3. Additionally, the Trustee will be entitled to a return on reasonable expenses from the Company, as defined below: “Reasonable Expenses” – sums paid by the Trustee in the framework of fulfilling his position and/or pursuant to the authorities granted thereto according to this Deed, including: expenses and costs for the initiation and convening of an assembly of holders of Bonds and expenses for the notices, transportation and advertisement publications connected to the convening of the assembly, and as required by any law.

 

 159 
 

 

4. Without derogating from the generality of the above, the Trustee will be entitled to wage payments from the Company in the sum of NIS 500 for each working hour required therefor for the special operations to be performed in the framework of his position as Trustee (all – pursuant to the provisions of the Deed of Trust), including:

 

  4.1 The operations derived from a breach or suspicion of a breach to the Deed by the Company;
     
  4.2 Operations in connection with placing Bonds for immediate repayment and/or operations in connection with the decision of the assembly of holders of Bonds to place the Bonds for immediate repayment;
     
  4.3 Special operations that were required or will have a need to be performed, for the purpose of fulfilling his position according to this Deed in connection with the rights of the holders of Bonds and to defend them, including due to the non-compliance of the Company with its undertakings according to this Deed, including the convening of assemblies of holders of Bonds as stated in this Deed and including due to the participation in the assemblies of holders of Bonds;
     
  4.4 Special works (including, without limitation, works required because of changes in the Company’s structure or work because of the Company’s demand) or in respect of the need to take additional actions for the purpose of fulfilling his role as a reasonable Trustee, because of changes in laws (including regulations which shall be enacted following amendments 50 and 51 of the Securities Law) and/or regulations and/or other binding instructions which shall apply in connection with the Trustee’s activities and his responsibility according to this Deed of Trust;
     
  4.5 Actions in connection with the registration, amending registration or voiding of registration of guarantees and the registry (including abroad), similarly, review, supervision, control, enforcement, and so forth of obligations (such as: restrictions on the Company’s freedom of operation, pledging of assets, and so forth), which the Company undertook or will undertake or which will be undertaken by anyone on its behalf or for its in connection with the guaranteeing of other undertakings by the Company or anyone acting on its behalf (such as: making payments according to the terms of the bonds) towards bondholders.

 

 160 
 

 

  4.6 In the event where the Company will be meant to pay the Trustee a payment for his wage expenses and/or payment for reasonable expenses paid thereby and/or for special operations to be performed by him or which were performed by him in the framework of fulfilling his position and/or on behalf of the authorities granted thereto according to the Deed of Trust, if any of the above is applicable, and the Company failed to do so, the Trustee may pay the full amount of these sums from the receipts that were accrued thereby in accordance with the Deed of Trust, provided that he notified the Company of his intention to do so in advance and in writing.
     
  4.7 It shall be clarified that in the event that due to a future change to the laws and/or regulations and/or other binding provisions applying to the Trustee’s actions additional expenses will be exclusively borne by the Trustee, required thereof for the fulfillment of his position as a reasonable Trustee, the Company will indemnify the Trustee for the reasonable expenses including his reasonable wages.
     
  4.8 VAT, if applicable, will be added to each of the said sums, as applicable, and will be paid by the Company.
     
  4.9 All of the abovementioned sums will be linked to the index for __ 2018, however, in any event, a sum that is lower than the sum denominated in this Deed will not be paid.
     
  4.10 The Trustee’s wages will be paid in respect of the period up until the end of the Trust included in this Deed even if a receiver is appointed for the Company (or a receiver and a manager), or whether the trust according to this Deed will be managed under the supervision of the court, or not.
     
  4.11 The aforesaid yearly wage will be paid at the end of every trust year.
     
  4.12 Subject to the provisions of the Deed of Trust, all of the amounts described in this supplement will have preference over monies due to the bondholders.
     
  4.13 To the extent that the Trustee’s service as described in this Deed of Trust shall come to an end, the Trustee will not be entitled to payment of his wages as of the date of the commencement of service of the replacement trustee. To the extent that the Trustee’s service ended during the course of the trust year, wages paid in respect of months in which the Trustee did not serve as trustee for the bonds shall be refunded, as of the appointment of the replacement trustee. This session will not apply regarding the initial trust year.

 

 161 
 

 

5. The appointment of a trustee to replace the trustee whose office ended according to Section 35b(a1) or 35(14)(d) of the Securities Law, the Holders of Bonds of Series B will bear the difference in the salary of the appointed trustee, as stated, than that which was paid to the Trustee who was replaced, if the difference as stated is unreasonable, and the provisions of the relevant laws will apply at the time of the replacement as stated. The obligation of the Holders for the difference as stated will be performed by offsetting the relative part of the difference from any payment that the Company will make to the Holders of Bonds in accordance with the terms of the Deed of Trust and the transfer thereof will be directly from the Company to the Trustee.
   
6. If according to any law there will be an obligation to deposit a guarantee applying to the Company to ensure the Company’s obligation for the special expenses of the Trustee, the Company will act in accordance with the provisions as stated.

 

***

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 10.2

 

Deed of Trust

 

Section   Subject   Page
Deed of Trust   3
1   Introduction, Definitions and Interpretation   5
2   Issuance of Bonds; Terms of Issue; Equal Rank   10
3   Purchase of Bonds by the Company and/or an Affiliate and Performing Distributions   11
4   Issue of Additional Bonds   12
5   Company’s Undertakings   16
6   Securing the Bonds   37
7   Early Redemption   43
8   Right to Call for Immediate Repayment   47
9   Claims and Proceedings by the Trustee   58
10   Trust of Proceeds   59
11   Authority to Demand Payment to Holders through Trustee   61
12   Powers to Delay the Distribution of Funds   61
13   Notice of Distribution   62
14   Refraining from Payment for a Reason Which is not Dependent on the Company   62
15   Receipt by Bondholders and Trustee   64
16   Presentation of Bonds to the Trustee; Registration in Connection with Partial Payment   65
17   Investment of Funds   66
18   Company’s Undertakings vis-a-vis Trustee   66
19   Additional Liabilities   73
20   Counsel   74
21   Other Agreements   75
22   Reports on Matters Relating to Trusteeship   75
23   Wages and Coverage of Trustee’s Expenses   76
24   Special Powers   76
25   Trustees’ Power to Engage Agents   77

 

 
 

 

26   Indemnification of the Trustee   78
27   Notices   84
28   Waivers, Compromises, and Changes to the Deed of Trust   85
29   Register of Bondholders   87
30   Release   87
31   Appointment of the Trustee, Roles of the Trustee, Powers of the Trustee and Termination of Trustee’s Office   88
32   Bondholders’ Meetings   90
33   Applicable Law   90
34   Exclusive Jurisdiction   91
35   General   93
36   Trustee’s Liability   93
37   Addresses   93
38   Authorization to MAGNA   94
First Addendum to the Deed of Trust - Bond Certificate (Series A)   95
The Terms Listed on the Overleaf   97
1   General   97
2   The Bonds   98
3   Terms of Bonds (Series A)   98
4   Payments of Principal and Interest of the Bonds (Series A)   99
5   Postponement of Dates   100
6   Securing the Bonds   101
7   Refraining from Payment for a Reason Which is not Dependent on the Company   101
8   Register of Bondholders   101
9   Splitting Bond Certificates   101
10   Transfer of Bonds   102
11   Early Redemption   102
12   Purchase of Bonds by the Company and/or an Affiliate   102
13   Waivers; Compromises, and Changes to the Deed of Trust   102
14   Bondholders’ Meetings   103
15   Receipt from Bondholders   103
16   Right to Call for Immediate Repayment   103
17   Notices   103
18   Governing Law and Jurisdiction   103
19   Order of Priorities   103
Second Addendum of the Deed of Trust - Bondholders’ Meetings   104
Third Addendum to the Deed of Trust - Urgent Representation for Bondholders   115
Appendix 23 - Trustee’s Fee   120

 

 
 

 

Deed of Trust

 

Entered into and executed in Tel Aviv on November 24, 2015

 

Between:

 

Strawberry Fields REIT, LTD

(Company Number: 1863501)

A foreign company in the British Virgin Islands whose registered office in the British Virgin Islands is:

Blenheim Trust (BV) Limited

P.O. Box 3483

Road Town, Tortola

British Virgin Islands

Whose address in Israel for the purpose of this Deed and the service of legal process (subject to Section 5.9 of this Deed) is:

c/o Fischer Behar Chen Well Orien & Co.

3 Daniel Frisch Street, Tel Aviv 6473104

Tel: 03-6944249

Fax: 03-6944157

(hereinafter: the “Company”)

 

Of the first part;

 

and between:

Mishmeret Trust Services Company Ltd.

48 Menachem Begin Ave., Tel Aviv

Telephone: 03-6374352

Fax: 03-6374344

(hereinafter: the “Trustee”)

 

Of the second part;

 

Whereas: On November 24, 2015, the Company’s board of directors resolved to approve the issuance of Bonds (Series A) under the Prospectus, as defined below; and
   
Whereas: On October 27, 2015, Standard & Poors Maalot (“maalot”) announced that a rating of il A would be provided for the issuance of a new series of bonds of the Company, in a total scope of up to NIS 250 million, par value; and On September 19, 2015, Maalot announced that a preliminary rating of ilA would be provided for the issuance of a new series of bonds of the Company, in a total scope of up to NIS 275 million, par value

 

3
 

 

Whereas: As of the signature of this Deed, the Company meets all of the conditions of the rating company for the purpose of its rating of the series of Bonds (Series A) with the rating set forth above; and
   
Whereas: The Trustee is a private company limited by shares that is incorporated in Israel under the Companies Law, 5759-1999, whose main purpose is to engage in trusteeship; and
   
Whereas: The Trustee has declared that there is no impediment under the Securities Law, 5728-1968 or any other law for its engagement with the Company under this Deed of Trust and that it meets the requirements and conditions of eligibility set forth under the Securities Law for the Trustee to serve as a trustee for holders of bonds (series A) offered under the prospectus; and
   
Whereas: The Trustee has no personal interest in the Company and the Company has no material interest in the Trustee; and
   
Whereas: The Company declares that there is no impediment under any law (whether in Israel or abroad) and/or agreement for the performance of an issue of the Bonds and/or its engagement with the Trustee under this Deed of Trust; and
   
Whereas: In the framework of the Prospectus, the Company intends to issue up to NIS 275 million par value Bonds (Series A) as set forth in Section 2 of this Deed of Trust; and
   
Whereas: The Bonds (Series A) will be listed for trade in the stock exchange, as defined below; and
   
Whereas: Subject to the success of the issue, the Company will become a reporting corporation as defined below; and
   
Whereas: The Company has requested that the Trustee serve as a trustee for the Holders of the Bonds (Series A) and the Trustee has agreed to sign this Deed of Trust and act as a trustee for the bondholders (as defined above), all subject to and in accordance with the terms of this Deed of Trust.

 

4
 

 

Therefore it is agreed, declared and stipulated between the Parties as follows:

 

1. Introduction, Definitions and Interpretation

 

  1.1 The preamble to this Deed of Trust and the appendices attached hereto constitute integral and substantial parts hereof.
     
  1.2 The division of this Deed of Trust into sections and the titles of the sections are provided for the sake of convenience and orientation alone, and should not be used for the purpose of interpretation.
     
  1.3 All of the provisions of this Deed in the plural form shall imply the singular and vice-versa, and all of the provisions in the masculine form shall imply the feminine form and vice-versa, and all of the provisions relating to an individual shall imply a corporation as well, all provided that there is no explicit and/or implicit provisions of this Deed to the contrary and/or that the content or context of the matter does not require otherwise.
     
  1.4 In the event of any matter that is omitted from this Deed and in any event of a conflict between the provisions of the law and this Deed of Trust, the parties will act in accordance with the provisions of Israeli law alone. In any event of a conflict between the provisions set forth in the prospectus in connection with this Deed and/or the bonds, the provisions of this Deed will prevail, provided that they do not conflict with the bylaws and guidelines of the Stock Exchange, which may not be conditioned upon.
     
  1.5 In this Deed of Trust and in the bonds, the following expressions shall have the meanings set forth beside them:

 

  1.5.1 “This Deed” or “Deed of Trust” – this Deed of Trust, including the appendices attached hereto and constituting an integral part hereof;
     
  1.5.2 The “Tender” – the tender for the annual interest rate determined that the bonds (series A) that are issued by the Company in accordance with the prospectus will bear;
     
  1.5.3 “Bonds (Series A)” or the “Bonds” – the Bonds (Series A) that are issued by the Company in accordance with the Prospectus;

 

5
 

 

  1.5.4 “Series of Bonds” – the bonds with a total par value of up to NIS 273 million listed by name, whose terms will be in accordance with the certificate of the Bonds (Series A) attached to the prospectus based on which they are issued;
     
  1.5.5 The “Prospectus” - a prospectus for supplementation by the Company, published in November 2015, including a supplementary notice published by the Company in accordance with the Securities Regulations (Supplementary Notice and Prospectus Draft), 5767-2007, which will constitute part of the Prospectus applicable on the date of its publication;
     
  1.5.6 The “Trustee” – Mishmeret - Trust Services Ltd. and/or any party that serves from time to time as a trustee of the bondholders under this Deed;
     
  1.5.7 “Register of Bondholders” and/or the “Register” – a register of bondholders, as set forth in Section 29 of this Deed;
     
  1.5.8 “Holder” and/or “Bondholder” - as this term is defined in the Securities Law;
     
  1.5.9 “Bond Certificate” - a certificate of the Bonds in the form attached as the First Addendum to this Deed;
     
  1.5.10 The “Law” or the “Securities Law” – the Securities Law, 5728-1968 and the regulations thereunder, as they may be from time to time;
     
  1.5.11 The “Companies Law” – the Companies Law, 5759-1999 and the regulations thereunder, as they may be from time to time;
     
  1.5.12 “Business Day” or “Bank Business Day” – any day on which the clearing house of the stock exchange and most of the banks in Israel are open for the performance of transactions;

 

6
 

 

  1.5.13 “Trading Day” – a day on which transactions are performed in the stock exchange;
     
  1.5.14 The “Nominee Company” – the Nominee Company of Mizrahi Tfahot of Israel Ltd. or any other nominee company that shall replace it;
     
  1.5.15 “Principal Amount” – the par value amount of the Bonds that are not yet paid;
     
  1.5.16 The “Stock Exchange” – the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange Ltd.
     
  1.5.17 Special Resolution” – a resolution passed in a general meeting of Bondholders (Series A), who are present themselves or by their counsel whose Bonds represent at least 50% of the balance of the par value of the Bonds (Series A), or in an adjourned meeting attended by the Bondholders, themselves or by their counsel, who hold at least 20% of the balance of the par value as stated, and which is passed (whether in the original meeting or adjourned meeting) with a majority of at least two thirds (2/3) of the balance of the par value of the Bonds (Series A) represented in the vote, excluding abstentions
     
  1.5.18 “Opposing Interest” – shall mean as defined in Section 9.3 of the Second Supplement of this Deed;
     
  1.5.19 “Rating” - a rating by the Rating Company, as defined below.
     
  1.5.20 In this Deed of Trust and the Bonds, the Rating of the Bonds will have the meanings set forth in the table below:

 

  “A” ilA rated by Maalot or A2 when rated by Midroog or a rating parallel to the aforesaid ratings that will be determined by another rating company that rates or will rate the Bonds (Series A).

 

7
 

 

  “A minus” ilA- rated by Maalot or A3 when rated by Midroog or a rating parallel to the aforesaid ratings that will be determined by another rating company that rates or will rate the Bonds (Series A).
     
  “BBB Plus” ilBBB+ rated by Maalot or Baa1 when rated by Midroog or a rating parallel to the aforesaid ratings that will be determined by another rating company that rates or will rate the Bonds (Series A).
     
  “BBB” ilBBB rated by Maalot or Baa2 when rated by Midroog or a rating parallel to the aforesaid ratings that will be determined by another rating company that rates or will rate the Bonds (Series A).
     
  “BBB Minus” ilBBB- rated by Maalot or Baa3 when rated by Midroog or a rating parallel to the aforesaid ratings that will be determined by another rating company that rates or will rate the Bonds (Series A).
     
  “BB Plus” ilBB+ rated by Maalot or Ba1 when rated by Midroog or a rating parallel to the aforesaid ratings that will be determined by another rating company that rates or will rate the Bonds (Series A).

 

  1.5.21 “Rating Company” – Standard & Poor’s Maalot Ltd. (above and hereinafter: “Maalot”), Midroog Ltd. (above and hereinafter: “Midroog”) or another rating company that is approved by the Commissioner of the Capital Market, Insurance and Savings in the Ministry of Finance.

 

8
 

 

  1.5.22 “Reporting Corporation”– as defined in the Securities Law or a corporation traded on a stock exchange outside of Israel, as set forth in the Second or Third Addendum of the Securities Law.
     
  1.5.23 “Controlling Stockholders”: Messrs. Moishe Gubin (together with his spouse, Tira Gubin) and Michael Blisko, as set forth in Section 3.4 of the Prospectus.
     
  1.5.24 “Reporting Regulations” – the Securities Regulations (Periodic and Immediate Reports), 5730-1970.
     
  1.5.25 “Financial Statements” – annual or quarterly financial statements, audited or reviewed, that the Company is required to publish in accordance with the Securities Law and the regulations thereunder.
     
  1.5.26 “Associated Company” and “Joint Control” - as defined in the Securities Regulations (Annual Financial Statements), 5770-2010.
     
  1.5.27 “HUD” - The Department of Housing and Urban Development, USA.

 

  1.6 As long as the Bonds are listed for trade on the Stock Exchange, in any event in which the rules of the Stock Exchange apply or will apply to any operation under this Deed of Trust, the operation date and the manner of performance will be determined in accordance with the rules of the Stock Exchange. It is clarified that the performance of actions as stated (including if the rules of the Stock Exchange are modified) will not derogate from the agreements of the parties under this Deed.
     
  1.7 In any event of a conflict between the Deed of Trust and the accompanying documents, the provisions of the Deed of Trust will govern.
     
  1.8 In the event of termination of the issuance of the Bonds for any reason, the validity of this Deed of Trust will be concluded.

 

9
 

 

  1.9 Any reference in this Deed to a number of sections in the Law will be adjusted, mutatis mutandis, to changes occurring in the Law, if any.
     
  1.10 The Trustee’s actions are valid even if a defect is discovered in his appointment or eligibility.
     
  1.11 In any case in which this Deed or its appendices explicitly states that the Company will announce something in an immediate report, the report will take place on the date and based on the details required in the Reporting Regulations (whether the Company is subject to a reporting obligation under the Reporting Regulations or otherwise). The above will not derogate from the other reporting obligations of the Company under any law.
     
  1.12 The Trustee’s signature on the Trust Deed does not constitute an opinion by the Trustee as to the nature of the offered securities or the advisability of investment in these securities.

 

2. Issuance of Bonds; Terms of Issue; Equal Rank

 

  2.1 The Company will issue the Bonds (Series A) as described in the preamble of this Deed. The Bonds (Series A) that will be issued under the Prospectus (if any are issued) will be listed for trade on the Stock Exchange/
     
  2.2 The terms of the Bonds (Series A) that are issued under the Prospectus will be as follows:

 

Up to NIS 273 million par value of Bonds (Series A), with a total par value of up to NIS 273, listed by name, payable in 8 (eight) annual payments (unequal) on July 1 of each of the years 2017 through 2024 (inclusive) such that each of the 4 first payments on account of the principal will be 15% of the principal of the total par value of the Bonds (Series A) and each of the 4 last payments on account of the principal will constitute 10% of the total principal par value of the Bonds (Series A). The Bonds (Series A), bearing annual interest (unlinked) in a fixed rate as set forth in the Tender, which will not exceed the maximum interest rate as set forth below, and that is paid on July 1, 2016 and on January 1 and July 1 of each of the years 2017 through2024 (inclusive) (the first interest payment will be made on July1, 2016 and the last interest payment will be made on July 1, 2024, jointly with payment of the last payment of the principal of the Bonds) for the period of six months ending on the date before the payment date (hereinafter: the “Interest Period”). The interest rate which will be paid for a particular interest period (other than the first interest period as defined below) (meaning, the period which begins on the payment day of the prior interest period and ending on the last day before the payment date immediately after the commencement date) will be calculated as the yearly interest rate divided by two. The first interest payment will be made on July1, 2016 for the period beginning on the first Trading Day after the date of the Tender of the Bonds (Series A) and ending on June30, 2016 (above: the “First Interest Period”), calculated on the basis of 365 days per year, based on the number of days in this period, and the last interest payment will be made on July 1, 2024. The Bonds (Series A) shall not be linked (principal and interest) to any index or any currency.

 

Subject to adjustments in the event of a change in the Rating of the Bonds (Series A) and/or non-compliance with financial conditions as set forth in Sections 5.3 and 5.4 below and/or eligibility for arrears interest (as defined in Section 4(a) of the overleaf conditions that are in the First Supplement of this Deed), the interest rate that the Bonds (Series A) will bear will not exceed 6.4% or another rate determined in the Supplementary Notice published under the Prospectus (hereinafter: the “Maximum Interest Rate”).

 

  2.3 The Company reserves the right to perform early repayment of the Bonds upon the fulfillment of the terms set forth in Section 7 of this Deed.

 

10
 

 

  2.4 The Bonds (Series A) will all have equal rank pari-passu, among themselves, in connection with the Company’s obligations under the Bonds, and without priority or preference of one over the other.

 

3. Purchase of Bonds by the Company and/or an Affiliate and Performing Distributions

 

  3.1 The Company reserves the right, subject to any law, to acquire the Bonds (Series A) at any time and from time to time, without derogating from the obligation to repay the Bonds (Series A) in circulation. In the event of a purchase as stated, the Company will issue an immediate report or inform the Trustee thereof in writing. In the event in which the Bonds (Series A) are acquired by the Company, the Company will file a request to the clearing house of the Stock Exchange for the withdrawal of the certificates acquired as stated.

 

In the event of a purchase by the Company as stated above, the acquired Bonds (Series A) will expire automatically, will be voided and will be delisted from trade, and the Company may not reissue them. The provisions above will not harm the Company’s right to redeem the Bonds (Series A) in advance as stated in Section 7 below. 1.1

 

Notwithstanding Section 3.1 above, the Company shall not be entitled to purchase bonds, as long as the company is found (if and when it is found) in a state of non-compliance with some financial covenants set out in section 6.4 (1) to (3) below.

 

  3.2 The Controlling Stockholder of the Company (directly or indirectly) and/or its relative (as the term is defined in the Securities Law) and/or a subsidiary of the Company and/or affiliated company and/or associated company of the Company and/or a corporation under the control of any of the above (directly or indirectly) (excluding the Company itself, regarding which the provisions of Section 3.1 above shall apply) (hereinafter: an “Affiliated Party”) may acquire and/or sell Bonds (Series A) at their discretion (and subject to any law), at any time and from time to time, including by way of the Company’s issuance of Bonds (Series A) that are issued under the Deed of Trust. In the event of an acquisition and/or sale as stated by a subsidiary of the Company and/or a corporation under its control, the Company will issue an immediate report with respect thereto. The Bonds (Series A) that are held as stated by an Affiliated Party will be considered to be an asset belonging to the Affiliated Party, and if they are listed for trade, they will not be delisted from trade in the Stock Exchange and will be transferrable as are the other Bonds (Series A). The Bonds (Series A) that are owned by an Affiliated Party will not grant to the Affiliated Party voting rights in a meeting of the Bondholders (Series A) and will not be counted for the purpose of determining a legal quorum required to commence such meetings. A meeting of Holders will take place based on the provisions of the Second Addendum of the Deed of Trust. An Affiliated Party will report to the Company, if required under law to do so, regarding an acquisition of Bonds (Series A) and the Company will provide the Trustee, at its request, with a list of Affiliated Parties and the quantities held thereby on the date requested by the Trustee, based on the reports received as stated from Affiliated Parties and that are reported in the MAGNA system by the Company. It is clarified that a report on the MAGNA system will be considered to be a report to the Trustee for the purposes of this Section Notwithstanding Section 3.2 above, the Company’s subsidiary and / or related company and / or associate of the Company will not be entitled to purchase such debentures, as long as the company is found (if and when it is found) in a state of non-compliance with some die the financial criteria set out in section 6.4 (1) to (3) below.

 

11
 

 

  3.3 The provisions of this Section above alone will not obligate the Company, an Affiliated Party or the Bondholders (Series A) to purchase and/or sell the Bonds (Series A) in their possession.
     
  3.4 As of the date of the signature of this Deed, the Company is not subject to any limitation with respect to the distribution of dividends or a buy-back of its shares, excluding as set forth in Section 6.5 below.

 

4. Issue of Additional Bonds

 

  4.1 The Company may, from time to time, without requiring the consent of the Trustee and/or the Holders existing at the time, issue additional Bonds (Series A) (whether in a private placement or in the framework of a prospectus), including to an Affiliated Party (as defined in Section 3.2 above), under the terms that it sees fit (the terms of the additional bonds that are issued will be identical to the terms of the Bonds (Series A)). However, in such a case, the Trustee will have the right to demand the increase of the annual wages in a manner relative to the increase of the series, in a permanent manner until the end of the term of the trust, and the Company provides in consent in advance, by engaging in this Deed, to increase the wages of the Trustee as stated. The Bonds (Series A) existing on the date of the expansion of the series and the additional Bonds (Series A) (from the date of their issue) will constitute one series for all intents and purposes, and the Deed of Trust of the Bonds (Series A) will also apply regarding all of the additional bonds from Series A as stated. The Company will refer to the Stock Exchange with a request to list for trade the additional Bonds (Series A) as stated, when they are offered.

 

Notwithstanding the above, an additional issuance of Bonds (Series A) will be performed subject to all of the terms set forth below being fulfilled: (a) the additional issuance of the Bonds (Series A) as stated will not be harmed by the Rating of the Bonds (Series A) that are first issued under this Deed, as the Rating may be at the time (i.e. the Rating before the expansion of the series). For the purpose of this section, it is clarified in the event in which the Bonds (Series A) are rated by more than one Rating Company, the ratings test for the purpose of this section will take place, at any time, based on the higher of the ratings; (b) On the additional issue date, the Company meets the financial criteria set forth in Section 6.4 below. Confirmation as stated, with respect to compliance with the financial criteria alone, will be provided by the senior officer in the financial department of the Company at least 7 business days before the date on which the series is expanded, and the Trustee will rely on the aforesaid confirmation and will not be required to perform additional inspections; (c) On the date of the additional issue, in accordance with the most recent financial statements published before the date of the additional issue, and after retroactively taking into account the performance of the additional issue, the Company will meet the financial criteria set forth in Section 6.4 below. The Company will provide the Trustee, before actually performing the issue of the additional issue, written confirmation that is signed by the senior officer in the financial department of the Company regarding: (1) the fulfillment of the aforesaid conditions; (2) that the Company is not in breach of all and/or any of its obligations to the Bondholders (Series A) and there are no grounds for calling for immediate repayment as set forth in Section 8.1 below; and (3) the expansion of the series will not harm the solvency of the Company as to the Bonds (Series A). In any case of an additional issue as stated, the increase of the series will occur subject to receipt of prior consent from the Rating Company whereby the increase of the series as stated will not harm the rating of the Bonds (Series A) as it may be at the time. Confirmation from the Rating Company will be published in an immediate report before the expansion of the series, and will be attached to the approval of the Company to the Trustee. The Company will inform the Trustee in writing, and publish in an immediate report, even before the performance of the additional issue, whether the additional issue meets all of the aforesaid terms, and confirm to the Trustee in writing that the expansion as stated will not harm the Bondholders (Series A) and that the Company’s board of directors has examined the impact of the expansion of the series as stated, and its abilities, and determined that the expansion will not harm the ability of the Company to meet its obligation to the Bondholders (Series A) before the performance of the issuance as stated.

 

12
 

 

This right of the Company will not exempt the Trustee from examining the issue as stated, if such an obligation applies to the Trustee under law, and will not derogate from the rights of the Trustee and the Bondholders under this Deed, including their right to call for immediate repayment of the Bonds as stated in Section 8 below.

 

The Bonds (Series A) will have equal rank pari-passu, amongst themselves, without a priority or preferential right of one over the other.

 

In the event that the discount rate that is determined for the additional Bonds (Series A), if any, is different from the discount rate of the Bonds (Series A) existing in circulation at the time (including the lack of discount, if relevant), the Company will contact the Tax Authorities before the increase of the Series of Bonds in order to receive its consent that with regard to withholding tax at source from the discount fees for the Bonds (Series A), a uniform discount rate will be determined for the Bonds (Series A) based on a formula that weighs the various discount rates in the series, if any (hereinafter: the “Weighted Discount Rate”).

 

In the event of receipt of confirmation as stated, the Company will calculate the Weighted Discount Rate for all of the Bonds (Series A), and will publish in an immediate report the uniform Weighted Discount Rate for each series, based on the expansion of the series, and will withhold tax on the payment dates of the Bonds (Series A) based on the Weighted Discount Rate as stated and in accordance with the provisions of the law. In such a case, all of the other provisions of the law relating to the taxation of discount fees will apply. In the event that confirmation as stated is not received, the Company will provide notice through an immediate report shortly before the issuance of the additional Bonds (Series A) as a result of the increase of the aforesaid series regarding the highest discount rate created for the same series. The Company will withhold tax at source upon the payment of the Bonds (Series A), in accordance with the discount rate reported as stated.

 

Therefore, there may be cases in which the Company withholds tax at source for the discount fees in an amount that is higher than the discount fees determined for a party that holds the Bonds (Series A) before the expansion of the series (hereinafter: the “Surplus Discount Fees”), which will worsen their position, regardless of whether confirmation is received from the Tax Authority for the determination of a uniform discount rate for the relevant series. In such a case, a taxpayer that holds Bonds (Series A) before the increase of the aforesaid series and until the payment of the Bonds (Series A) will be entitled to submit a tax report to the Tax Authority and receive a tax refund in the amount of the tax withheld from the Surplus Discount Fees, if the party is entitled to a refund as stated under law.

 

13
 

 

  4.2 Without derogating from the generality of the above, the Company reserves the right, subject to any law, to issue an additional series of bonds at any time and from time to time (whether in a private placement or in the framework of a prospectus) and without being required to receive the consent of the Bondholders (Series A) and/or the consent of the Trustee, as applicable, and including an Affiliated Party (as defined in Section 3.2 above), as the Company sees fit, excluding bonds whose commercial terms (i.e. the rate of the principal that is paid on each payment date, the payment dates of the principal, the interest rate and its payment date, and the lack of linkage of the principal and interest) will be equal to the terms of the Bonds (Series A) in circulation, and excluding bonds that are preferential over the Bonds (Series A) in terms of the ranking of creditors in the event of liquidation alone (meaning, it is possible that series of bonds will be issued that are secured with securities).

 

Notwithstanding the above, the issuance of bonds as stated in this Section 4.2 above (hereinafter in this Section 4.2 alone: the “Additional Issuance”) will be subject to the fulfillment of all of the terms set forth below: (a) the Additional Issuance as stated will not harm the Rating of the Bonds (Series A) that are issued for the first time under this Deed, as their Rating may be at the time (i.e. the Rating before the Additional Issuance). For the purpose of this section, it is clarified in the event in which the Bonds (Series A) are rated by more than one Rating Company, the ratings test for the purpose of this section will take place, at any time, based on the higher of the ratings; (b) On the additional issue date, the Company meets the financial criteria set forth in Section 6.4 above, and the Company is not in breach of any and/or part of the obligations for the Bondholders (Series A) and no grounds exist for calling for immediate repayment as set forth in Section 8.1 below; and (c) of the date of the additional issue, in accordance with the most recent financial statements published before the additional issue date, and after retroactively taking into account performance of the additional issue, the Company will meet the financial criteria as set forth above.

 

14
 

 

Before the issuance of bonds from an additional series, the Company will provide the Trustee with the following confirmations and perform advertising as follows:

 

  (1) Written confirmation signed by the senior office in the Company’s financial department regarding the fulfillment of the aforesaid terms, provided to the Trustee at least 7 business days before performing the additional issue, and confirmation that the additional issue is not preferential over the terms of the Bonds (Series A) in liquidation.
     
  (2) Confirmation from the Rating Company that the Additional Issue as stated will not harm the Rating of the Bonds (Series A) that are issued for the first time under this Deed, as their Rating may be at the time.
     
  (3) Confirmation from the auditor of the Company as to the Company’s compliance with the financial conditions (only) set forth in Section 6.4 of this Deed below, as of the date of the most recent financial statements of the Company published prior provided to the Trustee at least 7 business days before performing the additional issue.

 

Without derogating from the above, the aforesaid rights of the Company, will not prevent the Trustee from examining the implications of the issue as stated, and will not derogate from the rights of the Trustee and the Bondholders under this Deed, including their right to call for immediate repayment of the Bonds as stated in Section 8 below.

 

Subject to the provisions of any law, the Company will inform the Trustee regarding the issuance of the additional bonds as stated before the performance of the additional issue, and will transfer any report issued in connection with this regard under any law.

 

15
 

 

5. Undertakings of the Company

 

  5.1 The Company hereby undertakes to pay, on the dates prescribed, all of the amounts of principal and interest that will be paid under the terms of the Bond (Series A), if any, and comply with all of the other terms and obligations imposed thereon under the terms of the Bonds (Series A) and under this Deed. Additionally, subject to Section 7.2 below, the Company undertakes to list the Bonds for trade in the Stock Exchange and ensure that the Bonds continue to be listed for trade in the Stock Exchange until the date of final payment.
     
  5.2 Transfer of issuance consideration to the Company

 

  5.2.1 The Company will contact HUD Soon after the Allotment Date (as defined in Section 2.4.5.3 of the Prospectus) (section 5.2 of this: “Allotment Date”), for its approval: (1) for the transfer of the assets for which the HUD has provided guarantees to finance (the “HUD Guarantees”); or (2) that no approval as stated is required to transfer the same assets (the “HUD Approvals”); The Company will announce receipt of the HUD Approvals in an immediate report near their receipt.
     
  5.2.2 The following provisions will apply to the issuance consideration and its profits, less the early undertaking fee, coordination and other fees other expenses and the wages of the consultants, as set forth in the supplementary notice published under section 6.1 to the Prospectus (in this Section 5.2: the “Net Issuance Consideration”):

 

  5.2.2.1 The Company will irrevocably instruct the issuance coordinator to transfer the net issuance consideration received to the trust account (as defined in Section 5.2.3.4 below), until receipt of the HUD approval in accordance with Section 5.2.1 above. Any net issuance consideration will be held by the trustee in trust (according to the trust laws of the State of Israel) in favor of the holders of bonds alone, until the fulfillment of the terms for release of the issuance consideration to the Company, as set forth in Sections 5.2.3.2 and 5.2.3.3 below.

 

16
 

 

  5.2.2.2 Also, after 30 days from the date of allocation to the HUD approval, the controlling stockholders will transfer (in person or by companies controlled by them) account interest cushion as defined in Section 5.6 below, every month, an amount equal to the interest on the principal of the bonds for the month preceding that payment (“special funds”). any payment, will be sixth biannual interest payment borne by the bonds as stated in Section 2.2 above. In the case where the HUD approval are not obtained as described in Section 5.2.4 below, the special funds will be used for payments at the expense of the first interest payment to be paid to the holders of the bonds (Series A) Under the terms of this Deed. If the HUD permits were obtained as stated in paragraph 5.2.1 above, the special funds will be transferred to the controlling stockholders (in person or by companies controlled by them).
     
  5.2.2.3 the HUD approvals as stated in Section 5.2.1 above were received, the Company will inform the trustee of the same in writing, with confirmation signed by the more senior officer of the Company in the financial field, and attached a letter from an attorney licensed to practice law in the United States, confirming that the HUD approvals were received, and additionally, will report the same in an immediate report.
     
  5.2.2.4 Within one business day from the date of receipt of the Company’s notice and publication of the immediate report as stated, the trustee will provide the Company with all of the funds deposited as stated in Section 5.2.2 above, in the trust account in addition to the profits and less costs of opening the account, managing and closing it, and less the interest cushion amount as defined in Section 5.6 below, which will remain in the trust account (which will constitute, as of the same date, an interest cushion account as defined in Section 5.6 below), and less the expenses cushion amount as defined in Section 5.7 below, which will be transferred to the expenses cushion account opened by the trustee as set forth in Section 5.7 below.

 

17
 

 

  5.2.2.5 In this Section 5.2 – “the Trust Account”: an account that the Trustee will open in its name and under its (of the trustee) sole ownership, in one of the five largest banks in Israel, at its discretion. The signature rights in the account will be granted to the trustee exclusively, all of the costs of opening the trust account, its management and closing will be borne by the Company. The policy of managing the funds in the trust account and its performance will be determined at the exclusive discretion of the Company, provided that the investment is in investments as set forth in Section 17 below. The trustee will not be responsible vis-à-vis the holders of Bonds (Series A) and/or vis-à-vis the Company for any loss caused due to the investments as stated.
     
  5.2.2.6 It shall be clarified that the rights of the Company (if any) in the Trust Account are not pledged in favor of the trustee and/or bondholders. Therefore, a case may arise in which any third party (including a functionary on behalf of a court and the like) will claim that the Company has rights in the Trust Account and that the funds deposited therein belong to the Company and/or any of its creditors, and not to the holders of the Bonds (Series A) alone. The above will not derogate from the undertakings of the Company, controlling stockholders and officers therein as set forth in Section 34 below, which, for the avoidance of doubt, will also apply in connection with the Trust Account.

 

18
 

 

  5.2.2.7 Without derogating from the rights of the Company to receive the net issuance consideration (less the interest cushion amount and the expenses cushion amount) thereto subject to the provisions of Section 5.2.3.3 above and/or any other right of the Company under law, the deposit of the issuance consideration by the issuance coordination in the Trust Account as stated will be considered, for the listing of the Bonds (Series A) for trade in the stock exchange and for that purpose alone, to be receipt of the issuance consideration by the Company. Accordingly, the same will not prevent the Company from submitting a request to register the Bonds (Series A) for trade in the stock exchange and list for trade the bonds on the stock exchange.
     
  5.2.2.8 The Company undertakes that until conditions for the release of proceeds of the offering to the Company are met, as set out in sections 5.2.2.2 and 5.2.2.3 above or, if the conditions are not met, then Until the early redemption as provided in section 5.2.4 below, it will not take loans from financial institutions.

 

  5.2.3 Notwithstanding Section 5.2.3 above, if before the issuance of the Bonds, the Company publishes within the supplementary notice published under the Prospectus that the HUD approvals have been received, the issuance coordinator will directly transfer to the Company the net issuance consideration, less the interest cushion that is transferred directly to the interest cushion account, and less the expenses cushion account, and Section 5.2.3 will not apply.
     
  5.2.4 If by the end of a period of 6 months from the date of the allocation, no HUD confirmations are received as stated in Section 5.2.1above, the Company will act to perform full early repayment and delist from trade the Bonds, in the manner set forth in Section 7.2 below, mutatis mutandis; for the purpose of performing the early repayment as stated, use will be made of the issuance consideration deposited in the trust account (including the interest cushion and the expenses cushion), which will be transferred by the Trustee directly from the Trust Account to the nominee company, and the Company will supplement any amount required for the purpose of performing early repayment as stated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may extend the period (6 months) As mentioned above, an additional two months, provided that the approval of the bond holders (Series A), by a simple majority.

 

19
 

 

  5.3 Adjustment of interest rate for a change in the rating of the Bonds (Series A):

 

For the purpose of this section, it shall be clarified that in the event in which the Bonds (Series A) are rated by more than one rating company, an examination of the rating for the adjustment of the interest rate to the change in the rating (if any such change occurs) will take place based on the lower of the ratings.

 

The interest rate that the Bonds (Series A) will bear will be adjusted for a change in the rating of the Bonds (Series A), as set forth below in this section:

 

It shall be clarified that if adjustment of interest is required in accordance with the mechanism described in this Section 5.3 above and below, and based on the mechanism described in Section 5.4 below, in any event, the maximum additional interest rate will not exceed 1.5% above the interest rate determined in the tender. Arrears interest, if applicable in accordance with Section 4(a) of the terms of the overleaf, will be added to the said rate and will not constitute part thereof.

 

In this regard:

 

A rating of A, A-, BBB+, BBB, BBB- and BB+ - are as defined in the table in Section 1.5.20 above.

 

“Base Rating” – a rating of ilA or a rating parallel thereto.

 

20
 

 

“Additional Interest Rate” – additional interest provided to the bondholders for the decline in the rating of the Bonds in accordance with the following: a rate of 0.25% per year for one notch below the Base Rating (i.e., for a decline to a rating of ilA- (ila minus) plus or a rating parallel thereto) and a rate of 0.25% per year for each additional notch below the Base Rating (i.e., as of a decline to a rating of ilBBB (ilBBB plus) or a rating parallel thereto) until a maximum interest addition of 1.25% per year at most (i.e., up to a rating of ilBB+ (ilBB plus) or a rating parallel thereto and inclusively).

 

  A. If the rating of the Bonds (Series A) by the rating company (in the event of the replacement of a rating company, the Company will provide the trustee with a comparison of the rating scale of the replaced rating company and the rating scale of the new rating company) will be updated during any interest period, such that if the rating that will be determined for the Bonds (Series A) will be lower by one or more notch (hereinafter: the “Lowered Rating”) belong the Base Rating, the annual interest rate that the unpaid principal of the Bonds (Series A) will bear will be increased by the Additional Interest Rate or part thereof (as stated below), in accordance with the levels determined as stated, for the period beginning from the publication of the new rating by the rating company and until the complete payment of the unpaid principal of the Bonds (Series A) or until the date on which the rating increases in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3(e) below. If the interest rate increases prior thereto for a deviation from the financial criteria as stated in Section 5.4 below, the increase of the interest rate for the lowered rating as stated will be limited such that the additional annual interest will not exceed 1.5% in any event.

 

21
 

 

  B. No later than the end of one business day from the receipt of a notice from the rating company regarding the lowering of the rating of the Bonds (Series A) to the Lowered Rating as defined in subsection (a) above, the Company will publish an immediate report, in which the Company states: (1) that the rating was lowered, the Lowered Rating, the rating report and the date on which the Lowered Rating of the Bonds (Series A) comes into effect (hereinafter: the “Date of Lowering the Rating”); (2) the compliance / non-compliance with the financial criteria described in Section 5.4 below based on the most recent reviewed or audited consolidated financial statements of the Company published before the date of the immediate report, as well as whether a change has occurred to the interest for the compliance / non-compliance with the financial criteria as stated; (3) the precise interest rate that the balance of the Bonds (Series A) will bear for the period beginning on the current interest period and until the Date of Lowering the Rating (the interest rate will be calculated based on 365 days per year) (hereinafter: the “Original Interest” and the “Original Interest Period,” respectively); (4) the interest rate that the balance of the principal of the Bonds (Series A) will bear as of the Date of Lowering the Rating and until the actual next interest payment date, i.e.: the Original Interest in addition to the additional interest rate per year (the interest rate is calculated based on 365 days per year) (hereinafter: the “Updated Interest”), if the interest rate is not increased prior thereto, if increased for a deviation from the financial criteria as stated in Section 5.4 below, in which case the increase of the interest rate for the decrease in the rating as stated will be limited such that the addition of the annual interest for the decrease in the rating and non-compliance with the financial conditions will not exceed 1.5% in any event; (5) the weighted interest rate paid by the Company to the holders of Bonds (Series A) on the upcoming interest payment date, arising from the provisions of subsections (3) and (4) above; (6) the annual interest rate reflected from the weighted interest rate; (7) the annual interest rate and the biannual interest rate (the biannual interest will be calculated as the annual interest divided by the number of interest payments per year, i.e. divided by two) for the coming periods.
     
  C. If the date of the commencement of the rating of the Bonds (Series A) with the Lowered Rating occurs during the days beginning four days before the date set forth for payment of any interest and ending on the interest payment date that is closest to the date set forth above (hereinafter: the “Deferral Period”), the Company will pay to the holders of the Bonds (Series A), on the upcoming interest payment date, the Original Interest, before the change, alone, while if the interest rate is not increased prior thereto due to a deviation from the financial criteria as stated in Section 5.4 below, the interest rate arising from the additional interest in the rate equal to the rate of the additional annual interest during the Deferral Period will be paid on the following interest payment date. The Company will announce, in an immediate report, the precise interest rate for payment on the upcoming interest payment date.

 

22
 

 

  D. In the event of updating the rating of the Bonds (Series A) by the rating company, in a manner impacting the interest rate that the Bonds (Series A) will bear as stated in Section 5.3(a) or 5.3(e) below, the Company will inform the trustee thereof in writing within one business day from the publication of the immediate report as stated.
     
  E. In the event that after the reduction of the rating in a manner that will impact the interest rate that the Bonds (Series A) will bear as stated in Section 5.3(a) above, the rating company will update the rating for the Bonds (Series A) to a rating that is equal to or higher than the Base Rating (hereinafter: the “High Rating”), and if the interest rate is not increased prior thereto for a deviation from the financial criteria as stated in Section 5.4 below, then the interest rate that is paid by the Company to the holders of the Bonds (Series A) will be decreased on the relevant payment date of the interest, for the period in which the Bonds (Series A) were rated with the High Rating alone, such that the interest rate that the unpaid balance of the principal of the Bonds (Series A) will bear will be the interest rate determined in the tender, as published by the Company in an immediate report regarding the results of the issuance, without any addition for the reduction of the rating as stated in this Section 5.3 (and in any event, the interest rate that the Bonds will bear will not be less that the interest rate determined in the tender). In such a case, the Company will act in accordance with the provisions of subsections (b) through (d) above, mutatis mutandis, arising from the High Rating instead of the Lowered Rating.

 

23
 

 

It shall be clarified that the update of the interest rate following a change in the rating or due to non-compliance with financial criteria will be examined separately without one impacting the other, subject to the aggregate maximum interest for the reduction in the rating for non-compliance with the financial criteria not exceeding a rate of 1.5% per year. The additional interest for non-compliance with the financial criteria, if applicable in accordance with Section 5.4 above, will continue to apply in the case of an increase in the rating. Therefore, accordingly, if there is an interest addition for non-compliance with financial criteria, the interest rate will be actually updated only after the rating that is given to the bonds of the Company is equal to the base rating. It shall be further clarified that arrears interest, if applicable, will be added to the interest rates set forth above.

 

  F. Subject to the provisions of subsection (h) below, if the Bonds (Series A) cease to be rated for a reason dependent on the Company (for example, but not only, due to non-fulfillment of the Company’s obligations vis-à-vis the rating company, including due to failure to provide payments and/or reports that the Company has undertaken to provide towards the rating company) for a period exceeding 21 consecutive trading days, before the final payment, provided that the interest rate as stated in subsection (a) above is not increased, the cessation of the rating will be considered a Lowered Rating of the Bonds (Series A) by three notches below the Base Rating, such that the additional interest rate will amount to 1.25%, even if the interest rate was increased prior thereto due to a deviation from the financial criteria as stated in Section 5.4 below, and the provisions of subsection (b) through (e) above will apply accordingly, without derogating from the provisions of Section 8.1.25 below. For the avoidance of doubt, it shall be clarified that if the Bonds (Series A) cease to be rated, before the final payment, for a reason independent of the Company, the above will not impact the interest rate as stated in Subsection (a) above and the provisions of this Section 5.2 will not apply.

 

24
 

 

  G. In the case in which the rating company is replaced or the Bonds (Series A) cease to be rated by the rating company, the Company will publish an immediate report, within one trading day from the date of the change, in which the Company will announce the circumstances of the replacement of the rating company or the cessation of the rating, as applicable.
     
  H. For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that: (a) a change in the outlook for the rating of the Bonds (Series A) will not lead to a change in the interest rate that the Bonds (Series A) will bear as stated in this section above; (2) if the Bonds (Series A) are rated by more than one rating company and as long as they are rated by more than one rating company as stated, subsection (f) above will not apply, other than in a case in which all of the rating companies together cease to rate the Bonds (Series A).
     
  I. In the case of a reduction of the rating, the Company will act in accordance with Subsection (b) above. If before the Date of Lowering the Rating, an increase occurs to the interest rate due to a deviation from one or more of the financial criteria based on the mechanism set forth in Section 5.4 below, the change that occurs to the interest for the adjustment mechanism set forth in this Section 5.3 above will be limited, such that in any event, the increase of the interest rate (if an increase occurs as stated) will not be in the aggregate more than 1.5% of the interest rate set forth in the tender.

 

  5.4 Adjustment of the interest rate as a result of non-compliance with financial criteria:

 

The interest rate that the Bonds (Series A) will bear will be adjusted due to a deviation from the financial criteria set forth below:

 

  (1) If the adjusted net financial debt to adjusted EBITDA ratio (as defined below) exceeds 12 (hereinafter: the “Condition of the Adjusted Net Financial Debt to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio”).

 

25
 

 

For the purpose of this subsection (1) alone:

 

“Adjusted Net Financial Debt” – the total financial debt as it appears in the Company’s financial statements, less cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments (not pledges, unless they are pledged to secure financial undertakings) in addition to the Company’s share of the net financial debt in associated companies and companies under joint control, as it appears in the financial statements of the said companies, less cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments (not pledged, unless they are pledged to secure financial obligations). The data regarding the adjusted net financial debt will be provided in the notes of the Company’s financial statements.

 

“Adjusted EBITDA” – the consolidated operating profit in addition to depreciation and reductions, in addition to the Company’s share of operating profit; the Adjusted EBITDA will be calculated based on the data of the last four quarters in the aggregate, and will be listed in the notes of the Company’s financial statements.

 

It shall be clarified that after the purchase or one or more income-generating assets is expressed in the balance sheet of the Company, the calculation of the financial criteria as stated will take place while adding to the count of the Adjusted EBITDA the Adjusted EBITDA that is generated by the same asset, while amending the Adjusted EBITDA of the asset to the terms of a full year.

 

  (2) If the consolidated equity of the Company (excluding minority rights) is less than USD 110 million (this amount will not be linked to the index) (hereinafter in this Section 5.4: the “Equity Condition”).

 

The condition of the Adjusted Net Financial Debt to Adjusted EBITDA and the Equity Condition will each be referred to as: a “Financial Criterion” and in this section: the “Financial Criteria.”

 

It shall be clarified that if adjustment of interest is required in accordance with the mechanism described in this Section 5.4 above and below, and based on the mechanism described in Section 5.3 above, in any event, the maximum additional interest rate will not exceed 1.5% above the interest rate determined in the tender. Arrears interest, if applicable in accordance with Section 4(a) of the terms of the overleaf, will be added to the said rate and will not constitute part thereof.

 

26
 

 

In this regard:

 

The “Additional Interest Rate” - additional interest at a rate of 0.5% for a deviation from any of Financial Criteria. The increase of the interest rate will take place only once for each deviation from the Financial Criteria, if such a deviation occurs, and the interest rate will not be increased again in the event that the deviation from the Financial Criteria continues (in this regard, it shall be clarified that if the deviation from the Financial Criteria is remedied and thereafter there is an additional deviation, the provisions above will apply). It shall be emphasized that in the event in which due to a decrease in the rating of the Bonds, the annual interest rate is increased in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 above, in any event, the additional interest rate under the same section, together with the additional interest rate under this Section 5.4, for the deviation from the Financial Criteria, will not exceed 1.5%.

 

The “Deviation Date” – the publication date of the financial statements that indicate the deviation.

 

  A. If the Company deviates from the financial criteria under the Company’s reviewed or audited consolidated Financial Statements (hereinafter: the “Deviation”), the annual interest rate that the unpaid balance of the Bonds (Series A) will bear will be increased by the additional interest rate for the Deviation, above the interest rate as it was at the time, before the change, for the period that begins from the Deviation Date and until the full repayment of the unpaid principal balance of the Bonds (Series A) or until the date of the publication of the Company’s Financial Statements whereby the Company meets all of the financial criteria, whichever is earlier, if the interest rate is not increased prior thereto for the Lowered Rating as stated in Section 5.3 above. In the event of an increase in the interest rate prior thereto due to a decrease in rating as stated in Section 5.3 above, the increase of the interest rate due to the deviation from the Financial Criteria at the subject of this subsection a will be limited such that the additional annual interest for the reduction of the rating and non-compliance with the Financial Criteria will not exceed 1.5% in any event.
     
  B. In the event in which a Deviation from the Financial Criteria occurs as stated, no later than the end of one business day from the publication of the Company’s audited or reviewed Financial Statements (as applicable), the Company will publish an immediate report in which the Company will state: (a) the non-compliance with the aforesaid undertaking, while specifying the financial criteria on the date of the publication of the financial report; (b) the updated rating of the Bonds (Series A) based on the most recent rating report published before the date of the immediate report; (c) the precise interest rate that the principal of the Bonds (Series A) will bear for the period beginning from the current Interest Period and until the Deviation Date (the interest rate will be calculated based on 365 days per year) (hereinafter: the “Original Interest” and the “Original Interest Period”, respectively); (d) the interest rate that the balance of the principal of the Bonds (Series A) will bear as of the Deviation Date and until the upcoming actual interest payment date, i.e.: the Original Interest with the addition of the additional annual interest rate (the interest rate will be calculated based on 365 days per year) (hereinafter: the “Updated Interest”), if the interest rate was not increased prior thereto, if increased, due to a decrease in the Rating as stated in Section 5.3 above, if it occurs, in which case the increase of the interest rate for the Deviation from the financial criteria at the subject of this Subsection will be limited such that the addition of the annual interest for the Lowered Rating and/or non-compliance with the Financial Criteria will not exceed 1.5% in any event; (e) the Weighted Interest Rate that is paid by the Company to the Bondholders (Series A) on the upcoming interest payment date, arising from the provisions of Subsection (b) and (c) above; (f) and the annual interest rate reflected from the Weighted Interest Rate; (g) the annual interest rate and the biannual interest rate (the biannual interest will be calculated as the annual interest divided by the number of interest payments per year, i.e. divided by two) for the subsequent periods.

 

27
 

 

  C. In the event in which the Deferral Date occurs during the days beginning four days before the effective date for the payment of any interest and ending on the subsequent interest payment date (hereinafter: the “Deferral Period”), the Company will pay the Bondholders (Series A) on the subsequent interest date, the Original Interest alone, while the interest rate arising from the addition of the interest in a rate equal to the additional annual interest rate during the Deferral Period will be paid on the following interest payment date. The Company will provide notice in an immediate report of the precise interest rate for payment on the following interest payment date.
     
  D. In the event of a deviation from the Financial Criteria in a manner that impacts the interest rate that the Bonds (Series A) will bear as stated above in subsection (a) above or subsection (e) below, the Company will inform the Trustee thereof in writing within one business day from the date of the publication of the Financial Statements as stated.
     
  E. It is clarified for the avoidance of doubt that in the event that after the Deviation the Company publishes its audited or reviewed Financial Statements (as applicable), based on which the Company meets all of the aforesaid financial criteria, the interest rate that will be paid by the Company to the Bondholders (Series A) will be reduced on the relevant payment date of the interest, for the period in which the Company met the financial criteria, which shall begin on the date of the publication of the Financial Statements that indicate compliance with the financial criteria, such that the interest rate that the unpaid balance of the principal of the Bonds (Series A) will bear will be the interest rate determined in the Tender, insofar as the interest rate was not increased prior thereto due to a decrease in the rating of the Bonds (Series A) as stated in Section 5.3 above and/or for a Deviation in another financial criteria as stated in this Section 5.4 above, as published by the Company in an immediate report regarding the results of the issuance (in any event, the interest rate that the Bonds will bear will not be less than the interest rate determined in the Tender) or another interest rate determined following a decrease in the Rating of the Bonds (Series A) as stated in Section 5.3 above. In such a case, the Company will act in accordance with the provisions of Subsection (b) through (d) above, mutatis mutandis, as applicable and with respect to the Company’s compliance with the same financial criteria.

 

28
 

 

It shall be clarified that an update to the interest rate following a change in the rating or following non-compliance with the financial criteria will be examined separately, without one impacting the other, and subject to the aggregate maximum interest for the Lowered Rating and for non-compliance with the Financial Criteria not exceeding a rate of 1.5% per year. The additional interest for the Lowered Rating, if applicable in accordance with Section 5.3 above, will continue to apply in the case in which the Company met the Financial Criteria as well. Therefore, accordingly, if there is an interest addition a Lowered Rating, the interest rate will be actually updated only after the rating that is given to the bonds of the Company as stated in Section 5.3 above. It shall be further clarified that arrears interest, if applicable, will be added to the interest rates set forth above.

 

  F. The examination regarding the Company’s compliance with the financial criteria will be performed on the date of the publication of the Financial Statements by the Company and as long as the Bonds (Series A) exist in circulation with respect to the annual/quarterly Financial Statements that the Company is required to publish until the same date.

 

The Company will specify within the annual board of director’s report and in the notes to the quarterly financial statements, as applicable, its compliance or non-compliance with the financial criteria.

 

29
 

 

For the avoidance of doubt, it shall be clarified that subject to the above, the additional interest payments as a result of the Lowered Rating as stated in Section 5.3 above and/or as a result of the Company’s non-compliance with the financial criteria as stated in this Section 5.4 above are aggregated. Therefore, in the event that a Lowered Rating occurs, while in addition the Company deviates from the financial criteria, the Bondholders (Series A) will be entitled to an increase in the interest rate as stated above, provided that the additional annual interest for the Lowered Rating or non-compliance with the Financial Criteria does not exceed 1.5%.

 

The Company undertakes to act such that, to the extent that it is in its control, the Bonds (Series A) are Rated by a Rating Company during the entire duration of the Bonds (Series A), and for the same purpose, the Company undertakes to pay the Rating Company the payments that it has undertaken to pay to the Rating Company, and to provide the Rating Company with the reasonable reports and information required thereby in the framework of the engagement between the Company and the Rating Company. In this regard, among other, the non-performance of payments that the Company has undertaken to pay to the Rating Company and the failure to provide reasonable reports and information required by the Rating Company in the framework of the engagement between the Company and the Rating Company will be deemed to be reasons and circumstances that are under the Company’s control. In the event in which the Rating of the Bonds (Series A) ceases or the Rating Company is replaced, the Company will publish an immediate report thereof, and will state the reasons for the cessation of the rating or replacement of the Rating Company, as applicable. The Company does not undertake to refrain from replacing the Rating Company or to refrain from terminating the engagement therewith during the duration of the Bonds (Series A). In the event in which the Company replaces a Rating Company that is the only Rating Company that rates the Bonds (Series A) at the time of the replacement and/or terminates the work of a Rating Company (in the event in which it is not the only Rating Company), the Company undertakes to report the same in an immediate report and to inform the Trustee and the Bondholders thereof, and state the reasons for the change of the Rating Company in its notice, no later than one Trading Day from the date of the replacement as stated and/or the date of the decision to terminate the work of the Rating Company, whichever is earlier. It shall be clarified that the provisions above will not derogate from the right of the Company to replace the Rating Company or terminate the work of the Rating Company at any time (in the event in which it is not the only Rating Company), at its exclusive discretion and for any reason that it sees fit.

 

30
 

 

  5.5 Interested party transactions

 

The Company undertakes that excluding the exempt transactions as defined below - extraordinary transactions (as defined in the Companies Law) of the Company with a controlling stockholder thereof, or extraordinary transactions of the Company with another person in which the Controlling Stockholder has a personal interest, or engagements of the Company with the Controlling Stockholder or his relative, directly or indirectly, including through a company under his control, including if he is also an officer thereof among other – regarding the terms of office and employment, and if he is an employee of the Company and is not an officer thereof among other – regarding his employment with the Company (hereinafter in this Section 5.5: “Special Transactions”), will be contingent on the consent of holders of the Bonds (Series A) in a resolution with a special majority.

 

The transactions set forth below (including the renewal and extension of their validity) will be considered “Exempt Transactions” regarding which no approval of holders will be required as stated in this Section 5.5 above:

 

(1) The transfer of assets to the Company for no financial consideration; in this regard, an allocation of shares alone will not be considered financial consideration;

 

(2) The release of controlling stockholders and/or interested parties from guarantees provided to third parties in connection with assets owned by the Company provided that after the release of the controlling stockholders and / or stakeholders, shall not remain guarantee of the Company in connection with those assets.;

 

(4) the system of agreements set forth in Chapter 9 of the Prospectus, including the Company’s management agreement as set forth in Section 9.2.2 of the Prospectus, including updates or renewal in the same terms and conditions described in the prospectus;

 

(5) The lease agreements set forth in Section 9.2.3 of the Prospectus, as well as new lease agreements (including with new lessees) in accordance with the main terms set forth below: (a) lease fees that will be paid to the Company will reflect annual yield of at least 12% over the net investment of the Company (equity) for the same asset at the subject of the lease agreement, after servicing the current debt for its purchase; (b) the term of the lease will be between 10 and 15 years; (c) options to extend the term of the lease, if any are granted to the lessee, will be for a total period of up to 10 years; (d) payment of the lease fees will be performed each month on a monthly basis; (e) the lessee will bear the entire liability for the operation of the income-generating asset, receipt of the licenses and permits for its operation, and the like; and (f) the lease agreements may be Triple Net, or otherwise; it is clarified that the lease agreements will include additional parallel provisions, as customary in lease agreements.

 

31
 

 

For details regarding the terms of the aforesaid system of agreements, see Section 9.2 of the Prospectus.

 

(6) Providing guarantees by the controlling stockholder in favor of financing entities for the Company and/or corporations under the Company’s control;

 

(7) Extraordinary Transactions that meet the terms set forth in the Companies Regulations (Leniencies in Transactions with Interested Parties), 5760-2000;

 

(8) Engagement in policies to insure assets of the Company and/or subsidiaries and affiliated companies against the customary risks, within the policies that cover the asset portfolio of the Company jointly with the assets of the controlling stockholder, if any (while the amounts of the premium are allocated by the insurance company for the various assets in a manner in which the Company does not bear a premium in excess of its relative share of the assets);

 

(9) Granting an exemption from liability and officer liability insurance in the Company, including officers from the controlling stockholders;

 

(10) Granting letters of indemnity to the controlling stockholders and/or their relatives as set forth in Section 9.3.1 of the Prospectus, as well as new letters of indemnify in the form as updated, if at all, in accordance with the Companies Law and Regulations thereunder, as they may be from time to time;

 

The Company will confirm within its periodic report and alternatively will provide the trustee, at the end of March every year, with confirmation from the senior officer in the Company’s financial department that no special transactions were performed regarding which consent is required from the bondholders as stated in this Section 5.5 above (which are not exempt transactions as stated in this Section 5.5), without providing the consent of the Bondholders (Series A) as stated above. Additionally, if the aforesaid system of agreements within subsections (2) through (4) above were renewed or updated, the Company will state in the confirmation of the office or detail provided as stated that the update or renewal as stated was performed in accordance with the provisions of subsections (2) through (4) above; it is clarified that the trustee will rely on the approval of the Company as stated and will not be required to perform any additional inspection or investigation.

 

32
 

 

  5.6 As noted in section 9.2.11 of the Prospectus, Mr. Gubin has an interest-side and is Chairman of the Board of Optimum Bank, which in it, from time to time, lessee’s deposit the transferred rents. The company is committed to that after the first three months from the date of allotment; the volume of monthly rental fees will be deposited in the bank for assets shall not exceed 10% of the total monthly rent of the transferred asset.
     
  5.7 Interest Cushion

 

  A. From the net issuance consideration deposited in the trust account as stated in Section 5.2.3.1 above, the Trustee will transfer to the bank account opened by the Trustee that it owns and in its name in a Bank bound in Israel, in favor of the holders of the Bonds (Series A), a total equal to the amount of the closest (to that date) interest payment for the Bonds (hereinafter, respectively: the “Interest Cushion Amount” and the “Interest Cushion Account”), while the Interest Cushion Amount will be used as a security for holders of the Bonds (Series A), until the full repayment of the Bonds (Series A). If HUD confirmations are received before the issuance of the bonds, and Section 5.2.3 above applies, the Company will irrevocably instruct the issuance coordinator to transfer the net issuance consideration directly to the Company, less the Interest Cushion that is transferred directly to the Interest Cushion Account, as set forth in Section 5.2.4 above.
     
  B. The signature rights in the Interest Cushion Account will be granted to the trustee alone. The funds deposited in the Interest Cushion Account will be transferred to the trustee and managed by the trustee in accordance with the provisions of Section 17 of the Trust Deed.

 

33
 

 

  C. If, on the morning of the second day of each calendar month after the end of any calendar quarter, and if it is not a business day then on the subsequent business day (hereinafter: the “Cushion Supplement Date”), the amount deposited in the Interest Cushion Account is less than the closest to that date interest payment amount, including following the Trustee’s use of the proceeding amounts under this Deed, the Company will transfer to the Interest Cushion Account on the Cushion Supplement Date (if the same date is not business day, hen on the closest business day) an amount equal to the amount required in order for the amount deposited in the Interest Cushion Account, on the Cushion Supplement Date, to be equal to the closest interest payment amount (hereinafter, together with the amount deposited at the same time in the Cushion Account: the “Current Cushion Amount”).
     
  D. If on the date for the payment of principal and/or interest for the Bonds by the Company, the amount deposited in the Cushion Account exceeds the Current Cushion Amount (hereinafter: the “Surplus Amount”), the Company may instruct the trustee to make use of the Surplus Amount in order to perform payment of the principal and interest amounts that the Company owes to holders of the Bonds (Series A) under this Deed and at the request of the Company, the Trustee will provide the Company will records of the performance of a payment on the date on which the payment must be made, up to an amount of the payment that is offset under the notices of the Company or up to an amount of the Surplus Amount, whichever is lower. On the final and last payment date of the Bonds (Series A), the Company may instruct the Trustee to make use of the Current Cushion Amount and the Surplus Amount, as deposited in the Interest Cushion Account for payment for the Bonds.
     
  E. It is clarified that in the event that a series of bonds is expanded or if an additional interest rate applies as stated in Sections 5.3 and 5.4 above, the Company will transfer to the Interest Cushion Account the funds that will constitute the interest cushion amount for the updated interest rate, within four business days from the date of the publication of an immediate report regarding a the performance of the expansion or the change in the interest rate as stated, as applicable.

 

34
 

 

  F. It is clarified that the failure to deposit funds in the Interest Cushion Account within five business days from the date of the completion of any interest, whether within the issuance at the subject of the Prospectus or following the occurrence of the events as set forth in this section, will constitute grounds for calling for the immediate repayment of the balance of the Bonds (Series A) in circulation as stated in Section 8.1.35 below.
     
  G. For the avoidance of doubt, it shall be clarified that the undertaking of the Company to transfer the funds to the Interest Cushion Account is not secured by a mechanism that will ensure the performance of this undertaking. In the event in which the Company does not meet its obligations to transfer the funds to the Interest Cushion Account, the Trustee will not be able to prevent a breach of this obligation, but rather may take the measures available to it under law and under the Trust Deed to force the Company to fulfill its obligations retroactively.
     
  H. It is clarified that the First Cushion Amount and the Current Cushion Amount will be the property of the Bondholders and will be held by the Trustee in trust for the Bondholders (Series A). The Company will not have any rights or claims with respect to these amounts, excluding a right to provide instructions for the Surplus Amount as stated in subsection d. above, and the Company will not be entitled to receive these funds under any circumstances.
     
  I. The Company undertakes that it will sign any document required in order to execute a decision as stated to perform a distribution for holders of the funds in the Interest Cushion Account based on the provisions of this Deed.

 

35
 

 

  5.8 Expenses Cushion

 

Without derogating from the provisions of Sections 5.6 above and 26 below, from the net issuance consideration deposited in the Trust Account as stated in Section 5.2.3.1 above, a total in the amount of USD 100 thousand (based on the exchange rate of the dollar, known on the first trading date after the tender date) will be deposited in a special bank account opened by the trustee and in its name in trust for the bondholders, which will be used for payment of the ongoing expenses and management expenses of the trustee (including for proceedings to reevaluate assets, if performed by the trustee), in the case in which the Bonds (Series A) are called for immediate repayment and/or in the case in which the Company breaches the provisions of the Trust Deed (hereinafter respectively: the “Expenses Cushion Amount” and the “Expenses Cushion Account”). The Expenses Cushion Amount will be held until the date of the full and final payment of the Bonds (Series A). After receipt of approval from the senior officer in the financial department at the Company regarding full payment of the Bonds (Series A), any remaining amount, if any, in the Expenses Cushion Account (in addition to all of the profits accrued) will be transferred to the Company in accordance with the details provided by the Company. In the case in which the Expenses Cushion Amount is not sufficient to cover the expenses of the Trustee in connection with call for immediate repayment of the Bonds (Series A) and/or a breach of the provisions of the Trust Deed by the Company, if any such event occurs, the Trustee will act in accordance with the provisions of Section 26 below. For the purpose of this Section 5.7, “Proceedings for the Revaluation of Assets” shall mean the appointment of an external and independent assessor selected by the Trustee to examine the fair values of the Company’s real estate assets.

 

It should be noted that the signature rights in the account will be granted to the Trustee exclusively; all of the costs of opening in the Trust Account, its management and closing will be borne by the Company. The policy of managing the funds in the Expenses Cushion Account and its performance will be determined at the sole discretion of the Company, provided that the investment is in investments as set forth in Section 17 below. The Trustee will not be liable vis-à-vis the Bondholders (Series A) and/or vis-à-vis the Company for any loss caused due to the investments as stated;

 

36
 

 

It shall be clarified that the rights of the Company (if any) in the Expenses Cushion Account are not pledged in favor of the Trustee and/or the Bondholders. Therefore, a case may arise in which any third party (including a functionary on behalf of the court and the like) will claim that the Company has rights in the Expenses Cushion Account and that the funds deposited therein belong to the Company and/or all of its creditors, and not to the Bondholders (Series A) alone. The above will not derogate from the obligations of the Company, the controlling stockholders and officers therein as set forth in Section 34 below, which, for the avoidance of doubt, will also apply in connection with the Expenses Cushion Account.

 

  5.9 Appointment of Representatives to the Company in Israel

 

The Company undertakes to appoint a representative of the Company in Israel within 90 days from the date of the issuance of the Bonds (Series A) under the prospectus (hereinafter: the “Company’s Israel Representative”), to which legal process may be served to the Company and/or an officer thereof. Service to the Company’s Israel Representative will be considered valid and binding service in connection with any claim and/or demand of the Trustee and/or the Bondholders (Series A) under this Trust Deed. On the date of the appointment of a representative of the Company in Israel, the Company will report its information in an immediate report, and provide notice to the Trustee that includes the details of the Company’s Israel Representative.

 

Until the appointment of the Company’s Israel Representative as stated above, the Law Offices of Fischer Behar Chen Well Orion & Co. will be the Company’s Israel Representative.

 

6. Securing the Bonds

 

  6.1 Excluding the Interest Cushion as stated in Section 5.6 above, the Bonds (Series A) are not secured by any securities or pledges or in any other manner. For details regarding the Company’s undertakings regarding the undertaking to avoid the creation of pledges, see Section 6.2 below.

 

37
 

 

For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that the Trustee is not subject to and will not be subject to an obligation to examine, and in practice the Trustee has not examined and will not examine, the need to provide securities to secure the payments to the Bondholders (Series A). The Trustee was not asked to conduct, and the Trustee did not conduct in practice and will not conduct, a financial, accounting or legal due diligence as to the state of the Company’s business. In its engagement in this Deed of Trust and the Trustee’s consent to serve as a trustee for the Bondholders (Series A), the Trustee does not express an opinion, explicitly or implicitly, as to the ability of the Company to meet its obligations vis-à-vis the Bondholders (Series A). The provisions above will not derogate from the Trustee’s obligations under any law and/or the Deed of Trust, and will not derogate from the Trustee’s obligation (if such an obligation applies to the Trustee under any law) to examine the impact of changes in the Company from the date of the prospectus and thereafter, if they may detrimentally impact the Company’s ability to meet its obligations vis-à-vis the Bondholders (Series A).

 

  6.2 Undertaking not to create pledges

 

  6.2.1 The Company undertakes not to pledge all of its assets with a current floating charge, without receiving the prior consent of a meeting of Bondholders (Series A) to the same with a regular majority and with the quorum of holders required in order to pass a regular resolution. It should be emphasized that the Company may pledge its assets, in whole or in part, with specific charges (including a current charge on specific asset/s) and provide guarantees without requiring the consent of the meeting of Bondholders to the same; for the avoidance of doubt, it shall be clarified that subsidiaries of the Company may pledge their assets, in whole or in part, with any pledge (including a floating charge) and in any manner, without the consent of a meeting of the Bondholders (Series A) to the same and without being required to provide any security to the Bondholders (Series A) against the creation of the pledge as stated thereby.

 

38
 

 

  6.2.2 The Company will provide the Trustee with an opinion from an attorney who specializes in the relevant law applicable to the Company, whereby there is no legal obligation in the British Virgin Islands to record the undertaking of the Company to avoid creating a negative floating pledge as set forth in Section 6.2.1 above (hereinafter: the “Undertaking Not to Create Pledges”) in any register held under the laws of the British Virgin Islands. The Company will provide the Trustee, in the framework of a quarterly and/or periodic report, as applicable, with confirmation from the senior officer in the Company’s financial department that the Company has not created and has not undertaken to create a pledge contrary to the Undertaking Not to Create Pledges under Section 6.2.1 above. In addition, the Company will provide the Trustee, on December 31 of each year, with a confirmation from an attorney who specializes in the relevant law applicable to the Company, whereby the Company has not recorded any pledge in favor of any party in its registers and/or in another register held under the relevant law, contrary to its Undertaking not to Create Pledges as stated in Section 6.2.1 above. Reference from the register held in this regard under the law applicable to the Company will be attached to the attorney’s confirmation.

 

Subject to section 6.2 above, the Company may sell, lease, assign, provide or transfer in any manner its property, in whole or in part, in any manner, in favor of any party that it sees fit, without requiring any consent of the Trustee and/or the Bondholders (Series A) as applicable. The Company is not required to inform the Trustee of a transfer or sale of any of its assets, unless the sale or transfer is one that pertains to a “material asset of the Company,” as defined in Section 8.1 below, and is not required to inform the Trustee of the creation of any pledge on its assets, excluding as set forth in Section 6.2 above.

39
 

 

  6.3 The Company undertakes not to take loans from financial institutions that he is not incorporated in Israel, and not to give pledges to financial institutions that not incorporated in Israel, everything - except with respect to credit transactions which could be made by US financial institutions for the purpose of hedging transactions on the exchange rate of the shekel against the US Dollar “in relation to any bonds issued by the company.
     
  6.4 Financial Undertakings

 

Until the date of the full, final and precise repayment of the debt under the terms of the Bonds (Series A), and the fulfillment of the other obligations of the Company vis-à-vis the Bondholders (Series A) under this Deed of Trust and the terms of the Bonds (Series A), the Company will meet, at all times, the financial conditions set forth below:

 

  (1) The Company’s consolidated equity (excluding minority rights) will not be less than USD 100 million (this amount is not index-linked) (hereinafter: the “Equity Condition” or the “Minimal Capital”);
     
  (2) The ratio of the Company’s consolidated equity (including minority rights) to the total balance sheet will not be less than 28% (hereinafter: the “Capital to Balance Sheet Ratio Condition” or the “Capital to Minimum Balance Sheet Ratio”);
     
  (3) The adjusted net financial debt to adjusted EBITDA ratio will not exceed 13 (hereinafter: the “Debt to EBITDA Ratio Condition” or the “Maximum EBITDA to Debt Ratio”).

 

“Adjusted Net Financial Debt” and “Adjusted EBITDA” – as defined in Section 5.4 above. It shall be clarified that in the event of the purchase of one or more income-generating asset, the calculation of the financial criteria will be performed while adding to the adjusted EBITDA of the adjusted EBITDA that is generated by the same asset, while amending the adjusted EBITDA of the asset to the terms of a full year.

 

The examination regarding the Company’s compliance with the financial criteria contained in Subsection (1) through (3) above will be performed on the date of the publication of the Financial Statements by the Company and as long as the Bonds (Series A) exist in circulation, with respect to the quarterly/annual financial statements that the Company is required to publish by the same date.

 

40
 

 

The Company will specify in Directors’ Report or Financial Statements quarterly and annual reports, as applicable whether it has or has not complied with the financial criteria set forth in subsections (1) through (3) above, and will state in the note to the financial statement as stated the relevant calculation regarding each of the financial criteria set forth above. In addition, within five business days from the date of publication of the relevant financial statements, the Company shall transfer to the Trustee approval of a senior officer in the finance area regarding compliance or non-compliance with financial covenants of the company as stated, together with the relevant calculation.

 

In the event that the Company’s equity falls below the minimum equity and/or the Capital to Balance Sheet Ratio falls below the minimum ratio and/or the Debt to EBITDA Ratio exceeds the Maximum Debt to EBITDA Ratio, the Company will provide written notice thereof to the Trustee, and will report with an immediate report on MAGNA regarding this data and the implications of the data in accordance with this Section, no later than the end of one business day after the publication of the Financial Statements (quarterly and annual). For the purpose of this Section, a report on MAGNA will not be considered to be a report to the Trustee.

 

Non-compliance with the Equity Condition during two consecutive quarters or non-compliance with the Capital to Balance Sheet Ratio Condition during two consecutive quarters and/or non-compliance with the Debt to EBITDA Ratio during two consecutive quarters will serve as grounds to call for the immediate repayment of the entire unpaid balance of the Bonds (Series A), as set forth in Sections 8.1.14 and 8.1.15 below (respectively).

 

  6.5 Limitations to the Distribution of Dividends

 

The Company undertakes that it will not perform any distribution (as defined in the Companies Law), including will not declare, pay or distribute any dividend unless all of the terms set forth below are met:

 

  (1) The balance of the profits and funds that are accrued as of June 30 , 2015 will not be distributable and will not be taken into account for the purpose of a distribution on the basis thereof;

 

41
 

 

  (2) The distribution amount will not exceed 40% of the net profit after tax that is recognized in the most recent consolidated financial statements of the Company (quarterly or annual, as applicable), less Gains / losses arising from changes in the accounting approach under which the reports were prepared and less net revaluation profits/losses (that have not yet been realized) arising from a change in the fair value of the assets with respect to the fair value as of June 30, 2015 or the date on which the assets were purchased, whichever is later (hereinafter: “Revaluation Gains/ Losses” and jointly: the “Distributable Profits”). It shall be clarified that: (a) in the case of the sale of a revaluated asset (exercised), revaluation profits/losses for the same asset will be added/removed (as applicable) from the distributable profits, that are recognized and/or will be recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the periods from July 1, 2015 or previous periods; (b) the distributable profits for which no distribution was performed in a certain quarter will be aggregated to the following quarters;
     
  (3) The Company’s equity (excluding minority rights) at the end of the last quarter, before the distribution of dividends, less the dividends distributed, will not be less than USD 120 million (this amount will not be linked to the index);
     
  (4) The equity to balance sheet ratio, as defined in Section 6.4(2) above, will not be less than 30%, as a result of the said distribution;
     
  (5) The Company will provide the Trustee with confirmation whereby the Company’s board of directors has discussed and determined that on the date of the resolution of the board of directors to perform a distribution, there are no “warning signs” in the Company as defined in Article 10(b)(15) of the Reporting Regulations, provided that if such warning signs exist as stated above, the Company’s board of directors has determined that they will not serve to indicate liquidity problems in the Company;

 

42
 

 

  (6) The Company meets the financial criteria set forth in Section 6.4 above and the Company has not breached any and/or part of its obligations vis-à-vis the Bondholders (Series A).

 

The above in subsections (1) through (5) will be hereinafter jointly: the “Dividend Limitation.”

 

The Company will provide the Trustee, within three business days after approval of the distribution by the Company’s board of directors and before the performance of the distribution, with confirmation of the Company’s auditor regarding the Company’s compliance with the Dividend Limitation (including the details of the relevant calculation) and confirmation of the Company under subsection (6) above.

 

The Company will specify in the framework of the quarterly or annual board of director report and in the notes to the financial statements, as applicable, the total distributable profits as of the date of the relevant report.

 

7. Early Redemption

 

  7.1 Early repayment initiated by the Stock Exchange

 

In the event that the Stock Exchange decides to delist the Bonds from trade because the value of the Series of Bonds is less than the amount set forth in the guidelines of the Stock Exchange regarding delisting from trade, the Company will act as follows:

 

  a) Within 45 days from the date of the decision to delist from trade as stated, the Company will provide notice of an early repayment date in which the Bondholder may redeem them.
     
  b) The early redemption date with respect to the Bonds will occur no earlier than 17 days from the date of the notice’s publication and no later than 45 days from the aforesaid date, but shall not apply in a period between the effective date for the payment of interest and the actual payment date thereof.

 

43
 

 

  c) On the early redemption date, the Company will redeem the Bonds that the holders thereof request to redeem, based on the balance of their par value in addition to the interest that has accrued on the principal until the actual redemption date (the calculation of the interest will be performed on the basis of 365 days per year).
     
  d) Determination of the early redemption date as stated above will not harm the redemption rights set forth in the Bonds for any of the Bondholders that do not redeem them on the early redemption date as set forth above; however, the Bonds will be delisted from trade in the Stock Exchange, and will be subject to the tax implications that arise as a result.

 

Early redemption of the Bonds as stated above will not grant any of the Bondholders that redeems them as stated with the right to an interest payment for the period following the redemption date.

 

The Company will publish a notice of the early redemption date in an immediate report. The notice as stated will also specify the early redemption consideration amount.

 

  7.2 Early repayment initiated by the Stock Exchange

 

The Company may, at its exclusive discretion, call for the early redemption of the Bonds (Series A), as of 60 days from the listing for trade in the Stock Exchange, in which case the following provisions will apply – all subject to the instructions of the Securities Authority and the provisions of the bylaws of the Stock Exchange and the guidelines thereunder, as they may be at the relevant date:

 

The frequencies of the early redemptions will not exceed one per quarter.

 

In the event that early redemption is determined in a quarter in which an interest payment is also scheduled, or a date for payment of partial redemption or a date for payment of final redemption, the early redemption will take place on the date scheduled for the payment as stated.

 

44
 

 

In this regard, a “quarter” shall mean each of the following periods: January-March, April-June, July-September, October-December.

 

The minimum scope of each early repayment will not be less than NIS 10 million. Notwithstanding the above, the Company may perform early redemption in a scope of less than NIS 10 million, provided that the scope of the redemptions will not exceed one per year.

 

Any amount that is paid in early repayment by the Company will be repaid with respect to all of the Bondholders (Series A), pro-rata based on the par value of the Bonds (Series A) that are held thereby.

 

Upon the passing of a resolution by the Company’s board of directors regarding the performance of early redemption as stated above, the Company will publish an immediate report with a copy to the Trustee no less than seventeen (17) days and no more than forty five (45) days before the early redemption date. The early redemption date will not occur during the period between the effective date for the payment of interest for the Bonds (Series A) and between the actual date for the payment of the interest. In the immediate report as stated, the Company will publish the principal amount that will be repaid in the early redemption, as well as the interest that has accrued for the amount of the principal as stated until the early redemption date, in accordance with the provisions below.

 

Early redemption will not occur for part of a series of Bonds (Series A) if the last redemption amount is less than NIS 3.2 million.

 

Should the Company make partial early redemption, the Company will pay the accrued interest only for the redeemed, nor on any unpaid balance of the bond (which are not redeemed on the date of the partial early redemption).

 

45
 

 

On the partial early redemption date, if any, the Company will issue an immediate report about: (1) the partial redemption rate in terms of the unpaid balance; (2) the partial redemption rate in terms of the original series; (3) the partial redemption interest rate on the redeemed part; (4) the interest rate that will be paid in the partial redemption, calculated regarding the unpaid balance; (5) update of the partial redemption rates that remain, in terms of the original series; (6) the effective date for eligibility to receive the early redemption of the principal of the Bonds that will exist twelve (12) days before the date determined for the early redemption.

 

The amount that will be paid to the Bondholders (Series A) in the event of early redemption will be the amount that is the higher of the following: (1) the market value of the balance of the Bonds (Series A) in circulation which is determined based on the average closing price of the Bonds (Series A) in thirty (30) trading days before the date on which the board of directors resolves to perform the early redemption; (2) the undertaking value of the Bonds (Series A) available for early redemption in circulation, i.e. the principal in addition to interest until the date of the actual early redemption; (3) the balance of the cash flow of the Bonds (Series A) that are available for early redemption (principal in addition to interest), when discounted based on the yield of the government bonds (as defined below) with an addition of 2.5% per year. Discount of the Bonds (Series A) available for early redemption will be calculated as of the early redemption date and until the last payment date determined with respect to the Bonds (Series A) available for early redemption.

 

In this regard: “yield of government bonds” shall mean the average yield (gross) for redemption during a period of seven business days, ending two business days before the date of the notice of the early redemption of three series’ of unlinked government shekel bonds with fixed interest whose average lifespans are the closest to the average lifespan of the Bonds (Series A) at the relevant date.

 

The Company will provide the Trustee, within five trading days from the date of the Board of Director’s resolution, with confirmation from the auditor of the Company regarding calculation of the payment amount.

 

46
 

 

8. Right to Call for Immediate Payment

 

  8.1 Upon the occurrence of one or more of the events listed in this section below, the provisions of Section 8.2 will apply, as applicable:

 

  8.1.1 In the event that the Company does not pay any amount owed therefrom in connection with the bonds or does not meet any of its other material obligations vis-à-vis the holders.
     
  8.1.2 In the event that the Company files a stay of proceedings order or in the event that a stay of proceedings order is given against the Company or if the Company files a motion for a settlement or arrangement with creditors of the Company under Section 350 of the Companies Law, or if the Company proposes a settlement or arrangement to its creditors in another manner as stated, all – provided that the Company is unable to meet its obligations on time (excluding for the purpose of a merger with another company as stated in Section 8.1.22 below and/or a change to the structure of the Company or a division that is not prohibited under the terms of this Deed, excluding making arrangements between the Company and its stockholders and/or holders of option warrants (that are exercisable into shares) of the Company, that are not prohibited under the terms of this Deed and will not impact the ability to repay the Bonds (Series A)).
     
  8.1.3 If a request is filed under Section 350 of the Companies Law against the Company (without its consent) that is not rejected or dismissed within 45 days from the date of its submission.
     
  8.1.4 In the event that the Company passes a liquidation resolution (excluding liquidation for purposes of merging with another company as stated in Section 8.1.22 below) or if a fixed and final liquidation order is given by a court and/or a fixed liquidator is appointed for it.

 

47
 

 

  8.1.5 In the event that a temporary liquidation order is given and/or a temporary liquidator is appointed and/or any judicial decision of a similar nature is given, and such order or decision as stated is not rejected or dismissed within 45 days from the date on which the order is given or the decision made, as applicable. Notwithstanding the above, the Company will not be given any remedial period with respect to applications or orders that are filed or given, as applicable, by the Company or with its consent.
     
  8.1.6 In the event that an application is filed for receivership or to appoint a receiver (temporary or permanent) for the Company or a material asset of the Company (as defined below), or if an order is given to appoint a temporary receiver that is not rejected or dismissed within 45 days from the submission or granting, as applicable; or, if an order is given to appoint a fixed receiver for the Company or for a material asset of the Company (as defined below). Notwithstanding the above, the Company will not be given any remedial period with respect to orders or requests that are given or filed, as applicable by the Company or with its consent.
     
  8.1.7 If an attachment is placed on a material asset of the Company (as this term is defined below) or execution actions are performed in connection with a material asset of the Company (as this term is defined below) and the attachment is not removed or the action is not terminated, as applicable, within 45 days from the date on which it is applied or performed, as applicable. Notwithstanding the above, the Company will not be given any remedial period with respect to orders or requests that are given or filed, as applicable by the Company or with its consent.

 

48
 

 

  8.1.8 If the holders of pledges are exercised or the pledges that they have on a material asset of the Company (as this term is defined below).
     
  8.1.9 If there is a real concern that the Company will not meet, or the Company has failed to meet its material obligations vis-à-vis holders of the Bonds (Series A). It is clarified that the material obligations of the Company include, inter alia, payment amounts to holders and their dates.
     
  8.1.10 If the Company has ceased, or provided notice of its intent to cease its payments or ceases or has provided notice of its intent to cease to continue its business, as they may be from time to time.
     
  8.1.11 If a material deterioration occurs in the business of the Company compared to its state on the data of the initial issuance of the Bonds (Series A) and there is a real concern that the Company will be unable to pay the Bonds (Series A) on time.
     
  8.1.12 If the control of the Company is transferred, directly or indirectly, and the transfer of control as stated is not approved by holders of the Bonds (Series A) with a regular majority. The controlling stockholders of the Company, on the date of the issuance of the Bonds (Series A) are Mr. Moishe Gubin (together with his wife, Tira Gubin) and Michael Blisko. In this regard, it shall be clarified that the transfer of shares between the controlling stockholders and/or them and their relatives (as the term “relative” is defined in the Companies Law), directly or indirectly and/or by inheritance under law, will not be considered a transfer of control.

 

For the purpose of this Section 8.1.12 – “control transfer” –A change in control of the Company, in manner that the controlling stockholders and / or their relatives and / or successors shall cease to hold (on an aggregate holdings), directly and / or indirectly, over 50% of the shares and voting rights.

 

49
 

 

  8.1.13 If another series of bonds that is issued by the Company and listed for trade on any Stock Exchange (including a series of bonds issued in a private placement to institutional investors and / or classified as defined in the Securities Regulations (Offer of Securities to the Public), 2007 - 5767, which has been traded on the stock exchange) is called for immediate repayment (hereinafter in this section: the “Other Series”) or a material debt of the Company, as defined in this Section 8 below. In this regard, it shall be stated that, in connection with a debt that the Company owes following giving a guarantee by the Company for payment of the same debt, the grounds in this Section 8.1.13 will be established only if the following conditions are met: (1) the Company’s guarantee to pay the debt is not limited in amount, or is limited to an amount that exceeds the amount of the other debt (as defined above); and (2) the Company is required to pay at least an amount that is higher or equal to the amount of the other debt as stated. If the aforesaid terms are met, the grounds set forth will apply, as of the same date on which the Company is requested to pay the other debt (subject to the remedy period set forth above) and not from the date on which the same debt is called for immediate repayment, if the same dates do not overlap.
     
  8.1.14 If the equity of the Company (excluding minority rights) is less than the minimum capital, as defined in Section 6.4(1) above due two consecutive quarters.
     
  8.1.15 If the equity (including minority rights) to consolidated balance sheet ratio is less than the minimum ratio, as defined in Section 6.4(2) above during two consecutive quarters.
     
  8.1.16 If the debt to EBITDA ratio exceeds the maximum debt to EBITDA ratio, as defined in Section 6.4(3) above during two consecutive quarters.

 

50
 

 

  8.1.17 If the Company has performed a distribution contrary to the dividend limitation provisions, as set forth in Section 6.5 above.
     
  8.1.18 If the rating of the Bonds (Series A) by the rating company is lowered to a rating that is lower than ilBBB (BBB minus)or a rating parallel thereto. In the case of replacing the rating company, the Company will provide the trustee with a comparison of the rating scales of the replaced rating company and the rating scales of the new rating company.

 

For the purpose of this section below, it shall be emphasized that in the event that the Bonds (Series A) are rated by more than one rating company, an examination of the rating based on the grounds for calling for immediate repayment above will take place, throughout, based on the lower rating among them.

 

  8.1.19 If the Company sells to another/others all of its assets or its main assets, and the holders of the Bonds (Series A) do not consent to the sale in advance with a decision passed with a regular majority. For the purpose of this subsection – “Sale to Another” – sale to any third party (including the controlling stockholder of the Company and/or corporations under his control), excluding a sale to corporations that are fully held by the Company; “Main Assets of the Company” – an asset or a number of assets the value of which and/or the aggregate value of which (as applicable) in the most recent consolidated financial statements published before the occurrence of the relevant event exceeds 50% of the scope of its assets in the consolidated balance sheet of the Company based on the financial statements as stated.

 

51
 

 

  8.1.20 In the event that the Company performs a change of its primary activity. In this regard, the primary activity on the date of the issuance is the field of income-generating real estate, In the field of medical institutions and / or buildings clinics (within the meaning of the terms stated in Section 7 below) which includes, inter alia, the purchase, lease and management of income-generating real estate assets in the that area. The Company will include the board of director’s report confirmation that the primary activity of the Company has not changed. Additionally, the Company undertakes to notify the trustee of a change to the primary activity as stated, if any occurs. Publication of an immediate report on the MAGNA system will not be considered notice to the trustee for this purpose.
     
  8.1.21 In the event that a merger was performed with the prior consent of the holders of the Bonds (Series A) with a regular majority, unless the Company or the absorbing company declared (as applicable) vis-à-vis the holders of the Bonds (Series A), including through the trustee, at least 10 business days before the date of the merger, that there is no reasonable concern following the merger that the absorbing company will be unable to uphold its obligations vis-à-vis the holders of the Bonds (Series A). The provisions of this section will not derogate from the other grounds for calling immediate repayment granted to the holders of the Bonds in accordance with this section 8.1 above and below. Additionally, as of the period of 30 days before the date of the planned merger and until the merger date, all of the grounds listed in this Section 8.1 above and below will apply with respect to the absorbing company, as if it was the Company. With respect to the provisions of this Deed that are derived from the financial statements of the Company, an examination will be performed with respect to the financial statements of the absorbing company, as it may be after the merger. In this regard, it will be emphasized and clarified that the grounds set forth in this section will not apply to a merger between corporations controlled (as defined in the Securities Law) of the Company.

 

52
 

 

  8.1.22 If trade of the Bonds (Series A) in the Stock Exchange is suspended by the Stock Exchange, excluding suspension on grounds of the creation of ambiguities as stated in the Fourth Law of the bylaws of the Stock Exchange and 60 days have transpired from the suspension date during which it was not removed.
     
  8.1.23 If the Company is dissolved or terminated for any reason.
     
  8.1.24 If the Company breaches the terms of the Bonds (Series A) and/or the terms of the Trust Deed with a fundamental breach, including if it is discovered that a material representation or material representations by the Company in the Bonds and/or Trust Deed are incorrect and/or incomplete, and the Trustee has notified the Company in writing that it is required to remedy the breach, and the Company fails to remedy the breach as stated within 14 days of the date on which the notice was provided.
     
  8.1.25 If the Bonds (Series A) cease to be rated for a period exceeding 60 consecutive days following reasons and/or circumstances that are under the Company’s control. In this regard, the non-performance of payments that the Company has undertaken to make to the rating company and failure to provide information and reports reasonably required by the rating company in the framework of the engagement between the Company and the rating company will be considered reasons and circumstances that are under the control of the Company.
     
  8.1.26 In the event that the Company expands a series of Bonds (Series A) or issues an additional series of bonds, contrary to the provisions of Section 4 above.

 

53
 

 

  8.1.27 If the Company ceases to be a reporting corporation as defined in Section 1 of the Securities Law.
     
  8.1.28 If the Company does not publish a financial report that it is required to publish under any law, within 30 days from the deadline on which it was required to publish the same.
     
  8.1.29 If the Bonds (Series A) are delisted from trade in the Stock Exchange.
     
  8.1.30 If the Bonds (Series A) are not repaid on time or another material obligation provided in favor of the holders is not fulfilled.
     
  8.1.31 If the Company breaches its obligations to avoid creating pledges as stated in Section 6.2 above.
     
  8.1.32 Upon the occurrence of any other event that constitutes material harm and/or may cause material harm to the rights of the Bondholders.
     
  8.1.33 If a “growing concern” note is recorded in the Company’s financial statements for a period of two consecutive quarters.
     
  8.1.34 If the Company breaches it obligations in connection with approval of special material transactions as stated in Section 5.5 above.
     
  8.1.35 If the Company breaches its obligations to deposit an interest cushion as stated in Section 5.6 above.
     
  8.1.36 If the Company breaches its obligations to deposit an interest cushion as stated in Section 5.7 above.
     
  8.1.37 If the Company has not appointed a representative in Israel in order to serve court order or if she dismissed the representative without appointing a replacement within 15 days, or if the representative resigned without appointing a replacement within 15 days of his notice to the Companying writing of his resignation.

 

54
 

 

For the purpose of this Section 8, a “Material Asset of the Company” is an asset or assets in the aggregate of the Company or corporations under the control thereof whose assets are consolidated in the Company’s statements, the value of which, based on the most recent consolidated financial statements (audited or reviewed) of the Company, on the event date, exceeds 30% of the scope of the assets in the consolidated balance sheet of the Company based on the financial statements as stated.

 

For the purpose of this Section 8, a “Material Debt of the Company” shall mean a debt of the Company whose undertaking value is 10% of the total assets of the Company based on the most recent consolidated financial statements of the Company or USD 31 million, whichever is lower, based on the most recent consolidated financial statements of the Company published (whether audited or reviewed) (hereinafter: the “Financial Statements”) or a debt of an associated company, when the product of the rate of holdings (in final concatenation) in the associated company by the value of debt value of the debt constitutes 10% of the total assets of the Company based on the most recent consolidated financial statements or USD 31 million, whichever is lower.

 

  8.2 Upon the occurrence of any of the events set forth in Sections 8.1.1 through 8.1.35 (inclusive) above, the following provisions will apply, as applicable:

 

  8.2.1 Upon the occurrence of any of the events set forth in Sections 8.1.1 through 8.1.35 (inclusive) above, the Trustee will be required, and each of the holders may, convene a meeting of the holders of Bonds (Series A), that will convene 21 days from the date of the invitation (or a shorter time in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.2.4 below), and the agenda of which will contain a resolution regarding calling for immediate repayment of the entire unpaid balance of the Bonds (Series A) due to the occurrence of any of the events set forth in Sections 8.1.1 through 8.1.35 (inclusive) above, as applicable. The invitation will state that in the event that the Company causes the termination and/or conclusion of the relevant event set forth in Section 8.1 above, for which the meeting was convened, by the date on which the meeting will convene, the invitation for a meeting of the holders of the Bond will be cancelled as stated above.

 

55
 

 

  8.2.2 A resolution of the holders to call for the immediate repayment of the Bonds (Series A) will be passed in a meeting of holders that is attended by holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the balance of the par value of the Bonds (Series A), with a majority of holders of the balance of the pay value of the Bonds represented in the vote or with a majority as stated in a deferred meeting of holders that is attended by holders of at least twenty percent (20%) of the balance as stated.
     
  8.2.3 In the event in which by the date of convening the meeting as stated, none of the events set forth in Sections 8.1.1 through 8.1.35 (inclusive) above are terminated or removed, and the resolution in the meeting of holders of the Bonds (Series A) as stated is passed in the manner required as set forth in Section 8.2.2 above, the trustee will be required, within a reasonable amount of time, to call for the immediate repayment of the entire unpaid balance of the Bonds (Series A). Provided that he gives the company a written warning of 15 days of its intention to do so.
     
  8.2.4 A copy of the invitation notice for the meeting as stated will be sent by the trustee to the Company for publication, and the invitation for the meeting will constitute prior written consent to the Company of its intent to act to call for immediate repayment of the Bonds as stated.

 

56
 

 

  8.2.5 The Trustee may, at its discretion, shorten the count of 21 days as stated in Section 8.2.1 above and/or the 15 warning days as stated (in Section 8.2.3 above) and/or not provide warning at all, in the case in which the trustee is of the opinion that there is a reasonable concern that waiting this period or providing the warning, as applicable, will harm the possibility of calling for immediate payment of the Bonds or harm the rights of holders.
     
  8.2.6 In the event that any of the subsections of Section 8.1 above provides a reasonable period in which the Company may perform an action or make a decision as a result of which the grounds for calling for immediate repayment are terminated, the trustee or holders may call for immediate repayment as stated in this Section 8 only if the period set forth as stated transpires and the grounds are not terminated; however, the trustee may shorten the aforesaid period if it feels that the same may materially harm the rights of the holders.
     
  8.2.7 For the avoidance of doubt, it shall be clarified that the provisions of this Section 8.2 above will not derogate from the authority of the trustee to call for immediate repayment of the Bonds (Series A) at its discretion and subject to any law.
     
  8.2.8 Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8.2, in the case in which the Company requests of the trustee in writing to call an urgent representation, the provisions set forth in the Third Addendum of the Trust Deed must be followed.
     
  8.2.9 For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that calling for immediate repayment will take place based on the balance of the par value of the Bonds (Series A) that have not yet been paid, including interest differentials that have accrued on the principal, while the interest is calculated for the period beginning after the last day for which interest was paid and until the actual date of immediate payment (calculation of the interest for a subpart will take place based on 365 days per year).

 

57
 

 

  8.3 For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that the right to call for immediate repayment as stated above and/or calling for immediate repayment will not derogate from or harm any other or additional remedy available to holders of the Bonds (Series A) or the trustee under the terms of the Bonds (Series A) and the provisions of this Deed or under law, and calling a debt for immediate repayment upon the occurrence of any of the cases set forth in Section 8.1 above will not constitute any waiver of the rights of the holders of the Bonds or the trustee as stated.

 

9. Claims and Proceedings by the Trustee

 

  9.1 In addition to any provision in this Deed and as a right and personal authority, the Trustee shall be entitled, at any time, at its reasonable discretion, and without providing additional notice, to perform any of the proceedings, including legal proceedings and motions to receive orders, as it shall see fit and pursuant to any law, for the purpose of realizing and/or defending the rights of the Holders of Bonds (Series A) and in order to enforce the Company’s performance of another of the Company’s undertakings according to the Deed of Trust. The above shall not damage and/or derogate from the rights of the Trustee to begin legal and/or other proceedings even if the Bonds (Series A) were not called for immediate repayment, all for the defense of the Bondholders (Series A) and/or for the purpose of granting any order regarding the matters of the trusteeship and pursuant to the provisions of any law. Notwithstanding the statements of this Section, it is clarified that the right to call for immediate repayment shall only be established in accordance with the provisions of Section 8 above, and not on behalf of this Section.
     
  9.2 Pursuant to the provisions of the Deed of Trust, the Trustee is entitled but not obligated to convene a general assembly of the Bondholders (Series A) in order to discuss and/or accept its instruction for any matter relating to the Deed of Trust.

 

58
 

 

  9.3 Whenever the Trustee shall be obligated according to the terms of the Deed of Trust to perform any action, including commencing proceedings or filing actions according to the request of the Bondholders (Series A), as stated in this Section, the Trustee shall be entitled, at its sole discretion, to delay the performance of any said action until it receives instructions from the general assembly of Bondholders (Series A) and/or the instructions of the court how to act, provided that the convening of the assembly or the petition to the court shall be performed on the first possible date. For the removal of doubt it shall be clarified that the Trustee shall not be entitled to delay the performance of actions or proceedings as stated in the event in which the delay may harm the rights of the Bondholders (Series A).

 

  9.4 The Trustee shall be entitled, pursuant to any special resolution of the Bondholders (Series B) as stated above, to waive the conditions that it shall see fit regarding the existence of the those undertakings, entirely or partially, of the Company.

 

  9.5 The Trustee is entitled, prior to performing any legal proceedings, to convene an assembly of Bondholders (Series A) in order for the Holders to determine which proceedings to take for the realization of their rights under this Deed. Similarly, the Trustee shall be entitled to again convene the assembly of Bondholders (Series A) for the purpose of receiving instructions for any matter relating to the management of the proceedings as stated, provided that the convention of the assembly shall be performed on the first possible date under the provisions of the second supplement to the Deed of Trust and the delay of the proceedings shall not harm the rights of the Holders.

 

10. Trust of Proceeds

 

All of the funds held from time to time by the Trustee, excluding his wages, expenses and the repayment of any debt therefor, in any manner including but not limited to as a result of calling the Bonds for immediate repayment and/or as a result of the proceedings that it will conduct, if any, against the Company, will be held thereby in trust and shall remain in its possession for the purposes and in the priority as follows: First – the clearance of expenses, payments, levies and undertakings incurred by the Trustee, placed thereon or caused as a result of the actions of managing the trusteeship or in another manner in connection with the terms of the Deed of Trust, including its salary (and under the condition that the Trustee will not receive its salary from both the Company the Bondholders). Second – the payment of any other sum according to the ‘indemnification undertaking’ (as the term is defined in Section 26.1 below); third – the payment to the Series A Bondholders carried out in installments according to Section 26.4.2 below;

 

59
 

 

The balance will serve for the purposes within the following priority: (a) first – in order to pay the Holders the arrears interest for the Bonds they are owed according to the Bonds (Series A) conditions pari-passu, and in a relative manner to the sum of the arrears interest which each of them are owed without preference or precedence towards any of them; (b) second – in order to pay the Holders of Bonds (Series A) the interest sums that they are owed according to the Bonds held thereby, pari-passu, that the date of their payment has not yet occurred and in a manner that is relative to the sums to which they are owed, without any preference in connection with the issuance ahead of time of the Bonds (Series A) by the Company or in another manner; (c) third – in order to pay the Holders of Bonds (Series A) the principle arrears they are owed according to the conditions of the Bonds pari-passu, and in a manner relative to the sum of the principle in arrears which each of them are owed without any preference or precedence to any of them; (d) fourth – in order to pay the Holders the principle sums they are owed according to the Bonds held thereby pari-passu, whether the time came for the removal of the principle sums or not, in a manner relative to the sums they are owed, without any preference in connection with the issuance ahead of time of Bonds (Series A) by the Company or in another manner; the balance – if existing, will be paid to the Company by the Trustee or vice versa, as applicable.

 

Withholding tax will be deducted from the payments to the Bondholders (Series A), as long as there is an obligation to deduct it according to any law.

 

60
 

 

It shall be clarified that if the Company must bear any of the expenses but does not do so, the Trustee will act reasonably to receive the sums as stated from the Company and in the event that it will succeed in receiving them, they will be held thereby in trust and will serve in its possession for the purposes and according to priority as detailed in this Section.

 

11. Authority to Demand Payment to Holders through Trustee

 

The Trustee is entitled to instruct the Company in writing to transfer to the Trustee’s account (for the Bondholders) part of the payment (interest and/or principle) which the Company must pay to the Holders, such that the said sum that is designated for repayment shall be transferred to the account of the Trustee (for the Bondholders) no later than one business day before repayment date to the Bondholders, for the purpose of financing proceedings and/or expenses and/or the salary of the Trustee under this Deed. The Company is not entitled to refuse to act in accordance with the notice as stated, and shall consider it as fulfilling one of its undertakings vis-à-vis the Holders if it shall prove that it transferred the entire requested sum into the account of the Trustee as stated. The above shall not release the Company from its debt to bear the expense payments and the salary as stated when it is obligated to bear them according to this Deed or by any law. Similarly, the above shall not derogate from the obligation of the Trustee to act reasonably to acquire the sums to which the Holders are entitled from the Company, which will serve to finance the proceedings and/or expenses and/or the salary of the Trustee according to the Deed of Trust.

 

12. Powers to Delay the Distribution of Funds

 

Notwithstanding the statements of Section 10 above, if the financial sum, which will be received as a result of performing the proceedings as stated above and which will be called at any time for a distribution in accordance with Section 10 above, shall be less than NIS 1 million, the Trustee shall not be obligated to distribute it and it shall be entitled to invest the said sum, entirely or partially, in investments permitted according to the Deed of Trust as set forth in Section 17 below. If these investments and their profits, together with additional funds that are received by the Trustee for are a sum that is not sufficient to pay the aforesaid amount, the Trustee shall pay them to the Holders in accordance with the set of priorities as stated in Section 10 above. In the event in which up to the earlier of: the closest interest/principle payment date or a reasonable time after receiving the said financial sum, the Trustee shall not be in possession of a sum that is sufficient to pay at least NIS 1 million as stated, the Trustee shall be entitled to distribute the funds in its possession to the Bondholders.

 

61
 

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 12 above, the Bondholders (Series A) shall be entitled, according to a decision passed thereby, to instruct the Trustee to pay them the funds received by the Trustee and called for distribution, as stated in Section 10 above, even if their sums amount to less than NIS 1 million, pursuant to the provisions of the Stock Exchange’s Articles of Association, as shall be at that time. Notwithstanding the above, the payment of the Trustee’s salary and the Trustee’s expenses shall be paid from the said funds immediately upon reaching their date (and regarding the expenses already paid by the Trustee, the sums shall be returned to the Trustee immediately upon the funds arriving in the Trustee’s possession) even if the funds that the Trustee received are less than NIS 1 million as stated.

 

13. Notice of Distribution

 

The Trustee shall notify the Bondholders (Series A) of the date and place where any payment was performed from among the payments mentioned in Sections 10-12 above, in an advance notice of 14 days that shall be sent in the manner set forth in Section 27 below. After the date determined in the notice, the Bondholders (Series A) shall be entitled to interest according to the rate determined in the Bonds, only for the balance of the principle sum (if existing) after deducting the sum that was paid or called for payment to them, as stated.

 

14. Refraining from Payment for a Reason Which is not Dependent on the Company

 

  14.1 Any sum to which the Bondholders (Series A) are entitled and was not paid in practice on the date set forth for its payment, for a reason independent of the Company, while the Company was ready and able to pay it, shall not bear interest from the date set forth for its payment and the Bondholders (Series A) shall be only be entitled to those sums to which they were entitled on the date set forth for the repayment of the payment at the expense of the principle and / or the interest. Interest rate and / or interest on arrears, where relevant.

 

62
 

 

  14.2 The Company shall deposit with the Trustee, on the earliest date possible after the date set forth for payment, the sum of the payment that was not paid on time, as stated in Section 14.1 above, and shall provide written notice based on the addresses found in its possession, if any, to the Bondholders (Series A) of the said deposit, and the said deposit shall be considered as removing that payment to the Holder and in the event of removing that is entitled for that Bond, it shall also be considered as a deposit of the Bond (Series A) by the Company. The above will not derogate from the obligations of the Company to bear the wages of the Trustee and its expenses, all in accordance with the provisions of this Deed.

 

  14.3 Any sum held by the Trustee in trust for the Holders shall be deposited by the Trustee in a bank and will be invested thereby, in its name or its order, at its discretion in investments permitted to it according to Section 17 below. If the Trustee did so, it shall only be obligated to those eligible for those sums for the consideration that it shall receive from the realization of the investments, less the expenses connected to the said investment, including for the management of the trust account and less its salary and debt payments and it shall pay to those eligible against the evidence that will be requested thereby to its full satisfaction. After the Trustee will receive notice from the Holder of the removal of the impediment as stated, the Trustee will transfer to the Holder all of the funds accumulated for the deposit and derived from the exercise of their investment, less all of the reasonable expenses and trust account management fees and less any tax by law. The payment will be performed against the presentation of that evidence, which shall be accepted by the Trustee, regarding the right of the Holder to receive it.

 

63
 

 

  14.4 The Trustee shall hold these funds and shall invest them according to the provisions of Section 17 below, until the end of one year from the final date for the repayment of the Bond (Series A), but the Trustee shall return the accumulated sums in its possession (including their profits) less its expenses and less its salary and other expenses which it expended in accordance with the provisions of this Deed (such as salaries of service providers, etc.) to the Company and the Company shall hold these sums in trust for the Bondholders (Series A) entitled to those sums for a period of up to the end of seven (7) years from the final repayment date of the Bonds (Series A), and regarding the funds that will be transferred to it by the Trustee as stated above, the provisions of Subsection 14.3 above shall apply to it, mutatis mutandis. Funds that are not demanded from the Company by the Bondholders (Series A) at the end of seven (7) years from the final payment date of the Bonds (Series A) will be transferred to the Company’s ownership after 30 days from providing notice to the aforesaid holders by the Company, in writing, based on the addresses listed in its possession, if any, and it may use the remaining funds for any purpose.

 

  14.5 The Company shall provide written confirmation to the Trustee of the return of the sums as stated in Section 14.4 above, and regarding their receipt in trust for the Bondholders (Series A) and it shall indemnify the Trustee for any action and/or expense and/or damage of any kind that will be caused to it due to and for the transfer of the funds as stated, unless the Trustee acted with negligence (excluding negligence exempted by law as shall be from time to time), with a lack of good faith or with malice.

 

15. Receipt by Bondholders and Trustee

 

  15.1 A signed receipt from the Bondholder (Series A) or a reference from a member of the Stock Exchange regarding the execution of the transfer or the execution of the transfer via the TASE Clearing House for the principle and interest sums paid thereto by the Trustee for the Bonds shall absolutely release the Trustee for all matters related to the essence of executing the payment of the sums denominated in the receipt.

 

  15.2 A receipt from the Trustee regarding the deposit of the principle and interest sums in its possession for the benefit of the Bondholders (Series A) as stated, shall be considered a receipt from the Bondholders (Series A) for the purpose of the statements of Section 15.1 above, in relation to the release of the Company for all connected to the execution of the payment of the sums denominated in the receipt.

 

64
 

 

  15.3 The sums distributed as stated in Sections 10 and 12 above shall be considered as payment at the expense of the repayment of the Bonds (Series A).

 

16. Presentation of Bonds to the Trustee; Registration in Connection with Partial Payment

 

  16.1 The Trustee may demand from the Bondholders (Series A) to present the Trustee, upon any interest payment or partial payment of principal and interest, with the Certificate of the Bonds (Series A) for which the payments are made. A Bondholder (Series A) will be required to present the Certificate of the Bond as stated, provided that the above will not require the Bondholder (Series A) to bear any payment and/or expense and/or impose on the Bondholder (Series A) liability and/or any debt.

 

  16.2 The Trustee may record on the certificate of the Bonds (Series A) a note regarding the amounts paid as stated above, and the date of their payment.

 

  16.3 The Trustee may, in any special case at its discretion, waive the presentation of the Certificate of Bonds (Series A) after being provided by the Bondholder (Series A) a waiver and/or guarantee that is sufficient to its satisfaction for damage that may be caused as a result of the non-registration of the note as stated, all as it sees fit.

 

  16.4 Notwithstanding the above, the Trustee may, at its reasonable discretion, hold records in another manner regarding partial payments as stated.

 

65
 

 

17. Investment of Funds

 

All of the funds that the Trustee may invest under the Deed of Trust will be invested thereby in one of the four largest banks in Israel, provided that the rating of the bank is not less than AA in its name or for its deposit, in investments as it sees fit, all subject to the terms of the Deed of Trust, provided that it deposits in bank deposits, treasury funds issued by the Bank of Israel and/or government bonds issued by the Bank of Israel of the United States Government alone and/or similar securities issued by the United States Government.

 

In the event that it does so, it will only owe to those entitled to the same amounts the consideration received from the exercise of the investments, less its fees and expenses, charges and expenses related to the aforesaid investment and managing the trust accounts, the fees and less the obligatory payments applicable to the trust account, and the Trustee will act in accordance with the provisions of Sections 12 and/or 14 above, as applicable, with the balance of the funds as stated.

 

18. Company’s Undertakings vis-a-vis Trustee

 

The Company hereby undertakes vis-à-vis the Trustee and Bondholders, as long as the Series A Bonds have not yet been fully repaid, as follows:

 

  18.1 To maintain and manage the Company’s business in an orderly, proper and effective manner.

 

  18.2 To manage orderly account books in accordance with the GAAP, and to maintain records, including the documents used as references therefor (including pledge and mortgage deeds, accounts and receipts) in its offices, and to allow the Trustee and/or any authorized representative of the Trustee to review, at a time coordinated with the Company in advance, no later than 5 business days from the date of the Trustee’s written request, any record and/or document as stated that the Trustee requests to review. In this regard, an authorized representative of the Trustee shall mean a person that the Trustee appoints for the purpose of a review as stated, with written notice of the Trustee that is provided to the Company before the review as stated, subject to the obligation of confidentiality subject to the provisions of Section 31.12 below.

 

66
 

 

  18.3 To notify the Trustee in writing, as early as reasonably possible and no later than three business days after being made aware of any case in which an attachment is placed on a material asset of the Company (as this term is defined in Section 8.1 above) and in any event in which a receiver, special manager and/or temporary and/or permanent receiver and/or trustee who is appointed in the framework of a request for a stay of proceedings under Section 350 of the Companies Law, against the Company is appointed with respect to a material asset of the Company, and to take, at its expense, any reasonable means required in order to remove such an attachment or terminate the receivership, liquidation or management, as applicable.

 

  18.4 To inform the Trustee in writing, immediately upon the Company being made aware and no later than three trading days, of the occurrence of one or more of the cases listed in Section 8.1 above and its subsections. The provisions of this Section and all of its subsections will be performed by the Company without taking into account the curing and waiting periods listed in Section 8.1 above, if any.

 

  18.5 To provide the Trustee, no later than the end of 30 days from the date of the issuance of the Bonds (Series A) under this Deed with a repayment schedule for payment of the Bonds (principal and interest).

 

  18.6 To provide the Trustee with written notice, signed by a senior officer of the Company, no later than five business days from the date of a written request of the Trustee, of the performance of any payment to the Bondholders and of the balance of the amounts that the Company owes at the same date to the Bondholders after the performance of the aforesaid payment.

 

  18.7 To provide the Trustee immediately upon its delivery with any report that it is required to submit to the Securities Authority. An immediate report in the MAGNA system of the Securities Authority and any report or information that is published (in full) by the Company on the MAGNA system will be considered to have been provided to the Trustee. Notwithstanding the above, at the Trustee’s request, the Company will provide the Trustee with a printed copy of the report or information as stated.

 

67
 

 

  18.8 To provide the Trustee with copies of notices and invitations provided to the Company, as stated in Section 27 of this Deed.

 

  18.9 To ensure that the senior financial officer of the Company will provide, within a reasonable time, to the Trustee and/or the individuals that it so instructs, with any explanation, document, calculation or information relating to the Company, its business and/or assets that are required, at the reasonable discretion of the Trustee, for the purpose of examinations performed by the Trustee in order to protect the Bondholders.

 

  18.10 To invite the Trustee to be present at the general meetings (whether in annual general meetings or special general meetings of the Company’s stockholders) of the Company’s stockholders (without rights to participate or vote), held in Israel. Publication of an invitation to a general meeting of the stockholders of the Company in the MAGNA system will be considered to be an invitation of the Trustee for the purpose of this Section. As long as the Company is a bonds company (as this term is defined in the Companies Law) – it shall provide the Trustee with signed minutes of the meetings of stockholders within three business days from the date on which the said minutes are signed.

 

  18.11 As long as the Bonds (Series A) are not yet repaid in full, to provide the Trustee with the reports and statements as follows:

 

  18.11.1 Annual audited financial statements of the Company, no later than the dates set forth under the Securities Law, even in the event in which the Company ceases to be a reporting corporation.

 

68
 

 

  18.11.2 If the Company is a public company (as defined in the Companies Law) – a copy of any document that the Company transfers to all of its stockholders or all of the Bondholders, and details of any information that the Company transfers to them in another manner, including any report submitted under law to the Securities Law in order to be published publicly (immediate reports), immediately upon their publication. As long as the Company is a private company that is a bonds company – to provide the Trustee with a copy of any document that the Company transfers to all of the Bondholders and the details of all of the information that the Company transfers to them in another manner, including any report submitted under law to the Securities Authority in order to be published publicly (immediate reports), immediately upon their publication.

 

  18.11.3 To provide the Trustee, upon its first written request, with written confirmation, signed by an accountant, stating that all of the payments to the Bondholders have been paid on time, and the balance of the par value of the Bonds in circulation.

 

  18.11.4 In the event that the Company ceases to be a reporting corporation, the Company will provide the Trustee, in addition to the provisions of Sections 18.2 -18.11 above, with annual, quarterly and immediate reports, Which will be signed by a senior officer in the finance area and by the Comas set forth below:

 

69
 

 

  (a) Annual reporting including the information set forth in Appendix 5.2.4.8 of Chapter 4 Part 2 (management of investment funds and provision of credit) in Part 5 (principles of the management of business), in the consolidated circular of the Ministry of Finance - Division of Capital Markets, Insurance and Savings1 (hereinafter: the “Chapter for Management of Investment Assets in the Circular by the Ministry of Finance”) or as updated from time to time, no later than 60 days from the date on which the Company was required to publish the annual reports if it was a reporting corporation;

 

  (b) Quarterly reporting including the information set forth in the Chapter for Management of Investment Assets in the Circular by the Ministry of Finance, as updated from time to time, no later than 30 days from the date on which the Company was required to publish the quarterly reports if it was a reporting corporation;

 

  (c) An immediate report in the case that one of the events occurs listed in Appendix 5.2.4.10 of the Chapter for Management of Investment Assets in the Circular by the Ministry of Finance, as updated from time to time. The report will be provided on the date on which the Company was required to report about the occurrence of the event based on Article 30(b) of the Reporting Regulations.

 

  18.12 To provide the Trustee, at its written request, within a reasonable time, any affidavit and/or declaration and/or documents and/or details and/or additional information regarding the Company (including explanations, documents and calculations regarding the Company, its business or assets) and even to order its accountant and legal advisors to do so, at the reasonable written request of the Trustee, if the Trustee reasonably believes that the information is required by the Trustee in order to apply and use the authorities, powers and authorizations of the Trustee and/or its counsel under the Deed of Trust, including information that may be essential and required in order to protect the rights of the Bondholders, provided that the Trustee acts in good faith, subject to the undertaking of confidentiality as stated in Section 31.12 below.

 

 

1 http://ozar.mof.gov.il/hon/2001/law/Codex.asp

 

70
 

 

  18.13 To provide the Trustee with all of the reports or notices as set forth in Section 35j of the Law.

 

  18.14 No later than ten business days from publication of the annual or quarterly financial statements of the Company, as applicable, the Company will provide the Trustee with detailed written confirmation, signed by the senior officer in the Company’s financial department, regarding its compliance or non-compliance with each of the financial conditions set forth in Section 6.4 of this Deed, in addition to a detail of the calculation relevant to each financial condition.

 

  18.15 No later than 10 business days from the publication of the Company’s annual or quarterly financial statements, and as long as this Deed is in effect, the Company with provide the Trustee with a written confirmation of the Company, signed by the authorized signatories on its behalf as well as the chairman of its board of directors and/or its CEO, that in the period from the date of the Deed and/or the date of the previous approval provided to the Trustee, whichever is later, and until the date on which the approval is provided, to the best of its knowledge, no breach occurred on the part of the Company of this Deed and the terms of the Bonds (Series A), unless stated explicitly therein otherwise.

 

71
 

 

  18.16 On April 10 of each year, for the previous calendar year, and as long as this Deed is in effect, the Company will provide the Trustee with confirmation, signed the by Company’s senior officer of the performance of all of the interest payments and/or payments on account of the principal, in connection with the Bonds (Series A), that are due to be paid before the date of the confirmation, and the payment date, as well as the balance of the par value of the Bonds from this series, which are still in circulation as of the date of the confirmation, as well as confirmation from a directors of the Company and its CEO that during the year ending on December 31, there was no breach on the Company’s behalf of the terms and limitations set forth in the Deed of Trust (including the same limitations and specification conditions in the Deed and the Bonds, with respect to which the Trustee requests that the Company refer in the confirmation), unless explicitly stated otherwise in the aforesaid confirmation.

 

  18.17 To notify the Trustee in writing of any change to its name or address.

 

  18.18 The Trustee may instruct the Company to immediate report on the MAGNA system, on behalf of the Trustee, any report in the form as provided in writing by the Trustee to the Company, and the Company shall be required to provide the report as stated.

 

  18.19 The Trustee will maintain the confidentiality of the information sent to him according to this Section, will not reveal it to anyone else and will not make any use of it, unless the discovery or use thereof is required in order to fulfill the Trustee’s position by law, according to the Deed of Trust, To protect the rights of bond holders, or according to a court order.

 

  18.20 The Company will notify the Trustee of any non-compliance with any foreign covenant at the earliest possible point and no later than 3 business days from the date of non-compliance with the foreign covenant or within 5 business days from the date on which notice was given by the affiliate company regarding the non-compliance with any foreign covenant, as applicable, as well as the expected implications of this non-compliance in accordance with the Company’s agreements with that entity. It shall be clarified, that as long as the Company did not fulfill any foreign covenant and it will be given an extension in order to fulfill the foreign covenant, the extension shall not be considered, regarding this Section alone, as a fulfillment of the covenant the Company will notify the Trustee of the non-compliance of the foreign covenant as stated.

 

72
 

 

For the purpose of this section -

 

“Foreign covenant” – a material financial condition of the Company and any affiliated company of the Company, in the framework of the agreement with a financial institution or with another entity which provided the Company with material credit.

 

“Material financial condition” – a financial condition, for which the non-compliance thereof will constitute grounds for the immediate repayment of the relevant debt.

“Material credit” - credit constituting at least 25% of the consolidated equity of the Company (including minority rights). Regarding an associated company - credit that multiplies the rate of the Company’s holdings (in final concatenation) in the associated company constituting at least 25% of the consolidated equity of the Company (including minority rights).

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 27 below, the Company will transfer to the Trustee written notice of the non-compliance with Foreign Covenant in addition to any immediate report published by the Company in the matter, if published.

 

19. Additional Liabilities

 

  19.1 18.1. If the Bonds are called for immediate repayment, as defined in Section 8 above, the Company will perform, from time to time and at any time required by the Trustee, all of the reasonable actions in order to enable the operation of all of the powers granted to the Trustee, and in particular, the Company will perform the following actions, no later than seven business days from the date of the Trustee’s request:

 

73
 

 

  19.1.1 Declare the declarations and/or sign all of the documents and/or perform and/or cause the performance of all of the actions required or necessary in accordance with the law in order to give effect to the operation of the powers, authorities and authorizations of the Trustee and/or its counsel under this Deed of Trust.

 

  19.1.2 Provide all of the notices, deposits and instructions that the Trustee sees fit and necessary in order to apply the provisions of the Deed of Trust.

 

  19.2 For the purposes of this Section – written notice, signed by the Trustee, that confirms that an action requested thereby, in the framework of its authorities, is a reasonable action, constitutes prima-facie evidence thereof.

 

20. Counsel

 

  20.1 The Company hereby irrevocably appoints the Trustee as its counsel to execute and perform in its name and place all of the actions that it must perform under the terms included in this Deed, and to act in its name generally with respect to the actions that the Company must perform under this Deed and has not performed, or to perform some of the authorities granted thereto, and to appoint any other person as the Trustee sees fit, and to perform its position under this Deed, subject to the Company failing to perform the actions that it must perform under this Deed within 14 days, as determined by the Trustee from the date of the Trustee’s demand, provided that it acted reasonably.

 

  20.2 An appointment under Section 20.1 above shall not obligate the Trustee to perform any action, and the Company hereby exempts the Trustee and its agents in advance in the event in which it does not perform any action, and the Company waives in advance any claim vis-à-vis the Trustee and its agents for any damage caused or that may be caused to the Company directly or indirectly, for this, on the basis of any action that is not performed by the Trustee and its agents as stated above.

 

74
 

 

21. Other Agreements

 

Subject to the provisions of the law and the limitations imposed on the Trustee by law, the fulfillment of the Trustee’s position under this Deed or its position as a trustee will not prevent it from engaging with the Company in other agreements or performing transactions therewith during the ordinary course of its business, provided that the same does not create a conflict of interests with serving as a trustee for the Bondholders (Series A).

 

22. Reports on Matters Relating to Trusteeship

 

  22.1 The Trustee will be required to submit a report regarding the actions performed in accordance with the provisions of Section 35h1 of the Securities Law.

 

  22.2 The Trustee will prepare, by June 30 of each year, for the previous calendar year, an annual report of the Trustee’s affairs (hereinafter: the “Annual Report”).

 

  22.3 The Annual Report will include a report of extraordinary events in connection with the trusteeship that occurred during the past year.

 

  22.4 The Trustee will publish (itself or through the Company at the request of the Trustee) the Annual Report on the MAGNA system.

 

  22.5 In the event that the Trustee becomes aware of a material breach of this Deed and/or of the terms of the Bonds (Series A) on the part of the Company, based on public publications of the Company or under a notice of the Company to the Trustee under Section 18.4 above, it will notify the Bondholders (Series A) of the breach and the measures that it has taken to prevent or enforce the fulfillment of the Company’s obligations by the Company, as applicable. This obligation will not apply with respect to an event that is published by the Company under law. This obligation of the Trustee is subject to its actual knowledge of the breach event as stated.

 

  22.6 The Trustee will update the Company of any report filed under this Section 22.

 

75
 

 

23. Wages and Coverage of Trustee’s Expenses

 

The Company will pay the Trustee its fees as set forth in Appendix 23 of this Deed.

 

24. Special Powers

 

  24.1 The Trustee may deposit all of the deeds and documents that indicate, represent and/or set forth its right in connection with the trusteeship at the subject of this Deed, including in connection with any asset that it possess at the time, in a safe and/or another place determined, with an banker and/or banking company and/or with an attorney.

 

  24.2 23.2. The Trustee may, within the performance of the trusteeship under the Deed of Trust, commission any opinion or the counsel of any attorney, accountant, appraiser, assessor, broker or other expert (hereinafter: the “Consultants”) and act in accordance with their conclusions, whether the opinion or counsel was prepared at the request of the Trustee or the request of the Company and the Trustee will not be responsible for any loss or damage caused as a result of any action or omission performed thereby on the basis of the counsel or opinion as stated, unless determined in an absolute judgment that the Trustee acted negligently (excluding negligence exempt under law as it may be from time to time) and/or in bad faith and/or maliciously. The Company will bear all of the expenses of hiring the Consultants appointed as stated, provided that the Trustee will provide the Company with notice five days in advance of its intent to receive an expert opinion or counsel as stated, provided that the expenses are reasonable.

 

  24.3 Any counsel and/or opinion as stated may be provided, sent or received by a letter, telegram, facsimile, email and/or other electronic means of transferring information, and the Trustee will not be responsible for actions performed on the basis of advice and/or an opinion or knowledge transferred via one of the methods mentioned above although it contains errors and/or was not authentic, unless the same errors could have been discovered in a reasonable inspection.

 

76
 

 

  24.4 Subject to any law, the Trustee will not be required to notify any party of the signature of the Deed of Trust, and will not be permitted to intervene in any manner in the management of the Company’s business or affairs, other than based on the authorities that will be granted to the Trustee in this Deed or as agreed by the Company and the Bondholders (Series A) and the Trustee. The provisions of this Section will not limit the Trustee in actions that it must perform in accordance with the Deed of Trust.

 

  24.5 The Trustee will use in the trusteeship the powers, authorizations and permissions granted thereto under the Deed of Trust, at its absolute discretion and subject to the other provisions of this Deed. In the event that the Trustee does not, it will not bear liability for any damage and/or loss and/or expense that is caused to the Company and/or the Bondholders and/or that it may bear following any action and/or omission performed by the Trustee, including as a result of mistakes in discretion, unless determined in an absolute judgment that the Trustee acted negligently (excluding negligence that is exempt under law as it may be from time to time) or in bad faith or maliciously or contrary to the provisions of this Deed, all in accordance with and subject to the provisions of the law.

 

  24.6 Unless explicitly determined otherwise by Law or the provisions of this Deed, the Trustee is not required to act in a manner which is not expressly detailed in this Deed of Trust so that any information, including about the Company and/or in connection with the Company’s ability to meet its obligations to bondholders comes to his attention, and this is not his role.

 

25. Trustees’ Power to Engage Agents

 

The Trustee may, in the framework of managing the trusteeship’s business, appoint agent/s that will act in its place, whether an attorney or another person, in order to perform or participate in the performance of special actions that must be performed in connection with the trusteeship and pay reasonable waves to any such agent, and without derogating from the generality of the above, to take legal proceedings. The Trustee may pay at the expense of the Company the wages of any such agent, including by way of offsetting from amounts that it owes, and the Company will return to the Trustee immediately upon its first request any expense as stated, all provided that prior to the appointment of the agent as stated, all provided that the Trustee has provided the Company with notice in advance regarding the appointment of agents as stated.

 

77
 

 

It is clarified that the appointment of an agent as stated will not derogate from the liability of the Trustee for its actions and those of its agents.

 

26. Indemnification of the Trustee

 

  26.1 The Company and the Bondholders (on the relevant effective date as stated in Section 26.6 below, each for its obligations as stated in Section 26.4 below) hereby undertakes to indemnify the Trustee and all of its officers, employees, agents or an expert that it appoints and/or that are appointed by the Trustee under the provisions of this Deed of Trust and/or under a lawful decision that is passed in a meeting of Bondholders (Series A) under the provisions of this Deed of Trust (hereinafter: the “Parties Eligible for Indemnification”):

 

  26.1.1 Any damage and/or loss and/or financial charge under a judgment (for which a stay is not granted) or based on a settlement that has ended (if the settlement relates to the Company, and the Company provides its consent to the settlement) the grounds of which are related to actions performed by Parties Eligible for Indemnification or that they are required to perform under the provisions of this Deed and/or under law and/or an instruction of a competent authority and/or any law and/or at the request of the Bondholders (Series A) and/or at the request of the Company; and

 

78
 

 

  26.1.2 For the fees of the Parties Eligible for Indemnification and the expenses incurred and/or that will be incurred, and for any damage and/or loss that they sustain due to actions performed by the Parties Eligible for Indemnification or that they are required to perform under the provisions of this Deed, and/or under law and/or an instruction of the competent authority and/or under any law and/or at the request of the Bondholders (Series A) and/or at the request of the Company and/or in connection with use of the powers and authorities provided by virtue of this Deed, and in connection with any legal proceedings, opinion of an attorney and other experts, negotiations, discussions, expenses, claims and demands with respect to any matter and/or item performed and/or that is not performed in any manner with respect to the matter herein.

 

All provided that:

 

  26.1.3 The Parties Eligible for Indemnification do not demand indemnification in advance regarding any manner that cannot be delayed (without harming their right to retroactive indemnification);

 

  26.1.4 It is not determined in a final judicial decision that the Parties Eligible for Indemnification acted in bad faith and that the action was performed other than in the fulfillment of their positions, other than in accordance with the provisions of the law and/or other than under this Deed of Trust;

 

  26.1.5 It is not determined in a final judicial decision that the Parties Eligible for Indemnification were negligent with negligence that is not exempt under law, as it may be from time to time;

 

  26.1.6 It is not determined in a final judicial decision that the Parties Eligible for Indemnification acted maliciously;

 

An indemnification undertaking under this Section 26.1 will be hereinafter: an “Indemnification Undertaking.”

 

79
 

 

It is agreed that in any event in which it is claimed against the Parties Eligible for Indemnification that (1) they acted in bad faith or other than in the fulfillment of their roles, or not in accordance with the provisions of the law or the Deed of Trust, and/or (2) they were negligent with negligence that is not exempt under law and/or (3) acted maliciously – they will be entitled to indemnification immediately upon their request for payment of the Indemnification Undertaking amount; however, if it is determined in a final judicial decision that they did in fact act as claimed against them as stated above, the Parties Eligible for Indemnification will return the Indemnification Undertaking amounts paid to them.

 

  26.2 Without derogating from the rights to compensation provided to the Trustee under law and subject to the provisions of this Deed and/or the obligations of the Company under this Deed, the Parties Eligible for Indemnification will be entitled to indemnification from the funds received by the Trustee in the proceedings taken regarding the obligations that it has undertaken, with respect to reasonable expenses incurred following the performance of the trusteeship or in connection with such actions, which in their opinion are required to be performed and/or in connection with use of the powers and authorities provided by virtue of this Deed and in connection with all types of legal proceedings, opinions of attorneys and other experts, negotiations, discussions, claims and demands regarding any matter and/or action that is performed and/or not performed in any manner with respect to this, and the Trustee may delay the funds available thereto and paid from them the amounts required in order to pay the indemnification as stated. All of the said amounts will have priority over the rights of the Bondholders (Series A) and subject to the provisions of any law, provided that the Trustee acts in good faith and in accordance with the obligations imposed thereon under any law and under this Deed. For the purpose of this Section, an action of the Trustee that is approved by the Company and/or the Bondholders will be considered an action that is reasonably required.

 

80
 

 

  26.3 Without derogating from the Indemnification Undertaking in Section 26.1 above, in the event that the Trustee is required, under the terms of the Deed of Trust and/or under law and/or an instruction of a competent authority and/or any law and/or at the request of the Bondholders (Series A) and/or at the request of the Company to perform any action including but not limited to commencing proceedings or filing cases at the request of the Bondholders (Series A) as stated in this Deed, the Trustee will be required to refrain from taking any such action until it receives, to its satisfaction, a financial deposit to cover the Indemnification Undertaking (hereinafter: the “Financing Cushion”) in the amount required, with first priority from the Company, and in the case in which the Company still has not deposited the entire financing deposit on the date required to do so by the Trustee, provided that the Parties Eligible for Indemnification have taken the actions reasonable under the circumstances, required to collect the aforesaid amounts from the Company, the Trustee will contact the Bondholders (Series A) that hold the Bonds (Series A) on the effective date (as stated in Section 25.6 below), with a request that they deposit the Financing Cushion amount, each its ‘relative share’ (as this term is defined below). In the event in which the Bondholders (Series A) do not actually deposit the entire “Financing Cushion” amount required, the Trustee will not be subject to the obligation to take any action or relevant proceedings. The provisions above will not exempt the Trustee from taking an urgent action required in order to prevent material detrimental harm to the rights of the Bondholders (Series A).

 

The Trustee is authorized to determine the “Financing Cushion” amount and may again create an additional cushion as stated from time to time, in the amount determined thereby. It shall be clarified that the payment by the holders under this Section will not release the Company from its obligation to bear the aforesaid payment.

 

  26.4 The indemnity undertaking:

 

  26.4.1 Shall apply to the Company in any event of: (1) actions performed at the discretion of the Trustee and/or under any law and/or that are required to be performed under the terms of the Deed of Trust or in order to protect rights of the Bondholders (including due to a demand of a holder that is required for the sake of protection as stated); and (2) actions performed and/or required to be performed at the request of the Company, including due to a demand as stated.

 

81
 

 

  26.4.2 Shall apply to Holders that hold, on the effective date (as stated in Section 26.6 below) in any event of: (1) actions performed and/or that are required to be performed at the demand of the Bondholders (excluding actions which, as stated, are taken at the demand of Holders in order to protect the rights of the Bondholders); and (2) non-payment by the Company of the indemnification undertaking amount applicable thereto under Section 26.3 above (subject to the provisions of Section 26.6 below) and provided that the Parties Entitled to Indemnification have taken the reasonable actions under the circumstances required to collect the aforesaid amounts from the Company. It shall be clarified that the payment in accordance with subsection (2) above will not derogate from the obligation of the Company to bear the indemnification undertaking in accordance with the provisions of Section 26.4.1 above.

 

  26.5 In any event in which the Company does not pay the entire amount required to cover the Indemnification Undertaking and/or does not deposit the entire Financing Cushion amount, as applicable, and/or the Holders are called to deposit the Financing Cushion amount under Section 26.3 above, provided that the Parties Entitled to Indemnification have taken the reasonable actions under the circumstances required to collect the aforesaid funds from the Company, the following provisions shall apply:

 

  26.5.1 The funds will be collected in the following manner:

 

  26.5.1.1 First - the amount will be financed from the interest and/or principal that the Company is required to pay to the Bondholders (Series A) after the date of action. It is clarified that in the event that use is made of the same amounts by the Trustee, since the Company has not paid all of the amounts required to cover the “indemnification undertakings” and/or has not deposited the entire amount of the “financing cushion,” the same amounts will not be considered to have been repaid by the Company on account of the Bonds in favor of the Bondholders;

 

82
 

 

  26.5.1.2 Second - if, in the Trustee’s opinion, the amounts deposited in the Financing Cushion are insufficient to cover the “indemnification undertaking,” the holders that hold on the Effective Date (as stated in Section 26.3 below) will deposit the missing amount, in accordance with the relative share (as this is defined), with the Trustee.

 

“Relative Share” shall mean: the relative share of the Bonds (Series A) held by the Holder on the relevant effective date as stated in Section 26.3 below of the total nominal value in circulation at the time. It is clarified that calculation of the relative share will remain effective even if after the same date a change occurs to the nominal value of the Bonds held by the Holder.

 

It shall be clarified that Bondholders that bear liability to cover expenses as stated in this Section above may bear expenses as stated in this section above in excess of their relative share, and in such a case, the priority will apply to the repayment of the funds in accordance with the provisions of Section 10 of this Deed.

 

83
 

 

  26.6 The effective date for the determination of the obligation of a Holder in an Indemnification Undertaking and/or payment of the Financing Cushion is as follows:

 

  26.6.1 In any event in which the Indemnification Undertaking and/or payment of the Financing Cushion is required due to an urgent resolution or action required in order to prevent material detrimental harm to the rights of the Bondholders (Series A), without a prior decision of the meeting of Bondholders (Series A) – the effective date for the obligation will occur at the end of the trading day of the day on which the action is taken or the decision is made, and if the same day is not a trading day, on the previous trading day.

 

  26.6.2 In any event in which the Indemnification Undertaking and/or payment of the Financing Cushion is required based on a resolution of the meeting of Bondholders (Series A) – the effective date for the obligation will be the effective date for participation in the meeting (as this date is determined in the assembly notice).

 

  26.7 25.7. Payment of any amount imposed on the Company under this Section 26 by the Holders in lieu of the Company will not release the Company from its obligation to bear the aforesaid payment.

 

  26.8 With regard to the priority of the reimbursement to Holders that bear payments under this Section from the receipts by the Trustee, see Section 10 above. The Trustee will act reasonably to return funds as stated that are paid by the Holders in place of the Company from the Company.

 

27. Notices

 

  27.1 Any notice on behalf of the Company and/or Trustee to the Bondholders will be provided through a report on the MAGNA system of the Securities Authority (the Trustee may instruct the Company and the Company will be required to immediate report on the MAGNA system on behalf of the Trustee, regarding any report in the form provided in writing by the Trustee to the Company), and in the cases set forth below only also by way of publishing a notice in two daily newspapers with broad distribution, which are published in Israel in the Hebrew language: (a) an arrangement or settlement under Section 350 of the Companies Law; (b) a merger. Any notice that is published or sent as stated will be considered to have been provided to a Bondholder on the date on which it was published as stated (in the MAGNA system or newspapers, as applicable).

 

84
 

 

  27.2 Any notice or demand on behalf of the Trustee to the Company or on behalf of the Company to the Trustee may be provided in a letter sent via registered mail based on the address set forth in the Deed of Trust, or based on another address of which one party shall inform the other in writing (including an email address) or through dispatch via email or an agent, and any notice or demand will be considered to have been received by the Company: (1) in the event of dispatch via registered mail – three business days from the day on which it is sent via mail; (2) in the event of dispatch via email (with telephone verification of its receipt) – one business day from the date on which it is sent; (3) in the event of delivery by courier – upon the delivery by courier to the recipient or its offer for acceptance of the recipient, as applicable.

 

28. Waivers, Compromises, and Changes to the Deed of Trust

 

Subject to the provisions of any law, excluding regarding (1) payment dates under the Bonds (but including a technical change to the dates or effective date for payment), (2) changes in the interest rate, including adjustments of the interest arising from non-compliance with the financial criteria or a change to the rating, (3) undertakings of the Company in connection with the financial conditions and their breach (4) undertakings of the Company in connection with the distribution of dividends, (5) the provisions pertaining to the expansion of a series, (6) provisions related to the law applicable to this Deed, (7) grounds for calling for immediate repayment (9) negative pledge provisions, (10) restrictions on transactions with controlling stockholders and (11) reports that the Company is required to provide the Trustee, the Trustee may, from time to time and at any time when, in its opinion, there will not be harm to the rights of the Bondholders (Series A), waive any breach or non-fulfillment of any of the terms of the Bonds or the non-fulfillment of any of the terms of the Deed of Trust by the Company.

 

85
 

 

Subject to the provisions of any law and with the prior approval of the Bondholders in a special resolution, the Trustee may, whether before or after the principal of the Bonds (Series A) is called for payment, settle with the Company in connection with any right or claim of the Bondholders (Series A), waive any right or claim of the Bondholders (Series A) or any of them vis-à-vis the Company under the Deed of Trust and the Bonds (Series A) and agree with the Company to any arrangement of their rights, including to waive any right or claim of the Bondholders (Series A) vis-a-vis the Company under this Deed.

 

In the event that the Trustee settles with the Company, waives any right or claim of the Bondholders (Series A) or agrees with the Company to any arrangement of rights of the Bondholders (Series A) after receiving the prior consent of the meeting of Bondholders (Series A) as stated above, the Trustee will be exempt from liability for this action, as approved by the general meeting, provided that the Trustee does not breach a fiduciary duty and does not act in bad faith or maliciously or with negligence that is not exempt under law, in the implementation of the resolution of the general meeting.

 

Without derogating from the provisions above, subject to the provisions of any law, the Company and the Trustee may, whether before or after the principal of the Bonds is called for payment, change the Deed of Trust and its appendices (including a change to the terms of the Bonds (Series A)) if one of the following is met:

 

  (a) If the Trustee is convinced that the change does not harm the Bondholders (excluding regarding For which the matters listed above in paragraphs (1) to (11) in section 28) provided that he has notified the Bondholders (Series A) of the same in writing.

 

  (b) The change is approved by the Bondholders (Series A) in a special resolution.

 

The Company has provided the Bondholders with notice through an immediate report published on the MAGNA of any change as stated above, before its occurrence.

 

86
 

 

In any event of use of the Trustee’s right under this Section, the Trustee may demand from the Bondholders (Series A) that they provide it or the Company with the Certificates of the Bonds in order to record a note thereon regarding any settlement, waiver, change or amendment as stated, and at the request of the Trustee, the Company will record such a note. In any event of use of the Trustee’s right under this Section, it will inform the Bondholders (Series A) thereof in writing within a reasonable time.

 

29. Register of Bondholders

 

  29.1 The Company will keep and manage in its registered offices a register of Bondholders (Series A) in accordance with the Securities Law, which is open for the review of any person.

 

  29.2 The Company will not be required to record in the register of Bondholders (Series A) any notice regarding explicit, implicit or estimated trusteeship, or a pledge or lien of any kind or any equitable right, claim or offsetting or any other right, in connection with the Bonds (Series A). The Company will solely recognize the ownership of a person in whose name the Bonds are recorded, provided that its legal inheritors, estate managers or will executors of the registered owner and any person entitled to the Bonds, following a bankruptcy of any registered owner (or in the event of a corporation – following its liquidation) is entitled to be registered as a holder after evidence is provided which, in the opinion of the Company’s managers, is sufficient in order to prove the right of the person to be registered as the Bondholder.

 

30. Release

 

When it is proved to the satisfaction of the Trustee that all of the Bonds (Series A) are paid, redeemed or when the Company deposits sufficient amounts of money in trust with the Trustee which will suffice for the full and final redemption, as well as when it is proved to the satisfaction of the Trustee that all of his wages and all of the expenditures made by the Trustee and/or his agents in connection with his operation according to the Deed of Trust and according to its provisions are paid to him in full, and the Trustee is required, at the Company’s first request, to act upon the monies deposited with him in respect of the Bonds (Series A) whose redemption was not requested, according to the terms stipulated in this Deed.

 

87
 

 

31. Appointment of the Trustee, the Trustee’s Roles, the Trustee’s Powers, and the Expiry of the Trustee’s Service

 

  31.1 The Company hereby appoints the Trustee as a trustee for the Bondholders (Series A) alone under the provisions of Section 35b of the Securities Law, including for the parties entitled to payments under the Bonds (Series A) that are not paid after the date of payment.

 

  31.2 The trusteeship for the Bondholders and the roles of the Trustee under the terms of this Deed will enter into force on the date of the allocation of the Bonds by the Company. The term of the Trustee’s appointment will be until the date of the convening of the holders’ meeting in accordance with the provisions of section 35B(a1) of the Securities Law.

 

  31.3 From the date on which this Deed of Trust takes effect, the Trustee’s roles will be according to all laws and this Deed.

 

  31.4 The Trustee will act in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Law.

 

  31.5 The Trustee will represent the bondholders (Series A) in every matter stemming from the Company’s undertaking to them, and he will be entitled, for this purpose, to take action to exercise the rights given to the holders according to the Securities Law or according to the Deed of Trust.

 

  31.6 The Trustee is entitled to initiate any proceeding for the purpose of protecting the rights of the holders in accordance with all laws and what is detailed in this Deed of Trust.

 

  31.7 The Trustee is entitled to appoint agents as detailed in Section 25 above.

 

88
 

 

 

  31.8 The Trustee’s actions are valid even if a defect is discovered in his appointment or eligibility.

 

  31.9 The Trustee’s signature on this Deed does not constitute an opinion on his part regarding the nature of the offered securities or desirability of investment therein.

 

  31.10 The Trustee will not be required to notify any party of the signing of this Deed. The Trustee will not interfere in any form whatsoever in the conducting of the Company’s business or affairs and this is not included amongst his roles. Nothing in this section will restrict the Trustee in any action which he must take in accordance with the provisions of this Deed.

 

  31.11 Subject to the provisions of all laws, the Trustee is not required to act in a manner which is not expressly detailed in this Deed of Trust so that any information, including about the Company and/or in connection with the Company’s ability to meet its obligations to bondholders comes to his attention, and this is not his role.

 

  31.12 Subject to the provisions of all laws and what is stated in this Deed of Trust, the Trustee undertakes, by his signing this Deed, to maintain in confidentiality all information provided to him by the Company and will not disclose it to another and will not make any use thereof, unless it’s disclosure or use is required for the purpose of fulfilling his role according to the Securities Law, according to the Deed of Trust, or according to a court order. Said duty of confidentiality will apply as well to any agent of the Trustee (including any consultant, counsel, and so forth). It is clarified that the transfer of information to bondholders for the purpose of adopting a resolution relating to their rights according to the bond or for the purpose of providing report on the Company’s condition does not constitute a breach of said undertaking of confidentiality.

 

  31.13 The Trustee is entitled to rely, in the framework of his trust, on any written document including a letter of instruction, notice, request, consent or approval, purporting to be signed by or originating from a person or entity which the Trustee believes in good faith was signed by or originated from him.

 

89
 

 

  31.14 The provisions of the Securities Law will apply to the end of the Trustee’s service.

 

  31.15 If the Trustee’s service ended, a new trustee will be appointed in his place at a meeting of the holders.

 

  31.16 Despite the aforesaid, a resolution of the holders on the termination of the trustee’s service and his replacement with another trustee will be done, subject to any law, at a meeting at which holders with 50% of the balance of the par value of the bonds from the relevant series are present, or at a postponed meeting at which holders with at least 10% of said balance were present, with a 75% majority of those present and attending the vote.

 

  31.17 Subject to the provisions of all laws, the Trustee whose service ended will continue serving in his position until the appointment of another trustee. The Trustee will provide the new trustee with all of the documents and amounts accrued by him in connection with the trust which is the subject of the Date of Trust for Series A, and will sign any documents required for this purpose. Any new trustee will have the same powers, obligations, and authorities, and he will be able to act for all intents and purposes as if he was appointed as trustee in the first place.

 

  31.18 The Company will publish an immediate report in any event of the resignation of the Trustee and/or the appointment of a different trustee.

 

32. Bondholders’ Meetings

 

Meetings of bondholders (Series A) will be conducted as stated in the Second Supplement to this Deed.

 

33. Applicable Law

 

The law which applies to this Date of Trust and its appendices, including the bonds, is Israeli law. In the event of any matter that is omitted from this Deed and in any event of a conflict between the provisions of the law and this Deed of Trust, the parties will act in accordance with the provisions of Israeli law.

 

90
 

 

34. Exclusive Jurisdiction

 

The exclusive court which will be authorized to adjudicate matters related to this Deed including its appendices and the bond attached as an appendix here to will be the competent court in Tel Aviv – Jaffa.

 

The Company, the Controlling Stockholder and the officers in the Company, who serve as will serve in the Company in the future, will not object to a request by the Trustee and/or the Bondholders (Series A) submitted to a court in Israel for the application of Israeli law regarding compromise, arrangement, and insolvency, inasmuch as it shall be submitted, will not apply of their own initiative to courts outside of Israel in order to receive protection from a proceeding initiated by the Trustee and/or the Company’s Bondholders (Series A) and will not object if a court in Israel will seek to apply Israeli law regarding compromise and arrangement and insolvency.

 

Similarly, the Company, the Controlling Stockholder and Officers of the Company irrevocably undertake not to raise claims against the local authority of the court in Israel in connection with the proceedings submitted by the Trustee and/or the Bondholders (Series A) of the Company.

 

In addition to the aforesaid, the Company undertakes to provide the Trustee, upon signing of this Deed, with irrevocable undertakings in writing by the Controlling Stockholder in the Company as well as the officers serving in the Company at the time of the signing of this Deed, and immediately after the appointment of additional officers to the Company and/or a change of the Controlling Stockholder in the Company, as applicable, an irrevocable written undertaking by said officer and/or the controlling stockholder, as applicable, (hereinafter: “Controlling Stockholder’s and Officers’ Undertakings”), not to object to the request by the Trustee and/or Bondholders (Series A) which will be submitted to a court in Israel, for the application of Israeli law regarding compromise and insolvency by the Company, inasmuch as it shall be submitted, and not to apply of their own initiative to courts outside of Israel in order to receive protection from a proceeding initiated by the Trustee and/or the Company’s Bondholders (Series A), not to petition a court outside of Israel at their initiative with any proceeding arising from the Deed of Trust (including in order to receive protection against a proceeding taken in Israel by the Trustee or by the Bondholders), not to object if a court in Israel will wish to apply Israeli law regarding compromise and arrangement and insolvency by the Company, and not to raise claims against the local authority of the court in Israel in connection with proceedings filed by the Trustee and/or the Company’s Bondholders (Series A) (including a class action and derivative action). For the avoidance of doubt, it shall be clarified that the obligations set forth above will not harm the power of the Company to protect its rights in other matters that are not included in the obligations of the controlling stockholder and officers as stated above, including and without limitation, to file claims in a court in Israel in accordance with Israeli law.

 

91
 

 

For the avoidance of doubt it is clarified and emphasized that the undertakings by the controlling stockholder and officers shall include, expressly, and irrevocable undertaking as well not to commence, at their initiative, and insolvency proceeding according to foreign law and in a jurisdiction which is not Israel.

 

In light of the aforesaid and subject to the fulfillment of the controlling stockholder’s and officers’ undertakings, it is emphasized and clarified that and insolvency proceeding which is not according to Israeli law and before Israeli courts can only stem from a lawsuit by a foreign creditor.

 

The controlling stockholder’s and officers’ undertakings will be attached in the framework of the immediate report regarding the appointment of the officer which the Company will publish in accordance with the provisions of the law is a part of the pre-issuance reports and at the time of the appointment of any officer and/or the entry of a new controlling stockholder, all during the course of the life of the Bonds (Series A).

 

92
 

 

35. General

 

Without derogating from the other provisions of this Deed and of the Bonds (Series A), any waiver, extension, discount, silence, refraining from taking action (hereinafter: “Waiver”) on the part of the Trustee regarding nonfulfillment or partial fulfillment or improper fulfillment of any obligation to the Trustee according to this Deed and the bond (Series A) will not be considered as a Waiver on the part of the Trustee of any right, but rather limited consent to the special opportunity in which it was granted. Without derogating from the other provisions of this Deed and the bond (Series A), any change in undertakings to the Trustee requires received of the Trustee’s prior written consent. Any other consent, whether oral or by means of Waiver and refraining from taking action or in any other way which is not written will not be considered consent of any kind. The Trustee’s rights according to this Deed of Trust are individual and independent of one another, and are in addition to any right existing and/or which shall be granted to the Trustee according to law and/or agreement (including this Deed and the bond (Series A)).

 

36. Trustee’s Liability

 

  36.1 Notwithstanding what is stated in any law and anywhere in the Deed of Trust, inasmuch as the Trustee acted for the purpose of fulfilling his position in good faith and within a reasonable time, as well as ascertained the facts which a reasonable trustee would have ascertained under the circumstances, he shall not be liable to the bondholder for harm caused to him as a result of the fact that the Trustee utilized his discretion according to the provisions of section 35H(d1) or 35I1 of the Securities Law, unless it is determined in a final judgment that the Trustee acted with severe negligence. It is clarified that inasmuch as a contradiction shall be discovered between the provisions of this section and other provisions in the Date of Trust, the provisions of this section shall prevail.

 

  36.2 If the Trustee acted in good faith and without negligence in accordance with the provisions of section 35H(d2) or 35H(d3) of the Securities Law, he will not be liable for performing said action.

 

37. Addresses

 

The Parties’ addresses will be as detailed in the preamble to this Deed, or any other address regarding which appropriate written notice is given to the other party.

 

93
 

 

38. Authorization to MAGNA

 

In accordance with the provisions of the Securities Regulations (Signature and Electronic Reporting), 5763–2003, the Trustee hereby certifies to the entity authorized for the same on behalf of the Company, to electronically report to the Securities Authority regarding this Deed of Trust.

 

In witness whereof the Parties have signed:

 

     
Mishmeret Trust Services Company Ltd.   Strawberry Fields REIT, LTD

 

I the undersigned, Yoav Hovev, Adv., of the offices of Fischer Behar Well Orien & Co., certify that this Deed of Trust was signed by Strawberry Fields REIT, Ltd. through Mr. Nahman Eingal, whose signature binds the Company in connection with this Deed of Trust.

 

________________________

Adv. Yoav Hovev

 

94
 

 

First Addendum

 

Certificate of Bonds (Series A)

 

Issuance of a series of up to NIS 273 million par value of Bonds (Series A), registered by name, bearing fixed annual interest in the rate determined by the Tender (hereinafter: the “Interest”), payable (principal) in 8 (eight) annual payments (unequal) on July 1 of each of the years 2017 through 2024 (inclusive) such that each of the 4 first payments on account of the principal will be 15% of the principal of the total par value of the Bonds (Series A) and each of the 4 last payments on account of the principal will constitute 10% of the total principal par value of the Bonds (Series A). The interest for the Bonds (Series A) will be paid in biannual payments on July 1, 2016 and January 1 and July 1 of each of the years 2017 through 2024 (inclusive).

 

Bond (Series A) Registered by Name

 

Number     1

 

Par value NIS __________

 

Annual interest: fixed at a rate determined by the Tender.

 

The registered owners of the Bonds in this Certificate: Nominee Company of Mizrahi Tfahot Ltd.

 

1. This certificate indicates that Strawberry Fields REIT Ltd. (the “Company”) will pay any party that is the registered owner of this Bond (the “Holder of the Bond (Series A)”) on the effective date for the same payment:
   
  On July 1 of each of the years 2017 through 2020 (inclusive) - 15% of the principal of the par value of the Bonds (Series A) in circulation, and on July 1 of each of the years 2021 through 2024(inclusive), 10% of the principal of the par value of the Bonds (Series A) in circulation, all subject to the provisions on the overleaf and the Deed of Trust, on November 24, 2015, between the Company of the first part and Mishmeret Trust Services Ltd. and/or any party that serves from time to time as a trustee of the Bondholders under the Deed of Trust (the “Trustee” and the “Deed of Trust,” respectively).
   
2. This Bond is not linked (principal and interest) to any currency or index.

 

95
 

 

3. The final payment of principle and the final payment of the interest will be made in exchange for provision of the bond certificates (Series A) to the Company on the date of the final payment (meaning July 1,2024) and the Company’s registered office or in any other place which the Company shall indicate.

 

4. All of the Bonds (Series A) shall have an equal security rating between them (Pari Passu) in connection with the Company’s liabilities according to the Bonds (Series A) and without a priority right or preference for one over another.

 

5. This Bond (Series A) is issued subject to the terms detailed on the overleaf, the terms detailed in the Deed of Trust, and the prospectus, and are not secured with any pledge.

 

Signed by the Company on November 24, 2015

 

By:

 

Authorized Signatory: ____________ Authorized Signatory: _______________

 

I the undersigned, ____________, Adv., certify that this bond certificate was duly signed by Strawberry Fields REIT, Ltd. according to its bylaws, by means of Mr. ____________________ and his signature binds the Company for purposes of this bond.

 

__________, Adv.

 

96
 

 

The Terms Listed on the Overleaf

 

1. General

 

In this (Series A) bond, the following expressions shall have the following meanings and inasmuch as they are not defined below, shall have the meaning given them in the Deed of Trust, unless a different meaning is implied by the context:

 

  “Business Day”    
       
  or a “Bank Business Day”   Any day on which the exchange clearinghouse of most of the banks in Israel are open to carry out transactions.
       
  “Series of Bonds”   – the bonds with a total par value of up to NIS [____] million listed by name, whose terms will be in accordance with the certificate of the Bonds (Series A) attached to the prospectus which is expected to be published in May 2015, based on which they will be issued.
       
  “Principal” -   The unpaid par value of the (Series A) bonds.
       
  “Special Resolution” –   a resolution passed in a general meeting of Bondholders (Series A), who are present themselves or by their counsel whose Bonds represent at least 50% of the balance of the par value of the Bonds (Series A), or in an adjourned meeting attended by the Bondholders, themselves or by their counsel, who hold at least 20% of the balance of the par value as stated, and which is passed (whether in the original meeting or adjourned meeting) with a majority of at least two thirds (2/3) of the balance of the par value of the Bonds (Series A) represented in the vote.
       
  The “Nominee Company” –   the Nominee Company of Mizrahi Tfahot of Israel Ltd. or a nominee company that shall replace it.
       
  “Trading Day” -   A day on which transactions are made in the Tel Aviv Securities Exchange Ltd.
       
  “Clearing Housing of the Stock Exchange” - The Securities Authority   The Tel Aviv Stock Exchange Ltd.

 

97
 

 

2. The Bonds

 

For details regarding the Bonds (Series A), see section 2 of the Deed of Trust.

 

3. Terms of Bonds (Series A)

 

  (a) The Bonds (Series A), registered by name, worth NIS 1 par value each. The Bonds will be payable (principal) in 8 (eight) annual payments (unequal) on July 1 of each of the years 2017 through 2024(inclusive) such that each of the 4 first payments on account of the principal will be 15% of the principal of the total par value of the Bonds (Series A) and each of the 4 last payments on account of the principal will constitute 10% of the total principal par value of the Bonds (Series A).

 

  (b) The unpaid balance of the principal of the Bonds (Series A) will bear fixed annual interest at the rate determined in the Tender (but subject to adjustments in the case of a change to the rating of the Bonds (Series A) and/or non-compliance with the financial criteria set forth in Sections 5.3 and 5.4, respectively, in the Deed of Trust. 2

 

  (c) The Bonds (Series A) shall not be linked (principal and interest) to any index or any currency.

 

  (d) The interest for the Bonds (Series A) will be paid in biannual payments on January 1 and July 1 of each of the years 2017 through 2024 (inclusive).

 

2 It is clarified that if the Bonds (Series A) are rated by more than one reading company, the ratings test for the purpose of adjusting the interest rate to a change in rating (if and inasmuch as there shall be such a change) shall be done, at all times, according to the lower of the ratings.

 

98
 

 

  (e) The first payment of principle in respect of the Bonds (Series A) will be on July 1,2017. The first payment of interest on the Bonds (Series A) will be paid on July 1, 2016 for the period beginning on the first trading day after the signature closing date and will end on the last day before the date of the first interest payment (meaning, June 30, 2016 ) (hereinafter: the “First Interest Period”) which shall be calculated according to the number of days during this period on the basis of 365 days per year. The interest rate which will be paid for a particular interest period (other than the first interest period) (meaning, the period which begins on the payment day of the prior interest period and ending on the last day before the payment date immediately after the commencement date) will be calculated as the yearly interest rate divided by two (hereinafter: the “Semiannual Interest Rate”). The Company will publicize, in the immediate report on the results of the tender, the initial interest rate, the interest rate which shall be determined in said tender, and the Semiannual Interest Rate.

 

  (f) The final payment of principle and the final payment of the interest will be made in exchange for provision of the bond certificates (Series A) to the Company on the date of the final payment (meaning July 1, 2024) and the Company’s registered office or in any other place which the Company shall indicate. Such notice by the Company will be published no later than five (5) business days before the date of the final payment.

 

  (g) It is clarified that a party that is not registered in the registrar on the Effective Date (as defined in the Deed of Trust) will not be entitled to payment of interest for the interest term beginning before the same date.

 

4. Payments of Principal and Interest of the Bonds (Series A)

 

  (a) Every payment on account of the principle and/or interest which shall be paid with a delay exceeding seven (7) days from the date stipulated for its payment according to the bond terms, and this for reasons which are dependent on the Company, shall bear lateness interest as defined below, beginning on the date stipulated for its payment and until the date of actual payment. Regarding this, the rate of lateness interest shall be the interest rate on bonds as stated in section 3(B) above, as applicable, plus 5%, and all on a yearly basis (hereinafter: the “Lateness Interest”). The Company shall give notice of the rate of Interest which has accrued (inasmuch as it has accrued) as well as the date of payment, in an immediate report and this two (2) trading days before the date of actual payment.

 

99
 

 

  (b) Payment to those who are so entitled will be done by check or bank transfer and/or by means of the Exchange Clearinghouse in favor of the bank account of the bondholders (Series A). If the Company cannot, for any reason whatsoever which is not dependent on the Company, pay any amount to those so entitled, the provisions of Section 14 of the Trust Deed will apply.

 

  (c) A bondholder (Series A) who so wishes, will notify the Company of the details of the bank account to be credited with payments to that same holder according to the Bonds (Series A) as aforesaid, or of a change in the details of said account or his address, as applicable, in a notice which will be sent by registered mail to the Company. The Company shall be required to act in accordance with the notice from the holder regarding said change after the passing of 15 business days from the date on which the holder’s notice reached the Company.

 

  (d) If a bondholder registered in the registry of holders did not timely provide the Company with details regarding his bank account to be credited with the transfer of payments to the same holder, according to the bond, every such payment will be made by check which will be sent by registered mail to his last address registered in the registry of holders. Sending of a check to one so entitled by registered mail as aforesaid will be considered for all intents and purposes as payment of the amount determined therein on the date of its sending by mail, provided that the check is deposited in the bank and actually paid.

 

5. Postponement of Dates

 

In any event in which a date for payment on account of principle and/or interests falls on a day which is not a business day, the payment date will be postponed to the first business day thereafter, without additional payment and the “Effective Date” for the purpose of determining entitlement for redemption or interest will not change as a result.

 

100
 

 

6. Securing the Bonds

 

See Section 6 of the Deed of Trust.

 

7. Refraining from Payment for a Reason Which is not Dependent on the Company

 

See Section 14 of the Deed of Trust.

 

8. Register of Bondholders

 

See Section 29 of the Deed of Trust.

 

9. Splitting Bond Certificates

 

  (a) In respect of the Bonds (Series A) registered in the name of one holder, the holder shall be issued one certificate, or at his request, he shall be issued a number of certificates in a reasonable amount (and the certificates mentioned in this section shall hereinafter be called: the “Certificates”).

 

  (b) Every bond certificate may be split to bond certificates where the sum of all of their par value equals the amount of the par value of the certificate whose splitting is requested, provided that said certificates shall not be issued except in reasonable amounts. We split will be done in exchange for providing that same bond certificate together with a written request signed by the registered holder given to the Company at its registered office for the purpose of carrying out the split. All of the costs involved in the split, including taxes and levies, if such shall apply, will fall on the party requesting the split.

 

101
 

 

10. Transfer of Bonds

 

The bonds may be transferred and their full par value, as well as in part, provided that it shall be in whole New Israel Shekels. Every bond transfer shall be done by a letter of transfer in an accepted wording, duly signed by a the registered holder or his legal representatives and by the recipient of the transfer orders legal representatives, which shall be provided to the Company at its registered office together with the bond certificates transferred in accordance there with as well as every other proof required by the Company for the purpose of proving the transferor’s right to transfer them. If tax or any other mandatory payment shall apply to the letter of transfer of the bonds, proof of their payment shall be provided to the Company which shall be satisfactory to the Company. The Company’s Articles of Incorporation which apply to the transfer shares which are fully paid and their assignment will apply, mutatis mutandis, as applicable, on the manner of the transfer of the bonds and their assignment. In the event of a transfer of only a portion of the amount of the determinate principle in a bond certificate, it is necessary to first split, according to the provisions of section 9 above, the certificate to a number of certificates as required by the same, in a manner such that the sum of all of the determinate principle amounts therein will be equal to the amount of the determinate principle of said bond certificate. After fulfilling all of these conditions, the transfer shall be registered in the registry, and the Company shall be entitled to require that a notice regarding said transfer be registered on the certificate of the transferred bond which will be provided to the transfer recipient or that he be issued a new bond certificate in its place, and the transferee shall be subject to all of the conditions detailed in the transferred bond certificate such that in a place that it states “the holder” it shall be seen as if it says “the transferee”, and he shall be considered as a “holder” for purposes of the Deed of Trust.

 

11. Early Redemption

 

Regarding early redemption of the Bonds at the initiative of the Stock Exchange and early redemption at the initiative of the Company, see Section 7 of the Deed of Trust.

 

12. Purchase of Bonds by the Company and/or an Affiliate

 

See Section 3 of the Deed of Trust.

 

13. Waivers; Compromises, and Changes to the Deed of Trust

 

See Section 28 of the Deed of Trust.

 

102
 

 

14. Bondholders’ Meetings

 

The general meetings of bondholders (Sears A) shall be convened and shall be conducted in accordance with what is stated in the Second Supplement of the Deed of Trust.

 

15. Receipt from Bondholders

 

See Section 15 of the Deed of Trust.

 

16. Right to Call for Immediate Repayment

 

See Section 8 of the Deed of Trust.

 

17. Notices

 

See Section 27 of the Deed of Trust.

 

18. Applicable Law and Judicial Authority

 

See Sections 33 and 34 of the Deed of Trust.

 

19. Order of Priorities

 

In the event of a contradiction between this supplement and the Deed of Trust, the Deed of Trust shall prevail.

 

***

 

103
 

 

Second Addendum

 

Bondholders’ Meetings (Series A)

 

1. Entitlement to Convening a Meeting

 

  1.1. The Trustee will convene a meeting of Holders if it sees that the same is necessary or at the request of one or more Bondholder (Series A) who has at least 5% (five percent) of the balance of the par value of the Bonds (Series A). In the event that those requesting the calling of the meeting are bondholders, the Trustee will be entitled to require indemnification, including in advance, from the requesters for the reasonable expenses involved.

 

  1.2. It shall be clarified that the indemnification demand by the Trustee shall not detract from the calling of a meeting which was called for the purpose of initiating an action designed to prevent harm to the rights of the bondholders and the indemnification demand shall not derogate from the Company’s obligation to bear the expenses involved in calling the meeting.

 

  1.3. The Trustee will call a meeting of bondholders within 21 days from the date on which the request that it be convened is submitted to him, on a date which shall be stipulated and of the summons, and provided that the date of convening will not be earlier than seven days and no later than 21 days from the date of the summons; however the Trustee is entitled to advance the convening of the meeting to at least one day after the summons date, if he believes that this is required for the purpose of defending the holders’ rights; should he do so, the Trustee will explain the reasons for advancing the convening date in the report regarding the meeting summons.

 

  1.4. If the Trustee did not call a meeting of holders, according to the holder’s request, within 21 days from the date he was requested, the holder is entitled to convened the meeting, and provided that the date of convening will be within 14 days of the end of the period in which the Trustee must call the meeting, and the Trustee will bear the expenses incurred by the holder in connection with convening the meeting.

 

104
 

 

  1.5. Every meeting of bondholders (Series A) will take place in Israel and a place indicated by the Company and/or the Trustee, and the Company will bear the reasonable expenses of convening the meeting.

 

2. Meeting Summons and Meeting Agenda

 

  2.1. A summons to a meeting by the Trustee for the purpose of consultation only with the bondholders will be published at least one day before the date of its convening (hereinafter: “Consultation Meeting”). An agenda will not be published for, and no resolutions will be adopted at a Consultation Meeting.

 

  2.2. A summons to a meeting which is not a Consultation Meeting will be published in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Law as it shall exist from time to time, at least 7 (seven) days, but no more than 21 days before the convening of the meeting (hereinafter: “Summons”).
     
  2.3. The Trustee will determine the agenda at the bondholders meeting. One or more Bondholder (Series A) who has at least 5% (five percent) of the balance of the par value of the Bonds (Series A) is entitled to request that the Trustee include a topic on the holders’ meeting which will be convened in the future, provided that the topic is appropriate in the Trustee’s opinion for discussion at said meeting;

 

  2.4. The Trustee will be entitled to shorten the date of convening to at least one day after the date of the summons if he saw that delay in convening the meaning constitutes or is likely to constitute injury to the rights of the bondholders. Should he do so, the Trustee will explain the reasons for advanced in the convening of the meeting in the report regarding the meeting summons.

 

  2.5. The summons shall detail:

 

  2.5.1. Location where the meeting will be convened;

 

  2.5.2. The date and time on which the meeting will be convened;

 

  2.5.3. The legal quorum for commencing the meeting as detailed in section 3 below;

 

105
 

 

  2.5.4. The effective date for participation in the meeting which shall occur no less than one day before the convening of the meaning and not more than three days before its convening.

 

  2.5.5. The topics to be discussed at the meeting and proposed resolutions will be indicated;

 

  2.5.6. Arrangements regarding written voting;

 

3. The Legal Quorum for Commencing the Meeting and Postponed Meeting

 

  3.1. A Consultation Meeting will take place with any number of participants.

 

  3.2. A meeting of bondholders so commence after it is proved that the required legal quorum for holding the meeting is present.
     
  3.3. Subject to the required legal quorum for the meeting which was convened to adopt special resolutions and subject to the provisions of the Securities Law, the legal quorum for holding a holders’ meeting is the presence of at least two bondholders who have 25% (twenty-five percent) at least of the unpaid balance of the par value of the bonds in circulation and that time, within half an hour from the time stipulated for opening the meeting
     
  3.4. If within half an hour from the time stipulated for the opening of the meeting, a legal quorum is not present, the meeting will be postponed to a different date which shall not be earlier than two business days after the date stipulated for holding the original meeting or one business day, if the Trustee believes that this is required for the purpose of protecting the rights of the bondholders; if the meeting is postponed, the Trustee will explain the reasons for this in the report regarding the postponed-meeting summons.
     
  3.5. Other than in connection with a meeting which was convened to adopt special resolutions and subject to the provisions of the Securities Law, if you legal corm is not present at the postponed holders’ meeting within half an hour from the time stipulated for its commencement, the quorum shall be legal with any number of participants; if the meeting is convened following a request from the holders, as set forth in Sections 1.2 and 1.3 above - the legal quorum of Bondholders will be one or more holding at least 5% (five percent) of the balance of the par value of the bonds existing in circulation on the effective date for the meeting.

 

106
 

 

  3.6. Bonds held by a related person (as defined in section 3.2 of the Deed) will not be taken into consideration for the purpose of determining the legal quorum.

 

4. Chairperson

 

At every holders’ reading, the Trustee or whomever he appoints shall serve as chairperson of that same meeting.

 

5. Adjourned Meeting

 

  5.1. A meeting which has been opened shall be adjourned at the notice of the Trustee or notice of the chairperson of the meeting, and it may have one or more sessions.

 

  5.2. In a holders’ meeting which has a legal quorum, the meeting chairperson and/or the Trustee are entitled to decide to hold an additional session which will take place on a different date and location which will be determined by the Trustee (hereinafter: “Adjourned Meeting”).

 

  5.3. The Trustee will be responsible for publicizing a notice regarding the date and location on which the Adjourned Meeting will be convened, and provided that said notice shall be given 12 hours at least before the convening of the Adjourned Meeting.

 

  5.4. At an Adjourned Meeting, only a topic which was on the agenda of the original meeting regarding which no resolution was adopted will be discussed.

 

  5.5. A holder who was not present at the original meeting will be able to be present for the Adjourned Meeting and vote on the topics which have been presented for vote (and for which the vote has not yet been sealed) and will be presented for voting, subject to the fact that he proves his ownership of bonds which are the subject of the meeting to the one calling the meeting as of the effective date of the meeting is stipulated in summons notice for the meeting.

 

6. Provisions for Special Meetings

 

In a meeting of bondholders the agenda of which contains one of the following, the provisions below will apply regarding the legal quorum in a meeting of holders or an adjourned meeting, and regarding the majority required for passing the resolutions:

 

107
 

 

 

  6.1. In a meeting the agenda of which contains calling the bonds for immediate repayment - the provisions of Section 8.2.2 of the Trust Deed will apply.

 

  6.2. In a meeting the agenda of which contains removing the Trustee from his service - the provisions of Section 31 of the Trust Deed will apply.

 

  6.3. A change and/or amendment and/or addition to the Trust Deed - the provisions of Section 28 of the Deed of Trust will apply.

 

At a meeting on whose agenda includes a resolution on a topic regarding which it is stipulated in the Trust Deed or the bond that it is subject to a special resolution, the legal quorum is the presence of bondholders who own fifty percent (50%) at least of the balance of the bonds’ par value or at a postponed meeting, the presence of bondholders who own twenty percent (20%) at least of the balance of the bonds’ par value. The required majority for adopting a special resolution (whether at the original meeting or at a postponed meeting) is a majority of two-thirds (two thirds) of the balance of the bonds’ par value which is represented at the vote.

 

7. Position Statements

 

 

7.1.

 

The Trustee or the bondholder, one or more, who owns at least 5% (five percent) of the balance of the bonds’ par value (Series A) is entitled to make a written application to the bondholders in a letter which will be attached to the ballot in order to convince them regarding the manner of their vote on one of the topics raised for discussion at that same meeting (in this supplement – “Position Statement”).
     
  7.2. A holder who wishes to make use of this right will give notice of the same to the Trustee during the session in which it is resolved to bring that same topic to a vote and will provide the Trustee with the Position Statement within 24 hours of the date of that same session.
     
  7.3. Any meeting which was summoned following a request by stockholders or by the stockholders as detailed in sections 1.2 and 1.3, every holder will be entitled, by means of the Trustee, to publish a Position Statement in relation to the topics which are on the agenda for the meeting.

 

108
 

 

  7.4. The Trustee in the Company will be entitled, each one individually, to publish a Position Statement in response to the Position Statement which was sent in accordance with sections 7.1 or 7.3 above, or in response to another application to the bondholders.

 

  7.5. Position Statements will not be published at a Consultation Meeting.

 

8. Votes at a Meeting

 

  8.1. The vote at a bondholders meeting will take place in relation to the topics which were detailed in the summons only.

 

  8.2. A holder will be entitled to vote himself, by means of an agent appointed in accordance with this supplement or by means of a ballot.

 

  8.3. The meeting chairperson is entitled to determine that votes will be by ballot or by means of vote during the course of the meeting. In the event in which the chairperson determined that the vote will be by means of ballot, the trustee will ensure that the text of the ballot will be distributed to the holders, and will determine the date on which the vote is closed by which time the holders must send the full and duly signed ballot to the Trustee. The Trustees entitled to require that a holder declare, in the framework of the ballot, the existence or absence of a conflict of interest (as defined infra) which he has, in accordance with the Trustee’s judgment. A holder who does not fill out the ballot in full and/or does not prove his entitlement to participate and vote at a meeting according to the provisions of the Second Supplement will be considered as one who has not submitted a ballot and accordingly has chosen not to vote on the topic(s) which are on the ballot. A fully filled out and duly signed ballot in which the holder indicated his vote which reaches the Trustee by the deadline determined for the same will be considered as presence at the meeting for the purpose of breaching the legal quorum at the meeting.

 

  8.4. Unless expressly stipulated otherwise in this Deed, the required majority for adopting any resolution by the general meeting is an ordinary majority of the number of votes represented in the vote and those voting for or against. Additionally, the Trustee is entitled to decide at his discretion in accordance with the circumstances whether adoption of a resolution requires a majority which is not ordinary.

 

109
 

 

  8.5. The Trustee will participate in the meeting without the right to vote. The Company may, through its representatives, present matters before the discussion and respond to questions from holders, if any. Notwithstanding the above, it shall be clarified that the Trustee may, at its sole discretion, resolve that the meetings of holders, in whole or in part, will take place in the absence of the Company or a representative on its behalf or a related holder or any other person, without being subject to the obligation to provide grounds.
     
  8.6. Owners of the bonds are entitled to participate and vote in every general meeting on their own or by means of representatives. Every voter by bondholders will be conducted according to the number of votes such that every bondholder or his representative will be entitled to one vote in respect of every NIS 1 par value from the total specified principle which has not yet been repaid of the bonds based on which he is entitled to vote. In the event of joint holders, only the vote by the requested registered first between them in the registry, whether himself or by means of an agent.
     
  8.7. A bondholder or his agent are entitled to vote in respect of a portion of his votes in favor of a particular proposed resolution, and against in respect of another portion, and in respect of another portion to abstain, all as he sees fit.

 

9. Checking for the Existence of a “Conflicted Interest”

 

  9.1. In the number of voters, the votes of bondholders who are a related person as defined in section 3.2 of the Trust Deed will not be considered and these bonds shall not grant the related person the right to vote at the general meeting of bondholders as long as they are held by the related person.
     
  9.2. The Trustee will examine the existence of conflicts of interests by holders, whether it is a matter stemming from their holding of the bonds or whether it is another matter related to them, as determined by the Trustee (in this supplement – “Other Matter”); the Trustee is entitled to require that the holder participating in the holders’ meeting notify him regarding any Other Matter of his as well as whether he has such a conflict of interests.

 

110
 

 

  9.3. Without derogating from the generality of the aforesaid, each of the following shall be considered a conflicted owner:

 

  9.1.1 A holder who is a Related Person (as this term is defined in section 3.2 of the Trust Deed);

 

  9.1.2 A holder who served as an officer in the Company adjacent to the time of the event which is at the basis of the resolution at issue at the meeting;

 

  9.1.3 Any holder who the Trustee determines possesses a “conflict of interest” according to what is stated, infra, subject to all laws and/or instructions by the competent authority including: every holder who declares to the Trustee in writing that he has a substantive personal interest which deviates from the interests of all of the bondholders at the bondholders meeting (Series A). A holder who fails to provide a written declaration after having been requested to do so by the Trustee will be considered as having declared that he has a personal interest as such, and regarding him the Trustee will determine that he has a conflict of interest. Without derogating from what is stated in this section 9, the Trustee will examine whether the holder is a holder with a “conflict of interest,” taking into account also the holdings of that same holder of other securities in the Company and/or securities in any other corporation relevant to the resolution presented for approval at the meeting (as shall be detailed in the ballot), in accordance with the declaration of that same holder.

 

Determination of a conflict of interest will be done as well on the basis of a general test for conflict of interest which shall be carried out by the Trustee. Similarly, for the avoidance of doubt is clarified that the provisions regarding the definition of bondholders with a conflict of interest shall not derogate from the provisions of any law, case law and binding guidelines by the Securities Authority regarding the definition of bondholders with a conflict of interest, as shall apply at the time of the examination.

 

111
 

 

  9.4. For the purpose of examining a conflict of interests as aforesaid, the Trustee shall be entitled to rely on a legal opinion which he shall request, and it shall be subject to the provisions of the Deed of Trust regarding bearing of expenses.

 

  9.5. It shall be clarified that the test for a conflict of interests as stated, supra, inasmuch as it is required in the judgment of the Trustee, shall be conducted separately in relation to each resolution on the meeting agenda as well as in relation to each meeting, separately. It shall be further clarified that the declaration of a holder as having a conflict of interest in a resolution or meeting will not, in and of itself, demonstrate a conflict of interests by that same holder for a different resolution which is on the meeting agenda or his conflict of interest at different meetings.

 

  9.6. And counting the vote tally at a vote which took place at a holders’ meeting, the Trustee will not take into account the votes of holders who did not respond to his request as described in section 9.2 above, or that of holders regarding whom he found that there is a conflict of interest as stated in that same subsection (in this supplement – “Holders With a Conflict of Interest”).

 

  9.7. Notwithstanding what is stated in Section 9.6 above, if the total holdings participating in the vote, who do not possess a conflict of interest, is a less than a rate of five percent (5%) of the balance of the bonds’ par value (Series A), the Trustee will take into account when telling votes, the votes of holders with a conflict of interest as well.

 

10. Declaration of Adoption of a Resolution

 

The declaration by chairperson that a resolution at a holders’ meeting was adopted or rejected, whether unanimously or by some majority, shall be prima facie evidence of what is stated therein.

 

112
 

 

11. Letter of Appointment

 

  11.1. A letter appointment appointing an agent will be in written and will be signed by the a pointer or by his authorized representative, in writing as required. If the pointer is a corporation, the appointment will be made in writing, signed with of the corporation’s stamp and the signature of the clerk of the corporation or the corporation’s representative who is authorized to do so. A letter of appointment of an agent will be drafted in any common form. An agent is not required to be a holder himself.

 

  11.2. A letter of appointment and the power of attorney or another certificate based on which the letter of appointment is signed, or a certified copy of such a power of attorney, will be deposited in the Company’s office prior to the time of the meeting regarding which power of attorney is granted, unless otherwise stipulated in the notice calling the meeting.

 

  11.3. A vote cast in accordance with the terms in the document appointing an agent shall be valid even if the grantor passes away beforehand or is declared legally incompetent or the letter of appointment is annulled or the bond regarding which the vote was cast is transferred, unless prior to the meeting, written notice regarding the death, declaration of incompetence, annulment, or transfer, as applicable, is received in the Company’s registered office.

 

  11.4. Every corporation which is owns bonds is entitled by written and duly signed authorization, to empower a person as it sees fit to act as its representative at every meeting of bond owners, and a person thus authorized is entitled to act in the name of the corporation which he represents.

 

12. Minutes

 

  12.1. The Trustee will prepare minutes of the holders’ meeting and will maintain them in his registered office for a period of seven years from the date of the meeting. The Trustee may prepare minutes of a meeting of parts thereof by way of recording.

 

  12.2. Minutes signed by the chairperson of the meeting will serve as prima facie evidence of the matters listed therein. A declaration by the chairperson of the meeting regarding adoption of a resolution or its rejection and a notation regarding the matter in the minutes’ registry shall serve as prima facie evidence of this fact.

 

113
 

 

  12.3. The registry of minutes of holders’ meetings will be maintained in the Trustee’s registered office and will be open for examination by bondholders, and a copy thereof will be sent to any bondholder requesting it.
     
  12.4. The Trustee will be entitled to delay delivery of any minutes, to any entity whatsoever, if in his exclusive discretion, provision of the minutes, in whole or in part, may harm or cause result in harm to the rights of bondholders (Series A).

 

13. A person or persons appointed by the Trustee, the Company Secretary, and any other person or persons so authorized by the Trustee will be entitled to be present at the bondholders’ meeting. In a case in which according to the Trustee’s reasonable discretion it shall be necessary to engage in discussions during a portion of the meeting outside of the presence of the Company’s representatives, then representatives of the Company or anyone on their behalf will not take part in that same portion of the meeting.

 

14. Everything stated in this supplement is subject to the Deed of Trust.

 

***

 

114
 

 

Third Addendum

 

Urgent Representation for the Holders of Bonds

 

1. In relation to the Bonds (Series A), if an urgent representation of the Holders of Bonds (Series A) is appointed, the Company undertakes that the urgent representation will be appointed in accordance with the relevant provisions from Appendix 5.2.4.4 of Chapter 4 in Part 2 (Management of Investment Assets and Provision of Credit) in Division 5 (Principles for Business Management) in consolidated circular, and the Company undertakes to act in a reasonable manner in collaboration with the urgent representation and the Trustee, as required for the purpose of performing the tests required thereby, and the formulation of a decision of the urgent representation, and to provide the urgent representation with all of the data and documents required thereby for the Company.3

 

2. Appointment; Period of Service

 

  2.1 The Trustee may, or at the request of the Company in writing – will be obligated, to appoint and convene the urgent representation from among the Holders of Bonds, as detailed below (hereinafter: the “Urgent Representation”).

 

  2.2 For the Urgent Representation the Trustee will appoint three (3) Holders of Bonds, who to the best of the Trustee’s knowledge, are holders of a par value higher than all of the Holders of Bonds, and which will declare that they have fulfilled all of the conditions detailed below (hereinafter: the “Members of the Urgent Representation”). In a case where any of them cannot serve as a Member of the Urgent Representation, as stated, the Trustee will appoint the Holder of Bonds with the next highest par value holding, for which all of the conditions have been fulfilled, as detailed below.

 

And these are the conditions:

 

3 http://ozar.mof.gov.il/hon/2001/law/Codex.asp.

 

115
 

 

  2.2.1 The Holder of Bonds does not have a conflict of interest due to the existence of any additional material interest that is conflicting a matter derived from the office of the Urgent Representation, and from his holding of Bonds. For the avoidance of doubt it shall be clarified that a Holder who is a connected party (as the term is defined in Section 3.2 of the Deed of Trust, will be considered as having a conflict of interest as stated, and will not serve in the Urgent Representation;

 

  2.2.2 During the course of that same calendar year, a bondholder does not serve on similar representations for other bonds whose aggregate amount exceeds the amount of the asset portfolio managed by him, which was determined as the maximum amount allowing the service on the Urgent Representation according to the Antitrust Commissioner’s orders in relation to establishment of an urgent representation;

 

  2.3 If during his office in the Urgent Representation, one of the circumstances noted in Sections 2.2.1 and 2.2.2 above failed to be fulfilled, then the member’s office will expire and the Member of the Representation as stated will notify as such in writing to the Trustee and the Trustee will appoint another member in his place, from among the Holders of Bonds, as stated in Section 2.2 above.

 

  2.4 Prior to the appointment of the Members of the Urgent Representation, the Trustee will receive, from the candidates for serving as Members of the Urgent Representation, a declaration regarding the existence of lack of conflicts of interest, as stated in Section 2.2.1 above, and regarding serving in additional representations, as stated in Section 2.2.2 above. Similarly, the Trustee is entitled to require such a declaration from the members of the Urgent Representation at any time during the course of the Urgent Representation’s service. A holder who does not provide said declaration will be considered as having a conflict of interests or preclusion from service based on the Antitrust Commissioner’s orders as aforesaid, as applicable. In relation to a declaration regarding a conflict of interest, the Trustee will check for the existence of conflicting interests and to the extent required, will decide whether the conflicts of interest disqualified that same holder from service on the Representation. It should be clarified that the Trustee won’t have to conduct personal test or investigation. The Trustee’s determinations in these matters shall be final.

 

116
 

 

  2.5 The term of office of the Urgent Representation will end on the date where the Company will publish the decisions of the Urgent Representation in connection with providing an extension to the Company for the purpose of fulfilling the conditions of the Deed of Trust, as detailed in Section 8 of the Deed, but in any event shall not exceed three months from the appointment date.

 

3. Authority

 

  3.1 The Urgent Representation shall have the authority to grant a one-time extension to the Company in connection with the dates for fulfilling any of the financial standards set forth in the Deed of Trust in a manner that will not apply as the grounds for immediate repayment as in Sections 8.1.14 to 8.1.17 of the Deed of Trust, as applicable, for the entire extension term, as granted, for a term that is up to the publication date of the financial statements after the publication date of the financial statements, from which it arises that the company did not fulfill a financial standard for two consecutive calendar quarters or for a term of up to 90 days, whichever is earlier. It shall be clarified that the period of time up until the appointment of the Urgent Representation shall be taken into consideration in the framework of the aforesaid extension, and it will not constitute cause for granting any additional extension to the Company beyond the aforesaid. It shall be clarified that the Urgent Representation’s activities and the collaboration between its members shall be limited to discussion of the possibility of granting said extension and no other information which does not relate to the granting of said extension shall be shared between the members of the Representation.

 

117
 

 

  3.2 If an Urgent Representation is not appointed as aforesaid, or if the Urgent Representation decided not to grant the Company and extension as stated in section 3.1 above, the Trustee will be required to call a meeting of the bondholders in accordance with the provisions of section 8.2 of the Deed.

 

The above shall not derogate from the authority of the Trustee to convene an assembly of Holders of Bonds, including in relation to that matter for which the Urgent Representation was convened. If the decision of the assembly of Holders of Bonds was made for that matter, the decision of the assembly shall prevail over the decision of the Urgent Representation, including vis-à-vis the Company.

 

4. The Company’s Obligations in Connection with the Urgent Representation

 

  4.1 The Company undertakes to provide the Trustee all information in its possession or which it is able to secure in connection with the identity of the bondholders and the scope of their holdings. Similarly, the Trustee will act to secure said information in accordance with the authorities granted him according to law.

 

  4.2 In addition, the Company undertakes to fully cooperate with the Urgent Representation and the Trustee, inasmuch as required for the purpose of executing the required checks by them and formulating the Urgent Representation’s decision, and to provide the Urgent Representation all of the data and documents which are required by it regarding the Company subject to the limitations of law. Without derogating from the generality of the aforesaid, the Company shall provide Urgent Representation with the relevant information for the purpose of formulating the decision, which shall not include any misleading detail and shall not be lacking.

 

  4.3 The Company shall bear the Urgent Representation’s expenses, including the cost of employing advisors and experts by the Urgent Representation or on its behalf and in this regards, the provisions of section 26 of the Deed will apply, mutatis mutandis.

 

118
 

 

5. Liability

 

  5.1 The Urgent Representation shall act and decide on the matters placed before it and its absolute discretion and shall not be liable, it or any of its members, officers therein, their employees or advisors, and the Company and the bondholders hereby grant them a waiver in relation to any claims, demands and lawsuits against them in respect of the fact that they utilized or abstain from utilizing powers, authorities or the discretion granted them according to the Deed of Trust and according to this supplement and in connection there with or from any other action which they took their under, unless they did so maliciously and/or in bad faith.

 

  5.2 The indemnification provision stipulated in section 26 of the Date of Trust shall apply to the members of the Urgent Representation and anyone acting on their behalf, as if they were the Trustee.

 

  5.3 The Company shall publish an immediate report immediately upon the appointment of said Urgent Representation, regarding the appointment of the Person Representation, the identity of its members, and their powers.

 

  5.4 The Company will publish an additional immediate report about the Urgent Representation’s decision. Upon the completion of the Urgent Representation’s service, the Company will publish all of the information which was provided for the Urgent Representation’s examination provided that there is nothing precluding its publication, by law.

 

***

 

119
 

 

Appendix 23

 

Of the Deed of Trust dated November 24, 2015

 

Trustee Salary

 

The Company will pay the Trustee wages for his services, in accordance with this Deed of Trust, as detailed below:

 

1. A one-time payment in the sum of NIS 5,000 will be paid for the actions performed by the Trustee in connection with the formulation of the documents connected to the trusteeship. The said payment will only be collected in the event that the prospectus will not be published as a result of termination or rejection (or any reason).

 

2. For the entire trust year (or part thereof), commencing on the issuance date of the Bonds, the Trustee will be paid annual wages in the sum of NIS 25,000 (the “Annual Wages”).

 

3. Additionally, the Trustee will be entitled to a return on reasonable expenses from the Company, as defined below: “Reasonable Expenses” – sums paid by the Trustee in the framework of fulfilling his position and/or pursuant to the authorities granted thereto according to this Deed, including: expenses and costs for the initiation and convening of an assembly of holders of Bonds and expenses for the notices, transportation and advertisement publications connected to the convening of the assembly, and as required by any law.

 

4. Without derogating from the generality of the above, the Trustee will be entitled to wage payments from the Company in the sum of NIS for each working hour required therefor for the special operations to be performed in the framework of his position as Trustee (all – pursuant to the provisions of the Deed of Trust), including:

 

  4.1 The operations derived from a breach or suspicion of a breach to the Deed by the Company;

 

  4.2 Operations in connection with placing Bonds for immediate repayment and/or operations in connection with the decision of the assembly of holders of Bonds to place the Bonds for immediate repayment;

 

120
 

 

  4.3 Special operations that were required or will have a need to be performed, for the purpose of fulfilling his position according to this Deed in connection with the rights of the holders of Bonds and to defend them, including due to the non-compliance of the Company with its undertakings according to this Deed, including the convening of assemblies of holders of Bonds as stated in this Deed and including due to the participation in the assemblies of holders of Bonds;

 

  4.4 Special works (including, without limitation, works required because of changes in the Company’s structure or work because of the Company’s demand) or in respect of the need to take additional actions for the purpose of fulfilling his role as a reasonable Trustee, because of changes in laws (including regulations which shall be enacted following amendments 50 and 51 of the Securities Law) and/or regulations and/or other binding instructions which shall apply in connection with the Trustee’s activities and his responsibility according to this Deed of Trust;

 

  4.5 Actions in connection with the registration, amending registration or voiding of registration of guarantees and the registry (including abroad), similarly, review, supervision, control, enforcement, and so forth of obligations (such as: restrictions on the Company’s freedom of operation, pledging of assets, and so forth), which the Company undertook or will undertake or which will be undertaken by anyone on its behalf or for its in connection with the guaranteeing of other undertakings by the Company or anyone acting on its behalf (such as: making payments according to the terms of the bonds) towards bondholders, including regarding the substance of the terms of said guarantees provided or that will be provided in favor of the holders under the Deed and undertakings and their fulfillment.

 

  4.6 In the event where the Company will be meant to pay the Trustee a payment for his wage expenses and/or payment for reasonable expenses paid thereby and/or for special operations to be performed by him or which were performed by him in the framework of fulfilling his position and/or on behalf of the authorities granted thereto according to the Deed of Trust, if any of the above is applicable, and the Company failed to do so, the Trustee may pay the full amount of these sums from the receipts that were accrued thereby in accordance with the statements of Sections 9 and 10 of the Deed of Trust, provided that he notified the Company of his intention to do so in advance and in writing.

 

121
 

 

  4.7 It shall be clarified that in the event that due to a future change to the laws and/or regulations and/or other binding provisions applying to the Trustee’s actions additional expenses will be exclusively borne by the Trustee, required thereof for the fulfillment of his position as a reasonable Trustee, the Company will indemnify the Trustee for the reasonable expenses including his reasonable wages.

 

  4.8 VAT, if applicable, will be added to each of the said sums, as applicable, and will be paid by the Company.

 

  4.9 All of the abovementioned sums will be linked to the index for January 2015, however, in any event, a sum that is lower than the sum denominated in this Deed will not be paid.

 

  4.10 In the event where the Holders of Bonds will be granted any collateral, the Company and the Trustee will discuss the update of the wages, in accordance with the scope of hours required for the Trustee to be dedicated to the trusteeship in the said case.

 

  4.11 The Trustee’s wages will be paid in respect of the period up until the end of the Trust included in this Deed even if a receiver is appointed for the Company (or a receiver and a manager), or whether the trust according to this Deed will be managed under the supervision of the court, or not.

 

  4.12 The aforesaid yearly wage will be paid at the end of every trust year.

 

  4.13 All of the amounts described in this supplement will have preference over monies due to the bondholders.

 

  4.14 To the extent that the Trustee’s service as described in this Deed of Trust shall come to an end, the Trustee will not be entitled to payment of his wages as of the date of the commencement of service of the replacement trustee. To the extent that the Trustee’s service ended during the course of the trust year, wages paid in respect of months in which the Trustee did not serve as trustee for the bonds shall be refunded, as of the appointment of the replacement trustee. This session will not apply regarding the initial trust year.

 

122
 

 

5. For the Trustee’s participation in the general assemblies of the stockholders, which took place in Israel, the Trustee will be entitled to a salary amount of NIS 500.

 

6. The appointment of a trustee to replace the trustee whose office ended according to Section 35b(a1) or 35(14)(d) of the Securities Law, the Holders of Bonds of Series A will bear the difference in the salary of the appointed trustee, as stated, than that which was paid to the Trustee who was replaced, if the difference as stated is unreasonable, and the provisions of the relevant laws will apply at the time of the replacement as stated. The obligation of the Holders for the difference as stated will be performed by offsetting the relative part of the difference from any payment that the Company will make to the Holders of Bonds in accordance with the terms of the Deed of Trust and the transfer thereof will be directly from the Company to the Trustee.

 

7. If according to any law there will be an obligation to deposit a guarantee applying to the Company to ensure the Company’s obligation for the special expenses of the Trustee, the Company will act in accordance with the provisions as stated.

 

***

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

Deed of Trust

 

Section Subject Page
Deed of Trust 3
1 Introduction, Definitions and Interpretation 5
2 Issuance of Bonds; Terms of Issue; Equal Rank 13
3 Purchase of Bonds by the Company and/or an Affiliate and Performing Distributions 15
4 Issue of Additional Bonds 17
5 Company’s Undertakings 20
6 Securing the Bonds 40
7 Early Redemption 84
8 Right to Call for Immediate Repayment 88
9 Claims and Proceedings by the Trustee 100
10 Trust of Proceeds 101
11 Authority to Demand Payment to Holders through Trustee 102
12 Powers to Delay the Distribution of Funds 104
13 Notice of Distribution 104
14 Refraining from Payment for a Reason Which is not Dependent on the Company 105
15 Receipt by Bondholders and Trustee 107
16 Presentation of Bonds to the Trustee; Registration in Connection with Partial Payment 107
17 Investment of Funds 108
18 Company’s Undertakings vis-a-vis Trustee 108
19 Urgent Representation 116
20 Additional Liabilities 121
21 Counsel 121
22 Other Agreements 122
23 Reports on Matters Relating to Trusteeship 122
24 Wages and Coverage of Trustee’s Expenses 124
25 Special Powers 124
26 Trustee’s Power to Engage Agents 125
27 Indemnification of the Trustee 126
28 Notices 132
29 Waivers, Compromises, and Changes to the Deed of Trust 133
30 Register of Bondholders 135
31 Release 135
32 Appointment of the Trustee, Roles of the Trustee, Powers of the Trustee and Termination of Trustee’s Office 135
33 Bondholders’ Meetings 138
34 Applicable Law 138
35 Exclusive Jurisdiction 138
36 General 142
37 Trustee’s Liability 143
38 Addresses 143
39 Authorization to MAGNA 143
First Addendum to the Deed of Trust - Bond Certificate (Series C) 145
The Terms Listed on the Overleaf 148
1 General 148
2 The Bonds 149
3 Terms of Bonds (Series C) 149
4 Payments of Principal and Interest of the Bonds (Series C) 151
5 Postponement of Dates 152
6 Securing the Bonds 152
7 Refraining from Payment for a Reason Which is not Dependent on the Company 152
8 Register of Bondholders 152
9 Splitting Bond Certificates 152
10 Transfer of Bonds 153
11 Early Redemption 154
12 Purchase of Bonds by the Company and/or an Affiliate 154
13 Waivers; Compromises, and Changes to the Deed of Trust 154
14 Bondholders’ Meetings 154
15 Receipt from Bondholders 154
16 Right to Call for Immediate Repayment 154
17 Notices 154
18 Governing Law and Jurisdiction 154
19 Order of Priorities 154
Second Addendum of the Deed of Trust - Bondholders’ Meetings 155
Appendix 23 - Trustee’s Fee 165

 

 
 

 

Deed of Trust

 

Entered into and executed in Tel Aviv on July __, 2021

 

Between:

 

Strawberry Fields REIT Ltd.

(Company Number: 1863501)

 

A foreign company in the British Virgin Islands whose registered office in the British Virgin Islands is:

Blenheim Trust (BV) Limited

P.O. Box 3483

Road Town, Tortola

British Virgin Islands

Whose address in Israel for the purpose of this Deed and the service of legal process (subject to Section 5.7 of this Deed) is:

c/o Fischer & Co.

 

Of 146 Menachem Begin Road, Tel Aviv 6492103

Tel: 03-6944249

Fax: 03-6944157

(the “Company”)

Of the first part;

 

and between:

 

Mishmeret Trust Services Company Ltd.

Of 48 Menachem Begin Ave., Tel Aviv

Telephone: 03-6374351

Fax: 03-6374344

(the “Trustee”)

Of the second part;

 

  Whereas: The Company’s board of directors resolved to approve the issuance of Bonds (Series C) under the Shelf Prospectus and Shelf Offer Report, as defined below; and
     
  Whereas: On [Month] [Day], 2021, Standard & Poor’s Maalot Ltd. announced a preliminary rating of A+ for the issuance of the Bonds (Series C) of the Company, in a total scope of ILS [   ] million par value; and

 

3
 

 

  Whereas: The Company declares that as of the signature of this Deed, the Company meets all of the conditions of the rating agency (as the term is defined below) for rating the series of Bonds with the rating set forth above; and
     
  Whereas: The Trustee is a private company limited by shares that is incorporated in Israel under the Companies Law, 5759-1999, whose main purpose is to engage in trusteeship; and
     
  Whereas: The Trustee has declared that there is no impediment under the Securities Law, 5728-1968 or any other law for its engagement with the Company under this Deed of Trust and that it meets the requirements and conditions of eligibility set forth under the Securities Law for the Trustee to serve as a trustee for holders of bonds (Series C) offered under the Shelf Prospectus and Shelf Offer Report; and
     
  Whereas: The Trustee has no personal interest in the Company and the Company has no material interest in the Trustee; and
     
  Whereas: The Company declares that there is no impediment under any law (whether in Israel or abroad) and/or agreement for the performance of an issue of the Bonds under the terms of this Deed and/or its engagement with the Trustee under this Deed of Trust and has received all of the approvals under any law (in Israel or outside of Israel) and/or an agreement for the execution of the issuance under this Deed; and
     
  Whereas: In the framework of the Shelf Prospectus and Shelf Offer Report, the Company intends to issue Bonds (Series C) as set forth in Section 2
     
  Whereas: The Bonds (Series C) will be listed for trade in the stock exchange, as defined below; and
     
  Whereas: The Company is a reporting corporation as defined below; and
     
  Whereas: The Company has requested that the Trustee to serve as a trustee for the Holders of the Bonds (Series C) and the Trustee has agreed to sign this Deed of Trust and act as a trustee for the bondholders, all subject to and in accordance with the terms of this Deed of Trust;

 

4
 

 

Therefore it is agreed, declared and stipulated between the Parties as follows:

 

1.Introduction, Definitions and Interpretation

 

  1.1 The preamble to this Deed of Trust and the appendices attached hereto constitute integral and substantial parts hereof.
     
  1.2 The division of this Deed of Trust into sections and the titles of the sections are provided for the sake of convenience and orientation alone, and should not be used for the purpose of interpretation.
     
  1.3 All of the provisions of this Deed in the plural form shall imply the singular and vice-versa, and all of the provisions in the masculine form shall imply the feminine form and vice-versa, and all of the provisions relating to an individual shall imply a corporation as well, all provided that there is no explicit provisions of this Deed to the contrary.
     
  1.4 In the event of any matter connected to the terms of the Bonds (Series C) that is omitted from this Deed and in any event of a conflict between the provisions of the law which cannot be conditioned upon and this Deed of Trust, the parties will act in accordance with the provisions of Israeli law that cannot be conditioned upon. In any event of a conflict between the provisions set forth in the Shelf Prospectus and/or the Shelf Offer Report in connection with this Deed and/or the bonds, the provisions of this Deed will prevail. It is clarified that, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, as of the date of the Shelf Offer Report, there is no conflict between provisions pertaining to the Bonds described in the Shelf Offer Report and the provisions of the Deed of Trust and the ancillary documents.
     
  1.5 In this Deed of Trust and in the bonds, the following expressions shall have the meanings set forth beside them:

 

  1.5.1 Bonds (Series C)” or the “Bonds” – the Bonds (Series C) that are issued by the Company in accordance with the Shelf Prospectus and Shelf Offer Report, as well as additional bonds (Series C) issued by the Company, if any;
     
  1.5.2 The “Stock Exchange” – the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange Ltd.;

 

5
 

 

  1.5.3 Controlling Shareholders”: Moshe Gubin and Michael Blisko;
     
  1.5.4 Financial Statements” – annual or quarterly financial statements, audited or reviewed, that the Company is required to publish in accordance with the Securities Law and the regulations thereunder;
     
  1.5.5 Shelf Offer Report” - the shelf offer report dated [Month] [Day], 2021, will be published by the Shelf Prospectus as defined below, based on which the Bonds (Series C) are offered;
     
  1.5.6 2020 Periodic Report” - the periodic and annual report for 2020, will be published by the Company on March 22, 2021 (reference no.: 2021-01-040806);
     
  1.5.7 “Dollars” - US Dollars (USD);
     
  1.5.8 Rating” – Rating by the rating company, as defined below;
     
  1.5.9 Special Resolution” – a resolution passed in a general meeting of Bondholders (Series C), who are present themselves or by their agent whose Bonds represent at least 50% of the balance of the par value of the Bonds (Series C), or in an adjourned meeting attended by the Bondholders (Series C), themselves or by their agent, who hold at least 20% of the balance of the par value as stated, and which is passed (whether in the original meeting or adjourned meeting) with a majority of at least two thirds (2/3) of the balance of the par value of the Bonds (Series C) represented in the vote, excluding abstentions;
     
  1.5.10 Ordinary Resolution” – a resolution passed in a meeting of Bondholders convened under Section 35l13 and 35l14(a) of the Securities Law, passed (whether in the original or adjourned meeting) with a majority of at least fifty percent (50%) of all of the votes of the participants in the vote, excluding abstentions;

 

6
 

 

  1.5.11 The “Pledged Properties” or the “Liened Properties” – (1) the same properties from those listed in Section 6.2.1 below that the Company shall pledge pursuant to this Deed of Trust, and (2) those of the properties that can be pledged as collateral (as defined below), if actually pledged to secure the rights of the holders of the Bonds (Series C) under this Deed of Trust, all as long as the same properties are actually pledged by the Company and will be pledged to secure the rights of the Bondholders as stated;
     
  1.5.12 “Properties that can be Pledged as Collateral” - properties that can be pledged in accordance with the provisions of this Deed of Trust to secure the rights of the Bondholders (Series C), which can be any of the following:

 

  1.5.12.1 Pledged Real Estate Property” and “Pledged Real Estate Properties” – ownership rights of the Company and/or a subsidiary of which 70% of the share capital is held by the Company (directly or indirectly) in connection with real estate properties that are income-generating real estate properties in the United States used as medical institutions, as this term is defined in the 2020 Periodic Report (excluding land and properties under construction that are not income-generating), which will be pledged, from time to time, if pledged, under this Deed and the pledge agreements hereunder;
     
  1.5.12.2 Financial Securities” - cash, cash deposits, government securities of the Government of Israel only which are due for repayment prior to the final payment date of the Bonds, short-term loans of the Bank of Israel only which are payable before the final payment date of the Bonds, and bank guarantees deposited in the Trust Account, as defined below;

 

7
 

 

  1.5.12.3 Bank Guarantees” - autonomous, unconditional, irrevocable, and independent guarantees of Bank of Israel or an insurance company in Israel, included in the five largest banks/insurance companies (as applicable) in Israel, rated by a rating agency with a rating that is no less than a rating of Aa2 by Midroog or a parallel rating thereto, which will be provided from time to time (if at all) in favor of the Trustee by the Company under the terms of this Deed. Bank guarantees, if provided, will be in force up to 30 days after the final payment date of the Bonds;

 

  1.5.13 Rating Company” or the “Rating Agency”– Standard and Poor’s Maalot Ltd. (“Maalot”) and/or Midroog Ltd. (“Midroog”) or another rating company that is registered under the Regulation of the Activities of Credit Rating Companies, 5714-2014;
     
  1.5.14  “Associated Company” and “Joint Control” – as defined in the Securities Regulations (Annual Financial Statements), 5770-2010 and in the acceptable accounting rules;
     
  1.5.15 The “Nominee Company” – the Nominee Company of Mizrahi Tfahot of Israel Ltd. or any other nominee company that shall replace it, provided that all the Company’s securities will be registered under its name;
     
  1.5.16 The “Law” or the “Securities Law” – the Securities Law, 5728-1968 and the regulations thereunder, as they may be from time to time;
     
  1.5.17 The “Companies Law” – the Companies Law, 5759-1999 and the regulations thereunder, as they may be from time to time;

 

8
 

 

  1.5.18 Trust Account” - an account opened by the Trustee and managed in the Trustee’s name, in trust for the Bondholders (Series C), in one of the five largest banks in Israel, in which the issuance consideration will be deposited until its release to the Company, as well as the Financial Securities, if provided, until their release in accordance with the provisions of this Deed, and the Trustee will have the exclusive signing rights in the Trust Account. The Company’s rights in the Trust Account will be pledged for the benefit of the Trustee by a single, fixed, first-degree lien unlimited in amount. The fund management policy in this account and its execution will be determined at the exclusive discretion of the Company, provided that the investment will be in accordance with the provisions of Section 17 below (the “Investment”).
     
    The Trustee may not object to the investment policy and will not be liable vis-a-vis the Bondholders (Series C) and/or the Company for any damage and/or loss sustained due to this policy;
     
  1.5.19 Trading Day” – a day on which transactions are performed in the stock exchange;
     
  1.5.20 Business Day” or “Bank Business Day” – any day on which the clearing house of the stock exchange and most of the banks in Israel are open for the performance of transactions;
     
  1.5.21 Loan to Collateral Ratio” – the total equal to the unpaid balance of the principal of the Bonds (Series C) only in addition to interest accrued until the date of the inspection, as it appears in the Company’s audited or reviewed financial statements, published before the relevant inspection date, divided by the amount equal to the collateral value of the Pledged Properties, as set forth in Section 6.3 below.

 

9
 

 

  1.5.22 Holder” and/or “Bondholder” - as this term is defined in the Securities Law;
     
  1.5.23 The Tender”: The auction on the fixed annual interest rate to be borne by the Bonds (Series C) that will be issued by the Company in accordance with the Shelf Prospectus and Shelf Offer Report;
     
  1.5.24 Register of Bondholders” and/or the “Register” – a register of bondholders, as set forth in Section 30 of this Deed;
     
  1.5.25 Trustee”: Mishmeret - Trust Services Company Ltd. and/or anyone who will serve from time to time as trustee of the bondholders under this Deed;
     
  1.5.26 Principal Amount” – the par value amount of the Bonds that are not yet paid;
     
  1.5.27 Opposing Interest” – shall mean as defined in Section 9.3 of the Second Addendum of this Deed;
     
  1.5.28 The Group” – the Company and its subsidiaries;
     
  1.5.29 This Deed” or “Deed of Trust” – this Deed of Trust, including the appendices attached hereto and constituting an integral part hereof;
     
  1.5.30  “Reporting Corporation” – As defined in the Securities Law;
     
  1.5.31 Bond Certificate” - a certificate of the Bonds in the form attached as the First Addendum to this Deed;
     
  1.5.32 Reporting Regulations” – the Securities Regulations (Periodic and Immediate Reports), 5730-1970;
     
  1.5.33 The “Prospectus” and/or the “Shelf Prospectus” – a shelf prospectus of the Company dated November 21, 2019;

 

10
 

 

  1.5.34 In this Deed of Trust and the Bonds, the Rating of the Bonds will have the meanings set forth in the table below:

 

  A plus ilA+ rated by Maalot or A1 when rated by Midroog or a rating parallel to the aforesaid ratings that will be determined by another rating company that rates or will rate the Bonds (Series C).
     
  A ilA rated by Maalot or A2 when rated by Midroog or a rating parallel to the aforesaid ratings that will be determined by another rating company that rates or will rate the Bonds (Series C).
     
  A minus ilA- rated by Maalot or A3 when rated by Midroog or a rating parallel to the aforesaid ratings that will be determined by another rating company that rates or will rate the Bonds (Series C).
     
  BBB Plus ilBBB+ rated by Maalot or Baa1 when rated by Midroog or a rating parallel to the aforesaid ratings that will be determined by another rating company that rates or will rate the Bonds (Series C).
     
  BBB ilBBB rated by Maalot or Baa2 when rated by Midroog or a rating parallel to the aforesaid ratings that will be determined by another rating company that rates or will rate the Bonds (Series C).
     
  BBB Minus ilBBB- rated by Maalot or Baa3 when rated by Midroog or a rating parallel to the aforesaid ratings that will be determined by another rating company that rates or will rate the Bonds (Series C).

 

11
 

 

  BB Plus ilBB+ rated by Maalot or Ba1 when rated by Midroog or a rating parallel to the aforesaid ratings that will be determined by another rating company that rates or will rate the Bonds (Series C).

 

  1.6 As long as the Bonds are listed for trade on the Stock Exchange, in any event in which the rules and guidelines of the Stock Exchange apply or will apply to any operation under this Deed of Trust, the operation dates as stated and the manner of performance will be determined in accordance with the rules and guidelines of the Stock Exchange. It is clarified that the performance of actions as stated (including if bylaws and guidelines of the Stock Exchange are modified) will not derogate from the agreements of the parties under this Deed.
     
  1.7 In any event of a conflict between the Deed of Trust and the accompanying documents, the provisions of the Deed of Trust will govern.
     
  1.8 In the event of termination of the issuance of the Bonds for any reason, the validity of this Deed of Trust will be concluded.
     
  1.9 Any reference in this Deed of Trust to a number of sections in the Law will be adjusted, mutatis mutandis, to changes occurring in the Law, if any.
     
  1.10 The Trustee’s actions are valid even if a defect is discovered in his appointment or eligibility.
     
  1.11 In any case in which this Deed of Trust or its appendices explicitly states that the Company will announce something in an immediate report, the report will be based on the details required in the Reporting Regulations (whether the Company is subject to a reporting obligation under the Reporting Regulations or otherwise). The above will not derogate from the other reporting obligations of the Company under any law.

 

12
 

 

  1.12 The Trustee’s signature on the Trust Deed does not constitute an opinion by the Trustee as to the nature of the offered securities or the advisability of investment in these securities.
     
  1.13 Anywhere in this Deed where “subject to any law” (or a similar phrase) is stated, the meaning is subject to any law that may be not stipulated under Israeli law.

 

2.Issuance of Bonds; Terms of Issue; Equal Rank

 

  2.1 The Company will issue the Bonds (Series C) as described in the preamble of this Deed. The Bonds (Series C) that will be issued under the Shelf Prospectus and the Shelf Offer Report (if any are issued) will be listed for trade on the Stock Exchange and the Company will act to the best of its ability so that the Bonds (Series C) will be traded on the Stock Exchange until they are fully repaid.
     
  2.2 The terms of the Bonds (Series C) that are issued under the Shelf Prospectus and Shelf Offer Report will be as follows:
     
    The Bonds (Series C), offered to the public in consideration for their par value, are registered, repayable (principal) in five payments – on July 31 of each of the years 2022, 2023, 2024, 2025 and 2026, such that each of the first four payments on account of the principal will be 6% of the principal total par value of the Bonds (Series C) and the fifth and last payment on account of the principal will constitute 76% of the total principal par value of the Bonds (Series C). The Bonds (Series C), bearing annual interest in a fixed rate as set forth in the Tender, which will not exceed the maximum interest rate as set forth below, and that is payable on January 31 and July 31 of each of the years 2022 to 2026 (inclusive) (the first interest payment will be made on January 31, 2022 and the last interest payment will be made on July 31, 2026, together with the payment of the principal of the Bonds) for the period of the six months ending on the date before the payment date (the “Interest Period”). The interest rate which will be paid for a particular interest period (other than the first interest period as defined below) meaning, the period which begins on the payment day of the prior interest period and ending on the last day before the payment date immediately after the commencement date will be calculated as the yearly interest rate divided by two. The first interest payment will be made on January 31, 2022, for the period beginning on the first trading day after the date of the Tender of the Bonds (Series C) and ending on January 30, 2022 (the “First Interest Period”), calculated on the basis of 365 days per year, based on the number of days in this period, and the last interest payment will be made on July 31, 2026.

 

13
 

 

    The payments on account of the principal and/or the interest in respect of the Bonds will be paid to those whose names will be registered in the Register of the Bondholders on July 19 and January 19 for each relevant period preceding the date of that payment as stated in Section 1 of the Shelf Offering Report. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the final payment of the principal and the interest shall be made against delivery of the bond certificates to the Company at the Company’s registered office or at any other place that it announces, provided that such notice shall be given by the Company no later than five business days prior to the date set for making the last payment.
     
    Subject to adjustments in the event of a change in the Rating of the Bonds (Series C) and/or deviation from the financial covenants as set forth in Sections 5.2 and 5.3 below and/or eligibility for arrears interest (as defined in Section 4(a) of the overleaf conditions that are in the First Addendum of this Deed), the interest rate that the Bonds (Series C) will bear will not exceed [_] per year (the “Maximum Interest Rate”).
     
  2.3 The Company reserves the right to perform early repayment of the Bonds upon the fulfillment of the terms set forth in Section 5 of this Deed.
     
  2.4 The Bonds (Series C) will all have equal rank pari-passu, among themselves, in connection with the Company’s obligations under the Bonds (Series C), and without priority or preference of one over the other.

 

14
 

 

  2.5 The principal amount of the Bonds (Series C) and the interest on the principal will be linked to the increase in the rate of the US dollar in the following manner:
     
    If it is discovered on the payment date of any payment on account of the principal and/or interest that the Payment Rate as of the same date has increased compared to the Base Rate, the Company will make the same payment of principal and/or interest, when increased relative to the increase rate of the Payment Rate compared to the Base Rate. However, if it is discovered that the aforesaid Payment Rate is identical to the Base Rate or lower therefrom, the Payment Rate will be the Base Rate. In any event in which a payment date on account of a principal and/or interest amount payment applies on a day that is not a business day, the payment date will be postponed to the first business day thereafter, without any additional payment including interest or linkage. The linkage method will not be changed during the term of the Bonds (Series C).

 

3.Purchase of Bonds by the Company and/or an Affiliate and Performing Distributions

 

  3.1 The Company reserves the right, subject to any law that may not be conditional, to acquire the Bonds (Series C) at any time and from time to time, without derogating from the obligation to repay the Bonds (Series C) in circulation. In the event of a purchase as stated, the Company will issue an immediate report or inform the Trustee thereof in writing. In the event in which the Company acquires Bonds (Series C), the Company will file a request to the clearing house of the Stock Exchange for the withdrawal of the Bonds Certificates acquired as stated.

 

    In the event of a purchase by the Company as stated above, the acquired Bonds (Series C) will expire automatically, will be voided and will be delisted from trade, and the Company may not reissue them. The provisions above will not harm the Company’s right to redeem the Bonds (Series C) in advance as stated in Section 7 below.

 

15
 

 

  3.2 The Controlling Shareholder of the Company (directly or indirectly) and/or its relative (as the term is defined in the Securities Law) and/or a subsidiary of the Company and/or affiliated company and/or associated company of the Company and/or a corporation under the control of any of the above (directly or indirectly) (excluding the Company itself, regarding which the provisions of 3.1 above shall apply) (an “Affiliated Party”) may acquire and/or sell Bonds (Series C) at their discretion (and subject to any law), at any time and from time to time, including by way of the Company’s issuance of Bonds. In the event of an acquisition and/or sale as stated by a subsidiary of the Company and/or a corporation under its control, the Company will issue an immediate report with respect thereto. The Bonds (Series C) that are held as stated by an Affiliated Party will be considered to be an property belonging to the Affiliated Party, and if they are listed for trade, they will not be delisted from trade in the Stock Exchange and will be transferrable as are the other Bonds (Series C). The Bonds (Series C) that are owned by an Affiliated Party will not grant to the Affiliated Party voting rights in a meeting of the Bondholders (Series C) and will not be counted for the purpose of determining a legal quorum required to commence such meetings. A meeting of Holders will take place based on the provisions of the Second Addendum of the Deed of Trust. An Affiliated Party will report to the Company, if required under law to do so, regarding an acquisition of Bonds (Series C) and the Company will provide the Trustee, at its request, with a list of Affiliated Parties and the quantities held thereby on the date requested by the Trustee, based on the reports received as stated from Affiliated Parties and that are reported in the MAGNA system by the Company. It is clarified that a report on the MAGNA system will be considered to be a report to the Trustee for the purposes of this Section.
     
  3.3 The provisions of this Section above alone will not obligate the Company, an Affiliated Party or the Bondholders (Series C) to purchase Bonds (Series C) and/or sell the Bonds (Series C) in their possession.

 

16
 

 

4.Additional Issuances

 

  4.1Extending the series of Bonds (Series C)

 

  The Company may, from time to time, at any time, without requiring the consent of the Trustee and/or the Holders existing at the time, issue additional Bonds (Series C) (whether in a private placement or in the framework of a prospectus and/or by an amendment to a prospectus whether by a shelf offering or by any other means), including to an Affiliated Party (as defined in Section 3.2 above), under the terms that it sees fit (the terms of the additional bonds that are issued will be identical to the terms of the Bonds (Series C) in circulation) provided that the total par value of the Bonds (Series C), after the expansion, will not exceed ILS 630 million par value. The Company will refer to the Stock Exchange with a request to list for trade the additional Bonds (Series C) as stated, when they are offered.

 

  Further to the foregoing, an additional issuance of Bonds (Series C) will be performed subject to receipt of confirmation of the Stock Exchange and subject to all of the terms set forth below being fulfilled to the satisfaction of the Trustee: (a) the additional issuance of the Bonds (Series C) as stated will not be harmed by the Rating of the Bonds (Series C), as the Rating may be at the time (i.e. the Rating before the expansion of the series will not change as a result the aforesaid expansion). For the purpose of this section, it is clarified that in the event in which the Bonds (Series C) are rated by more than one Rating Company, the ratings test for the purpose of this section will take place, at any time, based on the higher of the ratings; (b) On the date of the additional issue, in accordance with the most recent financial statements published before the date of the additional issue, and after retroactively taking into account the performance of the additional issue, the Company will meet all the financial obligations set forth in Section 6.4 below; (c) Upon the expansion of the series, immediately after the execution of the expansion of the series, the Loan to Collateral Ratio (as defined in Section 1.5.21 above) (which for the purpose of the calculation will also include properties that the Company has pledged within the expansion of the series) will not exceed 65%; (d) on the date of the additional issue there are no grounds for calling for the immediate payment of the bonds as set forth in Section 8.1, without taking into account the remedial and waiting periods in connection with the aforesaid grounds, if there is a remedial period; and (e) the Company is not in breach of any of the material obligations under the provisions of this Deed.

 

17
 

 

  The Company will provide the Trustee, before actually performing the issue of the additional issue, as stated in this Section 4.1, written confirmation that is signed by the CEO or a senior officer in the financial department of the Company, in a language satisfactory to the Trustee, regarding (in this subsection: “Confirmation”): (1) the fulfillment of all the conditions stated in this Section 4.1 on the date of the Confirmation (excluding the condition in subsection (a) above, for which the Company shall provide the consent of the Rating Company as described below); (2) that on the date of the Confirmation the Company is not in breach of any of its material obligations to the Bondholders (Series C)

 

  In any case of an additional issue as stated in this Section 4.1, the increase of the series in practice will occur subject to receipt of prior consent from the Rating Company whereby the rating before the expansion of the series will not change as a result of the expansion following the aforesaid expansion. Confirmation from the Rating Company will be published in an immediate report before the expansion of the series. The Company will publish in an immediate report, even before the performance of the additional issue, whether the additional issue meets all of the aforesaid terms in this Section 4.1, and that the Company’s board of directors has examined the impact of the expansion of the series as stated, on the Company’s ability to meet its obligations to the Bondholders (Series C) before the performance of the issuance as stated.

 

  This right of the Company will not exempt the Trustee from examining the additional issue as stated, if such an obligation applies to the Trustee under law, and will not derogate from the rights of the Trustee and the Bondholders under this Deed, including their right to call for immediate repayment of the Bonds as stated in Section 8 below.

 

18
 

 

  Subject to the provisions of the Deed of Trust, the Trustee shall act as trustee for the Bonds (Series C) as they will be in circulation from time to time, and this also in the event of a series expansion, and the consent of the Trustee for such service for the expanded series will not be required. The Bonds (Series C) that will be in circulation before the expansion of the series and the additional Bonds (Series C) which will be issued (if at all) as described in this section above, shall constitute (from the date of their issue) one series for all purposes, and the Deed of Trust shall also apply to all of the abovementioned additional Bonds (Series C) that the Company will issue. The additional Bonds (Series C) shall not grant the right for the payment and/or interest with regard to Bonds (Series C) for which the effective date for their payment was prior to the date of their issue. In the case of such expansion of the series, there will be tax consequences including with regard to calculation of the rate of deduction, if required, as described in Section 3.4 of the Shelf Offer Report and in accordance with the provisions of any law as they are on the date of issue of the additional bonds.

 

4.2Without derogating from the generality of the above, the Company reserves the right, subject to any law, to issue an additional series of bonds at any time and from time to time (whether in a private placement or in the framework of a prospectus and/or by an amendment to a prospectus whether by a shelf offering or by any other means) and without being required to receive the consent of the Bondholders (Series C) and/or the consent of the Trustee, as applicable, and including an Affiliated Party (as defined in Section 3.2 above), and/or other securities as the Company sees fit and this without harming the Company’s repayment obligation under this Deed of Trust.

 

  Notwithstanding the abovementioned, the Company undertakes that so long that the Bonds (Series C) have not been fully repaid, it will not itself issue bonds outside of Israel and it will not assume other financial debt outside of Israel. Notwithstanding the above, the Company will be permitted to assume credit frameworks and obligations in the U.S. for the purpose of currency hedging and to provide guarantees to lenders outside of Israel of companies under its control.

 

  Without derogating from the above, the aforesaid rights of the Company, will not prevent the Trustee from examining the implications of the additional issue as stated, and will not derogate from the rights of the Trustee and the Bondholders under this Deed, including their right to call for immediate repayment of the Bonds (Series C) as stated in Section 8 below.

 

19
 

 

  Subject to the provisions of any law, the Company will inform the Trustee regarding the additional issue before its performance.

 

5.Undertakings of the Company  

 

5.1The Company hereby undertakes to pay, on the dates prescribed, all of the amounts of principal and interest (including interest on arrears, insofar as such interest is borne) that will be paid under the terms of the Bond (Series C), and comply with all of the other terms and obligations imposed thereon under the terms of the Bonds (Series C) and under this Deed. Additionally, the Company undertakes to list the Bonds for trade in the Stock Exchange and act so that the Bonds continue to be listed for trade in the Stock Exchange until the date of final payment.

 

5.2Adjustment of the interest rate due to a change in the rating of the Bonds (Series C):

 

  For the purpose of this section, it shall be clarified that in the event in which the Bonds (Series C) are rated by more than one rating company, an examination of the rating for the adjustment of the interest rate to the change in the rating (if any such change occurs) will take place based on the lower of the ratings.

 

  The interest rate that the Bonds (Series C) will bear will be adjusted for a change in the rating of the Bonds (Series C), as set forth below in this section:

 

  It is clarified that if adjustment of interest is required in accordance with the mechanism described in this Section 5.2 above and below, and based on the mechanism described in Section 5.3 below, in any event, the maximum additional interest rate will not exceed 1.5% above the interest rate determined in the tender (the “Limitation of the Maximum Additional Interest Rate”).

 

20
 

 

  In this regard:

 

  A rating of A, A-, BBB+, BBB, BBB- and BB+ and BB – are as defined in the table in Section 1.5.34 above.

 

  “Base Rating” – a rating of A+ or equivalent.

 

  “Additional Interest Rate” – additional interest provided to the bondholders at a rate of 0.25% per year for each decrease of a notch in the rating of Bonds below the Base Rating until a maximum interest addition of 1.25% per year at most (the “Limitation on the Additional Interest Rate”).

 

(a)If the rating of the Bonds (Series C) by the rating company (in the case of replacing a rating company, the Company shall transfer to the Trustee a comparison of the scale rating of the outgoing rating agency and the scale rating of the incoming rating agency) are updated during the any interest period, so that the rating to be determined to the Bonds (Series C) is lower by one or more notches (in this section, the “Reduced Rating”) below the Base Rating, the annual interest rate on the outstanding principal of the Bonds (Series C) will increase by the additional interest rate or in part thereof (as set out below), according to the steps set forth, and this is for the period that commences on the date of publication of the Reduced Rating by the rating agency until the earlier of (a) repayment in full of the outstanding principal balance of the Bonds (Series C) or (b) the date of the rating increase pursuant to Section 5.2 (e) below. If the interest rate was raised earlier in respect of deviations from financial covenants as stated in paragraph 5.3 below, then the rise in the interest rate due to a decline in rating as aforesaid will be limited according to the limit of the maximum interest rate increase.

 

21
 

 

(b)No later than the end of one business day from the receipt of a notice from the rating company regarding the lowering of the rating of the Bonds (Series C) to the Lowered Rating as defined in subsection (a) above, the Company will publish an immediate report, in which the Company states: (1) that the rating was lowered, the Lowered Rating, the rating report and the date on which the Lowered Rating of the Bonds (Series C) comes into effect (in this Section 5.2: the “Date of Lowering the Rating”); (2) deviation / non-deviation from the financial covenants described in Section 5.3 below based on the most recent reviewed or audited consolidated financial statements of the Company published before the date of the immediate report, as well as whether a change has occurred to the interest for the deviation / non-deviation from the financial covenants as stated; (3) the precise interest rate that the balance of the Bonds (Series C) will bear for the period beginning on the current interest period and until the Date of Lowering the Rating (the interest rate will be calculated based on 365 days per year) (in this Section 5.2: the “Original Interest” and the “Original Interest Period,” respectively); (4) the interest rate that the balance of the principal of the Bonds (Series C) will bear as of the Date of Lowering the Rating and until the actual next interest payment date, i.e.: the Original Interest in addition to the additional interest rate per year (the interest rate is calculated based on 365 days per year) (in this Section 5.2: the “Updated Interest”), and this subject to the limitation on the maximum interest increase and the Limitation on the Additional Interest Rate (5) the weighted interest rate paid by the Company to the holders of Bonds (Series C) on the upcoming interest payment date, arising from the provisions of subsections (3) and (4) above; (6) the annual interest rate reflected from the weighted interest rate; (7) the annual interest rate and the semiannual interest rate (the semiannual interest will be calculated as the annual interest divided by the number of interest payments per year, i.e. divided by two) for the coming periods.

 

22
 

 

(c)If the date of the commencement of the rating of the Bonds (Series C) with the Lowered Rating occurs during the days beginning four days before the date set forth for payment of any interest and ending on the interest payment date that is closest to the date set forth above (in this Section 5.2: the “Deferral Period”), the Company will pay to the holders of the Bonds (Series C), on the upcoming interest payment date, the Original Interest, before the change, alone, while if the interest rate is not increased prior thereto due to a deviation from the financial covenants as stated in Section 5.3 below, the interest rate arising from the additional interest in the rate equal to the rate of the additional annual interest during the Deferral Period (calculated based on 365 per year),will be paid on the following interest payment date and all subject to the maximum interest increase and the Limitation on the Additional Interest Rate. The Company will announce, in an immediate report, the precise interest rate for payment on the upcoming interest payment date.

 

(d)In the event of updating the rating of the Bonds (Series C) by the rating company, in a manner impacting the interest rate that the Bonds (Series C) will bear as stated in Section 5.2(a) in this Section 5.2(e) or 5.2(f) below, the Company will inform the trustee thereof in writing within one business day from the publication of the immediate report as stated.

 

(e)In the event that after the reduction of the rating in a manner that will impact the interest rate that the Bonds (Series C) will bear as stated in Section 5.2(a) above, the rating company will update the rating for the Bonds (Series C) upwards, the annual interest that the outstanding principal that the Bonds (Series C) will bear on the relevant date of payment of the interest will decrease at the additional interest rate or part thereof, in accordance with the abovementioned established levels, for the period in which the Bonds (Series C) were rated with the High Rating alone, such that the interest rate borne by the outstanding balance of the principal of the Bonds (Series C) after the rating is upgraded to a rating equal to or higher than the Base Rating will be the interest rate set in the tender, as the Company will publish in an immediate report on the issue results, with no premium due to lowering the rating as stated in this section 5.2 (and in any case, the interest rate on the Bonds will not be less than the interest rate set in the tender). In such a case, the Company will act in accordance with the provisions of subsections (b) through (e) above, mutatis mutandis, arising from the High Rating instead of the Lowered Rating.

 

23
 

 

(f)If the Bonds (Series C) cease to be rated for a reason dependent on the Company (for example, but not only, due to non-fulfillment of the Company’s obligations vis-à-vis the rating company, including due to failure to provide payments and/or reports that the Company has undertaken to provide towards the rating company) for a period exceeding 21 trading days, before the final payment, the cessation of the rating will be considered a Lowered Rating below the Base Rating, such that the additional interest rate will amount to 1% retroactively, beginning from the date the aforesaid rating was discontinued by the Company (even if the interest rate increased in accordance with subsection (A) above prior to such date), and the provisions of subsection (b) through (e) above will apply accordingly, without derogating from the provisions of Section 8.1.22 below. For the avoidance of doubt, it shall be clarified that if the Bonds (Series C) cease to be rated, before the final payment, for a reason independent of the Company, the above will not impact the interest rate as stated in Subsection (a) above and the provisions of this Section 5.2 (f) will not apply.

 

(g)In the case in which the rating company is replaced or the Bonds (Series C) cease to be rated by the rating company (even if the Bonds (Series C) are rated by several rating companies), the Company will publish an immediate report, within one trading day from the date of the change, in which the Company will announce the circumstances of the replacement of the rating company or the cessation of the rating, as applicable.

 

(h)For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that: (a) a change in the outlook for the rating of the Bonds (Series C) will not lead to a change in the interest rate that the Bonds (Series C) will bear as stated in this section above; (2) if the Bonds (Series C) are rated by more than one rating company and as long as they are rated by more than one rating company as stated, subsection (f) above will not apply, other than in a case in which all of the rating companies together cease to rate the Bonds (Series C), and the determination of the rating for the purpose of corresponding the interest rate to the change in the rating (if such a change occurs) shall be done, at any time according to the lowest rating among them.

 

24
 

 

(i)In the case of a reduction of the rating, the Company will act in accordance with Subsection (b) above. If before the Date of Lowering the Rating, an increase occurs to the interest rate due to a deviation from one or more of the financial covenants based on the mechanism set forth in Section 5.4 below, the change that occurs to the interest for the adjustment mechanism set forth in this Section 5.2 above will be limited, according to the limitation on the maximum interest increase.

 

(j)The Company undertakes to act such that, to the extent that it is in its control, the Bonds (Series C) are Rated by at least one Rating Company during the entire duration of the Bonds (Series C), and for the same purpose, the Company undertakes, inter alia, to pay the Rating Company the payments that it has undertaken to pay to the Rating Company, and to provide the Rating Company with the reports and information required thereby in the framework of the engagement between the Company and the Rating Company. In this regard, the non-performance of payments that the Company has undertaken to pay to the Rating Company and the failure to provide the reports and information required by the Rating Company in the framework of the engagement between the Company and the Rating Company will be deemed to be reasons and circumstances that are under the Company’s control. In the event in which the Rating of the Bonds (Series C) ceases or the Rating Company is replaced, the Company will publish an immediate report thereof, and will state the reasons for the cessation of the rating or replacement of the Rating Company, as applicable. The Company does not undertake to refrain from replacing the Rating Company or to refrain from terminating the engagement therewith during the duration of the Bonds (Series C). In the event in which the Company replaces the Rating Company even if at the time of replacement it is not the only rating company that rates the Bonds (Series C) at the time of the replacement and/or terminates the work of a Rating Company (also in the event in which it is not the only Rating Company), the Company undertakes to report the same in an immediate report and to inform the Trustee and the Bondholders thereof, and state the reasons for the change of the Rating Company in its notice, no later than one Trading Day from the date of the replacement as stated and/or the date of the decision to terminate the work of the Rating Company, whichever is earlier. It shall be clarified that the provisions above will not derogate from the right of the Company to replace the Rating Company or terminate the work of the Rating Company at any time (in the event in which it is not the only Rating Company), at its exclusive discretion and for any reason that it sees fit.
25
 

 

5.3Adjustment of the interest rate as a result of deviation from financial covenants:

 

  The interest rate that the Bonds (Series C) will bear will be adjusted due to a deviation from the financial covenants set forth below:

 

  (1) In the event that the consolidated equity of the Company (excluding minority rights) is less than USD 250 million (this amount will not be linked to the index) (in this section 5.3: the “Equity Condition).

 

  (2) In the event that the adjusted net financial debt to adjusted EBITDA ratio (as defined below) will exceed 11 (the “Covenant of the Adjusted Net Financial Debt to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio”).

 

  For the purpose of this subsection (1) alone:

 

  Adjusted Net Financial Debt” – the total financial debt as it appears in the Company’s financial statements, less cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments (not pledges, unless they are pledged to secure financial obligations that are taken into account in the beginning of this section), all on the And all on the basis of the Company’s consolidated statements, in addition to relative consolidation of the adjusted net financial debt in the associated companies and companies under joint control. The data regarding the adjusted net financial debt will be provided in the notes of the Company’s financial statements.

 

26
 

 

  Adjusted EBITDA” –the consolidated operating profit net of revaluation gains/losses (in addition to relative consolidation of the adjusted EBITDA, as defined in this section above) in associated companies and companies under joint control; the Adjusted EBITDA will be calculated based on the data of the last four quarters in the aggregate, and will be listed in the notes of the Company’s financial statements.

 

It shall be clarified that after the purchase or one or more income-generating properties is expressed in the balance sheet of the Company, the calculation of the financial covenants as stated will take place while adding to the numerator of the Adjusted EBITDA the Adjusted EBITDA that is attributed to the same property since its purchase date, while amending the Adjusted EBITDA of the property, since its purchase date until the balance sheet date, to the terms of a full year.

 

(3)If the consolidated equity of the Company (including minority rights) to the total consolidated balance sheet will be less than 27% (in this Section 5.3: the “Equity to Balance Sheet Covenant” or the “Minimum Equity to Balance Sheet Ratio”).

 

(4)In the event that the Loan to Collateral Ratio (as defined in Section 1.5.21 above) exceeds 75% (in this section 5.3: the “Loan to Collateral Ratio Condition”).

 

  The Equity Covenant, covenant of the Adjusted Net Financial Debt to Adjusted EBITDA, the capital to balance sheet ratio condition, and the Loan to Collateral Ratio Condition will each be referred to as: a “Financial Criterion” and together: the “Financial Covenants.”

 

  It is clarified that if adjustment of interest is required in accordance with the mechanism described in this Section 5.3 above and below, and based on the mechanism described in Section 5.2 above, and pursuant to any other section in this Deed (if any), then in any event, the maximum aggregate rate of the additional interest rate will not exceed the maximum interest increase limitation (as defined in Section 5.2 above). Arrears interest, if applicable in accordance with Section 4(a) of the terms of the overleaf, will be added to the said rate and will not constitute part thereof.

 

27
 

 

  In this regard:

 

  The Additional Interest Rate” - additional interest at a rate of 0.5% for a deviation from each of the financial covenants.

 

  The increase of the interest rate will take place only once for each deviation from any of the Financial Covenants, if such a deviation occurs, and the interest rate will not be increased again in the event that the deviation from any of the Financial Covenants continues (in this regard, it shall be clarified that if the deviation from any of the Financial Covenants is remedied and thereafter there is an additional deviation, the aforesaid addition will apply). It shall be emphasized that in the event in which due to a decrease in the rating of the Bonds, the annual interest rate is increased in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.2 above, in any event, the additional interest rate under the same section, together with the additional interest rate under this Section 5.3, for the deviation from the Financial Covenants, will not exceed the limitation on the maximum interest increase.

 

  The Deviation Date” – the publication date of the financial statements that indicate the deviation.

 

A.If the Company deviates from any of the financial covenants under the Company’s reviewed or audited consolidated Financial Statements (the “Deviation”), the annual interest rate that the unpaid balance of the Bonds (Series C) will bear will be increased by the additional interest rate for the Deviation, above the interest rate as it was at the time, before the change, for the period that begins from the Deviation Date and until the earlier of the full repayment of the unpaid principal balance of the Bonds (Series C) or the date of the publication of the Company’s Financial Statements whereby the Company does not have a deviation from any of the financial covenants, all subject to the limitation on the maximum interest increase.

 

28
 

 

B.In the event in which a Deviation from any of the Financial Covenants occurs as stated, no later than the end of one business day from the publication of the Company’s audited or reviewed Financial Statements (as applicable) indicating a deviation, the Company will publish an immediate report in which the Company will state: (a) the aforesaid deviation, while specifying the financial covenants on the date of the publication of the financial report and whether there is a change to the interest rate following a change in the rating, if there is such a change as stated; (b) the updated rating of the Bonds (Series C) based on the most recent rating report published before the date of the immediate report; (c) the precise interest rate that the principal of the Bonds (Series C) will bear for the period beginning from the current Interest Period and until the Deviation Date (the interest rate will be calculated based on 365 days per year) (in this Section 5.3: the “Original Interest” and the “Original Interest Period”, respectively); (d) the interest rate that the balance of the principal of the Bonds (Series C) will bear as of the Deviation Date and until the upcoming actual interest payment date, i.e.: the Original Interest with the addition of the additional annual interest rate (the interest rate will be calculated based on 365 days per year) (in this Section 5.3: the “Updated Interest”), and this subject to the limitation on the maximum interest increase.; (e) the Weighted Interest Rate that is paid by the Company to the Bondholders (Series C) on the upcoming interest payment date, arising from the provisions of Subsection (c) and (d) above; (f) and the annual interest rate reflected from the Weighted Interest Rate; (g) the annual interest rate and the semiannual interest rate (the semiannual interest will be calculated as the annual interest divided by the number of interest payments per year, i.e. divided by two) for the subsequent periods.

 

29
 

 

Should the deviation linger after the first quarter of its occurrence, no later than one business day from the date of the Company’s publishing its financial statements, audited or reviewed (as the case may be), which indicate the deviation is continued, the Company shall publish an immediate report in which the details of this section above shall be displayed, according to the revised interest rate, and in reference to the continued deviation as aforesaid in the definition of the term the “Additional Interest Rate”.

 

C.In the event in which the Deferral Date occurs during the days beginning four days before the effective date for the payment of any interest and ending on the subsequent interest payment date (the “Deferral Period”), the Company will pay the Bondholders (Series C) on the subsequent interest date, the Original Interest of prior to the change only, while the interest rate arising from the addition of the interest in a rate equal to the additional annual interest rate during the Deferral Period will be paid on the following interest payment date. The Company will provide notice in an immediate report of the precise interest rate for payment on the following interest payment date.
   
D.In the event of a deviation from any of the Financial Covenants in a manner that impacts the interest rate that the Bonds (Series C) will bear (as stated in Paragraph A or Paragraph E), the Company will inform the Trustee thereof in writing within one business day from the date of the publication of the Financial Statements as stated.

 

30
 

 

E.It is clarified for the avoidance of doubt that in the event that after the Deviation the Company publishes its audited or reviewed Financial Statements (as applicable), based on which the Company has not deviated from any of the aforesaid Financial Covenants, the increase in the annual interest rate will be cancelled for the deviation (and due to the deviation being continued, to the extent of its continuing and as applicable) from any of the aforesaid Financial Covenants in a manner that annual interest rate that the bonds will bear will be reduced at the rate of the interest increase as aforesaid and this for the period in which the Company has not deviated from any of the Financial Covenants, which shall begin on the date of the publication of the Financial Statements that indicate non-deviation from the Financial Covenants, so that the interest rate that will be borne by the outstanding balance of the principal of the Bonds (Series C) shall be – if the interest rate has not previously been raised in respect of a decrease in the rating of the Bonds (Series C) as stated in Section 5.2 above and if there is no deviation from the other financial covenants – the interest rate that was determined in the Tender, (and in any event, the interest rate that the Bonds will bear will not be less than the interest rate determined in the Tender) or any other interest rate determined as a result of a decrease in the rating of the Bonds (Series C) as stated in section 5.2 above. In such a case, the Company will act in accordance with the provisions of Subsection (b) through (d) above, mutatis mutandis, as applicable and with respect to the Company’s non-deviation from the same Financial Covenants. It is clarified that in any case, the interest rate that the bonds will bear will not be lower than the interest rate established in the Tender.
   
F.The examination regarding the Company’s non-deviation from the financial covenants will be performed on the date of the publication of the Financial Statements by the Company and as long as the Bonds (Series C) exist in circulation with respect to the annual/quarterly Financial Statements that the Company is required to publish until the same date.

 

The Company will specify within the notes of the financial statements in each financial statment published, as applicable, the existence of a deviation or lack of deviation from the financial covenants.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, it shall be clarified that subject to the above and the limitation on the maximum interest increase, the additional interest payments as a result of the Lowered Rating as stated in Section 5.2 above and/or as a result of the Company’s non-compliance with any of the financial covenants as stated in this Section 5.3 above are aggregated. Therefore, in the event that a Lowered Rating occurs, while in addition the Company deviates from any of the financial criterion, one or more, the Bondholders (Series C) will be entitled to an increase in the interest rate as stated above, provided that the additional annual interest does not exceed 1.0%.

 

5.4Interested party transactions

 

The Company undertakes that excluding the Exempt Transactions as defined below, Extraordinary Transactions (as defined in the Israeli Companies Law) of the Company with its controlling shareholders, or Extraordinary Transactions of the Company with another person in which the Controlling Shareholders have a personal interest, or the engagements of the Company with the Controlling Shareholders or their relatives, directly or indirectly, including through a company under their control, including as well as if he is also an officer in the Company, inter alia – regarding the terms of his service and employment, and if he is an employee of the Company and is not an officer thereof, inter alia – regarding his employment in the Company (in this Section 5.4 “Extraordinary Transactions”), shall be subject to the approval of the Bondholders of the Bonds (Series C) by a Resolution with an ordinary majority.

 

The transactions set forth below (including the renewal and extension of their validity) will be considered “Exempt Transactions” regarding which no approval of holders will be required as stated in this Section 5.4 above:

 

(1)The transfer of properties with positive fair value to the Company (including to companies held by the Company) for no consideration. In this regard, an allocation of shares alone will not be considered consideration;

 

31
 

 

(2)The provision of funds to the Company in exchange for Company shares or in consideration for any other capital instrument that is deferred and inferior to the Company’s debt towards the Bondholders;
   
(3)Release of the controlling shareholders and/or interested parties from guarantees given in favor of third parties regarding properties owned by the Company and/or corporations that the Company owns directly or indirectly, provided that as a result of the release of guarantees as stated, no additional non-negligible financial obligations are added to the Company; as well as an extension of the validity of the guarantees, securities and undertakings as stated without a material change to the terms thereof;
   
(4)The array of lease and transaction agreements set forth in Chapter 9 of the Shelf Prospectus and within Article 22 of Part D of the 2020 Periodic Report, as well as the lease agreements as aforesaid in Section 1.9 of the 2020 Periodic Report and Section 9.2 of the Shelf Prospectus, including its update or renewal in the commercial terms that are similar or better as of the Company perspectives the Company in nature to those described in the Prospectus and the 2020 Periodic Report;
   
(5)(a) The lease agreements set forth within Article 22 of Part D of the 2020 Periodic Report and Section 9.2 of the Shelf Prospectus, including their updating or renewal, in commercial terms that are essentially simillar or preferential as of the Company’s perspective to those described above (“Existing Lease Agreements”), as well as (b) new lease agreements regarding new properties (including new tenants) in a format similar or preferential as of the Company’s perspective to the terms of the existing lease agreements; and (c) a change of the lease fees in the existing lease agreements in the following manner:

 

In the case in which during the term of the relevant lease, one or more of the properties included in the existing lease agreement that is a framework agreement is sold, the following terms shall apply: (a) the property that is sold will be removed from the framework agreement;

 

32
 

 

(b) a reduction of the lease fees paid under the framework agreement will be performed, in the amount allocated as rent with respect to the sold property, as determined in the framework agreement, as amended, and as described in Exhibits E and F to the Shelf Offering Report. In the event that the lessor decides to add an additional property or properties to the framework agreement, the owner of the property will be added as a lessor (and if necessary, the relevant lessee will be added as well) and the lease fees will increase in the amount of not less than 9.5% of the purchase price of the additional property. For details regarding the terms of the aforesaid agreements in subsections (4) and (5) above, see Section 9.2 of the Shelf Prospectus.

 

(6)Provide guarantees by the controlling shareholders (directly or indirectly) in favor of financial entities for the Company and/or corporations that the Company holds, without any consideration for the controlling shareholders in this matter.
   
(7)Special transactions that meet the terms set forth in the Companies Regulations (Leniencies in Transactions with Interested Parties), 5760-2000;
   
(8)Engagement in policies to insure properties of the Company and/or subsidiaries and affiliated companies against the customary risks, within the policies that cover the property portfolio of the Company jointly with the properties of the controlling shareholders, if any whose beneficiaries may be, inter alia, the Company, subsidiaries or associated companies or controlling shareholders, as applicable (while the amounts of the premium are allocated by the insurance company for the various properties in a manner in which the Company does not bear a premium in excess of its relative share of the properties). The aforesaid shall also apply in relation to executive insurance policies, with the required changes;

 

33
 

 

(9)Granting Officer exemption from liability insurance and liability insurance in the Company, as they serve from time to time, including officers from among the controlling shareholders, in similar terms to other officers who are not associated to the controlling shareholder in the Company and/or his relatives;
   
(10)Granting letters of indemnity to the controlling shareholders and/or their relatives, as they may be from time to time, as set forth within Article 29a of Part D the 2020 Periodic Report, as well as new letters of indemnify in the form as updated, if at all, in accordance with the Companies Law and Regulations thereunder, as they may be from time to time and entering into directors and officers insurance as accepted in Companies such as this. It is emphasized that the contract with the controlling shareholder and/or his relatives will be in identical terms to those of Company officers who are not associated with the controlling shareholder in the Company and/or his relatives.

 

The Company will confirm within its period report or alternatively, provide the Trustee, in the end of March every year, with a description from the Company’s CEO or the most senior financial officer in the Company of special transactions, if such were performed for which consent was required from the Bondholders as stated in this Section 5.4 above (which are not Exempt Transactions as stated in this Section 5.4), without providing the consent of the Bondholders (Series C) in advance as stated above.

 

5.5Interest Cushion

 

A.Of the proceeds of the net issue deposited in the Trust Account as stated in section 6.2.4 below, the Trustee will transfer to the bank account which will be opened by the Trustee in his name and under his ownership in a bank incorporated in Israel, in favor of the Bondholders of the Bonds (Series C) an amount that is equal to the amount of the next interest payment (as of that date) in respect of the Bonds (respectively: “the Interest Cushion Amount” and “the Interest Cushion Account”), where the amount of the interest cushion will serve as collateral for the holders of the Bonds (Series C) until the full redemption of the Bonds (Series C).

 

34
 

 

B.The signature rights in the Interest Cushion Account will be the Trustee’s only. The funds deposited in the Interest Cushion Account will be transferred to the property of the Bondholders and will be managed by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of Section 17 below.
   
C.If on the morning of the fifth (5th) day of every calendar month after the end of each calendar quarter and if it is not a business day, then the following business day (“Cushion Completion Date”), the amount deposited in the Interest Cushion Account will be lower than the amount required for payment of the nearest interest payment of that date, including due to the Trustee’s use of the amount for proceedings under this Deed, the Company will transfer to the Interest Cushion Account on the date of completing the cushion (and if it is not a business day, then on the following business day) an amount that is equal to the amount required for the completion of the amount deposited in the Interest Cushion Account, on the date of completion of the cushion, to the amount of the near interest payment (together with The amount deposited at the time in the Interest Cushion Account: the “ Current Cushion Amount”). Notwithstanding the aforesaid, if the amount of the interest cushion increases due to the issuance of additional Bonds (Series C), the amount of the interest cushion will be supplemented from the proceeds of the issuance of the additional bonds before the release to the Company of the balance of the issue proceeds from the additional bonds.

 

35
 

 

D.To the extent that on the date of payment of the principal and/or interest in respect of the Company, the deposited amount in the Interest Cushion Account exceeds the Current Cushion Amount (“the Excess Amount”), the Company shall be entitled to instruct the Trustee to make use of the Excess Amount for making payments of principal and interest amounts that the Company is liable to pay to the Bondholders of Bonds (Series C). Under this Deed and pursuant to the Company’s request, the Trustee will transfer to the Nominee Company for payment on the date on which the payment is to be paid, up to the amount of the payment that was offset by the Company’s notice or up to the amount of the Excess Amount, whichever is lower. At the final and last redemption date of the Bonds (Series C), the Company may instruct the Trustee to make use of the Current Cushion Amount and the Excess Amount as it will be deposited in the Interest Cushion Account for the purpose of any payment in respect of the Bonds or transfer it to the Company (after full repayment of all the Bonds). It is hereby clarified that if the series of bonds is increased or an additional interest rate applies as stated in sections 5.2 and 5.3 above, the Company will deposit in the Interest Cushion Account the funds that will constitute the Interest Cushion Amount in respect of the increase or the updated interest rate within ten business days from the date of publication of the immediate report regarding the increase or the change in the interest rate as aforesaid, as the case may be.
   
E.It is hereby clarified that the non-deposit of funds in the Interest Cushion Account within 5 business days from the date of completion of the Current Cushion Amount, whether as part of the issue under this Shelf Prospectus and the Shelf Offer Report or following the occurrence of events as specified in this section, shall constitute material breach of the provisions of this Deed of Trust.
   
F.For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that the Company’s undertaking to transfer the funds to the Interest Cushion Account is not guaranteed by a mechanism that will ensure the performance of this undertaking. In the event that the Company fails to meet its obligation to transfer the funds to the interest-rate account, the trustee will not be able to prevent the breach of this undertaking, but rather to take the measures at his disposal according to law and the deed of trust, to enforce on the Company to retroactively execute its undertaking, including calling the Bonds for immediate repayment.

 

36
 

 

G.It is hereby clarified that the Interest Cushion Amount will be held by the Bondholders and will be held by the Trustee for the Bondholders of the Bonds (Series C). The Company shall not have any rights or claims with respect to these sums, save for (A) the right to issue an instruction in respect of the Excess Amount and/or providing an instruction for the interest cushion amount on the final and last repayment date of the Bonds (Series C), as stated in subsection D above, and (B) Determination of the money management policy in the Interest Cushion Account and its implementation, which shall be at the sole discretion of the Company, provided that the investment will be in investments as detailed in section 17 below. The Trustee may not object to the investment policy and will not be responsible vis-à-vis the Bondholders (Series C) and/or the Company for any damage and/or loss caused due to this policy.
   
H.The Company undertakes that it will sign any document that will be required for executing such a decision to distribute to the Bondholders the funds in the Interest Cushion Account according to the provisions of this Deed.

 

5.6Expenses Cushion

 

Without derogating from the provisions of Section 27 below, from the net issuance consideration an amount equal to the Expenses Cushion Amount (as defined below), based on the exchange rate of the dollar, known on the day before the tender date, will be deposited in an Israeli bank account opened by the trustee and in its name in trust for the Bondholders, which will be used for payment of the ongoing expenses and management expenses of the trustee (including for proceedings to reevaluate properties, if performed by the trustee), in the case in which the Bonds (Series C) are called for immediate repayment and/or in the case in which the Company breaches a provision that is material provision of the Deed of Trust (respectively: the “Expenses Cushion Account”)

 

37
 

 

Expenses Cushion Amount” - To the extent that the amount of Bonds (Series C) is equal to or lower than a total of NIS 250 million par value, the Expenses Cushion Amount will be USD 200,000; To the extent that the amounts of Bonds (Series C) will be between NIS 250 million par value and NIS 350 million par value (included), the Expenses Cushion Amount shall be USD 250,000; to the extent that the amount of Bonds (Series C) exceeds NIS 350 million par value, the Expenses Cushion Amount shall be USD 300,000.

 

A single, first degree, unlimited in amount collateral or lien will be registered in favor of the Trustee, as applicable, on the bank account as aforesaid. The Expenses Cushion Amount will be held until the date of the full and final payment of the Bonds (Series C). After receipt of approval from the senior officer in the financial department at the Company or from the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, in the form to the Trustee’s satisfaction, regarding full payment of the Bonds (Series C), any remaining amount, if any, in the Expenses Cushion Account (in addition to all of the profits accrued) will be transferred to the Company in accordance with the details provided by the Company. In the case in which the Expenses Cushion Amount is not sufficient to cover the expenses of the Trustee in connection with call for immediate repayment of the Bonds (Series C) and/or a material breach of the provisions of the Deed of Trust by the Company, if any such event occurs, the Trustee will act in accordance with the provisions of Section 27 below. For the purpose of this Section 5.6, “Proceedings for the Revaluation of Properties” shall mean the appointment of an external and independent assessor selected by the Trustee to examine the fair values of the Company’s real estate properties.

 

It is noted that the signature rights in the Expenses Cushion Account will be granted to the Trustee exclusively; all of the costs of opening in the Expenses Cushion Account, its management and closing will be borne by the Company. The policy of managing the funds in the Expenses Cushion Account and its performance will be determined at the sole discretion of the Company, provided that the investment is in investments as set forth in Section 17 below. The Trustee will not be liable vis-à-vis the Bondholders (Series C) and/or vis-à-vis the Company for any loss caused due to the investments as stated.

 

38
 

 

If the aforesaid amount is held in shekels, the shekel amount will be that calculated according to the ILS-USD representative exchange rate that is known on the day prior to the public tender under the first shelf offering of the Bonds (Series C).

 

The above will not derogate from the obligations of the Company, the controlling shareholders and officers therein as set forth in Section 35 below, which, for the avoidance of doubt, will also apply in connection with the Expenses Cushion Account.

 

5.7Appointment of a Company Representatives in Israel

 

5.7.1Until after the date of the full, final and precise payment of the Bonds (Series C) under the terms of the Deed of Trust vis-à-vis the Bondholders, the Company undertakes that it will have a representative on its behalf in Israel, to which legal process can be served to the Company and/or officers thereof and/or the Property Companies instead of their service to the Company’s address overseas, set forth in the preamble to this Deed and/or the addresses of the Property Companies.
   
5.7.2As of the date of signing the deed, the Company’s representative in Israel is the law office of Fischer & Co (whose address is as set forth in the preamble to this Deed) (the “Company’s Representative in Israel”).
   
5.7.3Service to the Company’s Israel Representative will be considered valid and binding service in connection with any claim and/or demand of the Trustee and/or the Bondholders (Series C) under this Trust Deed.
   
5.7.4The Company will be permitted to replace the Company’s Israel Representative from time to time but only if at the time of the replacement the Company shall report the details of the new Company representative in an immediate report and will deliver a notice to the Trustee.

 

39
 

 

5.7.5In the case of the appointment of a new representative, the immediate report and notice to the Trustee will also include the date on which the appointment of the new representative enters into force. As long as the appointment of the new representative does not enter into force, the address of the replaced representative will be the address for the aforesaid service. The aforesaid will also apply if the Representative resigns. That is, the address of the replaced Representative will be the address for service as stated above until the appointment of a new Representative enters into effect.
   
5.7.6A breach of this section will constitute a material breach of the provisions of the Deed of Trust.

 

6.Securing the Bonds and Transfer of the Issuance Consideration to the Company

 

6.1The Bonds (Series C) are secured by collateral as described in this section below. For details regarding the Company’s undertakings regarding the undertaking to avoid the creation of a general pledge of the Company’s properties and regarding the non-creation of additional pledges in the Property Companies, see Section 6.9 of the Deed of Trust.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that the Trustee is not subject to and will not be subject to an obligation to examine, and in practice the Trustee has not examined and will not examine, the need to provide securities to secure the payments to the Bondholders (Series C). The Trustee was not asked to conduct, and the Trustee did not conduct in practice and will not conduct, a financial, accounting or legal due diligence as to the state of the Company’s business or the business of any of the Property Companies. In its engagement in this Deed of Trust and the Trustee’s consent to serve as a trustee for the Bondholders (Series C), the Trustee does not express an opinion, explicitly or implicitly, as to the ability of the Company to meet its obligations vis-à-vis the Bondholders (Series C) under this Deed. The provisions above will not derogate from the Trustee’s obligations under any law and/or the Deed of Trust, and will not derogate from the Trustee’s obligation (if such an obligation applies to the Trustee under any law) to examine the impact of changes in the Company from the date of the Shelf Offer Report and thereafter, if they may detrimentally impact the Company’s ability to meet its obligations under this Deed of Trust vis-à-vis the Bondholders (Series C).

 

40
 

 

6.2Pledging the Pledged Properties

 

6.2.1.To secure the Company’s undertakings to repay the Bonds (Series C) in full and on the dates set forth in this Deed of Trust, including the balance of the principal of the Company’s Bonds (Series C), together with the unpaid interest until the Bonds’ maturity, and together with arrears interest, if and to the extent that it accrues, and additional payments applicable to the Company under the Deed of Trust, to the extent they have not been paid by the Company (for the avoidance of doubt, the secured amounts also include the expenses for realizing the liens described below in this Deed (the “Secured Amounts”). The Company undertakes to create and record and/or cause the creation and recording in favor of the Trustee for the Bondholders, fixed, first ranking and single mortgages on all (100%) of the rights of the Property Companies in the following real estate properties, in whole or in part (subject to the terms of this section below):

 

1 505 N. Roan St, LLC
2 978 Highway 11S, LLC
3 14510 Highway 79, LLC
4 6500 Kirby Gat Blvd, LLC
5 2830 Highway 394, LLC
6 4343 Kennedy Drive, LLC
7 1585 Perry Worth Rd, LLC
8 2301 North Oregon Realty, LLC
9 203 Bruce Court, LLC
10 1621 Coit Road Realty, LLC
11 8200 National Ave Realty, LLC
12 5601 Plum Creek Drive Realty, LLC
13 9300 Ballard Rd Realty, LLC
14 1253 Lake Bradley Drive, LLC

 

41
 

 

(collectively: the “Property Companies” and the “Mortgages” respectively).1 The Company warrants that as of the signing date of this Deed of Trust, registered on part of the Mortgaged Properties as defined above mortgages as described, inter alia, in Sections 14 of the 2020 Periodic Report. For information about the Pledged Properties, see Appendixes E and F of the Shelf Offer Report.

 

For the sake of creating the mortgages under this section, the loans that are secured by the Existing Mortgages (as defined below) will be repaid, by using the issuance proceeds, the registered mortgages will be removed on the Mortgaged Properties in a manner that after the mortgages will be registered to the benefit of the Trustee all of the rights of the Property Companies in the Mortgaged Properties will be pledged to the benefit of the Trustee to secure the Secured Amounts. According to the provisions of the pledge agreements signed in connection with the creation of the aforesaid mortgages, all of the rights of the Property Companies that are owed for or under the Pledged Properties, priority rights or other rights and/or any right to receive a cash flow arising from the pledged property and/or right to receive insurance payments, if any, will also be pledged for the benefit of the Trustee.

 

In addition, the lien agreements will include provisions to ensure the existence and/or rehabilitation and proper operation of the properties pledged by the lessees that operate them (the “Operation Companies”), while complying, inter alia, with the provisions of the various laws relating to the operation of the properties and provisions that ensure the continued operation of the pledged properties and the transfer of the cash flow deriving from the aforesaid operation to the Trustee, in the event of an exercise event as defined below, by the operating companies.

 

 

1 In the case of the sale of the Pledged Properties as stated in Section 6.6 below, or refinancing of any of the properties from the Pledged Properties as stated in Section 6.7 below, or release of collateral as stated in Section 6.9 below, the properties from which the mortgage was removed in accordance with the same sections will not be included in the definition of the “Mortgaged Properties,” and the Property Companies holding only the same properties will not be included in the definition of “Property Companies”, and no further restriction or obligation will be imposed on the Mortgaged Properties and / or the Property Companies by virtue of this deed. In the case of the pledge of additional properties in accordance with the provisions of this Deed, the properties pledged in the definition of “Mortgaged Properties” will be included and the Property Companies holding the same properties will be included in the definition of “Property Companies.”

 

42
 

 

It is clarified that as long as no resolution has been reached by the Trustee or the holders with regards to the immediate repayment of the Bonds (Series C) and/or to the exercise of the sureties under the terms of this Deed, according to the earlier of the two (an “Exercise Event”), subject to the mortgages and the undertakings in this Deed of Trust, the balance of the rights of the Company and the Property Companies (directly and indirectly) in the Mortgaged Properties by law, agreement or the articles of association shall not be impinged, and shall remain fully and exclusively in its possession and/or the possession of the Property Companies.

 

It is clarified that the Company does not undertake to pledge all of the properties set forth in this section above, but rather undertakes to pledge a number of properties whose loan to Collateral Ratio does not exceed 65%. The properties that will be according to the following order – (a) properties (1) to (5) above, to the extent the purchase thereof is completed through the issuance proceeds, and after their purchase as aforesaid, the ownership rights and the voting rights in these properties will be 100% of the issued and paid up capital of the Property Company; (b) properties (6) and (7) above; property (8) above; (d) properties (9) to (14) above; up to compliance with the aforesaid required loan to collateral ratio.

 

43
 

 

 

6.2.2.Creating the Mortgages

 

The registration or creation, as applicable, of the mortgages, detailed in Section 6.2.1 hereto shall be performed by a closing procedure that was formulated together with an attorney representing the Company and is familiar with the relevant laws in the United States that apply to the Property Companies and the Mortgaged Properties (an “American Attorney”), as detailed in Section 6.2.3 hereunder and in accordance with the following documents, upon completion of the closing process and producing all the documents to the Trustee2, in wording it finds satisfactory, the Mortgaged shall be seen as “registered” and/or “created,” as applicable:

 

(a)A memorandum addressed to the Trustee with a copy to the Company from the American Attorney3 about the manner of creating the liens and mortgages, specifying the required documents and the decisions required to create and register the mortgages according to the law applicable to each mortgaged property, as the case may be. The memorandum will also specify the manner of realizing the mortgages under relevant U.S. law. The memorandum will include a list of approvals or documents that must be obtained annually, if and as required, to verify the validity of the mortgages under the law underlying their creation.
   
(b)All the documents required for the execution and registration of the mortgages, to be appended to the American Attorney’s memorandum, as stated in Section 6.2.2(a) above.
   
(c)An opinion of an external American attorney addressed to the Trustee to the effect that the Company and the Property Companies, as applicable, have adopted all of the resolutions required for the creation of the Mortgages, and that the parties competent to sign in the Company’s name have signed on all of the required documents for the purposes the Mortgages and/or their registration.

 

 

2 It is noted that for the purpose of the closing process, the Trustee will be represented by an American attorney.

3 Such memorandum will be made by an American attorney on behalf of the Company prior to furnishing it to the Trustee will be referred to review and comments of an American attorney on behalf of the Trustee who appointed him.

 

44
 

 

(d)Confirmation from a senior officer in the Company and in the Property Companies, (Officer Certificate) as applicable confirming the resolutions required for the purpose of registering the Mortgages have been adopted, as well as the absence of conflicting and/or contradictory undertakings on the part of the Company and the Property Companies in connection with the creation and/or registration of the Mortgages, and that the Mortgages are in the sole ownership and possession of the mortgaging company, as applicable. Furthermore, it should state that the laws of the United States are those applicable to the Mortgages. The identity of the signer and the fact that it is a senior officer in the Company and/or Property Companies, as applicable, shall be verified and confirmed by an American Attorney.
   
(e)An opinion from the American Attorney as described in subsection 6.2.3(f) below.
   
(f)A certificate from the insurer of each of the mortgaged properties that the Trustee has been added as a beneficiary to the insurance policies (property policy) of the relevant encumbered property.
   
(g)A lender title insurance policy in favor of the Trustee.

 

The draft of the mortgage agreements was published by the Company in a report of [___]. Mortgage agreements concerning the execution of the Mortgages in favor of the Trustee shall be worded in a manner that pleases the Trustee, and such that the Trustee is authorized to agree to any changes in the wording of the Mortgage agreements under the same terms by which the Trustee may agree to changes in the body of the Deed of Trust, as detailed in Section 29 of the Deed of Trust, mutatis mutandis. It is clarified that the confirmations of the American Attorney (including the opinion and memorandum) may include factual assumptions and accepted qualifications and the American Attorney may rely on the Company’s declarations and/or the declarations of the Property Companies and/or another person in connection with the factual assumptions (without independent examination) if accepted in the relevant law for the execution of an examination as stated in the state in which the pledge is created.

 

45
 

 

6.2.3.Removal of the Existing Mortgages and Registration of the New Mortgages

 

A.The Company warrants that, as of the signing date of this Deed of Trust, Mortgages are registered on part of the Mortgaged Properties (as defined above), as described above-mentioned (the “Existing Mortgages”).
   
B.After issuance of the Bonds (Series C), the net proceeds of the issue will be held in a Trust Account in Israel owned by the Trustee in favor of the Bondholders, to which the exclusive signature rights will be held by the Trustee. The net issue proceeds will be used by the Company to fund the purchase of some of the Mortgaged Properties, as stated in the Shelf Offer Report (the “New Properties”) (including related transaction costs) and to pay off the existing mortgages on the Mortgaged Properties (including in respect of the new properties). In order to release the existing mortgages and to register the mortgages to secure the secured amounts, the Company will be required to repay the balance of the existing loans in the pledged properties (and associated closing costs) out of the proceeds of the issue. The release of the existing mortgages and the registration of the new mortgage as aforesaid will be made by a trust arrangement as is customary and is practiced in the United States and will be administered by a title insurance company in the United States, which will serve as a Closing Agent (the “Insurance Company” and the “Closing”, respectively).

 

46
 

 

It is hereby clarified that the amounts to be transferred by the trustee to the title insurance company, and which are designated to repay the existing mortgages and to pay the seller of the new properties, will be in accordance with list provided to the Trustee by the Company, which will include, among other things, Payoff Letters (the “Payoff Letters “) on behalf of the financing entities which provided the outstanding balance of the existing loans in the pledged properties plus the direct related costs that the Company and Property Companies have in connection with the repayment of the existing loans in accordance with the calculation that will be transferred to the trustee by the Company4, along with reference documents from those lending entities that their loans are repaid. It is emphasized that the amounts listed in the Payoff Letters are final. Notwithstanding the foregoing, additional amounts may be transferred to the title insurance company from the issue proceeds as much as this is required by the title insurance company in order to close the transaction of issuing the title insurance policies.

 

The list, The Payoff Letters and the calculation will be delivered to the trustee (or according to the title insurance company’s request, which will receive the Payoff Letters), specifying the amounts to be paid to the seller for the new properties and the amount of repayment required to be transferred to the relevant financing entity for the purpose of full repayment of the existing loans to the Property Companies, and for the removal of the existing liens and mortgages. The Payoff Letters will note that in exchange for the transfer of the said amounts which will constitute the final payment of the existing loans in relation to the pledged properties, the financing entities will release the existing mortgages in their favor on the pledged properties and remove any registration in respect of these mortgages.

 

 

4 (Such as the insurance premium for the issue of the rights of the rights, attorney fees, Closing Agent fees, pledge registration fees, etc.).

 

47
 

 

C.For the purpose of closing, a closing agreement will be executed between the Insurance Company (which will issue title insurance as specified in paragraph E) and the Trustee (the “Closing Agreement”). The Closing Agreement will include arrangements and actions relating to: (1) the transfer of the net issue proceeds required for making the payment to the seller for the purchase of the new properties, repayment of the loans secured with existing mortgages, the removal of the existing mortgages and payment of the Closing Costs. It is hereby clarified that the insurance policy will secure the proceeds of the issue, but it is possible that for efficiency reasons the proceeds of the issue to the insurance company will not be transferred, but rather directly to the beneficiaries provided that the same takes place with the knowledge of the title insurance company; (2) securing the mortgage registration to secure the Bonds (Series C); (3) the undertaking of the insurance company to issue a title insurance policy as described in paragraph E below;
   
D.As the closing process progresses, the American Attorney will notify the Trustee that the closing is close to conclusion and has reached a stage in which mortgage lenders in the US transfer the funds to the Trusteeship; after receiving the said notice, and subject to signing the closing agreement and receipt of the list and the letters of intent as stated above, the Trustee will deliver the required net issuance proceeds of the Bonds to the title insurance company in accordance with the closing agreement. It is clarified that the net issuance consideration as aforesaid will be transferred to the Insurance Company in US dollar, after the Trustee converts, under the Company’s instructions, the net issuance consideration. The Trustee will be entitled to receive the net issuance proceeds of the Bonds that was transferred back to him at his request as long as long as the proceeds were not used in accordance with the Closing Agreement. Amounts payable in shekels (such as issuance expenses), if any, will not be converted and will remain in the hands of the Trustee (and will not be transferred to the Company) for payment directly to the entitled parties on the closing date.

 

48
 

 

Closing Completion Date” – the date on which the mortgages are assigned and/or created for the Trustee (but before the registration of the same transfers);

 

E.The title insurance company: (1) shall transfer the net issuance consideration required for the purpose of paying the seller for the purchased new properties, full repayment of the existing loans and the removal of the existing mortgages and for the purpose of paying the closing costs; (2) register the mortgages to secure the Bonds (Series C) in favor of the Trustee; (3) issue insurance policies to the Trustee in the full amount (100%) of the issuance consideration for the losses that may be incurred as a result of the registration of the mortgages on the properties that is not a first lien and preferable to any other lien subject to the exceptions that are acceptable in such policies. The amount of the insurance cover shall be a nominal amount in dollars equal to the full Issuance Consideration (including the amount of the early commitment to institutional investors) according to the rate at which the proceeds of the issue were converted into dollars. It is clarified that in the event of a change in the exchange rate, the consideration received in dollars for the realization of the policy may be lower than the shekel value of the issue proceeds. The amount of the policy will not bear interest (“Title insurance Policy”)5; and (4) transfer the balance of the proceeds (if any) of the issue to the Company as described in subsection 6.2.4 below (“Finalizing”).

 

 

5 For an accepted wording of an insurance policy refer to Loan Policy from 6.6.2017, available at the address: https://www.alta.org/policy-forms/. The Company expects the insurance policy which will be signed to be significantly similar to the said accepted wording.

 

49
 

 

It is noted that the insurance company will file the mortgages to secure the Bonds (Series C) for registration, as soon as possible to the transfer of the Bonds proceeds for payment to the seller for the purchased new properties, repayment of the existing loans and for removing the existing mortgages concurrently with the issuance of a title insurance policy to the Trustee. The insurance Company will bear the fill risk deriving from the time gap, to the extent that there is a gap as aforesaid between the transfer of the proceeds of the net issuance consideration for the purpose of redeeming the existing mortgages and the registration of the mortgages under this Deed.

 

F.Finalizing the closing is subject to obtaining the opinion of the American lawyer. In this opinion, it will be determined, among other things, that subject to the assumptions and qualifications mentioned in the opinion: (1) The Property Companies were established lawfully and exist lawfully; (2) the mortgages on the properties that will be pledged to secure the Bonds (Series C), were approved, duly signed and delivered; (3) the mortgages are legal, valid, enforceable and exercisable vis-à-vis the Property Companies and any other creditor of the Property Company; and (4) the exceptions included in the insurance policies of the Trustee are of the type that are issued to US commercial mortgage lenders. (5) confirmation that the creation and registration of the mortgages by the Closing Agent as aforesaid complies with the requirements set forth in the American Attorney’s Memorandum as set forth in Section 6.2.2(a) above; (6) The terms of the liens comply with the provisions of this Deed, and in particular the provisions of Section 6.2.2 above, including with respect to the description of the mortgaged properties and the amounts guaranteed in the mortgages [David - please confirm you can provide the documents in Sections 5 and 6 above.]

 

It is clarified that the opinion of the American Attorney will not include an opinion regarding property owned by any person or entity or regarding the priority of any lien, and in these matters, the trustee will rely on the Trustee’s title insurance policies as aforesaid;

 

50
 

 

G.It is hereby clarified that on the maturity date of the last payment in respect of the principal and interest of the Bonds (Series C) and only after the full repayment, or settlement of the unpaid balance of the Secured Amounts in any manner (including by way of self-purchase and/or early redemption), the mortgages detailed in this section will be deemed void, without the need to take further action, and the Trustee shall sign any document required for the purpose of canceling the mortgage.

 

The Company undertakes to sign any document required for the creation and registration of the mortgage in accordance with the Deed of Trust.

 

6.2.4.Transfer of the Issuance Consideration to the Company

 

(A)As stated in Section 6.2.3 above, the net consideration from the issuance that is received by the issuance coordinator on account of the issuance of the Bonds (Series C), (following the withholding of prior undertaking fees to classified investors) (the “Net Issuance Consideration”) shall be transferred by the issuance coordinator, along with its proceeds, to the Trust Account, until the transfer of the sum to the Trust account of the Title insurance Company as described in Section 6.2.3 above.

 

It is clarified in this regarding that in reality, an amount equal to the amount of the issuance expenses in accordance with the calculation provided by the Company to the Trustee may remain in the Trust Account and/or with the issuance coordinator in trust for the Trustee and the Bondholders, and will be paid by the Company on account of the issuance expenses only on the completion of the closing date.

 

Without derogating from the provisions of 35H(1) of the Law, the Company sees the receipt of the consideration from the issuance by the issuance coordinator as the receipt of the consideration by the Company, and, in light of this, shall request the listing of the Bonds (Series C) for trade on the Stock Exchange.

 

51
 

 

(B)The Trustee will release the issue proceeds from the Trust Account to the Closing Agent, subject to the stated in Sections 6.2.2 and 6.2.3 above. It is clarified that the Company may request the Trustee to leave in the Trust Account additional amounts (the “Additional Amount Remaining in Trust”), if the amount transferred to the Closing Agent under the provisions of this section will be sufficient for the Closing Agent to make the payments stated in Section 6.2.3(b) above. In such a case, upon meeting the conditions for the release of funds remaining with the Closing Agent for the Company under the provisions of this section, the Company may instruct the Trustee to release to it the Additional Amount Remaining in Trust.
   
(C)It is agreed that as long as the conditions for the release of the issue proceeds are not met, the Company will not be entitled to any funds of the issue proceeds.
   
(D)Further to the foregoing, it is agreed that as long as the terms of release of the balance of the consideration from the issuance to the Company have not been fulfilled, according to the closing agreement described in Section 6.2.3 above, the Company shall not be entitled to any sum from the consideration for the issuance whose terms of release have not been fulfilled.
   
(E)The Company undertakes to do all under its control that the closing proceeding as described in Section 6.2.3 above will be fulfilled within a period of ninety (90) days of the date of the issuance of the Bonds (Series C). The Trustee will be permitted to extend such period in his sole discretion by an additional 30-day period. The general meeting of the Bondholders may approve an extension of said period by a special resolution adopted in the meeting of the Bondholders (Series C) (said 90-day period, or 120 days in the case where the Trustee provides an extension - combined with any extension approved, as stated, to the extent that such are approved, shall hereinafter be termed: the “Interim Period”).

 

52
 

 

To the extent that the closing proceeding has not been completed as described in Section 6.2.3 above by the conclusion of the Interim Period, regarding the properties whose Loan to Collateral Ratio does not exceed 65%, the Company shall work to perform a partial early repayment of the Bonds, so that the ratio between the loan and the security of the Bonds does not exceed 65%. Regarding Bonds that are redeemed through early redemption as specified in this sub-section (E) (“Bonds Repaid by Forced Early Repayment”), the Company will work to delist them from trading in accordance with the directives of the Israel Securities Authority, the provisions of the bylaws and guidelines of the Stock Exchange, and the bylaws of the Clearing House of the Stock Exchange as they will be at the relevant date, (the “Forced Early Repayment”). One business day following the conclusion of the Interim Period, the Company shall publish an immediate report, with a copy dispatched to the Trustee, giving notice of the execution of the Forced Early Repayment and its date. The date of the Forced Early Repayment shall not be less than seventeen (17) days, and not more than forty-five (45) days, following the Company’s report concerning the Forced Early Repayment to the Bondholders. In said immediate report, the Company shall publicize the sum of the principal to be repaid in the Forced Early Repayment, as well as the accumulated interest on account of the principal sum up until the date of the Forced Early Repayment and the provisions of the rules and guidelines of the TASE shall apply.

 

53
 

 

In the case of Forced Early Repayment, the amount paid to the Bondholders (Series C) will amount to the principal of the Bonds Repaid by Forced Early Repayment combined with annual interest according to the interest rate for the Bonds (Series C) accrued from the date of the tender and until the actual date of the Forced Early Repayment, with taxes lawfully withheld. For the purposes of executing the Forced Early Repayment under this Section 6.2.4.(E), will be made, inter alia, of the funds remaining in the Trust Account that are provided by the Trustee directly from the Trust Account to the nominee company, less the costs of opening, managing and closing the Trust Account and additional fees paid to third parties, should any such exist. The Company shall supplement any sum required for the purposes of executing said Forced Early Repayment.

 

6.3.The Collateral Value of the Pledged Properties

 

6.3.1.In the same cases in which it is necessary under the provisions of this Deed to examine the Collateral Value of the Pledged Properties (i.e., on the release of the issuance consideration from the Trust Account as set forth in Section 6.2 above, upon publication of any financial statement, upon the expansion of the series of the Bonds (Series C) as stated in Section 6.8 below, upon the sale of pledged properties as stated in Section 6.6 below, upon the refinancing for property/s from the pledged properties, as stated in Section 6.7 below or in case the loan to security ratio is lower than 55% according to section 6.9 below), the following rules shall apply:

 

a.The Collateral Value of the Mortgaged Properties will be equal to the value of the aforesaid properties based on a valuation (or the purchase price of the purchased property as set forth below) in accordance with the terms set forth in Section 6.3.2 below;
   
b.The Collateral Value of the Financial Securities (if any) will be equal to the amount of the financial deposits or to the value of the relevant Stock Exchange and if the security is not marketable, then the undertaking price of the securities or lenders, as applicable, including profits accrued thereon, if any;
   
c.The Collateral Value of the bank guarantees (if any) will be equal to the amount of the bank guarantees under their terms;

 

54
 

 

6.3.2.The value of any pledged real estate property will be determined based on a valuation of the aforesaid real estate property (excluding in cases in which no valuation is performed as set forth in this Section 6.3.2), which will meet all of the following conditions:

 

a.The valuation will be performed by an independent assessor that is selected by the Company, provided that he has experience in the performance of real estate assessments for public companies\ reporting entities in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Law and its regulations, and his identity will be agreed upon by the Trustee in advance and in writing. Without derogating from the generality of the above, it is agreed that the assessor: JLL and CBRE are accepted and agreed upon by the Trustee. It is clarified that by consenting to the identity of the Assessor, the Trustee completely relies on the representations of the Company and its confirmations regarding the experience of the assessor and the assessor being independent, and the Trustee will not be subject to a requirement to examine additional matters beyond the same.
   
b.The date of signing the valuation will be at most 6 months before the date of examining the value of a shorter period if an update is required to the valuation under the provisions of any law (including accepted accounting standards that are adopted by the Company on the basis of which its financial statements are prepared). It is clarified that in any case, the valuation will be performed for Mortgaged Properties at least once per year.

 

It is clarified that update letters for the evaluation to be received from the valuator (including no change letters) will be deemed as included in the definition of valuation for the purpose of the Deed of Trust.

 

c.The valuation of income-generating real estate properties that are provided as a security under this Deed will be performed on the basis of the method based on which the valuation is performed by the Company of the pledged properties. The valuation of other real estate properties that are provided as a security under the Trust Deed will be performed based on an accepted appraisal method, as determined by the assessor at its professional discretion. In the valuation as stated, reductions of value will not be taken into account, including but not limited to reductions of value for the need for a rapid exercise and for tax matters. The type of method based on which the valuation will be performed will be listed in the valuation.

 

55
 

 

d.For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that a valuation that was used for the audited or reviewed relevant financial statements of the Company will also be used for the purpose of this Deed, provided that it has met all of the conditions set forth in this Section 6.3.2 above.
   
e.Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6.3.2 above, except of the events stated in Section (f) below, in the event that no valuation is performed for an property purchased by the Company during the period of up to eight months before the examination date (the “Purchased Property”), the value of the Purchased Property for the examination of the value based on this Section 6.3.2 will be the purchase amount paid by the Company for the Purchased Property, and the Company will not be required to perform a valuation for the Purchased Property in order to examine its property under this section.
   
f.Notwithstanding the foregoing, it should be noted that for the purpose of calculating the value of the Mortgaged Properties in case of series expansion of Bonds (Series C) as stated in section 6.8 below, and in case of sale of Mortgaged Properties, as stated in section 6.6 below, and in case of refinancing a property(s) from the Mortgaged Properties, as stated In section 6.7 below or in case of a release of collateral as stated in section 6.9 below, the date of signing the valuation referred to in paragraph (b) above shall be 3 months instead of 6 months.

 

6.3.3.On each date on which the Company is required to examine its collateral value (as stated in Section 6.3.1 above), the Company will provide the Trustee with confirmation by the senior officer in the Company’s financial department or the CEO of the Company, to which a calculation will be attached, all in the form to the satisfaction of the Trustee, regarding the Collateral Value of all of the Pledged Properties. It is clarified that for the purpose of the calculation of the Collateral Value as stated in this Section 6,3 above, the valuation will be taken into account that was used for the audited or reviewed relevant financial statements of the Company, provided that it has met all of the conditions set forth in this Section 6.3 above. The Trustee may rely on the approval transferred thereto and will not examine the accuracy of the above or its attachments.

 

56
 

 

6.4.Additional terms in connection with the Pledged Properties

 

It is agreed that regarding the Pledged Properties, the following conditions will be fulfilled, as follows:

 

6.4.1.Subject to the pledge documents of the Pledged Properties, he Company and/or any of the Property Companies may perform any action (legal or otherwise) in the Pledged Properties as stated, without requiring any consent from the Trustee or Bondholders (the Permitted Actions), including the following:

 

a.Betterment actions, planning, construction (including use of the rights existing as of the date of the Deed of Trust or use of rights which do not exist as of the date of the Deed of Trust), and all that is entailed in the performance of such actions, including the issuance of construction permits, performance of payments, providing undertakings to the authorities and any action required and accepted in the performance of the actions set forth above (it is clarified that actions as stated in this subsection A may temporarily impair income from the Pledged Properties);
   
b.Lease (which does not prevent and/or limit the recording of the pledge on the Pledged Property and/or its exercise and/or require receipt of any consent and/or approval from the same lessees in connection with the creation of the pledge and/or its exercise, including the transfer of the rights therein to a purchaser in an exercise proceeding) for a period and/or periods at the sole discretion of the Company and/or authority to use and/or right to hold for defined periods;
   
c.The replacement of a pledged real estate property under the provisions of the Deed of Trust (against providing another security in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.5 below);

 

57
 

 

d.Any action for registration and arrangement (including inflation) regarding the pledged real estate properties.

 

Upon the completion of the performance of the aforesaid actions, the pledge agreements and/or mortgage deeds will be adjusted in a manner reflecting the aforesaid changes.

 

e.Entering into cooperation agreements with holders of rights in adjacent real estate (the “Cooperation Agreement) provided that the same Cooperation Agreement (1) does not reduce from the economic value of the Pledged Rights in accordance with the valuation provided to the Trustee; (2) the Cooperation Agreement does not delay the exercise of the real estate rights compared to the state prior to the Cooperation Agreement; (3) no consent is required from the other party of the Cooperation Agreement to the pledge or its realization, and the other party is not granted initial rights in the land vis-a-vis the Trustee.
   
f.Signing any document and/or deed and/or agreement and/or undertaking in connection with the actions set forth above and the performance of any registration involved in the same actions.

 

All - from time to time, during the ordinary business of the Company and/or Property Company, as applicable, regarding the Pledged Properties, in whole or in part, in a manner that does not harm the pledge recorded for the benefit of the Trustee and the Bondholders (Series C) for the same Pledged Properties as stated and/or the ability to exercise the same.

 

It is clarified that taking an action that is not expressly stated above as a Permitted Action will be possible provided that the Company provides the Trustee, before the action is taken, with an opinion by an external attorney whereby the aforesaid action does not harm the pledge recorded for the benefit of the Trustee for the Bondholders, for the Pledged Properties as stated.

 

Without derogating from the above, the Trustee hereby undertakes that in any case in which the Company so requests, and subject to the provision of the approvals and references required thereby (including an attorney opinion), it will provide (within five business days from the date of the request) a letter directed to the Company that includes the Trustee’s consent to the execution of any of the Permitted Actions as stated above, and will sign and provide the required document to any authority in the form accepted by the same authority for the execution of any of the Permitted Actions as stated above.

 

58
 

 

6.4.2.The Trustee is aware that the recipient of the rights upon exercise of the pledge and/or mortgage by the Trustee will replace the Company with regard to its rights and obligations vis-a-vis renters of areas in the Pledged Properties, and for the same purpose, the recipient of the rights undertakes to sign any approval required.
   
6.4.3.With regard to profits of a Pledged Property, the Company and/or a Property Company may receive them, transfer them to any third party at their discretion, make changes in conditions for their receipt, and perform any action with the same, without requiring any approval of the Trustee, until the exercise date of the Pledged Property, if exercised, subject to subsection (b) below.

 

Without derogating from the generality of the above, it is clarified that until the exercise date of the Pledged Property: (a) the pledge will apply, as of the date of its creation, both to the Pledged Property and the profits, but not to Movable Property; (b) the Company and/or a pledged subsidiary will not be subject to any limitation in connection with the profits and they may use them as they wish. However, it is agreed that the Company and/or the Property Company may not pledge or lien or assign their rights in properties to any third party and not to provide any third party, regarding the same, with any right – directly or indirectly; (c) the Company and/or Property Company will not be subject to any limitation regarding engaging with third parties based on which there is a right for profits, including to change the agreements therewith, terminate them, the engagement in other agreements with the same third parties or with other third parties, subject to Section 6.4.1c above, and provided that the aforesaid agreements do not harm the rights of the holders based on the pledge documents of the pledged properties; (d) the Company and/or Property Company will not have any obligation to notify the lessees or any third party of a pledge of an property under the Deed of Trust; (e) as of the exercise date of the Pledged Property, the aforesaid waivers in subsections (b) to (d) in this paragraph above shall not apply such that, inter alia, the profits will be used for payment of the secured amounts ; (f) from the date of realization of the ledged Property, insofar as the said ledged Property is part of an existing framework lease agreement, the rent for the Pledged Property shall be in accordance with the provisions of the framework agreement, its amendments, and as specified in Exhibits [E and F] of the Shelf Offering Report, in the manner in which they will be paid separately from the rent to be paid in respect of other properties included in the framework agreement and which are not pledged in favor of the Trustee.

 

59
 

 

For the purpose of this section, “exercise the pledged property” - will be considered to be the date on which a decision is made, in accordance with the provisions of the Deed of Trust, by the Trustee and/or Bondholders to call the Bonds (Series C) for immediate repayment and/or to exercise securities and on the date on which there are grounds to call for immediate repayment as set forth in section 8.1.14 below (non-compliance with financial obligations for two consecutive quarters).

 

6.4.4.On the payment date of the last payment for the principal and interest for the Bonds (Series C) and subject to the full repayment or settlement of the unpaid balance of the Bonds (Series C) in any manner (including by way of a buyback and/or early repayment), the pledges set forth in this Section 6 will expire and be considered to be void, without requiring additional actions, and the Trustee will sign any document required for the termination of the various pledges and the Trustee will provide, on the same day, the Company with the funds deposited in the Trust Account and the profits thereon (if there are such funds), less the fees required for managing the account and less the fees of the Trustee and its expenses, including in connection with the Trust Account. The Trustee will sign documents as stated only after being provided with signed confirmation by the CEO of the Company or the senior officer in the financial department regarding payment of the entire unpaid balance of the Bonds.

 

60
 

 

6.4.5.Excluding in a case of the expansion of Series C of the Bonds, the Company will not be required to provide additional securities and may release securities (other than within the replacement of securities in accordance with and subject to Section 6.5 below and/or the sale of Mortgaged Properties in accordance with and subject to Section 6.6 below and/or refinancing for the Pledged Properties, as stated in Section 6.7 below and/or in case the loan to security ratio is lower than 55% pursuant to section 6.9 below) as a result of a change in the value of any Pledged Property (including in the case in which based on new and/or updated valuations of a pledged real estate property there is an increase or decrease in value). For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that the terms of this Section 6.4.5 will not derogate from the provisions of this Deed regarding the examination of the Collateral Value of the Pledged Properties in cases in which such an examination is necessary under the Deed.
   
6.4.6.In any case in which this Deed of Trust refers to a security by way of financial deposit, the Company may provide, instead of the financial deposit or part thereof, a bank guarantee and/or government securities of the State of Israel and/or short term loans of Bank of Israel and the provisions of this Deed shall also apply to the Bank Guarantees, securities, or lenders as stated, mutatis mutandis.
   
6.4.7.The Company a may pledge its property that is not pledged at the time to the Trustee for the Bondholders or for which there is no undertaking to pledge it for the Trustee for the Bondholders, in whole or in part, with any pledge and in any manner, for the benefit of any third party, without any consent from the Trustee or the Bondholders (Series C). However, it shall be clarified that the Company and/or Property Company may not pledge to a third party properties that are actually pledged at the time for the Trustee, for the Bondholders (Series C). In its engagement in this Deed of Trust, and with the consent of the Trustee to serve as a trustee for the Bondholders, the Trustee does not express an option, explicitly or implicitly, as to the Company’s ability to meet its obligations vis-a-vis the Bondholders (Series C) under this Deed of Trust.

 

61
 

 

6.4.8.The Trustee will have the authority to agree to any change in the terms of the pledge agreements, under the same terms with which the Trustee may agree to changes in the Deed of Trust, as set forth in Section 29 below, mutatis mutandis.
   
6.4.9.The Trustee may rely on any approval and/or document provided thereto that appears to be duly signed by the Company, and is not required to examine, and in reality has not actually examined the accuracy and precision of its content, and will not verify the said signatures. In the event that the Trustee relied on any such approval and/or document and acted or failed to act following the same, no claim will be made against him regarding reliability of the approval and/or any document.
   
6.4.10.Until the date on which grounds are established to call the Bonds for immediate repayment and/or exercise securities, the Company may, at any time, at its sole discretion, make use of the funds deposited in the Trust Account, including their profits, for payment of principal and/or interest of the Bonds (Series C) only, including by way of early repayment (full or partial, at the Company’s discretion), provided that after payment of the principal and/or interest as stated, the Loan to Collateral Ratio does not exceed 65% Series C after the payment as stated, and the Trustee will be required to sign any document and/or approval required or beneficial for execution of the payment.

 

62
 

 

6.5.Replacement of the Pledged Properties

 

The Company may, in cases as stated in Sections 6.6 and 6.7 below only, replace the Pledged Properties or any of them, as they may be from time to time (the “Replaced Property”) with a pledge, mortgage or lien, first-ranking and single (excluding with respect to properties that are financial securities, for which the terms of Section 6.5.2 below will apply),of any of the properties permitted to be pledged as collateral, of one kind or a number of kinds, and any combination of the same, all - at the Company’s discretion (the “Replacing Property”), provided that the Company has confirmed to the Trustee on the replacement date that there are no grounds to call for immediate repayment and/or exercise securities, disregarding remedial periods or waiting periods, and that all of the conditions set forth in section 6.5.1 or 6.5.2 below, as applicable:

 

6.5.1.In the event that the replaced property is a “pledged real estate property,” (as defined in the definition of the “properties permitted to be pledged as a security”):

 

a.Resolution of Meetings of the Bondholders -

 

(1) The consent of the Bondholders (Series C) is received in advance in a meeting of the Bondholders (Series C), in a special resolution as defined above. For the avoidance of doubt, upon the replacement of the Replaced Property in accordance with this subsection (1), the terms of subsection (b) below will apply.

 

(2) Alternatively, and notwithstanding the terms of subsection (1) above and the conditions listed therein, the Company may, at its sole discretion, replace the replaced property with a pledged real estate property (as set forth above), without being required to receive approval of a meeting of the Bondholders (Series C), and provided that the Loan to Collateral Ratio of all of the pledged properties at the time (less the replaced property and after the addition of the replacing property) does not exceed 65% and that the characteristics of the replacing property are similar to or better than the replaced property, in accordance with approval of the Company’s board of directors,6 after examining the replacing property and determining that the same is met (in this case, it is clarified that the board of directors may examine the level of risk and characteristics of the property when combined and determine that in light of the weighted result, this is replacement that is not detrimental to the Bondholders), and that the Company will provide information about the replacing property similar to data provided about the replaced and replacing property as set forth in subsection (4) below. According to the Company, the mechanism set forth in this section above has been determined to be the mechanism under Section 35g1 of the Securities Law. For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that upon the replacement of the Replaced Property in accordance with this subsection (2), the terms of subsection (b) below will apply.

 

 

6 Provided in the board decision regarding such approval, at least two of the three independent directors voted in favor of the decision.

 

63
 

 

For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that a pledge of the properties in accordance with subsections (1) to (2) above will be on all of the rights of the Property Company in the replacing property, including its rights to profits from the same property and the insurance receipts for the same property in accordance with the provisions of this Deed. A pledge as stated will be made in accordance with the terms set forth in Section 6.2 above, mutatis mutandis.

 

(3) In cases as stated in sections (1)-(2) above, the replacement will be approved by the Company’s board of directors, and the Company will provide information regarding the Replacing Property that is similar to the data provided regarding the pledged Replaced Property, within an immediate report published by the Company at least 14 days before the actual execution of the replacement, including, inter alia, the nature of the legal rights of the Company that holds the rights in the Replacing Property and the value of the Replacing Property, as required with respect to a material property, and will attach updated valuations in accordance with Section 6.3.1a above. It is clarified that properties pledged in cases as stated above will be fully held by the Company (directly or indirectly).

 

b.The collateral value of the replacing property- In the case of a pledge of the replacing property for the Bondholders (Series C), the Collateral Value of the replacing property will be determined in accordance with the rules and as set forth in Section 6.3 above.

 

64
 

 

The Company will provide the Trustee with confirmation regarding its compliance with the undertakings in this Section B in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.3.3 above on the replacement date.

 

The Company will give to the Trustee prior to the actual replacement, as stated in this Section 6.5, a written confirmation signed by the Company’s CEO or the most senior financial officer, in a form to the Trustee’s satisfaction, regarding (in this paragraph: the “Confirmation”): (1) on the Confirmation date, no grounds for immediate repayment and/or for realization of collateral exist in accordance with the provisions of this Deed; and (2) that at the date of the Confirmation, the Company is not in breach of any of its material obligations to the Bondholders (Series C).

 

6.5.2.In the event that the Replacing Property is any of the properties permitted to be pledged as a security, that is not a “pledged real estate property” (meaning, financial securities, bank guarantees) - notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6.5 above, the Company may replace the Replaced Property without requiring approval of the Trustee and/or Bondholders and without being required to meet the terms of Section a above, provided that: (1) the Company published an immediate report regarding its intent to perform replacement as stated at least 14 days before the actual performance of the replacement, (2) the Loan to Collateral Ratio of all of the Pledged Properties at the time (less the replaced property and after the addition of the replacing property) as set forth in Section 6.3 above will not exceed 65%; and (3) the Replacing Property will be deposited in the Trust Account, and with regard to this Bank Guarantee, will be entrusted with the Trustee, together with release of the Pledged Property.

 

65
 

 

6.5.3.Regarding the replacement of a pledged real estate property with a financial security as stated, it is clarified that the Company will announce in advance - before the actual performance of the replacement, if the financial security meets is provided by the final payment date of the Bonds. If not, it will provide the period of time expected in which the financial security will be provided as collateral for the Bondholders, which is reasonable under the circumstances, following which an alternative property will be provided as security, which will be of the same kind as the pledged real estate property, and will specify the pledged real estate property that the Company intends to pledge (instead of the financial security). Disclosure will also be provided regarding the same property in accordance with the provisions of the law and the guidelines of the Securities Authority, as they may be on the relevant date. In the event that the Company announces that a financial security will be provided by the final payment date of the Bonds, the Company may not replace the financial security with a pledged real estate property.
   
6.5.4.The Replacing Property will be considered to be the Replaced Property, as if the Replaced Property was included at the outset in the provisions of the Deed of Trust (including in the definition of the “Mortgaged Properties”), including the Company’s right to replace it against from time to time in accordance with the above.
   
6.5.5.The Trustee will be required to sign, within a reasonable time, any document or confirmation that is required or beneficial for the execution of the replacement, provided that all of the conditions set forth in this Section 6.5 above are met, including for the purpose of the removal of the pledge on the Replaced Property, and after the Company has completed the pledge proceedings of the Replacing Property, to the satisfaction of the Trustee, and presented the Trustee with all of the documents set forth in Section 6.5 of the Deed in connection with the pledge of the Replacing Property, and any other reasonable document required at the reasonable discretion of the Trustee for the creation and/or registration of the Replacing Property.

 

66
 

 

6.6.Sale of Pledged Assets

 

As long as one or more of the grounds for immediate repayment set forth in Sections 8.1.1 to 8.1.37 below is not met, and as long as the Company complies with all its material obligations to the bondholders under the provisions of this Deed of Trust, the Company or any Property Company (subject to receipt of approval of its competent organs) may sell to third parties the Mortgaged Properties (as they may be from time to time), in whole or in part (for the avoidance of doubt, including by way of selling the holdings in the Property Companies that hold, directly or indirectly, the Mortgaged Properties), without the consent of the Trustee and/or a meeting of the Bondholders (Series C), provided that it acts as follows:

 

6.6.1.Upon signing the sale agreement, the Company will provide the Trustee with confirmation by an officer (in this subsection: the Confirmation”) that: (1) on the date of the Confirmation, the Company complies with the Loan to Collateral Ration (as defined in Section 1.5.21 above); and (2) that on the date of the Confirmation, the Company is not in breach of any of its material obligations to the holders of the Bonds (Series C); and (3) on the date of the Confirmation, none of the grounds for immediate repayment set forth in Sections 8.1.1 to 8.1.37 below are met.
   
6.6.2.The net proceeds from the sale of the pledged property, namely, after deducting the tax, up to the total equal to the balance of the secured amounts as they will be 7 business days prior to the date of the transfer of the pledged property to the purchaser under the Sale Agreement (“Pre-Transfer Date”) less the Collateral Value of the additional Mortgaged Properties provided for the Bondholders (Series C) as they are on the Pre-Transfer Date (the “Sale Consideration”) will be deposited in the Trust Account, all provided that after the deposit of the Sale Consideration as stated, the Loan to Collateral Ratio of the Pledged Properties together with the Sale Consideration will not exceed 65%. The Company undertakes to ensure that the sale agreement includes an irrevocable order according to which the consideration for the sale as defined above will be deposited directly in the Trust account and that it will enforce the implementation of this provision.

 

67
 

 

6.6.3.Prior to transferring the sale proceeds to the Trust Account, the Company shall provide the Trustee with a calculation signed by a senior officer in the Company’s finance or by the CEO of the Company in connection with the consideration expected to be received in the sale transaction, the tax amount, the expenses involved in the transaction, the Collateral Value of all of the Pledged Properties remaining after the sale, the balance of the secured amounts as well as reference documents (including a copy true to the original of the sale contract) and any other related certificate or document demanded reasonably by the Trustee. It is hereby clarified that the Company will be entitled to use the proceeds of the sale to be deposited in the Trust Account as aforesaid, in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.4.9 above provided that after the aforesaid use of the Swale Consideration, the loan to collateral ratio of the remaining pledged properties does not exceed 65%.
   
6.6.4.Subject to the Company’s compliance with the terms and undertakings as stated in Section 6.6.1 above, for the performance of the sale as stated, and after receipt of all of the above in Section 6.6.3 to the satisfaction of the Trustee, the Trustee will be required to sign any document and/or confirmation that will be necessary or useful for the sale of the pledged property as aforesaid, including a letter of undertaking according to which he will agree to remove the pledge registered in his favor in respect of that pledged property that was sold against it and on the date of transferring the sale proceeds to the Trust Account as set forth in Section 6.6.1 above.
   
6.6.5.For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that the Company may, at any time, at its sole discretion, replace the Sale Consideration with an alternative property in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.5 above.
   
6.6.6.It is clarified that the provisions of this Section 6.6 above will apply only in the case in which the Pledged Properties or any of them are sold, and the Company did not, at the time, provide one security in their place as stated in Section 6.5 above.

 

68
 

 

6.7.Refinancing of Mortgaged Assets

 

As long as one or more of the grounds for immediate repayment set forth in Sections 8.1.1 to 8.1.37below is met, and as long as the Company meets all its material obligations to the bondholders under this Deed, the Company or any Property Company (subject to receipt of approval of its competent organs) may refinance any of the Mortgaged Properties (as they may be from time to time), in whole or in part, without the consent of the Trustee and/or a meeting of the Bondholders (Series C), provided that it acts as follows:

 

6.7.1.The consideration for the refinancing of the net pledged property is less (performed before the transfer to the Trustee) tax, if applicable, up to the total equal to the balance of the secured amounts as they are seven business days before the receipt of the consideration under the refinancing agreement (the “Date Before Receipt of the Consideration” and the “Financing Agreement”), less the Collateral Value of the additional Pledged Properties provided for the benefit of the Bondholders (Series C) as they are on the date before receipt of the consideration (the “Consideration of the Financing Agreement”), will be deposited in a Trust Account - all provided that after the deposit of the consideration of the Financing Agreement as stated, the Loan to Collateral Ratio of the Mortgaged Properties together with the consideration of the Financing Agreement will not exceed 65%. The Company undertakes to ensure that the Financing Agreement will include an irrevocable provision whereby the consideration of the Financing Agreement as defined above will be deposited directly in the Trust Account and it will enforce the execution of this provision.
   
6.7.2.Before the transfer of the Consideration of the Financing Agreement to the Trust Account, the Company will provide the Trustee with a calculation signed by a senior officer in the Company’s financial department or the CEO in connection with the consideration expected to be received from the Financing Transaction, the tax amount, the expenses involved in the transaction, the Collateral Value of all of the Mortgaged Properties that remain after the refinancing, the balance of the secured amounts and references (including a true copy of the Financing Agreement) and any other relevant approval or document required reasonably by the Trustee. It is clarified that the Company may use the Consideration of the Financing Agreement deposited in the Trust Account as stated in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.4.10 above, provided that after such use of the Sale Consideration, the loan to collateral ratio of the remaining properties will not exceed 65%.

 

69
 

 

6.7.3.Subject to the Company’s compliance with the terms and obligations as stated in Section 6.7.1 above, for the performance of refinancing as stated, and after receipt of all of the above in Section 6.7.2 above to the satisfaction of the Trustee, the Trustee will be required to sign any document and/or approval required or beneficial for the execution of the Company’s undertakings in accordance with the Financing Agreement as stated, including any undertaking whereby it agrees to clear the pledge registered for its benefit for the same Pledged Property at the subject of the Financing Agreement against and upon the performance of a transfer of the Consideration in the Financing Agreement to the Trust Account as stated in Section 6.7.1 above.
   
6.7.4.For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that the Company may, at any time and at its sole discretion, replace the Consideration of the Financing Account with an alternative property in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.5 above.
   
6.7.5.It is clarified that the provisions of this Section 6.7 above will apply only in the case in which refinancing is performed for the Pledged Properties or any of them, and the Company did not, at the time, provide one security in their place as stated in Section 6.5 above.
   
6.7.6.It is further clarified that the actual performance of the refinancing may take place in accordance with the mechanism described in Section 6.2 above, and the Trustee undertakes to sign any documents required in order to enable the performance of the refinancing under this mechanism.

 

6.8.Expansion of the Series

 

The Company may, at its discretion, expand the series of Bonds under Section 4.1 above. For the purpose of meeting the Loan to Collateral Ratio after the expansion of the series, the Company may, if required, without requiring receipt of approval of the Trustee and/or Bondholders (Series C) existing at the time, pledge any of the properties permitted to be pledged as collateral or any combination thereof, provided that the Loan to Collateral Ratio of all of the Pledged Properties on the date of the expansion of the series does not exceed 65% (including the additional bonds issued).

 

70
 

 

It is clarified that in the event that on the expansion date of the series, the Company added other securities, it will be required to provide the documents listed in Sections 6.2.2 and 6.2.3 above, to the satisfaction of the Trustee, mutatis mutandis. For the purpose of the transfer of the consideration to the Company, the provisions of Section 6.2.4 above shall apply, mutatis mutandis (for the avoidance of doubt, if on the expansion date the Company is not required to add additional securities as stated, the issuance consideration received by the issuance coordinator for the issue of the Bonds in full, and its profits, will be transferred to the account at the instruction of the Company).

 

6.9.Release of Securities in Case of Fall of the Security to Loan Ratio Below 55%

 

As of July 1 2023, in case the loan to security ratio is lower than 55%, then the Company will be entitled to release securities provided to the Trustee according to this Deed of Trust, provided the loan to security ratio of the Mortgaged properties immediately after release of such securities does not exceed 55%.

 

Prior to release of the securities as aforesaid, the Company will provide the Trustee with a calculation, signed by a senior finance officer of the Company, or the CEO, in connection with the security value of all pledged properties that remain after release of the securities and any other relevant confirmation or document as reasonably requested by the Trustee.

 

6.10.Removing the Mortgages

 

After the full and final repayment of the Bonds (Series C) (principal, interest and arrears, should any apply), the mortgages will be removed and released automatically, and the Trustee will sign and provide the Company with any document that is required to remove the Mortgages that should be in effect as of that date, within seven (7) days of the Trustee’s receipt of a signed certificate from the Company’s CEO or the most senior financial officer in respect of the repayment, as stated above, all in the form to the satisfaction of the Trustee. In addition, the mortgages will be removed and released pursuant to the provisions of Sections 6.5 to 6.9 above. All the actions required for the actual removal of the Mortgages shall be performed by the Company. The Trustee will sign any document required for the termination of the mortgages.

 

71
 

 

6.11.Warranties and Undertakings in connection with the Mortgaged Properties

 

The Company and the Property Companies, by signing Appendix 6.11 of the Deed of Trust, hereby declare and undertake jointly and severally as follows:

 

6.11.1.The Mortgaged Properties are wholly and solely owned by the Property Companies.
   
6.11.2.The Property Companies are entitled to the full revenues arising from the ownership of the Mortgaged Properties, each Property Company to the Mortgaged Property it fully owns.
   
6.11.3.To make use of the power stemming from their holdings to cause the Property Companies to sign on any document required under the provisions of the Deed of Trust.
   
6.11.4.The operating agreement of the Property Companies or the incorporation documents or any other agreement that the Property Companies are party to do not conflict with the provisions of the Deed of Trust and will not contradict in the future any of the provisions of the Deed of Trust.
   
6.11.5.The Property Companies will not amend their operating agreements or any other agreement they enter into in a manner that restrict the rights in the Mortgaged Properties, their transferability or realization and/or assignment of rights by virtue thereof and/or the validity and/or realization of the liens on them created under the Deed of Trust.
   
6.11.6.Subject to the provisions of this Deed of Trust, to refrain from making any disposition of the Property Companies and/or the Mortgaged Properties and/or liens and/or rights in the Property Companies, including refraining from allotting additional rights in the property corporations to any person (except the Company), including not to give any person any right related to the Pledged Properties as well as the Mortgaged Properties, as long as all the secured amounts have not been repaid and all the Company’s obligations for them have not been fulfilled, without receiving a signed approval from the Trustee in advance.

 

72
 

 

6.11.7.Subject to the removal of existing mortgages, the Property Companies have no financial debts other than the debts in respect of the existing liens. The Property Companies will not assume any financial debt, all without derogating of the right to refinance in accordance with Section 6.7 of the Deed of Trust.

 

For the purposes of this section: “Financial debt”: a short-term and long-term interest-bearing debt from banks and financial institutions, all on the basis of the Company’s financial statements.

 

6.11.8.The only activity of each of the Property Companies is holding the Mortgaged Property it owns, and none of them has any real estate other than the Mortgaged Properties.
   
6.11.9.Subject to the provisions of Section 6.7 of the Deed of Trust, not to pledge or lien the Mortgaged Properties and/or any of the rights in connection with the Mortgaged Properties or any part thereof, as the case may be, for the benefit of any third party in any manner, and not to grant any right in any of the Property Companies, including their assets.
   
6.11.10.Subject to the provisions of Section 6.7 of the Deed of Trust, not to mortgage or encumber the rights in the Property Companies or any part thereof in favor of any third party in any manner whatsoever.
   
6.11.11.As long as the Mortgaged Properties are pledged to the Trustee, not to sell, transfer or assign and/or grant to any entity, in any manner whatsoever, the Mortgaged Properties and/or the rights in the Property Companies or any part thereof, as the case may be, or any right arising from them, whether directly or indirectly, except in compliance with the provisions of the Deed of Trust.

 

73
 

 

6.11.12.To do, and to instruct the Bond Portfolio Corporation, at the expense of the Property Companies, as the case may be, all that is required under the circumstances to ensure that the power of the Mortgages created under this Deed on the Mortgaged Properties will be effective against third parties, including other creditors, at present or in the future, of the Company or partners in the holding of the Mortgaged Properties and the pledges, as the case may be, of the Property Companies, and will prevail over their rights in all that pertains to pledges.
   
6.11.13.The Company holds the full rights of participation in the Property Companies in concatenation.
   
6.11.14.Subject to the removal of existing mortgages, at the time of entering into this Deed, there is no impediment under any law, agreement or undertaking, including the incorporation documents of any of the Company and/or the Property Companies to their signing the Deed of Trust or its appendix (as the case may be) and to perform all their obligations under it, and there is no restriction or condition on creating the liens and mortgages set forth in this Deed and the obligations of any of the companies under them, and that the Company and/or the Property Companies entering into contract and signing this Deed or its appendix (as the case may be) do not constitute a breach of any obligation that the Company or the Property Companies have undertaken, and that the competent institutions of each of these corporations have lawfully resolved on the creation of the liens and mortgages and executing this Deed or its appendix (as the case may be), and that no consent is required for the creation and/or registration of the liens and mortgages as described in this Deed from any entity. The Company hereby undertakes to immediately notify the Trustee in writing when a change in the statements of this paragraph occurs.

 

74
 

 

6.11.15.Subject to the provisions of Section 6.2.3 above about the existing mortgages, the existing loans and the mortgages created under this deed, the rights of the Property Companies in the Mortgaged Properties are free and clear of any debt, foreclosure, lien or a third party right, whether by an act or omission, whether directly or indirectly, and there is no restriction or condition that applies by law or agreement on the transfer of ownership in them or on their encumbrance and/or realization and/or transfer of ownership in them upon realization.
   
6.11.16.On the signing date of this Deed, the Company and/or the Property Companies are not involved in liquidation and/or receivership proceedings (temporary or permanent) and/or in a stay of proceedings (or any similar proceeding in accordance with the law applicable to the Company) and the Company and/or any of the Property Companies are not aware of a threat of filing an application for such or of taking such proceedings and/or of an appointment of an officer by a court and none of the Company and/or Property Companies has resolved to liquidate.
   
6.11.17.The Company and/or the Property Companies are not aware of any criminal or administrative proceedings conducted by a governmental or administrative authority against any of them.
   
6.11.18.The Company and/or the Property Companies have not received any notice of any claims about the rights of any Property Company in the pledged assets or the Company’s rights in the Property Companies. The Company hereby undertakes to notify the Trustee in writing of a change to what is stated in this subsection as soon as it becomes aware of it and to act immediately against such claims.
   
6.11.19.The company and/or the Property Companies are not aware of any flaw in the rights in the Mortgaged Properties and the liens, and if a flaw in the rights in the pledged properties is discovered, they will notify the Trustee and act to repair the flaw as soon as possible as soon as they become aware of such flaw.

 

75
 

 

6.11.20.The Company and/or any of the Property Companies has not received any written request and/or claim and/or any order from a competent authority to tend to non-negligable environmental hazards originating from any of the Mortgaged Properties.
   
6.11.21.Subject to the provisions of the Deed of Trust, without the Trustee’s approval, the Property Companies will not mortgage, pledge, transfer, sell or assign the rights in the pledged properties for the benefit of the bondholders or any part thereof for any third party in any way, and will not take any proceedings (including any alteration of their incorporation documents) in respect of the rights in the pledged properties, which impair the ability of the trustee and/or the bondholders (Series C) to exercise the liens or the mortgages or the effect of the liens or mortgages or in the ability to enforce or realize them – as long as all the debentures (Series C) have not been repaid and all the Company’s obligations in respect of them have not been performed or another mechanism has been agreed to the satisfaction of the Trustee to ensure the repayment of the Bonds (Series C) and fulfillment of all the Company’s material obligations in respect thereof.

 

76
 

 

6.11.22.Immediately upon the Company and/or the Property Companies becoming informed of such, the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing in the event of the imposition of an attachment, undertaking of any execution office actions or filing of a motion to appoint a receiver and/or other court officer over the Mortgaged Properties and/or any part thereof (or any other similar proceeding under the law applicable to them). Furthermore, once the Company and/or the Property Companies become aware of such, they shall immediately give notice of the existing Mortgages in favor of the Trustee to the authority that issued the attachment or undertook the execution action or that was petitioned to appoint such a receiver or other such court officer (or any similar proceeding under the law applicable to them) and/or to the third party that initiated or petitioned these or any part of them, and shall immediately undertake, at their expense, all reasonable and required measures for the purpose of annulling the attachment, execution action or appointment of a receiver or special administrator, as applicable. The terms of this section M. above will not apply to Proceedings that are negligible and removed within 21 days from being implemented, or in case of Ongoing Restrictions (as defined above). For the purpose of this section, a negligible proceeding is a proceeding in an amount the higher of: (a) USD 100 thousand; or (b) an amount whose value does not exceed 1% of the value of the properties for which it was taken.
   
6.11.23.For as long as the Bonds (Series C) remain outstanding, the Company undertakes to cause that the Mortgaged Properties will be insured in property insurance, as is customary in senior loan in the United States and in the states where the Mortgaged Properties are located. The Company undertakes to immediately notify the Trustee in writing in any event wherein it is informed of a change for the worse in the amount of the insurance coverage in respect of any of the Mortgaged Properties, or of the expiration of any of the insurance policies in respect of the a Mortgaged Property, or in the event that it is informed by the insurer of the expiration or termination of one the policies in respect of any of the Mortgaged Properties.
   
6.11.24.The Company undertakes to cause, and the Property Companies undertake, to hold and maintain the Mortgaged Properties and the liens in good and proper condition, and without derogating from the aforesaid, to pay on time all the taxes and fees duly in present and future on the Mortgaged Properties by the government and/or the relevant local authority, without prejudice to their right to take any action against the authorities in connection with such payment requirements. At the time of signing this Deed, the Company states that it owes no material tax back payments or official fees due to any of the Mortgaged Properties or the Property Companies.

 

77
 

 

6.11.25.As long as the Bonds (Series C) remain outstanding, the Company and each of the Property Companies undertake that none of the Property Companies will resolve to voluntarily dissolve themselves or a similar resolution under the law applicable to them.
   
6.11.26.As long as the Bonds (Series C) remain outstanding, the Company and each of the Property Companies undertake that none of the Property Companies will provide any guarantees and will not incur additional debts beyond the existing debt under the provisions of this Deed, which is repaid from funds of the issue proceeds under this Deed of Trust, except for ordinary unsecured payables during the ordinary course of business of the Company and/or the Property Companies, which do not constitute a financial debt.
   
6.11.27.As long as the Bonds (Series C) remain outstanding, the Property Companies will not engage in any activity other than holding and leasing the Mortgaged Properties (and related operations).

 

78
 

 

  6.12 Undertakings Not to Create Pledges

 

  6.12.1 The Company and the Property Companies undertake not to pledge any of their property under a general floating pledge without receiving the prior consent from the assembly of bondholders (Series C) in a Special Resolution, and the Company and the Property Companies declare that as of the date of the signing of the Deed of Trust, they have not created a general floating pledge as aforesaid. It should be emphasized that subject to the provisions of Section 6.2 above, the Company and the Property Companies will be permitted to pledge its property, in whole or in part, under specific pledges (including a floating pledge on specific properties) without the need to obtain the consent of the assembly of bondholders; for the avoidance of doubt, it is hereby clarified that subject to the mortgages on the Ledged Properties as stated in Section 6,2 above, the subsidiaries of the Company (excluding the Property Companies) may pledge their properties, in whole or in part, in any lien (including floating lien) and in any manner, without obtaining the consent of the meeting of the Bondholders of the Bonds (Series C) and without requiring any collateral for Bondholders of Bond (Series C) against the creation of such pledge by them.
     
    In addition, the Company undertakes not to encumber the membership rights of the Company in the Property Companies holding the Mortgaged Properties and not to add new corporations (including by way of allocation of new membership rights) that do not exist at the time of signing this Deed of trust, in the holdings between the Company and the Mortgaged Properties.

 

79
 

 

  6.12.2 The Company shall provide the Trustee with an opinion of an attorney who specializes in the relevant law applicable to the Company regarding the matter of there being no legal obligation in the British Virgin Islands for the Company to register its undertaking that it will not create a floating general pledge as described in Section 6.11.1 above (“Undertaking Not to Create Liens”) in any registry that operates under the laws of the British Virgin Islands. The Company shall provide the Trustee, in the framework of each periodical financial statement, a confirmation from the Company’s CEO or the most senior financial officer in the Company stating that the Company has not created and has not undertaken to create a lien in contravention of the Undertaking Not to Create Liens in accordance with Section 6.11.1 above. In addition, the Company shall provide the Trustee, once a year, a confirmation of an attorney who specializes in the relevant law applicable to the Company stating that the Company did not register in its registry books or in another registry that operates under the relevant law, a pledge in favor of anyone in contravention of the Undertaking Not to Create Liens as described in Section 6.11.1 above.
     
  6.12.3 Subject to the above stated in this Section 6.9 and in the Deed of Trust, the Company and its subsidiaries (including the Property Companies) will be permitted to sell, to lease, to assign, to give or to transfer, in any way their property, in whole or in part in any way, for the benefit of anyone that they see fit, without the need for any consent of the Trustee and/or of the bondholders (Series C), as relevant. The Company and the subsidiaries are not required to notify the Trustee of a transfer or sale of any property of their properties except if what is involved is a sale or a transfer of “Material Property” according to the meaning of that term in Section 8.1 below, and in addition they are not required to notify the Trustee regarding the creation of a pledge over their properties, except as described in Section 6.11 above.

 

80
 

 

  6.13 Financial Undertakings

 

Until after the full, final and precise repayment of the Bonds under the terms of Deed of Trust, and the fulfillment of the other obligations of the Company vis-à-vis the Bondholders (Series C) under this Deed of Trust and the terms of the Bonds (Series C), the Company will meet, at all times, all the financial covenants set forth below:

 

    (1) The consolidated equity of the Company (excluding minority rights) will not be less than USD 230 million (the “Equity Covenant” or the “Minimum Equity”).
       
    (2) The adjusted net financial debt ratio to adjusted EBITDA (as these terms are defined below) shall not exceed 12 (the “Debt to EBITDA Ratio Covenant” or the “Maximum EBITDA to Debt Ratio”).

 

Adjusted Net Financial Debt” and “Adjusted EBITDA” – as defined in Section 5.3 above. It shall be clarified that in the event of the purchase of one or more income-generating property, the calculation of the financial covenants will be performed while adding to the adjusted EBITDA of the adjusted EBITDA that is generated by the same property, while amending the adjusted EBITDA of the property to the terms of a full year.

 

    (3) The consolidated equity of the Company (including minority rights) to the total consolidated balance sheet will not be less than 25%.
       
    (4) The Loan to Collateral Ratio will not exceed 75% (the “Loan to Collateral Ratio Condition”).

 

The examination regarding the Company’s compliance with each of the financial covenants contained in Subsection (1) through (4) above will be performed for the date of the publication of the Financial Statements by the Company and on their basis and as long as the Bonds (Series C) exist in circulation, with respect to the quarterly/annual financial statements that the Company is required to publish by the same date (“Date of the Examination”).

 

81
 

 

It is clarified that in the event of a change in the accounting standard applicable to the Company from the standard applicable to the Company at the time of executing this Deed, which has a material effect on how the financial liabilities and/or covenants specified in this Deed and/or the distribution restrictions set forth in Section 6.14 below (in this section The “Material Effect”), the Company will examine the aforesaid financial liabilities and the covenants according to the accounting standard under which the Company’s financial statements were made at the time of signing this Deed. For this purpose, the Company will prepare a pro forma balance sheet in an abbreviated form, including only material and relevant notes, against which the provisions of this Deed will be examined (the “Pro Forma Balance Sheet”). The Company will attach to each quarterly financial report the Pro Forma Balance Sheet, until the maturity date of the Bonds. For this purpose, the “Material Effect” means: a change of which effect begins upon the implementation of the new accounting standard (cumulatively, in respect of all changes in the standard that occurred from the date of issue of the Bonds) on any of the financial covenants by more than 5%.

 

The Company will specify in the framework of the board of director report and notes to the quarterly or annual financial statements as relevant whether it has or has not complied with each of the financial covenants set forth in subsections (1) through (4) above, and will state in the note to the financial statement as stated the relevant calculation regarding each of the financial covenants set forth above.

 

In addition, within five business days from the publication of the relevant financial statements, the Company will transfer to the Trustee confirmation of the senior officer in the Company’s financial department or the CEO of the Company regarding its compliance or non-compliance with the financial conditions as stated, together with the relevant calculation.

 

82
 

 

If the Company does not meet any of the financial undertakings in subsections (1) to (4) above, the Company will report with an immediate report on MAGNA regarding this data and the implications of the data in accordance with this Section, no later than the end of one business day after the publication of the Financial Statements (quarterly and annual, as applicable

 

Non-compliance with any of the financial undertakings in subsections (1) to (4) above during two consecutive quarters or non-compliance with the debt to EBITDA condition during two consecutive quarters will serve as grounds to call for the immediate repayment of the entire unpaid balance of the Bonds (Series C), as set forth in Section 8.1.14 below.

 

  6.14 Limitations to the Distribution of Dividends

 

The Company undertakes that it will not perform any distribution (as defined in the Companies Law), including will not declare, pay or distribute any dividend (“Distribution”), unless all of the terms set forth below are met:

 

    (1) The Distribution amount will not exceed 80% of the net profit after tax that was recognized in the latest consolidated financial statements of the Company (quarterly or annual, as applicable) less net revaluation gains/losses (not yet exercised) (the “Revaluation Gains/ Losses” and hereinafter jointly: the “Distributable Profits”). It is clarified that (a) in the case of the sale of an property (exercise) revaluated, the Revaluation Gains/Losses for the same property will be added / reduced (as the case may be) to the distributable profits recognized and/or that will be recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for previous periods; (b) the Distributable Profits for which no distribution was performed in a specific year will be added to the following quarters.
       
    (2) There are no grounds for immediate repayment, without taking into account the waiting and remedial periods listed in Section 8.1 above.
       
    (3) The Company is not in breach of any of its material obligations to the holders of the Bonds (Series C).

 

83
 

 

    (4) The Company’s consolidated equity shall not fall below USD 250 million.
       
    (5) The equity to balance sheet ratio according to the consolidated financial statements shall not fall below 30%.

 

The stated in Sections (1) to (5) will hereinafter be referred to as the “Dividend Restriction”.

 

The Company will provide the Trustee, no later than 3 business days after approval of the distribution by the Board of Directors of the Company and prior to the actual distribution, with a confirmation of the auditor of the Company of the Company meeting the Dividend Restriction (including the relevant calculation) and the Company’s Confirmation under paragraph (4).

 

The Company will specify in the framework of the quarterly or annual board of director reports, as applicable, the total distributable profits as of the date of the relevant report.

 

7. Early Redemption

 

  7.1 Early repayment initiated by the Stock Exchange

 

In the event that the Stock Exchange decides to delist the Bonds from trade because the value of the Series of Bonds is less than the amount set forth in the guidelines of the Stock Exchange regarding delisting from trade, the Company will act as follows:

 

a)Within 45 days from the date of the resolution of the stock exchange’s board of directors to delist from trade as stated, the Company will provide notice of an early repayment date in which the Bondholder may redeem them.
   
b)The early redemption date with respect to the Bonds will occur no earlier than 17 days from the date of the notice’s publication and no later than 45 days from the aforesaid date, but shall not apply in a period between the effective date for the payment of interest and the actual payment date thereof.

 

84
 

 

c)On the early redemption date, the Company will redeem the Bonds that the holders thereof request to redeem, based on the balance of their par value in addition to the interest that has accrued on the principal until the actual redemption date (the calculation of the interest will be performed on the basis of 365 days per year).
   
d)Determination of the early redemption date as stated above will not harm the redemption rights set forth in the Bonds for any of the Bondholders that do not redeem them on the early redemption date as set forth above; however, the Bonds will be delisted from trade in the Stock Exchange, and will be subject to the tax implications that arise as a result.

 

Early redemption of the Bonds as stated above will not grant any of the Bondholders that redeems them as stated with the right to an interest payment for the period following the redemption date.

 

The Company will publish a notice of the early redemption date in an immediate report. The notice as stated will also specify the early redemption consideration amount.

 

  7.2 Early repayment initiated by the Company

 

The Company may, at its exclusive discretion, call for the early redemption of the Bonds (Series C), as of 60 days from the listing for trade in the Stock Exchange, in which case the following provisions will apply – all subject to the instructions of the Securities Authority and the provisions of the bylaws of the Stock Exchange and the guidelines thereunder, as they may be at the relevant date:

 

The frequencies of the early redemptions will not exceed one per quarter.

 

In the event that early redemption is determined in a quarter in which an interest payment is also scheduled, or a date for payment of partial redemption or a date for payment of final redemption, the early redemption will take place on the date scheduled for the payment as stated.

 

85
 

 

In this regard, a “quarter” shall mean each of the following periods: January-March, April-June, July-September, October-December.

 

The minimum amount of each early repayment will not be less than ILS 1 million. Notwithstanding the above, the Company may perform early redemption in a scope of less than ILS 1 million, provided that the scope of the redemptions will not exceed one per year.

 

Any amount that is paid in early repayment by the Company will be repaid with respect to all of the Bondholders (Series C), pro-rata based on the par value of the Bonds (Series C) that are held thereby.

 

Upon the passing of a resolution by the Company’s board of directors regarding the performance of early redemption as stated above, the Company will publish an immediate report with a copy to the Trustee no less than seventeen (17) days and no more than forty five (45) days before the early redemption date. The early redemption date will not occur during the period between the effective date for the payment of interest for the Bonds (Series C) and between the actual date for the payment of the interest. In the immediate report as stated, the Company will publish the principal amount that will be repaid in the early redemption, as well as the interest that has accrued for the amount of the principal as stated until the early redemption date, in accordance with the provisions below.

 

Early redemption will not occur for part of a series of Bonds (Series C) if the last redemption amount is less than ILS 3.2 million.

 

If the Company performs partial early repayment, the Company will pay the interest accrued only for the part redeemed, and not the entire unpaid balance of the Bonds (which are redeemed on the partial repayment date). In the case of payment of additional interest following the early redemption, the additional interest will be paid on the par value redeemed in early redemption only.

 

86
 

 

On the partial early redemption date, if any, the Company will issue an immediate report about: (1) the partial redemption rate in terms of the unpaid balance; (2) the partial redemption rate in terms of the original series; (3) the partial redemption interest rate on the redeemed part; (4) the interest rate that will be paid in partial redemption is calculated regarding the unpaid balance; (5) the interest rate that will be paid in the partial redemption, calculated regarding the unpaid balance; (6) update of the partial redemption rates that remain, in terms of the original series; (6) the effective date for eligibility to receive the early redemption of the principal of the Bonds that will exist twelve (12) days before the date determined for the early redemption.

 

The amount that will be paid to the Bondholders (Series C) in the event of early redemption, except in case of Forced Early Repayment pursuant to section 6.2.4 (e) above, will be the amount that is the higher of the following: (1) the market value of the balance of the Bonds (Series C) available for early repayment which is determined based on the average closing price of the Bonds (Series C) in thirty (30) trading days before the date on which the board of directors resolves to perform the early redemption, however, if the early repayment date has been determined on the date on which interest is paid, the amount equal to only the interest amount paid on the same date for the bonds will be reduced from the average unit price as stated; (2) the undertaking value of the Bonds (Series C) available for early redemption in circulation, i.e. the principal in addition to interest until the date of the actual early redemption; (3) the balance of the cash flow of the Bonds (Series C) that are available for early redemption (principal in addition to interest), when discounted based on the yield of government bonds (as defined below) with an addition of the Addition Rate (as defined below), calculated on an annual basis. Discount of the Bonds (Series C) available for early redemption will be calculated as of the early redemption date and until the last payment date determined with respect to the Bonds (Series C) available for early redemption.

 

87
 

 

In this regard, “Addition Rate” shall mean: in early repayment as stated, performed by 30 September 2022 – an annual interest rate of 1%; in early repayment as stated that is performed as of 1 October 2022 until September 30, 2023 – annual interest rate of 2.5%; : in early repayment as stated, performed from October 1 2023 until the Bonds’ maturity date –an annual interest rate of 3%.

 

In this regard: “yield of government bonds” shall mean the weighted average of the yield for redemption (gross) in a period of seven business days, ending two business days before the date of notice of early redemption, of the series of government bonds that are not index-linked, with interest in a fixed rate, and that during their average life is the closest to the average life of the bonds on the relevant date, i.e. one series with the closest average life higher than the life of the bonds (Series C) on the relevant date, and one series with the average life below the Bonds (Series C) on the relevant date, and whose weight will reflect the average life of the Bonds on the relevant date.

 

The Company will provide the Trustee, within five trading days from the date of the Board of Director’s resolution, with confirmation signed by the senior officer in the financial field or the CEO if the Company regarding calculation of the payment amount, all in the form to the satisfaction of the Trustee.

 

8. Right to Call for Immediate Payment

 

  8.1 Upon the occurrence of one or more of the events listed in this section below, the provisions of Section 8.2 will apply, as applicable:

 

  8.1.1 In the event that the Company does not pay any amount owed in connection with the debt or the Deed of Trust or does not meet any of its other material obligations vis-à-vis the holders under the Deed of Trust. For the purpose of this section, the Company will have a period of seven (7) days to remedy the breach.

 

88
 

 

  8.1.2 In the event that the Company files a stay of proceedings order or in the event that a stay of proceedings order is given against the Company or if the Company files a motion for a settlement or arrangement with creditors of the Company under Section 350 of the Companies Law or under the Insolvency Law or a similar proceeding under foreign law (excluding for the purpose of a merger with another company as stated in Section 8.1.18 below and/or a change to the structure of the Company or a division that is not prohibited under the terms of this Deed, excluding making arrangements between the Company and its shareholders and/or holders of option warrants (that are exercisable into shares only) of the Company, that are not prohibited under the terms of this Deed and will not impact the ability to repay the Bonds (Series C)) or if the Company will otherwise offer its creditors such compromise or arrangement, against the background of the Company’s inability to meet its obligations when due.
     
  8.1.3 If an application is filed under Section 350 of the Companies Law or under Insolvency Law, or an order for initiating proceedings under the Insolvency Law against the Company (without its consent) that is not rejected or dismissed within 45 days from the date of its submission or a similar proceeding is performed towards it, whether under Israeli law or foreign law. It is clarified that for the purpose of this Section 8.1.3, a request under Section 350 of the Companies Law or an order for initiating proceedings under the Insolvency Law with respect to the Company will be in accordance with Israeli law or a parallel proceeding in foreign law, parallel to the Israeli proceeding.
     
  8.1.4 In the event that the Company passes a liquidation resolution (excluding liquidation for purposes of merging with another company as stated in Section 8.1.18 below) or if a fixed and final liquidation order is given by a court, or an order with a similar meaning is granted under the Insolvency Law and/or a fixed liquidator is appointed for it or a similar decision is made or a similar functionary is appointed by the Company and/or towards it or a “trustee” as defined in the Insolvency Law was appointed. It is clarified that for the purpose of this subsection, liquidation proceedings with respect to the Company will be in accordance with Israeli law or a parallel proceeding in foreign law, parallel to the Israeli proceeding.

 

89
 

 

  8.1.5 In the event that a temporary liquidation order, or an order of similar meaning under the Insolvency Law, is given and/or a temporary liquidator or any similar functionary of similar meaning is appointed under the provisions of the Insolvency Law, or any similar officer appointed and/or any judicial decision of a similar nature is given, or a temporary trustee, as defined in the Insolvency Law, is appointed, and such order or decision as stated is not rejected or dismissed by the court within 45 days from the date on which the order is given or the decision made, as applicable. Notwithstanding the above, the Company will not be given any remedial period with respect to applications or orders that are filed or given, as applicable, by the Company or with its consent. It is clarified that for the purpose of this subsection, liquidation proceedings with respect to the Company will be in accordance with Israeli law or a parallel proceeding in foreign law, parallel to the Israeli proceeding.
     
  8.1.6 In the event that an application is filed for receivership or to appoint a receiver (temporary or permanent) or any similar functionary appointed for the Company or a material property of the Company (as defined below), or if an order is given to appoint a temporary receiver or any similar functionary appointed that is not rejected or dismissed within 45 days from the submission or granting, as applicable; or, if an order is given to appoint a fixed receiver for the Company or for a material property of the Company (as defined below) or a similar order under law applicable to the Company. Notwithstanding the above, the Company will not be given any remedial period with respect to applications or orders that were submitted or granted as applicable by the Company or with its consent. It is clarified that for the purpose of this subsection, receivership proceedings with respect to the Company will be in accordance with Israeli law or a parallel proceeding in foreign law, parallel to the Israeli proceeding.

 

90
 

 

  8.1.7 If an attachment is placed on a material property of the Company (as this term is defined below) or execution actions are performed in connection with a material property of the Company (as this term is defined below) and the attachment is not removed or the action is not terminated, as applicable, within 45 days from the date on which it is applied or performed, as applicable. Notwithstanding the above, the Company will not be given any remedial period with respect to orders or requests that are given or filed, as applicable by the Company or with its consent. It is clarified that for the purpose of this subsection, attachment proceedings or execution proceedings with respect to the Company will be in accordance with Israeli law or a parallel proceeding in foreign law, parallel to the Israeli proceeding.
     
  8.1.8 If the holders of pledges are exercised or the pledges that they have on a material property of the Company (as this term is defined below).
     
  8.1.9 If there is a real concern that the Company will not meet, or the Company has failed to meet its material obligations vis-à-vis holders of the Bonds (Series C). It is clarified that the material obligations of the Company include, inter alia, payment amounts to holders and their dates.
     
  8.1.10 If the Company has ceased, or provided notice of its intent to cease its payments or ceases or has provided notice of its intent to cease to continue its business, as they may be from time to time.

 

91
 

 

  8.1.11 If a material deterioration occurs in the business of the Company compared to its state on the date of the first issuance of the Bonds (Series C) and there is a real concern that the Company will be unable to pay the Bonds (Series C) on time.
     
    If the control of the Company is transferred, directly or indirectly, and the transfer of control as stated is not approved in advance by holders of the Bonds (Series C) with a special resolution.
     
  8.1.12 For the purpose of this Section 8.1.12 - “Transfer of Control” shall mean a change of control of the Company such that the Company has a controlling shareholder that is not any of the Controlling Shareholders (as defined in Section 1.5 of the Deed) and/or is in the hands of any of their immediate family members (including through trusts that the Controlling Shareholders and/or any of their immediate family members, as mentioned above, are the beneficiaries under and/or are their managers). In this regard, “Control” – as defined in the Companies Law. It is clarified that holdings together with one of the Controlling Shareholders (as defined in Section 1.5 of the Deed) with another person or corporation will not be considered to be a transfer of control.
     
    Immediate Family Members”- Spouse, parent, parent of parent, child, brother or child of spouse of each of these.
     
    For the removal of doubt it is clarified for this matter that inheritance under the law does not constitute a transfer of control for this section and if the Controlling Shareholders’ holdings in the Company (and/or those of any of his immediate family members) are transferred through inheritance under the law, this will not be deemed to be a transfer of control under this section.

 

92
 

 

  8.1.13 If there is called for immediate payment: (1) another series of bonds that is issued by the Company and listed for trade on the Stock Exchange or (2) a debt and/or several cumulative debts of the Company or of consolidated companies (including consolidated companies with relative consolidation, if any) the value of which is USD 35 million at least or 5% of the total properties of the Company based on the most recent consolidated financial statements of the Company, whichever is lower, based on the most recent consolidated financial statements of the Company published (whether audited or reviewed), whichever is lower, (Provided that if the debts are cumulative, they were immediately repaid simultaneously or close to each other), or (3) a debt and/or several cumulative debts of an affiliated company in which the multiplication of the Company’s holding in (in final concatenation) in the affiliated company by the liability value of debt the debt constitutes at least USD 35 million the total properties of the Company based on the most recent consolidated financial statements (the debts described in subsections (2) and (3) shall be called in this section: the “Other Debt”), and the demand for immediate repayment as stated is not removed within twenty one (21) days from the date on which it was called for immediate repayment as stated. A loan with no recourse to the Company shall not be considered as a different debt as aforesaid. In this regard, it is noted that in connection with another debt for which the Company’s liability arises from providing a guarantee for payment of the bonds, the grounds in Section 8.1.13 will only be established in the event that the Company is required to actually pay an amount higher than or equal to the aforesaid other debt. In the event that the covenants set forth above are met, the aforesaid grounds shall apply, as of the same date on which the Company is required to pay the other debt (subject to the curing period set forth above) and not from the date of providing the same debt for early repayment, if these dates do not overlap.

 

93
 

 

  8.1.14 If the Company does not meet any of its financial obligations stated in Section 6.10 above for two consecutive quarters.
     
  8.1.15 If the Company has performed a distribution contrary to the distribution limitation provisions, as set forth in Section 6.11 above.
     
  8.1.16 If the rating of the Bonds (Series C) by the rating company is lowered to a rating that is lower than a rating of BBB minus. In the case of replacing the rating company, the Company will provide the trustee with a comparison of the rating scales of the replaced rating company and the rating scales of the new rating company.
     
    For the purpose of this section below, it shall be emphasized that in the event that the Bonds (Series C) are rated by more than one rating company, an examination of the rating based on the grounds for calling for immediate repayment above will take place, throughout, based on the lower rating among them.
     
  8.1.17 If the Company performs business activity outside the United States or Israel or sells to another/ others all of its properties or its main properties during one calendar quarter, and the holders of the Bonds (Series C) do not consent in advance to the sale with a decision passed with a Special Resolution. “Sale to Another” – sale to any third party (including the controlling shareholder of the Company and/or corporations under his control), excluding a sale to corporations that are fully held by the Company; “Main Properties of the Company” – an property or a number of properties the value of which and/or the aggregate value of which (as applicable) in the most recent consolidated financial statements published before the occurrence of the relevant event exceeds 50% of the scope of its properties in the consolidated balance sheet of the Company based on the financial statements as stated, unless the consideration for the sale is invested in real estate for investment, or is used for early repayment of the Bonds (Series C) and the investment agreement as aforesaid will be signed within six (6) months from the date of the sale (including up to six months before the sale). For the avoidance of doubt, the sale proceeds will not be distributed as dividend.
     
  8.1.18 In the event that a merger was performed (excluding a merger of a company wholly-owned by the Company into the Company) with the prior consent of the holders of the Bonds (Series C) with a special resolution, unless the absorbing entity undertakes all of the Company’s undertakings vis-à-vis the Bondholders (Series C) under the Deed of Trust and in addition, the Company or absorbing company declared (as applicable) vis-à-vis the holders of the Bonds (Series C), including through the trustee, at least 10 business days before the date of the merger, that there is no reasonable concern following the merger that the absorbing company will be unable to uphold its obligations vis-à-vis the holders of the Bonds (Series C). The provisions of this section will not derogate from the other grounds for calling immediate repayment granted to the holders of the Bonds in accordance with this section 8.1 above and below. Additionally, as of the period of 30 days before the date of the planned merger and until the merger date, all of the grounds listed in this Section 8.1 above and below will also apply with respect to the absorbing company, as if it was the Company. With respect to the provisions of this Deed that are derived from the financial statements of the Company, an examination will be performed with respect to the financial statements of the absorbing company, as it may be after the merger.

 

94
 

 

  8.1.19 If trade of the Bonds (Series C) in the Stock Exchange is suspended by the Stock Exchange in accordance with the provisions of the Fourth Part of the bylaws, excluding suspension on grounds of the creation of ambiguities as stated in the Fourth Law of the bylaws of the Stock Exchange and 60 days have transpired from the suspension date during which it was not removed.
     
  8.1.20 If the Company is dissolved or terminated for any reason.
     
  8.1.21 If the Company breaches the terms of the Bonds (Series C) and/or the terms of the Trust Deed with a fundamental breach, including if it is discovered that any of the material representations by the Company in the Bonds and/or Trust Deed is incorrect and/or incomplete, and the Trustee has notified the Company in writing that it is required to remedy the breach, and the Company fails to remedy the breach as stated within 14 days of the date on which the notice was provided.
     
  8.1.22 If the Bonds (Series C) cease to be rated for a period exceeding 60 consecutive days following reasons and/or circumstances that are under the Company’s control. In this regard, the non-performance of payments that the Company has undertaken to make to the rating company and failure to provide information and reports required by the rating company in the framework of the engagement between the Company and the rating company will be considered reasons and circumstances that are under the control of the Company.
     
  8.1.23 In the event that the Company expands a series of Bonds (Series C) or issues an additional series of bonds and/or other securities, contrary to the provisions of Section 4 above.
     
  8.1.24 If the Company ceases to be a reporting corporation as defined in Section 1 of the Securities Law.

 

95
 

 

  8.1.25 If the Company does not publish a financial report that it is required to publish under any law or under the provisions of the Deed of Trust, within 30 days from the deadline on which it was required to publish the same.
     
  8.1.26 If the Bonds (Series C) are delisted from trade in the Stock Exchange.
     
  8.1.27 If the Bonds (Series C) are not repaid on time or another material obligation provided in favor of the holders is not fulfilled.
     
  8.1.28 If the Company breaches any of its material obligations to avoid creating pledges as stated in Section 6.9 above.
     
  8.1.29 If a “going concern” note is recorded in the Company’s financial statements for a period of two consecutive quarters.
     
  8.1.30 If the Company breaches any of its material obligations in connection with approval of transactions as stated in Section 5.4 above.
     
  8.1.31 If the Company breaches any of its material obligation to deposit the Interest Cushion as stated in Section 5.5 above.
     
  8.1.32 If the Company breaches its undertaking not to issue bonds outside of Israel and not to take other financial debt outside of Israel as set forth in Section 4 of the Deed.
     
  8.1.33 If the Company breached any of the provisions pertaining to the application of a representative for service of court documents.
     
  8.1.34 If the Company, its officers and/or controlling shareholders breach their undertakings as set forth in Section 34 of the Deed.
     
  8.1.35 If the Company breached any of its material obligations regarding the pledges as detailed in Section 6.2 above.

 

96
 

 

  8.1.36 If the main activity of the Company is not investment in income property in medical institutions in the United States (as defined in Chapter A of the 2020 Periodic Report).

 

For the purpose of this Section 8, a “Material Property of the Company” is an property or properties in the aggregate according to the most recent consolidated financial statements of the Company published before that date, exceeds 30% of the amount of the properties in the consolidated balance sheet of the Company based on the financial statements as stated.

 

  8.2 Upon the occurrence of any of the events set forth in Sections 8.1.1 until 8.1.32 (inclusive) above, the following provisions will apply, as applicable:

 

  8.2.1 Upon the occurrence of any of the events set forth in Sections 8.1.1 through 8.1.32 the Trustee will be required to convene a meeting of the holders of Bonds (Series C), that will convene 21 days from the date of the invitation (or a shorter time in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.2.5 below), and the agenda of which will contain a resolution regarding calling for immediate repayment of the entire unpaid balance of the Bonds (Series C) due to the occurrence of any of the events set forth in Sections 8.1.1 through 8.1.34 (inclusive) above, as applicable. The invitation will state that if the event set forth in Section 8.1 above, for which the meeting was convened, will be cancelled, terminated or removed, by the date for which the meeting was called, the invitation for the meeting of the Bondholders will be cancelled as stated above.
     
  8.2.2 A resolution of the holders to call for the immediate repayment of the Bonds (Series C) will be passed in a meeting of holders that is attended by holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the balance of the par value of the Bonds (Series C), with a majority of holders of the balance of the pay value of the Bonds represented in the vote or with a majority as stated in a deferred meeting of holders that is attended by holders of at least twenty percent (20%) of the balance as stated.

 

97
 

 

  8.2.3 In the event in which by the date of convening the meeting as stated, none of the events set forth in Sections 8.1.1 through 8.1.32 (inclusive) above was cancelled, terminated or removed, and the resolution in the meeting of holders of the Bonds (Series C) as stated is passed in the manner required as set forth in Section 8.2.2 above, the trustee will be required, within a reasonable amount of time, to call for the immediate repayment of the entire unpaid balance of the Bonds (Series C), provided that the Company was given a written warning of 15 days of his intention to do so.
     
  8.2.4 A copy of the invitation notice for the meeting as stated will be sent by the trustee to the Company for publication, and the invitation for the meeting will constitute prior written consent to the Company of its intent to act to call for immediate repayment of the Bonds as stated.
     
  8.2.5 The Trustee may, at its discretion, shorten the count of 21 days as stated in Section 8.2.1 above and/ or the 15 days of warning mentioned in section 8.2.3 above and/or not to give a notice at all, in the case in which the trustee is of the opinion that there is a reasonable concern that waiting this period or providing the warning, as applicable, will harm the possibility of calling for immediate payment of the Bonds or harm the rights of holders.
     
  8.2.6 In the event that any of the subsections of Section 8.1 above provides a period in which the Company may perform an action or make a decision as a result of which the grounds for calling for immediate repayment are terminated, the trustee or holders may call for immediate repayment as stated in this Section 8 only if the period set forth as stated transpires and the grounds are not terminated; however, the trustee may shorten the aforesaid period if it feels that the same may materially harm the rights of the holders.

 

98
 

 

  8.2.7 For the avoidance of doubt, it shall be clarified that the provisions of this Section 8.2 above will not derogate from the authority of the trustee to call for immediate repayment of the Bonds (Series C) at its discretion.
     
  8.2.8 Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8.2 above, in the event that the Company asks the Trustee in writing to appoint an urgent representation, it shall act in accordance with the provisions set forth in Section 19 below.
     
  8.2.9 For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that calling for immediate repayment will take place based on the balance of the par value of the Bonds (Series C) that have not yet been paid, including interest differentials that have accrued on the principal, including arrears interest (if relevant), while the interest is calculated for the period beginning after the last day for which interest was paid and until the actual date of immediate payment (calculation of the interest for a subpart will take place based on 365 days per year).
     
  8.2.10 For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that the right to call for immediate repayment as stated above and/or calling for immediate repayment will not derogate from or harm any other or additional remedy available to holders of the Bonds (Series C) or the trustee under the terms of the Bonds (Series C) and the provisions of this Deed or under law, and calling a debt for immediate repayment upon the occurrence of any of the cases set forth in Section 8.1 above will not constitute any waiver of the rights of the holders of the Bonds or the trustee as stated.

 

99
 

 

9. Claims and Proceedings by the Trustee

 

  9.1 In addition to any provision in this Deed and as a right and personal authority, the Trustee shall be entitled, at any time, at its reasonable discretion, and without providing notice, to perform any of the proceedings, including legal proceedings and motions to receive orders, as it shall see fit, for the purpose of realizing and/or defending the rights of the Holders of Bonds (Series C) and in order to enforce the Company’s performance of another of the Company’s undertakings according to the Deed of Trust. The above shall not damage and/or derogate from the rights of the Trustee to begin legal and/or other proceedings even if the Bonds (Series C) were not called for immediate repayment, all for the defense of the Bondholders (Series C) and/or for the purpose of granting any order regarding the matters of the trusteeship. Notwithstanding the statements of this Section, it is clarified that the right to call for immediate repayment shall only be established in accordance with the provisions of Section 8 above, and not on behalf of this Section.
     
  9.2 Pursuant to the provisions of the Deed of Trust, the Trustee is entitled but not obligated to convene a general assembly of the Bondholders (Series C) in order to discuss and/or accept its instruction for any matter relating to the Deed of Trust.
     
  9.3 Whenever the Trustee shall be obligated according to the terms of the Deed of Trust to perform any action, including commencing proceedings or filing actions according to the request of the Bondholders (Series C), as stated in this Section, the Trustee shall be entitled, at its sole discretion, to delay the performance of any said action until it receives instructions from the general assembly of Bondholders (Series C) and/or the instructions of the court how to act, provided that the convening of the assembly or the petition to the court shall be performed on the first possible date. For the removal of doubt it shall be clarified that the Trustee shall not be entitled to delay the performance of actions or proceedings as stated in the event in which the delay may harm the rights of the Bondholders (Series C).
     
  9.4 The Trustee shall be entitled, pursuant to any special resolution of the Bondholders (Series C) as stated above, to waive the covenants that it shall see fit regarding the existence of those undertakings, entirely or partially, of the Company.

 

100
 

 

  9.5 The Trustee is entitled, prior to performing any legal proceedings, to convene an assembly of Bondholders (Series C) in order for the Holders to determine which proceedings to take for the realization of their rights under this Deed. Similarly, the Trustee shall be entitled to again convene the assembly of Bondholders (Series C) for the purpose of receiving instructions for any matter relating to the management of the proceedings as stated, provided that the convention of the assembly shall be performed on the first possible date under the provisions of the second supplement to the Deed of Trust and the delay of the proceedings shall not harm the rights of the Holders.

 

10. Trust of Proceeds

 

All of the funds held from time to time by the Trustee, excluding his wages, expenses and the repayment of any debt therefor, in any manner including but not limited to as a result of calling the Bonds for immediate repayment and/or as a result of the proceedings that it will conduct, if any, against the Company, will be held thereby in trust and shall remain in its possession for the purposes and in the priority as follows: First – the clearance of expenses, payments, levies and undertakings incurred by the Trustee, placed thereon or caused as a result of the actions of managing the trusteeship or in another manner in connection with the terms of the Deed of Trust, including its salary (and under the condition that the Trustee will not receive its salary from both the Company the Bondholders). Second – the payment of any other sum according to the ‘indemnification undertaking’ (as the term is defined in Section 26.1 below); Third – the payment to the Series C Bondholders carried out in installments according to Section 27.4.2 below;

 

101
 

 

The balance will serve for the purposes within the following priority: (a) first – in order to pay the Holders the interest arrears (including the arrears interest) for the Bonds they are owed according to the Bonds (Series C), if applicable, conditions pari-passu, and in a relative manner to the sum of the arrears interest which each of them are owed without preference or precedence towards any of them; (b) second –in order to pay the Holders of Bonds (Series C) the principal arrears owed to them under the terms of the Bonds (Series C) held thereby, pari-passu, in a manner that is relative to the principal sums in arrears to which they are owed, without any preference or priority right regarding any of them ; (c) third – in order to pay the Holders of Bonds (Series C) the interest amounts they are owed according to the conditions of the Bonds pari-passu, and in a manner relative to the sum which each of them are owed without any preference or precedence to any of them; (d) fourth – in order to pay the Holders the principle sums they are owed according to the Bonds held thereby pari-passu, of which payment date has not yet been reached in a manner relative to the sums they are owed, without any preference in connection with the issuance ahead of time of Bonds (Series C) by the Company or in another manner; the balance – if existing, will be paid to the Company by the Trustee or vice versa, as applicable.

 

Withholding tax will be deducted from the payments to the Bondholders (Series C), as long as there is an obligation to deduct it according to any law.

 

It shall be clarified that if the Company must bear any of the expenses but does not do so, the Trustee will act reasonably to receive the sums as stated from the Company and in the event that it will succeed in receiving them, they will be held thereby in trust and will serve in its possession for the purposes and according to priority as detailed in this Section.

 

11. Authority to Demand Payment to Holders through Trustee

 

The Trustee may direct the Company to transfer to it the interest payments that the Company must pay to the Bondholders, (in this section: “the Relevant Payment”) for the purpose of financing the Proceedings and/or expenses and/or the Trustee’s fee under this Deed of Trust (in this section: the “Amount of Financing”) as long as the Company did not bear the Amount of the Financing and/or deposit with the Trustee in advance the Amount of the Financing. The Company shall transfer the Amount of the Financing Fee to the Trustee no later than the date of payment of the relevant payment. The Company may not refuse to act in accordance with the said notice, and will be seen as complying with its undertakings toward the Bondholders if it proves that it transferred the entire Amount of Financing to the Trustee, as aforesaid. Until no later than one business day from the determined date for payment of the Relevant Payment from which the Amount of Financing will be deducted, a notice will be published stating the Amount of Financing, its purpose and the up-to-date amounts of principle and/or interest to be paid to the Bondholders in the framework of the Relevant Payment.

 

102
 

 

The amount of financing that the Trustee may instruct the Company to transfer to it as stated above in this section, to the extent that the decision of the holders of the matter has not been received previously and/or in the matter and/or appointed a representative on behalf of the court (including a decision in connection with the taking of the proceedings and/or the execution of the actions for which the amount of the financing and/or the appointment of representatives and/or advisors to the trustee is required) will be limited to ILS 700,000 (plus VAT) (The “Ceiling Amount”). It is hereby clarified that the Ceiling Amount does not limit the Trustee’s right to receive indemnification from the Company and/or the Bondholders.

 

The Trustee is entitled to instruct the Company in writing to transfer to the Trustee’s account (for the Bondholders) part of the payment (interest and/or principle) which the Company must pay to the Holders, such that the said sum that is designated for repayment shall be transferred to the account of the Trustee (for the Bondholders) no later than one business day before repayment date to the Bondholders, for the purpose of financing proceedings and/or expenses and/or the salary of the Trustee under this Deed. The Company is not entitled to refuse to act in accordance with the notice as stated, and shall consider it as fulfilling one of its undertakings vis-à-vis the Holders if it shall prove that it transferred the entire requested sum into the account of the Trustee as stated.

 

The above shall not release the Company from its debt to bear the expense payments and the salary as stated when it is obligated to bear them according to this Deed or by any law. Similarly, the above shall not derogate from the obligation of the Trustee to act reasonably to acquire the sums to which the Holders are entitled from the Company, which will serve to finance the proceedings and/or expenses and/or the salary of the Trustee according to the Deed of Trust.

 

103
 

 

12. Powers to Delay the Distribution of Funds

 

Notwithstanding the statements of Section 10 above, if the financial sum, which will be received as a result of performing the proceedings as stated above and which will be called at any time for a distribution in accordance with Section 10 above, shall be less than ILS 1 million, the Trustee shall not be obligated to distribute it and it shall be entitled to invest the said sum, entirely or partially, in investments permitted according to the Deed of Trust as set forth in Section 17below, and it shall be entitled to replace these investments from time to time in other permitted investments as it sees fit. If these investments and their profits, together with additional funds that are received by the Trustee for are a sum that is not sufficient to pay the aforesaid amount, the Trustee shall pay them to the Holders in accordance with the set of priorities as stated in Section 10 above. In the event in which up to the earlier of: the closest interest/principle payment date or a reasonable time after receiving the said financial sum, the Trustee shall not be in possession of a sum that is sufficient to pay at least ILS 1 million as stated, the Trustee shall be entitled to distribute the funds in its possession to the Bondholders.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 12 above, the Bondholders (Series C) shall be entitled, according to a decision passed thereby, to instruct the Trustee to pay them the funds received by the Trustee and called for distribution, as stated in Section 10 above, even if their sums amount to less than ILS 1 million, pursuant to the provisions of the Stock Exchange’s Articles of Association, as shall be at that time.12‎10 Notwithstanding the above, the payment of the Trustee’s salary and the Trustee’s expenses shall be paid from the said funds immediately upon reaching their date (and regarding the expenses already paid by the Trustee, the sums shall be returned to the Trustee immediately upon the funds arriving in the Trustee’s possession) even if the funds that the Trustee received are less than ILS 1 million as stated.

 

13. Notice of Distribution

 

The Trustee shall notify the Bondholders (Series C) of the date and place where any payment was performed from among the payments mentioned in Sections 10-12 above, in an advance notice of 14 days that shall be sent in the manner set forth in Section 28 below. After the date determined in the notice, the Bondholders (Series C) shall be entitled to interest according to the rate determined in the Bonds, only for the balance of the principle sum (if existing) after deducting the sum that was paid as stated.

 

104
 

 

14. Refraining from Payment for a Reason Which is not Dependent on the Company

 

  14.1 Any sum to which the Bondholders (Series C) are entitled and was not paid in practice on the date set forth for its payment, for a reason independent of the Company, while the Company was ready and able to pay it in full and on time (the “Impediment”), shall not bear interest from the date set forth for its payment and the Bondholders (Series C) shall be only be entitled to those sums to which they were entitled on the date set forth for the repayment of the payment at the expense of the principle or the interest.
     
  14.2 The Company shall deposit with the Trustee, on the earliest date possible after the date determined for payment and no later than the end of 14 days from the date set forth for payment, the sum of the payment that was not paid on time, as stated in Section 14.1 above, and shall provide written notice based on the addresses found in its possession, if any, to the Bondholders (Series C) of the said deposit, and the said deposit shall be considered as removing that payment to the Holder and in the event of removing that is entitled for that Bond, it shall also be considered as a deposit of the Bond (Series C) by the Company. 14.1 The above will not derogate from the obligations of the Company to bear the wages of the Trustee and its expenses, all in accordance with the provisions of this Deed.
     
  14.3 Any sum held by the Trustee in trust for the Holders shall be deposited by the Trustee in a bank and will be invested thereby, in its name or its order, at its discretion in investments permitted to it according to Section 17 below. If the Trustee did so, it shall only be obligated to those eligible for those sums for the consideration that it shall receive from the realization of the investments, less the expenses connected to the said investment, including for the management of the Trust Account and less its salary and debt payments and it shall pay to those eligible against the evidence that will be requested thereby to its full satisfaction. After the Trustee will receive notice from the Holder of the removal of the impediment as stated, the Trustee will transfer to the Holder all of the funds accumulated for the deposit and derived from the exercise of their investment, less all of the reasonable expenses and Trust Account management fees and less any tax by law. The payment will be performed against the presentation of that evidence, which shall be accepted by the Trustee, regarding the right of the Holder to receive it.

 

105
 

 

  14.4 The Trustee shall hold these funds and shall invest them according to the provisions of Section 17 below, until the end of one year from the final date for the repayment of the Bond (Series C), but the Trustee shall return the accumulated sums in its possession (including their profits) less its expenses and less its salary and other expenses which it expended in accordance with the provisions of this Deed (such as salaries of service providers, etc.) to the Company and the Company shall hold these sums in trust for the Bondholders (Series C) entitled to those sums for a period of up to the end of seven (7) years from the final repayment date of the Bonds (Series C), and regarding the funds that will be transferred to it by the Trustee as stated above, the provisions of Subsection 14.3 above shall apply to it, mutatis mutandis. Funds that are not demanded from the Company by the Bondholders (Series C) at the end of seven (7) years from the final payment date of the Bonds (Series C) will be transferred to the Company’s ownership after 30 days from providing notice to the aforesaid holders by the Company, in writing, based on the addresses listed in its possession, if any, and it may use the remaining funds for any purpose. The foregoing shall not derogate from the Company’s obligation to pay the bondholders funds that they are entitled to under any law.
     
  14.5 The Company shall provide written confirmation to the Trustee of the return of the sums as stated in Section 14.4 above, and regarding their receipt in trust for the Bondholders (Series C) and it shall indemnify the Trustee for any action and/or expense and/or damage of any kind that will be caused to it due to and for the transfer of the funds as stated, unless the Trustee acted with negligence (excluding negligence exempted by law as shall be from time to time), with a lack of good faith or with malice.

 

106
 

 

15. Receipt by Bondholders and Trustee

 

  15.1 A signed receipt from the Bondholder (Series C) or a reference from a member of the Stock Exchange regarding the execution of the transfer or the execution of the transfer via the TASE Clearing House for the principle and interest sums paid thereto by the Trustee for the Bonds shall absolutely release the Trustee for all matters related to the essence of executing the payment of the sums denominated in the receipt.
     
  15.2 A receipt from the Trustee regarding the deposit of the principle and interest sums in its possession for the benefit of the Bondholders (Series C) as stated, shall be considered a receipt from the Bondholders (Series C) for the purpose of the statements of Section 15.1 above, in relation to the release of the Company for all connected to the execution of the payment of the sums denominated in the receipt.
     
  15.3 The sums distributed as stated in Sections 10 and 12 above shall be considered as payment at the expense of the repayment of the Bonds (Series C).

 

16. Presentation of Bonds to the Trustee; Registration in Connection with Partial Payment

 

  16.1 The Trustee may demand from the Bondholders (Series C) to present the Trustee, upon any interest payment or partial payment of principal and interest, with the Certificate of the Bonds (Series C) for which the payments are made. A Bondholder (Series C) will be required to present the Certificate of the Bond as stated, provided that the above will not require the Bondholder (Series C) to bear any payment and/or expense and/or impose on the Bondholder (Series C) liability and/or any debt.
     
  16.2 The Trustee may record on the certificate of the Bonds (Series C) a note regarding the amounts paid as stated above, and the date of their payment.

 

107
 

 

  16.3 The Trustee may, in any special case at its discretion, waive the presentation of the Certificate of Bonds (Series C) after being provided by the Bondholder (Series C) a waiver and/or guarantee that is sufficient to its satisfaction for damage that may be caused as a result of the non-registration of the note as stated, all as it sees fit.
     
  16.4 Notwithstanding the above, the Trustee may, at its reasonable discretion, hold records in another manner regarding partial payments as stated.

 

17. Investment of Funds

 

All of the funds that the Trustee may invest under the Deed of Trust will be invested thereby in one of the four largest banks in Israel, provided that the rating of the bank is not less than AA in its name or for its deposit, in investments as it sees fit, all subject to the terms of the Deed of Trust, provided that it deposits in bank deposits, treasury funds issued by the Bank of Israel and/or government bonds issued by the Bank of Israel.

 

In the event that it does so, it will only owe to those entitled to the same amounts the consideration received from the exercise of the investments, less its fees and expenses, charges and expenses related to the aforesaid investment and managing the Trust Accounts, the fees and less the obligatory payments applicable to the Trust Account, and the Trustee will act in accordance with the provisions of Sections 12 and/or 14 above, as applicable, with the balance of the funds as stated.

 

18. Company’s Undertakings vis-à-vis Trustee

 

The Company hereby undertakes vis-à-vis the Trustee and Bondholders, as long as the Bonds (Series C) have not yet been fully repaid, as follows:

 

  18.1 To maintain and manage the business of the Company and companies under its control in an orderly, proper and effective manner.
     
  18.2 To manage orderly account books in accordance with the GAAP, and to maintain records, including the documents used as references therefor (including pledge and mortgage deeds, accounts and receipts) in its offices, and to allow the Trustee and/or any authorized representative of the Trustee to review, at a time coordinated with the Company in advance, no later than 5 business days from the date of the Trustee’s written request, any record and/or document as stated that the Trustee requests to review that is required to the Trustee in a reasonable way. In this regard, an authorized representative of the Trustee shall mean a person that the Trustee appoints for the purpose of a review as stated, with written notice of the Trustee that is provided to the Company before the review as stated, subject to the obligation of confidentiality subject to the provisions of Section 32.12 below.

 

108
 

 

  18.3 To notify the Trustee in writing, as early as reasonably possible and no later than two business day after being made aware of any case in which an attachment is placed and/or a lien was realized and/or execution proceedings take place on a material property of the Company (as this term is defined in Section 8.1 above) or of a property company that hold a Pledged Property and in any event in which a receiver, special manager and/or temporary and/or permanent receiver and/or trustee who is appointed in the framework of a request for a stay of proceedings under Section 350 of the Companies Law or under the Insolvency Law and/or any functionary, against the Company is appointed with respect to a material property of the Company, and to take, at its expense, any reasonable means required in order to remove such an attachment or terminate the receivership, liquidation or management, as applicable.
     
  18.4 To inform the Trustee in writing, immediately upon the Company being made aware and no later than two business day, of the occurrence of one or more of the cases listed in Section 8.1 above and its subsections and on a clear and present concern of the Company as to the occurrence of any of the events listed in Section 8.1 and its subsections. The provisions of this Section and all of its subsections will be performed by the Company without taking into account the curing and waiting periods listed in Section 8.1 above, if any.
     
  18.5 To provide the Trustee, no later than the end of 30 days from the date of the issuance of the Bonds (Series C) under this Deed with a repayment schedule for payment of the Bonds (principal and interest).

 

109
 

 

  18.6 To provide the Trustee with written notice, signed by a senior officer of the Company or the CEO of the Company, no later than five business days from the date of a written request of the Trustee, of the performance of any payment to the Bondholders under the Deed of Trust and of the balance of the amounts that the Company owes under the Deed of Trust at the same date to the Bondholders after the performance of the aforesaid payment.
     
  18.7 To provide the Trustee immediately upon its publication with any report that it is required to submit to the Securities Authority. An immediate report in the MAGNA system of the Securities Authority and any report or information that is published (in full) by the Company on the MAGNA system will be considered to have been provided to the Trustee. Notwithstanding the above, at the Trustee’s request, the Company will provide the Trustee with a printed copy of the report or information as stated.
     
  18.8 To allow the Trustee and/or the whomever appointed by the Trustee in writing for this purpose, to enter by appointment to the Company’s offices and any place where the Company’s properties will be found at any reasonable time and no later than seven (7) business days from the date of the Trustee’s request, At the Trustee’s discretion, in order to protect the Bondholders.
     
  18.9 To provide the Trustee with copies of notices and invitations provided to the Company, as stated in Section 28 of this Deed.
     
  18.10 To ensure that the senior financial officer of the Company or the CEO of the Company will provide, within a reasonable time from the date of the Trustee’s request, and no later than 10 business days from the Trustee’s request, to the Trustee and/or the individuals that it so instructs, with any explanation, document, calculation or information relating to the Company, its business and/or properties that are required, at the reasonable discretion of the Trustee, for the purpose of examinations performed by the Trustee in order to protect the Bondholders.

 

110
 

 

  18.11 So long that the Company is bonds company that is private (as those terms are defined in the Companies Law) – to provide the Trustee pursuant to his request, the signed minutes of the shareholder meetings within a reasonable time from the date of his request and in addition the Company undertakes to provide the Trustee a copy of every document and/or information that the Company provided to the bondholders to the extent that it provided these, and to provide copies of the notices and the invitations that were provided to the bondholders if such were provided. Additionally, the Company undertakes to invite the Trustee to be present at the general meetings (whether in annual general meetings or special general meetings of the Company’s shareholders) (without rights to participate or vote), held in Israel (if such are held). Publication of an invitation to a general meeting of the shareholders of the Company in the MAGNA system will be considered to be an invitation of the Trustee for the purpose of this Section.
     
  18.12 As long as the Bonds (Series C) are not yet repaid in full, to provide the Trustee, further to his request, with the reports and statements as follows: 7

 

  18.12.1 Consolidated and solo annual audited financial statements of the Company, and quarterly reviewed consolidated and solo financial statements of the Company, no later than the dates set forth for their publication under the Securities Law, even in the event in which the Company ceases to be a reporting corporation.
     
  18.12.2 If the Company is a public company (as defined in the Companies Law) – a copy of any document that the Company transfers to all of its shareholders or all of the Bondholders, and details of any information that the Company transfers to them in another manner, including any report submitted under law to the Securities Law in order to be published publicly (immediate reports), immediately upon their publication. As long as the Company is a bonds company – to provide the Trustee with a copy of any document that the Company transfers to all of the Bondholders and the details of all of the information that the Company transfers to them in another manner, including any report submitted under law to the Securities Authority in order to be published publicly (immediate reports), immediately upon their publication.

 

 

7 It is clarified that a report in the Magna system shall constitute a report to the Trustee for the purposes of this section.

 

111
 

 

  18.12.3 To provide the Trustee, upon its first written request, with written confirmation, signed by an accountant, stating that all of the payments to the Bondholders under this Deed have been paid on time, and the balance of the par value of the Bonds in circulation.
     
  18.12.4 In the event that the Company ceases to be a reporting corporation, the Company will provide the Trustee, in addition to the provisions of Sections 18.2 through 18.12 above, with annual, quarterly and immediate reports as set forth below:

 

  (a) Annual reporting including the information set forth in Appendix 5.2.4.8 of Chapter 4 Part 2 (management of investment funds and provision of credit) in Part 5 (principles of the management of business), in the consolidated circular of the Ministry of Finance - Division of Capital Markets, Insurance and Savings8 (the “Chapter for Management of Investment Properties in the Circular by the Ministry of Finance”) or as updated from time to time, no later than 60 days from the date on which the Company was required to publish the annual reports if it was a reporting corporation;

 

 

8 http://mof.gov.il/hon/Information-entities/Pages/Codex.aspx

 

112
 

 

  (b) Quarterly reporting including the information set forth in the Chapter for Management of Investment Properties in the Circular by the Ministry of Finance, as updated from time to time, no later than 30 days from the date on which the Company was required to publish the quarterly reports if it was a reporting corporation;
     
  (c) An immediate report in the case that one of the events occurs listed in Appendix 5.2.4.10 of the Chapter for Management of Investment Properties in the Circular by the Ministry of Finance, as updated from time to time. The report will be provided on the date on which the Company was required to report about the occurrence of the event based on Article 30(b) of the Reporting Regulations.

 

In the event of a report being submitted in accordance with the aforesaid, the Company will notify the stock exchange for the purpose of its publication on the MAYA system, according to which the Company has notified the Trustee of a notice pursuant to this section and that a bondholder may receive a copy of which upon presentation of an ownership certificate.

 

  18.13 To provide the Trustee, at its written request, no later than 10 business days from the date of the Trustee’s request, any affidavit and/or declaration and/or documents and/or details and/or additional information regarding the Company (including explanations, documents and calculations regarding the Company, its business or properties) and even to order its accountant and legal advisors to do so, at the reasonable written request of the Trustee, if the Trustee reasonably believes that the information is required by the Trustee in order to apply and use the authorities, powers and authorizations of the Trustee and/or its counsel under the Deed of Trust, including information that may be essential and required in order to protect the rights of the Bondholders, provided that the Trustee acts in good faith, subject to the undertaking of confidentiality as stated in Section 32.12 below.
     
  18.14 To provide the Trustee with all of the reports or notices as set forth in Section 35j of the Law.

 

113
 

 

  18.15 No later than ten business days from publication of the annual or quarterly financial statements of the Company, as applicable, the Company will provide the Trustee, with written confirmation, by the Company along with a calculation, in a form to the satisfaction of the Trustee, signed by the CEO or the most senior officer in the Company’s financial department, regarding its compliance or non-compliance of the Company with all the financial covenants set forth in Section 6.13 of this Deed.
     
  18.16 In the event that the Company ceases to be a reporting corporation, then -To cause the senior officer in the Company’s financial department or the CEO of the Company to provide within 5 five business days of the date of the Trustee’s request, to the Trustee and/or to people that he so orders, with any explanation, document, calculation, or information related to the Company, its business and/or its properties that will be reasonably required in the Trustee’s discretion in order to carry out his role and to protect the Bondholders.
     
  18.17 In the event the Company should cease to be a Reporting Company, on April 10 of each year, for the previous calendar year, and as long as there are Bonds (Series C) in circulation, the Company will provide the Trustee, with confirmation, signed the by a director, the CEO or Company’s senior officer of the performance of all of the interest payments and/or payments on account of the principal, in connection with the Bonds (Series C), that are due to be paid before the date of the confirmation, and the payment date, as well as the balance of the par value of the Bonds from this series, which are still in circulation as of the date of the confirmation;
     
  18.18 No later than April 10 of each year and so long as this Deed is in force, confirmation in writing of the Company, signed by the Company’s most senior financial officer and/or the CEO, that in the period from the date of the Deed and/or from the date of the previous confirmation, the later of the two and until the date of the provision of the confirmation the Company did not breach this Deed of Trust including a material breach of the terms of the Bonds unless explicitly stated otherwise.

 

114
 

 

  18.19 To notify the Trustee in writing of any change to its name or address no later than two trading days from the day of the change.
     
  18.20 The Trustee may instruct the Company to immediate report on the MAGNA system, on behalf of the Trustee, any report in the form as provided in writing by the Trustee to the Company, and the Company shall be required to provide the report as stated.
     
  18.21 The Trustee will maintain the confidentiality of the information sent to him according to this Section, will not reveal it to anyone else and will not make any use of it, unless the discovery or use thereof is required in order to fulfill the Trustee’s position by law, according to the Deed of Trust or according to a court order.
     
  18.22 To notify the Trustee of any non-compliance with any foreign covenant at the earliest possible point and no later than 5 business days from the date of non-compliance with the foreign covenant or within 5 business days from the date on which notice was given by the investee company or the Company regarding the non-compliance with any foreign covenant, as applicable, as well as the expected implications of this non-compliance in accordance with the Company’s agreements with that entity. It shall be clarified, that as long as the Company or an investee company did not fulfill any foreign covenant and it will be given an extension in order to fulfill the foreign covenant, the extension shall not be considered, regarding this Section alone, as a fulfillment of the covenant the Company will notify the Trustee of the non-compliance of the foreign covenant as stated.

 

For the purpose of this section -

 

Foreign covenant” – a material financial condition of the Company and any investee company of the Company, in the framework of the agreement with a financial institution or with another entity which provided the Company with material credit.

 

115
 

 

Material financial condition” – a financial condition, for which the non-compliance thereof will constitute grounds for the immediate repayment of material credit.

 

Material credit” – debt constituting at least 10% of the consolidated equity of the Company (including minority rights). Regarding an associated company - credit that multiplies the rate of the Company’s holdings (in final concatenation) in the investment company constituting at least 10% of the consolidated equity of the Company (including minority rights).

 

19. Urgent Representation

 

  19.1 If the Company is in non-compliance with the financial covenants as stated in Section 5.3 above, and prior to the existence of a ground for immediate repayment due to non-compliance as stated in Section 8 above, in the event the Company requests the trustee in writing to appoint an urgent representation from among the bondholders, the parties shall act in accordance with the provisions set forth below (the “Urgent Representation”).
     
  19.2 The Trustee shall appoint to the Urgent Representation the three bondholders who are, to the best of the Trustee’s knowledge, holders of the highest par value of all the bonds from among the bondholders, and who declare that they meet all the conditions set out below (in this Article 19: the “Representatives”). If any of them is not interested in or is unable to serve in the Urgent Representation, the Trustee will appoint in his place the next-in-line bondholder, who holds the next highest par value, who meets all the conditions listed below. The conditions are as follows:

 

  19.2.1 The holder of the bonds is not in a material conflict of interest due to any other material matter that is contrary to the matter arising from his service in the Urgent Representation and his holding of the bonds. For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that a holder who is a related party to the Company (in this Section 19: “Related Party” means: (a) a corporation controlled by the Company; (b) the controlling shareholder in the Company, his family member or a corporation controlled by any of them (as these terms are defined in law)) will be deemed to have a material conflict of interest and will not serve in the Urgent Representation.

 

116
 

 

  19.2.2 During that calendar year, the bondholder does not serve in similar representations of other bonds whose aggregate value exceeds the amount of the portfolio of assets managed by him, which is determined as the maximum rate that allows service in an urgent representation according to the Antitrust Commissioner’s provisions concerning the establishment of urgent representation.
     
  19.2.3 If during the term of the Urgent Representation, one of the circumstances listed in Sections 19.2.1 and 19.2.2 above pertaining to one of its members ceases to exist, his term of office will expire, and the Trustee will appoint another member in his place from among the bondholders (Series 15) in accordance with the provision of this Section 19.2.

 

  19.3 Prior to the appointment of the members of the Representation, the Trustee will receive from the candidates to serve as members of the Representation a statement about any existing or potential conflicts of interest as stated in Section 19.2.1 above and about service in other representations as stated in Section 19.2.2 above. The Trustee may demand such a statement from the members of the Representation at any time during the term of service of the Representation. A holder who does not make such a declaration shall be deemed to have a conflict of interest or impediment to serve by virtue of the provisions of the Antitrust Commissioner as aforesaid, as the case may be. Concerning a statement of conflict of interest, the Trustee will examine the existence of the conflicting matters, and if necessary, will decide whether there are any conflicts of interest that would disqualify the person from holding the office in the Representation. It is clarified that the Trustee will rely on such statements and will not be required to conduct further independent inquiry or investigation. The Trustee’s decision in these matters shall be final.

 

117
 

 

  19.4 The term of office of the Representation shall end on the date on which the Company publishes the decisions of the Representation in connection with the granting of an extension to the Company for the purpose of complying with the terms of the Deed of Trust as stated in Section 19.5 below. The Company will openly publish all the information that will be provided to the Urgent Representation at the end of its term, that is, upon the open publication of the Urgent Representation’s decision regarding granting an extension to the issuer to comply with the terms of the Deed of Trust.
     
19.5Powers of the Urgent Representation

 

  19.5.1 The Representation shall have the power to grant a one-time extension to the Company in connection with the dates for meeting the financial covenants set forth in the terms of the Bonds, for a period not exceeding ninety (90) days or the date of publication of the Company’s next financial statements, the earlier of which. It is clarified that the activities of the Representation and the cooperation between its members will be limited to the discussion of the possibility of granting such an extension, and that no other information will be passed between the members of the Representation that does not relate to granting such an extension. It is further clarified that the period of time until the appointment of the Representation will be taken into account within the aforesaid extension, and it will not constitute a ground for granting any additional extension to the Company beyond what is stated in this section above. If the Urgent Representation decides not to grant the issuer an extension, a meeting of the bondholders will be convened to decide on a resolution of calling for immediate repayment of the Bonds. Such a resolution will be made at the bondholders’ meeting, by a special resolution.

 

118
 

 

  19.5.2 If no Urgent Representation has been appointed under the provisions of this Section 19, or if the Urgent Representation has resolved not to give the Company an extension as stated in Section 19.5.1 above, the Trustee shall must convene the bondholders’ meeting which will be convened no later than seven (7) days from the date of the summons. The Trustee may, at its discretion, shorten the number of days if the Trustee believes that any delay in calling the repayment of the Company’s debt jeopardizes the rights of the bondholders.
     
  19.5.3 It is clarified that the decisions of the Urgent Representation will not prejudice previous resolutions made by the bondholders’ meeting in accordance with the law or the provisions of this Deed.

 

  19.6 The Company’s obligations in connection with the Urgent Representation

 

  19.6.1 The Company undertakes to act in full cooperation with the Representation and the Trustee and to provide the Trustee with any information it can obtain in connection with the identity of the bondholders and the extent of their holdings. In addition, the Trustee will act to obtain this information in accordance with the powers vested in him by any law.
     
  19.6.2 In addition, the Company undertakes to act in full cooperation with the Representation and the Trustee as required for the performance of the examinations they require and formulating the Representation’s decision, and to provide the Representation with all the data and documents required regarding the Company, subject to the restrictions of the law that may not be stipulated. Without derogating from the generality of the foregoing, the Company will provide the Representation with the relevant information for the purpose of formulating its resolution, which will not include any misleading details and will not be incomplete.

 

119
 

 

  19.6.3 The Company shall pay the costs of the Representation, including the costs of employing experts and consultants by the Representation or on its behalf, in accordance with the provisions of section 24 of the Deed of Trust.

 

  19.7 Warranty

 

  19.7.1 The Representation shall act and decide on matters entrusted to it, at its sole discretion, and it shall not be liable, it or any of its members, officers, employees or consultants, and the Company and the bondholders hereby exempt them in respect of any contentions, demands and claims against them that they exercised or refrained from exercising powers, authority or discretion granted to them under this Deed and in connection therewith or from any other action they executed underf it, excluding malicious acts or actions in bad faith.
     
  19.7.2 The operations of the members of the Representation and anyone on their behalf will be subject to the indemnification provisions set forth in Section 27 of the Deed of Trust, as if they were the Trustee.

 

  19.8 All that is stated in this Section 19 above pertaining to the appointment of an Urgent Representation will be in accordance with the stated in the Consolidated Circular (as stated in the Deed of Trust) including any future amendments to it made from time to time.

 

120
 

 

20. Additional Liabilities

 

  20.1 If the Bonds are called for immediate repayment, as defined in Section 8above, the Company will perform, from time to time and at any time required by the Trustee, all of the reasonable actions in order to enable the operation of all of the powers granted to the Trustee, and in particular, the Company will perform the following actions, no later than seven business days from the date of the Trustee’s request:

 

  20.1.1 Declare the declarations and/or sign all of the documents and/or perform and/or cause the performance of all of the actions required or necessary in accordance with the law in order to give effect to the operation of the powers, authorities and authorizations of the Trustee and/or its counsel under this Deed of Trust.
     
  20.1.2 Provide all of the notices, deposits and instructions that the Trustee sees fit and necessary in order to apply the provisions of the Deed of Trust.
     
  20.1.3 To repay to the bond holders and to the Trustee all the amounts due to them under the terms of the Deed of Trust, whether on the original due date or the date of the charge is due (‘Acceleration’).

 

  20.2 For the purposes of this Section – written notice, signed by the Trustee, that confirms that an action requested thereby, in the framework of its authorities, is a reasonable action, constitutes prima-facie evidence thereof.

 

21. Counsel

 

  21.1 The Company hereby irrevocably appoints the Trustee as its counsel to execute and perform in its name and place all of the technical actions that it must perform under the terms included in this Deed, and to act in its name with respect to the technical actions that the Company must perform under this Deed and has not performed, or to perform authorities granted thereto, and to appoint any other person as the Trustee sees fit, and to perform its position under this Deed, subject to the Company failing to perform the technical actions that it must perform under this Deed within 14 days, as determined by the Trustee from the date of the Trustee’s demand, provided that it acted reasonably.

 

121
 

 

  21.2 An appointment under Section 21.1above shall not obligate the Trustee to perform any action, and the Company hereby exempts the Trustee and its agents in advance in the event in which it does not perform any action, and the Company waives in advance any claim vis-à-vis the Trustee and its agents for any damage caused or that may be caused to the Company directly or indirectly, for this, on the basis of any action that is not performed by the Trustee and its agents as stated above.

 

22. Other Agreements

 

Subject to the provisions of the law and the limitations imposed on the Trustee by law, the fulfillment of the Trustee’s position under this Deed or its position as a trustee will not prevent it from engaging with the Company in other agreements or performing transactions therewith during the ordinary course of its business, provided that the same does not create a conflict of interests with serving as a trustee for the Bondholders (Series C).

 

23. Reports on Matters Relating to Trusteeship

 

  23.1 The Trustee will be required to submit a report regarding the actions performed in accordance with the provisions of Section 35h1 of the Securities Law.
     
  23.2 The Trustee will prepare, by June 30 of each year, for the previous calendar year, an annual report of the Trustee’s affairs (the “Annual Report”).
     
  23.3 The Annual Report will include a report of extraordinary events in connection with the trusteeship that occurred during the past year.
     
  23.4 The Trustee will publish (itself or through the Company at the request of the Trustee) the Annual Report on the MAGNA system.

 

122
 

 

  23.5 In the event that the Trustee becomes aware of a material breach of this Deed and/or of the terms of the Bonds (Series C) on the part of the Company, based on public publications of the Company or under a notice of the Company to the Trustee under Section 18.4above, it will notify the Bondholders (Series C) of the breach and the measures that it has taken to prevent or enforce the fulfillment of the Company’s obligations by the Company, as applicable. This obligation will not apply with respect to an event that is published by the Company under law. This obligation of the Trustee is subject to its actual knowledge of the breach event as stated.
     
  23.6 The Trustee will update the Company of any report filed under this Section 23 and pass on to it a copy thereof if this does not infringe on the rights of the Bondholders.
     
  23.7 The terms of this section above will not derogate from any other or additional reporting obligation imposed on the Trustee under any law.
     
  23.8 The Trustee must submit a report regarding activity performed under the provisions of Chapter E1 of the Law at the reasonable request of the holders with at least ten percent (10%) of the balance of the par value of the Bonds within a reasonable time from the date of the demand, all subject to the confidentiality obligation borne by the Trustee vis-à-vis the Company as stated in Section 35j(d) of the Law.
     
  23.9 At the request of holders of more than five percent (5%) of the balance of the par value of the Bonds, the Trustee will transfer to the holders data and details regarding its expenses in connection with the trust.
     
  23.10 As of the signing date of this Deed, the Trustee is insured under professional liability insurance in the amount of $10 million for the period (the “Coverage Amount”). If the Coverage Amount is reduced for any reason below $8 million, the Trustee will update the Company no later than 7 business days from the day on which it learned of the abovementioned reduction from the Insurer in order to publish an immediate report on the matter. The provisions of this section will apply until the date on which the Regulation promulgated under the Securities Law that govern the coverage obligation and the insurance coverage of the Trustee enter into effect. After their entry into effect of these Regulations, the Trustee will be obliged ti notify the Company only when the Trustee does not comply with the provisions of the Regulations.

 

123
 

 

24. Wages and Coverage of Trustee’s Expenses

 

The Company will pay the Trustee its fees as set forth in Appendix 24 of this Deed.

 

25. Special Powers

 

  25.1 The Trustee may deposit all of the deeds and documents that indicate, represent and/or set forth its right in connection with the trusteeship at the subject of this Deed, including in connection with any property that it possesses at the time, in a safe and/or another place determined, with an banker and/or banking company and/or with an attorney.
     
  25.2 The Trustee may, within the performance of the trusteeship under the Deed of Trust, commission any opinion or the counsel of any attorney, accountant, appraiser, assessor, broker or other expert (the “Consultants”) and act in accordance with their conclusions, whether the opinion or counsel was prepared at the request of the Trustee or the request of the Company and the Trustee will not be responsible for any loss or damage caused as a result of any action or omission performed thereby on the basis of the counsel or opinion as stated, unless determined in an absolute judgment that the Trustee acted negligently (excluding negligence exempt under law as it may be from time to time) and/or in bad faith and/or maliciously. The Trustee will include, in opinion regarding the manner of exercise of the rights of the holders vis-à-vis the issuance, a copy of the opinion or counsel available to the Bondholders, further to their request (subject to the requestor proving ownership of the Bonds), subject to the Trustee’s determination, at its discretion, that the exposure of the opinion as stated will not harm the rights of the Bondholders, and it may determine conditions regarding the procedures for the review of the opinion. The Company will bear all of the expenses of hiring the Consultants appointed as stated, provided that the Trustee will provide the Company with notice five days in advance of its intent to receive an expert opinion or counsel as stated, provided that the expenses are reasonable. If the same does not harm the rights of the holders, the Trustee will provide the Company with notice five business days in advance of its intent to receive an expert opinion or counsel as stated.

 

124
 

 

  25.3 Any counsel and/or opinion as stated may be provided, sent or received by a letter, telegram, facsimile, email and/or other electronic means of transferring information, and the Trustee will not be responsible for actions performed on the basis of advice and/or an opinion or knowledge transferred via one of the methods mentioned above although it contains errors and/or was not authentic, unless the same errors or inaccuracy could have been discovered in a reasonable inspection.
     
  25.4 Subject to any law, the Trustee will not be required to notify any party of the signature of the Deed of Trust, and will not be permitted to intervene in any manner in the management of the Company’s business or affairs, other than based on the authorities that will be granted to the Trustee in this Deed or as agreed by the Company and the Bondholders (Series C) and the Trustee. The provisions of this Section will not limit the Trustee in actions that it must perform in accordance with the Deed of Trust.
     
  25.5 The Trustee will use in the trusteeship the powers, authorizations and permissions granted thereto under the Deed of Trust, at its absolute discretion and subject to the other provisions of this Deed. In the event that the Trustee does not, it will not bear liability for any damage and/or loss and/or expense that is caused to the Company and/or the Bondholders and/or that it may bear following any action and/or omission performed by the Trustee, including as a result of mistakes in discretion, unless determined in an absolute judgment that the Trustee acted negligently (excluding negligence that is exempt under law as it may be from time to time) or in bad faith or maliciously or contrary to the provisions of this Deed, all in accordance with and subject to the provisions of the law.
     
  25.6 Unless explicitly determined otherwise by Law or the provisions of this Deed, the Trustee is not required to act in a manner which is not expressly detailed in this Deed of Trust so that any information, including about the Company and/or in connection with the Company’s ability to meet its obligations to bondholders comes to his attention, and this is not his role.

 

26. Trustees’ Power to Engage Agents

 

The Trustee may appoint agent/s that will act in its place, whether an attorney or another person, in order to perform or participate in the performance of special actions that must be performed in connection with the trusteeship and pay reasonable waves to any such agent, and without derogating from the generality of the above, to take legal proceedings or representation in merger or division proceedings of the Company. The Company shall be entitled to oppose such appointment for any reasonable reason, including in the event that the agent/s is a competitor, either directly or indirectly, in the Company’s business. It is clarified that the appointment of an agent as stated will not derogate from the liability of the Trustee for its actions and those of its agents.

 

___. The Company undertakes to bear, at the full reasonable cost involved in employing any such agent appointed by the Trustee provided that as far as possible in the circumstances, and in so far as it does not infringe on the rights of the Holders, the Trustee shall notify the Company in advance of its intention to appoint such agent and the costs involves in it.

 

125
 

 

However, the Company’s opposition to the appointment of a particular agent appointed at a meeting of holders, shall not delay the commencement of the employment of the agent, in so far as the delay is likely to materially harm the rights of the holders.

 

27. Indemnification of the Trustee

 

  27.1 The Company and the Bondholders (on the relevant effective date as stated in Section 27.6 below, each for its obligations as stated in Section 27.4 below) hereby undertakes to indemnify the Trustee and all of its officers, employees, agents or an expert that it appoints and/or that are appointed by the Trustee under the provisions of this Deed of Trust and/or under a lawful decision that is passed in a meeting of Bondholders (Series C) under the provisions of this Deed of Trust (the “Parties Eligible for Indemnification”):

 

  27.1.1 For any damage and/or loss and/or financial charge under a judgment (for which a stay is not granted) or based on a settlement that has ended (if the settlement relates to the Company, and the Company provides its consent to the settlement) the grounds of which are related to actions performed by Parties Eligible for Indemnification or that they are required to perform under the provisions of this Deed and/or under law and/or an instruction of a competent authority and/or any law and/or at the request of the Bondholders (Series C) and/or at the request of the Company; and

 

  27.1.2 For the fees of the Parties Eligible for Indemnification and the reasonable expenses under the circumstances incurred and/or that will be incurred, and for any damage and/or loss that they sustain due to actions performed by the Parties Eligible for Indemnification or that they are required to perform under the provisions of this Deed, and/or under law and/or an instruction of the competent authority and/or under any law and/or at the request of the Bondholders (Series C) and/or at the request of the Company and/or in connection with use of the powers and authorities provided by virtue of this Deed, and in connection with any legal proceedings, opinion of an attorney and other experts, negotiations, discussions, expenses, claims and demands with respect to any matter and/or item performed and/or that is not performed in any manner with respect to the matter herein.

 

126
 

 

All provided that:

 

  27.1.3 The Parties Eligible for Indemnification do not demand indemnification in advance regarding any manner that cannot be delayed (without harming their right to retroactive indemnification if and to the extent such right exists);

 

  27.1.4 It is not determined in a final judicial decision that the Parties Eligible for Indemnification acted in bad faith and that the action was performed other than in the fulfillment of their positions, other than in accordance with the provisions of the law and/or other than under this Deed of Trust;

 

  27.1.5 It is not determined in a final judicial decision that the Parties Eligible for Indemnification were negligent with negligence that is not exempt under law, as it may be from time to time;

 

  27.1.6 It is not determined in a final judicial decision that the Parties Eligible for Indemnification acted maliciously;

 

An indemnification undertaking under this Section 27.1 will be hereinafter: an “Indemnification Undertaking.”

 

It is agreed that in also in the event in which it is claimed against the Parties Eligible for Indemnification that they are eligible for indemnification they will be entitled to indemnification immediately upon their first request for payment of the amount eligible under the Indemnification Undertaking. In the event it is determined in a final judicial decision that they are not eligible for indemnification the Parties Eligible for Indemnification will return the Indemnification Undertaking amounts paid to them.

 

127
 

 

  27.2 Without derogating from the rights to compensation provided to the Trustee under law and subject to the provisions of this Deed and/or the obligations of the Company under this Deed, the Parties Eligible for Indemnification will be entitled to indemnification from the funds received by the Trustee in the proceedings taken regarding the obligations that it has undertaken, with respect to reasonable expenses incurred following the performance of the trusteeship or in connection with such actions, which in their opinion are required to be performed and/or in connection with use of the powers and authorities provided by virtue of this Deed and in connection with all types of legal proceedings, opinions of attorneys and other experts, negotiations, discussions, claims and demands regarding any matter and/or action that is performed and/or not performed in any manner with respect to this, and the Trustee may delay the funds available thereto and paid from them the amounts required in order to pay the indemnification as stated. All of the said amounts will have priority over the rights of the Bondholders (Series C) and subject to the provisions of any law, provided that the Trustee acts in good faith and in accordance with the obligations imposed thereon under any law and under this Deed. For the purpose of this Section, an action of the Trustee that is approved by the Company and/or the Bondholders will be considered an action that is reasonably required.

 

  27.3 Without derogating from the Indemnification Undertaking in Section 27.1 above, in the event that the Trustee is required, under the terms of the Deed of Trust and/or under law and/or an instruction of a competent authority and/or any law and/or at the request of the Bondholders (Series C) and/or at the request of the Company to perform any action including but not limited to commencing proceedings or filing cases at the request of the Bondholders (Series C) as stated in this Deed, the Trustee will be required to refrain from taking any such action until it receives, to its satisfaction, a financial deposit to cover the Indemnification Undertaking (the “Financing Cushion”) in the amount required, with first priority from the Company, and in the case in which the Company still has not deposited the entire financing deposit on the date required to do so by the Trustee, provided that the Trustee has taken the actions required to collect the aforesaid amounts from the Company, the Trustee will contact the Bondholders (Series C) that hold the Bonds (Series C) on the effective date (as stated in Section 27.4 below), with a request that they deposit the Financing Cushion amount, each its ‘relative share’ (as this term is defined below). In the event in which the Bondholders (Series C) do not actually deposit the entire Financing Cushion amount required, the Trustee will not be subject to the obligation to take any action or relevant proceedings. The provisions above will not exempt the Trustee from taking an urgent action required in order to prevent material detrimental harm to the rights of the Bondholders (Series C).

 

128
 

 

The Trustee is authorized to determine the Financing Cushion amount and may again create an additional cushion as stated from time to time, in the amount determined thereby. It shall be clarified that the payment by the holders under this Section will not release the Company from its obligation to bear the aforesaid payment.

 

  27.4 The indemnity undertaking:

 

  27.4.1 Shall apply to the Company in any event of: (1) actions performed at the reasonable discretion of the Trustee and/or under any law and/or that are required to be performed under the terms of the Deed of Trust or in order to protect rights of the Bondholders (including due to a demand of a holder that is required for the sake of protection as stated); and (2) actions performed and/or required to be performed at the request of the Company, including due to a demand as stated.

 

  27.4.2 Shall apply to Holders that hold, on the effective date (as stated in Section 27.6 below) in any event of: (1) actions performed and/or that are required to be performed at the demand of the Bondholders (excluding actions which, as stated, are taken at the demand of Holders in order to protect the rights of the Bondholders); and (2) non-payment by the Company of the indemnification undertaking amount applicable thereto under Section 27.3 above (subject to the provisions of Section 27.6 below) and provided that the Parties Entitled to Indemnification have taken the reasonable actions under the circumstances required to collect the aforesaid amounts from the Company. It shall be clarified that the payment in accordance with subsection (2) above will not derogate from the obligation of the Company to bear the indemnification undertaking in accordance with the provisions of Section 27.4.1 above.

 

129
 

 

  27.5 In any event in which the Company does not pay the entire amount required to cover the Indemnification Undertaking and/or does not deposit the entire Financing Cushion amount, as applicable, and/or the Holders are called to deposit the Financing Cushion amount under Section 27.3above, provided that the Parties Entitled to Indemnification have taken the reasonable actions under the circumstances required to collect the aforesaid funds from the Company, the following provisions shall apply:

 

  27.5.1 The funds will be collected in the following manner:

 

  27.5.1.1 First - the amount will be financed from the interest and/or principal that the Company is required to pay to the Bondholders (Series C) after the date of action. It is clarified that in the event that use is made of the same amounts by the Trustee, since the Company has not paid all of the amounts required to cover the Indemnification Undertakings and/or has not deposited the entire amount of the Financing Cushion, the same amounts will not be considered to have been repaid by the Company on account of the Bonds in favor of the Bondholders;

 

  27.5.1.2 Second - if, in the Trustee’s opinion, the amounts deposited in the Financing Cushion are insufficient to cover the Indemnification Undertaking, the holders that hold on the Effective Date (as stated in Section 27.3 below) will deposit the missing amount, in accordance with the relative share (as this is defined), with the Trustee.

 

130
 

 

“Relative Share” shall mean: the relative share of the Bonds (Series C) held by the Holder on the relevant effective date as stated in Section 27.3below of the total nominal value in circulation at the time. It is clarified that calculation of the relative share will remain effective even if after the same date a change occurs to the nominal value of the Bonds held by the Holder.

 

It shall be clarified that Bondholders that bear liability to cover expenses as stated in this Section above may bear expenses as stated in this section above in excess of their relative share, and in such a case, the priority will apply to the repayment of the funds in accordance with the provisions of Section 10of this Deed.

 

  27.6 The effective date for the determination of the obligation of a Holder in an Indemnification Undertaking and/or payment of the Financing Cushion is as follows:

 

  27.6.1 In any event in which the Indemnification Undertaking and/or payment of the Financing Cushion is required due to an urgent resolution or action required in order to prevent material detrimental harm to the rights of the Bondholders (Series C), without a prior decision of the meeting of Bondholders (Series C) – the effective date for the obligation will occur at the end of the trading day of the day on which the action is taken or the decision is made, and if the same day is not a trading day, on the previous trading day.

 

  27.6.2 In any event in which the Indemnification Undertaking and/or payment of the Financing Cushion is required based on a resolution of the meeting of Bondholders (Series C) – the effective date for the obligation will be the effective date for participation in the meeting (as this date is determined in the assembly notice).

 

131
 

 

  27.7 Payment of any amount imposed on the Company under this Section 27 by the Holders in lieu of the Company will not release the Company from its obligation to bear the aforesaid payment.

 

  27.8 With regard to the priority of the reimbursement to Holders that bear payments under this Section from the receipts by the Trustee, see Section 10above. The Trustee will act reasonably to return funds as stated that are paid by the Holders in place of the Company from the Company.

 

28. Notices

 

  28.1 Any notice on behalf of the Company and/or Trustee to the Bondholders will be provided through a report on the MAGNA system of the Securities Authority (the Trustee may instruct the Company and the Company will be required to immediate report on the MAGNA system on behalf of the Trustee, regarding any report in the form provided in writing by the Trustee to the Company). Any notice that is published or sent as stated will be considered to have been provided to a Bondholder on the date on which it was published as stated. If required under law, the Company will also publish an article in the paper.

 

  28.2 Any notice or demand on behalf of the Trustee to the Company or on behalf of the Company to the Trustee may be provided in a letter sent via registered mail based on the address set forth in the Deed of Trust, or based on another address of which one party shall inform the other in writing (including an email address) or through dispatch via email or an agent, and any notice or demand will be considered to have been received by the Company: (1) in the event of dispatch via registered mail – three business days from the day on which it is sent via mail; (2) in the event of dispatch via email (with telephone verification of its receipt) – one business day from the date on which it is sent; (3) in the event of delivery by courier – upon the delivery by courier to the recipient or its offer for acceptance of the recipient, as applicable.

 

132
 

 

  28.3 The Company agrees that confirmations and notices signed by it furnished by the Company or anyone acting on its behalf to the Trustee in connection with the Bonds which will be sent to the Trustee as scanned documents by electronic mail, may be presented by the Trustee as original documents.

 

29. Waivers, Compromises, and Changes to the Deed of Trust

 

Subject to the provisions of any law, excluding regarding (1) payment dates under the Bonds (including a technical change to the dates or effective date for payment); (2) the interest rate, adjustments of the interest arising from non-compliance with the financial covenants and a change to the rating; (3) undertakings of the Company in connection with the financial covenants and their breach; ; (4) the Company’s obligations in connection with the distribution of dividends; (5) provisions relating to series expansion; (6) the repayment terms of the Bonds and grounds for immediate repayment; (7) provisions about the Mortgaged Properties and the negative pledge; (8) interest cushion; (9) restrictions on transactions by controlling shareholders; (10) provisions relating to the encumbrance of the Pledged Properties; (11) the Company’s liabilities relating to the law applicable to the Deed of Trust; (12) provisions regarding the appointment of a Company representative in Israel – the Trustee may, from time to time and at any time when, in its opinion, there will not be harm to the rights of the Bondholders (Series C), waive any breach or non-fulfillment of any of the terms of the Bonds or the non-fulfillment of any of the terms of the Deed of Trust by the Company.

 

Subject to the provisions of any law and with the prior approval of the Bondholders in a special resolution, the Trustee may, whether before or after the principal of the Bonds (Series C) is called for payment, settle with the Company in connection with any right or claim of the Bondholders (Series C), waive any right or claim of the Bondholders (Series C) or any of them vis-à-vis the Company under the Deed of Trust and the Bonds (Series C) and agree with the Company to any arrangement of their rights, including to waive any right or claim of the Bondholders (Series C) vis-a-vis the Company under this Deed.

 

133
 

 

In the event that the Trustee settles with the Company, waives any right or claim of the Bondholders (Series C) or agrees with the Company to any arrangement of rights of the Bondholders (Series C) after receiving the prior consent of the meeting of Bondholders (Series C) as stated above, the Trustee will be exempt from liability for this action, as approved by the general meeting, provided that the Trustee does not breach a fiduciary duty and does not act in bad faith or maliciously or with negligence that is not exempt under law, in the implementation of the resolution of the general meeting.

 

Without derogating from the provisions above, subject to the provisions of any law, the Company and the Trustee may, whether before or after the principal of the Bonds is called for payment, change the Deed of Trust and its appendices (including a change to the terms of the Bonds) if one of the following is met:

 

  (a) If the Trustee is convinced that the change does not harm the rights of the Bondholders under the Deed of Trust (excluding regarding the matters listed in subsections (1) to (11) above in this Section 29), provided that he has notified the Bondholders (Series C) of the same in writing.

 

  (b) The change is approved by the Bondholders (Series C) in a special resolution.

 

This Deed may also be changed within settlement and arrangement proceedings under Section 350 of the Companies Law or under the Insolvency Law.

 

The Company has provided the Bondholders with notice through an immediate report published on the MAGNA of any change as stated above, shortly after its occurrence.

 

In any event of use of the Trustee’s right under this Section, the Trustee may demand from the Bondholders (Series C) that they provide it or the Company with the Certificates of the Bonds in order to record a note thereon regarding any settlement, waiver, change or amendment as stated, and at the request of the Trustee, the Company will record such a note. In any event of use of the Trustee’s right under this Section, it will inform the Bondholders (Series C) thereof in writing within a reasonable time.

 

134
 

 

30. Register of Bondholders

 

  30.1 The Company will keep and manage in its registered offices a register of Bondholders (Series C) in accordance with the Securities Law, which is open for the review of any person.

 

  30.2 The Company will not be required to record in the register of Bondholders (Series C) any notice regarding explicit, implicit or estimated trusteeship, or a pledge or lien of any kind or any equitable right, claim or offsetting or any other right, in connection with the Bonds (Series C). The Company will solely recognize the ownership of a person in whose name the Bonds are recorded, its legal heirs, estate managers or will executors of the registered owner and any person entitled to the Bonds, following a bankruptcy of any registered owner (or in the event of a corporation – following its liquidation) is entitled to be registered as a holder after evidence is provided which, in the opinion of the Company’s managers, is sufficient in order to prove the right of the person to be registered as the Bondholder.

 

31. Release

 

When it is proved to the satisfaction of the Trustee that all of the Bonds (Series C) are paid, redeemed or when the Company deposits sufficient amounts of money in trust with the Trustee which will suffice for the full and final redemption, under the provisions of this Deed, as well as when it is proved to the satisfaction of the Trustee that all of his wages and all of the expenditures made by the Trustee and/or his agents in connection with his operation according to the Deed of Trust and according to its provisions are paid to him in full, and the Trustee is required, at the Company’s first request, to act upon the monies deposited with him in respect of the Bonds (Series C) whose redemption was not requested, according to the terms stipulated in this Deed.

 

32. Appointment of the Trustee, the Trustee’s Roles, the Trustee’s Powers, and the Expiry of the Trustee’s Service

 

  32.1 The Company hereby appoints the Trustee as a trustee for the Bondholders (Series C) alone under the provisions of Section 35b of the Securities Law, including for the parties entitled to payments under the Bonds (Series C) that are not paid after the date of payment.

 

135
 

 

  32.2 The trusteeship for the Bondholders and the roles of the Trustee under the terms of this Deed will enter into force on the date of the allocation of the Bonds by the Company. The term of the Trustee’s appointment will be until the date of the convening of the holders’ meeting in accordance with the provisions of section 35B(a1) of the Securities Law.

 

  32.3 From the date on which this Deed of Trust takes effect, the Trustee’s roles will be according to all laws and this Deed.

 

  32.4 The Trustee will act in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Law.

 

  32.5 The Trustee will represent the bondholders (Series C) in every matter stemming from the Company’s undertaking to them, and he will be entitled, for this purpose, to take action to exercise the rights given to the holders according to the Securities Law or according to the Deed of Trust.

 

  32.6 The Trustee is entitled to initiate any proceeding for the purpose of protecting the rights of the holders in accordance with all laws and what is detailed in this Deed of Trust.

 

  32.7 The Trustee is entitled to appoint agents as detailed in Section 26 above.

 

  32.8 The Trustee’s actions are valid even if a defect is discovered in his appointment or eligibility.

 

  32.9 The Trustee’s signature on this Deed does not constitute an opinion on his part regarding the nature of the offered securities or desirability of investment therein.

 

  32.10 The Trustee will not be required to notify any party of the signing of this Deed. The Trustee will not interfere in any form whatsoever in the conducting of the Company’s business or affairs and this is not included amongst his roles. Nothing in this section will restrict the Trustee in any action which he must take in accordance with the provisions of this Deed.

 

  32.11 Subject to the provisions of all laws, the Trustee is not required to act in a manner which is not expressly detailed in this Deed of Trust so that any information, including about the Company and/or in connection with the Company’s ability to meet its obligations to bondholders comes to his attention, and this is not his role.

 

136
 

 

  32.12 Subject to the provisions of all laws and what is stated in this Deed of Trust, the Trustee undertakes, by his signing this Deed, to maintain in confidentiality all information provided to him by the Company and will not disclose it to another and will not make any use thereof, unless it’s disclosure or use is required for the purpose of fulfilling his role according to the Securities Law, according to the Deed of Trust, or according to a court order. Said duty of confidentiality will apply as well to any agent of the Trustee (including any consultant, counsel, and so forth). It is clarified that the transfer of information required to bondholders for the purpose of adopting a resolution relating to their rights according to the bond or for the purpose of providing report on the Company’s condition does not constitute a breach of said undertaking of confidentiality.

 

  32.13 The Trustee is entitled to rely, in the framework of his trust, on any written document including a letter of instruction, notice, request, consent or approval, purporting to be signed by or originating from a person or entity which the Trustee believes in good faith was signed by or originated from him.

 

  32.14 The provisions of the Securities Law will apply to the end of the Trustee’s service.

 

  32.15 If the Trustee’s service ended, a new trustee will be appointed in his place at a meeting of the holders.

 

  32.16 Despite the aforesaid, a resolution of the holders on the termination of the trustee’s service and his replacement with another trustee will be done, subject to any law, at a meeting at which holders with 50% of the balance of the par value of the Series C Bonds are present, or at a postponed meeting at which holders with at least 10% of said balance were present, with a majority of over 50% of those present and attending the vote.

 

137
 

 

  32.17 Subject to the provisions of all laws, the Trustee whose service ended will continue serving in his position until the appointment of another trustee. The Trustee will provide the new trustee with all of the documents and amounts accrued by him in connection with the trust which is the subject of the Date of Trust for Series C, and will sign any documents required for this purpose. Any new trustee will have the same powers, obligations, and authorities, and he will be able to act for all intents and purposes as if he was appointed as trustee in the first place.

 

  32.18 The Company will publish an immediate report in any event of the resignation of the Trustee and/or the appointment of a different trustee.

 

33. Bondholders’ Meetings

 

Meetings of bondholders (Series C) will be conducted as stated in the Second Supplement to this Deed.

 

34. Applicable Law

 

The only law which applies to this Deed of Trust and its appendices9, including the bonds, is Israeli law. In the event of any matter that is omitted from this Deed and in any event of a conflict between the provisions of the law and this Deed of Trust, the parties will act only in accordance with the provisions of Israeli law.

 

35. Exclusive Jurisdiction

 

The law applicable to this Deed of Trust, including its appendices, is the Israeli law only. In the event of a conflict between the provisions of the law and this Deed of Trust, the parties shall act in accordance with the provisions of Israeli law.

 

The exclusive and sole jurisdiction in connection with this Deed of trust, including its appendices10 and the bond, as an appendix thereto, is subject to the competence court in Tel Aviv- Jaffa.

 

 

9 Except for the pledge document to be signed as described in Section 6 of the Deed of Trust, which will be subject to US law.

10 Except for the pledge documents to be signed as stated in Section 6 of the Deed of Trust, regarding which the competent court in the US will be authorized to hear any matters connected thereto.

 

138
 

 

The Company, (with its signing of the Shelf Offer Report) the Controlling Shareholders in the Company (present and future) and the officers in the Company, (who serve and who will serve in the Company in the future), undertook and will undertake as relevant: that they will not object to a request by the Trustee and/or the Bondholders of Bonds (Series C) who will submit to a court in Israel a request for the application of Israeli law regarding compromise, arrangement, and insolvency in connection with the Company (and including the liquidation of the Company), regarding the Company’s compliance with the terms of the Deed of Trust and the Bonds (Series C), inasmuch as it shall be submitted; not to apply of their own initiative to courts outside of Israel in order to receive protection from a proceeding as aforesaid initiated against the Company by the Trustee and/or the Company’s Bondholders ; not to object if a court in Israel will seek to apply Israeli law regarding a compromise an arrangement and insolvency in connection with the Company (including liquidation; and will not raise claims against the local authority of the court in Israel in connection with proceedings filed by the Trustee and/or the Company’s Bondholders against the Company including a class action and derivative action regarding the Company’s compliance with the terms of the Deed of Trust and the Bonds (Series C). Further, the Company (with its signing of the Prospectus) undertook that in every agreement that the Company directly enters with a third party, including with the Company’s employees, it will be established that insolvency proceedings against the Company shall be initiated only in a court in Israel and according to the Israeli law. For this matter it is clarified that this undertaking shall not apply to the Company’s contracting with a third party that are ancillary to the contracting of the Company’s subsidiaries, including (without derogating from the generality of the above) the Company’s provision of guarantees and as well it will not apply to hedging agreements that the Company will enter with a third party, if such an agreement will occur.

 

In light of the aforesaid and subject to the fulfillment of the Company’s the Controlling Shareholders’ and the officers’ undertakings (in the present and in the future, as relevant), to the Company’s understanding an insolvency proceeding against the Company which is not according to Israeli law and/or not before Israeli courts can only stem from a lawsuit by a foreign creditor. On this matter, it is noted that if an insolvency proceeding against the Company is initiated not according to Israeli law and/or not before a foreign court, that stems from a lawsuit by a foreign creditor, the Company will make its best efforts and argue that the forum is not appropriate and all subject to all laws.

 

139
 

 

For the avoidance of doubt it is clarified that the undertakings by the Controlling Shareholders and officers in the Company (in the present and in the future) shall include, expressly, an irrevocable undertaking as well not to commence, at their initiative, ad insolvency proceeding against the Company according to foreign law and/or in a foreign court.

 

In light of the aforesaid and subject to the fulfillment of the undertakings of the Company, Controlling Shareholders and officers (present and future, as applicable), it is the Company’s understanding that and insolvency proceeding which is not according to Israeli law and/or before non-Israeli courts can only stem from a lawsuit by a foreign creditor which is not one of the above factors (the Company, the Controlling shareholders and the officers, as aforesaid).

 

In addition, the Company (by signing this Prospectus), the Controlling Shareholders and the Officers of the Company11, present and future, irrevocably undertake and will undertake in writing not to make any claims against the authority of the Securities Authority and/or the administrative enforcement committee in Israel in connection with financial sanctions and/or administrative means of enforcement placed thereon by the Securities Authority and/or the administrative enforcement committee in Israel, according to Chapter H3 and/or Chapter H4 of the Securities Law, and irrevocably undertake and will undertake in writing to uphold the decisions of the Securities Authority and/or the administrative enforcement committee in Israel including, without derogating from the generality of the foregoing, to pay the financial sanctions and/or payments to the victims of the breach placed thereon (if any) and to take the actions to amend the breach and prevent its recurrence without waiving any right to petition, appeal or otherwise claim against such financial decision or sanction.

 

 

11 That are not Israeli.

 

140
 

 

In addition, the Company undertakes to provide the Trustee, shortly after the signing of the Trust Deed, with an irrevocable written undertakings of the Company, the Controlling Shareholders and the Officers of the Company on the signing date of the Trust Deed (and shortly after a change of control in the Company, as applicable) and any officer as stated above serving in the Company on the date of signing the Trust Deed (and shortly after the appointment of additional officers to the Company, as applicable) by virtue of their positions as officers of the Company: (1) not to object to the request of the Trustee and/or Bondholders that will be submitted to a court in Israel for the application of Israeli law regarding compromise, arrangement, and insolvency (including liquidation) in connection with the Company, if filed; (2) not to object if the court in Israel seeks to apply Israeli law regarding a compromise, arrangement and insolvency (including liquidation) in connection with the Company; (3) not to make claims against the territorial jurisdiction of the court in Israel in connection with the proceedings filed by the Trustee and/or bondholders of the Company against the Company, including a class action or derivative claim; (4) not to apply of their own initiative to courts outside of Israel to receive protection in any proceeding initiated by the Trustee and/or the Bondholders of the Company against the Company regarding the Company’s fulfillment of the terms of the Company’s Bonds and Trust Deed, and not to manage on their own an insolvency proceeding against the Company under foreign law and in a jurisdiction that is not Israel; (5) not to make claims against the authority of the Securities Authority and/or an administrative enforcement committee in Israel in connection with financial sanctions and/or administrative enforcement measures imposed thereon by the Securities Authority and/or administrative enforcement committee in Israel, under Chapter H3 and/or Chapter H4 of the Securities Law, and undertake and will undertake irrevocably and in writing to uphold the decisions of the Securities Authority and/or the administrative enforcement committee in Israel, including, without derogating from the generality of the above, to pay the financial sanctions and/or payments to victims of the breach imposed thereon (if any) and to take actions to remedy the breach and prevent its recurrence without waiver on any right of petition, appeal or claim in any other manner against the aforementioned sanctions or resolutions. The aforesaid undertakings of the Company, officers and controlling shareholders of the Company will be hereinafter referred to as the “Undertakings of the Company, Officers and Controlling Shareholders.”

 

The controlling shareholders’ and officers’ undertakings, as stated above, will be published shortly after the publication of the results of the tender regarding the issuance of Series C Bonds, or as the case may be will be attached in the framework of the immediate report regarding the appointment of the officer which the Company will publish in accordance with the provisions of the law Or regarding the change in control of the Company, as the case may be, which the Company shall publish in accordance with the provisions of the law in Israel, as part of the pre-issuance reports and at the time of the appointment of any officer and/or the entry of a new controlling shareholder, all during the course of the life of the Bonds (Series C).

 

141
 

 

The laws of the British Virgin Islands and the incorporation documents of the Company do not limit or prevent the registration for trade of the securities offered according to this Prospectus and these may be traded freely in the Stock Exchange without any limitation under the laws of the British Virgin Islands and the incorporation documents of the Company.

 

Moreover, it should be noted that the Controlling Shareholders and Officers in the Company, present and future, have irrevocably undertaken and will irrevocably undertake (as applicable) not to make any claims against the imposition or validity of Article 39a as aforementioned.

 

36. General

 

Without derogating from the other provisions of this Deed and of the Bonds (Series C), any waiver, extension, discount, silence, refraining from taking action (“Waiver”) on the part of the Trustee regarding nonfulfillment or partial fulfillment or improper fulfillment of any obligation to the Trustee according to this Deed and the bond (Series C) will not be considered as a Waiver on the part of the Trustee of any right, but rather limited consent to the special opportunity in which it was granted. Without derogating from the other provisions of this Deed and the bond (Series C), any change in undertakings to the Trustee, including a waiver, requires receipt of the Trustee’s prior written consent. Any other consent, whether oral or by means of Waiver and refraining from taking action or in any other way which is not written will not be considered consent of any kind. The Trustee’s rights according to this Deed of Trust are individual and independent of one another, and are in addition to any right existing and/or which shall be granted to the Trustee according to law and/or agreement (including this Deed and the bond (Series C)).

 

142
 

 

37. Trustee’s Liability

 

  37.1 Notwithstanding what is stated in any law and anywhere in the Deed of Trust, inasmuch as the Trustee acted for the purpose of fulfilling his position in good faith and within a reasonable time, as well as ascertained the facts which a reasonable trustee would have ascertained under the circumstances, he shall not be liable to the bondholder for harm caused to him as a result of the fact that the Trustee utilized his discretion according to the provisions of section 35H(d1) or 35I1 of the Securities Law, unless it is determined in a final judgment that the Trustee acted with severe negligence. It is clarified that inasmuch as a contradiction shall be discovered between the provisions of this section and other provisions in the Date of Trust, the provisions of this section shall prevail.

 

  37.2 If the Trustee acted in good faith and without negligence in accordance with the provisions of section 35H(d2) or 35H(d3) of the Securities Law, he will not be liable for performing said action.

 

38. Addresses

 

The Parties’ addresses will be as detailed in the preamble to this Deed, or any other address regarding which appropriate written notice is given to the other party.

 

39. Authorization to MAGNA

 

In accordance with the provisions of the Securities Regulations (Signature and Electronic Reporting), 5763–2003, the Trustee hereby certifies to the entity authorized for the same on behalf of the Company, to electronically report to the Securities Authority regarding this Deed of Trust.

 

143
 

 

In witness whereof the Parties have signed:

 

     

Mishmeret Trust Services Company Ltd.

 

Strawberry Fields REIT Ltd.

 

I the undersigned, Boaz Noiman, Advocate, of the offices of Fischer & Co., certify that this Deed of Trust was signed by Strawberry Fields REIT Ltd. Through Mr. Moshe Eingal, whose signature binds the Company in connection with this Deed of Trust.

 

     
   

Boaz Noiman, Adv.

 

144
 

 

First Addendum

 

Certificate of Bonds (Series C)

 

Issuance of a series of ILS ___ million par value of Bonds (Series C), registered by name, bearing fixed annual interest in the rate determined by the Tender (the “Interest”), repayable (principal) in five payments – on 31 July of each of the years 2022, 2023, 2024, 2025 an 2026, such that each of the first four payments on account of the principal will constitute 6% of the total principal par value of the Bonds (Series C) and the fifth and last payment on account of the principal will constitute 76% of the principal total par value of the Bonds (Series C). The interest for the Bonds (Series C) will be paid on January 31 and July 31 of each of the years 2022 through 2026 (inclusive) (the first interest payment will be made on January 31, 2021 and the last interest payment will be made on July 31, 2026, together with payment of the principal of the Bonds).

 

Bond (Series C) Registered by Name

 

Number: 1

 

Par value: ILS __________

 

Annual interest: fixed at a rate determined by the Tender.

 

The registered owners of the Bonds in this Certificate: Mizrahi Tefahot Nominee Company Ltd.

 

1. This certificate indicates that Strawberry Fields REIT Ltd. (the “Company”) will pay any party that is the registered owner of this Bond (the “Holder of the Bond (Series C)”) on the effective date for the same payment. The payments will be made on the following dates:

 

[___________________]

 

  1.1. The principal of the par value of the Bonds (Series C) – five payments – on July 31 of each of the years 2022, 2023, 2024, 2025 and 2026, so that each of the first four payments on account of the principal will constitute 6% of the principal of the total par value of the Bonds (Series C) and the fifth and last payment on account of the principal will constitute 76% of the principal of the total par value of the Bonds (Series C).

 

145
 

 

  1.2. The interest for the Bonds (Series C)- the interest for the Bonds (Series C) will be paid in semi-annual payments, on January 31 and July 31, in the years 2022 through 2026 (inclusive). The first interest payment will be made on January 31, 2022 for the period beginning on the first trading day after the closing date of the signatures and ending on the last day before the first payment date of the interest (i.e. on January 30, 2021) (the “First Interest Period”), which will be calculated based on the number of dates in this period on a basis of 365 days per year. The interest rate that will be paid for a certain interest period (excluding the First Interest Period) i.e. the period commencing on the payment date of the previous interest period and ending on the last day before the payment date shortly after the date of its commencement will be calculated as the annual interest rate divided by two (the “Biannual Interest Rate”).

 

All subject to the provisions on the overleaf and the Deed of Trust, dated [___], [_], between the Company of the first part and Mishmeret Trust Services Ltd. and/or any party that serves from time to time as a trustee of the Bondholders under the Deed of Trust (the “Trustee” and the “Deed of Trust” respectively).

 

2. The Bonds (Series C) are not linked to any index or currency.

 

3. The final payment of principle and the final payment of the interest will be made in exchange for provision of the bond certificates (Series C) to the Company on the date of the final payment (i.e. on July 31, 2026) at the Company’s registered office or in any other place which the Company shall indicate. The Company’s notice as stated will be published no later than five (5) business days before the last payment date.

 

4. All of the Bonds (Series C) shall have an equal security rating between them (Pari Passu) in connection with the Company’s liabilities according to the Bonds (Series C) and without a priority right or preference for one over another.

 

146
 

 

5. This Bond (Series C) is issued subject to the terms detailed on the overleaf, the terms detailed in the Deed of Trust, the Shelf Prospectus and the Shelf Offer Report.

 

Signed by the Company on ____ 2018

 

By:      

 

Authorized Signatory:     Authorized Signatory:  

 

I the undersigned, Boaz \Noiman, Advocate, of Fischer and Co. certify that this bond certificate was duly signed by Strawberry Fields REIT Ltd., [_____], whose signature binds the Company in connection with this bond.

 

Boaz Noiman, Adv.

 

147
 

 

The Terms Listed on the Overleaf

 

1. General

 

In this (Series C) bond, the following expressions shall have the following meanings and inasmuch as they are not defined below, shall have the meaning given them in the Deed of Trust, unless expressly stated otherwise:

 

Business Day

 

  or a “Bank Business Day  Any day on which the exchange clearinghouse of most of the banks in Israel are open to carry out transactions.
     
  Series of Bonds – the bonds listed by name, whose terms will be in accordance with the certificate of the Bonds (Series C) and the Shelf Offer Report on behalf of the Company dated [______], 2021 (including its amendments, if any) based on which they will be issued.
     
  Principal” - The unpaid par value of the (Series C) bonds.
     
  Special Resolution” – a resolution passed in a general meeting of Bondholders (Series C), who are present themselves or by their counsel whose Bonds represent at least 50% of the balance of the par value of the Bonds (Series C), or in an adjourned meeting attended by the Bondholders, themselves or by their counsel, who hold at least 20% of the balance of the par value as stated, and which is passed (whether in the original meeting or adjourned meeting) with a majority of at least two thirds (2/3) of the balance of the par value of the Bonds (Series C) represented in the vote.
     
  Ordinary Resolution” - a resolution passed in a meeting of Bondholders convened under Section 35l13 and 35l14(a) of the Securities Law, passed (whether in the original or deferred meeting) with a majority of at least fifty percent (50%) of all of the votes of the participants in the vote, excluding abstentions;

 

148
 

 

  The “Nominee Company – Mizrahi Tefahot Nominee Company Ltd. or a nominee company that will replace it, provided all the Company’s securities will be registered under its name.
     
  Trading Day” - A day on which transactions are made in the Tel Aviv Securities Exchange Ltd.
     
  Clearing Housing of the Stock Exchange

- The Securities Authority

The Tel Aviv Stock Exchange Ltd.

 

2. The Bonds

 

For details regarding the Bonds (Series C), see section 2 2 of the Deed of Trust.

 

3. Terms of Bonds (Series C)

 

  (a) The Bonds (Series C), registered by name, worth ILS 1 par value each. The Bonds (Series A) will be payable (principal) in five payments - on July 31 of each of the years 2022, 2023, 2024, 2025 and 2026, such that each of the first four payments on account of the principal will constitute 6% of the total principle par value of the Bonds (Series C) and the fifth and final payment on account of the principal will constitute 76% of the total principal par value of the Bonds (Series C).

 

  (b) The unpaid balance of the principal of the Bonds (Series C) will bear fixed annual interest at the rate determined in the Tender (but subject to adjustments in the case of a change to the rating of the Bonds (Series C) and/or deviation from the financial covenants set forth in Sections 5.2 and 5.3, respectively, in the Deed of Trust. 12

 

 

12 It is clarified that if the Bonds (Series B) are rated by more than one reading company, the ratings test for the purpose of adjusting the interest rate to a change in rating (if and inasmuch as there shall be such a change) shall be done, at all times, according to the lower of the ratings.

 

149
 

 

  (c) The Bonds (Series C) are not linked to any currency or index.

 

  (d) The interest for the Bonds (Series C) will be paid in semiannual payments, on January 31and July 31 of each of the years 2022 to 2026 (inclusive), as set forth below (excluding the first payment, which will be made as set forth in subsection (e) below).

 

  (e) The first payment of interest on the Bonds (Series C) will be paid on January 31, 2022 for the period beginning on the first trading day after the signature closing date and will end on the last day before the date of the first interest payment (namely, on January 30, 2022) (the “First Interest Period”) which shall be calculated according to the number of days during this period on the basis of 365 days per year. The interest rate which will be paid for a particular interest period (other than the first interest period) (meaning, the period which begins on the payment day of the prior interest period and ending on the last day before the payment date immediately after the commencement date) will be calculated as the yearly interest rate divided by two (the “Semiannual Interest Rate”). The Company will publicize, in the immediate report on the results of the tender, the initial interest rate, the annual interest rate which shall be determined in said tender, and the Semiannual Interest Rate.

 

  (f) The payments on account of the principal and/or the interest in respect of the Bonds will be paid to those whose names will be registered in the Register of the Bondholders on July 19 and January 19 for each relevant period preceding the date of that payment as stated in Section 1 of the Shelf Offering Report. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the final payment of the principal and the interest shall be made against delivery of the bond certificates to the Company at the Company’s registered office or at any other place that it announces, provided that such notice shall be given by the Company no later than five business days prior to the date set for making the last payment.

 

The final payment of principle and the final payment of the interest will be made in exchange for provision of the bond certificates (Series C) to the Company on the date of the final payment (namely, on July 31, 2026) and the Company’s registered office or in any other place which the Company shall indicate. Such notice by the Company will be published no later than five (5) business days before the date of the final payment.

 

150
 

 

  (g) It is clarified that a party that is not registered in the registry regarding payment of principal and/or interest, as applicable, on July 19 and January 19 regarding each relevant period that precedes the payment date of the principal and/or interest will not be entitled to payment of principal and/or interest for the principal and/or interest term beginning before the same date.

 

4. Payments of Principal and Interest of the Bonds (Series C)

 

  (a) Every payment on account of the principle and/or interest which shall be paid with a delay exceeding seven (7) days from the date stipulated for its payment according to the bond terms, and this for a reason under the Company’s control, shall bear lateness interest as defined below, beginning on the date stipulated for its payment and until the date of actual payment. Regarding this, the rate of interest in arrears shall be in addition to 3.5% on the interest rate on bonds as stated in section 3(b) 3 above, and all on a yearly basis (the “Arrears Interest”). The Company shall give notice of the rate of Interest which has accrued (inasmuch as it has accrued) on the precise interest rate for the period, including the arrears interest, as well as the date of payment, in an immediate report and this two (2) trading days before the date of actual payment.

 

  (b) Payment to those who are so entitled will be done by check or bank transfer and/or by means of the Exchange Clearinghouse in favor of the bank account of the bondholders (Series C). If the Company cannot, for any reason whatsoever which is not under the Company’s control, pay any amount to those so entitled, the provisions of Section 14of the Trust Deed will apply.

 

  (c) A bondholder (Series C) who so wishes, will notify the Company of the details of the bank account to be credited with payments to that same holder according to the Bonds (Series C) as aforesaid, or of a change in the details of said account or his address, as applicable, in a notice which will be sent by registered mail to the Company. The Company shall be required to act in accordance with the notice from the holder regarding said change after the passing of 15 business days from the date on which the holder’s notice reached the Company.

 

151
 

 

  (d) If a bondholder registered in the registry of holders did not timely provide the Company with details regarding his bank account to be credited with the transfer of payments to the same holder, according to the bond, every such payment will be made by check which will be sent by registered mail to his last address registered in the registry of holders. Sending of a check to one so entitled by registered mail as aforesaid will be considered for all intents and purposes as payment of the amount determined therein on the date of its sending by mail, provided that the check is deposited in the bank and actually paid.

 

5. Postponement of Dates

 

In any event in which a date for payment on account of principle and/or interests falls on a day which is not a business day, the payment date will be postponed to the first business day thereafter, without additional payment and the “Effective Date” for the purpose of determining entitlement for redemption or interest will not change as a result.

 

6. Securing the Bonds

 

See Section 6 of the Deed of Trust.

 

7. Refraining from Payment for a Reason Which is not under the Company’s Control

 

See Section 14of the Deed of Trust.

 

8. Register of Bondholders

 

See Section 30 of the Deed of Trust.

 

9. Splitting Bond Certificates

 

  (a) In respect of the Bonds (Series C) registered in the name of one holder, the holder shall be issued one certificate, or at his request, he shall be issued a number of certificates in a reasonable amount (and the certificates mentioned in this section shall hereinafter be called: the “Certificates”).

 

152
 

 

  (b) Every bond certificate may be split to bond certificates where the sum of all of their par value equals the amount of the par value of the certificate whose splitting is requested, provided that said certificates shall not be issued except in reasonable amounts. We split will be done in exchange for providing that same bond certificate together with a written request signed by the registered holder given to the Company at its registered office for the purpose of carrying out the split. All of the costs involved in the split, including taxes and levies, if such shall apply, will fall on the party requesting the split.

 

10. Transfer of Bonds

 

The bonds may be transferred and their full par value, as well as in part, provided that it shall be in whole New Israel Shekels. Every bond transfer shall be done by a letter of transfer in an accepted wording, duly signed by a the registered holder or his legal representatives and by the recipient of the transfer orders legal representatives, which shall be provided to the Company at its registered office together with the bond certificates transferred in accordance there with as well as every other proof required by the Company for the purpose of proving the transferor’s right to transfer them. If tax or any other mandatory payment shall apply to the letter of transfer of the bonds, proof of their payment shall be provided to the Company which shall be satisfactory to the Company. The Company’s Articles of Incorporation which apply to the transfer shares which are fully paid and their assignment will apply, mutatis mutandis, as applicable, on the manner of the transfer of the bonds and their assignment. In the event of a transfer of only a portion of the amount of the determinate principle in a bond certificate, it is necessary to first split, according to the provisions of section 8 above, the certificate to a number of certificates as required by the same, in a manner such that the sum of all of the determinate principle amounts therein will be equal to the amount of the determinate principle of said bond certificate. After fulfilling all of these conditions, the transfer shall be registered in the registry, and the Company shall be entitled to require that a notice regarding said transfer be registered on the certificate of the transferred bond which will be provided to the transfer recipient or that he be issued a new bond certificate in its place, and the transferee shall be subject to all of the conditions detailed in the transferred bond certificate such that in a place that it states “the holder” it shall be seen as if it says “the transferee”, and he shall be considered as a “holder” for purposes of the Deed of Trust.

 

153
 

 

11. Early Redemption

 

Regarding early redemption of the Bonds at the initiative of the Stock Exchange and early redemption at the initiative of the Company, see Section 5 of the Deed of Trust.

 

12. Purchase of Bonds by the Company and/or an Affiliate

 

See Section 3 of the Deed of Trust.

 

13. Waivers; Compromises, and Changes to the Deed of Trust

 

See Section 29 of the Deed of Trust.

 

14. Bondholders’ Meetings

 

The general meetings of bondholders (Series C) shall be convened and shall be conducted in accordance with what is stated in the Second Supplement of the Deed of Trust.

 

15. Receipt from Bondholders

 

See Section 15 of the Deed of Trust.

 

16. Right to Call for Immediate Repayment

 

See Section 8 of the Deed of Trust.

 

17. Notices

 

See Section 28 of the Deed of Trust.

 

18. Applicable Law and Judicial Authority

 

See Sections 34and 35 of the Deed of Trust.

 

19. Order of Priorities

 

In the event of a contradiction between this supplement and the Deed of Trust, the Deed of Trust shall prevail.

 

***

154
 

 

Second Addendum

 

Bondholders’ Meetings (Series C)

 

1. Entitlement to Convening a Meeting

 

  1.1. The Trustee will convene a meeting of Holders if it sees that the same is necessary or at the request of one or more Bondholder who has at least 5% (five percent) of the balance of the par value of the Bonds. In the event that those requesting the calling of the meeting are bondholders, the Trustee will be entitled to require indemnification, including in advance, from the requesters for the reasonable expenses involved.

 

  1.2. It shall be clarified that the indemnification demand by the Trustee shall not detract from the calling of a meeting which was called for the purpose of initiating an action designed to prevent harm to the rights of the bondholders and the indemnification demand shall not derogate from the Company’s obligation to bear the expenses involved in calling the meeting.

 

  1.3. The Trustee will call a meeting of bondholders within 21 days from the date on which the request that it be convened is submitted to him, on a date which shall be stipulated and of the summons, and provided that the date of convening will not be earlier than seven days and no later than 21 days from the date of the summons; however the Trustee is entitled to advance the convening of the meeting to at least one day after the summons date, if he believes that this is required for the purpose of defending the holders’ rights; should he do so, the Trustee will explain the reasons for advancing the convening date in the report regarding the meeting summons.

 

  1.4. If the Trustee did not call a meeting of holders, according to the holder’s request as aforesaid, within 21 days from the date he was requested as aforesaid, the holder is entitled to convened the meeting, and provided that the date of convening will be within 14 days of the end of the period in which the Trustee must call the meeting, and the Trustee will bear the expenses incurred by the holder in connection with convening the meeting.

 

155
 

 

  1.5. Every meeting of bondholders (Series C) will take place in Israel and a place indicated by the Company and/or the Trustee, and the Company will bear the reasonable expenses of convening the meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee may determine that the meeting be held by electronic media.

 

2. Meeting Summons and Meeting Agenda

 

  2.1. A summons to a meeting by the Trustee for the purpose of consultation only with the bondholders will be published at least one day before the date of its convening (“Consultation Meeting”). An agenda will not be published for, and no resolutions will be adopted at a Consultation Meeting.

 

  2.2. A summons to a meeting which is not a Consultation Meeting will be published in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Law as it shall exist from time to time, at least 7 (seven) days, but no more than 21 days before the convening of the meeting (“Summons”).

 

  2.3. The Trustee will determine the agenda at the bondholders meeting. One or more Bondholder (Series C) who has at least 5% (five percent) of the balance of the par value of the Bonds (Series C) is entitled to request that the Trustee include a topic on the holders’ meeting which will be convened in the future, provided that the topic is appropriate in the Trustee’s opinion for discussion at said meeting;

 

  2.4. The Trustee will be entitled to shorten the date of convening to at least one day after the date of the summons if he saw that delay in convening the meaning constitutes or is likely to constitute injury to the rights of the bondholders. Should he do so, the Trustee will explain the reasons for advanced in the convening of the meeting in the report regarding the meeting summons.

 

  2.5. The summons shall detail:

 

  2.5.1. Location where the meeting will be convened;

 

  2.5.2. The date and time on which the meeting will be convened;

 

  2.5.3. The legal quorum for commencing the meeting as detailed in section 3 below;

 

156
 

 

  2.5.4. The effective date for participation in the meeting which shall occur no less than one day before the convening of the meaning and not more than three days before its convening.

 

  2.5.5. The topics to be discussed at the meeting and proposed resolutions will be indicated;

 

  2.5.6. Arrangements regarding written voting;

 

3. The Legal Quorum for Commencing the Meeting and Postponed Meeting

 

  3.1. A Consultation Meeting will take place with any number of participants.

 

  3.2. A meeting of bondholders so commence after it is proved that the required legal quorum as stated below for holding the meeting is present.

 

  3.3. Subject to the presence of the required legal quorum for the meeting which was convened to adopt special resolutions and subject to the provisions of the Securities Law, the legal quorum for holding a holders’ meeting is the presence of at least two bondholders who have 25% (twenty-five percent) at least of the unpaid balance of the par value of the bonds in circulation and that time, within half an hour from the time stipulated for opening the meeting

 

  3.4. If within half an hour from the time stipulated for the opening of the meeting, a legal quorum is not present, the meeting will be postponed to a different date which shall not be earlier than two business days after the date stipulated for holding the original meeting or one business day, if the Trustee believes that this is required for the purpose of protecting the rights of the bondholders; if the meeting is postponed, the Trustee will explain the reasons for this in the report regarding the postponed-meeting summons.

 

  3.5. Other than in connection with a meeting which was convened to adopt as resolution that is required to be adopted as a special resolution and subject to the provisions of the Securities Law, if you legal corm is not present at the postponed holders’ meeting within half an hour from the time stipulated for its commencement, the quorum shall be legal with any number of participants; if the meeting is convened following a request from the holders, as set forth in Sections 1.2 and 1.3 above - the legal quorum of Bondholders will be one or more holding at least 5% (five percent) of the balance of the par value of the bonds existing in circulation on the effective date for the meeting.

 

157
 

 

  3.6. Bonds held by a related person (as defined in section 3.2 of the Deed) will not be taken into consideration for the purpose of determining the legal quorum.

 

4. Chairperson

 

At every holders’ reading, the Trustee or whomever he appoints shall serve as chairperson of that same meeting.

 

5. Adjourned Meeting

 

  5.1. A meeting which has been opened shall be adjourned at the notice of the Trustee or notice of the chairperson of the meeting, and it may have one or more sessions.

 

  5.2. In a holders’ meeting which has a legal quorum, the meeting chairperson and/or the Trustee are entitled to decide to hold an additional session which will take place on a different date and location which will be determined by the Trustee (“Adjourned Meeting”).

 

  5.3. The Trustee will be responsible for publicizing a notice regarding the date and location on which the Adjourned Meeting will be convened, and provided that said notice shall be given 12 hours at least before the convening of the Adjourned Meeting.

 

  5.4. At an Adjourned Meeting, only a topic which was on the agenda of the original meeting regarding which no resolution was adopted will be discussed.

 

  5.5. A holder who was not present at the original meeting will be able to be present for the Adjourned Meeting and vote on the topics which have been presented for vote (and for which the vote has not yet been sealed) and will be presented for voting, subject to the fact that he proves his ownership of bonds which are the subject of the meeting to the one calling the meeting as of the effective date of the meeting is stipulated in summons notice for the meeting.

 

158
 

 

6. Provisions for Special Meetings

 

In a meeting of bondholders the agenda of which contains one of the following, the provisions below will apply regarding the legal quorum in a meeting of holders or an adjourned meeting, and regarding the majority required for passing the resolutions:

 

  6.1. In a meeting the agenda of which contains calling the bonds for immediate repayment - the provisions of Section 8.2.2 of the Trust Deed will apply.

 

  6.2. In a meeting the agenda of which contains removing the Trustee from his service - the provisions of Section 32 of the Trust Deed will apply.

 

  6.3. A change and/or amendment and/or addition to the Trust Deed - the provisions of Section 29 of the Deed of Trust will apply.

 

At a meeting on whose agenda includes a resolution on a topic regarding which it is stipulated in the Trust Deed or the bond that it is subject to a special resolution, the legal quorum is the presence of bondholders who own fifty percent (50%) at least of the balance of the bonds’ par value or at a postponed meeting, the presence of bondholders who own twenty percent (20%) at least of the balance of the bonds’ par value. The required majority for adopting a special resolution (whether at the original meeting or at a postponed meeting) is a majority of two-thirds (two thirds) of the balance of the bonds’ par value which is represented at the vote.

 

7. Position Statements

 

  7.1. The Trustee or the bondholder, one or more, who owns at least 5% (five percent) of the balance of the bonds’ par value (Series C) is entitled to make a written application to the bondholders in a letter which will be attached to the ballot in order to convince them regarding the manner of their vote on one of the topics raised for discussion at that same meeting (in this supplement – “Position Statement”).

 

  7.2. A holder who wishes to make use of this right will give notice of the same to the Trustee during the session in which it is resolved to bring that same topic to a vote and will provide the Trustee with the Position Statement within 24 hours of the date of that same session.

 

  7.3. Any meeting which was summoned following a request by shareholders or by the shareholders as detailed in sections 1.1 and 1.3, every holder will be entitled, by means of the Trustee, to publish a Position Statement in relation to the topics which are on the agenda for the meeting.1.21.3

 

159
 

 

  7.4. The Trustee in the Company will be entitled, each one individually, to publish a Position Statement in response to the Position Statement which was sent in accordance with 7.1 and 7.3 above, or in response to another application to the bondholders.

 

  7.5. Position Statements will not be published at a Consultation Meeting.

 

8. Votes at a Meeting

 

  8.1. The vote at a meeting of the holders of the Bonds (Series C) will take place in relation to the topics which were detailed in the summons only.

 

  8.2. A holder of a Bond (Series C) will be entitled to vote himself, by means of an agent appointed in accordance with this supplement or by means of a ballot.

 

  8.3. The meeting chairperson is entitled to determine that votes will be by ballot or by means of vote during the course of the meeting. In the event in which the chairperson determined that the vote will be by means of ballot, the trustee will ensure that the text of the ballot will be distributed to the holders, and will determine the date on which the vote is closed by which time the holders must send the full and duly signed ballot to the Trustee. The Trustees entitled to require that a holder declare, in the framework of the ballot, the existence or absence of a conflict of interest (as defined infra) which he has, in accordance with the Trustee’s judgment. A holder who does not fill out the ballot in full and/or does not prove his entitlement to participate and vote at a meeting according to the provisions of the Second Supplement will be considered as one who has not submitted a ballot and accordingly has chosen not to vote on the topic(s) which are on the ballot. A fully filled out and duly signed ballot in which the holder indicated his vote which reaches the Trustee by the deadline determined for the same will be considered as presence at the meeting for the purpose of breaching the legal quorum at the meeting.

 

  8.4. Unless expressly stipulated otherwise in this Deed, the required majority for adopting any resolution by the general meeting is an ordinary majority of the number of votes represented in the vote and those voting for or against. Additionally, but subject to the provisions above, the Trustee is entitled to decide at his discretion in accordance with the circumstances whether adoption of a resolution requires a majority which is not ordinary.

 

160
 

 

  8.5. The Trustee will participate in the meeting without the right to vote. The Company may, through its representatives, present matters before the discussion and respond to questions from holders, if any. Notwithstanding the above, it shall be clarified that the Trustee may, at its sole discretion, resolve that the meetings of holders, in whole or in part, will take place in the absence of the Company or a representative on its behalf or a related holder or any other person, without being subject to the obligation to provide grounds.

 

  8.6. Holders of the bonds are entitled to participate and vote in every general meeting on their own or by means of representatives. Every voter by bondholders will be conducted according to the number of votes such that every bondholder or his representative will be entitled to one vote in respect of every ILS 1 par value from the total specified principle which has not yet been repaid of the bonds based on which he is entitled to vote. In the event of joint holders, only the vote by the requested registered first between them in the registry, whether himself or by means of an agent.

 

  8.7. A bondholder or his agent are entitled to vote in respect of a portion of his votes in favor of a particular proposed resolution, and against in respect of another portion, and in respect of another portion to abstain, all as he sees fit.

 

9. Checking for the Existence of a “Conflicted Interest”

 

This Section 9 will apply only if the Trustee is subject to an obligation under law to examine the presence of a conflict of interests, and subject to the provisions of law as they may be, the following provisions will apply:

 

  9.1. In the number of voters, the votes of Bondholders who are a related person as defined in section 3.2 of the Trust Deed will not be considered and these bonds shall not grant the related person the right to vote at the general meeting of bondholders as long as they are held by the related person.

 

  9.2. The Trustee will examine the existence of conflicts of interests by holders, whether it is a matter stemming from their holding of the bonds or whether it is another matter related to them, as determined by the Trustee (in this supplement – “Other Matter”); the Trustee is entitled to require that the holder participating in the holders’ meeting notify him regarding any Other Matter of his as well as whether he has such a conflict of interests.

 

161
 

 

  9.3. Without derogating from the generality of the aforesaid, each of the following shall be considered a conflicted owner:

 

  9.1.1 A holder who is a Related Person (as this term is defined in section 3.2of the Trust Deed);

 

  9.1.2 A holder who served as an officer in the Company adjacent to the time of the event which is at the basis of the resolution at issue at the meeting;

 

  9.1.3 Any holder who the Trustee determines possesses a “conflict of interest” according to what is stated, infra, subject to all laws and/or instructions by the competent authority including: every holder who declares to the Trustee in writing that he has a substantive personal interest which deviates from the interests of all of the bondholders at the bondholders meeting (Series C). A holder who fails to provide a written declaration after having been requested to do so by the Trustee will be considered as having declared that he has a personal interest as such, and regarding him the Trustee will determine that he has a conflict of interest. Without derogating from what is stated in this section 9, the Trustee will examine whether the holder is a holder with a “conflict of interest,” taking into account also the holdings of that same holder of other securities in the Company and/or securities in any other corporation relevant to the resolution presented for approval at the meeting (as shall be detailed in the ballot), in accordance with the declaration of that same holder.

 

Determination of a conflict of interest will be done as well on the basis of a general test for conflict of interest which shall be carried out by the Trustee. Similarly, for the avoidance of doubt is clarified that the provisions regarding the definition of bondholders with a conflict of interest shall not derogate from the provisions of any law, case law and binding guidelines by the Securities Authority regarding the definition of bondholders with a conflict of interest, as shall apply at the time of the examination.

 

162
 

 

  9.4. For the purpose of examining a conflict of interests as aforesaid, the Trustee shall be entitled to rely on a legal opinion which he shall request, and it shall be subject to the provisions of the Deed of Trust regarding bearing of expenses.

 

  9.5. It shall be clarified that the test for a conflict of interests as stated, supra, inasmuch as it is required in the judgment of the Trustee, shall be conducted separately in relation to each resolution on the meeting agenda as well as in relation to each meeting, separately. It shall be further clarified that the declaration of a holder as having a conflict of interest in a resolution or meeting will not, in and of itself, demonstrate a conflict of interests by that same holder for a different resolution which is on the meeting agenda or his conflict of interest at different meetings.

 

  9.6. And counting the vote tally at a vote which took place at a holders’ meeting, the Trustee will not take into account the votes of holders who did not respond to his request as described in section 9.1above, or that of holders regarding whom he found that there is a conflict of interest as stated in that same subsection (in this supplement – “Holders With a Conflict of Interest”).

 

10. Declaration of Adoption of a Resolution

 

The declaration by chairperson that a resolution at a holders’ meeting was adopted or rejected, whether unanimously or by some majority, shall be prima facie evidence of what is stated therein.

 

11. Letter of Appointment

 

  11.1. A letter appointment appointing an agent will be in written and will be signed by the a pointer or by his authorized representative, in writing as required. If the pointer is a corporation, the appointment will be made in writing, signed with of the corporation’s stamp and the signature of the clerk of the corporation or the corporation’s representative who is authorized to do so. A letter of appointment of an agent will be drafted in any common form. An agent is not required to be a holder himself.

 

163
 

 

  11.2. A letter of appointment and the power of attorney or another certificate based on which the letter of appointment is signed, or a certified copy of such a power of attorney, will be deposited in the Company’s office prior to the time of the meeting regarding which power of attorney is granted, unless otherwise stipulated in the notice calling the meeting.

 

  11.3. A vote cast in accordance with the terms in the document appointing an agent shall be valid even if the grantor passes away beforehand or is declared legally incompetent or the letter of appointment is annulled or the bond regarding which the vote was cast is transferred, unless prior to the meeting, written notice regarding the death, declaration of incompetence, annulment, or transfer, as applicable, is received in the Company’s registered office.

 

  11.4. Subject to the provisions of Section 11.2 above, every corporation which owns bonds is entitled by written and duly signed authorization, to empower a person as it sees fit to act as its representative at every meeting of bond owners, and a person thus authorized is entitled to act in the name of the corporation which he represents.

 

12. Minutes

 

  12.1. The Trustee will prepare minutes of the holders’ meeting and will maintain them in his registered office for a period of seven years from the date of the meeting. The Trustee may prepare minutes of a meeting of parts thereof by way of recording.

 

  12.2. Minutes signed by the chairperson of the meeting will serve as prima facie evidence of the matters listed therein. A declaration by the chairperson of the meeting regarding adoption of a resolution or its rejection and a notation regarding the matter in the minutes’ registry shall serve as prima facie evidence of this fact.

 

  12.3. The registry of minutes of holders’ meetings will be maintained in the Trustee’s registered office and will be open for examination by the Company and the bondholders, and a copy thereof will be sent to any bondholder requesting it. The Trustee of the Company, at its request, will also be sent a copy of the minutes of this meeting in which the Company participated.

 

  12.4. The Trustee will be entitled to delay delivery of any minutes, to any entity whatsoever, if in his exclusive discretion, provision of the minutes, in whole or in part, may harm or cause result in harm to the rights of bondholders (Series C).

 

13. A person or persons appointed by the Trustee, the Company Secretary, and any other person or persons so authorized by the Trustee will be entitled to be present at the bondholders’ meeting. In a case in which according to the Trustee’s reasonable discretion it shall be necessary to engage in discussions during a portion of the meeting outside of the presence of the Company’s representatives, then representatives of the Company or anyone on their behalf will not take part in that same portion of the meeting.

 

14. Everything stated in this supplement is subject to the Deed of Trust.

 

***

 

164
 

 

Appendix 23

 

Of the Deed of Trust dated ___ 2021

 

Trustee Salary

 

The Company will pay the Trustee wages for his services, in accordance with this Deed of Trust, as detailed below:

 

  1. A salary of ILS 500 per hour will be paid for the actions performed by the Trustee in connection with the formulation of the documents connected to the trusteeship and other actions related to the issuance. However, in any event an amount above ILS 72,000 will not be paid for these actions. (This amount does not include the fees of an American lawyer who will represent the Trustee in the process of providing the collateral and releasing the proceeds of the issue, which will be paid by the Company separately). In the event that the prospectus will not be published as a result of termination or rejection (or for any reason) the said amount above will be limited to ILS 15,000.

 

  2. For the entire trust year (or part thereof), commencing on the issuance date of the Bonds, the Trustee will be paid annual wages in the sum of ILS 28,000 (the “Annual Wages”).

 

  3. Additionally, the Trustee will be entitled to a return on reasonable expenses from the Company, as defined below: “Reasonable Expenses” – sums paid by the Trustee in the framework of fulfilling his position and/or pursuant to the authorities granted thereto according to this Deed, including: expenses and costs for the initiation and convening of an assembly of holders of Bonds and expenses for the notices, transportation and advertisement publications connected to the convening of the assembly, and as required by any law.

 

  4. Without derogating from the generality of the above, the Trustee will be entitled to wage payments from the Company in the sum of ILS 500 for each working hour required therefor for the special operations to be performed in the framework of his position as Trustee (all – pursuant to the provisions of the Deed of Trust), including:

 

165
 

 

  4.1 The operations derived from a breach or a clear and present concern for a breach of the Deed by the Company;

 

  4.2 Operations in connection with the decision of the assembly of holders of Bonds to place the Bonds for immediate repayment;

 

  4.3 Special operations that were required or will have a need to be performed, with regards to the convening of assemblies of the Bonds due to a a clear and present concern of a breach of the Deed by the Company;

 

  4.4 Special works (including, without limitation, works required because of changes in the Company’s structure or work because of the Company’s demand) or in respect of the need to take additional actions for the purpose of fulfilling his role as a reasonable Trustee, because of changes in laws (including regulations which shall be enacted following amendments 50 and 51 of the Securities Law) and/or regulations and/or other binding instructions which shall apply in connection with the Trustee’s activities and his responsibility according to this Deed of Trust;

 

  4.5 Actions in connection with the registration, amending registration or voiding of registration of guarantees and the registry (including abroad), similarly, review, supervision, control, enforcement, and so forth of obligations (such as: restrictions on the Company’s freedom of operation, pledging of properties, and so forth), which the Company undertook or will undertake or which will be undertaken by anyone on its behalf or for its in connection with the guaranteeing of other undertakings by the Company or anyone acting on its behalf (such as: making payments according to the terms of the bonds) towards bondholders.

 

  4.6 In the event where the Company will be meant to pay the Trustee a payment for his wage expenses and/or payment for reasonable expenses paid thereby and/or for special operations to be performed by him or which were performed by him in the framework of fulfilling his position and/or on behalf of the authorities granted thereto according to the Deed of Trust, if any of the above is applicable, and the Company failed to do so, the Trustee may pay the full amount of these sums from the receipts that were accrued thereby in accordance with the Deed of Trust, provided that he notified the Company of his intention to do so in advance and in writing.

 

166
 

 

  4.7 It shall be clarified that in the event that due to a future change to the laws and/or regulations and/or other binding provisions applying to the Trustee’s actions additional expenses will be exclusively borne by the Trustee, required thereof for the fulfillment of his position as a reasonable Trustee, the Company will indemnify the Trustee for the reasonable expenses including his reasonable wages.

 

  4.8 VAT, if applicable, will be added to each of the said sums, as applicable, and will be paid by the Company.

 

  4.9 All of the abovementioned sums will be linked to the index for __ [___] 2021, however, in any event, a sum that is lower than the sum denominated in this Deed will not be paid.

 

  4.10 The Trustee’s wages will be paid in respect of the period up until the end of the Trust included in this Deed even if a receiver is appointed for the Company (or a receiver and a manager), or whether the trust according to this Deed will be managed under the supervision of the court, or not.

 

  4.11 The aforesaid yearly wage will be paid at the end of every trust year.

 

  4.12 Subject to the provisions of the Deed of Trust, all of the amounts described in this supplement will have preference over monies due to the bondholders.

 

  4.13 To the extent that the Trustee’s service as described in this Deed of Trust shall come to an end, the Trustee will not be entitled to payment of his wages as of the date of the commencement of service of the replacement trustee. To the extent that the Trustee’s service ended during the course of the trust year, wages paid in respect of months in which the Trustee did not serve as trustee for the bonds shall be refunded, as of the appointment of the replacement trustee. This session will not apply regarding the initial trust year.

 

  5. The appointment of a trustee to replace the trustee whose office ended according to Section 35b(a1) or 35(14)(d) of the Securities Law, the Holders of Bonds of Series C will bear the difference in the salary of the appointed trustee, as stated, than that which was paid to the Trustee who was replaced, if the difference as stated is unreasonable, and the provisions of the relevant laws will apply at the time of the replacement as stated. The obligation of the Holders for the difference as stated will be performed by offsetting the relative part of the difference from any payment that the Company will make to the Holders of Bonds in accordance with the terms of the Deed of Trust and the transfer thereof will be directly from the Company to the Trustee.

 

  6. If according to any law there will be an obligation to deposit a guarantee applying to the Company to ensure the Company’s obligation for the special expenses of the Trustee, the Company will act in accordance with the provisions as stated.

 

***

 

167

 

Exhibit 10.4

 

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

OF

 

STRAWBERRY FIELDS REALTY LP
(a Delaware limited partnership)

 

 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
     
ARTICLE I DEFINED TERMS 1
     
ARTICLE II FORMATION OF THE PARTNERSHIP 7
     
2.1 Formation of the Partnership 7
2.2 Name 7
2.3 Registered Office and Agent; Principal Office 8
2.4 Term and Dissolution 8
2.5 Filing of Certificate and Perfection of Limited Partnership 8
2.6 Certificates Describing Partnership Units 9
     
ARTICLE III BUSINESS OF THE PARTNERSHIP 9
     
ARTICLE IV CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ACCOUNTS 9
     
4.1 Capital Contributions 9
4.2 Additional Capital Contributions and Issuances of Additional Partnership Units 10
4.3 Additional Funding 11
4.4 Capital Accounts 12
4.5 Percentage Interests 12
4.6 No Interest on Contributions 12
4.7 Return of Capital Contributions 12
4.8 No Third-Party Beneficiary 12
     
ARTICLE V PROFITS AND LOSSES; DISTRIBUTIONS 12
     
5.1 Allocation of Profit and Loss 12
5.2 Distribution of Cash 14
5.3 REIT Distribution Requirements 15
5.4 No Right to Distributions in Kind 15
5.5 Limitations on Return of Capital Contributions 15
5.6 Distributions Upon Liquidation 15
5.7 Substantial Economic Effect 15
5.8 Tax Protection Agreement 15
     
ARTICLE VI RIGHTS, OBLIGATIONS AND POWERS OF THE GENERAL PARTNER 15
     
6.1 Management of the Partnership 15
6.2 Delegation of Authority 17
6.3 Indemnification and Exculpation of Indemnitees 18
6.4 Liability of the General Partner 19
6.5 Partnership Obligations 19
6.6 Outside Activities 20
6.7 Employment or Retention of Affiliates 20
6.8 General Partner Activities 20
6.9 Title to Partnership Assets 20
     
ARTICLE VII CHANGES IN GENERAL PARTNER 21
     
7.1 Transfer of the General Partner’s Partnership Interest 21
7.2 Admission of a Substitute or Additional General Partner 22
7.3 Effect of Bankruptcy, Withdrawal, Death or Dissolution of General Partner 22
7.4 Removal of General Partner 23

 

-i-
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

    Page
     
ARTICLE VIII RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE LIMITED PARTNERS 24
     
8.1 Management of the Partnership 24
8.2 Power of Attorney 24
8.3 Limitation on Liability of Limited Partners 24
8.4 Common Unit Redemption Right 24
8.5 Registration 26
     
ARTICLE IX TRANSFERS OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS 29
     
9.1 Purchase for Investment 29
9.2 Restrictions on Transfer of Partnership Units 29
9.3 Admission of Substitute Limited Partner 30
9.4 Rights of Assignees of Partnership Units 31
9.5 Effect of Bankruptcy, Death, Incompetence or Termination of a Limited Partner 31
9.6 Joint Ownership of Partnership Units 31
     
ARTICLE X BOOKS AND RECORDS; ACCOUNTING; TAX MATTERS 32
     
10.1 Books and Records 32
10.2 Custody of Partnership Funds; Bank Accounts 32
10.3 Fiscal and Taxable Year 32
10.4 Annual Tax Information and Report 32
10.5 Partnership Representative; Tax Elections; Special Basis Adjustments 32
     
ARTICLE XI AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT; MERGER 33
     
11.1 Amendment of Agreement 33
11.2 Merger of Partnership 33
     
ARTICLE XII GENERAL PROVISIONS 34
     
12.1 Notices 34
12.2 Survival of Rights 34
12.3 Additional Documents 34
12.4 Severability 34
12.5 Entire Agreement 34
12.6 Pronouns and Plurals 34
12.7 Headings 34
12.8 Counterparts 34
12.9 Governing Law 34

 

EXHIBITS

 

EXHIBIT A – Partners, Capital Contributions and Percentage Interests

EXHIBIT B – Notice of Exercise of Common Unit Redemption Right

EXHIBIT C-1 – Certification of Non-Foreign Status (For Redeeming Limited Partners That Are Entities)

EXHIBIT C-2 – Certification of Non-Foreign Status (For Redeeming Limited Partners That Are Individuals)

EXHIBIT D – Tax Protection Agreement

 

-ii-
 

 

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
OF
STRAWBERRY FIELDS REALTY LP
RECITALS

 

Strawberry Fields Realty LP (the “Partnership”) was formed as a limited partnership under the laws of the State of Delaware, pursuant to a Certificate of Limited Partnership filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on July 9, 2019 and a Limited Partnership Agreement entered into as of July 9, 2019 (the “Original Agreement”), by and between Strawberry Fields REIT, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “General Partner”), and Strawberry Fields REIT, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company (the “Limited Partner”). This First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership is entered into this 1st day of June, 2021 between the General Partner and the Limited Partner for the purpose of amending and restating the Original Agreement.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, of mutual covenants between the parties hereto, and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree to amend the Original Agreement to read in its entirety as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINED TERMS

 

The following defined terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings specified below:

 

Act” means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

Additional Funds” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3 hereof.

 

Additional Securities” means any: (1) shares of capital stock of the General Partner now or hereafter authorized or reclassified that have dividend rights, or rights upon liquidation, winding up and dissolution, that are superior or prior to the REIT Shares (“Preferred Shares”), (2) REIT Shares, (3) shares of capital stock of the General Partner now or hereafter authorized or reclassified that have dividend rights, or rights upon liquidation, winding up and dissolution, that are junior in rank to the REIT Shares (“Junior Shares”) and (4) (i) rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities having the right to subscribe for or purchase REIT Shares, Preferred Shares or Junior Shares, or (ii) indebtedness issued by the General Partner that provides any of the rights described in clause (4)(i) of this definition (any such securities referred to in clause (4)(i) or (ii) of this definition, “New Securities”).

 

Administrative Expenses” means (i) all administrative and operating costs and expenses incurred by the Partnership, (ii) administrative costs and expenses of the General Partner, including any salaries or other payments to directors, officers or employees of the General Partner, and any accounting and legal expenses of the General Partner, which expenses, the Partners hereby agree are expenses of the Partnership and not the General Partner, and (iii) to the extent not included in clauses (i) or (ii) above, REIT Expenses; provided, however, that Administrative Expenses shall not include any administrative costs and expenses incurred by the General Partner that are attributable to Properties or interests in a Subsidiary that are owned by the General Partner other than through its ownership interest in the Partnership.

 

Affiliate” means, (i) any Person that, directly or indirectly, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, (ii) any other Person that owns, beneficially, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the outstanding capital stock, shares or equity interests of such Person, or (iii) any officer, director, employee, partner, member, manager or trustee of such Person or any Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including the correlative meanings of the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, through the ownership of voting securities or partnership interests, contract or otherwise.

 

1
 

 

Agreed Value” means the fair market value of a Partner’s non-cash Capital Contribution as of the date of contribution as agreed to by such Partner and the General Partner. The names and addresses of the Partners, number of Partnership Units issued to each Partner, and the Agreed Value of non-cash Capital Contributions as of the date of contribution is set forth on Exhibit A, as it may be amended or restated from time to time.

 

Agreement” means this First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

 

Articles” means the Articles of Amendment and Restatement of the General Partner filed with the State Department and Assessments and Taxation of the State of Maryland, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

 

Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the General Partner.

 

Capital Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4 hereof.

 

Capital Contribution” means the total amount of cash, cash equivalents, and the Agreed Value of any Property or other asset contributed or agreed to be contributed, as the context requires, to the Partnership by each Partner pursuant to the terms of the Agreement. Any reference to the Capital Contribution of a Partner shall include the Capital Contribution made by a predecessor holder of the Partnership Interest of such Partner.

 

Cash Amount” means an amount of cash per Common Unit equal to the Value of the REIT Shares Amount on the Specified Redemption Date.

 

Certificate” means any instrument or document that is required under the laws of the State of Delaware, or any other jurisdiction in which the Partnership conducts business, to be signed and sworn to by the Partners of the Partnership (either by themselves or pursuant to the power-of-attorney granted to the General Partner in Section 8.2 hereof) and filed for recording in the appropriate public offices within the State of Delaware or such other jurisdiction to perfect or maintain the Partnership as a limited partnership, to effect the admission, withdrawal or substitution of any Partner of the Partnership, or to protect the limited liability of the Limited Partners as limited partners under the laws of the State of Delaware or such other jurisdiction.

 

Change of Control” means, as to the General Partner, the occurrence of any of the following: (i) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of 80% or more of the assets of the General Partner, taken as a whole, to any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), other than an Affiliate of the General Partner; or (ii) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than an Affiliate of the General Partner in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, share exchange, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting capital stock of the General Partner.

 

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and as hereafter amended from time to time. Reference to any particular provision of the Code shall mean that provision in the Code at the date hereof and any successor provision of the Code.

 

Commission” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Common Redemption Amount” means either the Cash Amount or the REIT Shares Amount, as selected by the General Partner pursuant to Section 8.4(b) hereof.

 

Common Unit” means a Partnership Unit which is designated as a Common Unit of the Partnership.

 

Common Unit Redemption Right” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(a) hereof.

 

2
 

 

Contribution Agreement” means each or any, as the context implies, agreement or instrument entered into by a Limited Partner and the Partnership relating to a Capital Contribution of assets to the Partnership by the Limited Partner in exchange for Partnership Units.

 

Conversion Factor” means a factor of 1.0, as such factor may be adjusted as provided in this definition and in Section 6.8. The Conversion Factor will be adjusted in the event that the General Partner (i) declares or pays a dividend on its outstanding REIT Shares in REIT Shares or makes a distribution to all holders of its outstanding REIT Shares in REIT Shares, (ii) subdivides its outstanding REIT Shares or (iii) combines its outstanding REIT Shares into a smaller number of REIT Shares. In each of such events, the Conversion Factor shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Factor by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of REIT Shares issued and outstanding on the record date for such dividend, distribution, subdivision or combination (assuming for such purposes that such dividend, distribution, subdivision or combination has occurred as of such time), and the denominator of which shall be the actual number of REIT Shares (determined without the above assumption) issued and outstanding on such record date and, provided further, that in the event that an entity other than an Affiliate of the General Partner shall become General Partner pursuant to any merger, consolidation or combination of the General Partner with or into another entity (the “Successor Entity”), the Conversion Factor shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Factor by the number of shares of the Successor Entity into which one REIT Share is converted pursuant to such merger, consolidation or combination, determined as of the date of such merger, consolidation or combination. Any adjustment to the Conversion Factor shall become effective immediately after the effective date of such event retroactive to the record date, if any, for such event. If, however, the General Partner receives a Notice of Redemption after the record date, if any, but prior to the effective date of such event, the Conversion Factor shall be determined as if the General Partner had received the Notice of Redemption immediately prior to the record date for the event.

 

Defaulting Limited Partner” means a Limited Partner that has failed to pay any amount owed to the Partnership under a Partnership Loan within 15 days after demand for payment thereof is made by the Partnership.

 

Distributable Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(c) hereof.

 

Event of Bankruptcy” as to any Person means (i) the filing of a petition for relief as to such Person as debtor or bankrupt under the Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended, or similar provision of law of any jurisdiction (except if such petition is contested by such Person and has been dismissed within 120 days); (ii) the insolvency or bankruptcy of such Person as finally determined by a court proceeding; (iii) the filing by such Person of a petition or application to accomplish the same or for the appointment of a receiver or a trustee for such Person or a substantial part of his assets; or (iv) the commencement of any proceedings relating to such Person as a debtor under any other reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, adjustment of debt or liquidation law of any jurisdiction, whether now in existence or hereinafter in effect, either by such Person or by another, provided that if such proceeding is commenced by another, such Person indicates his approval of such proceeding, consents thereto or acquiesces therein, or such proceeding is contested by such Person and has not been finally dismissed within 120 days.

 

Excepted Holder Limit” has the meaning set forth in the Articles.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

General Partner” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

General Partner Loan” means a loan extended by the General Partner to a Defaulting Limited Partner in the form of a payment on a Partnership Loan by the General Partner to the Partnership on behalf of the Defaulting Limited Partner.

 

General Partnership Interest” means the Partnership Interest held by the General Partner in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership, which Partnership Interest is an interest as a general partner under the Act. The General Partnership Interest will be a number of Common Units held by the General Partner equal to one-tenth of one percent (0.1%) of all outstanding Partnership Units. All other Partnership Units owned by the General Partner and any Partnership Units owned by any Affiliate or Subsidiary of the General Partner shall be considered to constitute a Limited Partnership Interest.

 

3
 

 

Indemnified Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.5(f) hereof.

 

Indemnifying Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.5(f) hereof.

 

Indemnitee” means (i) any Person made a party to a proceeding by reason of its status as (A) the General Partner or (B) a director of the General Partner or an officer or employee of the Partnership, the General Partner or any Subsidiary thereof, and (ii) such other Persons (including Affiliates of the General Partner or the Partnership) as the General Partner may designate from time to time (whether before or after the event giving rise to potential liability), in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

Independent Director” means a director of the General Partner who meets the NASDAQ requirements for an independent director as set forth from time to time.

 

Junior Shares” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Additional Securities.”

 

Limited Partner” means any Person named as a Limited Partner on Exhibit A attached hereto, as it may be amended or restated from time to time, and any Person who becomes a Substitute Limited Partner or any additional Limited Partner, in such Person’s capacity as a Limited Partner in the Partnership.

 

Limited Partnership Interest” means a Partnership Interest held by a Limited Partner at any particular time representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interest of all Limited Partners, and includes any and all benefits to which the holder of such a Limited Partnership Interest may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and in the Act, together with the obligations of such Limited Partner to comply with all the provisions of this Agreement and of the Act. Limited Partnership Interests may be expressed as a number of Common Units or other Partnership Units.

 

Loss” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(g) hereof.

 

Majority in Interest” means Limited Partners holding more than fifty percent (50%) of the Common Percentage Interests of the Limited Partners.

 

NASDAQ” means the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc.

 

New Securities” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Additional Securities”.

 

Notice of Redemption” means the Notice of Exercise of Common Unit Redemption Right substantially in the form attached as Exhibit B hereto.

 

Offer” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(c)(ii) hereof.

 

“Original Date” means the date of this Agreement.

 

Partner” means any General Partner or Limited Partner, and “Partners” means, collectively, the General Partner and the Limited Partner.

 

Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(i). A Partner’s share of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain shall be determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(5).

 

Partnership” means Strawberry Fields Realty LP, a limited partnership formed under the Act and pursuant to this Agreement, and any successor thereto.

 

Partnership Interest” means an ownership interest in the Partnership held by a Partner, and includes any and all benefits to which the holder of such a Partnership Interest may be entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Person to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement. A Partnership Interest may be expressed as a number of Common Units or other Partnership Units.

 

4
 

 

Partnership Loan” means a loan from the Partnership to the Partner on the day the Partnership pays over the excess of the Withheld Amount over the Distributable Amount to a taxing authority.

 

Partnership Minimum Gain” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(d). In accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(d), the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain is determined by first computing, for each Partnership nonrecourse liability, any gain the Partnership would realize if it disposed of the property subject to that liability for no consideration other than full satisfaction of the liability, and then aggregating the separately computed gains. A Partner’s share of Partnership Minimum Gain shall be determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(g)(1).

 

Partnership Record Date” means the record date established by the General Partner for the distribution of cash pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof, which record date shall be the same as the record date established by the General Partner for a distribution to its stockholders of some or all of its portion of such distribution.

 

Partnership Representative” has the meaning set forth within Section 6223 of the Code.

 

Partnership Unit” means a fractional, undivided share of the Partnership Interests of all Partners issued hereunder, and includes Common Units and any other class or series of Partnership Units that may be established after the date hereof in accordance with the terms hereof. The number of Partnership Units outstanding and the Percentage Interests represented by such Partnership Units are set forth on Exhibit A hereto, as it may be amended or restated from time to time.

 

Partnership Unit Designation” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a)(i) hereof.

 

Percentage Interest” means, the percentage determined by dividing the number of Common Units of a Partner by the aggregate number of Common Units of all Partners (the “Common Percentage Interest”).

 

Person” means any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other entity.

 

Preferred Shares” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Additional Securities”.

 

Profit” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(g) hereof.

 

Property” means any property or other investment in which the Partnership, directly or indirectly, holds an ownership interest.

 

Redeeming Limited Partner” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(a) hereof.

 

Redemption Shares” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.5(a) hereof.

 

Regulations” means the Federal Income Tax Regulations issued under the Code, as amended and as subsequently amended from time to time. Reference to any particular provision of the Regulations shall mean that provision of the Regulations on the date hereof and any successor provision of the Regulations.

 

REIT” means a real estate investment trust under Sections 856 through 860 of the Code.

 

5
 

 

REIT Expenses” means (i) costs and expenses relating to the formation and continuity of existence and operation of the General Partner and any Subsidiaries thereof (which Subsidiaries shall, for purposes hereof, be included within the definition of the General Partner), including taxes, fees and assessments associated therewith, any and all costs, expenses or fees payable to any director, officer or employee of the General Partner, (ii) costs and expenses relating to any public offering and registration, or private offering, of securities by the General Partner, and all statements, reports, fees and expenses incidental thereto, including, without limitation, underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to any such offering of securities, and any costs and expenses associated with any claims made by any holders of such securities or any underwriters or placement agents thereof, (iii) costs and expenses associated with any repurchase of any securities by the General Partner, (iv) costs and expenses associated with the preparation and filing of any periodic or other reports and communications by the General Partner under federal, state or local laws or regulations, including filings with the Commission, (v) costs and expenses associated with compliance by the General Partner with laws, rules and regulations promulgated by any regulatory body, including the Commission and any securities exchange, (vi) costs and expenses associated with any health, dental, vision, disability, life insurance, 401(k) plan, incentive plan, bonus plan or other plan providing for compensation or benefits for the employees of the General Partner, (vii) costs and expenses incurred by the General Partner relating to any issuing or redemption of Partnership Interests and (viii) all other operating or administrative costs of the General Partner incurred in the ordinary course of its business on behalf of or related to the Partnership.

 

REIT Shares” means shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the General Partner (or common stock or common shares of beneficial interest of a Successor Entity, as the case may be).

 

REIT Shares Amount” means the number of REIT Shares equal to the product of (X) the number of Common Units offered for redemption by a Redeeming Limited Partner, multiplied by (Y) the Conversion Factor as adjusted to and including the Specified Redemption Date; provided that in the event that prior to the Specified Redemption Date, the General Partner issues to all holders of REIT Shares rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities entitling the holders of REIT Shares to subscribe for or purchase additional REIT Shares, or any other securities or property (collectively, the “Rights”), and such Rights have not expired at the Specified Redemption Date, then the REIT Shares Amount shall also include such Rights issuable to a holder of the REIT Shares Amount on the record date fixed for purposes of determining the holders of REIT Shares entitled to Rights.

 

Restriction Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(f) hereof.

 

Rights” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “REIT Shares Amount” herein.

 

Rule 144” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.5(a)(2) hereof.

 

S-3 Eligible Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.5(a) hereof.

 

“Safe Harbor” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.5(d) hereof.

 

Safe Harbor Election” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1 hereof.

 

Safe Harbor Interests” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1 hereof.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Service” means the Internal Revenue Service.

 

Stock Ownership Limit” has the meaning set forth in the Articles.

 

Specified Redemption Date” means the first business day of the calendar quarter that is at least 60 calendar days after the receipt by the General Partner of a Notice of Redemption.

 

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation or other entity of which a majority of (i) the voting power of the voting equity securities or (ii) the outstanding equity interests is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person.

 

Subsidiary Partnership” means any partnership or limited liability company in which the General Partner, the Partnership, or a wholly owned subsidiary of the General Partner or the Partnership owns a partnership or limited liability company interest.

 

Substitute Limited Partner” means any Person admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner pursuant to Section 9.3 hereof.

 

6
 

 

Successor Entity” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Conversion Factor” herein.

 

Survivor” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(d) hereof.

 

Tax Protection Agreement” means that certain Tax Protection Agreement dated as of the date hereof, by and among the General Partner, the Partnership and the parties identified as a signatory thereto the form of which is attached to this Agreement as Exhibit D.

 

Trading Day” means a day on which the principal national securities exchange on which a security is listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if a security is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

 

Transaction” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(c) hereof.

 

Transfer” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(a) hereof.

 

TRS” means a taxable REIT subsidiary (as defined in Section 856(l) of the Code) of the General Partner.

 

Value” means, with respect to any security, the average of the daily market prices of such security for the ten consecutive Trading Days immediately preceding the date of such valuation. The market price for each such Trading Day shall be: (i) if the security is listed or admitted to trading on the NASDAQ or any other national securities exchange, the last reported sale price, regular way, on such day, or if no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, on such day, (ii) if the security is not listed or admitted to trading on the NASDAQ or any other national securities exchange, the last reported sale price on such day or, if no sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day, as reported by a reliable quotation source designated by the General Partner, or (iii) if the security is not listed or admitted to trading on the NASDAQ or any national securities exchange and no such last reported sale price or closing bid and asked prices are available, the average of the reported high bid and low asked prices on such day, as reported by a reliable quotation source designated by the General Partner, or if there shall be no bid and asked prices on such day, the average of the high bid and low asked prices, as so reported, on the most recent day (not more than ten days prior to the date in question) for which prices have been so reported; provided that if there are no bid and asked prices reported during the ten days prior to the date in question, the value of the security shall be determined by the General Partner acting in good faith on the basis of such quotations and other information as it considers, in its reasonable judgment, appropriate. In the event the security includes any additional rights (including any Rights), then the value of such rights shall be determined by the General Partner acting in good faith on the basis of such quotations and other information as it considers, in its reasonable judgment, appropriate.

 

Withheld Amount” means any amount required to be withheld by the Partnership to pay over to any taxing authority as a result of any allocation or distribution of income to a Partner.

 

ARTICLE II

FORMATION OF THE PARTNERSHIP

 

2.1 Formation of the Partnership. The Partnership was formed as a limited partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Act and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Original Agreement. Except as expressly provided herein to the contrary, the rights and obligations of the Partners and administration and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Act. The Partnership Interest of each Partner shall be personal property for all purposes.

 

2.2 Name. The Name of the Partnership shall be “Strawberry Fields Realty LP” and the Partnership’s business may be conducted under any other name or names deemed advisable by the General Partner, including the name of the General Partner or any Affiliate thereof. The words “Limited Partnership,” “LP,” “L.P.” or “Ltd.” or similar words or letters shall be included in the Partnership’s name where necessary for the purposes of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction that so requires. The General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion may change the name of the Partnership at any time and from time to time and shall notify the Partners of such change in the next regular communication to the Partners; provided, however, failure to so notify the Partners shall not invalidate such change or the authority granted hereunder.

 

7
 

 

2.3 Registered Office and Agent; Principal Office. The registered office of the Partnership in the State of Delaware is located at 3411 Silverside Road, Tatnall Building #104, Wilmington, Delaware 19810 and the registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Delaware at such registered office is Corporate Creations Network Inc. The principal office of the Partnership is located at 6101 Nimtz Parkway, South Bend, Indiana 46628, or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate. Upon such a change of the principal office of the Partnership, the General Partner shall notify the Partners of such change in the next regular communication to the Partners; provided, however, failure to so notify the Partners shall not invalidate such change or the authority granted hereunder. The Partnership may maintain offices at such other place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the General Partner deems necessary or desirable.

 

2.4 Term and Dissolution.

 

(a) The term of the Partnership shall continue in full force and effect until dissolved upon the first to occur of any of the following events:

 

(i) the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to a General Partner or the dissolution, death, removal or withdrawal of a General Partner unless the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 7.3(b) hereof; provided that if a General Partner is on the date of such occurrence a partnership, the dissolution of such General Partner as a result of the dissolution, death, withdrawal, removal or Event of Bankruptcy of a partner in such partnership shall not be an event of dissolution of the Partnership if the business of such General Partner is continued by the remaining partner or partners, either alone or with additional partners, and such General Partner and such partners comply with any other applicable requirements of this Agreement;

 

(ii) the passage of 90 days after the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership (provided that if the Partnership receives an installment obligation as consideration for such sale or other disposition, the Partnership shall continue, unless sooner dissolved under the provisions of this Agreement, until such time as such installment obligations are paid in full);

 

(iii) the redemption of all Limited Partnership Interests (other than any Limited Partnership Interests held by the General Partner), unless the General Partner determines to continue the term of the Partnership by the admission of one or more additional Limited Partners; or

 

(iv) the dissolution of the Partnership upon election by the General Partner.

 

(b) Upon dissolution of the Partnership (unless the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 7.3(b) hereof), the General Partner (or its trustee, receiver, successor or legal representative) shall amend or cancel the Certificate and liquidate the Partnership’s assets and apply and distribute the proceeds thereof in accordance with Section 5.6 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the liquidating General Partner may either (i) defer liquidation of, or withhold from distribution for a reasonable time, any assets of the Partnership (including those necessary to satisfy the Partnership’s debts and obligations), or (ii) distribute the assets to the Partners in kind.

 

2.5 Filing of Certificate and Perfection of Limited Partnership. The General Partner shall execute, acknowledge, record and file at the expense of the Partnership the Certificate and any and all amendments thereto and all requisite fictitious name statements and notices in such places and jurisdictions as may be necessary to cause the Partnership to be treated as a limited partnership under, and otherwise to comply with, the laws of each state or other jurisdiction in which the Partnership conducts business.

 

8
 

 

2.6 Certificates Describing Partnership Units. At the request of a Limited Partner, the General Partner, at its option, may issue a certificate summarizing the terms of such Limited Partner’s interest in the Partnership, including the class or series and number of Partnership Units owned and the Percentage Interest represented by such Partnership Units as of the date of such certificate. Any such certificate (i) shall be in form and substance as determined by the General Partner, (ii) shall not be negotiable and (iii) shall bear a legend to the following effect:

 

THIS CERTIFICATE IS NOT NEGOTIABLE. THE PARTNERSHIP UNITS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE GOVERNED BY AND TRANSFERABLE ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH (A) THE PROVISIONS OF THE AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF STRAWBERRY FIELDS REALTY LP, AS AMENDED, SUPPLEMENTED OR RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME, AND (B) ANY APPLICABLE FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS.

 

ARTICLE III
BUSINESS OF THE PARTNERSHIP

 

The purpose and nature of the business of the Partnership is (i) to conduct any business that may be lawfully conducted by a limited partnership organized pursuant to the Act, provided, however, that such business shall be limited to and conducted in such a manner as to permit the General Partner at all times to qualify as a REIT, unless the General Partner otherwise ceases to, or the Board of Directors determines, pursuant to Section 5.7 of the Articles, that the General Partner shall no longer qualify as a REIT, (ii) to enter into any partnership, joint venture or other similar arrangement to engage in any of the foregoing or the ownership of interests in any entity engaged in any of the foregoing and (iii) to do anything necessary or incidental to the foregoing. In connection with the foregoing, and without limiting the General Partner’s right in its sole and absolute discretion to cease qualifying as a REIT, the Partners acknowledge that the General Partner intends to elect REIT status and the avoidance of income and excise taxes on the General Partner inures to the benefit of all the Partners and not solely to the General Partner. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Limited Partners agree that the General Partner may terminate or revoke its status as a REIT under the Code at any time. The General Partner shall also be empowered to do any and all acts and things necessary or prudent to ensure that the Partnership will not be classified as a “publicly traded partnership” taxable as a corporation for purposes of Section 7704 of the Code.

 

ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ACCOUNTS

 

4.1 Capital Contributions. The General Partner and each Limited Partner has made a capital contribution to the Partnership in exchange for the Partnership Units set forth opposite such Partner’s name on Exhibit A hereto, as it may be amended or restated from time to time by the General Partner to the extent necessary to reflect accurately sales, exchanges or other Transfers, redemptions, Capital Contributions, the issuance of additional Partnership Units or similar events having an effect on a Partner’s ownership of Partnership Units. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, the provisions of the Contribution Agreement shall override, control and supersede the provisions of this Agreement in the event of any inconsistency or contradiction between the Contribution Agreement and this Agreement.

 

9
 

 

4.2 Additional Capital Contributions and Issuances of Additional Partnership Units. Except as provided in this Section 4.2 or in Section 4.3 hereof, the Partners shall have no right or obligation to make any additional Capital Contributions or loans to the Partnership. The General Partner may contribute additional capital to the Partnership, from time to time, and receive additional Partnership Interests, in the form of Partnership Units, in respect thereof, in the manner contemplated in this Section 4.2.

 

(a) Issuances of Additional Partnership Units.

 

(i) General. As of the effective date of this Agreement, the Partnership shall have authorized one class of Partnership Units, entitled “Common Units”. The General Partner is hereby authorized to cause the Partnership to issue additional Partnership Interests, in the form of Partnership Units, for any Partnership purpose at any time or from time to time to the Partners (including the General Partner) or to other Persons for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as shall be established by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion, all without the approval of any Limited Partners. The General Partner’s determination that consideration is adequate shall be conclusive insofar as the adequacy of consideration relates to whether the Partnership Units are validly issued and fully paid. Any additional Partnership Units issued thereby may be issued in one or more classes, or one or more series of any of such classes, with such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, powers and duties, including rights, powers and duties senior to the then-outstanding Partnership Units held by the Limited Partners, all as shall be determined by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion and without the approval of any Limited Partner, subject to Delaware law that cannot be preempted by the terms hereof and as set forth in a written document hereafter attached to and made an exhibit to this Agreement (each, a “Partnership Unit Designation”), which document shall include, without limitation, (i) the allocations of items of Partnership income, gain, loss, deduction and credit to each such class or series of Partnership Units; (ii) the right of each such class or series of Partnership Units to share in Partnership distributions; and (iii) the rights of each such class or series of Partnership Units upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership; provided, however, that no additional Partnership Units shall be issued to the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) unless:

 

(1) (A) the additional Partnership Units are issued in connection with an issuance of REIT Shares or other capital stock of, or other interests in, the General Partner, which REIT Shares, capital stock or other interests have designations, preferences and other rights, all such that the economic interests are substantially similar to the designations, preferences and other rights of the additional Partnership Units issued to the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) by the Partnership in accordance with this Section 4.2 and (B) the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) shall make a Capital Contribution to the Partnership in an amount equal to the cash consideration received by the General Partner, if any, from such grant, award or issuance of such REIT Shares, capital stock or other interests in the General Partner;

 

(2) (A) the additional Partnership Units are issued in connection with a grant award or issuance of REIT Shares or other capital stock of, or other interests in, the General Partner pursuant to a taxable share dividend declared by the General Partner, which REIT Shares, capital stock or interests have designations, preferences and other rights, all such that the economic interests are substantially similar to the designations, preferences and other rights of the additional Partnership Units issued to the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) by the Partnership in accordance with this Section 4.2, (B) if the General Partner allows the holders of its REIT Shares to elect whether to receive such dividend in REIT Shares or other capital stock of, or other interests in, the General Partner, or cash, the Partnership will give the Limited Partners (excluding the General Partner or any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the General Partner) the same ability to elect to receive (I) Partnership Units or cash or, (II) at the election of the General Partner, REIT Shares, capital stock or other interests in the General Partner or cash, and (C) if the Partnership issues additional Partnership Units pursuant to this Section 4.2(a)(i)(2), then an amount of income equal to the value of the Partnership Units received will be allocated to those holders of Common Units that elect to receive additional Partnership Units;

 

(3) the additional Partnership Units are issued in exchange for property owned by the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) with a fair market value, as determined by the General Partner, in good faith, equal to the value of the Partnership Units; or

 

(4) Common Units are issued to all Partners owning Common Units in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests.

 

Without limiting the foregoing, the General Partner is expressly authorized to cause the Partnership to issue Partnership Units for less than fair market value, so long as the General Partner concludes in good faith that such issuance is in the interests of the Partnership. Upon the issuance of any additional Partnership Units, the General Partner shall amend Exhibit A as appropriate to reflect such issuance.

 

10
 

 

(ii) Upon Issuance of Additional Securities. The General Partner shall not issue any Additional Securities (other than REIT Shares issued in connection with an exchange pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof or REIT Shares or other capital stock of or other interests in the General Partner issued in connection with a taxable stock dividend as described in Section 4.2(a)(i)(2) hereof) or Rights other than to all holders of REIT Shares, Preferred Shares, Junior Shares, or New Securities, as the case may be, unless (A) the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to issue to the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) Partnership Units or Rights having designations, preferences and other rights, all such that the economic interests are substantially similar to those of the Additional Securities, and (B) the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) contributes the proceeds from the issuance of such Additional Securities and from any exercise of Rights contained in such Additional Securities to the Partnership; provided, however, that the General Partner is allowed to issue Additional Securities in connection with an acquisition of Property to be held directly by the General Partner, but if and only if, such direct acquisition and issuance of Additional Securities have been approved by a majority of the Independent Directors. Without limiting the foregoing, the General Partner is expressly authorized to issue Additional Securities for less than fair market value, and the General Partner is authorized to cause the Partnership to issue to the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) corresponding Partnership Units, so long as (x) the General Partner concludes in good faith that such issuance is in the best interests of the General Partner and the Partnership and (y) the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) contributes all proceeds from such issuance to the Partnership, including without limitation, the issuance of REIT Shares and corresponding Partnership Units pursuant to a stock purchase plan providing for purchases of REIT Shares at a discount from fair market value or pursuant to stock awards, including stock options that have an exercise price that is less than the fair market value of the REIT Shares, either at the time of issuance or at the time of exercise, and restricted or other stock awards approved by the Board of Directors. For example, in the event the General Partner issues REIT Shares for a cash purchase price and the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) contributes all of the proceeds of such issuance to the Partnership as required hereunder, the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) shall be issued a number of additional Partnership Units equal to the product of (A) the number of such REIT Shares issued by the General Partner, the proceeds of which were so contributed, multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is 100%, and the denominator of which is the Conversion Factor in effect on the date of such contribution.

 

(b) Certain Contributions of Proceeds of Issuance of REIT Shares. In connection with any and all issuances of REIT Shares, the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) shall make Capital Contributions to the Partnership of the proceeds therefrom (if any), provided that if the proceeds actually received and contributed by the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) are less than the gross proceeds of such issuance as a result of any underwriter’s discount, commissions, placement fees or other expenses paid or incurred in connection with such issuance, then the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) shall be deemed to have made a Capital Contribution to the Partnership in the amount equal to the sum of the net proceeds of such issuance plus the amount of such underwriter’s discount, commissions, placement fees or other expenses paid by the General Partner, and the Partnership shall be deemed simultaneously to have reimbursed such discount, commissions, placement fees and expenses as an Administrative Expense for the benefit of the Partnership for purposes of Section 6.5(b).

 

(c) Repurchases of General Partner Securities. If the General Partner shall repurchase shares of any class or series of its capital stock, the purchase price thereof and all costs incurred in connection with such repurchase shall be reimbursed to the General Partner by the Partnership pursuant to Section 6.5 hereof and the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to redeem an equivalent number of Partnership Units of the appropriate class or series held by the General Partner, or by the General Partner in its capacity as a Limited Partner (which, in the case of REIT Shares, shall be a number equal to the quotient of the number of such REIT Shares divided by the Conversion Factor).

 

4.3 Additional Funding. If the General Partner determines that it is in the best interests of the Partnership to provide for additional Partnership funds (“Additional Funds”) for any Partnership purpose, the General Partner may (i) cause the Partnership to obtain such funds from outside borrowings, or (ii) elect to have the General Partner or any of its Affiliates provide such Additional Funds to the Partnership through loans or otherwise.

 

11
 

 

4.4 Capital Accounts. A separate capital account (a “Capital Account”) shall be established and maintained for each Partner in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). If (i) a new or existing Partner acquires an additional Partnership Interest in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution, (ii) the Partnership distributes to a Partner more than a de minimis amount of Partnership property as consideration for a Partnership Interest, (iii) the Partnership is liquidated within the meaning of Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) or (iv) the Partnership grants a Partnership Interest (other than a de minimis Partnership Interest) as consideration for the provision of services to or for the benefit of the Partnership to an existing Partner acting in a Partner capacity, or to a new Partner acting in a Partner capacity or in anticipation of being a Partner, the General Partner may elect to revalue the property of the Partnership to its fair market value (as determined by the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, and taking into account Section 7701(g) of the Code) in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f); provided that the General Partner may elect not to revalue the property of the Partnership in connection with the issuance of additional Partnership Units pursuant to Section 4.2 to the extent the General Partner determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that revaluing the property of the Partnership in not necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners. When the Partnership’s property is revalued by the General Partner, the Capital Accounts of the Partners shall be adjusted in accordance with Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f) and (g), which generally require such Capital Accounts to be adjusted to reflect the manner in which the unrealized gain or loss inherent in such property (that has not been reflected in the Capital Accounts previously) would be allocated among the Partners pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof if there were a taxable disposition of such property for its fair market value (as determined by the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, and taking into account Section 7701(g) of the Code) on the date of the revaluation.

 

4.5 Percentage Interests. If the number of outstanding Common Units increases or decreases during a taxable year, each Partner’s Percentage Interest shall be adjusted by the General Partner effective as of the effective date of each such increase or decrease to a percentage equal to the number of Common Units held by such Partner divided by the aggregate number of Common Units outstanding after giving effect to such increase or decrease. If the Partner’s Percentage Interests are adjusted during any Fiscal Year in compliance with the provisions of this Section 4.5, then Profits, Losses and all other items attributable to the Percentage Interests for such period shall be divided and allocated between the Partners by taking into account their varying interests during the period in accordance with Code Section 706(d), using any conventions permitted by the Code as selected by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion. The General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall determine which method shall be used to allocate Profits and Losses for the taxable year in which the adjustment occurs. The allocation of Profits and Losses for the earlier part of the year shall be based on the Percentage Interests before adjustment, and the allocation of Profits and Losses for the later part shall be based on the adjusted Percentage Interests.

 

4.6 No Interest on Contributions. No Partner shall be entitled to interest on its Capital Contribution.

 

4.7 Return of Capital Contributions. No Partner shall be entitled to withdraw any part of its Capital Contribution or its Capital Account or to receive any distribution from the Partnership, except as specifically provided in this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided herein, there shall be no obligation to return to any Partner or withdrawn Partner any part of such Partner’s Capital Contribution for so long as the Partnership continues in existence.

 

4.8 No Third-Party Beneficiary. No creditor or other third party having dealings with the Partnership shall have the right to enforce the right or obligation of any Partner to make Capital Contributions or loans or to pursue any other right or remedy hereunder or at law or in equity, it being understood and agreed that the provisions of this Agreement, except as provided in Section 6.3(h), shall be solely for the benefit of, and may be enforced solely by, the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns. None of the rights or obligations of the Partners herein set forth to make Capital Contributions or loans to the Partnership shall be deemed an asset of the Partnership for any purpose by any creditor or other third party, nor may such rights or obligations be sold, transferred or assigned by the Partnership or pledged or encumbered by the Partnership to secure any debt or other obligation of the Partnership or of any of the Partners. In addition, it is the intent of the parties hereto that no distribution to any Limited Partner shall be deemed a return of money or other property in violation of the Act. However, if any court of competent jurisdiction holds that, notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement, any Limited Partner is obligated to return such money or property, such obligation shall be the obligation of such Limited Partner and not of the General Partner. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a deficit Capital Account of a Partner shall not be deemed to be a liability of such Partner nor an asset or property of the Partnership, and no Partner shall have any obligation to the Partnership (or any Partner) to contribute any portion of that Partner’s negative Capital Account to the Partnership upon dissolution or liquidation.

 

ARTICLE V
PROFITS AND LOSSES; DISTRIBUTIONS

 

5.1 Allocation of Profit and Loss.

 

(a) Profit. Profit of the Partnership for each fiscal year of the Partnership shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their respective Common Percentage Interests.

 

12
 

 

(b) Loss. Loss of the Partnership for each fiscal year of the Partnership shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their respective Common Percentage Interests.

 

(c) Minimum Gain Chargeback. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, (i) any expense of the Partnership that is a “nonrecourse deduction” within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(1) shall be allocated in accordance with the Partners’ respective Percentage Interests, (ii) any expense of the Partnership that is a “partner nonrecourse deduction” within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(2) shall be allocated to the Partner that bears the “economic risk of loss” of such deduction in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(1), (iii) if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-2(f)(1) for any Partnership taxable year, then, subject to the exceptions set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(f)(2),(3), (4) and (5), items of gain and income shall be allocated among the Partners in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(f) and the ordering rules contained in Regulations Section 1.704-2(j), and (iv) if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4) for any Partnership taxable year, then, subject to the exceptions set forth in Regulations Section 1.704(2)(g), items of gain and income shall be allocated among the Partners in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and the ordering rules contained in Regulations Section 1.704-2(j). The manner in which it is reasonably expected that the deductions attributable to nonrecourse liabilities will be allocated for purposes of determining a Partner’s share of the nonrecourse liabilities of the Partnership within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.752-3(a)(3) shall be in accordance with a Partner’s Percentage Interest.

 

(d) Qualified Income Offset. If a Partner receives in any taxable year an adjustment, allocation or distribution described in subparagraphs (4), (5) or (6) of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) that causes or increases a deficit balance in such Partner’s Capital Account that exceeds the sum of such Partner’s shares of Partnership Minimum Gain and Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain, as determined in accordance with Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i), such Partner shall be allocated specially for such taxable year (and, if necessary, later taxable years) items of income and gain in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate such deficit Capital Account balance as quickly as possible as provided in Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d). After the occurrence of an allocation of income or gain to a Partner in accordance with this Section 5.1(d), to the extent permitted by Regulations Section 1.704-1(b), items of expense or loss shall be allocated to such Partner in an amount necessary to offset the income or gain previously allocated to such Partner under this Section 5.1(d).

 

(e) Capital Account Deficits. Loss shall not be allocated to a Limited Partner to the extent that such allocation would cause a deficit in such Partner’s Capital Account (after reduction to reflect the items described in Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6)) to exceed the sum of such Partner’s shares of Partnership Minimum Gain and Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain. Any Loss in excess of that limitation shall be allocated to the General Partner. After the occurrence of an allocation of Loss to the General Partner in accordance with this Section 5.1(e), to the extent permitted by Regulations Section 1.704-1(b), Profit first shall be allocated to the General Partner in an amount necessary to offset the Loss previously allocated to the General Partner under this Section 5.1(e).

 

(f) Allocations Between Transferor and Transferee. If a Partner transfers any part or all of its Partnership Interest, the distributive shares of the various items of Profit and Loss allocable among the Partners during such fiscal year of the Partnership shall be allocated between the transferor and the transferee Partner either (i) as if the Partnership’s fiscal year had ended on the date of the transfer or (ii) based on the number of days of such fiscal year that each was a Partner without regard to the results of Partnership activities in the respective portions of such fiscal year in which the transferor and the transferee were Partners. The General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall determine which method shall be used to allocate the distributive shares of the various items of Profit and Loss between the transferor and the transferee Partner.

 

(g) Definition of Profit and Loss. “Profit” and “Loss” and any items of income, gain, expense or loss referred to in this Agreement shall be determined in accordance with federal income tax accounting principles, as modified by Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv), except that Profit and Loss shall not include items of income, gain and expense that are specially allocated pursuant to Sections 5.1(c), (d) or (e) hereof. All allocations of income, Profit, gain, Loss and expense (and all items contained therein) for federal income tax purposes shall be identical to all allocations of such items set forth in this Section 5.1, except as otherwise required by Section 704(c) of the Code and Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4). With respect to properties acquired by the Partnership, the General Partner shall have the authority to elect the method to be used by the Partnership for allocating items of income, gain and expense as required by Section 704(c) of the Code with respect to such properties, and such election shall be binding on all Partners.

 

13
 

 

(h) Preferred Units. The General Partner shall amend this agreement from time to time to reflect the allocation of Profit and Loss in connection with priority distributions on any preferred units of limited partnership interest issued by the Partnership.

 

5.2 Distribution of Cash.

 

(a) Subject to Sections 5.2(c), (d) and (e) hereof and to the terms of any Partnership Unit Designation, the Partnership shall distribute cash at such times and in such amounts as are determined by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion, to the Partners who are Partners on the Partnership Record Date with respect to such quarter (or other distribution period) in proportion with their respective Common Units on the Partnership Record Date.

 

(b) If a new or existing Partner acquires additional Partnership Units in exchange for a Capital Contribution on any date other than a Partnership Record Date (other than Partnership Units acquired by the General Partner in connection with the issuance of additional REIT Shares or Additional Securities), the cash distribution attributable to such additional Partnership Units relating to the Partnership Record Date next following the issuance of such additional Partnership Units shall be reduced in the proportion to (i) the number of days that such additional Partnership Units are held by such Partner bears to (ii) the number of days between such Partnership Record Date and the immediately preceding Partnership Record Date.

 

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner is authorized to take any action that it determines to be necessary or appropriate to cause the Partnership to comply with any withholding requirements established under the Code or any other federal, state or local law including, without limitation, pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442, 1445, 1446, and 1471-1474 of the Code. To the extent that the Partnership is required to withhold and pay over to any taxing authority any amount resulting from the allocation or distribution of income to a Partner or assignee (including by reason of Section 1446 of the Code), either (i) if the actual amount to be distributed to the Partner (the “Distributable Amount”) equals or exceeds the Withheld Amount, the entire Distributable Amount shall be treated as a distribution of cash to such Partner, or (ii) if the Distributable Amount is less than the Withheld Amount, the excess of the Withheld Amount over the Distributable Amount shall be treated as a Partnership Loan from the Partnership to the Partner on the day the Partnership pays over such amount to a taxing authority. A Partnership Loan shall be repaid upon the demand of the Partnership or, alternatively, through withholding by the Partnership with respect to subsequent distributions to the applicable Partner or assignee. In the event that a Limited Partner fails to pay any amount owed to the Partnership with respect to the Partnership Loan within 15 days after demand for payment thereof is made by the Partnership on the Limited Partner, the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, may elect to make the payment to the Partnership on behalf of such Defaulting Limited Partner. In such event, on the date of payment, the General Partner shall be deemed to have extended a General Partner Loan to the Defaulting Limited Partner in the amount of the payment made by the General Partner and shall succeed to all rights and remedies of the Partnership against the Defaulting Limited Partner as to that amount. Without limitation, the General Partner shall have the right to receive any distributions that otherwise would be made by the Partnership to the Defaulting Limited Partner until such time as the General Partner Loan has been paid in full, and any such distributions so received by the General Partner shall be treated as having been received by the Defaulting Limited Partner and immediately paid to the General Partner.

 

Any amounts treated as a Partnership Loan or a General Partner Loan pursuant to this Section 5.2(c) shall bear interest at the lesser of (i) 300 basis points above the base rate on corporate loans at large United States money center commercial banks, as published from time to time in The Wall Street Journal or, if not so published, in any similar publication, or (ii) the maximum lawful rate of interest on such obligation, such interest to accrue from the date the Partnership or the General Partner, as applicable, is deemed to extend the loan until such loan is repaid in full.

 

(d) In no event may a Partner receive a distribution of cash with respect to a Partnership Unit if such Partner is entitled to receive a cash dividend or other distribution of cash as the holder of record of a REIT Share for which all or part of such Partnership Unit has been or will be redeemed.

 

14
 

 

5.3 REIT Distribution Requirements. The General Partner shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Partnership to distribute amounts sufficient to enable the General Partner to pay distributions to its stockholders that will allow the General Partner to (i) meet its distribution requirement for qualification as a REIT as set forth in Section 857 of the Code and (ii) avoid any federal income or excise tax liability imposed by the Code, other than to the extent the General Partner elects to retain and pay income tax on its net capital gain.

 

5.4 No Right to Distributions in Kind. No Partner shall be entitled to demand property other than cash in connection with any distributions by the Partnership.

 

5.5 Limitations on Return of Capital Contributions. Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this Article V, no Partner shall have the right to receive, and the General Partner shall not have the right to make, a distribution that includes a return of all or part of a Partner’s Capital Contributions, unless after giving effect to the return of a Capital Contribution, the sum of all Partnership liabilities, other than the liabilities to a Partner for the return of his Capital Contribution, does not exceed the fair market value of the Partnership’s assets.

 

5.6 Distributions Upon Liquidation.

 

(a) Upon liquidation of the Partnership, after payment of, or adequate provision for, debts and obligations of the Partnership, including any Partner loans, any remaining assets of the Partnership shall be distributed to all Partners with positive Capital Accounts in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.2.

 

(b) For purposes of Section 5.6(a) hereof, the Capital Account of each Partner shall be determined after all adjustments made in accordance with Sections 5.1 and 5.2 hereof resulting from Partnership operations and from all sales and dispositions of all or any part of the Partnership’s assets.

 

(c) Any distributions pursuant to this Section 5.6 shall be made by the end of the Partnership’s taxable year in which the liquidation occurs (or, if later, within 90 days after the date of the liquidation). To the extent deemed advisable by the General Partner, appropriate arrangements (including the use of a liquidating trust) may be made to assure that adequate funds are available to pay any contingent debts or obligations.

 

5.7 Substantial Economic Effect. It is the intent of the Partners that the allocations of Profit and Loss under this Agreement have substantial economic effect (or be consistent with the Partners’ interests in the Partnership in the case of the allocation of losses attributable to nonrecourse debt) within the meaning of Section 704(b) of the Code as interpreted by the Regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. Article V and other relevant provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with such intent.

 

5.8 Tax Protection Agreement. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, the provisions of the Tax Protection Agreement shall override, control and supersede the provisions of this Agreement in the event of any inconsistency or contradiction between the Tax Protection Agreement and this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE VI

RIGHTS, OBLIGATIONS AND POWERS OF THE GENERAL PARTNER

 

6.1 Management of the Partnership.

 

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the General Partner shall have full, complete and exclusive discretion to manage and control the business of the Partnership for the purposes herein stated, and shall make all decisions affecting the business and assets of the Partnership. Subject to the restrictions specifically contained in this Agreement, the powers of the General Partner shall include, without limitation, the authority to take the following actions on behalf of the Partnership:

 

(i) acquire, purchase, own, operate, lease and dispose of any real property and any other property or assets including, but not limited to, notes and mortgages that the General Partner determines are necessary or appropriate in the business of the Partnership;

 

15
 

 

(ii) construct buildings and make other improvements on the properties owned or leased by the Partnership;

 

(iii) authorize, issue, sell, redeem or otherwise purchase any Partnership Units or any securities of the Partnership (including secured and unsecured debt obligations of the Partnership, debt obligations of the Partnership convertible into any class or series of Partnership Units, or Rights relating to any class or series of Partnership Units);

 

(iv) borrow or lend money for the Partnership, issue or receive evidences of indebtedness in connection therewith, refinance, increase the amount of, modify, amend or change the terms of, or extend the time for the payment of, any such indebtedness, and secure indebtedness by mortgage, deed of trust, pledge or other lien on the Partnership’s assets;

 

(v) pay, either directly or by reimbursement, all operating costs and general administrative expenses of the Partnership to third parties or to the General Partner or its Affiliates as set forth in this Agreement;

 

(vi) guarantee or become a co-maker of indebtedness of any Subsidiary of the General Partner or the Partnership, refinance, increase the amount of, modify, amend or change the terms of, or extend the time for the payment of, any such guarantee or indebtedness, and secure such guarantee or indebtedness by mortgage, deed of trust, pledge or other lien on the Partnership’s assets;

 

(vii) use assets of the Partnership (including, without limitation, cash on hand) for any purpose consistent with this Agreement, including, without limitation, payment, either directly or by reimbursement, of all operating costs and general and administrative expenses of the General Partner, the Partnership or any Subsidiary of either, to third parties or to the General Partner as set forth in this Agreement;

 

(viii) lease all or any portion of any of the Partnership’s assets, whether or not the terms of such leases extend beyond the termination date of the Partnership and whether or not any portion of the Partnership’s assets so leased are to be occupied by the lessee, or, in turn, subleased in whole or in part to others, for such consideration and on such terms as the General Partner may determine and to further lease property from third parties, including ground leases;

 

(ix) prosecute, defend, arbitrate or compromise any and all claims or liabilities in favor of or against the Partnership, on such terms and in such manner as the General Partner may determine, and similarly prosecute, settle or defend litigation with respect to the Partners, the Partnership or the Partnership’s assets;

 

(x) file applications, communicate and otherwise deal with any and all governmental agencies having jurisdiction over, or in any way affecting, the Partnership’s assets or any other aspect of the Partnership’s business;

 

(xi) make or revoke any election permitted or required of the Partnership by any taxing authority;

 

(xii) maintain such insurance coverage for public liability, fire and casualty, and any and all other insurance for the protection of the Partnership, for the conservation of Partnership assets, or for any other purpose convenient or beneficial to the Partnership, in such amounts and such types, as it shall determine from time to time;

 

(xiii) determine whether or not to apply any insurance proceeds for any property to the restoration of such property or to distribute the same;

 

(xiv) establish one or more divisions of the Partnership, hire and dismiss employees of the Partnership or any division of the Partnership, and retain legal counsel, accountants, consultants, real estate brokers and such other persons as the General Partner may deem necessary or appropriate in connection with the Partnership business and pay therefor such reasonable remuneration as the General Partner may deem reasonable and proper;

 

16
 

 

(xv) retain other services of any kind or nature in connection with the Partnership’s business, and pay therefor such remuneration as the General Partner may deem reasonable and proper;

 

(xvi) negotiate and conclude agreements on behalf of the Partnership with respect to any of the rights, powers and authority conferred upon the General Partner;

 

(xvii) maintain accurate accounting records and file all federal, state and local income tax returns on behalf of the Partnership;

 

(xviii) distribute Partnership cash or other Partnership assets in accordance with this Agreement;

 

(xix) form or acquire an interest in, and contribute property to, any further limited or general partnerships, joint ventures or other relationships that it deems desirable (including, without limitation, the acquisition of interests in, and the contributions of property to, its Subsidiaries and any other Person in which it has an equity interest from time to time);

 

(xx) establish Partnership reserves for working capital, capital expenditures, contingent liabilities or any other valid Partnership purpose;

 

(xxi) merge, consolidate or combine the Partnership with or into another Person;

 

(xxii) enter into and perform obligations under underwriting or other agreements in connection with issuances of securities by the Partnership or the General Partner or any affiliate thereof;

 

(xxiii) do any and all acts and things necessary or prudent to ensure that the Partnership will not be classified as a “publicly traded partnership” taxable as a corporation under Section 7704 of the Code or an “investment company” or a subsidiary of an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940; and

 

(xxiv) take such other action, execute, acknowledge, swear to or deliver such other documents and instruments, and perform any and all other acts that the General Partner deems necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation and conduct of the business and affairs of the Partnership (including, without limitation, all actions consistent with allowing the General Partner at all times to qualify as a REIT unless the General Partner voluntarily terminates or revokes its REIT status) and to possess and enjoy all of the rights and powers of a general partner as provided by the Act.

 

(b) Except as otherwise provided herein, to the extent the duties of the General Partner require expenditures of funds to be paid to third parties, the General Partner shall not have any obligations hereunder except to the extent that Partnership funds are reasonably available to it for the performance of such duties, and nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize or require the General Partner, in its capacity as such, to expend its individual funds for payment to third parties or to undertake any individual liability or obligation on behalf of the Partnership.

 

6.2 Delegation of Authority. The General Partner may delegate any or all of its powers, rights and obligations hereunder, and may appoint, employ, contract or otherwise deal with any Person for the transaction of the business of the Partnership, which Person may, under supervision of the General Partner, perform any acts or services for the Partnership as the General Partner may approve.

 

17
 

 

6.3 Indemnification and Exculpation of Indemnitees.

 

(a) The Partnership shall indemnify an Indemnitee from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, that relate to the operations of the Partnership as set forth in this Agreement in which any Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, unless it is established that: (i) the act or omission of the Indemnitee was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and either was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty; (ii) the Indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or (iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. The termination of any proceeding by judgment, order or settlement does not create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not meet the requisite standard of conduct set forth in this Section 6.3(a). The termination of any proceeding by conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or an entry of an order of probation prior to judgment, creates a rebuttable presumption that the Indemnitee acted in a manner contrary to that specified in this Section 6.3(a). Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 6.3 shall be made only out of the assets of the Partnership.

 

(b) The Partnership shall reimburse an Indemnitee for reasonable expenses incurred by an Indemnitee who is a party to a proceeding in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding upon receipt by the Partnership of (i) a written affirmation by the Indemnitee of the Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Partnership as authorized in this Section 6.3 has been met, and (ii) a written undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay the amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met.

 

(c) The indemnification provided by this Section 6.3 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee or any other Person may be entitled under any agreement, pursuant to any vote of the Partners, as a matter of law or otherwise, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity.

 

(d) The Partnership may purchase and maintain insurance, as an expense of the Partnership, on behalf of the Indemnitees and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against or expenses that may be incurred by such Person in connection with the Partnership’s activities, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(e) For purposes of this Section 6.3, the Partnership shall be deemed to have requested an Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by the Indemnitee of its duties to the Partnership also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, the Indemnitee to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall constitute fines within the meaning of this Section 6.3; and actions taken or omitted by the Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan in the performance of its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by the Indemnitee to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose that is not opposed to the best interests of the Partnership.

 

(f) In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Limited Partners to personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement.

 

(g) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 6.3 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

 

(h) The provisions of this Section 6.3 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees, their heirs, successors, assigns and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.

 

(i) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 6.3 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the indemnification of an Indemnitee by the Partnership under this Section 6.3 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when claims relating to such matters may arise or be asserted.

 

18
 

 

6.4 Liability of the General Partner.

 

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, neither the General Partner, nor any of its directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable for monetary damages to the Partnership or any Partners for losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of errors in judgment or mistakes of fact or law or of any act or omission if any such party acted in good faith. The General Partner shall not be in breach of any duty that the General Partner may owe to the Limited Partners or the Partnership or any other Persons under this Agreement or of any duty stated or implied by law or equity provided the General Partner, acting in good faith, abides by the terms of this Agreement.

 

(b) The Limited Partners expressly acknowledge that the General Partner is acting on behalf of the Partnership, the Limited Partners and the General Partner’s stockholders collectively, that the General Partner is under no obligation to consider the separate interests of the Limited Partners (including, without limitation, the tax consequences to Limited Partners or the tax consequences of some, but not all, of the Limited Partners) in deciding whether to cause the Partnership to take (or decline to take) any actions. In the event of a conflict between the interests of the stockholders of the General Partner on the one hand and the Limited Partners on the other, the General Partner shall endeavor in good faith to resolve the conflict in a manner not adverse to either the stockholders of the General Partner or the Limited Partners; provided, however, that for so long as the General Partner owns a controlling interest in the Partnership, any such conflict that the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, determines cannot be resolved in a manner not adverse to either the stockholders of the General Partner or the Limited Partners shall be resolved in favor of the stockholders of the General Partner. The General Partner shall not be liable for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived by the Limited Partners in connection with such decisions.

 

(c) Subject to its obligations and duties as General Partner set forth in Section 6.1 hereof, the General Partner may exercise any of the powers granted to it under this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through its agents. The General Partner shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed by it in good faith.

 

(d) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement or the Act, any action of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership or any decision of the General Partner to refrain from acting on behalf of the Partnership, undertaken in the good faith belief that such action or omission is necessary or advisable in order (i) to protect the ability of the General Partner to continue to qualify as a REIT or (ii) to prevent the General Partner from incurring any taxes under Section 857, Section 4981 or any other provision of the Code, is expressly authorized under this Agreement and is deemed approved by all of the Limited Partners.

 

(e) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 6.4 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the General Partner’s or any of its officers’, directors’, agents’ or employees’ liability to the Partnership and the Limited Partners under this Section 6.4 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when claims relating to such matters may arise or be asserted.

 

6.5 Partnership Obligations.

 

(a) Except as provided in this Section 6.5 and elsewhere in this Agreement (including the provisions of Articles V and VI hereof regarding distributions, payments and allocations to which it may be entitled), the General Partner shall not be compensated for its services as general partner of the Partnership.

 

(b) All Administrative Expenses shall be obligations of the Partnership, and the General Partner shall be entitled to reimbursement by the Partnership for any expenditure (including Administrative Expenses) incurred by it on behalf of the Partnership that shall be made other than out of the funds of the Partnership. All reimbursements hereunder shall be characterized for federal income tax purposes as expenses of the Partnership incurred on its behalf, and not as expenses of the General Partner.

 

19
 

 

6.6 Outside Activities. Subject to Section 6.8 hereof, the Articles and any agreements entered into by the General Partner or its Affiliates with the Partnership or a Subsidiary, any officer, director, employee, agent, trustee, Affiliate or stockholder of the General Partner, the General Partner shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Partnership, including business interests and activities substantially similar or identical to those of the Partnership. Neither the Partnership nor any of the Limited Partners shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any such business ventures, interest or activities. None of the Limited Partners nor any other Person shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement or the partnership relationship established hereby in any such business ventures, interests or activities, and the General Partner shall have no obligation pursuant to this Agreement to offer any interest in any such business ventures, interests and activities to the Partnership or any Limited Partner, even if such opportunity is of a character that, if presented to the Partnership or any Limited Partner, could be taken by such Person.

 

6.7 Employment or Retention of Affiliates.

 

(a) Any Affiliate of the General Partner may be employed or retained by the Partnership and may otherwise deal with the Partnership (whether as a buyer, lessor, lessee, manager, furnisher of goods or services, broker, agent, lender or otherwise) and may receive from the Partnership any compensation, price or other payment therefor that the General Partner determines to be fair and reasonable.

 

(b) The Partnership may lend or contribute to its Subsidiaries or other Persons in which it has an equity investment, and such Persons may borrow funds from the Partnership, on terms and conditions established in the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner. The foregoing authority shall not create any right or benefit in favor of any Subsidiary or any other Person.

 

(c) The Partnership may transfer assets to joint ventures, other partnerships, corporations or other business entities in which it is or thereby becomes a participant upon such terms and subject to such conditions as the General Partner deems are consistent with this Agreement and applicable law.

 

6.8 General Partner Activities. The General Partner agrees that, generally, all business activities of the General Partner, including activities pertaining to the acquisition, development, ownership of or investment in real property or other property, shall be conducted through the Partnership or one or more Subsidiaries of the Partnership; provided, however, that the General Partner may make direct acquisitions or undertake business activities if such acquisitions or activities are made in connection with the issuance of Additional Securities by the General Partner or the business activity has been approved by a majority of the Independent Directors. If, at any time, the General Partner acquires material assets (other than Partnership Units or other assets on behalf of the Partnership) without transferring such assets to the Partnership, the definition of “REIT Shares Amount” may be adjusted, as reasonably determined by the General Partner, to reflect only the fair market value of a REIT Share attributable to the General Partner’s Partnership Units and other assets held on behalf of the Partnership.

 

6.9 Title to Partnership Assets. Title to Partnership assets, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such Partnership assets or any portion thereof. Title to any or all of the Partnership assets may be held in the name of the Partnership, the General Partner or one or more nominees, as the General Partner may determine, including Affiliates of the General Partner. The General Partner hereby declares and warrants that any Partnership assets for which legal title is held in the name of the General Partner or any nominee or Affiliate of the General Partner shall be held by the General Partner for the use and benefit of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; provided, however, that the General Partner shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause beneficial and record title to such assets to be vested in the Partnership as soon as reasonably practicable. All Partnership assets shall be recorded as the property of the Partnership in its books and records, irrespective of the name in which legal title to such Partnership assets is held.

 

20
 

 

ARTICLE VII
CHANGES IN GENERAL PARTNER

 

7.1 Transfer of the General Partner’s Partnership Interest.

 

(a) The General Partner shall not transfer all or any portion of its General Partnership Interests, and the General Partner shall not withdraw as General Partner, except as provided in or in connection with a transaction contemplated by Sections 7.1(c), (d) or (e) hereof.

 

(b) The General Partner agrees that its General Partnership Interest will at all times be in the aggregate at least 0.1%.

 

(c) Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.1(d) or (e) hereof, the General Partner shall not engage in any merger, consolidation or other combination with or into another Person or sale of all or substantially all of its assets (other than in connection with a change in the General Partner’s state of incorporation or organizational form), in each case which results in a Change of Control of the General Partner (a “Transaction”), unless at least one of the following conditions is met:

 

(i) the consent of a Majority in Interest (excluding, for purposes of determining a Majority in Interest, Partnership Interests held by the General Partner or any Subsidiary of the General Partner) is obtained;

 

(ii) as a result of such Transaction, all Limited Partners (other than the General Partner and any Subsidiary of the General Partner) will receive, or have the right to receive, for each Partnership Unit an amount of cash, securities or other property equal or substantially equivalent in value, as determined by the General Partner in good faith, to the product of the Conversion Factor and the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property paid in the Transaction to a holder of one REIT Share in consideration of one REIT Share, provided that if, in connection with such Transaction, a purchase, tender or exchange offer (“Offer”) shall have been made to and accepted by the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding REIT Shares, each holder of Partnership Units (other than the General Partner and any Subsidiary of the General Partner) shall be given the option to exchange its Partnership Units for an amount of cash, securities or other property equal or substantially equivalent in value, as determined by the General Partner in good faith, to the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property that such Limited Partner would have received had it (A) exercised its Common Unit Redemption Right pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof and (B) sold, tendered or exchanged pursuant to the Offer the REIT Shares Amount that would be receivable upon exercise of the Common Unit Redemption Right immediately prior to the expiration of the Offer; or

 

(iii) the General Partner is the surviving entity in the Transaction and either (A) the holders of REIT Shares do not receive cash, securities or other property in the Transaction or (B) all Limited Partners (other than the General Partner or any Subsidiary of the General Partner) receive for each Partnership Unit an amount of cash, securities or other property equal or substantially equivalent in value, as determined by the General Partner in good faith, to the product of the Conversion Factor and the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property (expressed as an amount per REIT Share) received in the Transaction by any holder of REIT Shares in respect of such holder’s REIT Shares.

 

(d) Notwithstanding Section 7.1(c) hereof, the General Partner may merge with or into or consolidate with another entity if immediately after such merger or consolidation (i) substantially all of the assets of the successor or surviving entity (the “Survivor”), other than Partnership Units held by the General Partner, are contributed, directly or indirectly, to the Partnership as a Capital Contribution in exchange for Partnership Units, or for economically equivalent partnership interests issued by a Subsidiary Partnership established at the direction of the Board of Directors, with a fair market value equal to the value of the assets so contributed as determined by the Survivor in good faith and (ii) the Survivor expressly agrees to assume all obligations of the General Partner hereunder. Upon such contribution and assumption, the Survivor shall have the right and duty to amend this Agreement as set forth in this Section 7.1(d). The Survivor shall in good faith arrive at a new method for the calculation of the Cash Amount, the REIT Shares Amount and Conversion Factor for a Partnership Unit after any such merger or consolidation so as to approximate the existing method for such calculation as closely as reasonably possible. Such calculation shall take into account, among other things, the kind and amount of securities, cash and other property that was receivable upon such merger or consolidation by a holder of REIT Shares or options, warrants or other rights relating thereto, and which a holder of Partnership Units could have acquired had such Partnership Units been redeemed in exchange for the REIT Shares Amount immediately prior to such merger or consolidation. Such amendment to this Agreement shall provide for adjustment to such method of calculation, which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for with respect to the Conversion Factor. The Survivor also shall in good faith modify the definition of REIT Shares and make such amendments to Section 8.4 hereof so as to approximate the existing rights and obligations set forth in Section 8.4 hereof as closely as reasonably possible. The above provisions of this Section 7.1(d) shall similarly apply to successive mergers or consolidations permitted hereunder.

 

21
 

 

In respect of any transaction described in the preceding paragraph, the General Partner shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to seek to structure such transaction to avoid causing the Limited Partners (other than the General Partner or any Subsidiary) to recognize a gain for federal income tax purposes by virtue of the occurrence of or their participation in such transaction, provided such efforts are consistent with and subject in all respects to the exercise of the Board of Directors’ fiduciary duties to the stockholders of the General Partner under applicable law.

 

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Article VII,

 

(i) The General Partner may transfer all or any portion of its General Partnership Interest to (A) any wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or (B) the owner of all of the ownership interests of the General Partner, and following a transfer of all of its General Partnership Interest, may withdraw as General Partner; and

 

(ii) the General Partner may engage in a transaction required by law or by the rules of any national securities exchange or over-the-counter interdealer quotation system on which the REIT Shares are listed or traded.

 

7.2 Admission of a Substitute or Additional General Partner. A Person shall be admitted as a substitute or additional General Partner of the Partnership only if the following terms and conditions are satisfied:

 

(a) the Person to be admitted as a substitute or additional General Partner shall have accepted and agreed to be bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by executing a counterpart thereof and such other documents or instruments as may be required or appropriate in order to effect the admission of such Person as a General Partner, and a certificate evidencing the admission of such Person as a General Partner shall have been filed for recordation and all other actions required by Section 2.5 hereof in connection with such admission shall have been performed;

 

(b) if the Person to be admitted as a substitute or additional General Partner is a corporation or a partnership, it shall have provided the Partnership with evidence satisfactory to counsel for the Partnership of such Person’s authority to become a General Partner and to be bound by the terms and provisions of this Agreement; and

 

(c) counsel for the Partnership shall have rendered an opinion (relying on such opinions from other counsel as may be necessary) that the admission of the Person to be admitted as a substitute or additional General Partner is in conformity with the Act, that none of the actions taken in connection with the admission of such Person as a substitute or additional General Partner will cause (i) the Partnership to be classified other than as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, or (ii) the loss of any Limited Partner’s limited liability.

 

7.3 Effect of Bankruptcy, Withdrawal, Death or Dissolution of General Partner.

 

(a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to the General Partner (and its removal pursuant to Section 7.4(a) hereof) or the death, withdrawal, removal or dissolution of the General Partner (except that, if the General Partner is on the date of such occurrence a partnership, the withdrawal, death, dissolution, Event of Bankruptcy as to, or removal of a partner in, such partnership shall be deemed not to be a dissolution of the General Partner if the business of the General Partner is continued by the remaining partner or partners), the Partnership shall be dissolved and terminated unless the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 7.3(b) hereof. The merger of the General Partner with or into any entity that is admitted as a substitute or successor General Partner pursuant to Section 7.2 hereof shall not be deemed to be the withdrawal, dissolution or removal of the General Partner.

 

22
 

 

(b) Following the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to the General Partner (and its removal pursuant to Section 7.4(a) hereof) or the death, withdrawal, removal or dissolution of the General Partner (except that, if the General Partner is on the date of such occurrence a partnership, the withdrawal, death, dissolution, Event of Bankruptcy as to, or removal of a partner in, such partnership shall be deemed not to be a dissolution of the General Partner if the business of such General Partner is continued by the remaining partner or partners), the Limited Partners, within 90 days after such occurrence, may elect to continue the business of the Partnership for the balance of the term specified in Section 2.4 hereof by selecting, subject to Section 7.2 hereof and any other provisions of this Agreement, a substitute General Partner by consent of a Majority in Interest. If the Limited Partners elect to continue the business of the Partnership and admit a substitute General Partner, the relationship with the Partners and of any Person who has acquired an interest of a Partner in the Partnership shall be governed by this Agreement.

 

7.4 Removal of General Partner.

 

(a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to, or the dissolution of, the General Partner, the General Partner shall be deemed to be removed automatically; provided, however, that if the General Partner is on the date of such occurrence a partnership, the withdrawal, death, dissolution, Event of Bankruptcy as to, or removal of, a partner in such partnership shall be deemed not to be a dissolution of the General Partner if the business of the General Partner is continued by the remaining partner or partners. The Limited Partners may not remove the General Partner, with or without cause.

 

(b) If the General Partner has been removed pursuant to this Section 7.4 and the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 7.3 hereof, the General Partner shall promptly transfer and assign its General Partnership Interest in the Partnership to the substitute General Partner approved by a Majority in Interest in accordance with Section 7.3(b) hereof and otherwise be admitted to the Partnership in accordance with Section 7.2 hereof. At the time of assignment, the removed General Partner shall be entitled to receive from the substitute General Partner the fair market value of the General Partnership Interest of such removed General Partner. Such fair market value shall be determined by an appraiser mutually agreed upon by the General Partner and a Majority in Interest (excluding the General Partner and any Subsidiary of the General Partner) within ten days following the removal of the General Partner. In the event that the parties are unable to agree upon an appraiser, the removed General Partner and a Majority in Interest (excluding, for purposes of determining a Majority in Interest, Partnership Interests held by the General Partner and any Subsidiary of the General Partner) each shall select an appraiser. Each such appraiser shall complete an appraisal of the fair market value of the removed General Partner’s General Partnership Interest within 30 days of the General Partner’s removal, and the fair market value of the removed General Partner’s General Partnership Interest shall be the average of the two appraisals; provided, however, that if the higher appraisal exceeds the lower appraisal by more than 20% of the amount of the lower appraisal, the two appraisers, no later than 40 days after the removal of the General Partner, shall select a third appraiser who shall complete an appraisal of the fair market value of the removed General Partner’s General Partnership Interest no later than 60 days after the removal of the General Partner. In such case, the fair market value of the removed General Partner’s General Partnership Interest shall be the average of the two appraisals closest in dollar value.

 

(c) The General Partnership Interest of a removed General Partner, during the time after default until transfer under Section 7.4(b) hereof, shall be converted to that of a special Limited Partner; provided, however, such removed General Partner shall not have any rights to participate in the management and affairs of the Partnership, and shall not be entitled to any portion of the income, expense, profit, gain or loss allocations or cash distributions allocable or payable, as the case may be, to the Limited Partners. Instead, such removed General Partner shall receive and be entitled only to retain distributions or allocations of such items that it would have been entitled to receive in its capacity as General Partner, until the transfer is effective pursuant to Section 7.4(b) hereof.

 

(d) All Partners shall have given and hereby do give such consents, shall take such actions and shall execute such documents as shall be legally necessary and sufficient to effect all the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.4.

 

23
 

 

ARTICLE VIII
RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE LIMITED PARTNERS

 

8.1 Management of the Partnership. The Limited Partners shall not participate in the management or control of Partnership business nor shall they transact any business for the Partnership, nor shall they have the power to sign for or bind the Partnership, such powers being vested solely and exclusively in the General Partner. The Limited Partners covenant and agree not to hold themselves out in a manner that could reasonably be considered in contravention of the terms hereof by any third party.

 

8.2 Power of Attorney. Each Limited Partner by entry into this Agreement through execution, execution by power of attorney or other consent, hereby irrevocably appoints the General Partner its true and lawful attorney-in-fact, who may act for each Limited Partner and in its name, place and stead, and for its use and benefit, to sign, acknowledge, swear to, deliver, file or record, at the appropriate public offices, any and all documents, certificates and instruments (including, without limitation, this Agreement and all amendments or restatements thereof) as may be deemed necessary or desirable by the General Partner to carry out fully the provisions of this Agreement and the Act in accordance with their terms, which power of attorney is coupled with an interest and shall survive the death, dissolution or legal incapacity of the Limited Partner, or the transfer by the Limited Partner of any part or all of its Partnership Interest.

 

8.3 Limitation on Liability of Limited Partners. No Limited Partner shall be liable for any debts, liabilities, contracts or obligations of the Partnership. A Limited Partner shall be liable to the Partnership only to make payments of its Capital Contribution, if any, as and when due hereunder. After its Capital Contribution is fully paid, no Limited Partner shall, except as otherwise required by the Act, be required to make any further Capital Contributions or other payments or lend any funds to the Partnership.

 

8.4 Common Unit Redemption Right.

 

(a) Subject to Sections 8.4(b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) hereof and the provisions of any agreements between the Partnership and one or more Limited Partners with respect to Common Units held by them, each Limited Partner (other than the General Partner or any Subsidiary of the General Partner) shall have the right (the “Common Unit Redemption Right”) to require the Partnership to redeem on a Specified Redemption Date all or a portion of the Common Units held by such Limited Partner at a redemption price equal to and in the form of the Common Redemption Amount to be paid by the Partnership, provided that (i) Common Units outstanding as of the Original Date shall have been outstanding for at least one year (or such lesser time as determined by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion) and (ii) Common Units issued after the Original Date shall be subject to any restriction agreed to in writing between the Redeeming Limited Partner and the General Partner. The Common Unit Redemption Right shall be exercised pursuant to a Notice of Exercise of Redemption Right in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B delivered to the Partnership (with a copy to the General Partner) by the Limited Partner who is exercising the Common Unit Redemption Right (the “Redeeming Limited Partner”) and such notice shall be irrevocable unless otherwise agreed upon by the General Partner. In such event, the Partnership shall deliver the Cash Amount to the Redeeming Limited Partner. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Partnership shall not be obligated to satisfy such Common Unit Redemption Right if the General Partner elects to purchase the Common Units subject to the Notice of Redemption pursuant to Section 8.4(b) hereof. No Limited Partner may deliver more than two Notices of Redemption during each calendar year unless otherwise agreed by the General Partner. A Limited Partner may not exercise the Common Unit Redemption Right for less than one thousand (1,000) Common Units or, if such Limited Partner holds less than one thousand (1,000) Common Units, all of the Common Units held by such Limited Partner. The Redeeming Limited Partner shall have no right, with respect to any Common Units so redeemed, to receive any distribution paid with respect to Common Units if the record date for such distribution is on or after the Specified Redemption Date.

 

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.4(a) hereof, if a Limited Partner exercises the Common Unit Redemption Right by delivering to the Partnership a Notice of Redemption, then the General Partner may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect to purchase directly and acquire some or all of such Common Units by paying to the Redeeming Limited Partner either the Cash Amount or the REIT Shares Amount, as elected by the General Partner (in its sole and absolute discretion) on the Specified Redemption Date, whereupon the General Partner shall acquire the Common Units offered for redemption by the Redeeming Limited Partner and shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as the owner of such Common Units.

 

24
 

 

In the event the General Partner purchases Common Units with respect to the exercise of a Common Unit Redemption Right, the Partnership shall have no obligation to pay any amount to the Redeeming Limited Partner with respect to such Redeeming Limited Partner’s exercise of such Common Unit Redemption Right, and each of the Redeeming Limited Partner, the Partnership and the General Partner shall treat the transaction between the General Partner and the Redeeming Limited Partner for federal income tax purposes as a sale of the Redeeming Limited Partner’s Common Units to the General Partner. Each Redeeming Limited Partner agrees to execute such documents as the General Partner may reasonably require in connection with the issuance of REIT Shares upon exercise of the Common Unit Redemption Right.

 

Each Redeeming Limited Partner covenants and agrees that all Common Units subject to a Notice of Redemption will be delivered to the Partnership or the General Partner free and clear of all liens, claims and encumbrances whatsoever and should any such liens, claims or encumbrances exist or arise with respect to such Common Units, neither the Partnership nor the General Partner shall be under any obligation to redeem or acquire such Common Units.

 

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 8.4(a) and 8.4(b) hereof, a Limited Partner shall not be entitled to exercise the Common Unit Redemption Right if the delivery of REIT Shares to such Limited Partner on the Specified Redemption Date by the General Partner pursuant to Section 8.4(b) hereof (regardless of whether or not the General Partner would in fact purchase the Common Units pursuant to Section 8.4(b) hereof) would (i) result in such Limited Partner or any other Person (as defined in the Articles) owning, directly or indirectly, REIT Shares in excess of the Common Stock Ownership Limit, the Preferred Stock Ownership Limit (each as defined in the Articles) or other ownership limit or restriction specified in the Articles and calculated in accordance therewith, except as provided in the Articles, (ii) result in REIT Shares being owned by fewer than 100 persons (determined without reference to any rules of attribution), (iii) result in the General Partner being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code, (iv) cause the General Partner to own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of the ownership interests in a tenant (other than a TRS) of the General Partner’s, the Partnership’s or a Subsidiary Partnership’s real property, within the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code, (v) otherwise cause the General Partner to fail to qualify as a REIT under the Code, or (vi) cause the acquisition of REIT Shares by such Limited Partner to be “integrated” with any other distribution of REIT Shares or Common Units for purposes of complying with the registration provisions of the Securities Act. The General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, may waive the restriction on redemption set forth in this Section 8.4(c).

 

(d) Any Cash Amount to be paid to a Redeeming Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 8.4 shall be paid on the Specified Redemption Date; provided, however, that the General Partner may elect to cause the Specified Redemption Date to be delayed for up to an additional 90 days to the extent required for the General Partner to cause additional REIT Shares to be issued to provide financing to be used to make such payment of the Cash Amount and may also delay such Specified Redemption Date to the extent necessary to effect compliance with applicable requirements of the law. Any REIT Shares Amount to be paid to a Redeeming Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 8.4 shall be paid on the Specified Redemption Date; provided, however, that the General Partner may elect to cause the Specified Redemption Date to be delayed to the extent necessary to effect compliance with applicable requirements of the law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the General Partner agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the closing of the acquisition of redeemed Common Units hereunder to occur as quickly as reasonably possible.

 

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner is authorized to take any action that it determines to be necessary or appropriate to cause the Partnership to comply with any withholding requirements established under the Code or any other federal, state, local or foreign law that apply upon a Redeeming Limited Partner’s exercise of the Common Unit Redemption Right. If a Redeeming Limited Partner believes that it is exempt from such withholding upon the exercise of the Common Unit Redemption Right, such Partner must furnish the General Partner with a FIRPTA Certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C and any similar forms or certificates required to avoid or reduce the withholding under federal, state, local or foreign law or such other form as the General Partner may reasonably request. If the Partnership or the General Partner is required to withhold and pay over to any taxing authority any amount upon a Redeeming Limited Partner’s exercise of the Common Unit Redemption Right and if the Common Redemption Amount equals or exceeds the Withheld Amount, the Withheld Amount shall be treated as an amount received by such Partner in redemption of its Common Units. If, however, the Common Redemption Amount is less than the Withheld Amount, the Redeeming Limited Partner shall not receive any portion of the Common Redemption Amount, the Common Redemption Amount shall be treated as an amount received by such Partner in redemption of its Common Units, and the Partner shall contribute the excess of the Withheld Amount over the Common Redemption Amount to the Partnership before the Partnership is required to pay over such excess to a taxing authority.

 

25
 

 

(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner may place appropriate restrictions on the ability of the Limited Partners to exercise their Common Unit Redemption Rights as and if deemed necessary or reasonable to ensure that the Partnership does not constitute a “publicly traded partnership” under Section 7704 of the Code. If and when the General Partner determines that imposing such restrictions is necessary, the General Partner shall give prompt written notice thereof (a “Restriction Notice”) to each of the Limited Partners, which notice shall be accompanied by a copy of an opinion of counsel to the Partnership that states that, in the opinion of such counsel, restrictions are necessary or reasonable in order to avoid the Partnership being treated as a “publicly traded partnership” under Section 7704 of the Code.

 

8.5 Registration. Subject to the terms of any agreement between the General Partner and a Limited Partner with respect to Common Units held by such Limited Partner:

 

(a) Shelf Registration of the REIT Shares. Following the date on which the General Partner becomes eligible to use a registration statement on Form S-3 for the registration of securities under the Securities Act (the “S-3 Eligible Date”), the General Partner shall use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the Commission a shelf registration statement under Rule 415 of the Securities Act (the “Registration Statement”), or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission, covering (i) the issuance of REIT Shares issuable upon redemption of the Common Units held by the Limited Partners as of the date of this Agreement (“Redemption Shares”) and/or (ii) the resale by the holder of the Redemption Shares. In connection therewith, the General Partner will:

 

(1) use commercially reasonable efforts to have such Registration Statement declared effective;

 

(2) to use our commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Registration Statement continuously effective (including the preparation and filing of any amendments and supplements necessary for that purpose) until the earlier of (i) the date that is two (2) years after the date of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, (ii) the date on which all the Redemption Shares registered in the Registration Statement are eligible for sale without registration pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or any successor rule thereto (“Rule 144”) (or any successor provision) without volume limitations or other restrictions on transfer thereunder, or (iii) the date on which all the Redemption Shares registered by the Registration Statement are sold,

 

(3) use commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Redemption Shares covered by the Registration Statement under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as required by law, and do such other reasonable acts and things as may be required of it to enable such holders to consummate the sale or other disposition in such jurisdictions of the Redemption Shares; provided, however, that the General Partner shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or consent to a general or unlimited service or process in any jurisdictions in which it would not otherwise be required to be qualified or so consent or (ii) qualify as a dealer in securities; and

 

(4) otherwise use commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission in connection with the Registration Statement.

 

The General Partner further agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to supplement or make amendments to the Registration Statement, if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form utilized by the General Partner or by the Securities Act or rules and regulations thereunder for the Registration Statement. Each Limited Partner agrees to furnish to the General Partner, upon request, such information with respect to the Limited Partner as may be required to complete and file the Registration Statement and to have the Registration Statement declared effective by the SEC.

 

26
 

 

In connection with and as a condition to the General Partner’s obligations with respect to the filing of the Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 8.5, each Limited Partner agrees with the General Partner that:

 

(b) it will provide in a timely manner to the General Partner such information with respect to the Limited Partner as reasonably required to complete the Registration Statement or as otherwise required to comply with applicable securities laws and regulations;

 

(c) it will not offer or sell its Redemption Shares until (A) such Redemption Shares have been included in the Registration Statement and (B) it has received notice that the Registration Statement covering such Redemption Shares, or any post-effective amendment thereto, has been declared effective by the Commission, such notice to have been satisfied by the posting by the Commission on www.sec.gov of a notice of effectiveness;

 

(d) if the General Partner determines in its good faith judgment, after consultation with counsel, that the use of the Registration Statement, including any pre- or post-effective amendment thereto, or the use of any prospectus contained in such Registration Statement would require the disclosure of important information that the General Partner has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential or the disclosure of which, in the judgment of the General Partner, would impede the General Partner’s ability to consummate a significant transaction, upon written notice of such determination by the General Partner (which notice shall be deemed sufficient if given through the issuance of a press release or filing with the Commission and, if such notice is not publicly distributed, the Limited Partner agrees to keep the subject information confidential and acknowledges that such information may constitute material non-public information subject to the applicable restrictions under securities laws), the rights of each Limited Partner to offer, sell or distribute its Redemption Shares pursuant to such Registration Statement or prospectus or to require the General Partner to take action with respect to the registration or sale of any Redemption Shares pursuant to a Registration Statement (including any action contemplated by this Section 8.5) will be suspended until the date upon which the General Partner notifies such Limited Partner in writing (which notice shall be deemed sufficient if given through the issuance of a press release or filing with the Commission and, if such notice is not publicly distributed, the Limited Partner agrees to keep the subject information confidential and acknowledges that such information may constitute material non-public information subject to the applicable restrictions under securities laws) that suspension of such rights for the grounds set forth in this paragraph is no longer necessary; provided, however, that the General Partner may not suspend such rights for an aggregate period of more than 180 days in any 12-month period; and

 

(e) in the case of the registration of any underwritten equity offering proposed by the General Partner (other than any registration by the General Partner on Form S-8, or a successor or substantially similar form, of an employee stock option, stock purchase or compensation plan or of securities issued or issuable pursuant to any such plan), each Limited Partner will agree, if requested in writing by the managing underwriter or underwriters administering such offering, not to effect any offer, sale or distribution of any REIT Shares or Redemption Shares (or any option or right to acquire REIT Shares or Redemption Shares) during the period commencing on the tenth day prior to the expected effective date (which date shall be stated in such notice) of the registration statement covering such underwritten primary equity offering or, if such offering shall be a “take-down” from an effective shelf registration statement, the tenth day prior to the expected commencement date (which date shall be stated in such notice) of such offering, and ending on the date specified by such managing underwriter in such written request to the Limited Partners; provided, however, that no Limited Partner shall be required to agree not to effect any offer, sale or distribution of its Redemption Shares for a period of time that is longer than the greater of 90 days or the period of time for which any senior executive of the General Partner is required so to agree in connection with such offering. Nothing in this paragraph shall be read to limit the ability of any Limited Partner to redeem its Common Units in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(f) Listing on Securities Exchange. If the General Partner lists or maintains the listing of REIT Shares on any securities exchange or national market system, it shall, at its expense and as necessary to permit the registration and sale of the Redemption Shares hereunder, list thereon, maintain and, when necessary, increase such listing to include such Redemption Shares.

 

(g) Registration Not Required. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the General Partner shall not be required to file or maintain the effectiveness of a registration statement relating to Redemption Shares after the first date upon which, in the opinion of counsel to the General Partner, all of the Redemption Shares covered thereby could be sold by the holders thereof either (i) pursuant to Rule 144 without limitation as to amount or manner of sale or (ii) pursuant to Rule 144 in one transaction in accordance with the volume limitations contained in Rule 144(e) under the Securities Act.

 

27
 

 

(h) Allocation of Expenses. The Partnership shall pay all expenses in connection with the Registration Statement, including without limitation (i) all expenses incident to filing with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., (ii) registration fees, (iii) printing expenses, (iv) accounting and legal fees and expenses, except to the extent holders of Redemption Shares elect to engage accountants or attorneys in addition to the accountants and attorneys engaged by the General Partner or the Partnership, which fees and expenses for such accountants or attorneys shall be for the account of the holders of the Redemption Shares, (v) accounting expenses incident to or required by any such registration or qualification and (vi) expenses of complying with the securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdictions in connection with such registration or qualification; provided, however, neither the Partnership nor the General Partner shall be liable for, or pay (A) any discounts or commissions to any underwriter or broker attributable to the sale of Redemption Shares, or (B) any fees or expenses incurred by holders of Redemption Shares in connection with such registration that, according to the written instructions of any regulatory authority, the Partnership or the General Partner is not permitted to pay.

 

(i) Indemnification.

 

(i) In connection with the Registration Statement, the General Partner and the Partnership agree to indemnify each holder of Redemption Shares and each Person who controls any such holder of Redemption Shares within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable costs of investigation) caused by any untrue, or alleged untrue, statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus or prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the General Partner shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or caused by any omission or alleged omission, to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are caused by any untrue statement, alleged untrue statement, omission, or alleged omission based upon information furnished to the General Partner by the Limited Partner or the holder for use therein. The General Partner and each officer, director and controlling person of the General Partner and the Partnership shall be indemnified by each Limited Partner or holder of Redemption Shares covered by the Registration Statement for all such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable costs of investigation) caused by any untrue, or alleged untrue, statement or any omission, or alleged omission, based upon information furnished to the General Partner by the Limited Partner or the holder for use therein.

 

(ii) Promptly upon receipt by a party indemnified under this Section 8.5(e) of notice of the commencement of any action against such indemnified party in respect of which indemnity or reimbursement may be sought against any indemnifying party under this Section 8.5(e), such indemnified party shall notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement of such action, but the failure to so notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 8.5(e) unless such failure shall materially adversely affect the defense of such action. In case notice of commencement of any such action shall be given to the indemnifying party as above provided, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in and, to the extent it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense of such action at its own expense, with counsel chosen by it and reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party. The indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be paid by the indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party agrees to pay the same, (ii) the indemnifying party fails to assume the defense of such action with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party or (iii) the named parties to any such action (including any impleaded parties) have been advised by such counsel that representation of such indemnified party and the indemnifying party by the same counsel would be inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct (in which case the indemnified party shall have the right to separate counsel and the indemnifying party shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such separate counsel, provided that, the indemnifying party shall not be liable for more than one separate counsel). No indemnifying party shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding entered into without its consent.

 

28
 

 

(j) Contribution.

 

(i) If for any reason the indemnification provisions contemplated by Section 8.5(e) hereof are either unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then the party that would otherwise be required to provide indemnification or the indemnifying party (in either case, for purposes of this Section 8.5(f), the “Indemnifying Party”) in respect of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the party that would otherwise be entitled to indemnification or the indemnified party (in either case, for purposes of this Section 8.5(f), the “Indemnified Party”) as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expense, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact related to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or Indemnified Party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party.

 

(ii) The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8.5(f) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. No person or entity determined to have committed a fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

(iii) The contribution provided for in this Section 8.5(f) shall survive the termination of this Agreement and shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party.

 

ARTICLE IX
TRANSFERS OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

 

9.1 Purchase for Investment.

 

(a) Each Limited Partner, by its signature below or by its subsequent admission to the Partnership, hereby represents and warrants to the General Partner and to the Partnership that the acquisition of such Limited Partner’s Partnership Units is made for investment purposes only and not with a view to the resale or distribution of such Partnership Units.

 

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 9.2 hereof, each Limited Partner agrees that such Limited Partner will not sell, assign or otherwise transfer such Limited Partner’s Partnership Units or any fraction thereof, whether voluntarily or by operation of law or at judicial sale or otherwise, to any Person who does not make the representations and warranties to the General Partner set forth in Section 9.1(a) hereof.

 

9.2 Restrictions on Transfer of Partnership Units.

 

(a) Subject to the provisions of Sections 9.2(b) and (c) hereof, no Limited Partner may offer, sell, assign, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise transfer all or any portion of such Limited Partner’s Partnership Units, or any of such Limited Partner’s economic rights as a Limited Partner, whether voluntarily or by operation of law or at judicial sale or otherwise (collectively, a “Transfer”) without the consent of the General Partner, which consent may be granted or withheld in its sole and absolute discretion; provided, however, that the term Transfer does not include (a) any redemption of Common Units by the Partnership or the General Partner, or acquisition of Common Units by the General Partner, pursuant to Section 8.4 or (b) any redemption of Partnership Units pursuant to any Partnership Unit Designation. The General Partner may require, as a condition of any Transfer to which it consents, that the transferor assume all costs incurred by the Partnership in connection therewith (including, but not limited to, cost of legal counsel).

 

(b) No Limited Partner may withdraw from the Partnership other than as a result of a permitted Transfer (i.e., a Transfer consented to as contemplated by clause (a) above or a Transfer pursuant to Section 9.5 hereof) of all of such Limited Partner’s Partnership Units pursuant to this Article IX or pursuant to a redemption of all of such Limited Partner’s Common Units pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof. Upon the permitted Transfer or redemption of all of a Limited Partner’s Common Units, such Limited Partner shall cease to be a Limited Partner.

 

29
 

 

(c) No Limited Partner may effect a Transfer of its Partnership Units, in whole or in part, if, in the opinion of legal counsel for the Partnership, such proposed Transfer would require the registration of the Partnership Units under the Securities Act or would otherwise violate any applicable federal or state securities or blue sky law (including investment suitability standards).

 

(d) No Transfer by a Limited Partner of its Partnership Units, in whole or in part, may be made to any Person if (i) in the opinion of legal counsel for the Partnership, such Transfer would result in the Partnership being treated as an association taxable as a corporation (other than a qualified REIT subsidiary within the meaning of Section 856(i) of the Code), (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel for the Partnership, it would adversely affect the ability of the General Partner to continue to qualify as a REIT or subject the General Partner to any additional taxes under Section 857 or Section 4981 of the Code, (iii) the General Partner determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that such Transfer, along or in connection with other Transfers, could cause the Partnership Units to be treated as readily tradable on an “established securities market” or a “secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof)” within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code, or (iv) in the opinion of legal counsel for the Partnership, such Transfer is reasonably likely to cause the Partnership to fail to satisfy the 90% qualifying income test described in Section 7704(c) of the Code.

 

(e) Any purported Transfer in contravention of any of the provisions of this Article IX shall be void ab initio and ineffectual and shall not be binding upon, or recognized by, the General Partner or the Partnership.

 

(f) Prior to the consummation of any Transfer under this Article IX, the transferor and/or the transferee shall deliver to the General Partner such opinions, certificates and other documents as the General Partner shall request in connection with such Transfer.

 

9.3 Admission of Substitute Limited Partner.

 

(a) Subject to the other provisions of this Article IX, an assignee of the Partnership Units of a Limited Partner (which shall be understood to include any purchaser, transferee, donee or other recipient of any disposition of such Partnership Units) shall be deemed admitted as a Limited Partner of the Partnership only with the consent of the General Partner, which consent may be given or withheld by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion, and upon the completion of the following in a manner satisfactory to the General Partner:

 

(i) The assignee shall have accepted and agreed to be bound by the terms and provisions of this Agreement by executing a counterpart or an amendment thereof, including a revised Exhibit A, and such other documents or instruments as the General Partner may require in order to effect the admission of such Person as a Limited Partner.

 

(ii) To the extent required, an amended Certificate evidencing the admission of such Person as a Limited Partner shall have been signed, acknowledged and filed in accordance with the Act.

 

(iii) The assignee shall have delivered a letter containing the representation set forth in Section 9.1(a) hereof and the agreement set forth in Section 9.1(b) hereof.

 

(iv) If the assignee is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or trust, the assignee shall have provided the General Partner with evidence satisfactory to counsel for the Partnership of the assignee’s authority to become a Limited Partner under the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

(v) The assignee shall have executed a power of attorney containing the terms and provisions set forth in Section 8.2 hereof.

 

(vi) The assignee shall have paid all legal fees and other expenses of the Partnership and the General Partner and filing and publication costs in connection with its substitution as a Limited Partner.

 

30
 

 

(vii) The assignee shall have obtained the prior written consent of the General Partner to its admission as a Substitute Limited Partner, which consent may be given or denied in the exercise of the General Partner’s sole and absolute discretion.

 

(b) For the purpose of allocating Profits and Losses and distributing cash received by the Partnership, a Substitute Limited Partner shall be treated as having become, and appearing in the records of the Partnership as, a Partner upon the filing of the Certificate described in Section 9.3(a)(ii) hereof or, if no such filing is required, the later of the date specified in the transfer documents or the date on which the General Partner has received all necessary instruments of transfer and substitution.

 

(c) The General Partner and the Substitute Limited Partner shall cooperate with each other by preparing the documentation required by this Section 9.3 and making all required filings and publications. The Partnership shall take all such action as promptly as practicable after the satisfaction of the conditions in this Article IX to the admission of such Person as a Limited Partner of the Partnership.

 

9.4 Rights of Assignees of Partnership Units.

 

(a) Subject to the provisions of Sections 9.1, 9.2 and 9.3 hereof, except as required by operation of law, the Partnership shall not be obligated for any purposes whatsoever to recognize the assignment by any Limited Partner of its Partnership Units until the Partnership has received notice thereof.

 

(b) Any Person who is the assignee of all or any portion of a Limited Partner’s Partnership Units, but does not become a Substitute Limited Partner and desires to make a further assignment of such Partnership Units, shall be subject to all the provisions of this Article IX to the same extent and in the same manner as any Limited Partner desiring to make an assignment of its Partnership Units.

 

9.5 Effect of Bankruptcy, Death, Incompetence or Termination of a Limited Partner. The occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to a Limited Partner, the death of a Limited Partner or a final adjudication that a Limited Partner is incompetent (which term shall include, but not be limited to, insanity) shall not cause the termination or dissolution of the Partnership, and the business of the Partnership shall continue if an order for relief in a bankruptcy proceeding is entered against a Limited Partner, the trustee or receiver of his estate or, if such Limited Partner dies, such Limited Partner’s executor, administrator or trustee, or, if such Limited Partner is finally adjudicated incompetent, such Limited Partner’s committee, guardian or conservator, shall have the rights of such Limited Partner for the purpose of settling or managing such Limited Partner’s estate property and such power as the bankrupt, deceased or incompetent Limited Partner possessed to assign all or any part of such Limited Partner’s Partnership Units and to join with the assignee in satisfying conditions precedent to the admission of the assignee as a Substitute Limited Partner.

 

9.6 Joint Ownership of Partnership Units. A Partnership Unit may be acquired by two individuals as joint tenants with right of survivorship, provided that such individuals either are married or are related and share the same home as tenants in common. The written consent or vote of both owners of any such jointly held Partnership Unit shall be required to constitute the action of the owners of such Partnership Unit; provided, however, that the written consent of only one joint owner will be required if the Partnership has been provided with evidence satisfactory to the counsel for the Partnership that the actions of a single joint owner can bind both owners under the applicable laws of the state of residence of such joint owners. Upon the death of one owner of a Partnership Unit held in a joint tenancy with a right of survivorship, the Partnership Unit shall become owned solely by the survivor as a Limited Partner and not as an assignee. The Partnership need not recognize the death of one of the owners of a jointly-held Partnership Unit until it shall have received certificated notice of such death. Upon notice to the General Partner from either owner, the General Partner shall cause the Partnership Unit to be divided into two equal Partnership Units, which shall thereafter be owned separately by each of the former owners.

 

31
 

 

ARTICLE X
BOOKS AND RECORDS; ACCOUNTING; TAX MATTERS

 

10.1 Books and Records. At all times during the continuance of the Partnership, the General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept at the Partnership’s specified office true and complete books of account in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, including: (a) a current list of the full name and last known business address of each Partner, (b) a copy of the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all certificates of amendment thereto, (c) copies of the Partnership’s federal, state and local income tax returns and reports, (d) copies of this Agreement and any financial statements of the Partnership for the three most recent years and (e) all documents and information required under the Act. Any Partner or its duly authorized representative, upon paying the costs of collection, duplication and mailing, shall be entitled to a copy of such records if reasonably requested.

 

10.2 Custody of Partnership Funds; Bank Accounts.

 

(a) All funds of the Partnership not otherwise invested shall be deposited in one or more accounts maintained in such banking or brokerage institutions as the General Partner shall determine, and withdrawals shall be made only on such signature or signatures as the General Partner may, from time to time, determine.

 

(b) All deposits and other funds not needed in the operation of the business of the Partnership may be invested by the General Partner. The funds of the Partnership shall not be commingled with the funds of any Person other than the General Partner except for such commingling as may necessarily result from an investment in those investment companies permitted by this Section 10.2(b).

 

10.3 Fiscal and Taxable Year. The fiscal and taxable year of the Partnership shall be the calendar year unless otherwise required by the Code.

 

10.4 Annual Tax Information and Report. Within 75 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Partnership, the General Partner shall furnish to each person who was a Limited Partner at any time during such year the tax information necessary to file such Limited Partner’s individual tax returns as shall be reasonably required by law.

 

10.5 Partnership Representative; Tax Elections; Special Basis Adjustments.

 

(a) The General Partner shall designate each year a Partnership Representative of the Partnership, which may be the General Partner and shall be the General Partner if no other person is designated, and the Partnership Representative shall appoint a designated individual with substantial presence in the United States through which the Partnership Representative will act.. As Partnership Representative, the General Partner shall have the right and obligation to take all actions authorized and required of such position by Sections 6222 through 6241 of the Code and any Treasury Regulations thereunder and comparable provisions of state and local law (the “Partnership Audit Rules”). The General Partner shall have the right to retain professional assistance in respect of any audit of the Partnership by the Service or to retain the services of a Partnership Representative, and all out-of-pocket expenses and fees incurred by the Partnership Representative shall constitute Partnership expenses. Any person who serves as Partnership Representative shall not be liable to the Partnership or any Partner for any action it takes or fails to take in such capacity, unless such action or failure to act constitutes bad faith, willful misconduct, gross negligence, fraud or a material breach of this Agreement. Upon the Partnership’s request, each Partner shall provide to the Partnership within the required time frame any information that the Partnership Representative believes may be necessary or appropriate to resolve any tax issue relating to the Partnership or comply with or be eligible to invoke any aspect of the Partnership Audit Rules. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any taxes, penalties, and interest payable by the Partnership under the Partnership Audit Rules shall be treated as attributable to the Partners, and, to the extent possible, the Partnership Representative shall allocate the burden of any such amounts to those Partners to whom such amounts are reasonably attributable. Any such amounts allocated to a Partner, at the option of the Partnership Representative, shall (a) be promptly paid to the Partnership by such Partner or (b) be paid by reducing the amount of the current or next succeeding distribution or distributions which would otherwise have been made to such Partner. The obligations of each Partner (or former Partner) under this Section 10.5(a) shall survive the Transfer by such Partner of its interest in the Partnership or the dissolution of the Partnership. In the event of a transfer of a Partner’s Interest, the transferee and transferor shall be jointly and severally liable for any liability with respect to the obligations of the transferor Partner under the Partnership Audit Rules. The Partnership shall indemnify Partnership Representative as provided in Section 6.3.

 

32
 

 

(b) All elections required or permitted to be made by the Partnership under the Code or any applicable state or local tax law shall be made by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

(c) In the event of a transfer of all or any part of the Partnership Interest of any Partner, the Partnership, at the option of the General Partner, may elect pursuant to Section 754 of the Code to adjust the basis of the Properties. Notwithstanding anything contained in Article V of this Agreement, any adjustments made pursuant to Section 754 shall affect only the successor in interest to the transferring Partner and in no event shall be taken into account in establishing, maintaining or computing Capital Accounts for the other Partners for any purpose under this Agreement. Each Partner will furnish the Partnership with all information necessary to give effect to such election.

 

(d) Each Limited Partner shall be required to provide such information as reasonably requested by the Partnership in order to determine whether such Limited Partner (i) owns, directly or constructively (within the meaning of Section 318(a) of the Code, as modified by Section 856(d)(5) of the Code and Section 7704(d)(3) of the Code), five percent (5%) or more of the value of the Partnership or (ii) owns, directly or constructively (within the meaning of Section 318(a) of the Code, as modified by Section 856(d)(5) of the Code and Section 7704(d)(3) of the Code), ten percent (10%) or more of (a) the stock, by voting power or value, of a tenant (other than a “taxable REIT subsidiary” within the meaning of Section 856(d) of the Code) of the Partnership that is a corporation or (b) the assets or net profits of a tenant of the Partnership that is a noncorporate entity.

 

ARTICLE XI
AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT; MERGER

 

11.1 Amendment of Agreement. The General Partner’s consent shall be required for any amendment to this Agreement. The General Partner, without the consent of the Limited Partners, may amend this Agreement in any respect; provided, however, that the following amendments shall require the consent of a Majority in Interest (excluding, for purposes of determining a Majority in Interest, Partnership Interests held by the General Partner or any Subsidiary of the General Partner):

 

(a) any amendment affecting the operation of the Conversion Factor or the Common Unit Redemption Right (except as otherwise provided herein) in a manner that adversely affects the Limited Partners in any material respect;

 

(b) any amendment that would adversely affect the rights of the Limited Partners to receive the distributions payable to them hereunder, other than with respect to the issuance of additional Partnership Units pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof;

 

(c) any amendment that would alter the Partnership’s allocations of Profit and Loss to the Limited Partners, other than with respect to the issuance of additional Partnership Units pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof;

 

(d) any amendment that would impose on the Limited Partners any obligation to make additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership; or

 

(e) any amendment to this Article XI.

 

11.2 Merger of Partnership. The General Partner, without the consent of the Limited Partners, may (i) merge or consolidate the Partnership with or into any other domestic or foreign partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or corporation or (ii) sell all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership, in each case in a transaction pursuant to which the Limited Partners (other than the General Partner or any Subsidiary of the General Partner) receive consideration as set forth in Section 7.1(c)(ii) hereof or in a transaction that complies with the provisions of Sections 7.1(c)(iii) or 7.1(d) hereof and may amend this Agreement in connection with any such transaction consistent with the provisions of this Article XI; provided, however, that the consent of a Majority in Interest shall be required in the case of any other (a) merger or consolidation of the Partnership with or into any other domestic or foreign partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or corporation or (b) sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership.

 

33
 

 

ARTICLE XII
GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

12.1 Notices. All communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered personally, by email, by press release, by posting on the Web site of the General Partner, or upon deposit in the United States mail, registered, first-class postage prepaid return receipt requested, or via courier to the Partners at the addresses set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto, as it may be amended or restated from time to time; provided, however, that any Partner may specify a different address by notifying the General Partner in writing of such different address. Notices to the General Partner and the Partnership shall be delivered at or mailed to its principal office address set forth in Section 2.3 hereof. The General Partner and the Partnership may specify a different address by notifying the Limited Partners in writing of such different address.

 

12.2 Survival of Rights. Subject to the provisions hereof limiting transfers, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Partners and the Partnership and their permitted respective legal representatives, successors, transferees and assigns.

 

12.3 Additional Documents. Each Partner agrees to perform all further acts and execute, swear to, acknowledge and deliver all further documents that may be reasonable, necessary, appropriate or desirable to carry out the provisions of this Agreement or as required by the Act.

 

12.4 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then such provision shall be deemed to be severable from this Agreement (to the extent permitted by law) and in any event such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the remainder hereof. To the extent permitted under applicable law, the severed provision shall be interpreted or modified so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

12.5 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and exhibits attached hereto constitute the entire Agreement of the Partners and supersede all prior written agreements and prior and contemporaneous oral agreements, understandings and negotiations with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

12.6 Pronouns and Plurals. When the context in which words are used in the Agreement indicates that such is the intent, words in the singular number shall include the plural and the masculine gender shall include the neuter or female gender as the context may require.

 

12.7 Headings. The Article headings or sections in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used in construing the scope of this Agreement or any particular Article.

 

12.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by hand or by power of attorney in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original copy and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument binding on all parties hereto, notwithstanding that all parties shall not have signed the same counterpart.

 

12.9 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

[Signature page follows.]

 

34
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunder affixed their signatures to this First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, all as of the 1st day of June, 2021.

 

  GENERAL PARTNER:
   
  STRAWBERRY FIELDS REIT, INC., a Maryland corporation
     
  By: /s/ Moishe Gubin
  Name: Moishe Gubin
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
     
  LIMITED PARTNER:
   
  STRAWBERRY FIELDS REIT, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company
     
  By: /s/ Moishe Gubin
  Name: Moishe Gubin
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

35
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

(As of the date of this Agreement)

 

Partner  Agreed Value of Capital Contribution   Common Units   Percentage Interest 
General Partner:               
Strawberry Fields REIT, Inc.  $-         -%
                
Limited Partner:               
Strawberry Fields REIT, LLC  $517,060,000    51,686,280    100%
                
TOTALS  $517,060,000    51,686,280    100%

 

36
 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF REDEMPTION RIGHT

 

In accordance with Section 8.4 of the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership (the “Agreement”) of Strawberry Fields Realty LP, the undersigned hereby irrevocably (i) presents for redemption Common Units of Strawberry Fields Realty LP in accordance with the terms of the Agreement, as amended, and the Common Unit Redemption Right referred to in Section 8.4 thereof, (ii) surrenders such Common Units and all right, title and interest therein and (iii) directs that the Cash Amount or REIT Shares Amount (as defined in the Agreement) as determined by the General Partner deliverable upon exercise of the Common Unit Redemption Right be delivered to the address specified below, and if REIT Shares (as defined in the Agreement) are to be delivered, such REIT Shares be registered or placed in the name(s) and at the address(es) specified below. The undersigned hereby represents, warrants and certifies that the undersigned (a) has title to such Common Units, free and clear of the rights and interests of any person or entity other than the Partnership or the General Partner; (b) has the full right, power and authority to cause the redemption of the Common Units as provided herein; and (c) has obtained the approval of all persons or entities, if any, having the right to consent to or approve the Common Units for redemption.

 

Dated: ____________, ______

 

Name of Limited Partner:

 

(Signature of Limited Partner or Authorized Representative)

 

(Mailing Address)

 

(City) (State) (Zip Code)

 

Signature Guaranteed by:

 

If REIT Shares are to be issued, issue to:

 

Name:

 

Please insert Social Security or Identifying Number:

 

37
 

 

EXHIBIT C-1

 

CERTIFICATION OF NON-FOREIGN STATUS
(FOR REDEEMING LIMITED PARTNERS THAT ARE ENTITIES)

 

Under Section 1445(e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), in the event of a disposition by a non-U.S. person of a partnership interest in a partnership in which (i) 50% or more of the value of the gross assets consists of United States real property interests (“USRPIs”), as defined in Section 897(c) of the Code, and (ii) 90% or more of the value of the gross assets consists of USRPIs, cash, and cash equivalents, the transferee will be required to withhold 10% of the amount realized by the non-U.S. person upon the disposition. To inform Strawberry Fields REIT, Inc. (the “General Partner”) and Strawberry Fields Realty LP (the “Partnership”) that no withholding is required with respect to the redemption by ______________ (“Partner”) of its Common Units in the Partnership, the undersigned hereby certifies the following on behalf of Partner:

 

1. Partner is not a foreign corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust, or foreign estate, as those terms are defined in the Code and the Treasury regulations thereunder.

 

2. Partner is not a disregarded entity as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.1445-2(b)(2)(iii).

 

3. The U.S. employer identification number of Partner is .

 

4. The principal business address of Partner is: _________, _________ and Partner’s place of incorporation is __________________.

 

5. Partner agrees to inform the General Partner if it becomes a foreign person at any time during the three-year period immediately following the date of this notice.

 

6. Partner understands that this certification may be disclosed to the Internal Revenue Service by the General Partner and that any false statement contained herein could be punished by fine, imprisonment, or both.

 

PARTNER:

 

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I have examined this certification and, to the best of my knowledge and belief, it is true, correct, and complete, and I further declare that I have authority to sign this document on behalf of Partner.

 

Date:

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

38
 

 

EXHIBIT C-2

 

CERTIFICATION OF NON-FOREIGN STATUS
(FOR REDEEMING LIMITED PARTNERS THAT ARE INDIVIDUALS)

 

Under Section 1445(e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), in the event of a disposition by a non-U.S. person of a partnership interest in a partnership in which (i) 50% or more of the value of the gross assets consists of United States real property interests (“USRPIs”), as defined in Section 897(c) of the Code, and (ii) 90% or more of the value of the gross assets consists of USRPIs, cash, and cash equivalents, the transferee will be required to withhold 10% of the amount realized by the non-U.S. person upon the disposition. To inform Strawberry Fields REIT, Inc. (the “General Partner”) and Strawberry Fields Realty LP (the “Partnership”) that no withholding is required with respect to my redemption of my Common Units in the Partnership, I, _____________________, hereby certify the following:

 

1. I am not a nonresident alien for purposes of U.S. income taxation.

 

2. My U.S. taxpayer identification number (social security number) is _____________.

 

3. My home address is:______________________________________.

 

4. I agree to inform the General Partner promptly if I become a nonresident alien at any time during the three-year period immediately following the date of this notice.

 

5. I understand that this certification may be disclosed to the Internal Revenue Service by the General Partner and that any false statement contained herein could be punished by fine, imprisonment, or both.

 

Name:    

 

Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I have examined this certification and, to the best of my knowledge and belief, it is true, correct, and complete.

 

Date: ________________, 20____.

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

39

 

Exhibit 10.5

 

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

by and among

 

STRAWBERRY FIELDS REIT, INC.,

 

STRAWBERRY FIELDS REALTY LP

 

and

 

STRAWBERRY FIELDS REIT, LLC

 

Dated as of June 8, 2021

 

 
 

 

Table of Contents

 

     

Page

ARTICLE 1.           CONTRIBUTION OF CONTRIBUTED ASSETS AND EXCHANGE FOR OP UNITS 2
       
  Section 1.1 Contribution of Contributed Assets 2
  Section 1.2 Assumed Liabilities 2
  Section 1.3 Excluded Liabilities 2
  Section 1.4 Existing Loans 3
  Section 1.5 Consideration and Exchange of Equity 3
  Section 1.6 Tax Treatment 3
  Section 1.7 Allocation of Value 4
  Section 1.8 Term of Agreement 4
       
ARTICLE 2.           CLOSING 4
       
  Section 2.1 Conditions Precedent 4
  Section 2.2 Time and Place of Closing 5
  Section 2.3 Closing Deliveries 5
  Section 2.4 Additional Closing Deliveries 7
  Section 2.5 Closing Costs 7
       
ARTICLE 3.           REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES AND INDEMNITIES 7
       
  Section 3.1 Representations and Warranties with Respect to the Operating Partnership 7
  Section 3.2 Representations and Warranties with Respect to the Company 9
  Section 3.3 Representations and Warranties of the Contributor 10
  Section 3.4 Indemnification 11
  Section 3.5 Matters Excluded from Indemnification 11
       
ARTICLE 4.           COVENANTS 11
       
  Section 4.1 Covenants of the Contributor 11
  Section 4.2 Tax Covenants 12
       
ARTICLE 5.           AS-IS CONTRIBUTION AND POWER OF ATTORNEY 13
       
  Section 5.1 As-Is Contribution 13
  Section 5.2 Grant of Power of Attorney 15
  Section 5.3 Ratification; Third Party Reliance 15
       
ARTICLE 6.           MISCELLANEOUS 16
       
  Section 6.1 Further Assurances 16
  Section 6.2 Counterparts 16
  Section 6.3 Governing Law 16
  Section 6.4 Amendment; Waiver 16
  Section 6.5 Entire Agreement 16
  Section 6.6 Assignability 16
  Section 6.7 Titles 16
  Section 6.8 Third Party Beneficiary 16
  Section 6.9 Severability 16
  Section 6.10 Reliance 17
  Section 6.11 Survival 17
  Section 6.12 Notice 17
  Section 6.13 Equitable Remedies; Limitation on Damages 18
  Section 6.14 Dispute Resolution 18
  Section 6.15 Time of Essence 19

 

-i-
 

 

EXHIBIT LIST

 

EXHIBITS  
       
  A-1 Contributor’s Contributed Companies  
  A-2 Contributor’s Properties  
  B Form of Contribution and Assumption Agreement  
  C Representations, Warranties and Indemnities of Contributor  

 

APPENDICES  
       
  A Disclosure Schedule  
  B Form of Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership  

 

-ii-
 

 

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (including all exhibits, hereinafter referred to as this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of June 8, 2021 (the “Effective Date”) by and among Strawberry Fields Realty LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Operating Partnership”), Strawberry Fields REIT, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and Strawberry Fields REIT, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company (the “Contributor”).

 

RECITALS

 

A. The Operating Partnership, the Company and the Contributor have agreed to undertake certain formation transactions (the “Formation Transactions”) pursuant to which the Contributor will contribute the Contributed Assets (as defined below) to the Operating Partnership in consideration of (i) the issuance of 51,686,280 limited partnership interests in the Operating Partnership (the “OP Units”), and (ii) the assumption of the Assumed Liabilities of the Contributor (as defined below) by the Operating Partnership, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

B. The Formation Transactions relate to the proposed direct listing (the “Direct Listing”) of the common stock (“Common Stock”) of the Company, which will operate as a self-administered and self-managed real estate investment trust (“REIT”) within the meaning of Section 856 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and which is the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership.

 

C. The Contributor owns all of the outstanding equity interests in each of the limited liability companies and other entities listed on Exhibit A-1 (collectively, the “Contributed Entities”). As used herein, “Contributed Company Agreement” means the respective limited liability company agreement or membership agreement, as applicable, under which each Contributed Company was formed (including all amendments or restatements).

 

D. The Contributed Assets include, without limitation, all of the Contributor’s right, title and interest in each of the Contributed Companies, including, without limitation, all of its voting rights and interests in the capital, profits and losses of such Contributed Companies or any property distributable therefrom, constituting all of its interests in and to such Contributed Companies (such right, title and interest in and to the Contributed Companies are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Contributed Company Interests”).

 

E. The Contributed Entities own, directly or indirectly, all of the fee interests in the properties listed on Exhibits A-2 (the “Properties”) and the leasehold interests in certain additional properties listed on Exhibit A-2 (the “Leasehold Interests”).

 

F. The parties acknowledge that in connection with the Formation Transactions and in consideration of the receipt of the OP Units, the Contributor, pursuant to this Agreement, is making certain representations, warranties and covenants to the Operating Partnership and the Company, as more particularly set forth in this Agreement.

 

 
 

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the foregoing premises, and the mutual undertakings set forth below, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1.

CONTRIBUTION OF CONTRIBUTED ASSETS AND EXCHANGE FOR OP UNITS

 

Section 1.1 Contribution of Contributed Assets. At the Closing (as defined in Section 2.2 herein) and subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement, the Contributor shall contribute, transfer, assign, convey and deliver to the Operating Partnership, absolutely and unconditionally, and free and clear of all Liens (other than the Permitted Encumbrances), and the Operating Partnership shall acquire and accept, all of its right, title and interest to (a) all of the right, title and interest of the Contributor on all assets and properties of the Contributor (other than the Excluded Assets), including, but not limited to, (i) all of the Contributor’s rights and interests to the Contributed Companies, (ii) all right, title and interest held directly or indirectly by the Contributor, if any, in the Properties, (iii) all tangible and intangible personal property of the Contributor, (iv) all cash, cash equivalents and investments of the Contributor (the “Contributed Assets”), and (b) all agreements to which the Contributor is a party, directly or indirectly, including without limitation, (i) all leases, licenses, tenancies, possession agreements and occupancy agreements with tenants of such Properties, and (2) all service, equipment, franchise, operating, management, parking, supply, utility and maintenance agreements relating to any such Properties (all such agreements and arrangements, collectively, the “Assumed Agreements”), and in each case, free and clear of any and all Liens, subject only to the Permitted Encumbrances (as defined in Exhibit C). The contribution of the Contributed Assets and the Assumed Agreements, if any, and the assumption of all obligations thereunder, shall be evidenced by the Contribution and Assumption Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit B attached hereto (the “Contribution and Assumption Agreement”). The parties shall take such additional actions and execute such additional documentation as may be required by each relevant Contributed Company Agreement and the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Operating Partnership in the form of Exhibit B to this Agreement (the “OP Agreement”), or as reasonably requested by the Operating Partnership in order to effect the transactions contemplated hereby. Additionally, the Contributor, the Operating Partnership and the Company agree that, from and after the Closing, the Contributor shall no longer be a Member or, if applicable, a Managing Member of any Contributed Company, and after the Closing shall have no obligations or responsibilities as a Member or Managing Member, as applicable, under any Contributed Company Agreement.

 

Section 1.2 Assumed Liabilities. On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Closing, the Operating Partnership shall assume from the Contributor and thereafter pay, perform or discharge in accordance with their terms all of Liabilities of the Contributor, other than the Excluded Liabilities described in Section 1.3 (the “Assumed Liabilities”).

 

Section 1.3 Excluded Liabilities. The parties expressly acknowledge and agree that the Operating Partnership shall not assume or agree to pay, perform or otherwise discharge any of the Excluded Liabilities (as defined in Exhibit C), and such Excluded Liabilities shall not be contributed, transferred, assigned, conveyed or delivered to the Operating Partnership pursuant to this Agreement, and the Operating Partnership shall not have any rights or obligations with respect thereto.

 

2
 

 

Section 1.4 Existing Loans.

 

(a) Each Property is encumbered with certain financing reflected in the Financial Statements (as defined in Exhibit C) (each an “Existing Loan” and collectively the “Existing Loans”). Such notes, loan agreements, deeds of trust and all other documents or instruments evidencing or securing such Existing Loans, including any financing statements, and any amendments, modifications and assignments of the foregoing, shall be referred to, collectively, as the “Existing Loan Documents.” Each Existing Loan shall be considered a “Permitted Encumbrance” for purposes of this Agreement. If required under the terms of any Existing Loan Documents, the Operating Partnership shall assume each Existing Loan at the Closing. The Contributor shall obtain any necessary consents from the holder of each mortgage or deed of trust related to such Existing Loan (in each case, a “Lender” and, collectively the “Lenders”) prior to Closing, and consummate the Formation Transactions subject to the Lien of the applicable Existing Loan Documents; provided, however, that the Operating Partnership may nonetheless, at its sole discretion, thereafter cause any Existing Loan to be refinanced or repaid after the Closing.

 

(b) In connection with the assumption of the Existing Loans at the Closing, the Operating Partnership shall bear and be responsible for any title costs, assumption fee, prepayment premium or defeasance cost assessed by the applicable Lender and associated with such assumption, refinancing or payoff prior to maturity, as applicable, and any other reasonable fee, charge, legal fees, cost or expense incurred by or on behalf of the Contributor in connection therewith (collectively, “Existing Loan Fees”), and subject to Section 3.5, shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Contributor and its affiliates from and against any liability under the Existing Loans arising from and after the Closing (including by reason of the failure to have obtained any necessary consents from each applicable Lender prior to Closing) and any Existing Loan Fees.

 

Section 1.5 Consideration and Exchange of Equity. The Operating Partnership shall, in exchange for the Contributed Assets and the assumption of the Assumed Liabilities, issue to the Contributor the OP Units. The OP Units issued to the Contributor shall be evidenced by certificates relating to such OP Units (the “OP Unit Certificates”).

 

Section 1.6 Tax Treatment.

 

(a) For U.S. federal income tax purposes, any transfer, assignment and exchange by the Contributor effectuated pursuant to this Agreement shall constitute a “Capital Contribution” by the Contributor to the Operating Partnership pursuant to applicable provisions of the OP Agreement and is intended to be governed by Section 721(a) of the Code. All parties shall file all tax returns, reports and information statements, and shall take all tax positions consistent with the foregoing.

 

(b) The Contributor and the Operating Partnership agree to the intended Tax treatment described in this Section 1.6, and the Operating Partnership and the Contributor shall file their respective Tax Returns consistent with the above-described transaction structures, unless otherwise required by applicable law.

 

3
 

 

Section 1.7 Allocation of Value. The value of the OP Units shall be allocated among the Contributed Assets and Properties as agreed to by the parties to this Agreement. The Operating Partnership and the Contributor agree to (i) be bound by the allocation, (ii) act in accordance with the allocation in the preparation of financial statements and filing of all tax returns and in the course of any Tax audit, Tax review or Tax litigation relating thereto and (iii) take no position and cause their affiliates that they control to take no position inconsistent with the allocation for income tax purposes, unless otherwise required by applicable law.

 

Section 1.8 Term of Agreement. If the Closing does not occur by June 30, 2021 (the “Termination Date”), this Agreement shall be deemed terminated and shall be of no further force and effect and neither the Operating Partnership nor the Contributor shall have any further obligations hereunder except as specifically set forth herein.

 

ARTICLE 2.

CLOSING

 

Section 2.1 Conditions Precedent.

 

(a) The obligations of the Operating Partnership to effect the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

(i) The representations and warranties of the Contributor contained in this Agreement shall have been true and correct in all material respects (except for such representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality or “Material Adverse Effect” (which, as used herein, means a material adverse effect on the assets, business, financial condition or results of operation of the applicable party or, if applicable, a property) which representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all respects) on the date such representations and warranties were made and shall be true and correct in the manner described above on the Closing Date (as defined in Section 2.2 below) as if made at and as of such date;

 

(ii) The obligations of the Contributor contained in this Agreement shall have been duly performed on or before the Closing Date and the Contributor shall not have breached any of its covenants contained herein in any material respect;

 

(iii) The Contributor shall have executed and delivered to the Operating Partnership the documents required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 2.3 and 2.4 hereof;

 

(iv) The Operating Partnership shall have received any and all consents and approvals of any Governmental Entity (as defined in Exhibit C) or third parties (including, without limitation, any Lenders as applicable) set forth on Schedule 2.3 to the Disclosure Schedule (as defined in Section 3.3 below) (the “Approvals”);

 

(v) Subject to the provisions of Article 6, there shall not have occurred between the date hereof and the Closing Date any material adverse change in any of the Contributed Assets, the assets, business, financial condition, or results of operation of the Contributed Companies or the Properties. It is understood that no material adverse change shall occur by reason of general economic conditions or economic conditions affecting the real estate market generally; and

 

4
 

 

(vi) No order, statute, rule, regulation, executive order, injunction, stay, decree or restraining order shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction or Governmental Entity that prohibits the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and no litigation or governmental proceeding seeking such an order shall be pending or threatened.

 

Any or all of the foregoing conditions may be waived by the Operating Partnership in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

(b) The obligations of the Contributor to effect the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

(i) The representations and warranties of each of the Operating Partnership and the Company contained in this Agreement shall have been true and correct in all material respects (except for such representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, which representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all respects) on the date such representations and warranties were made and shall be true and correct in the manner described above on the Closing Date as if made at and as of such date;

 

(ii) The obligations of each of the Operating Partnership and the Company contained in this Agreement shall have been duly performed on or before the Closing Date and neither the Operating Partnership nor the Company shall have breached any of their respective covenants contained herein in any material respect;

 

(iii) The Company and the Operating Partnership shall each have executed and delivered to the Contributor the documents required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 2.3 and 2.4(a) hereof; and

 

(iv) No order, statute, rule, regulation, executive order, injunction, stay, decree or restraining order shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction or Governmental Entity that prohibits the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and no litigation or governmental proceeding seeking such an order shall be pending or threatened.

 

Any or all of the foregoing conditions may be waived by the Contributor in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

Section 2.2 Time and Place of Closing. The consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder (the “Closing” or “Closing Date”) shall occur on a date to be agreed by the parties, following the receipt of all required Approvals. On the Closing Date, each of the Operating Partnership, the Company and the Contributor shall acknowledge and agree that all of the Closing Conditions have been satisfied and waive any rights with respect to such conditions.

 

Section 2.3 Closing Deliveries. On the Closing Date, the parties shall make, execute, acknowledge and deliver, or cause to be made, executed, acknowledged and delivered, the legal documents and other items (collectively the “Closing Documents”) to which it is a party or for which it is otherwise responsible that are necessary to carry out the intention of this Agreement and the other transactions contemplated to take place in connection therewith. The Closing Documents and other items to be delivered at the Closing shall include, without limitation, the following:

 

(a) The Contribution and Assumption Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, as applicable;

 

5
 

 

(b) The OP Agreement;

 

(c) The OP Unit Certificates, and/or other evidence of the issuance of OP Units to the Contributor;

 

(d) All books and records, title insurance policies, the Assumed Agreements, lease files, contracts, of the Company and each Contributed Company (and any subsidiary of the Contributed Companies) that are in the possession of the Contributor or which can be obtained through the Contributor’s reasonable efforts, provided that the Contributor shall have continuing access to such books and records for purposes of any required Tax filings, Tax disputes or other legitimate purposes;

 

(e) An affidavit from the Contributor stating, under penalty of perjury, the Contributor’s United States Taxpayer Identification Number and that the Contributor is not a foreign person pursuant to Section 1445(b)(2) of the Code in form and substance acceptable to the Operating Partnership;

 

(f) Any other documents that are in the possession of the Contributor or which can be obtained through the Contributor’s reasonable efforts which are reasonably requested by the Operating Partnership or reasonably necessary or desirable to assign, transfer, convey, contribute and deliver the Contributed Company Interests and other Contributed Assets, and effectuate the transactions contemplated hereby;

 

(g) The Operating Partnership and the Company, on the one hand, and the Contributor, on the other hand, shall provide to the other a certified copy of all appropriate corporate resolutions or partnership or limited liability company actions authorizing the execution, delivery and performance by the Operating Partnership and the Company (if so requested by the Contributor) and the Contributor (if so requested by the Operating Partnership or the Company) of this Agreement, any related documents and the documents listed in this Section 2.3;

 

(h) The Operating Partnership and the Company, on the one hand, and the Contributor, on the other hand, shall provide to the other a certification regarding the accuracy in all material respects of each of their respective representations and warranties herein and in this Agreement as of such date (except for such representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, which representations and warranties shall be certified as being accurate in all respects); and

 

(i) Any documents reasonably required by a Lender in connection with the assumption of an Existing Loan at or prior to Closing, duly executed by the applicable party.

 

6
 

 

Section 2.4 Additional Closing Deliveries. At the Closing, the parties shall make, execute, acknowledge and deliver, or cause to be made, executed, acknowledged or delivered through the Attorney-in-Fact, the legal documents and other items (collectively the “Additional Closing Documents”) to which it is a party or for which it is otherwise responsible that are necessary to carry out the intention of this Agreement and the other transactions contemplated to take place in connection therewith, which Additional Closing Documents and other items shall include, without limitation, the following, if requested by the Operating Partnership, a copy of all appropriate corporate resolutions or partnership actions authorizing the execution, delivery and performance by the Contributor of this Agreement, any related documents and the documents listed in this Section 2.4, certified by the secretary or another appropriate officer of the Contributor or Contributed Company.

 

Section 2.5 Closing Costs. Without limitation on and subject to Section 1.6(b) above, the Operating Partnership shall be responsible for (i) any and all assumption, prepayment or other fees, penalties or amounts due and payable in connection with the discharge and satisfaction or the assumption of any Existing Loan, (ii) any costs associated with any new financing, including any application and commitment fees or the costs of such new lender’s other requirements, (iii) any and all documentary transfer, stamp, filing, recording, conveyance, intangible, sales and other similar Taxes incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, (iv) all escrow fees and costs, (v) all attorneys’ and advisors’ fees, charges and disbursements of the Contributor and the Operating Partnerships and (vi) any out-of-pocket costs or fees associated with any Approvals. All costs and expenses incident to the transactions contemplated hereby, and not specifically described above, shall be paid by the party incurring same. The provisions of this Section 2.5 shall survive the Closing.

 

ARTICLE 3.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES AND INDEMNITIES

 

Section 3.1 Representations and Warranties with Respect to the Operating Partnership. The Operating Partnership and the Company hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Contributor with respect to the Operating Partnership that:

 

(a) Organization; Authority. The Operating Partnership has been duly formed and is validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation and is and at the Closing shall be classified as a partnership, and not a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation, for federal income tax purposes, and has all requisite power and authority to enter this Agreement, each agreement contemplated hereby and to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and own, lease or operate its property and to carry on its business as presently conducted, and, to the extent required under applicable law, is qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or the character of its property make such qualification necessary.

 

(b) Due Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Operating Partnership have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary action of the Operating Partnership. This Agreement and each agreement, document and instrument executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Operating Partnership pursuant to this Agreement constitutes, or when executed and delivered will constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Operating Partnership, each enforceable against the Operating Partnership in accordance with its terms, as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy or the application of equitable principles.

 

7
 

 

(c) Consents and Approvals. Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Contributor hereunder, no consent, waiver, approval or authorization of any third party or Governmental Entity is required to be obtained by the Operating Partnership in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, except any of the foregoing that shall have been satisfied prior to the Closing Date or the Closing, as applicable, and except for those consents, waivers and approvals or authorizations, the failure of which to obtain would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(d) Contributed Company Matters. The OP Units, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement for the consideration described herein, will be duly and validly issued (including in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws), and free of any Liens other than any Liens arising through the Contributor. Upon such issuance, the Contributor will be admitted as a limited partner of the Operating Partnership. At all times prior to the execution of this Agreement, the Operating Partnership had no material assets, debts or liabilities of any kind.

 

(e) Non-Contravention. Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Contributor made hereunder, none of the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, any agreement contemplated hereby and the consummation of the contribution transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will (A) result in a default (or an event that, with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) or give to any third party any right of termination, cancellation, amendment or acceleration under, or result in any loss of any material benefit, pursuant to any material agreement, document or instrument to which the Operating Partnership or any of its properties or assets may be bound, or (B) violate or conflict with any judgment, order, decree or law applicable to the Operating Partnership or any of its properties or assets; provided in the case of (A) and (B), unless any such default, violation or conflict would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the Operating Partnership.

 

(f) Solvency. Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Contributor made hereunder, the Operating Partnership will be solvent immediately following the transfer of the Contributed Company Interests and the other Contributed Assets to the Operating Partnership.

 

(g) No Litigation. There is no action, suit or proceeding pending or, to the Operating Partnership’s knowledge, threatened against the Operating Partnership that, if adversely determined, would have a Material Adverse Effect on the ability of the Operating Partnership to execute or deliver, or perform its obligations under, this Agreement and the documents executed by it pursuant to this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

(h) No Prior Business. Since the date of its formation, the Operating Partnership has not conducted any business, nor has it incurred any liabilities or obligations (direct or indirect, present or contingent), in each case except in connection with the Formation Transactions and the Direct Listing and as contemplated under this Agreement.

 

8
 

 

(i) No Broker. Neither the Operating Partnership nor any of its officers, directors or employees, to the extent applicable, has employed or made any agreement with any broker, finder or similar agent or any person or firm which will result in the obligation of the Contributor or any of its respective affiliates (including any of the Contributed Companies and/or Entities, but not including, if applicable, the Operating Partnership or the Company) to pay any finder’s fee, brokerage fees or commissions or similar payment in connection with transactions contemplated by the Agreement.

 

Section 3.2 Representations and Warranties with Respect to the Company. The Operating Partnership and the Company hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Contributor with respect to the Company that:

 

(a) Organization; Authority. The Company has been duly formed and is validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, and has all requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to own, lease or operate its property and to carry on its business as presently conducted and, to the extent required under applicable law, is qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or the character of its property make such qualification necessary.

 

(b) Due Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary action of the Company. This Agreement and each agreement, document and instrument executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Company pursuant to this Agreement constitutes, or when executed and delivered will constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, each enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy or the application of equitable principles.

 

(c) Consents and Approvals. Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Contributor made hereunder and except in connection with the Direct Listing, no consent, waiver, approval or authorization of any third party or Governmental Entity is required to be obtained by the Company in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Operating Partnership or the Company and the transactions contemplated hereby, except any of the foregoing that shall have been satisfied prior to the Closing Date or the Closing, as applicable, and except for those consents, waivers and approvals or authorizations, the failure of which to obtain would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company and the Operating Partnership, taken as a whole.

 

(d) Non-Contravention. Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Contributor made hereunder, none of the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement by the Operating Partnership or the Company, any agreement contemplated hereby and the consummation of the contribution transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will (A) result in a default (or an event that, with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) or give to any third party any right of termination, cancellation, amendment or acceleration under, or result in any loss of any material benefit, pursuant to any material agreement, document or instrument to which the Company or any of its properties or assets may be bound or (B) violate or conflict with any judgment, order, decree, or law applicable to the Company or any of its properties or assets; provided in the case of (A) and (B), unless any such default, violation or conflict would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company and the Operating Partnership, taken as a whole.

 

9
 

 

(e) REIT Status. At the effective time of the Closing, the Company shall be organized in a manner so as to qualify as a REIT.

 

(f) Common Stock. Upon issuance thereof, the Common Stock issuable in exchange for, or in respect of a redemption of, OP Units, in accordance with the terms of the OP Agreement, will be duly authorized, validly issued (including in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws), fully paid and nonassessable, and not subject to preemptive or similar rights created by statute or any agreement to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound.

 

(g) No Litigation. There is no action, suit or proceeding pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against the Company that, if adversely determined, would have a Material Adverse Effect on the ability of the Company to execute or deliver, or perform its obligations under, this Agreement and the documents executed by it pursuant to this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

(h) No Prior Business. Since the date of its formation, the Company has not conducted any business, nor has it incurred any liabilities or obligations (direct or indirect, present or contingent), in each case except in connection with the Formation Transactions and the Direct Listing and as contemplated under this Agreement.

 

(i) No Broker. Neither Company nor any of its officers, directors or employees, to the extent applicable, has employed or made any agreement with any broker, finder or similar agent or any person or firm which will result in the obligation of the Contributor or of its affiliates (including any of the Contributed Companies and/or Entities) to pay any finder’s fee, brokerage fees or commissions or similar payment in connection with transactions contemplated by the Agreement.

 

Except as set forth in Section 3.1 and this Section 3.2, neither the Operating Partnership nor the Company makes any representation or warranty of any kind, express or implied, and the Contributor acknowledges that it has not relied upon any other such representation or warranty.

 

Section 3.3 Representations and Warranties of the Contributor. The Contributor represents and warrants to the Operating Partnership and the Company as provided in Exhibit C attached hereto (subject to qualification by the disclosures in the disclosure schedule attached hereto as Appendix A) (the “Disclosure Schedule”), and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by the indemnification provisions contained therein.

 

10
 

 

Section 3.4 Indemnification. From and after the Closing Date and in accordance with the procedures described in Section 3.5 of Exhibit C hereto, mutatis mutandis, the Operating Partnership and the Company jointly and severally shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Contributor and its affiliates, and their respective directors, officers, managers, members, partners, shareholders, employees, agents, advisers and representatives (each of which is an “Indemnified Contributor Party”) from and against any and all claims, losses, damages, liabilities and expenses, including, without limitation, amounts paid in settlement, reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs of investigation, costs of investigative, judicial or administrative proceedings or appeals therefrom and costs of attachment or similar bonds (collectively, “Losses,”) arising out of or related to, or asserted against, imposed upon or incurred by the Indemnified Contributor Party, to the extent resulting from: (i) any breach of a representation, warranty or covenant of the Operating Partnership or the Company contained in this Agreement or any Schedule, Exhibit, certificate or affidavit, or any other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, (ii) all fees, costs and expenses of the Operating Partnership and the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (iii) the failure of the Operating Partnership or the Company after the Closing Date to perform any obligation required to be performed pursuant to any contract or obligation assigned to and assumed by the Operating Partnership or the Company (including the Assumed Agreements), (iv) the Assumed Liabilities, and (v) except for the Excluded Liabilities, any and all claims concerning the Contributed Assets, including the Properties and the Contributed Company Interests, and the Existing Loans (whether accrued or arising out of events before or occurring after the Closing).

 

Section 3.5 Matters Excluded from Indemnification. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Operating Partnership and the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to indemnify or hold harmless the Indemnified Contributor Parties from (i) any Losses arising as a direct result of the willful misconduct, gross negligence, or breach of its representations, warranties or covenants under this Agreement by any of the Indemnified Contributor Parties, or (ii) any Losses arising as a result of the Excluded Liabilities.

 

ARTICLE 4.

COVENANTS

 

Section 4.1 Covenants of the Contributor.

 

(a) From the date hereof through the Closing, and except in connection with the Formation Transactions, the Contributor shall not, without the prior written consent of the Operating Partnership:

 

(i) Sell, transfer (or agree to sell or transfer) or otherwise dispose of, or cause the sale, transfer or disposition of (or agree to do any of the foregoing) all or any portion of the Contributed Company Interests;

 

(ii) Mortgage, pledge or encumber all or any portion of the Contributed Company Interests, except in connection with refinancing of any Existing Loans undertaken in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; or

 

(iii) Make any distribution to its members, except for cash distributions in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices.

 

(b) From the date hereof through the Closing, and except in connection with the Formation Transactions and the sale of the Designated Properties, the Contributor shall, to the extent within its control, conduct it business and the business of the Contributed Companies in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, and shall, to the extent within its control and consistent with its obligations under the Contributed Companies’ operating agreements, not permit any Contributed Company, without the prior written consent of the Operating Partnership, to:

 

(i) Mortgage, pledge or encumber (other than by Permitted Encumbrances) any assets of such Contributed Company, except (A) liens for Taxes not delinquent, (B) purchase money security interests in the ordinary course of such Contributed Company’s business, (C) mechanics’ liens being disputed by such Contributed Company in good faith and by appropriate proceeding in the ordinary course of such Contributed Company’s business, and (D) liens incurred in connection with refinancing of any Existing Loans undertaken in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.

 

11
 

 

(ii) Cause or take any action that would render any of the representations or warranties regarding the Properties as set forth in Exhibit C to be untrue in any material respect;

 

(iii) File an entity classification election pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 301.7701-3(c) on Internal Revenue Service Form 8832 (Contributed Company Classification Election) to treat any Contributed Company or any subsidiary entity of a Contributed Company as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes; or

 

(iv) Make any distribution to its partners or members, except for cash distributions in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices.

 

Section 4.2 Tax Covenants.

 

(a) The Contributor and the Operating Partnership shall provide each other with such cooperation and information relating to any of the Contributed Assets or the Properties as the parties reasonably may request in (i) filing any Tax Return, amended Tax Return or claim for Tax refund, (ii) determining any liability for Taxes or a right to a Tax refund, (iii) conducting or defending any proceeding in respect of Taxes, or (iv) performing Tax diligence, including with respect to the impact of this transaction on the Company’s Tax status as a REIT. Such reasonable cooperation shall include making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder. The Operating Partnership shall promptly notify the Contributor upon receipt by the Operating Partnership or any of its affiliates of notice of (i) any pending or threatened Tax audits or assessments with respect to the income, properties or operations of any of the Contributed Companies or with respect to any Property and (ii) any pending or threatened federal, state, local or foreign Tax audits or assessments of the Operating Partnership or any of its affiliates, in each case which may affect the liabilities for Taxes of the Contributor (or its owners) with respect to any tax period ending before or as a result of the Closing. The Contributor shall promptly notify the Operating Partnership in writing upon receipt by the Contributor or any of its affiliates of notice of any pending or threatened federal, state, local or non-U.S. Tax audits or assessments relating to the income, properties or operations of any of the Contributed Companies or with respect to any Property that may impact or otherwise effect the liability for Taxes of the Operating Partnership other than as a result of the Closing. Each of the Operating Partnership and the Contributor may participate at its own expense in the prosecution of any claim or audit with respect to Taxes attributable to any taxable period ending on or before the Closing Date, provided, that the Contributor shall have the right to control the conduct of any such audit or proceeding or portion thereof for which the Contributor (or its owners) has acknowledged liability (except as a partner of the Operating Partnership) for the payment of any additional Tax liability, and the Operating Partnership shall have the right to control any other audits and proceedings. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Operating Partnership nor the Contributor may settle or otherwise resolve any such claim, suit or proceeding which could have an adverse Tax effect on the other party or its affiliates (other than on the Contributor or any of its affiliates as a partner of the Operating Partnership) without the consent of the other party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. The Contributor and the Operating Partnership shall retain all Tax Returns, schedules and work papers with respect to the Contributed Companies and the Properties, and all material records and other documents relating thereto, until the expiration of the statute of limitations (and, to the extent notified by any party, any extensions thereof) of the taxable years to which such Tax Returns and other documents relate and until the final determination of any Tax in respect of such years.

 

(b) The Operating Partnership shall prepare or cause to be prepared and file or cause to be filed any Tax Returns of the Contributed Companies or their subsidiaries which are due after the Closing Date. To the extent such returns relate to a period prior to or ending on the Closing Date, such Tax Returns (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any amended tax returns) shall be prepared in a manner consistent with past practice, except as otherwise required by applicable law. To the extent any such Tax Returns relate to income taxes attributable to a period prior to or ending on the Closing Date, no later than thirty (30) days prior to the due date (including extensions) for filing such returns, the Operating Partnership shall deliver such income Tax Returns to the Contributor for its review and approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably conditioned or withheld. The Operating Partnership shall consider in good faith any comments from the Contributor.

 

(c) The provisions of this Section 4.2 shall survive Closing.

 

12
 

 

ARTICLE 5.

AS-IS CONTRIBUTION AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

Section 5.1 As-Is Contribution. EXCEPT FOR THOSE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES EXPRESSLY MADE BY THE CONTRIBUTOR ON EXHIBIT C AND IN THE DOCUMENTS EVIDENCING THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT (THE “SURVIVING REPRESENTATIONS”), IT IS UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED THAT NEITHER THE CONTRIBUTOR NOR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES, NOR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AGENTS, EMPLOYEES OR CONTRACTORS HAS MADE, AND IS NOT NOW MAKING, AND THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP HAS NOT RELIED UPON AND WILL NOT RELY UPON (DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY), ANY WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND OR CHARACTER, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ORAL OR WRITTEN WITH RESPECT TO THE COMPANY INTERESTS, THE PROPERTIES OR THE CONTRIBUTED ASSETS, INCLUDING WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS AS TO (I) MATTERS OF TITLE, (II) ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS RELATING TO ANY OF THE PROPERTIES OR ANY PORTION THEREOF, (III) GEOLOGICAL CONDITIONS, (IV) FLOODING OR DRAINAGE, (V) SOIL CONDITIONS, (VI) THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY UTILITIES TO ANY OF THE PROPERTIES, (VII) USAGES OF ANY ADJOINING PROPERTY, (VIII) ACCESS TO ANY OF THE PROPERTIES OR ANY PORTION THEREOF, (IX) THE VALUE, COMPLIANCE WITH THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS, SIZE, LOCATION, AGE, USE, DESIGN, QUALITY, DESCRIPTIONS, SUITABILITY, SEISMIC OR OTHER STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY, OPERATION, TITLE TO, OR PHYSICAL OR FINANCIAL CONDITION OF THE IMPROVEMENTS OR ANY OTHER PORTION OF ANY OF THE PROPERTIES, (X) THE PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES IN OR ON, UNDER OR IN THE VICINITY OF ANY OF THE PROPERTIES, (XI) THE CONDITION OR USE OF ANY OF THE PROPERTIES OR COMPLIANCE OF ANY OF THE PROPERTIES WITH ANY OR ALL PAST, PRESENT OR FUTURE FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL ORDINANCES, RULES, REGULATIONS OR LAWS, BUILDING, FIRE OR ZONING ORDINANCES, CODES OR OTHER SIMILAR LAWS, (XII) THE EXISTENCE OR NONEXISTENCE OF UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS, (XIII) THE POTENTIAL FOR FURTHER DEVELOPMENT OF ANY OF THE PROPERTIES, (XIV) ZONING, OR THE EXISTENCE OF VESTED LAND USE, ZONING OR BUILDING ENTITLEMENTS AFFECTING ANY OF THE PROPERTIES, (XV) THE MERCHANTABILITY OF ANY OF THE PROPERTIES OR FITNESS OF ANY OF THE PROPERTIES FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE, (XVI) TAX CONSEQUENCES (INCLUDING THE AMOUNT, USE OR PROVISIONS RELATING TO ANY TAX CREDITS) OR (XVII) MARKETPLACE CONDITIONS. THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT, EXCEPT FOR THE SURVIVING REPRESENTATIONS, ANY INFORMATION OF ANY TYPE WHICH THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP HAS RECEIVED OR MAY RECEIVE FROM THE CONTRIBUTOR OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES, OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AGENTS, EMPLOYEES OR CONTRACTORS, INCLUDING ANY ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS AND SURVEYS, IS FURNISHED ON THE EXPRESS CONDITION THAT THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP SHALL NOT RELY THEREON, ALL SUCH INFORMATION BEING FURNISHED WITHOUT ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY WHATSOEVER. THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS A KNOWLEDGEABLE, EXPERIENCED AND SOPHISTICATED ACQUIROR OF REAL ESTATE AND THAT IT HAS RELIED AND SHALL RELY SOLELY ON (I) THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP’S OWN EXPERTISE AND THAT OF ITS CONSULTANTS IN ACQUIRING THE COMPANY INTERESTS, PROPERTIES AND CONTRIBUTED ASSETS (AS APPLICABLE), (II) THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP’S OWN KNOWLEDGE OF THE PROPERTIES BASED ON THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP’S INVESTIGATIONS AND INSPECTIONS OF THE PROPERTIES AND (III) THE SURVIVING REPRESENTATIONS. EXCEPT FOR THE SURVIVING REPRESENTATIONS, THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP ACKNOWLEDGES THAT: (X) UPON CLOSING, THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP SHALL ASSUME THE RISK THAT ADVERSE MATTERS, INCLUDING ADVERSE PHYSICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS, MAY NOT HAVE BEEN REVEALED BY THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP’S INSPECTIONS AND INVESTIGATIONS, (Y) THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT UPON CLOSING, THE CONTRIBUTOR SHALL CONVEY TO THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP AND THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP SHALL ACCEPT THE COMPANY INTERESTS, PROPERTIES AND CONTRIBUTED ASSETS (AS APPLICABLE) “AS IS, WHERE IS,” WITH ALL FAULTS AND DEFECTS (LATENT AND APPARENT), AND (Z) THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THERE ARE NO ORAL AGREEMENTS, WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE COMPANY INTERESTS, PROPERTIES AND CONTRIBUTED ASSETS (AS APPLICABLE) MADE BY THE CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY AFFILIATE, AGENT, EMPLOYEE OR CONTRACTOR OF THE CONTRIBUTOR.

 

13
 

 

THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE CONTRIBUTOR WOULD NOT HAVE AGREED TO CONTRIBUTE THE COMPANY INTERESTS, PROPERTIES AND CONTRIBUTED ASSETS (AS APPLICABLE) TO THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP WITHOUT THE DISCLAIMERS AND OTHER AGREEMENTS SET FORTH HEREIN. THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE OP UNITS REFLECTS THE NATURE OF THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, AS LIMITED BY THE WAIVERS AND DISCLAIMERS CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT. THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP HAS FULLY REVIEWED THE DISCLAIMERS AND WAIVERS SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT WITH THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP’S COUNSEL AND UNDERSTANDS THE SIGNIFICANCE AND EFFECT THEREOF.

 

THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS ARTICLE 6 SHALL EXPRESSLY SURVIVE THE CLOSING.

 

IN RECOGNITION OF THE OPPORTUNITY AFFORDED TO THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP TO INVESTIGATE ANY AND ALL ASPECTS OF THE COMPANY INTERESTS, PROPERTIES AND CONTRIBUTED ASSETS AS THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP DETERMINES TO BE APPROPRIATE, THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP AGREES AT THE CLOSING TO RELEASE AND WAIVE ALL CLAIMS AGAINST THE CONTRIBUTOR ASSOCIATED WITH THE PROPERTIES, AS FOLLOWS:

 

(a) EXCEPT WITH RESPECT TO ANY BREACH OF ANY SURVIVING REPRESENTATIONS, AND THE WARRANTIES, INDEMNITIES, COVENANTS OR AGREEMENTS SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP AND ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS EACH HEREBY FOREVER RELEASE, DISCHARGE AND ACQUIT THE CONTRIBUTOR OF AND FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, DEMANDS, OBLIGATIONS, LIABILITIES, INDEBTEDNESS, BREACHES OF CONTRACT, BREACHES OF DUTY OR ANY RELATIONSHIP, ACTS, OMISSIONS, MISFEASANCE, MALFEASANCE, CAUSE OF CAUSES OF ACTION, DEBTS, SUMS OF MONEY, ACCOUNTS, COMPENSATIONS, CONTRACTS, CONTROVERSIES, PROMISES, DAMAGES, COSTS, LOSSES AND EXPENSES, OF EVERY TYPE, KIND, NATURE, DESCRIPTION OR CHARACTER, RELATING TO OR ARISING FROM THE COMPANY INTERESTS, PROPERTIES AND CONTRIBUTED ASSETS, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY MATTERS WHICH ARISE OUT OR RELATE TO THE PRESENCE AT, UNDER, ON OR NEAR THE PROPERTIES OF ANY HAZARDOUS MATERIALS OR ANY HAZARDOUS, TOXIC OR RADIOACTIVE WASTES, SUBSTANCES, OR MATERIALS, AND IRRESPECTIVE OF HOW, WHY OR BY REASON OF WHAT FACTS, WHETHER HERETOFORE, NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, OR WHICH COULD, MIGHT OR MAY BE CLAIMED TO EXIST, OF WHATEVER KIND OR NAME, WHETHER KNOWN OR UNKNOWN, SUSPECTED OR UNSUSPECTED, LIQUIDATED OR UNLIQUIDATED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY RIGHTS OF THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP OR ITS SUCCESSORS OR ASSIGNS UNDER ANY ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS.

 

14
 

 

(b) THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP HEREBY AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT REALIZES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT FACTUAL MATTERS NOW UNKNOWN TO IT MAY HAVE GIVEN OR MAY HEREAFTER GIVE RISE TO CAUSE OF ACTION, CLAIMS, DEMANDS, DEBTS, CONTROVERSIES, DAMAGES, COSTS, LOSSES AND EXPENSES, WHICH ARE PRESENTLY UNKNOWN, UNANTICIPATED AND UNSUSPECTED, AND IT FURTHER AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT THIS AGREEMENT HAS BEEN NEGOTIATED AND AGREED UPON IN LIGHT OF THAT REALIZATION AND THAT IT NEVERTHELESS HEREBY INTENDS TO RELEASE DISCHARGE AND ACQUIT THE CONTRIBUTORS FROM ANY SUCH UNKNOWN CAUSES OF ACTION, CLAIMS, DEMANDS, DEBTS, CONTROVERSIES, DAMAGES, COSTS, LOSSES AND EXPENSES WHICH ARE IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THE PROPERTIES EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED TO THE CONTRARY IN THIS AGREEMENT.

 

Section 5.2 Grant of Power of Attorney.

 

(a) The Contributor hereby irrevocably appoints the Operating Partnership (or its designee) and any successor thereof from time to time (such Operating Partnership or designee or any such successor of any of them acting in his, her or its capacity as attorney-in-fact pursuant hereto, the “Attorney-In-Fact”) as the true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent of each of the Contributor and the Contributed Companies, to act in the name, place and stead of each of the Contributor and the Contributed Companies to provide information to the Securities and Exchange Commission and others about the transactions contemplated hereby (the “Power of Attorney”), provided, that the Attorney-in-Fact may not take any such action on behalf of the Contributor unless such action is in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 4.1, and the Attorney-in-Fact has given the Contributor reasonable prior written notice for each action to be so taken by the Attorney-in-Fact. The Power of Attorney and all authority granted hereby shall be coupled with an interest and therefore shall be irrevocable and shall not be terminated by any act of the Contributor, and if any other such act or events shall occur before the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Attorney-in-Fact shall nevertheless be authorized and directed to complete all such transactions as if such other act or events had not occurred and regardless of notice thereof. The Contributor hereby agrees that, at the request of Operating Partnership, it will promptly execute and deliver to the Operating Partnership a separate power of attorney on the same terms set forth in this Article 5, such execution to be witnessed and notarized, and in recordable form (if necessary). The Contributor hereby authorizes the reliance of third parties on the Power of Attorney.

 

(b) The Contributor acknowledges that the Operating Partnership has, and any designee or successor thereof acting as Attorney-in-Fact may have, an economic interest in the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Operating Partnership hereby acknowledges that any information provided as Attorney-in-Fact pursuant to this Section 5.2 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 3.4.

 

Section 5.3 Ratification; Third Party Reliance. The Contributor hereby ratifies and confirms that the Attorney-in-Fact shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue of the exercise of the powers granted unto it by the Contributor under this Article 5, and the Contributor authorizes the reliance of third parties on this Power of Attorney and waives its rights, if any, as against any such third party for its reliance hereon.

 

15
 

 

ARTICLE 6.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 6.1 Further Assurances. The Contributor and the Operating Partnership shall take such other actions and execute such additional documents following the Closing as the other may reasonably request in order to effect the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 6.2 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Section 6.3 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the choice of laws provisions thereof.

 

Section 6.4 Amendment; Waiver. Any amendment hereto shall be in writing and signed by all parties hereto. No waiver of any provisions of this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought.

 

Section 6.5 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the exhibits and schedules hereto and the agreements referred to in Section 2.3 hereof constitute the entire agreement and supersede conflicting provisions set forth in all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, as the case may be. Exhibit C is incorporated in this Agreement by reference in its entirety, such that reference to this “Agreement” shall automatically include Exhibit C, and is subject to all of the provisions of this Article 6.

 

Section 6.6 Assignability. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall be enforceable by and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns; provided, however, that this Agreement may not be assigned (except by operation of law) by any party without the prior written consent of the other parties, and any attempted assignment without such consent shall be void and of no effect, except that the Operating Partnership, may assign its rights and obligations hereunder to an affiliate.

 

Section 6.7 Titles. The titles and captions of the Articles, Sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and shall have no effect on the construction or meaning of this Agreement.

 

Section 6.8 Third Party Beneficiary. Except as may be expressly provided or incorporated by reference herein, including, without limitation, the indemnification provisions hereof, no provision of this Agreement is intended, nor shall it be interpreted, to provide or create any third party beneficiary rights or any other rights of any kind in any customer, affiliate, stockholder, partner, member, director, officer or employee of any party hereto or any other person or entity.

 

Section 6.9 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof, is for any reason held to any extent to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement and application of such provision to other persons or circumstances will be interpreted so as reasonably to effect the intent of the parties hereto. The parties further agree to replace such void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of the void or unenforceable provision and to execute any amendment, consent or agreement deemed necessary or desirable by the Operating Partnership to effect such replacement.

 

16
 

 

Section 6.10 Reliance. Each party to this Agreement acknowledges and agrees that it is not relying on tax advice or other advice from the other party to this Agreement, and that it has or will consult with its own advisors.

 

Section 6.11 Survival. It is the express intention and agreement of the parties hereto that the representations, warranties and covenants of the Contributor, the Operating Partnership and the Company set forth in this Agreement shall survive the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, subject, however, to the limitations set forth in Section 3.5 of Exhibit C. The provisions of this Agreement that contemplate performance after the Closing and the obligations of the parties not fully performed at the Closing shall survive the Closing and shall not be deemed to be merged into or waived by the instruments of Closing.

 

Section 6.12 Notice. Any notice to be given hereunder by any party to the other shall be given in writing by either (i) personal delivery, (ii) registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or (iii) facsimile transmission (provided such facsimile is followed by an original of such notice by mail or personal delivery as provided herein), and any such notice shall be deemed communicated as of the date of delivery (including delivery by overnight courier, certified mail or facsimile). Mailed notices shall be addressed as set forth below, but any party may change the address set forth below by written notice to other parties in accordance with this paragraph.

 

To the Company and/or the Operating Partnership:

 

David M. Gross, Esq.

5683 North Lincoln Ave.

Chicago IL 60659

(574) 807-0800

 

With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Moishe Gubin

5683 North Lincoln Ave.

Chicago IL 60659

(574) 807-0800

 

To the Contributor:

 

David M. Gross, Esq.

5683 North Lincoln Ave.

Chicago IL 60659

(574) 807-0800

 

With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Moishe Gubin

5683 North Lincoln Ave.

Chicago IL 60659

(574) 807-0800

 

17
 

 

Section 6.13 Equitable Remedies; Limitation on Damages. The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the specific terms hereof or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any federal or state court located in Delaware (as to which the parties agree to submit to jurisdiction for the purpose of such action), this being in addition to any other remedy to which the parties are entitled under this Agreement. It is further agreed that the Contributor shall not have any liability under or in connection with this Agreement if the Closing fails to occur, except that if the Closing fails to occur due to the Contributor’s material breach of this Agreement, then the Operating Partnership’s and the Company’s sole and exclusive remedy for any such default shall be to either (a) terminate this Agreement and obtain reimbursement from the Contributor of the Operating Partnership’s and the Company’s actual out-of-pocket expenses paid in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, it being understood that in no event shall the Operating Partnership or the Company have a right to damages (except pursuant to clause (a) above) in such event, and that in such event no party shall have any further obligation or liability to the other hereunder, or (b) specifically enforce this Agreement (it being understood that if the Operating Partnership and the Company proceed with the Closing then the Contributor shall not have any liability to the Operating Partnership or the Company in respect of (and neither the Operating Partnership nor the Company shall make any claim, including a claim for indemnification under Section 3.2 of Exhibit C, based upon) any breach, default or other matter which was known to the Operating Partnership or the Company as of Closing).

 

Section 6.14 Dispute Resolution. The parties hereby agree that, in order to obtain prompt and expeditious resolution of any disputes under this Agreement, each claim, dispute or controversy of whatever nature, arising out of, in connection with, or in relation to the interpretation, performance or breach of this Agreement (or any other agreement contemplated by or related to this Agreement or any other agreement between the parties), including without limitation any claim based on contract, tort or statute, or the arbitrability of any claim hereunder (an “Arbitrable Claim”), shall, subject to Section 8.13 above, be settled by final and binding arbitration conducted in Chicago, Illinois. The arbitrability of any Arbitrable Claims under this Agreement shall be resolved in accordance with a two-step dispute resolution process administered by Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services, Inc. (“JAMS”) involving, first, mediation before a retired judge from the JAMS panel, followed, if necessary, by final and binding arbitration before the same, or if requested by either party, another JAMS panelist. Such dispute resolution process shall be confidential and shall be conducted in accordance with applicable Delaware law.

 

18
 

 

(i) Mediation. In the event any Arbitrable Claim is not resolved by an informal negotiation between the parties within fifteen (15) days after either party receives written notice that a Arbitrable Claim exists, the matter shall be referred to the Chicago, Illinois office of JAMS, or any other office agreed to by the parties, for an informal, non-binding mediation consisting of one or more conferences between the parties in which a retired judge will seek to guide the parties to a resolution of the Arbitrable Claims. The parties shall select a mutually acceptable neutral arbitrator from among the JAMS panel of mediators. In the event the parties cannot agree on a mediator, the Administrator of JAMS will appoint a mediator. The mediation process shall continue until the earliest to occur of the following: (i) the Arbitrable Claims are resolved, (ii) the mediator makes a finding that there is no possibility of resolution through mediation, or (iii) thirty (30) days have elapsed since the Arbitrable Claim was first scheduled for mediation.

 

(ii) Arbitration. Should any Arbitrable Claims remain after the completion of the mediation process described above, the parties agree to submit all remaining Arbitrable Claims to final and binding arbitration administered by JAMS in accordance with the then existing JAMS Arbitration Rules. Neither party nor the arbitrator shall disclose the existence, content, or results of any arbitration hereunder without the prior written consent of all parties. Except as provided herein, the applicable Delaware law shall govern the interpretation, enforcement and all proceedings pursuant to this subparagraph. The arbitrator is without jurisdiction to apply any substantive law other than the laws selected or otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement. The arbitrator shall render an award and a written, reasoned opinion in support thereof. Judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

(iii) Survivability. This dispute resolution process shall survive the termination of this Agreement. The parties expressly acknowledge that by signing this Agreement, they are giving up their respective right to a jury trial.

 

Section 6.15 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence of this Agreement.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

19
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Contribution Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

  OPERATING PARTNERSHIP:
   
  STRAWBERRY FIELDS REALTY LP, a Delaware limited partnership
 
  By: Strawberry Fields REIT, Inc., its general partner
     
  By: /s/ Moishe Gubin
     
  Name: Moishe Gubin
     
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
     
  COMPANY:
   
  STRAWBERRY FIELDS REIT, INC., a Maryland corporation
     
  By: /s/ Moishe Gubin
     
  Name: Moishe Gubin
     
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
   
  CONTRIBUTOR:
 
  STRAWBERRY FIELDS REIT, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company
     
  By: /s/ Moishe Gubin
     
  Name: Moishe Gubin
     
  Title: Manager

 

[Signature Page to Contribution Agreement]

 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT A-1

 

CONTRIBUTED COMPANIES AND COMPANY INTERESTS

 

Set forth below is a list of the Contributed Companies that are subject to this Agreement.

 

326 Lindley Lane, LLC

 

552 Golf Links Road, LLC

 

2821 West Dixon Road, LLC

 

Arkansas Loan Acquisition, LLC

 

Strawberry Fields Management Services, LLC

 

Master Tenant LLC

 

Master Tenant II, LLC

 

Master Tenant III LLC

 

LM Master Tenant, LLC

 

Strawberry Fields REIT, Ltd.

 

Note: Each company is an Indiana limited liability company other than Strawberry Fields REIT, Ltd., which is a British Virgin Islands company.

 

The Company Interests constitute all of the membership interests and shares of each of the Contributed Companies.

 

1
 

 

EXHIBIT A-2

 

CONTRIBUTOR’S PROPERTIES

 

Set forth below is a list of the Properties that are subject to this Agreement.

 

OWNER OF DEED   ADDRESS   CITY   STATE   ZIP
1015 Magazine Street, LLC   1015 Magazine Street   Louisville   KY   40203
1020 West Vine St, LLC   1020 West Vine St   Princeton   IN   47670
1033 North Highway 11, LLC   1033 North Highway 11   Manchester   KY   40962
107 South Lincoln Street LLC   107 South Lincoln Street   Smithton   IL   62285
115 Woodlawn Drive, LLC   115 Woodlawn Drive   Johnson City   TN   37604
1155 Eastern Parkway, LLC   1155 Eastern Parkway   Louisville   KY   40217
120 Life Care Way, LLC   120 Life Care Way   Bardstown   KY   40004
12803 Lenover Street Realty, LLC   12803 Lenover Street   Dillsboro   IN   47018
1316 North Tibbs Avenue Realty LLC   1316 North Tibbs Avenue   Indianapolis   IN   46222
1350 North Todd St, LLC   1350 North Todd St,   Scottsburg   IN   47170
140 Technology Lane, LLC   140 Technology Lane   Johnson City   TN   37604
146 Buck Creek Road, LLC   146 Buck Creek Road   Roan Mountain   TN   37687
1513 South Dixieland Road, LLC   1513 South Dixieland Road   Rogers   AR   72758
1516 Cumberland Street, LLC   1516 Cumberland Street   Little Rock   AR   72202
1585 Perry Worth Rd, LLC   1585 Perry Worth Rd   Lebanon   IN   46052
1600 East Liberty Street Realty, LLC   1600 East Liberty Street   Covington   IN   47932
1601 Hospital Dr Realty, LLC   1601 Hospital Dr   Greencastle   IN   46135
1621 Coit Road Realty, LLC   1621 Coit Road   Plano   TX   75075
1621 Coit Road Realty, LLC   1621 Coit Road   Plano   TX   75075
1623 West Delmar Ave, LLC   1623 West Delmar Ave,   Godfrey   IL   62035
1712 Leland Drive Realty, LLC   1712 Leland Drive   Huntingburg   IN   47542
202 Enon Springs East, LLC   202 Enon Springs East   Smyrna   TN   37167
203 Bruce Court, LLC   203 Bruce Court   Danville   KY   40422
203 Bruce Court, LLC   203 Bruce Court   Danville   KY   40422
203 Bruce Court, LLC   203 Bruce Court   Danville   KY   40422
2055 Heritage Dr Realty, LLC   2055 Heritage Dr   Martinsville   IN   46151
2301 North Oregon Realty, LLC   2301 North Oregon   El Paso   TX   79902
2301 North Oregon Realty, LLC   2301 North Oregon   El Paso   TX   79902
2400 Chateau Drive Realty LLC   2400 Chateau Dr   Muncie   IN   47303
2501 John Ashley Drive, LLC   2501 John Ashley Drive   Little Rock   AR   72114
2501 River Road, LLC   2501 River Road   Ashland City   TN   37015
253 Bradington Drive, LLC   253 Bradington Drive,   Columbia   IL   62236
2821 West Dixon Road, LLC   2821 West Dixon Road   Little Rock   AR   72206
308 West Maple Avenue, LLC   308 West Maple Avenue   Lancaster   KY   40444
3090 Five Points Hartford Realty, LLC   3090 Five Points Hartford   Fowler   OH   44418
3121 Glanzman Rd Realty, LLC   3121 Glanzman Rd   Toledo   OH   43614

 

2
 

 

326 Lindley Lane, LLC   326 Lindley Lane   Newport   AR   72112
3523 Wickenhauser, LLC   3523 Wickenhauser,   Alton   IL   62002
3895 Keystone Ave Realty, LLC   3895 Keystone Ave   Indianapolis   IN   46227
393 Edwardsville Road LLC   393 Edwardsville Road   Wood River   IL   62095
405 Rio Vista Lane Realty, LLC   405 Rio Vista Lane   Rising Sun   IN   47040
414 Massey Avenue, LLC   414 Massey Avenue   Mountain View   AR   72560
4250 Sodom Hutchings Road Realty, LLC   4250 Sodom Hutchings Road   Cortland   OH   44410
4343 Kennedy Drive, LLC   4343 Kennedy Drive   East Moline   IL   61244
516 West Frech St, LLC   516 West Frech St,   Streator   IL   61364
5301 Wheeler Avenue, LLC   5301 Wheeler Avenue   Fort Smith   AR   72901
552 Golf Links Road, LLC   552 Golf Links Road   Hot Springs   AR   71901
5601 Plum Creek Drive Realty, LLC   5601 Plum Creek Drive   Amarillo   TX   79124
5601 Plum Creek Drive Realty, LLC   5601 Plum Creek Drive   Amarillo   TX   79124
5720 West Markham Street, LLC   5720 West Markham Street   Little Rock   AR   72205
620 West Strub Rd Realty, LLC   620 West Strub Rd   Sandusky   OH   44870
704 5th Avenue East, LLC   704 5th Avenue East   Springfield   TN   37172
706 Oak Grove Street, LLC   706 Oak Grove Street   Mountain View   AR   72560
727 North 17th St, LLC   727 North 17th St,   Belleville   IL   62226
8200 National Ave Realty, LLC   8200 National Ave   Midwest City   OK   73110
8200 National Ave Realty, LLC   8200 National Ave   Midwest City   OK   73110
826 North Street, LLC   826 North Street   Stamps   AR   71860
835 Union Street, LLC   835 Union Street   Shelbyville   TN   37601
8701 Riley Drive, LLC   8701 Riley Drive   Little Rock   AR   72205
900 Gagel Avenue, LLC   900 Gagel Avenue   Louisville   KY   40216
911 South 3rd St Realty LLC   911 South 3rd St   Niles   MI   49120
9209 Dollarway Road, LLC   9209 Dollarway Road   White Hall   AR   71602
9300 Ballard Rd Realty, LLC   9300 Ballard Rd   Des Plaines   IL   60016
945 West Russell Street, LLC   945 West Russell Street   Elkhorn City   KY   41522
950 Cross Ave Realty, LLC   950 Cross Ave   Madison   IN   47250
958 East Highway 46 Realty, LLC   958 East Highway 46   Batesville   IN   47006
Ambassador Nursing Realty, LLC   4900 N. Bernard St.   Chicago   IL   60625
Belhaven Realty, LLC   1114 S. Oakley Ave   Chicago   IL   60643
Continental Realty, LLC   5335 N. Western Ave   Chicago   IL   60625
Forest View Nursing Realty, LLC   535 S. Elm St   Itasca   IL   60143
Lincoln Park Holdings, LLC   735 W. Diversey Pkwy   Chicago   IL   60614
Midway Neurological and Rehab Realty, LLC   8450 S. Harlem Ave   Bridgeview   IL   60455
Momence Meadows Realty, LLC   500 S. Walnut Ave   Momence   IL   60954
Niles Nursing Realty, LLC   9777 Greenview Ave   Niles   IL   60714
Oak Lawn Nursing Realty, LLC   9525 S. Mayfield Ave   Oak Lawn   IL   60453
Parkshore Estates Nursing Realty, LLC   6125 S Kenwood Ave   Chicago   IL   60637
West Suburban Nursing Realty, LLC   311 Edgewater Dr   Bloomingdale   IL   60108
Westshire Nursing Realty, LLC   5825 West Cermak Rd   Cicero   IL   60804

 

OWNER OF LEASE   ADDRESS   CITY   STATE   ZIP
Big H2O, LLC   1000 N. 16th St   New Castle   IN   47362

 

3
 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF CONTRIBUTION AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

 

FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned (the “Contributor”) hereby assigns, transfers, sells and conveys to Strawberry Fields Realty LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Operating Partnership”), its entire legal and beneficial right, title and interest in, to and under the following (excluding, however, any Excluded Assets):

 

  each Contributed Company set forth on Schedule A attached hereto, including, without limitation, all right, title and interest, if any, of the undersigned in and to the assets of each Contributed Company and the right to receive distributions of money, profits and other assets from each Contributed Company, presently existing or hereafter at any time arising or accruing, and
     
  all of the other Contributed Assets and the Assumed Agreements, together with all amendments, waivers, supplements and other modifications of and to such agreements, contracts, licenses and other instruments through the date hereof, in each case to the fullest extent assignment thereof is permitted by applicable law,

 

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the same unto the Operating Partnership, its successors and assigns, forever.

 

Upon the execution and delivery hereof, the Operating Partnership assumes from the Contributor all obligations in respect of the Contributed Company Interests set forth on Schedule A attached hereto, and absolutely and unconditionally accepts the foregoing assignment from the Contributor of each Contributed Asset and Assumed Agreement, and assumes all Assumed Liabilities (but not the Excluded Liabilities) from the Contributor, and agrees to be bound by the terms, conditions and covenants thereof, and to perform all duties and obligations of the Contributor thereunder from and after the date hereof. The Operating Partnership assumes no Excluded Liabilities, and the parties thereto agree that all Excluded Liabilities shall remain the sole responsibility of the Contributor.

 

The Contributor, for itself, its successors and assigns, hereby covenants and agrees that, at any time and from time to time after the date hereof upon the written request of the Operating Partnership, the Contributor will, without further consideration, do, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be done, executed, acknowledged and delivered, each and all of such further acts, deeds, assignments, transfers, conveyances and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Operating Partnership in order to assign, transfer, set over, convey, assure and confirm unto and vest in the Operating Partnership, its successors and assigns, title to the Assumed Agreements granted, sold, transferred, conveyed and delivered by this Agreement.

 

Capitalized terms used herein, but not defined have the meanings ascribed to them in the Contribution Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2021, between the Operating Partnership, the Contributor and the other parties thereto.

 

[Remainder of page left intentionally blank.]

 

4
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered the Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

  CONTRIBUTOR:
   
  STRAWBERRY FIELDS REIT, LLC
     
  By:  
     
  Name: Moishe Gubin
     
  Title: Manager
     
  OPERATING PARTNERSHIP:
   
  STRAWBERRY FIELDS REALTY LP, a Delaware limited partnership
     
  By: Strawberry Fields REIT, Inc., its general partner
     
  By:
     
  Name: Moishe Gubin
     
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

5
 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND INDEMNITIES OF CONTRIBUTOR

 

ARTICLE 1. ADDITIONAL DEFINED TERMS

 

For purposes of this Exhibit C, the following terms have the meanings set forth below. Terms which are not defined below shall have the meaning set forth for those terms as defined in the Agreement to which this Exhibit C is attached:

 

Actions: Means all actions, litigations, complaints, charges, accusations, investigations, petitions, suits, arbitrations, mediations or other proceedings, whether civil or criminal, at law or in equity, or before any arbitrator or Governmental Entity.

 

Agreement: Means the Contribution Agreement to which this Exhibit C is attached.

 

Disclosure Schedule: Means that disclosure schedule attached as Appendix A to the Agreement.

 

Contributed Company: Means each limited liability company or other legal entity that is directly or indirectly owned by the Contributor.

 

Designated Properties: Means those Properties subject to that certain Purchase Agreement date July 1, 2019 between 315 South Brady Mill Road, LLC, 120 North Tower Road, LLC, 430 South Front Street, LLC, 1900 North Park Ave, LLC, 1301 East Deyoung Street, LLC, as Sellers and IL HC Realty, LLC, as Purchaser.

 

Excluded Liabilities: Means any and all liabilities of the Contributor under this Agreement.

 

Financial Statements means the financial statements of the Contributor for the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, and the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019.

 

Governmental Entity: Means any governmental agency or quasi-governmental agency, bureau, board, commission, court, department, official, political subdivision, tribunal or other instrumentality of any government, whether federal, state or local, domestic or foreign.

 

Indemnifying Party: Means any party required to indemnify any other party under Section 3.2 of this Exhibit C.

 

Knowledge: Means, with respect to the Contributor, the actual knowledge of Moishe Gubin.

 

Liens: Means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), other charge or security interest or any preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, and any obligations under capital leases having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

 

6
 

 

Permitted Encumbrances: Means Liens securing the Assumed Liabilities, Liens securing Taxes payable by the Contributor, zoning laws and ordinances applicable to the Properties and Liens under any Existing Loan Documents.

 

Person: Means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or Governmental Entity.

 

REIT Shares: Shall have the meaning set forth in the OP Agreement.

 

Tax or Taxes: Means any federal, state, provincial, local or foreign income, gross receipts, license, payroll, employment-related, excise, goods and services, harmonized sales, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profits, environmental, customs duties, capital stock, franchise, profits, withholding, social security, unemployment, disability, real property, personal property, sales, use, transfer, registration, value added, alternative or add-on minimum, estimated, or other tax of any kind whatsoever, including any interest, penalty, or addition thereto, whether disputed or not.

 

Tax Return: Means any return, declaration, report, claim for refund, or information return or statement related to Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof.

 

ARTICLE 2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF CONTRIBUTOR

 

Except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, the Contributor represents and warrants to the Operating Partnership and the Company as set forth below in this Article 2, which representations and warranties, are true and correct as of the date hereof and will (except to the extent expressly relating to a specified date) be true and correct as of the date of Closing:

 

Section 2.1 Organization; Authority; Qualification. The Contributor has been duly formed, and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation. The Contributor has all requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement, each agreement contemplated hereby to which it is a party and to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and to own, lease or operate its property and to carry on its business as presently conducted and, to the extent required under applicable law, is qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or the character of its property make such qualification necessary, except where failure to be so qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Contributed Company owned by the Contributor is duly formed, validly existing and in good standing (to the extent applicable) under the laws of its jurisdiction of formation and each such Contributed Company has the requisite power and authority to carry on its business as it is presently conducted and, to the extent required under applicable law, is qualified to do business in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or the ownership, leasing or operation of its property make such qualification necessary, except where failure to be so qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 2.2 Due Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance of the Agreement by the Contributor has been duly and validly authorized by all necessary action of the Contributor and its members. The Agreement and each agreement, document and instrument executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Contributor pursuant to the Agreement constitutes, or when executed and delivered will constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Contributor, each enforceable against the Contributor in accordance with its terms, as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy or the application of equitable principles.

 

7
 

 

Section 2.3 Consents and Approvals. Except as shall have been satisfied prior to the Closing Date and as set forth in Schedule 2.3 to the Disclosure Schedule, as of the date hereof, no consent, waiver, approval or authorization of any third party or Governmental Entity is required to be obtained by the Contributor or any Contributed Company owned by the Contributor in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of the Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, except for those consents, waivers, approvals or authorizations, the failure of which to obtain would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 2.4 Ownership of the Contributed Company Interests; Contributed Assets.

 

(a) Except for the Permitted Encumbrances, the Contributor is the sole owner of the Contributed Company Interests, beneficially and of record, free and clear of any Liens of any nature and has full power and authority to convey the Contributed Company Interests, free and clear of any Liens, and, upon delivery of consideration for such Contributed Company Interests as herein provided, the Operating Partnership will acquire good title thereto, free and clear of any Liens other than any Liens arising through the Operating Partnership. There are no rights to purchase, subscriptions, warrants, options, conversion rights or preemptive rights relating to the Contributed Company Interests to be contributed by the Contributor or any equity interest in any Contributed Company that will be in effect as of the Closing.

 

(b) The Contributor or the relevant Contributed Company, as applicable, is the sole owner of the Contributed Assets, if any, and has full power and authority to convey the Contributed Assets, if any. The applicable Contributed Company Interests, Properties, Contributed Assets and Assumed Agreements constitute all assets, rights, interests, and property interests owned by the Contributor related to the Properties. Except with respect to the pending sale of the Designated Properties, no person or entity holds any rights granted by the Contributor or any affiliate thereof to purchase or otherwise acquire all or any portion of the Properties (or interest therein) that will be in effect as of the Closing, including pursuant to any purchase agreement, option, right of first offer, right of first refusal, gift or other agreement.

 

Section 2.5 No Violation. None of the execution, delivery or performance of the Agreement, any agreement contemplated thereby and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby does or will, with or without the giving of notice, lapse of time, or both, violate, conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute a default under or give to others any right of termination, acceleration, cancellation or other right adverse to the Operating Partnership of (A) the organizational documents, including the operating agreement, if any, of the Contributor or any Contributed Company, (B) subject to receipt of any required consents under the Existing Loan Documents, any agreement, document or instrument to which the Contributor is a party or by which the Contributor or any Contributed Company or the Contributed Assets to be contributed thereby, are bound, or (C) any term or provision of any judgment, order, writ, injunction, or decree, or require any approval, consent or waiver of, or make any filing with, any person or Governmental Entity or foreign, federal, state, local or other law binding on the Contributor or the Contributed Companies, or by which the Contributor, Contributed Company or any of their assets or properties (including the Contributed Assets) are bound or subject; provided in the case of (B) and (C) above, unless any such violation, conflict, breach, default or right would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8
 

 

Section 2.6 Non-Foreign Status. The Contributor is a United States person (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), and is, therefore, not subject to the provisions of the Code relating to the withholding of sales proceeds to foreign persons. The Contributor will provide an affidavit at the Closing to this effect as provided for in Section 2.3(e) of the Agreement.

 

Section 2.7 Investment Purposes. The Contributor acknowledges its understanding that the offering and issuance of OP Units to be acquired by it pursuant to the Agreement are intended to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and the rules and regulations in effect thereunder (the “Act”) and that the Operating Partnership’s reliance on such exemption is predicated in part on the accuracy and completeness of the representations and warranties of the Contributor contained herein. In furtherance thereof, the Contributor represents and warrants to the Company and the Operating Partnership as follows:

 

(a) Investment. The Contributor is acquiring OP Units solely for its own account for the purpose of investment and not as a nominee or agent for any other person and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution of any thereof, other than the distribution of the OP Units to its members. The Contributor agrees and acknowledges that it will not, directly or indirectly, offer, transfer, sell, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of (hereinafter, “Transfer”) any of the OP Units, unless (i) the Transfer is pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act and qualification or other compliance under applicable blue sky or state securities laws, (ii) counsel for the Contributor shall have furnished the Operating Partnership with an opinion, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Operating Partnership, to the effect that no such registration is required because of the availability of an exemption from registration under the Act, (iii) the Transfer is otherwise permitted by the OP Agreement or (iv) the pledge or hypothecation is to secure a bona fide loan made by a third party and any hedging transactions entered into in connection therewith. The term “Transfer” shall not include any redemption or exchange of the OP Units for REIT Shares pursuant to the terms of the OP Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Transfer shall be made unless it is permitted under the OP Agreement.

 

(b) Holding Period. The Contributor acknowledges that it has been advised that, (i) the OP Units issued pursuant to the Agreement, and any REIT Shares issued in exchange for, or in respect of a redemption of, any OP Units are “restricted securities” (unless registered in accordance with applicable U.S. securities laws) under applicable federal securities laws and may be disposed of only pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption therefrom and the Contributor understands that the Operating Partnership has no obligation or intention to register any OP Units, except to the extent set forth in the OP Agreement; accordingly, the Contributor may have to bear indefinitely, the economic risks of an investment in such OP Units, (ii) a restrictive legend in the form hereafter set forth shall be placed on the OP Unit Certificates (and any certificates representing REIT Shares for which OP Units may, in certain circumstances, be exchanged or redeemed), and (iii) a notation shall be made in the appropriate records of the Operating Partnership and the Company indicating that the OP Units (and any REIT Shares for which OP Units may, in certain circumstances, be exchanged or redeemed) are subject to restrictions on transfer.

 

9
 

 

(c) Accredited Investor. The Contributor and each of its equity owners is an “accredited investor” (as such term is defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Act).

 

(d) Legend. Each OP Unit Certificate, if any, issued pursuant to the Agreement (and any certificates representing REIT Shares for which OP Units may, in certain circumstances, be exchanged or redeemed), unless registered in accordance with applicable U.S. securities laws, shall bear the following legend:

 

The securities evidenced hereby have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), or the securities laws of any state and may not be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of in the absence of such registration, unless, except in limited circumstances, the transferor delivers to the company an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the company, to the effect that the proposed sale, transfer or other disposition may be effected without registration under the Act and under applicable state securities or “Blue Sky” laws;

 

In addition to the foregoing legend, each certificate (if any) representing REIT Shares for which the OP Units may, in certain circumstances, be exchanged or redeemed shall also bear a legend which generally provides the following:

 

The shares represented by this certificate are subject to restrictions on Beneficial and Constructive Ownership and Transfer for the purpose, among others, of the Corporation’s maintenance of its status as a Real Estate Investment Trust under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Subject to certain further restrictions and except as expressly provided in the Corporation’s Charter, (i) no Person may Beneficially or Constructively Own shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock in excess of 9.8% (in value or number of shares) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Corporation unless such Person; (ii) no Person may Beneficially or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock of the Corporation in excess of 9.8% of the value of the total outstanding shares of Capital Stock of the Corporation; (iii) no Person may Beneficially or Constructively Own Capital Stock that would result in the Corporation being “closely held” under Section 856(h) of the Code or otherwise cause the Corporation to fail to qualify as a REIT; (iv) no Person may Constructively Own Capital Stock if such Constructive Ownership would cause any income of the Corporation to fail to qualify as “rents from real property” within the meaning of Section 856(d) of the Code if it otherwise would qualify as such, and (v) no Person may Transfer shares of Capital Stock if such Transfer would result in the Capital Stock of the Corporation being owned by fewer than 100 Persons. Any Person who Beneficially or Constructively Owns or attempts to Beneficially or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock which causes or will cause a Person to Beneficially or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock in excess or in violation of the above limitations must immediately notify the Corporation. If any of the restrictions on transfer or ownership set forth in (i) through (iv) above are violated, the shares of Capital Stock represented hereby will be automatically transferred to a Trustee of a Trust for the benefit of one or more Charitable Beneficiaries. In addition, the Corporation may take other actions, including redeeming shares upon the terms and conditions specified by the Board of Directors in its sole and absolute discretion if the Board of Directors determines that ownership or a Transfer or other event may violate the restrictions described above. Furthermore, upon the occurrence of certain events, attempted Transfers in violation of the restrictions described above may be void ab initio. All capitalized terms in this legend have the meanings defined in the Charter of the Corporation, as the same may be amended from time to time, a copy of which, including the restrictions on transfer and ownership, will be furnished to each holder of Capital Stock of the Corporation on request and without charge. Requests for such a copy may be directed to the Secretary of the Corporation at its Principal Office.

 

10
 

 

Section 2.8 No Brokers. Neither the Contributor nor any of its officers, directors or employees, to the extent applicable, has employed or made any agreement with any broker, finder or similar agent or any person or firm which will result in the obligation of the Company, the Operating Partnership or any of their affiliates (including any of the Contributed Companies and/or Entities) to pay any finder’s fee, brokerage fees or commissions or similar payment in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Agreement.

 

Section 2.9 Solvency. Assuming the accuracy of the Company’s and the Operating Partnership’s representations and warranties, the Contributor will be solvent immediately following the transfer of its Properties, Contributed Company Interests (if applicable) and the Contributed Assets to the Operating Partnership.

 

Section 2.10 Litigation. There is no action, suit, or proceeding, pending or known to be threatened, against or affecting Contributor in any court or before any arbitrator or before any federal, state, municipal, or other governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality which (1) in any manner raises any question affecting the validity or enforceability of this Agreement, (2) could materially and adversely affect the business, financial position, or results of operations of Contributor, any Contributed Company or any Property, (3) could adversely affect the ability of Contributor to perform its obligations hereunder, or under any document to be delivered pursuant hereto, (4) could create a lien on the Contributed Company Interests, any part thereof, or any interest therein, or (5) could adversely affect the Contributed Company Interests, any part thereof, or any interest therein.

 

Section 2.11 Financial Statements. The Contributor has delivered to the Operating Partnership audited financial statement for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, and unaudited financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2021 (the “Financial Statements. The Financial Statements (i) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition and the results of operations, changes in shareholders’ or members’ equity, and cash flows of the applicable entities as at the respective dates of, and for the periods referred to in, the Financial Statements, and (ii) were prepared in accordance with GAAP and reflect the consistent application of GAAP throughout the periods involved, subject, in the case of the unaudited Financial Statements, to normal recurring year-end adjustments (the effect of which will not, individually or in the aggregate, be material).

 

11
 

 

ARTICLE 3. INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 3.1 Survival of Representations and Warranties; Remedy For Breach.

 

(a) Subject to the limitation period set forth in Section 3.5 of this Exhibit C, all representations and warranties contained in this Exhibit C (as qualified by the Disclosure Schedule) or in any Schedule, Exhibit, certificate or affidavit delivered pursuant to the Agreement shall survive the Closing.

 

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement or this Exhibit C, following the Closing and issuance of OP Units to the Contributor, the Contributor shall not be liable under this Exhibit C or the Agreement for monetary damages (or otherwise) for breach of any of its representations, warranties, covenants and obligations contained in this Exhibit C or the Agreement or in any Schedule, Exhibit, certificate or affidavit delivered by it pursuant thereto, other than pursuant to the succeeding provisions of this Article 3, which shall be the sole and exclusive remedy with respect thereto. In furtherance of the foregoing provision relating to exclusive remedy, each of the Operating Partnership and the Company hereby expressly waives any rights or claims it may have to pursue any remedy against the Contributor or any of its affiliates following the Closing and payment of cash and issuance of OP Units to the Contributor, whether under statute or common law, including, without limitation, any rights arising under any environmental law, other than as provided in this Article 3. In no event shall the constituent members, partners, employees, officers, directors, managers, advisers, agents or representatives of the Contributor, or of any Contributed Company other than the Contributor, be liable for monetary damages (or otherwise) for any breach of any of the representations, warranties, covenants and obligations contained in this Exhibit C or the Agreement or in any Schedule, Exhibit, certificate or affidavit delivered by the Contributor or Contributed Company pursuant thereto.

 

Section 3.2 General Indemnification.

 

(a) Subject to Section 3.4, from and after the Closing Date, the Contributor shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Operating Partnership and the Company (each of which is an “Indemnified Party”) from and against any and all Losses asserted against, imposed upon or incurred by the Indemnified Party, to the extent resulting from any breach of a representation, warranty or covenant of the Contributor contained in the Agreement (as qualified by all items set forth in the Disclosure Schedule and including, without limitation, this Exhibit C), or in any Schedule, Exhibit, certificate or affidavit delivered by the Contributor pursuant thereto. In each case, the Contributor shall only bear the fees, costs or expenses in connection with the employment of one counsel (regardless of the number of Indemnified Parties).

 

(b) With respect to any claim of an Indemnified Party pursuant to this Section 3.2, to the extent available, the Operating Partnership agrees to use diligent good faith efforts to pursue and collect any and all available proceeds and benefits of any right to defense under any insurance policy which covers the matter which is the subject of the indemnification prior to seeking indemnification from the Contributor until all proceeds and benefits, if any, to which the Operating Partnership or the Indemnified Party is entitled pursuant to such insurance policy have been exhausted.

 

12
 

 

Section 3.3 Notice and Defense of Claims. As soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by the Indemnified Party of notice of any liability or claim incurred by or asserted against the Indemnified Party that is subject to indemnification under this Article 3, the Indemnified Party shall give notice thereof to the Contributor, including liabilities or claims to be applied against the indemnification deductible established pursuant to Section 3.4 hereof; provided that failure to give notice to the Contributor will not relieve the Contributor from any liability which it may have to any Indemnified Party, unless, and only to the extent that, such failure (a) shall have caused prejudice to the defense of such claim or (b) shall have materially increased the costs or potential liability of the Contributor by reason of the inability or failure of the Contributor (due to such lack of prompt notice) to be involved in any investigations or negotiations regarding any such claim. Such notice shall describe in reasonable detail the facts known to such Indemnified Party giving rise to such claim, and the amount or good faith estimate of the amount of Losses arising therefrom. Unless prohibited by law, such Indemnified Party shall deliver to the Contributor, promptly after such Indemnified Party’s receipt thereof, copies of all notices and documents received by such Indemnified Party relating to such claim. The Indemnified Party shall permit the Contributor, at its own option and expense, to assume the defense of any such claim by counsel selected by the Contributor and reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, and to settle or otherwise dispose of the same; provided, however, that the Indemnified Party may at all times participate in such defense at its sole expense; and provided further, however, that the Contributor shall not, in defense of any such claim, except with the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party in its sole and absolute discretion, consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff in question to all Indemnified Parties a release of all liabilities in respect of such claims, or that does not result only in the payment of money damages which are paid (or deemed paid) in full by the Contributor. If the Contributor has not undertaken such defense within 30 days after such notice, or within such shorter time as may be reasonable under the circumstances to the extent required by applicable law, then the Indemnified Party shall have the right to undertake the defense, compromise or settlement of such liability or claim on behalf of and for the account of the Contributor and at the Contributor’s sole cost and expense (subject to the limitations in Section 3.4); provided, however, that the Contributor will be not obligated to indemnify the Indemnified Parties for any compromise or settlement entered into without the Contributor’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

Section 3.4 Limitations on Indemnification Under Section 3.2(a).

 

(a) The Contributor shall not be liable under Section 3.2(a) hereof unless and until the total amount recoverable by the Indemnified Parties from the Contributor under Section 3.2(a) exceeds one percent (1%) of the value of the aggregate OP Units (based on an assumed value of $10.00 per OP Unit), and then only to the extent of such excess.

 

(b) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the maximum aggregate liability of the Contributor under Section 3.2(a) hereof shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the value of the aggregate OP Units. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, before taking recourse against any assets of the Contributor and subject to the limitations set forth in the following sentence, the Indemnified Parties shall look, first to available insurance proceeds (including without limitation any title insurance proceeds, if applicable) pursuant to Section 3.2(b) above, and then to the Contributor’s OP Units, for indemnification under this Article 3, (and agree to treat any return of OP Units as an adjustment to the consideration delivered to the Contributor pursuant to the Formation Transactions). Following the Closing and the issuance of OP Units to the Contributor, no Indemnified Party shall have recourse to any assets of the Contributor other than the OP Units, and to the extent applicable, any relevant insurance policies. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Contributor shall not be liable to the Indemnified Parties for any indirect, special or consequential damages, loss of profits, loss of value or other similar speculative damages asserted or claimed by the Indemnified Parties.

 

13
 

 

(c) The limitations in this Section 3.4 shall not apply to any obligations of the Contributor under Sections 2.5 of the Agreement.

 

Section 3.5 Limitation Period.

 

(a) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any claim for indemnification under Section 3.2 hereof must be asserted in writing by the Indemnified Party, stating the nature of the Losses and the basis for indemnification therefor on or prior to the date which is twelve (12) months following the Closing.

 

(b) Subject to Section 3.5(a), if asserted in writing on or prior to the date which is twelve (12) months following the Closing, any claims for indemnification pursuant to Section 3.2 shall survive until resolved by mutual agreement between the Contributor and the Indemnified Party of the Agreement, and any claim for indemnification pursuant to Section 3.2 not so asserted in writing on or prior to the date which is twelve (12) months following the Closing shall not thereafter be asserted and shall forever be waived.

 

ARTICLE 4. QUALIFICATION

 

Except for the Surviving Representations, and the covenants, obligations and indemnities set forth herein, the Operating Partnership acknowledges that its acquisition of the Contributed Company Interests, the Properties and the Contributed Assets from the Contributor is an “AS IS” transaction as further described in Article 4 of the Agreement.

 

14
 

 

APPENDIX A

 

DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE

 

Schedule 2.3 – Required Consents.

 

1. Consents of Lenders under the Existing Loans.

 

15

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.6

 

TAX PROTECTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS TAX PROTECTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into effective as of June 8, 2021 (the “Effective Date”) by and among Strawberry Fields Realty LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”), Strawberry Fields REIT, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “REIT”), and the sole general partner of the Partnership, and Strawberry Fields REIT, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company (the “Contributor”) (together with the Partnership and the REIT, the “Parties”).

 

BACKGROUND

 

A. The Contributor, under that certain Contribution Agreement, dated on the Effective Date, by and among the Contributor and the Partnership (the “Contribution Agreement”), is contributing limited liability company interests or shares in each Entity (as defined below) and certain other assets and liabilities (the “Contribution”), to the Partnership in exchange for common units of limited partnership interest in the Partnership (“OP Units”).

 

B. It is intended for federal income tax purposes that the Contribution for OP Units will be treated as a tax-deferred contribution of the interests in the Entities, or the Properties (as defined below), in the case of any Entities that are disregarded as separate from a Contributor for federal income tax purposes, to the Partnership for OP Units under Code Section 721.

 

C. The entities listed on Schedule 1 are treated as disregarded entities wholly owned by the Contributor.

 

D. In consideration for the agreement of the Contributor to make the Contribution, the Parties desire to enter into this Agreement regarding certain tax matters as set forth in this Agreement.

 

E. The REIT and the Partnership desire to evidence their agreement regarding amounts that may be payable in the event of certain actions being taken by the Partnership regarding the disposition of certain of the Properties held within the Entities, and regarding certain minimum debt obligations of the Partnership and its subsidiaries.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the mutual representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein and in the Contribution Agreement, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

 

To the extent not otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms that may be used in this Agreement have the meanings ascribed to them in the Partnership Agreement (as defined below). As may be used in this Agreement, the terms below have the following meanings:

 

Accounting Firm” has the meaning set forth in the Section 4.2.

 

 
 

 

Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

Book Gain” means any gain that would not be required under Section 704(c) of the Code and the applicable regulations to be specially allocated to the Protected Partners for federal income tax purposes (for example, any gain attributable to appreciation in the actual value of the Gain Limitation Property following the Closing Date or any gain resulting from reductions in the “book value” of the Gain Limitation Property following the Closing Date).

 

Cash Consideration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

 

Closing Date” means the date on which the Contribution will be effective.

 

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Contribution” has the meaning set forth in the Background.

 

Contribution Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Background.

 

Deficit Restoration Obligation” means a written obligation by a Protected Partner to restore part or all of its deficit capital account in the Partnership upon the occurrence of certain events (which written obligation may provide for an indemnity in favor of the REIT as general partner of the Partnership).

 

Entity” means each limited liability company, partnership or corporation (if any) in which the Contributor is contributing its limited liability company interests, partnership interest or capital stock (if a corporation) as described in the Preamble and as set forth next to each Gain Limitation Property on Schedule 1 hereto.

 

Final Determination” means (i) a decision, judgment, decree or other order by any court of competent jurisdiction, which decision, judgment, decree or other order has become final after all allowable appeals by either party to the action have been exhausted or after the time for filing such appeals has expired, (ii) a binding settlement agreement entered into in connection with an administrative or judicial proceeding (iii) the expiration of the time for instituting a claim for refund, or if such a claim was filed, the expiration of the time for instituting suit with respect thereto or (iv) the expiration of the time for instituting suit with respect to a claimed deficiency.

 

Gain Limitation Property” means (i) each property or asset identified on Schedule 1 hereto as a Gain Limitation Property; (ii) any direct or indirect interest owned by the Partnership in any entity that owns an interest in a Gain Limitation Property, if the disposition of that interest would result in the recognition of Protected Gain by a Protected Partner; and (iii) any other property that the Partnership directly or indirectly receives that is in whole or in part a “substituted basis property” as defined in Section 7701(a)(42) of the Code with respect to a Gain Limitation Property.

 

Guaranteed Amount” means, if any, the aggregate amount of each Guaranteed Debt that is guaranteed at any time by Partner Guarantors.

 

2
 

 

Guaranteed Debt” means any loans incurred (or assumed) by the Partnership or any of its subsidiaries that are guaranteed by Partner Guarantors at any time after the Closing Date pursuant to Article 3 hereof.

 

Indirect Owner” means, in the case of a Protected Partner that is an entity that is classified as a partnership, disregarded entity or subchapter S corporation or real estate investment trust for federal income tax purposes, any person owning an equity interest in such Protected Partner as of the Effective Date, and in the case of any Indirect Owner that itself is an entity that is classified as a partnership, disregarded entity, subchapter S corporation or real estate investment trust for federal income tax purposes, any person owning an equity interest in such entity as of the Effective Date; provided that, any person or entity that is issued OP Units and either (a) sells all those OP Units for cash or (b) converts all those OP Units for an ownership interest in the REIT, shall not be treated or considered an Indirect Owner.

 

Maintained Debt” means the indebtedness under the loan agreements and related documents assumed or deemed to be assumed by the Partnership as a result of the Contribution on the Closing Date.

 

Maintained Debt Guarantees” means the guarantees of the Maintained Debt existing on the Closing Date.

 

Minimum Liability Amount” means, for each Protected Partner, the amount of liabilities necessary to be allocated to the Protected Partner under the Code to prevent the Protected Partner from recognizing taxable gain under Section 752 of the Code as a result of the Contribution.

 

Nonrecourse Liability” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.752-1(a)(2).

 

Notice Period” means the period commencing on December 31 2030, and ending December 31, 2032, provided, however, that the Notice Period shall terminate at such time as such Protected Partner has disposed of 100% of the OP Units received upon the Contribution in one or more taxable transactions.

 

OP Units” has the meaning set forth in the Background.

 

Parties” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

“Partner Guarantors” means those Protected Partners who have guaranteed any portion of the Guaranteed Debt.

 

Partnership” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

Partnership Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, dated as of June 1, 2021, as amended, and as the same may be further amended in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

Partnership Interest Consideration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

 

3
 

 

Property” or “Properties” means the real property assets or other assets of an Entity.

 

Protected Gain” shall mean the gain that would be allocable to and recognized by a Protected Partner for federal income tax purposes under Section 704(c) of the Code in the event of the sale of a Gain Limitation Property in a fully taxable transaction. The initial amount of Protected Gain with respect to each Protected Partner shall be determined as if the Partnership sold each Gain Limitation Property in a fully taxable transaction on the Closing Date for consideration equal to the Section 704(c) Value of such Gain Limitation Property on the Closing Date. An estimate of the Partnership’s aggregate Protected Gain as of the Effective Date is set forth on Schedule 1. After the Closing Date, Protected Gain shall be reduced from time to time to reflect reductions in the “book-tax disparity” with respect to each Property in accordance with Treasury Regulations § 1.704-3 as provided in Article 6 below. For avoidance of doubt, reverse Section 704(c) gain resulting from transactions following the Contribution shall not increase Protected Gain. Book Gain shall not be considered Protected Gain.

 

Protected Partner” means the Contributor or an Indirect Owner of the Contributor who (i) has notified the Partnership of its status as a Protected Partner and (ii) provides all documentation reasonably requested by the Partnership to verify such status (including any applicable debt guarantee), but excludes any person that ceases to be a Protected Partner pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Section 704(c) Value” means the fair market value of any Gain Limitation Property as of the Closing Date, as determined by the Partnership and as set forth next to each Gain Limitation Property on Schedule1 hereto. The Partnership shall initially carry the Gain Limitation Property on its books at a value equal to the Section 704(c) Value as set forth on Schedule 1.

 

Subsidiary” means any entity in which the Partnership owns a direct or indirect interest that owns a Gain Limitation Property on the Closing Date or that thereafter is a successor to the Partnership’s direct or indirect interests in a Gain Limitation Property.

 

Successor Partnership” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).

 

Tax Protection Period” means the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending at 12:01 AM on December 31, 2030, provided, however, that with respect to a Protected Partner, the Tax Protection Period shall terminate at such time as (i) such Protected Partner has disposed of one hundred percent (100%) of the OP Units received on the Contribution in one or more taxable transactions or (ii) there is a Final Determination that no portion of the Contribution qualified for tax-deferred treatment under Section 721 of the Code.

 

Vertical Slice Guarantee” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.

 

4
 

 

ARTICLE 2

RESTRICTIONS ON DISPOSITIONS OF
GAIN LIMITATION PROPERTIES; TAX TREATMENT OF CONTRIBUTION

 

2.1 Restrictions on Disposition of Gain Limitation Properties.

 

(a) The Partnership agrees for the benefit of each Protected Partner, for the term of the Tax Protection Period, not to directly or indirectly sell, exchange, transfer, or otherwise dispose of a Gain Limitation Property or any interest therein, without regard to whether such disposition is voluntary or involuntary, in a transaction that would cause any Protected Partner to recognize any Protected Gain.

 

Without limiting the foregoing, the term “sale, exchange, transfer or disposition” by the Partnership shall be deemed to include, and the prohibition shall extend to:

 

  (i) any direct or indirect disposition by any direct or indirect Subsidiary of any Gain Limitation Property or any interest therein;
     
  (ii) any direct or indirect disposition by the Partnership or Subsidiary of any Gain Limitation Property (or any direct or indirect interest therein) that is subject to Section 704(c)(1)(B) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder;
     
  (iii) any direct or indirect disposition by the Partnership or any Subsidiary of all or any portion of its interest in any Subsidiary that owns a direct or indirect interest in the Gain Limitation Property (or any direct or indirect interest therein); and
     
  (iv) any distribution by the Partnership to a Protected Partner that is subject to Section 737 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

 

Without limiting the foregoing, a disposition shall include any transfer, voluntary or involuntary, by the Partnership or any Subsidiary in a foreclosure proceeding, pursuant to a deed in lieu of foreclosure, or in a bankruptcy proceeding. A disposition shall not include any direct or indirect redemption or other transfer by a Protected Partner of its OP Units.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 2.1 shall not apply to a voluntary, actual disposition by a Protected Partner of OP Units in connection with a merger or consolidation of the Partnership pursuant to which (1) the Protected Partner is offered as consideration for the OP Units either cash or property treated as cash pursuant to Section 731 of the Code (“Cash Consideration”) or partnership interests and the receipt of such partnership interests would not result in the recognition of gain for federal income tax purposes by the Protected Partner (“Partnership Interest Consideration”); (2) the Protected Partner has the right to elect to receive solely Partnership Interest Consideration in exchange for his OP Units, and the continuing partnership has agreed in writing to assume the obligations of the Partnership under this Agreement; (3) no Protected Gain is recognized by the Partnership as a result of any partner of the Partnership receiving Cash Consideration; and (4) the Protected Partner elects or is deemed to elect to receive any Cash Consideration.

 

5
 

 

(b) Notwithstanding the restriction set forth in this Section 2.1, the Partnership and any Subsidiary may dispose of any Gain Limitation Property (or any interest therein) if such disposition qualifies as a “like-kind exchange” under Section 1031 of the Code, or an involuntary conversion under Section 1033 of the Code, or other transaction (including, but not limited to, a contribution of property to any entity that qualifies for the non-recognition of gain under Section 721 or Section 351 of the Code, or a merger or consolidation of the Partnership with or into another entity that qualifies for taxation as a “partnership” for federal income tax purposes (a “Successor Partnership”)) that, as to each of the foregoing, does not result in the recognition of any taxable income or gain to any Protected Partner with respect to any of the OP Units; provided, however, that (i) in the event of a disposition under Section 1031 or Section 1033 of the Code, any property that is acquired in exchange for or as a replacement for the Gain Limitation Property shall thereafter be considered the Gain Limitation Property, and such replacement property will be held by the Subsidiary that undertakes such exchange for a period of at least two years (or by the Partnership, if the Partnership directly owns the Gain Limitation Property prior to such exchange); (ii) in the case of a “like-kind exchange” under Section 1031 of the Code, if such exchange is with a “related party” within the meaning of Section 1031(f)(3) of the Code, any direct or indirect disposition by such related party of the Gain Limitation Property or any other transaction prior to the expiration of the two (2) year period following such exchange that would cause Section 1031(f)(1) of the Code to apply with respect to such Gain Limitation Property (including by reason of the application of Section 1031(f)(4) of the Code) shall be considered a violation of this Section 2.1 by the Partnership; (iii) if the Gain Limitation Property is transferred to another entity in a transaction in which gain or loss is not recognized, the entity and any intervening entities shall be considered Subsidiaries, and if the acquiring entity’s disposition of the Gain Limitation Property would cause Contributor to recognize gain or loss as a result thereof, the Gain Limitation Property shall still be subject to this Agreement; or (iv) if the Partnership directly or indirectly receives any property that is in whole or in part a “substituted basis property” as defined in Section 7701(a)(42) of the Code with respect to the Gain Limitation Property, such substituted basis property shall thereafter be considered part of the Gain Limitation Property.

 

2.2 Issuances of Additional Equity Interests. Notwithstanding the above, the issuance of additional partnership interests in the Partnership pursuant to the Partnership Agreement shall not be considered to be prohibited by this Article unless such partnership interests are in a form that either their issuance, or any exercise by a holder of any rights thereunder, would be considered to result in a direct or indirect taxable disposition by the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Gain Limitation Property or any interest therein (determined taking into account, without limitation, Sections 704(c)(1)(B), 707(a), and 737 of the Code).

 

2.3 Intended Tax Treatment of Contribution. It is intended for federal income tax purposes that (i) the Contribution for OP Units will be treated as a tax-deferred contribution of the interests in the Entities, or the Properties, in the case of any Entities that are disregarded as separate from a Contributor for federal income tax purposes, to the Partnership for OP Units under Code Section 721, (ii) all indebtedness to be assumed by the Partnership or any of its affiliates pursuant to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Contribution Agreement be treated as “qualified liabilities” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.707-5(a)(5); and (iii) the cash consideration distributed to Contributor (if any) be treated as a reimbursement of preformation capital expenditures incurred by the Contributor pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.707-4(d).

 

6
 

 

ARTICLE 3

ALLOCATION OF LIABILITIES; GUARANTEE AND DEFICIT RESTORATION OBLIGATION OPPORTUNITY; NOTIFICATION OF REDUCTION OF LIABILITIES; COOPERATION REGARDING ADDITIONAL ALLOCATION OF LIABILITIES

 

3.1 Maintenance of Specific Indebtedness. During the Tax Protection Period, the Partnership shall maintain the Maintained Debt, provided that the Partnership may make any required debt service payments on the Maintained Debt pursuant to the terms as of the date hereof, and the Partnership may refinance the Maintained Debt with property level debt secured by the same properties that currently secure the Maintained Debt so long as the refinancing debt has a term and payment schedule no earlier than the Maintained Debt. If the Partnership refinances the Maintained Debt, the Partnership will offer to each Protected Partner the opportunity to enter into a guarantee on commercially reasonable terms that are acceptable to each Protected Partner with respect to such refinancing debt. During the Tax Protection Period, subject to the entrepreneurial risk of the Partnership, the Partnership may, but is not required to, reduce the Maintained Debt, provided that the obligation to allocate the Minimum Liability Amount to the extent required by this Article 3 shall continue to apply.

 

3.2 Maintenance of Indebtedness. During the Tax Protection Period, the Partnership shall maintain an amount of indebtedness sufficient to allow each Protected Partner, after taking advantage of the provisions of this Article 3, to be allocated Partnership liabilities for purposes of Section 752 of the Code, and to be “at risk” with respect to Partnership liabilities for purposes of Section 465 of the Code, in each case in an amount no less than such Protected Partner’s Minimum Liability Amount.

 

3.3 Minimum Liability Allocation.

 

(a) During the Tax Protection Period, the Partnership will offer to each Protected Partner the opportunity, in the Partnership’s discretion, either (i) to enter into a “vertical slice guarantee” of certain liabilities of the Partnership pursuant to which the lender for such Guaranteed Debt is required to pursue all other collateral and security for the Guaranteed Debt (other than any “vertical slice guarantees”) prior to seeking to collect on such a Partner Guarantor, and the Protected Partner will guarantee a fractional share of each dollar of the Guaranteed Debt, and the maximum aggregate liability of each partner for all Guaranteed Debt shall be limited to the amount actually guaranteed by such Partner Guarantor (a “Vertical Slice Guarantee”) or (ii) in the event that the Partnership has sufficient recourse debt outstanding, to enter into a Deficit Restoration Obligation, commercially reasonable guarantees, reimbursement agreements or indemnifications, in such amount or amounts so as to cause a special allocation of partnership liabilities to such Protected Partner for purposes of Section 752 of the Code such that the Protected Partner’s allocable share of Partnership liabilities equals such Protected Partner’s Minimum Liability Amount and to cause a special allocation of partnership liabilities for purposes of Section 465 of the Code that increases the Protected Partner’s “at risk” amount such that the Protected Partner’s “at-risk” amount equals such Protected Partner’s Minimum Liability Amount. In order to minimize the need for a Protected Partner to enter into a Vertical Slice Guarantee or Deficit Restoration Obligations, the Partnership will use the traditional method under Treasury Regulations Section 1.752-3(a)(3) to allocate Nonrecourse Liabilities considered secured by a Gain Limitation Property to the Protected Partners to the extent that the “built-in gain” with respect to those properties exceeds the amount of the Nonrecourse Liabilities considered secured by such Gain Limitation Property allocated to the Protected Partners under Treasury Regulations Section 1.752-3(a)(2). Any Vertical Slice Guarantee shall also include such indemnities and/or waivers of subrogation as are necessary to ensure that the guaranteed portion of such debt is allocated to the Protected Partner pursuant to the regulations under §752 of the Code.

 

7
 

 

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, due to a change in law, a Protected Partner reasonably believes that such Protected Partner may no longer continue to be allocated such Guaranteed Amount of a Guaranteed Debt, such Protected Partner may request a modification of such Vertical Slice Guarantee and the Partnership will use its commercially reasonable efforts to work with the lender with respect to such Guaranteed Debt to have the Vertical Slice Guarantee amended in a manner that will permit such Protected Partner to be allocated such Protected Partner’s Guaranteed Amount with respect to the Guaranteed Debt or, in the event the Partnership has sufficient recourse debt outstanding, such Protected Partner, at its option, shall be offered the opportunity to enter into a Deficit Restoration Obligation in an amount equal to such Guaranteed Amount so that, assuming such Deficit Restoration Obligation is effective under applicable law, the amount of Partnership liabilities allocated to such Protected Partner shall not decrease as a result of the change in law. Furthermore, if, due to a change in law, a Protected Partner reasonably believes such Protected Partner may no longer continue to be allocated Partnership liabilities with respect to a Deficit Restoration Obligation, such Protected Partner may request a modification of the terms of such Deficit Restoration Obligation and the Partnership will use commercially reasonable efforts to modify such Deficit Restoration Obligation in a manner that will permit such Protected Partner to be allocated Partnership liabilities in an amount so as to cause such Protected Partner’s allocable share of Partnership liabilities to equal such Protected Partner’s Minimum Liability Amount.

 

3.4 Notification Requirement. During the Tax Protection Period, the Partnership shall provide prior written notice to a Protected Partner if the Partnership intends to repay, retire, refinance or otherwise reduce (other than due to scheduled amortization) the amount of liabilities with respect to a Gain Limitation Property in a manner that may cause a Protected Partner to recognize gain for federal income tax purposes as a result of a decrease of the Protected Partner’s share of Partnership liabilities below the Minimum Liability Amount.

 

3.5 Additional Allocation of Liabilities. If the Partnership provides notice to a Protected Partner pursuant to Section 3.4, the Partnership shall cooperate with the Protected Partner to arrange an additional allocation of liabilities of the Partnership to the Protected Partner in such amount or amounts so as to increase the amount of partnership liabilities allocated to such Protected Partner for purposes of Section 752 of the Code by an amount necessary to prevent the Protected Partner from recognizing gain for federal income tax purposes up to the Minimum Liability Amount as a result of the intended repayment, retirement, refinancing or other reduction (other than scheduled amortization) in the amount of liabilities with respect to a Gain Limitation Property, including, without limitation, offering to the Protected Partner the opportunity, in the Partnership’s discretion, either (i) to enter into additional Vertical Slice Guarantees or (ii) to enter into additional Deficit Restoration Obligations, in either case to the extent of the amount of the Minimum Liability Amount. In order to minimize the need to make additional special allocations of liabilities of the Partnership pursuant to the preceding sentence, the Partnership will use the traditional method under Treasury Regulations Section 1.752-3(a)(3) to allocate Nonrecourse Liabilities considered secured by a Gain Limitation Property to the Protected Partner to the extent that the “built-in gain” with respect to those properties exceeds the amount of the Nonrecourse Liabilities considered secured by such Gain Limitation Property and allocated to the Protected Partner under Treasury Regulations Section 1.752-3(a)(2).

 

8
 

 

3.6 Deficit Restoration Obligation. In the event that the Partnership otherwise has sufficient recourse debt outstanding and a Protected Partner has elected to enter into a Deficit Restoration Obligation, the Partnership will maintain an amount of indebtedness of the Partnership that is considered “recourse” indebtedness (taking into account all of the facts and circumstances related to the indebtedness, the Partnership and the general partner) equal to or greater than the sum of the amounts subject to a Deficit Restoration Obligation of all Protected Partners and other partners in the Partnership. The Deficit Restoration Obligation shall be conclusively presumed to cause the Protected Partner to be allocated an amount of liabilities equal to the Deficit Restoration Obligation amount of such Protected Partner for purposes of Sections 465 and 752 of the Code, provided that (1) the Partnership maintains an amount of debt that is considered “recourse” indebtedness (determined for purposes of Section 752 of the Code and taking into account all of the facts and circumstances related to the indebtedness, the Partnership and the general partner) equal to the aggregate Deficit Restoration Obligation amounts of all partners of the Partnership and (2) all other terms and conditions of the Partnership Agreement with respect to such Deficit Restoration Obligation are met.

 

3.7 No Representation With Regard to Tax Treatment. The REIT and the Partnership (a) make no representation to any Protected Partner with regard to the tax treatment of the Contribution and (b) provided that the REIT and the Partnership comply with their obligations under this Agreement have no liability to any Protected Partner for or in respect of, the tax consequences to such partners of any transactions contemplated herein including whether becoming a guarantor of debt or entering into a Deficit Restoration Obligation shall be respected for federal income tax purposes as causing such partner to be considered to “bear the economic risk of loss” with respect to indebtedness for purposes of Section 752 or Section 465 of the Code.

 

ARTICLE 4

REMEDIES FOR BREACH

 

4.1 Monetary Damages. In the event that the Partnership breaches its obligations set forth in Article 2 or Article 3 with respect to a Protected Partner, the Protected Partner’s sole remedy shall be to receive from the Partnership, and the Partnership shall pay to such Protected Partner as damages, an amount equal to:

 

  (a) in the case of a violation of Article 2, the aggregate federal, state, and local income taxes incurred by the Protected Partner or an Indirect Owner with respect to the Protected Gain that is allocable to such Protected Partner under the Partnership Agreement as a result of the disposition of the Gain Limitation Property; and

 

9
 

 

  (b) in the case of a violation of Article 3, the aggregate federal, state and local income taxes incurred by the Protected Partner or an Indirect Owner as a result of the income or gain allocated to, or otherwise recognized by, such Protected Partner with respect to its Protected Gain by reason of such breach.

 

In addition, the Partnership shall pay to the Protected Partner or Indirect Owner an amount equal to the aggregate federal, state, and local income taxes payable by the Protected Partner or Indirect Owner as a result of the receipt of any payment required under this Section 4.1.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, so long as the Partnership provides the opportunities referenced in Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.5 and 3.6 and complies with the notification requirement of Section 3.4, the Partnership shall have no liability pursuant to this Section 4.1 in the event it is determined that a Protected Partner has not been specially allocated for purposes of Section 752 of the Code an amount of partnership liabilities equal to such Protected Partner’s Minimum Liability Amount or is not treated as receiving a special allocation of partnership liabilities for purposes of Section 465 of the Code that increases such Protected Partner’s “at risk” amount by an amount equal to such Protected Partner’s Minimum Liability Amount. Furthermore, the Partnership shall have no liability pursuant to this Section 4.1 if the Partnership merges into another entity treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes or the Protected Partner accepts an offer to exchange its OP Units for equity interests in another entity treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes so long as, in either case, such successor entity assumes or agrees to assume the Partnership’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement.

 

For purposes of computing the amount of federal, state, and local income taxes required to be paid by a Protected Partner, (i) any deduction for state income taxes payable as a result thereof actually allowed in computing federal income taxes shall be taken into account, and (ii) a Protected Partner’s tax liability shall be computed using the highest federal, state and local marginal income tax rates (plus the tax rate on net investment income, if applicable) that would be applicable to such Protected Partner’s taxable income (taking into account the character and type of such income or gain) for the year with respect to which the taxes must be paid, without regard to any deductions, losses or credits that may be available to such Protected Partner that would reduce or offset its actual taxable income or actual tax liability if such deductions, losses or credits could be utilized by the Protected Partner to offset other income, gain or taxes of the Protected Partner, either in the current year, in earlier years, or in later years.

 

4.2 Process for Determining Damages. If the Partnership has breached or violated any of the covenants set forth in Article 2 or Article 3 (or a Protected Partner asserts that the Partnership has breached or violated any of the covenants set forth in Article 2 or Article 3), the Partnership and the Protected Partner agree to negotiate in good faith to resolve any disagreements regarding any such breach or violation and the amount of damages, if any, payable to such Protected Partner under Section 4.1. If any such disagreement cannot be resolved by the Partnership and such Protected Partner within sixty (60) days after the receipt of notice by the Partnership of an assertion by a Protected Partner that the Partnership has breached or violated any of the covenants set forth in Article 2 or Article 3), the Partnership and the Protected Partner shall jointly retain a nationally recognized independent public accounting firm (an “Accounting Firm”) to act as an arbitrator to resolve as expeditiously as possible all points of any such disagreement (including, without limitation, whether a breach of any of the covenants set forth in Article 2 or Article 3, has occurred and, if so, the amount of damages to which the Protected Partner is entitled as a result thereof, determined as set forth in Section 4.1). The Partnership and the Protected Partner shall cooperate with the Accounting Firm and shall furnish the Accounting Firm with all information reasonably requested by the Accounting Firm. All determinations made by the Accounting Firm with respect to the resolution of any breach or violation of any of the covenants set forth in Article 2 or Article 3 and the amount of damages payable to the Protected Partner under Section 4.1 shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Partnership and the Protected Partner. The fees and expenses of any Accounting Firm incurred in connection with any such determination shall be shared equally by the Partnership and the Protected Partner, provided that if the amount determined by the Accounting Firm to be owed by the Partnership to the Protected Partner is more than five percent (5%) higher than the amount proposed by the Partnership to be owed to such Protected Partner prior to the submission of the matter to the Accounting Firm, then all of the fees and expenses of any Accounting Firm incurred in connection with any such determination shall be paid by the Partnership and if the amount determined by the Accounting Firm to be owed by the Partnership to the Protected Partner is more than five percent (5%) less than the amount proposed by the Partnership to be owed to such Protected Partner prior to the submission of the matter to the Accounting Firm, then all of the fees and expenses of any Accounting Firm incurred in connection with any such determination shall be paid by the Protected Partner.

 

10
 

 

4.3 Required Notices; Time for Payment. In the event that there has been a breach of Article 2 or Article 3, the Partnership shall provide to each affected Protected Partner notice of the transaction or event giving rise to such breach not later than at such time as the Partnership provides to the Protected Partners the IRS Schedule K-1’s to the Partnership’s federal income tax return for the year of such transaction. All payments required to be made under this Article 4 to any Protected Partner shall be made to such Protected Partner on or before April 15 of the year following the year in which the gain recognition event giving rise to such payment took place; provided that, if the Protected Partner is required to make estimated tax payments that would include such gain (taking into account all available safe harbors), the Partnership shall make a payment to the Protected Partner on or before the due date for such estimated tax payment and such payment from the Partnership shall be in an amount that corresponds to the amount of the estimated tax being paid by such Protected Partner at such time as a result of the gain recognition event, which payment shall be credited against the total amount payable under this Article 4. In the event of a payment made after the date required pursuant to this Section 4.3, interest shall accrue on the aggregate amount required to be paid from such date to the date of actual payment at a rate equal to the “prime rate” of interest, as published in the Wall Street Journal (or if no longer published there, an equivalent publication) effective as of the date the payment is required to be made.

 

ARTICLE 5

NOTICE OF INTENTION TO SELL GAIN LIMITATION
PROPERTY DURING NOTICE PERIOD

 

During the Notice Period, if the Partnership intends to dispose of a Gain Limitation Property in a taxable transaction, the Partnership shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide at least 90 days’ prior written notice (prior to the closing of such disposition) to the Protected Partners.

 

11
 

 

ARTICLE 6

SECTION 704(C) METHOD AND ALLOCATIONS

 

Notwithstanding any provision of the Partnership Agreement, the Partnership shall use the “traditional method” under Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-3(b) for purposes of making all allocations under Section 704(c) of the Code with respect to any Gain Limitation Property.

 

ARTICLE 7

AMENDMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT; WAIVER OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS

 

7.1 Amendment. This Agreement may not be amended, directly or indirectly (including by reason of a merger between either the Partnership or the REIT and another entity) except by a written instrument signed by the REIT, the Partnership, and each of the Protected Partners to be subject to such amendment, except that the Partnership may amend Schedule 1 upon a person becoming a Protected Partner as a result of a transfer of OP Units.

 

7.2 Waiver. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon written request by the Partnership, each Protected Partner, in its sole discretion, may waive the payment of any damages or indemnification amount that is otherwise payable to such Protected Partner pursuant to Article 4 hereof. Such a waiver shall be effective only if obtained in writing from the affected Protected Partner.

 

ARTICLE 8

MISCELLANEOUS

 

8.1 Additional Actions and Documents. Each of the Parties hereby agrees to take or cause to be taken such further actions, to execute, deliver, and file or cause to be executed, delivered and filed such further documents, and will obtain such consents, as may be necessary or as may be reasonably requested in order to fully effectuate the purposes, terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

8.2 Assignment. No Party shall assign its or his rights or obligations under this Agreement, in whole or in part, except by operation of law, without the prior written consent of the other Parties, and any such assignment contrary to the terms hereof shall be null and void and of no force and effect.

 

8.3 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Protected Partners and their respective successors and permitted assigns, whether so expressed or not. This Agreement shall be binding upon the REIT, the Partnership, and any entity that is a direct or indirect successor, whether by merger, transfer, spin-off or otherwise, to all or substantially all of the assets of either the REIT or the Partnership (or any prior successor thereto as set forth in the preceding portion of this sentence), provided that none of the foregoing shall result in the release of liability of the REIT and the Partnership hereunder. The REIT and the Partnership covenant with and for the benefit of the Protected Partners not to undertake any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of either entity (whether by merger, transfer, spin-off or otherwise) unless the transferee has acknowledged in writing and agreed in writing to be bound by this Agreement, provided that the foregoing shall not be deemed to permit any transaction otherwise prohibited by this Agreement.

 

12
 

 

8.4 Modification; Waiver. No failure or delay on the part of any Party in exercising any power or right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Parties are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies which they would otherwise have. No modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor consent to any departure by any Party therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on any Party in any case shall entitle such Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

 

8.5 Representations and Warranties Regarding Authority; Noncontravention. Each of the REIT and the Partnership has the requisite corporate or other (as the case may be) power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform its respective obligations hereunder. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by each of the REIT and the Partnership and the performance of each of its respective obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary trust, partnership, or other (as the case may be) action on the part of each of the REIT and the Partnership. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each of the REIT and the Partnership and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of each of the REIT and the Partnership, enforceable against each of the REIT and the Partnership in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws (or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally) or (ii) general principles of equity. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by each of the REIT and the Partnership do not, and the performance by each of its respective obligations hereunder will not, conflict with, or result in any violation of (i) the Partnership Agreement or (ii) any other agreement applicable to the REIT and/or the Partnership, other than, in the case of clause (ii), any such conflicts or violations that would not materially adversely affect the performance by the Partnership and the REIT of their obligations hereunder.

 

8.6 Captions. The Article and Section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only, shall not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement for any purpose, and shall not in any way define or affect the meaning, construction or scope of any of the provisions hereof.

 

8.7 Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made as of the date delivered, mailed or transmitted, and shall be effective upon receipt, if delivered personally, mailed by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the Parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a Party as shall be specified by like changes of address) or sent by electronic transmission to the telecopier number specified below:

 

(a)if to the REIT, to:

 

  Strawberry Fields REIT, Inc.
  6101 Nimtz Parkway
  South Bend, IN 46628
  Attention: Moishe Gubin

 

13
 

 

(b)if to the Partnership, to:

 

  Strawberry Fields Realty LP
  6101 Nimtz Parkway
  South Bend, IN 46628
  Attention: Moishe Gubin

 

(c)if to a Protected Partner, to the address on file with the Partnership.

 

Each Party may designate by notice in writing a new address to which any notice, demand, request or communication may thereafter be so given, served or sent. Each notice, demand, request, or communication which shall be hand delivered, sent, mailed, telecopied or telexed in the manner described above, or which shall be delivered to a telegraph company, shall be deemed sufficiently given, served, sent, received or delivered for all purposes at such time as it is delivered to the addressee (with the return receipt, the delivery receipt, or (with respect to a telecopy or telex) the answerback being deemed conclusive, but not exclusive, evidence of such delivery) or at such time as delivery is refused by the addressee upon presentation.

 

8.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and each of which shall be deemed an original.

 

8.9 Governing Law. The interpretation and construction of this Agreement, and all matters relating thereto, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the choice of law provisions thereof.

 

8.10 Consent to Jurisdiction; Enforceability.

 

(a) This Agreement and the duties and obligations of the Parties shall be enforceable against any of the other Parties in the courts of the State of Delaware. For such purpose, each Party and the Protected Partners hereby irrevocably submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of such courts and agrees that all claims in respect of this Agreement may be heard and determined in any of such courts.

 

(b) Each Party hereby irrevocably agrees that a final judgment of any of the courts specified above in any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.

 

8.11 Severability. If any part of any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such part shall be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability only, without in any way affecting the remaining parts of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

 

8.12 Costs of Disputes. Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement, the non-prevailing Party in any dispute arising hereunder shall bear and pay the costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the prevailing Party or Parties in connection with resolving such dispute.

 

14
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have entered into this Agreement of the Effective Date.

 

  PARTNERSHIP:
   
 

STRAWBERRY FIELDS REALTY LP, a

Delaware limited partnership

   
  By: Strawberry Fields REIT, Inc., a Maryland corporation, its general partner

     
  By: /s/ Moishe Gubin
  Name: Moishe Gubin
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

  REIT:
   
 

STRAWBERRY FIELDS REIT, INC., a

Maryland corporation

             

  By: /s/ Moishe Gubin
  Name: Moishe Gubin
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

  CONTRIBUTOR:
   
 

STRAWBERRY FIELDS REIT, LLC, an Indiana

limited liability company

                               

  By: /s/ Moishe Gubin
  Name: Moishe Gubin
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

15
 

 

Schedule 1

 

Entity; Gain Limitation Property; Section 704(c) Value; Protected Gain

 

Entities 

Gain Limitation

Property

 

Section

704(c) Value

($’000)

  

Protected

Gain ($’000)

 
326 Lindley Lane, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   7,700    4,285 
552 Golf Links Road, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   9,800    5,449 
2821 West Dixon Road, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   11,400    6,437 
Arkansas Loan Acquisition, LLC  Mortgage loan        0 
Strawberry Fields Management Services, LLC  No assets        0 
Master Tenant LLC  No assets        0 
Master Tenant II, LLC  No assets        0 
Master Tenant III LLC  No assets        0 
LM Master Tenant, LLC  No assets        0 
Strawberry Fields REIT, LTD 

Holding Company –

Owns all entities from 11-93

        0 
1015 Magazine Street, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   8,010    2,211 
1020 West Vine St Realty, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   12,863    7,676 
1033 North Highway 11, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   9,100    2,622 
107 South Lincoln Street LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   2,300    -658 
1101 Glendale Boulevard LLC  Seller note        0 
1123 Rockdale Avenue, LLC  No Assets        0 
115 Woodlawn Drive, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   13,600    4,502 
1155 Eastern Parkway, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   21,760    4,033 
120 Life Care Way, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   8,500    2,445 
12803 Lenover Street Realty, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   16,940    11,601 
1316 North Tibbs Avenue Realty, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   7,150    5,177 
1350 North Todd St, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   9,511    6,843 
140 Technology Lane, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   10,480    1,807 
146 Buck Creek Road, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   9,980    4,351 
1513 S. Dixieland Road, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   7,100    3,630 
1516 Cumberland Street, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   7,750    3,965 
1585 Perry Worth Road, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   1,800    1,071 
1600 East Liberty Street Realty, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   21,812    11,680 
1601 Hospital Dr Realty, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   11,538    -1,095 
1621 Coit Road Realty, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   11,200    2,071 
1623 West Delmar Ave, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   2,600    596 
1712 Leland Drive Realty, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   5,992    838 

 

16
 

 

202 Enon Springs East, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   11,350    4,271 
203 Bruce Court, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   5,400    162 
2055 Heritage Dr Realty, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   11,601    7,319 
2301 North Oregon Realty, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   16,100    6,102 
2400 Chateau Drive Realty, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   11,249    8,147 
2501 John Ashley Drive, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   9,050    4,635 
2501 River Road, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   9,980    4,290 
253 Bradington Drive, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   5,000    2,596 
308 West Maple Avenue, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   8,360    1,769 
3090 Five Points Hartford Road Realty, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   2,100    1,255 
3121 Glanzman Road Realty, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   3,300    1,095 
3523 Wickenhauser, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   6,550    6,535 
3895 Keystone Ave Realty, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   11,203    -111 
393 Edwardsville Road LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   6,100    3,062 
405 Rio Vista Lane Realty, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   10,115    3,259 
414 Massey Avenue, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   2,050    1,039 
4250 Sodom Hutchings Road Realty, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   1,950    1,424 
4343 Kennedy Drive, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   4,000    113 
4586 Acushnet Avenue, LLC  No assets        0 
516 West Frech St, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   4,950    3,997 
5301 Wheeler Avenue, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   7,550    3,859 
5601 Plum Creek Drive Realty, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   5,200    4,200 
5720 West Markham Street, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   9,950    4,494 
620 West Strub Road Realty, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   1,950    -402 
704th 5th Avenue East, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   8,230    3,817 
706 Oak Grove Street, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   6,300    3,239 
727 North 17th Street, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   7,300    7,284 
761 Highland Avenue, LLC  No assets        0 
8200 National Ave Realty, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   15,600    7,360 
826 North Street, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   6,100    3,134 
835 Union Street, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   11,980    3,491 
8701 Riley Dr., LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   9,050    4,635 
9 Pope Street, LLC  No assets        0 
900 Gagel Avenue, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   10,270    7,109 
907 Center Street, LLC  No assets        0 
911 South 3rd St Realty, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   4,520    948 
9209 Dollarway Road, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   8,750    2,629 
9300 Ballard Road, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   14,000    174 
945 West Russell Street, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   9,100    2,529 
950 Cross Ave Realty, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   11,021    1,635 
958 East Highway 46 Realty, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   8,778    4,798 

 

17
 

 

Ambassador Nursing Realty, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   14,200    10,963 
Belhaven Realty, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   24,200    19,123 
Continental Realty, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   13,350    9,457 
Forest View Nursing Realty, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   15,700    12,043 
Lincoln Park Holdings, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   10,700    3,440 
Midway Neurological and Rehab Realty, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   37,900    31,705 
Momence Meadows Realty, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   7,500    5,400 
Niles Nursing Realty, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   29,900    16,720 
Oak Lawn Nursing Realty, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   5,800    4,008 
Parkshore Estates Nursing Realty, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   29,800    11,678 
Southern Illinois Healthcare Realty, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   6,300    2,422 
The Big H2O, LLC  Owns lease rights   6,870    6,097 
TX/OK Funding, LLC  No assets        0 
West Suburban Nursing Realty, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   24,600    18,656 
Westshire Realty, LLC  Skilled Nursing Facility   23,400    8,965 

 

18

 

 

Exhibit 10.7

 

STRAWBERRY FIELDS REIT, INC.

 

2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
     
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS 1
       
  1.01. Affiliate 1
       
  1.02. Agreement 1
       
  1.03. Board 1
       
  1.04. Change in Control 1
       
  1.05. Code 2
       
  1.06. Committee 2
       
  1.07. Common Stock 2
       
  1.08. Company 2
       
  1.09. Control Change Date 2
       
  1.10. Corresponding SAR 2
       
  1.11. Dividend Equivalent Right 2
       
  1.12. Exchange Act 2
       
  1.13. Fair Market Value 3
       
  1.14. Incentive Award 3
       
  1.15. Initial Value 3
       
  1.16. Non-Employee Director 3
       
  1.17. Operating Partnership 3
       
  1.18. Option 3
       
  1.19. Other Equity-Based Award 3
       
  1.20. Participant 3
       
  1.21. Performance Goal 4
       
  1.22. Performance Units 4
       
  1.23. Plan 4
       
  1.24. SAR 4
       
  1.25. Stock Award 4
       
  1.26. Ten Percent Stockholder 4
       
ARTICLE II PURPOSES 4
       
ARTICLE III ADMINISTRATION 5
       
ARTICLE IV ELIGIBILITY 5
       
ARTICLE V COMMON STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN 6
       
  5.01. Common Stock Issued 6
       
  5.02. Aggregate Limit 6
       
  5.03. Non-Employee Director Grant Limit 6
       
  5.04. Reallocation of Shares 6

 

-i-

 

 

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

ARTICLE VI OPTIONS 6
       
  6.01. Award 6
       
  6.02. Option Price 7
       
  6.03. Maximum Option Period 7
       
  6.04. Nontransferability 7
       
  6.05. Transferable Options 7
       
  6.06. Employee Status 7
       
  6.07. Exercise 8
       
  6.08. Payment 8
       
  6.09. Stockholder Rights 8
       
  6.10. Disposition of Shares 8
       
ARTICLE VII SARS 8
       
  7.01. Award 8
       
  7.02. Maximum SAR Period 8
       
  7.03. Nontransferability 8
       
  7.04. Transferable SARs 9
       
  7.05. Exercise 9
       
  7.06. Employee Status 9
       
  7.07. Settlement 9
       
  7.08. Stockholder Rights 9
       
  7.09. No Reduction of Initial Value 9
       
ARTICLE VIII STOCK AWARDS 10
       
  8.01. Award 10
       
  8.02. Vesting 10
       
  8.03. Employee Status 10
       
  8.04. Stockholder Rights 10
       
ARTICLE IX PERFORMANCE UNIT AWARDS 10
       
  9.01. Award 10
       
  9.02. Earning the Award 11
       
  9.03. Payment 11
       
  9.04. Stockholder Rights 11
       
  9.05. Nontransferability 11
       
  9.06. Transferable Performance Units 11
       
  9.07. Employee Status 11

 

-ii-

 

 

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

ARTICLE X OTHER EQUITY–BASED AWARDS 12
       
  10.01. Award 12
       
  10.02. Terms and Conditions 12
       
  10.03. Payment or Settlement 12
       
  10.04. Employee Status 12
       
  10.05. Stockholder Rights 12
       
ARTICLE XI INCENTIVE AWARDS 12
       
  11.01. Award 12
       
  11.02. Terms and Conditions 12
       
  11.03. Nontransferability 13
       
  11.04. Employee Status 13
       
  11.05. Settlement 13
       
  11.06. Stockholder Rights 13
       
ARTICLE XII ADJUSTMENT UPON CHANGE IN COMMON STOCK 13
     
ARTICLE XIII COMPLIANCE WITH LAW AND APPROVAL OF REGULATORY BODIES 14
     
ARTICLE XIV GENERAL PROVISIONS 14
       
  14.01. Effect on Employment and Service 14
       
  14.02. Unfunded Plan 14
       
  14.03. Rules of Construction 14
       
  14.04. Section 409A Compliance 14
       
  14.05. Withholding Taxes 15
       
  14.06. Return of Awards; Repayment 15
       
  14.07. Governing Law 15
       
  14.08. Indemnification 15
       
ARTICLE XV CHANGE IN CONTROL 16
       
  15.01. Impact of Change in Control. 16
       
  15.02. Assumption Upon Change in Control. 16
       
  15.03. Cash-Out Upon Change in Control. 16
       
  15.04. Limitation of Benefits 16
       
ARTICLE XVI AMENDMENT 17
     
ARTICLE XVII DURATION OF PLAN 17
     
ARTICLE XVIII EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN 17

 

-iii-

 

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

 

1.01. Affiliate

 

“Affiliate” means any entity, whether now or hereafter existing, which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company (including, but not limited to, joint ventures, limited liability companies and partnerships). For this purpose, the term “control” shall mean ownership of 50% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of shares or interests in the entity, or the power to direct the management and policies of the entity, by contract or otherwise.

 

1.02. Agreement

 

“Agreement” means a written agreement (including any amendment or supplement thereto) between the Company and a Participant specifying the terms and conditions of a Stock Award, an Incentive Award, an award of Performance Units, an Option, SAR or Other Equity-Based Award granted to such Participant.

 

1.03. Board

 

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

1.04. Change in Control

 

“Change in Control” shall mean a change in control of the Company which will be deemed to have occurred after the date hereof if:

 

(a) any “person” as such term is used in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof except that such term shall not include (A) the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (B) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its affiliates, (C) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, (D) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company’s common stock, or (E) any person or group as used in Rule 13d-1(b) under the Exchange Act, is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing at least 50% of the combined voting power or common stock of the Company;

 

(b) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than (A) a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in clause (1), (3), or (4) of this Section 1.04 or (B) a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Company) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof;

 

(c) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Company or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof) in combination with the ownership of any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, more than 50% of the combined voting power and common stock of the Company or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or

 

 

 

 

(d) there is consummated a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (or any transaction having a similar effect, including a liquidation) other than a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to an entity, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power and common stock of which is owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the common stock of the Company immediately prior to such sale.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an award under this Plan constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, no payment shall be made under such award on account of a Change in Control unless the occurrence of one or more of the preceding events also constitutes a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets, all as determined in accordance with the regulations under Section 409A of the Code.

 

1.05. Code

 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and any amendments thereto.

 

1.06. Committee

 

“Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board; provided, however, that if there is no Compensation Committee, then “Committee” means the Board; and provided, further that with respect to awards made to a Non-Employee Director, “Committee” means the Board.

 

1.07. Common Stock

 

“Common Stock” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

 

1.08. Company

 

“Company” means Strawberry Fields REIT, Inc., a Maryland corporation.

 

1.09. Control Change Date

 

“Control Change Date” means the date on which a Change in Control occurs. If a Change in Control occurs on account of a series of transactions, the “Control Change Date” is the date of the last of such transactions.

 

1.10. Corresponding SAR

 

“Corresponding SAR” means a SAR that is granted in relation to a particular Option and that can be exercised only upon the surrender to the Company, unexercised, of that portion of the Option to which the SAR relates.

 

1.11. Dividend Equivalent Right

 

“Dividend Equivalent Right” means the right, subject to the terms and conditions prescribed by the Committee, of a Participant to receive (or have credited) cash, shares or other property in amounts equivalent to the cash, shares or other property dividends declared on shares of Common Stock with respect to specified Performance Units or Common Shares subject to an Other Equity-Based Award, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion. The Committee shall provide that Dividend Equivalent Rights (if any) payable with respect to any award that does not vest or become exercisable solely on account of continued employment or service shall be distributed only when, and to the extent that, the underlying award is vested and also may provide that Dividend Equivalent Rights (if any) shall be deemed to have been reinvested in additional shares of Common Stock or otherwise reinvested.

 

1.12. Exchange Act

 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

2

 

 

1.13. Fair Market Value

 

“Fair Market Value” means, on any given date, the reported “closing” price of a share of Common Stock on the Nasdaq Stock Exchange. If, on any given date, the Common Stock is not listed for trading on the Nasdaq Stock Exchange, then Fair Market Value shall be the “closing” price of a share of Common Stock on such other exchange on which the Common Stock is listed for trading or, if the Common Stock is not listed on any exchange, the amount determined by the Committee using any reasonable method in good faith and in accordance with the regulations under Section 409A of the Code.

 

1.14. Incentive Award

 

“Incentive Award” means an award under Article XI which, subject to the terms and conditions prescribed by the Committee, entitles the Participant to receive a payment from the Company or an Affiliate.

 

1.15. Initial Value

 

“Initial Value” means, with respect to a Corresponding SAR, the option price per share of the related Option and, with respect to a SAR granted independently of an Option, the price per share of Common Stock as determined by the Committee on the date of grant; provided, however, that the price shall not be less than the Fair Market Value on the date of grant.

 

1.16. Non-Employee Director

 

“Non-Employee Director” means a member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or an Affiliate.

 

1.17. Operating Partnership

 

“Operating Partnership” means Strawberry Fields Realty LP.

 

1.18. Option

 

“Option” means a share option that entitles the holder to purchase from the Company a stated number of shares of Common Stock at the price set forth in an Agreement.

 

1.19. Other Equity-Based Award

 

“Other Equity-Based Award” means any award other than an Option, SAR, Incentive Award, a Performance Unit award or a Stock Award which, subject to such terms and conditions as may be prescribed by the Committee, entitles a Participant to receive shares of Common Stock or rights or units valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, shares of Common Stock (including securities convertible into Common Stock) or other equity interests.

 

1.20. Participant

 

“Participant” means an employee or officer of the Company or an Affiliate, a member of the Board, or an individual who provides significant services to the Company or an Affiliate (including an individual who provides services to the Company or an Affiliate by virtue of employment with, or providing services to, the Operating Partnership), and who satisfies the requirements of Article IV and, in accordance with the terms of the Plan, is selected by the Committee to receive an award of Performance Units, a Stock Award, an Incentive Award, Option, SAR, Other Equity-Based Award or a combination thereof.

 

3

 

 

1.21. Performance Goal

 

“Performance Goal” means a performance objective that is stated with respect to one or more of the following, alone or in combination: funds from operations; adjusted funds from operations; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”); adjusted EBITDA; return on capital assets, development, investment or equity; total earnings; revenues or sales; earnings per share of Common Stock; return on capital; Fair Market Value; total stockholder return; cash flow; acquisitions or strategic transactions; operating income (loss); gross or net profit levels; productivity; expenses; margins; operating efficiency; working capital; portfolio or regional occupancy rates; or performance or yield on development or redevelopment activities, same store NOI growth, balance sheet metrics such as leverage ratio, debt/EBITDA, and fixed charge coverage.

 

A Performance Goal may be expressed on an absolute basis or relative to the performance of one or more peer companies or a published index. When establishing Performance Goals, the Committee may exclude any or all special, unusual or extraordinary items as determined under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, including, without limitation, the charges or costs associated with restructurings of the Company, discontinued operations, other unusual or non-recurring items and the cumulative effects of accounting changes.

 

1.22. Performance Units

 

“Performance Units” means an award, in the amount determined by the Committee, stated with reference to a specified number of shares of Common Stock or other securities or property, that in accordance with the terms of an Agreement entitles the holder to receive a payment for each specified unit equal to the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of payment.

 

1.23. Plan

 

“Plan” means this Strawberry Fields REIT, Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

1.24. SAR

 

“SAR” means a stock appreciation right that in accordance with the terms of an Agreement entitles the holder to receive, with respect to each share of Common Stock encompassed by the exercise of the SAR, the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value at the time of exercise over the Initial Value. References to “SARs” include both Corresponding SARs and SARs granted independently of Options, unless the context requires otherwise.

 

1.25. Stock Award

 

“Stock Award” means shares of Common Stock awarded to a Participant under Article VIII.

 

1.26. Ten Percent Stockholder

 

“Ten Percent Stockholder” means any individual owning more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares of the Company or of a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” (as such terms are defined in Section 424 of the Code) of the Company. An individual shall be considered to own any voting shares owned (directly or indirectly) by or for his or her brothers, sisters, spouse, ancestors or lineal descendants and shall be considered to own proportionately any voting shares owned (directly or indirectly) by or for a corporation, partnership, estate or trust of which such individual is a stockholder, partner or beneficiary.

 

ARTICLE II

PURPOSES

 

The Plan is intended to assist the Company and its Affiliates in recruiting and retaining individuals and other service providers with ability and initiative by enabling such persons to participate in the future success of the Company and its Affiliates and to associate their interests with those of the Company and its stockholders. The Plan is intended to permit the grant of both Options qualifying under Section 422 of the Code (“incentive stock options”) and Options not so qualifying, and the grant of SARs, Stock Awards, Incentive Awards, Performance Units, and Other Equity-Based Awards in accordance with the Plan and any procedures that may be established by the Committee. No Option that is intended to be an incentive stock option shall be invalid for failure to qualify as an incentive stock option. The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of Common Stock pursuant to this Plan shall be used for general corporate purposes.

 

4

 

 

ARTICLE III

ADMINISTRATION

 

The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have authority to grant SARs, Stock Awards, Incentive Awards, Performance Units, Options and Other Equity-Based Awards upon such terms (not inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan), as the Committee may consider appropriate. Such terms may include conditions (in addition to those contained in this Plan), on the exercisability of all or any part of an Option or SAR or on the transferability or forfeitability of a Stock Award, an Incentive Award, an award of Performance Units or an Other Equity-Based Award. Notwithstanding any such conditions, the Committee may, in its discretion, accelerate the time at which any Option or SAR may be exercised, or the time at which a Stock Award, an Incentive Award or Other Equity-Based Award may become transferable or nonforfeitable or the time at which an Other Equity-Based Award, an Incentive Award or an award of Performance Units may be settled. In addition, the Committee shall have complete authority to interpret all provisions of this Plan; to prescribe the form of Agreements; to adopt, amend, and rescind rules and regulations pertaining to the administration of the Plan (including rules and regulations that require or allow Participants to defer the payment of benefits under the Plan); and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of this Plan. Additionally, the Committee shall have the sole authority to amend the terms of any outstanding award, including the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercise period of Options and to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations by electing to have the Company withhold from the shares of Common Stock or cash to be issued upon exercise or vesting of an award the number of shares of Common Stock or cash having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld up to the maximum individual income tax rate in the applicable jurisdiction. Committee’s determinations under the Plan (including without limitation, determinations of the individuals to receive awards under the Plan, the form, amount and timing of such awards, the terms and provisions of such awards and the Agreements) need not be uniform and may be made by the Committee selectively among individuals who receive, or are eligible to receive, awards under the Plan, whether or not such persons are similarly situated. The express grant in the Plan of any specific power to the Committee shall not be construed as limiting any power or authority of the Committee. Any decision made, or action taken, by the Committee in connection with the administration of this Plan shall be final and conclusive. The members of the Committee shall not be liable for any act done in good faith with respect to this Plan or any Agreement, Option, SAR, Stock Award, Incentive Award, Other Equity-Based Award or award of Performance Units. All expenses of administering this Plan shall be borne by the Company.

 

The Committee, in its discretion, may delegate to a designated officer of the Company all or part of the Committee’s authority and duties with respect to grants and awards to individuals who are not subject to the reporting and other provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. The Committee may revoke or amend the terms of a delegation at any time but such action shall not invalidate any prior actions of the Committee’s delegate that were consistent with the terms of the Plan and the Committee’s prior delegation. References to the “Committee” in the Plan include the Committee’s delegate to the extent consistent with the Committee’s delegation.

 

ARTICLE IV

ELIGIBILITY

 

Any employee of the Company or an Affiliate (including a trade or business that becomes an Affiliate after the adoption of this Plan) and any member of the Board is eligible to participate in this Plan; provided that Incentive Awards may not be granted to a Non-Employee Director. In addition, any other individual who provides significant services to the Company or an Affiliate (including an individual who provides services to the Company or an Affiliate by virtue of employment with, or providing services to, the Operating Partnership) is eligible to participate in this Plan if the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines that the participation of such individual is in the best interest of the Company. The Committee may also grant Options, SARs, Stock Awards, Incentive Awards, Performance Units and Other Equity-Based Awards to an individual as an inducement to such individual becoming eligible to participate in the Plan and prior to the date that the individual first performs services for the Company, an Affiliate or the Operating Partnership, provided that such awards will not become vested or exercisable, and no shares of Common Stock shall be issued or other payment made to such individual with respect to such awards prior to the date the individual first performs services for the Company, an Affiliate or the Operating Partnership.

 

5

 

 

ARTICLE V

COMMON STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN

 

5.01. Common Stock Issued

 

Upon the award of Common Stock pursuant to a Stock Award, an Other Equity-Based Award or in settlement of an award of Performance Units or Incentive Award, the Company may deliver to the Participant shares of Common Stock from its treasury shares or authorized but unissued Common Stock. Upon the exercise of any Option, SAR or Other Equity-Based Award denominated in shares of Common Stock, the Company may deliver to the Participant (or the Participant’s broker if the Participant so directs), shares of Common Stock from its treasury shares or authorized but unissued Common Stock.

 

5.02. Aggregate Limit

 

(a) The maximum aggregate number of Common Shares that may be issued under this Plan pursuant to the exercise of Options and SARs, the grant of Stock Awards or Other Equity-Based Awards and the settlement of Performance Units and Incentive Awards is 250,000 shares, all of which may be subject to incentive stock option treatment.

 

(b) The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under this Plan in accordance with Section 5.02(a) shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Article XII.

 

(c) The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued upon the exercise of Options that are incentive stock options or Corresponding SARs that are related to incentive stock options shall be determined in accordance with Sections 5.02(a) and 5.02(b).

 

5.03. Non-Employee Director Grant Limit

 

A Non-Employee Director may not be granted Options, SARs, Stock Awards, Performance Units and Other Equity-Based Awards in any calendar year with respect to that number of shares of Common Stock that has a Fair Market Value on the date of the award in excess of $500,000. For purposes of this Section 5.03, the value of an Option or a SAR will be the fair market value of such award on the date of grant as determined by the Committee using a Black-Scholes option pricing model or any other reasonable valuation method approved by the Committee. For purposes of this Section 5.03, an award of an Option and Corresponding SAR shall be treated as a single award.

 

5.04. Reallocation of Shares

 

If any award or grant under the Plan expires, is forfeited or is terminated without having been exercised or is paid in cash without delivery of shares of Common Stock, then any shares of Common Stock covered by such lapsed, cancelled, expired, unexercised or cash-settled portion of such award or grant shall be available for the grant of other Options, SARs, Stock Awards, Other Equity-Based Awards and settlement of Performance Units and Incentive Awards under this Plan. Any shares of Common Stock tendered or withheld to satisfy the grant or exercise price or tax withholding obligation pursuant to any award shall be available for future grants or awards.

 

6

 

 

ARTICLE VI

OPTIONS

 

6.01. Award

 

In accordance with the provisions of Article IV, the Committee will designate each individual to whom an Option is to be granted and, subject to Section 5.03, will specify the number of shares of Common Stock covered by such awards. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Options that are intended to be incentive stock options may be granted only to persons who are, as of the date of grant, common-law employees of the Company or a subsidiary (as such term is defined in Code Sections 424(e) and (f)).

 

6.02. Option Price

 

The price per share of Common Stock purchased on the exercise of an Option shall be determined by the Committee on the date of grant, but shall not be less than the Fair Market Value on the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the price per share of Common Stock purchased on the exercise of any Option that is an incentive stock option granted to an individual who is a Ten Percent Stockholder on the date such option is granted, shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value on the date the Option is granted. Except as provided in Article XII, the price per share of an outstanding Option may not be reduced (by amendment, cancellation and new grant or otherwise) without the approval of stockholders. In addition, without the approval of stockholders, no payment shall be made in cancellation of an Option if, on the date of cancellation, the option price per share exceeds Fair Market Value.

 

6.03. Maximum Option Period

 

The maximum period in which an Option may be exercised shall be determined by the Committee on the date of grant except that no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date such Option was granted. In the case of an incentive stock option granted to a Participant who is a Ten Percent Stockholder on the date of grant, such Option shall not be exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant. The terms of any Option may provide that it is exercisable for a period less than such maximum period.

 

6.04. Nontransferability

 

Except as provided in Section 6.05, each Option granted under this Plan shall be nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. In the event of any transfer of an Option (by the Participant or his transferee), the Option and any Corresponding SAR that relates to such Option must be transferred to the same person or persons or entity or entities. Except as provided in Section 6.05, during the lifetime of the Participant to whom the Option is granted, the Option may be exercised only by the Participant. No right or interest of a Participant in any Option shall be liable for, or subject to, any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant.

 

6.05. Transferable Options

 

Section 6.04 to the contrary notwithstanding, if the Agreement provides, an Option that is not an incentive stock option may be transferred by a Participant to the Participant’s children, grandchildren, spouse, one or more trusts for the benefit of such family members or a partnership in which such family members are the only partners, on such terms and conditions as may be permitted under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act as in effect from time to time. The holder of an Option transferred pursuant to this Section shall be bound by the same terms and conditions that governed the Option during the period that it was held by the Participant; provided, however, that such transferee may not transfer the Option except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. In the event of any transfer of an Option (by the Participant or his transferee), the Option and any Corresponding SAR that relates to such Option must be transferred to the same person or persons or entity or entities.

 

6.06. Employee Status

 

For purposes of determining the applicability of Section 422 of the Code (relating to incentive stock options), or in the event that the terms of any Option provide that it may be exercised only during employment or continued service or within a specified period of time after termination of employment or continued service, the Committee may decide to what extent leaves of absence for governmental or military service, illness, temporary disability, or other reasons shall not be deemed interruptions of continuous employment or service.

 

7

 

 

6.07. Exercise

 

Subject to the provisions of this Plan and the applicable Agreement, an Option may be exercised in whole at any time or in part from time to time at such times and in compliance with such requirements as the Committee shall determine; provided, however, that incentive stock options (granted under the Plan and all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) may not be first exercisable in a calendar year for Common Shares having a Fair Market Value (determined as of the date an Option is granted) exceeding $100,000. An Option granted under this Plan may be exercised with respect to any number of whole shares less than the full number for which the Option could be exercised. A partial exercise of an Option shall not affect the right to exercise the Option from time to time in accordance with this Plan and the applicable Agreement with respect to the remaining shares subject to the Option. The exercise of an Option shall result in the termination of any Corresponding SAR to the extent of the number of shares with respect to which the Option is exercised.

 

6.08. Payment

 

Subject to rules established by the Committee and unless otherwise provided in an Agreement, payment of all or part of the Option price may be made in cash, certified check, by tendering shares of Common Stock or by attestation of ownership of shares of Common Stock or by a broker-assisted cashless exercise. If shares of Common Stock are used to pay all or part of the Option price, the sum of the cash and cash equivalent and the Fair Market Value (determined on the date of exercise) of the shares surrendered must not be less than the Option price of the shares for which the Option is being exercised.

 

6.09. Stockholder Rights

 

No Participant shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to an Option until the date of exercise of such Option.

 

6.10. Disposition of Shares

 

A Participant shall notify the Company of any sale or other disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option that was an incentive stock option if such sale or disposition occurs (i) within two years of the grant of an Option or (ii) within one year of the issuance of the shares of Common Stock to the Participant. Such notice shall be in writing and directed to the Secretary of the Company.

 

ARTICLE VII

SARS

 

7.01. Award

 

In accordance with the provisions of Article IV, the Committee will designate each individual to whom SARs are to be granted and will, subject to Section 5.03, specify the number of shares of Common Stock covered by such awards.

 

7.02. Maximum SAR Period

 

The term of each SAR shall be determined by the Committee on the date of grant, except that no SAR shall have a term of more than ten years from the date of grant. In the case of a Corresponding SAR that is related to an incentive stock option granted to a Participant who is a Ten Percent Stockholder on the date of grant, such Corresponding SAR shall not be exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant. The terms of any SAR may provide that it has a term that is less than such maximum period.

 

7.03. Nontransferability

 

Except as provided in Section 7.04, each SAR granted under this Plan shall be nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. In the event of any such transfer, a Corresponding SAR and the related Option must be transferred to the same person or persons or entity or entities. Except as provided in Section 7.04, during the lifetime of the Participant to whom the SAR is granted, the SAR may be exercised only by the Participant. No right or interest of a Participant in any SAR shall be liable for, or subject to, any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant.

 

8

 

 

7.04. Transferable SARs

 

Section 7.03 to the contrary notwithstanding, if the Agreement provides, a SAR, other than a Corresponding SAR that is related to an incentive stock option, may be transferred by a Participant to the Participant’s children, grandchildren, spouse, one or more trusts for the benefit of such family members or a partnership in which such family members are the only partners, on such terms and conditions as may be permitted under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act as in effect from time to time. The holder of a SAR transferred pursuant to this Section shall be bound by the same terms and conditions that governed the SAR during the period that it was held by the Participant; provided, however, that such transferee may not transfer the SAR except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. In the event of any transfer of a Corresponding SAR (by the Participant or his transferee), the Corresponding SAR and the related Option must be transferred to the same person or person or entity or entities.

 

7.05. Exercise

 

Subject to the provisions of this Plan and the applicable Agreement, a SAR may be exercised in whole at any time or in part from time to time at such times and in compliance with such requirements as the Committee shall determine; provided, however, that a Corresponding SAR that is related to an incentive stock option may be exercised only to the extent that the related Option is exercisable and only when the Fair Market Value exceeds the option price of the related Option. A SAR granted under this Plan may be exercised with respect to any number of whole shares less than the full number for which the SAR could be exercised. A partial exercise of a SAR shall not affect the right to exercise the SAR from time to time in accordance with this Plan and the applicable Agreement with respect to the remaining shares subject to the SAR. The exercise of a Corresponding SAR shall result in the termination of the related Option to the extent of the number of shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised.

 

7.06. Employee Status

 

If the terms of any SAR provide that it may be exercised only during employment or continued service or within a specified period of time after termination of employment or continued service, the Committee may decide to what extent leaves of absence for governmental or military service, illness, temporary disability or other reasons shall not be deemed interruptions of continuous employment or service.

 

7.07. Settlement

 

At the Committee’s discretion, the amount payable as a result of the exercise of a SAR may be settled in cash, Common Stock, or a combination of cash and Common Stock. No fractional share will be deliverable upon the exercise of a SAR but a cash payment will be made in lieu thereof.

 

7.08. Stockholder Rights

 

No Participant shall, as a result of receiving a SAR, have any rights as a stockholder of the Company or any Affiliate until the date that the SAR is exercised and then only to the extent that the SAR is settled by the issuance of Common Stock.

 

7.09. No Reduction of Initial Value

 

Except as provided in Article XII, the Initial Value of an outstanding SAR may not be reduced (by amendment, cancellation and new grant or otherwise) without the approval of stockholders. In addition, without the approval of stockholders, no payment shall be made in cancellation of a SAR if, on the date of cancellation, the Initial Value exceeds Fair Market Value.

 

9

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

STOCK AWARDS

 

8.01. Award

 

In accordance with the provisions of Article IV, the Committee will designate each individual to whom a Stock Award is to be made and will, subject to Section 5.03, specify the number of shares of Common Stock covered by such awards.

 

8.02. Vesting

 

The Committee, on the date of the award, may prescribe that a Participant’s rights in a Stock Award shall be forfeitable or otherwise restricted for a period of time or subject to such conditions as may be set forth in the Agreement. By way of example and not of limitation, the Committee may prescribe that a Participant’s rights in a Stock Award shall be subject to a requirement that the Participant complete a specified period of employment or service with the Company or an Affiliate or shall be forfeitable or otherwise restricted subject to the attainment of objectives stated with reference to the Company’s, an Affiliate’s or a business unit’s attainment of objectives stated with respect to performance criteria established by the Committee, including the attainment of objectives stated with respect to one or more Performance Goals.

 

8.03. Employee Status

 

In the event that the terms of any Stock Award provide that shares may become transferable and nonforfeitable thereunder only after completion of a specified period of employment or continuous service, the Committee may decide in each case to what extent leaves of absence for governmental or military service, illness, temporary disability, or other reasons shall not be deemed interruptions of continuous employment or service.

 

8.04. Stockholder Rights

 

Unless otherwise specified in accordance with the applicable Agreement, while the shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Stock Award may be forfeited or are nontransferable, a Participant will have all rights of a stockholder with respect to a Stock Award, including the right to receive dividends and vote the shares; provided, however, that dividends payable on shares of Common Stock subject to a Stock Award that does not become nonforfeitable and transferable solely on account of continued employment or service, shall be distributed only when, and to the extent that, the underlying Stock Award is nonforfeitable and transferable and the Committee may provide that such dividends shall be deemed to have been reinvested in additional shares of Common Stock. During the period that the shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Stock Award may be forfeited or are nontransferable (i) a Participant may not sell, transfer, pledge, exchange, hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of shares granted pursuant to a Stock Award, (ii) the Company shall retain custody of any certificates evidencing shares granted pursuant to a Stock Award, and (iii) the Participant will deliver to the Company a stock power, endorsed in blank, with respect to each Stock Award. The limitations set forth in the preceding sentence shall not apply after the shares granted under the Stock Award are transferable and are no longer forfeitable.

 

ARTICLE IX

PERFORMANCE UNIT AWARDS

 

9.01. Award

 

In accordance with the provisions of Article IV, the Committee will designate each individual to whom an award of Performance Units is to be made and will, subject to Section 5.03, specify the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities or property covered by such awards. The Committee also will specify whether Dividend Equivalent Rights are granted in conjunction with the Performance Units.

 

10

 

 

9.02. Earning the Award

 

The Committee, on the date of the grant of an award, may prescribe that the Performance Units will be earned, and the Participant will be entitled to receive payment pursuant to the award of Performance Units, upon the satisfaction of certain conditions. By way of example, and not of limitation, the Committee may prescribe that payment of an award of Performance Units will be subject to a requirement that the Participant complete a specified period of employment or service with the Company or an Affiliate or the attainment of objectives stated with reference to the Company’s, an Affiliate’s or a business unit’s attainment of objectives stated with respect to performance criteria established by the Committee, including the attainment of objectives stated with respect to one or more Performance Goals.

 

9.03. Payment

 

In the discretion of the Committee, the amount payable when an award of Performance Units is earned may be settled in cash, by the issuance of Common Stock, by the delivery of other securities or property or a combination thereof. A fractional share of Common Stock shall not be deliverable when an award of Performance Units is earned, but a cash payment will be made in lieu thereof. The amount payable when an award of Performance Units is earned shall be paid in a lump sum.

 

9.04. Stockholder Rights

 

A Participant, as a result of receiving an award of Performance Units, shall not have any rights as a stockholder until, and then only to the extent that, the award of Performance Units is earned and settled in shares of Common Stock. After an award of Performance Units is earned and settled in shares of Common Stock, a Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder as described in Section 8.04.

 

9.05. Nontransferability

 

Except as provided in Section 9.06, Performance Units granted under this Plan shall be nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. No right or interest of a Participant in any Performance Units shall be liable for, or subject to, any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant.

 

9.06. Transferable Performance Units

 

Section 9.05 to the contrary notwithstanding, if the Agreement provides, an award of Performance Units may be transferred by a Participant to the Participant’s children, grandchildren, spouse, one or more trusts for the benefit of such family members or a partnership in which such family members are the only partners, on such terms and conditions as may be permitted under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act as in effect from time to time. The holder of Performance Units transferred pursuant to this Section shall be bound by the same terms and conditions that governed the Performance Units during the period that they were held by the Participant; provided, however that such transferee may not transfer Performance Units except by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

9.07. Employee Status

 

In the event that the terms of any Performance Unit award provide that no payment will be made unless the Participant completes a stated period of employment or continued service, the Committee may decide to what extent leaves of absence for government or military service, illness, temporary disability, or other reasons shall not be deemed interruptions of continuous employment or service.

 

11

 

 

ARTICLE X

OTHER EQUITY–BASED AWARDS

 

10.01. Award

 

In accordance with the provisions of Article IV, the Committee will designate each individual to whom an Other Equity-Based Award is to be made and will, subject to Section 5.03, specify the number of shares of Common Stock or other equity interests covered by such awards. The Committee also will specify whether Dividend Equivalent Rights are granted in conjunction with the Other Equity-Based Award.

 

10.02. Terms and Conditions

 

The Committee, at the time an Other Equity-Based Award is made, shall specify the terms and conditions which govern the award. The terms and conditions of an Other Equity-Based Award may prescribe that a Participant’s rights in the Other Equity-Based Award shall be forfeitable, nontransferable or otherwise restricted for a period of time or subject to such other conditions as may be determined by the Committee, in its discretion and set forth in the Agreement, including the attainment of objectives stated with respect to one or more Performance Goals. Other Equity-Based Awards may be granted to Participants, either alone or in addition to other awards granted under the Plan, and Other Equity-Based Awards may be granted in the settlement of other Awards granted under the Plan.

 

10.03. Payment or Settlement

 

Other Equity-Based Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, shares of Common Stock, shall be payable or settled in shares of Common Stock, cash or a combination of Common Stock and cash, as determined by the Committee in its discretion. Other Equity-Based Awards denominated as equity interests other than Common Stock may be paid or settled in shares or units of such equity interests or cash or a combination of both as determined by the Committee in its discretion.

 

10.04. Employee Status

 

If the terms of any Other Equity-Based Award provides that it may be earned or exercised only during employment or continued service or within a specified period of time after termination of employment or continued service, the Committee may decide to what extent leaves of absence for governmental or military service, illness, temporary disability or other reasons shall not be deemed interruptions of continuous employment or service.

 

10.05. Stockholder Rights

 

A Participant, as a result of receiving an Other Equity-Based Award, shall not have any rights as a stockholder until, and then only to the extent that, shares of Common Stock are issued under the Other Equity-Based Award.

 

ARTICLE XI

INCENTIVE AWARDS

 

11.01. Award

 

In accordance with the provisions of Article IV, the Committee will designate each individual to whom an Incentive Award is to be made and the amount payable under each Incentive Award. In accordance with Article IV and notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Incentive Awards may not be granted to a Non-Employee Director.

 

11.02. Terms and Conditions

 

The Committee, at the time an Incentive Award is made, shall specify the terms and conditions that govern the award. Such terms and conditions may prescribe that the Incentive Award shall be earned only to the extent that the Participant, the Company or an Affiliate, achieves objectives stated with reference to one or more performance measures or criteria prescribed by the Committee, including the attainment of objectives stated with respect to one or more Performance Goals. Such terms and conditions also may include other limitations on the payment of Incentive Awards including, by way of example and not of limitation, requirements that the Participant complete a specified period of employment or service with the Company or an Affiliate or that the Company, an Affiliate, as a prerequisite to payment under an Incentive Award.

 

12

 

 

11.03. Nontransferability

 

Incentive Awards granted under this Plan shall be nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. No right or interest of a Participant in an Incentive Award shall be liable for, or subject to, any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant.

 

11.04. Employee Status

 

If the terms of an Incentive Award provide that a payment will be made thereunder only if the Participant completes a stated period of employment or continued service the Committee may decide to what extent leaves of absence for governmental or military service, illness, temporary disability or other reasons shall not be deemed interruptions of continuous employment or service.

 

11.05. Settlement

 

An Incentive Award that is earned shall be settled with a single lump sum payment which may be in cash, shares of Common Stock or a combination of cash and Common Stock, as determined by the Committee.

 

11.06. Stockholder Rights

 

No participant shall, as a result of receiving an Incentive Award, have any rights as a stockholder of the Company or an Affiliate until the date that the Incentive Award is settled and then only to the extent that the Incentive Award is settled by the issuance of Common Stock.

 

ARTICLE XII

ADJUSTMENT UPON CHANGE IN COMMON STOCK

 

The maximum number of shares of Common Stock as to which Options, SARs, Performance Units, Stock Awards and Other Equity-Based Awards may be granted and the terms of outstanding Stock Awards, Options, SARs, Incentive Awards, Performance Units and Other Equity-Based Awards shall be adjusted as determined by the Board in the event that (i) the Company (a) effects one or more nonreciprocal transactions between the Company and its stockholders such as a share dividend, extra-ordinary cash dividend, share split-up, subdivision or consolidation of shares that affects the number of shares or kind of Common Stock (or other securities of the Company) or the Fair Market Value (or the value of other Company securities) and causes a change in the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to outstanding awards or (b) engages in a transaction to which Section 424 of the Code applies or (ii) there occurs any other event which, in the judgment of the Board necessitates such action. Any determination made under this Article XII by the Board shall be final and conclusive.

 

The issuance by the Company of shares of any class, or securities convertible into shares of any class, for cash or property, or for labor or services, either upon direct sale or upon the exercise of rights or warrants to subscribe therefor, or upon conversion of shares or obligations of the Company convertible into such shares or other securities, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the maximum number of shares as to which Options, SARs, Performance Units, Stock Awards and Other Equity-Based Awards may be granted or the terms of outstanding Stock Awards, Options, SARs, Incentive Awards, Performance Shares or Other Equity-Based Awards.

 

The Committee may grant Stock Awards, Options, SARs, Performance Units or Other Equity-Based Awards in substitution for performance shares, phantom shares, stock awards, stock options, stock appreciation rights, or similar awards held by an individual who becomes an employee of the Company or an Affiliate in connection with a transaction described in the first paragraph of this Article XII. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan (other than the limitation of Section 5.02), the terms of such substituted Stock Awards, SARs, Other Equity-Based Awards, Options or Performance Units shall be as the Committee, in its discretion, determines is appropriate.

 

13

 

 

ARTICLE XIII

COMPLIANCE WITH LAW AND APPROVAL OF REGULATORY BODIES

 

No Option or SAR shall be exercisable, no Common Stock shall be issued, no certificates for Common Stock shall be delivered, and no payment shall be made under this Plan except in compliance with all applicable federal and state laws and regulations (including, without limitation, withholding tax requirements), any listing agreement to which the Company is a party, and the rules of all domestic stock exchanges on which the Company’s shares may be listed. The Company shall have the right to rely on an opinion of its counsel as to such compliance. Any certificate issued to evidence Common Stock when a Stock Award is granted, a Performance Unit, Incentive Award or Other Equity-Based Award is settled or for which an Option or SAR is exercised may bear such legends and statements as the Committee may deem advisable to assure compliance with federal and state laws and regulations. No Option or SAR shall be exercisable, no Stock Award or Performance Unit shall be granted, no Common Stock shall be issued, no certificate for Common Stock shall be delivered, and no payment shall be made under this Plan until the Company has obtained such consent or approval as the Committee may deem advisable from regulatory bodies having jurisdiction over such matters.

 

ARTICLE XIV

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

14.01. Effect on Employment and Service

 

Neither the adoption of this Plan, its operation, nor any documents describing or referring to this Plan (or any part thereof), shall confer upon any individual any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or an Affiliate or in any way affect any right and power of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate the employment or service of any individual at any time with or without assigning a reason therefor.

 

14.02. Unfunded Plan

 

This Plan, insofar as it provides for grants, shall be unfunded, and the Company shall not be required to segregate any assets that may at any time be represented by grants under this Plan. Any liability of the Company to any person with respect to any grant under this Plan shall be based solely upon any contractual obligations that may be created pursuant to this Plan. No such obligation of the Company shall be deemed to be secured by any pledge of, or other encumbrance on, any property of the Company.

 

14.03. Rules of Construction

 

Headings are given to the articles and sections of this Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. The reference to any statute, regulation, or other provision of law shall be construed to refer to any amendment to or successor of such provision of law.

 

14.04. Section 409A Compliance

 

All awards made under this Plan are intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation sections 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12). This Plan and all Agreements shall be administered, interpreted and construed in a manner consistent with Section 409A. If any provision of this Plan or any Agreement is found not to comply with, or otherwise not be exempt from, the provisions of Section 409A, it shall be modified and given effect, in the sole discretion of the Committee and without requiring the Participant’s consent, in such manner as the Committee determines to be necessary or appropriate to comply with, or effectuate an exemption from, Section 409A. Each payment under an award granted under this Plan shall be treated as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A.

 

14

 

 

If a payment obligation under an award or an Agreement arises on account of the Participant’s termination of employment and such payment obligation constitutes “deferred compensation” (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(1), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation sections 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12)), it shall be payable only after the Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h)); provided, however, that if the Participant is a “specified employee” (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i)), any such payment that is scheduled to be paid within six months after such separation from service shall accrue without interest and shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month beginning after the date of the Participant’s separation from service or, if earlier, within fifteen days after the appointment of the personal representative or executor of the Participant’s estate following the Participant’s death.

 

14.05. Withholding Taxes

 

Each Participant shall be responsible for satisfying any income and employment tax withholding obligations attributable to participation in the Plan. Unless otherwise provided by the Agreement, any such withholding tax obligations may be satisfied in cash (including from any cash payable in settlement of an award of Performance Units, SARs, Incentive Awards or Other Equity-Based Award) or a cash equivalent acceptable to the Committee. Any statutory federal, state, district or city withholding tax obligations also may be satisfied (a) by surrendering to the Company shares of Common Stock previously acquired by the Participant; (b) by authorizing the Company to withhold or reduce the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Participant upon the exercise of an Option or SAR, the settlement of a Performance Unit award, Incentive Award or an Other Equity-Based Award (if applicable) or the grant or vesting of a Stock Award up to the maximum individual income tax rate in the applicable jurisdiction; or (c) by any other method as may be approved by the Committee. If Common Stock is used to pay all or part of such withholding tax obligation, the Fair Market Value of the shares surrendered, withheld or reduced shall be determined as of the day the tax liability arises.

 

14.06. Return of Awards; Repayment

 

Each Stock Award, Option, SAR, Performance Unit award, Incentive Award and Other Equity-Based Award granted under the Plan, as amended and restated herein, is subject to the condition that the Company may require that such award be returned and that any payment made with respect to such award must be repaid if such action is required under the terms of any Company “clawback” policy as in effect on the date that the payment was made, on the date the award was granted or, as applicable, the date the Option or SAR was exercised or the date the Stock Award, Performance Unit award or Other Equity-Based Award is vested or earned.

 

14.07. Governing Law

 

The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Maryland, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law of such state.

 

14.08. Indemnification

 

Each person who is or has been a member of the Committee or the Board will be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from and against any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or as a result of any claim, action, suit or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken, or failure to act, under the Plan. Each such person will also be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from and against any and all amounts paid by him or her in a settlement approved by the Company, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment, of or in a claim, action, suit or proceeding against him or her and described in the previous sentence, so long as he or she gives the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the claim, action, suit or proceeding before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it. The foregoing right of indemnification will not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which a person who is or has been a member of the Committee or the Board may be entitled under the Company’s Articles of Amendment and Restatement, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify him or her or hold him or her harmless.

 

15

 

 

ARTICLE XV

CHANGE IN CONTROL

 

15.01. Impact of Change in Control.

 

Upon a Change in Control, the Committee is authorized to cause (i) outstanding Options and SARs to become fully exercisable, (ii) outstanding Stock Awards to become transferable and nonforfeitable and (iii) outstanding Performance Units, Incentive Awards and Other Equity-Based Awards to become earned and nonforfeitable in their entirety.

 

15.02. Assumption Upon Change in Control.

 

In the event of a Change in Control, the Committee, in its discretion and without the need for a Participant’s consent, may provide that an outstanding Option, SAR, Incentive Award, Stock Award, Performance Unit or Other Equity-Based Award shall be assumed by, or a substitute award granted by, the surviving entity in the Change in Control. Such assumed or substituted award shall be of the same type of award as the original Option, SAR, Incentive Award, Stock Award, Performance Unit or Other Equity-Based Award being assumed or substituted. The assumed or substituted award shall have an intrinsic value, as of the Control Change Date, that is substantially equal to the intrinsic value of the original award (or the difference between the Fair Market Value and the option price or Initial Value in the case of Options and SARs) as the Committee determines is equitably required and such other terms and conditions as may be prescribed by the Committee.

 

15.03. Cash-Out Upon Change in Control.

 

In the event of a Change in Control, the Committee, in its discretion and without the need of a Participant’s consent, may provide that each Option, SAR, Incentive Award, Stock Award and Performance Unit and Other Equity-Based Award shall be cancelled in exchange for a payment. The payment may be in cash, Common Stock or other securities or consideration received by stockholders in the Change in Control transaction. The amount of the payment shall be an amount that is substantially equal to (i) the amount by which the price per share received by stockholders in the Change in Control exceeds the option price or Initial Value in the case of an Option and SAR, or (ii) the price per share received by stockholders for each share of Common Stock subject to a Stock Award, Performance Unit or Other Equity-Based Award, (iii) the value of the other securities or property in which the Performance Unit or Other Equity-Based award is denominated or (iv) the amount payable under an Incentive Award on account of meeting employment or service requirements or meeting performance objectives (including, without limitation, Performance Goals). If the option price or Initial Value exceeds the price per share received by stockholders in the Change in Control transaction, the Option or SAR may be cancelled under this Section 15.03 without any payment to the Participant.

 

15.04. Limitation of Benefits

 

The benefits that a Participant may be entitled to receive under this Plan and other benefits that a Participant is entitled to receive under other plans, agreements and arrangements (which, together with the benefits provided under this Plan, are referred to as “Payments”), may constitute Parachute Payments that are subject to Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. As provided in this Section 15.04, the Parachute Payments will be reduced if, and only to the extent that, a reduction will allow a Participant to receive a greater Net After Tax Amount than a Participant would receive absent a reduction.

 

The Accounting Firm will first determine the amount of any Parachute Payments that are payable to a Participant. The Accounting Firm also will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Participant’s total Parachute Payments.

 

The Accounting Firm will next determine the largest amount of Payments that may be made to the Participant without subjecting the Participant to tax under Section 4999 of the Code (the “Capped Payments”). Thereafter, the Accounting Firm will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Capped Payments.

 

16

 

 

The Participant will receive the total Parachute Payments or the Capped Payments, whichever provides the Participant with the higher Net After Tax Amount. If the Participant will receive the Capped Payments, the total Parachute Payments will be reduced until the value of the remaining Parachute Payments for purposes of Section 280G of the Code equals the Capped Payments. The reduction shall be effected by the Committee by first reducing the amount of any benefits under this Plan or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are not subject to Section 409A of the Code (by reducing such benefits in the order that maximizes the reduction in value of the Parachute Payments under Section 280G of the Code) and then by the Committee reducing the amount of any benefits under this Plan or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are subject to Section 409A of the Code (by reducing such benefits in the order that maximizes the reduction in the value of the Parachute Payments under Section 280G of the Code). The Accounting Firm will notify the Participant and the Company if it determines that the Parachute Payments must be reduced to the Capped Payments and will send the Participant and the Company a copy of its detailed calculations supporting that determination.

 

As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code at the time that the Accounting Firm makes its determinations under this Article XV, it is possible that amounts will have been paid or distributed to the Participant that should not have been paid or distributed under this Section 15.04 (“Overpayments”), or that additional amounts should be paid or distributed to the Participant under this Section 15.04 (“Underpayments”). If the Accounting Firm determines, based on either the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against the Company or the Participant, which assertion the Accounting Firm believes has a high probability of success or controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Overpayment has been made, the Participant must repay to the Company, without interest; provided, however, that no amount will be payable by the Participant to the Company unless, and then only to the extent that, the repayment would either reduce the amount on which the Participant is subject to tax under Section 4999 of the Code or generate a refund of tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code. If the Accounting Firm determines, based upon controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Underpayment has occurred, the Accounting Firm will notify the Participant and the Company of that determination and the amount of that Underpayment will be paid to the Participant promptly by the Company.

 

For purposes of this Section 15.04, the term “Accounting Firm” means the independent accounting firm engaged by the Company immediately before the Control Change Date. For purposes of this Section 15.04, the term “Net After Tax Amount” means the amount of any Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, net of taxes imposed under Sections 1, 3101(b) and 4999 of the Code and any State or local income taxes applicable to the Participant on the date of payment. The determination of the Net After Tax Amount shall be made using the highest combined effective rate imposed by the foregoing taxes on income of the same character as the Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, in effect on the date of payment. For purposes of this Section 15.04, the term “Parachute Payment” means a payment that is described in Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code, determined in accordance with Section 280G of the Code and the regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 15.04, a Participant’s Parachute Payments cannot exceed the Capped Amount if the Participant, pursuant to an agreement with the Company or the terms of another plan maintained by the Company, is not entitled to receive or retain Parachute Payments that exceed the Capped Amount.

 

ARTICLE XVI

AMENDMENT

 

The Board may amend or terminate this Plan at any time; provided, however, that no amendment may adversely impair the rights of a Participant with respect to outstanding awards without the Participant’s consent. In addition, an amendment will be contingent on approval of the Company’s stockholders if such approval is required by law or the rules of any exchange on which the Common Shares are listed or if the amendment would materially increase the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan, materially increase the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan or materially modify the requirements as to eligibility for participation in the Plan.

 

ARTICLE XVII

DURATION OF PLAN

 

No Stock Award, Performance Unit Award, Incentive Award, Option, SAR or Other Equity-Based Award may be granted under this Plan after the day before the tenth anniversary of the date the Board adopted this Plan. Stock Awards, Performance Unit awards, Incentive Awards, Options, SARs and Other Equity-Based Awards granted before such date shall remain valid in accordance with their terms.

 

ARTICLE XVIII
EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

 

Options, Stock Awards, Performance Units, Incentive Awards and Other Equity-Based Awards may be granted under this Plan on and after the date that the Plan is adopted by the Board, provided that, this Plan shall not be effective unless it is approved by a majority of the votes cast by the stockholders of the Company, voting either in person or by proxy, at a duly held meeting of the stockholders of the Company within twelve months of the Plan’s adoption by the Board.

 

17

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.8

 

TERM LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

by and among

 

STRAWBERRY FIELDS REALTY LP, 1015 MAGAZINE STREET, LLC, 1155

EASTERN PARKWAY, LLC, 1253 LAKE BARKLEY DRIVE, LLC, 120 LIFE CARE

WAY, LLC, 1621 COIT ROAD REALTY, LLC, 203 BRUCE COURT, LLC, 253

BRADINGTON DRIVE, LLC, 3090 FIVE POINTS HARTFORD ROAD REALTY, LLC,

3121 GLANZMAN ROAD REALTY, LLC, 3523 WICKENHAUSER, LLC, 4250 SODOM

HUTCHINGS ROAD REALTY, LLC, 516 WEST FRECH STREET, LLC, 5601 PLUM

CREEK DRIVE REALTY, LLC, 620 WEST STRUB ROAD REALTY, LLC, 727 NORTH

17TH STREET, LLC, 8200 NATIONAL AVENUE REALTY, LLC, LLC, 900 GAGEL

AVENUE, LLC, 911 SOUTH 3RD STREET, LLC, 9300 BALLARD ROAD, LLC, 945

WEST RUSSELL STREET, LLC, 704 5TH AVENUE EAST, LLC

 

together with any Person that may from time to time
hereafter become party hereto as a Borrower,
collectively, Borrower,

 

and

 

POPULAR BANK,

 

as Agent and Lender

 

Dated as of March 18, 2022

 

 

 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

      Page
       
1. DEFINITIONS 1
  1.1 General Terms 1
  1.2 Accounting Terms 17
  1.3 Others Defined in Code 17
  1.4 Other Interpretive Provisions 18
       
2. TERM LOAN COMMITMENT; INTEREST; FEES 18
  2.1 Term Loan 18
  2.2 The Borrower’s Loan Account 19
  2.3 Statements 19
  2.4 Interest; Benchmark Replacement 20
  2.5 Method for Making Payments 21
  2.6 Term of this Agreement 21
  2.7 Optional Prepayment; Mandatory Prepayment 22
  2.8 Limitation on Charges 23
  2.9 Setoff 23
  2.10 Termination of Loan 24
  2.11 Fees 24
  2.12 Late Charges 24
       
3. IN CIRCUMSTANCES 24
  3.1 Yield Protection 24
  3.2 Taxes 25
  3.3 Lender Statements 25
       
4. ATTORNEY-IN-FACT 26
     
5. EFFECTIVENESS; CONDITIONS OF LENDING 26
     
6. COLLATERAL 29
  6.1 Security Interest 29
  6.2 Preservation of Collateral and Perfection of Security Interests Therein 30
  6.3 Loss of Value of Collateral 30
  6.4 Right to File Financing Statements 30
  6.5 Third Party Agreements 30
  6.6 All Liabilities One Obligation 31
  6.7 Commercial Tort Claims 31
       
7. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 31
  7.1 Existence 31
  7.2 Authority 31
  7.3 Binding Effect 32
  7.4 Financial Data 32
  7.5 Collateral 32

 

i
 

 

  7.6 Solvency 32
  7.7 Principal Place of Business 32
  7.8 Other Names 33
  7.9 Tax Liabilities 33
  7.10 Loans 33
  7.11 Margin Securities 33
  7.12 Subsidiaries 33
  7.13 Litigation and Proceedings 33
  7.14 Other Agreements 33
  7.15 Compliance with Laws and Regulations 33
  7.16 Intellectual Property 34
  7.17 Environmental Matters 34
  7.18 Disclosure 34
  7.19 Real Estate Ownership 34
  7.20 Perfected Security Interests 34
  7.21 Offenses and Penalties Under the Medicare/Medicaid Programs 35
  7.22 Medicaid/Medicare and Private Insurance/Managed Care Contracts 35
  7.23 Broker’s Fees 36
  7.24 Investment Company Act 36
  7.25 Anti-Money Laundering Laws 36
  7.26 Absence of Foreign or Enemy Status 36
  7.27 Real Estate Leases 36
  7.28 Restrictive Provisions 36
       
8. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS 36
  8.1 Reports, Certificates and Other Information 36
  8.2 Inspection; Audit Fees 39
  8.3 Conduct of Business 40
  8.4 Claims and Taxes 40
  8.5 State of Formation 40
  8.6 Liability Insurance 41
  8.7 Property Insurance 41
  8.8 Environmental 42
  8.9 Banking Relationship 42
  8.10 Intellectual Property 42
  8.11 Change of Location; Etc 42
  8.12 Health Care Related Matters 43
  8.13 Other Health Care Matters 43
  8.14 Single Purpose Entity Provisions 44
  8.15 Further Assurances 44
  8.16 Real Estate Leases 44
       
9. NEGATIVE COVENANTS 45
  9.1 Encumbrances 45
  9.2 Indebtedness 45
  9.3 Consolidations, Mergers or Acquisitions 46
  9.4 Investments or Loans 46

 

ii
 

 

  9.5 Guarantees 47
  9.6 Disposal of Property 47
  9.7 Use of Proceeds 47
  9.8 Loans to Officers; Consulting Fees 47
  9.9 Dividends and Stock Redemptions 48
  9.10 Payments in Respect of Subordinated Debt 48
  9.11 Transactions with Affiliates 48
  9.12 Change in Nature of Business 48
  9.13 Other Agreements 48
  9.14 Real Estate Leases; Management Services Agreement 48
  9.15 State of Formation 49
  9.16 Environmental 49
  9.17 Financial Covenants 49
  9.18 Fiscal Year 49
  9.19 Tax Election 49
  9.20 Post-Closing Obligations. 49
       
10. DEFAULT, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE LENDERS 50
  10.1 Event of Default 50
  10.2 Acceleration 53
  10.3 Rights and Remedies Generally 54
  10.4 Entry Upon Premises and Access to Information 54
  10.5 Sale or Other Disposition of Collateral by the Agent 54
  10.6 Waiver of Demand 55
  10.7 Waiver of Notice 55
  10.8 Advice of Counsel 55
       
11. MISCELLANEOUS 55
  11.1 Waiver 55
  11.2 Costs and Attorneys’ Fees 56
  11.3 Expenditures by the Agent or Lenders 57
  11.4 Custody and Preservation of Collateral 58
  11.5 Reliance by the Agent and Lenders 58
  11.6 Assignability; Parties 58
  11.7 Severability; Construction 58
  11.8 Application of Payments 58
  11.9 Marshalling; Payments Set Aside 59
  11.10 Sections and Titles; UCC Termination Statements; Mortgage Releases 59
  11.11 Continuing Effect; Inconsistency 59
  11.12 Notices 59
  11.13 Equitable Relief 60
  11.14 Entire Agreement 60
  11.15 Participations and Assignments 60
  11.16 Indemnity 61
  11.17 Representations and Warranties 61
  11.18 Counterparts; Facsimile 61
  11.19 Limitation of Liability of Agent and Lenders 61

 

iii
 

 

  11.20 Borrower Authorizing Accounting Firm 62
  11.21 Confidentiality 62
  11.22 Customer Identification-USA Patriot Act Notice 63
  11.23 SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION 63
  11.24 GOVERNING LAW 64
  11.25 JURY TRIAL 64
  11.26 JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY 64
       
12. AGENCY 66
  12.1 Appointment and Authorization 66
  12.2 Delegation of Duties 67
  12.3 Exculpation of Agent 67
  12.4 Reliance by Agent 67
  12.5 Notice of Default 68
  12.6 Credit Decision 68
  12.7 Indemnification 69
  12.8 Agent in Individual Capacity 69
  12.9 Successor Agent 69
  12.10 Collateral Matters; Restriction on Lenders 70
  12.11 Agent May File Proofs of Claim 71
  12.12 Other Agents; Arrangers and Managers 71
  12.13 Payments to the Agent 72
  12.14 Defaulting Lender 72
  12.15 Inspection Deliveries 73
  12.16 Conflict with Financing Agreements 73
  12.17 Application of Law 73

 

iv
 

 

TERM LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This TERM LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of March 18, 2022 is by and among STRAWBERRY FIELDS REALTY LP, 1015 MAGAZINE STREET, LLC, 1155 EASTERN PARKWAY, LLC, 1253 LAKE BARKLEY DRIVE, LLC, 120 LIFE CARE WAY, LLC, 1621 COIT ROAD REALTY, LLC, 203 BRUCE COURT, LLC, 253 BRADINGTON DRIVE, LLC, 3090 FIVE POINTS HARTFORD ROAD REALTY, LLC, 3121 GLANZMAN ROAD REALTY, LLC, 3523 WICKENHAUSER, LLC, 4250 SODOM HUTCHINGS ROAD REALTY, LLC, 516 WEST FRECH STREET, LLC, 5601 PLUM CREEK DRIVE REALTY, LLC, 620 WEST STRUB ROAD REALTY, LLC, 727 NORTH 17TH STREET, LLC, 8200 NATIONAL AVENUE REALTY, LLC, 900 GAGEL AVENUE, LLC, 911 SOUTH 3RD STREET, LLC, 9300 BALLARD ROAD, LLC, 945 WEST RUSSELL STREET, LLC and 704 5TH AVENUE EAST, LLC (together with any Person that may from time to time hereafter become party hereto as a Borrower, individually and collectively, the “Borrower”), POPULAR BANK, a New York banking corporation in its individual capacity as a lender (“Popular Bank”), the other financial institutions that are or may from time to time become party hereto (together with Popular Bank, the “Lenders”), and POPULAR BANK, a New York banking corporation in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders (together with its successors and assigns, the “Agent”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that Lenders provide the Borrower with a term loan; and

 

WHEREAS, the Lenders are willing to make a term loan to the Borrower, upon the terms and provisions and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein, and of any loans or other financial accommodations now or hereafter made to or for the benefit of the Borrower by the Agent and Lenders, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto (intending to be legally bound) hereby agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS.

 

1.1 General Terms. When used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Account Debtor” means the Person who is obligated on or under an Account.

 

Accounts” means “accounts” as defined in the Code, including, without limitation, (i) the third party reimbursable portion of accounts receivable owing to the Borrower or arising out of the delivery by the Borrower of healthcare, ancillary healthcare or other professional services and/or the sale or lease of goods related to any of such services (whether such services are supplied by the Borrower or a third party), (ii) all rights to reimbursement under any agreement with an Account Debtor and (iii) all present and future accounts receivable and other rights of the Borrower to payment for goods sold or leased or for services rendered, which are not evidenced by instruments or chattel paper, and whether or not they have been earned by performance.

 

 
 

 

Adjustment” means the difference (which may be positive or negative value or zero) between (a) the average Term SOFR Rate for the Interest Periods contained in the 365 day period immediately prior to the date of notice by the Agent of a Benchmark Transition Event and (b) the average Daily Simple SOFR for the 365 day period immediately prior to the date of notice by the Agent of a Benchmark Transition Event.

 

Advance” means, individually or collectively as the context may require, the Term Loan.

 

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling (including, without limitation, all shareholders, members, directors, managers, and officers of such Person), controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if such first Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such other Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Agreement” means this Term Loan and Security Agreement, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Applicable Margin” means three hundred fifty (350) basis points.

 

Applicable State” means the States of Illinois, Kentucky, Michigan, Ohio, Oklahoma, Tennessee and Texas, as the context so requires.

 

Assignment of Leases and Rents” means each certain Assignment of Leases and Rents dated of even date herewith, by the Borrower in favor of the Agent on behalf of Lenders, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Authorized Manager/Officer” shall mean a member, manager, director, officer, or authorized representative, in each case as applicable, of Borrower that has authority to sign and enter into agreements, instruments or other documents on behalf of the Borrower, and that such signature shall be binding on Borrower, as evidenced by resolution or written consent of the members, managers or directors of Borrower.

 

Bank Product Agreements” shall mean those certain agreements entered into from time to time by the Borrower with Popular Bank or any Affiliate of Popular Bank concerning Bank Products.

 

Bank Product Obligations” shall mean all obligations, liabilities, contingent reimbursement obligations, fees, and expenses owing by the Borrower to the Popular Bank or any Affiliate of Popular Bank pursuant to or evidenced by the Bank Product Agreements and irrespective of whether for the payment of money, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising.

 

2
 

 

Bank Products” shall mean any service or facility extended to the Borrower by Popular Bank or any Affiliate of Popular Bank including: (a) credit cards, (b) credit card processing services, (c) debit cards, (d) purchase cards, (e) ACH transactions, (f) cash management, including controlled disbursement, accounts or services, or (g) Hedging Agreements.

 

Benchmark” means the Term SOFR Rate. Any reference to “Benchmark” shall include, as applicable, the published component used in the calculation thereof.

 

Benchmark Replacement” means the sum of: (a) Daily Simple SOFR and (b) the Adjustment. If the Benchmark Replacement would be less than the Floor, the Benchmark Replacement will be deemed to be the Floor for the purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes” means, with respect to any Benchmark Replacement, any technical, administrative or operational changes (including changes to the definition of “Business Day,” the definition of “Interest Period,” timing and frequency of determining rates and making payments of interest, timing of borrowing requests or prepayment, conversion or continuation notices, the applicability or removal of any tenor or interest period, the applicability and length of lookback periods, the applicability of breakage provisions and other technical, administrative or operational matters) that the Agent, decides in its reasonable discretion may be appropriate to reflect the adoption and implementation of such Benchmark Replacement and to permit the administration thereof by the Agent, in such a manner as Agent, decides is reasonably necessary in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

Benchmark Transition Event” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events with respect to the Benchmark:

 

(1) a public statement or publication of information by or on behalf of the administrator of the Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) announcing that such administrator has ceased or will cease to provide all tenors of the Benchmark (or such component thereof), permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide the Benchmark (or such component thereof);

 

(2) a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of the Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof), the Federal Reserve Board, the New York Federal Reserve Bank, an insolvency official with jurisdiction over the administrator for the Benchmark (or such component), a resolution authority with jurisdiction over the administrator for the Benchmark (or such component) or a court or an entity with similar insolvency or resolution authority over the administrator for the Benchmark (or such component), which states that the administrator of the Benchmark (or such component) has ceased or will cease to provide the Benchmark (or such component thereof) permanently or indefinitely; provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide the Benchmark (or such component thereof); or

 

3
 

 

(3) a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of the Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) announcing that the Benchmark (or such component thereof) is no longer representative.

 

Blocked Persons Lists” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 7.25 hereof.

 

Board of Directors” means, as to any Person, the board of directors (or comparable management body such as the managing members or managers of a limited liability company) of such Person, or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of the board of directors (or comparable management body such as the managing members or managers of a limited liability company).

 

Borrower(s)” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Business Day” means any day of the year that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City or Puerto Rico are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided that, when used in connection with the determination of the Term SOFR Rate, the term “Business Day” means a U.S. Government Securities Business Day.

 

Capital Expenditures” shall mean all expenditures (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) which, in accordance with GAAP, would be required to be capitalized and shown on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower, but excluding expenditures made in connection with the replacement, substitution or restoration of assets to the extent financed (i) from insurance proceeds (or other similar recoveries) paid on account of the loss of or damage to the assets being replaced or restored or (ii) with awards of compensation arising from the taking by eminent domain or condemnation of the assets being replaced.

 

Capital Lease” shall mean, as to any Person, a lease of any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible, by such Person, as lessee, that is, or should be, in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 13, as amended from time to time, or, if such statement is not then in effect, such statement of GAAP as may be applicable, recorded as a “capital lease” on the financial statements of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

Capital Securities” shall mean, with respect to any Person, all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated, whether voting or non-voting) of such Person’s capital, whether now outstanding or issued or acquired after the date hereof, including common shares, preferred shares, membership interests in a limited liability company, limited or general partnership interests in a partnership or any other equivalent of such ownership interest.

 

Capitalized Lease Obligations” shall mean, as to any Person, all rental obligations of such Person, as lessee under a Capital Lease which are or will be required to be capitalized on the books of such Person.

 

CERCLA” means the Comprehensive Environmental Release Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq., as amended.

 

4
 

 

Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i) Strawberry Fields REIT, LTD fails to own 100% of the Capital Securities of each Real Estate Company;

 

(ii) Strawberry Fields LP fails to own 100% of the Capital Securities of Strawberry Fields REIT, LTD;

 

(iii) the failure of Strawberry Fields to be the general partner of Strawberry Fields LP;

 

(iv) the failure of Moishe Gubin to be a voting member of the Board of Directors of each of Strawberry Fields and Strawberry Fields REIT, LTD and ;

 

(v) the failure of Moishe Gubin to be actively involved in the executive management of Borrower; or

 

(iv) any Person or two or more Persons acting in concert (other than Moishe Gubin), shall have acquired beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, in the Capital Securities of Strawberry Fields (or other securities convertible into such Capital Securities) representing 30% or more of the combined voting power of all Capital Securities of Strawberry Fields entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote for the election of members of the Board of Directors of Strawberry Fields.

 

Closing Date” means March 18, 2022.

 

Closing Fee” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.11 hereof.

 

CME Term SOFR Reference Rates” means the forward-looking term rates based on the secured overnight financing rate published by the Relevant Government Body and administered by CME Group Benchmark Administration Limited (or any successor selected or recommended by the Relevant Government Body).

 

CMS” means the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services of HHS and any Person succeeding to the functions thereof.

 

Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted in the State of New York; provided, that if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, the perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection of the security interests in any Collateral or the availability of any remedy hereunder is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on or after the date hereof in any other jurisdiction, “Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or effect of perfection or non-perfection or availability of such remedy.

 

Collateral” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 6.1 hereof.

 

Commodity Exchange Act” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

 

5
 

 

Computation Period” means the last day of each Fiscal Quarter.

 

Contingent Liability” and “Contingent Liabilities” shall mean, respectively, each obligation and liability of the Borrower and all such obligations and liabilities of the Borrower incurred pursuant to any agreement, undertaking or arrangement by which the Borrower: (a) guarantees, endorses or otherwise becomes or is contingently liable upon (by direct or indirect agreement, contingent or otherwise, to provide funds for payment, to supply funds to, or otherwise to invest in, a debtor, or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss) the indebtedness, dividend, obligation or other liability of any other Person in any manner (other than by endorsement of instruments in the course of collection), including any indebtedness, dividend or other obligation which may be issued or incurred at some future time; (b) guarantees the payment of dividends or other distributions upon the shares or ownership interest of any other Person; (c) undertakes or agrees (whether contingently or otherwise): (i) to purchase, repurchase, or otherwise acquire any indebtedness, obligation or liability of any other Person or any property or assets constituting security therefor, (ii) to advance or provide funds for the payment or discharge of any indebtedness, obligation or liability of any other Person (whether in the form of loans, advances, stock purchases, capital contributions or otherwise), or to maintain solvency, assets, level of income, working capital or other financial condition of any other Person, or (iii) to make payment to any other Person other than for value received; (d) agrees to lease property or to purchase securities, property or services from such other Person with the purpose or intent of assuring the owner of such indebtedness or obligation of the ability of such other Person to make payment of the indebtedness or obligation; (e) to induce the issuance of, or in connection with the issuance of, any letter of credit for the benefit of such other Person; or (f) undertakes or agrees otherwise to assure a creditor against loss. The amount of any Contingent Liability shall (subject to any limitation set forth herein) be deemed to be the outstanding principal amount (or maximum permitted principal amount, if larger) of the indebtedness, obligation or other liability guaranteed or supported thereby.

 

Credit Termination Date” means the earlier of (i) the Stated Maturity Date, (ii) such other date on which the Term Loan Commitment shall terminate pursuant to Section 10.2 hereof, and (iii) such other date as is mutually agreed in writing between the Borrower and the Agent (with the consent of the Required Lenders).

 

Daily Simple SOFR” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the secured overnight financing rate published by the Relevant Government Body and quoted as the “United States SOFR Secured Overnight Financing Rate” on the Bloomberg Professional Service Screen under the ticker “SOFRRATE Index” (or on any successor substitute page or service providing quotations of the secured overnight financing rate as determined by the Agent from time to time) for the day (such day, an “DSS Interest Determination Date”) that is two (2) Business Days prior to such day (or if the secured overnight financing rate cannot be ascertained for any such DSS Interest Rate Determination Date, then the first Business Day preceding such DSS Interest Determination Date for which the secured overnight financing rate is available, provided that such first preceding Business Day shall not be more than three (3) Business Days prior to the DSS Interest Determination Date). In no event shall the Daily Simple SOFR Rate with respect to any Advance be less than 0.01% per annum. Any change in the Daily Simple SOFR Rate shall be effective from and including the date of such change.

 

6
 

 

Debt Service Schedule” means a listing of principal and interest payments of Strawberry Fields and its subsidiaries for the applicable Fiscal Year.

 

Default” means an event which through the passage of time or the service of notice or both would (assuming no action is taken to cure the same) mature into an Event of Default.

 

Defaulting Lender” means any Lender that (a) has failed to fund its portion of the Term Loan required to be funded by it hereunder on the Closing Date, (b) has otherwise failed to pay over to Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute or unless such failure has been cured, or (c) has become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.

 

Default Rate” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.4(c) hereof.

 

Deposit Accounts” means any deposit, securities, operating, lockbox, cash collateral and blocked account, together with any funds, instruments, or other items credited to any such account from time to time, and all interest earned thereon.

 

EBITDA” means, with respect to Strawberry Fields and its subsidiaries, the net income of Strawberry Fields and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis before nonrecurring items (in accordance with GAAP and as agreed to by the Agent), cash interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization all as determined in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied.

 

Environmental Indemnity Agreement” means that certain Environmental Indemnity Agreement dated of even date herewith by the Borrower and each Guarantor in favor of the Agent for the benefit of Lenders, as the same may be amended, reaffirmed, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

Environmental Laws” means all federal, state and local laws, statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances, programs, permits, guidances, orders and consent decrees relating to health, safety and environmental matters applicable to the Borrower and its business, assets and property, including, without limitation, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. § 6901 et seq., as amended; CERCLA; the Toxic Substance Act, 15 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq., as amended; the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. § 466 et seq., as amended; the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. § 7401 et seq., as amended; state and federal superlien and environmental cleanup programs; and U. S. Department of Transportation regulations.

 

Environmental Notice” means any summons, citation, directive, information request, notice of potential responsibility, notice of violation or deficiency, order, claim, complaint, investigation, proceeding, judgment, letters or other communication, written or oral to the Borrower or any officer thereof, actual or threatened, from the United States Environmental Protection Agency or other federal, state or local agency or authority, or any other entity or individual, public or private, concerning any intentional or unintentional act or omission which involves Management of Hazardous Substances on or off the property of the Borrower which could result in the Borrower incurring a material liability or which could have a Material Adverse Effect, or the imposition of any Lien on property, or any alleged violation of or responsibility under Environmental Laws which could result in the Borrower incurring a material liability or which could have a Material Adverse Effect, and, after due inquiry and investigation, any knowledge of any facts which could give rise to any of the foregoing.

 

7
 

 

Equipment” means “equipment” as defined in the Code that is owned by the Borrower, including, without limitation, any and all of the Borrower’s machinery, equipment, vehicles, fixtures, furniture, computers, appliances, tools, and other tangible personal property (other than Inventory), whether located on the Borrower’s premises or located elsewhere, together with any and all accessions, parts and appurtenances thereto, whether presently owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrower.

 

Equity Pledge Agreement” means that certain Pledge Agreements by Pledgor in favor of the Agent for the benefit of Lenders dated as of the date hereof, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

Event of Default” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 10.1 hereof.

 

Excluded Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any guarantor of the Liabilities, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, the applicable guaranty or collateral pledge provided by such Person with respect to the Liabilities becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Person’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act at the time such applicable guaranty or pledge agreement or similar collateral document becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation, but such exclusion shall only be effective for so long as the applicable guaranty or collateral pledge would otherwise be so illegal.

 

Exit Fee” means, (i) from the Closing Date up through and including the date that is the one (1) year anniversary of the Closing Date, an amount equal to four percent (4.00%) of the Term Loan Commitment, (ii) from the day after the one (1) year anniversary of the Closing Date up through and including the date that is the two (2) year anniversary of the Closing Date, an amount equal to three percent (3.00%) of the Term Loan Commitment, (iii) from the day after the two (2) year anniversary of the Closing Date up through and including the date that is the three (3) year anniversary of the Closing Date, an amount equal to two percent (2.00%) of the Term Loan Commitment, (iv) from the day after the three (3) year anniversary of the Closing Date up through and including the date that is the four (4) year anniversary of the Closing Date, an amount equal to one percent (1.00%) of the Term Loan Commitment, and (v) from the day after the four (4) year anniversary of the Closing Date to the Credit Termination Date, zero percent (0.00%).

 

Facility” means, individually and collectively, (i) Landmark of River City Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, (ii) Landmark of Louisville Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, (iii) Landmark of Bardstown Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC, (iv) Landmark of Kuttawa, (v) Landmark of Plano Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, (vi) Landmark of Danville Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, (vii) Columbia Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC, (viii) Concord Care Center of Toledo, (ix) Alton Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC, (x) Concord Care Center of Cortland, (xi) Parker Nursing and Rehabilitation Center, (xii) Landmark of Amarillo Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, (xii) Concord Care & Rehabilitation Center, (xiv) Midwest Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, (xv) LLC dba Integrity Healthcare of Belleville, Midwest Specialty Hospital, LLC dba Inspire Specialty Hospital, (xvi) Landmark of Midwest City Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, (xvii) Landmark of Iroquois Park Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, (xviii) Chalet of Niles Nursing and Rehabilitation Center, (xix) Landmark of Des Plaines, (xx) The Waters of Springfield, and (xxi) Landmark of Elkhorn City Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC, each located on the Real Estate.

 

8
 

 

Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal to the rate for Federal Funds as published in H.15(519) under the heading “Federal Funds (Effective)” or, if not published by 3:00 p.m., New York City time on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day), the rate on such day as published in Composite Quotations under the heading “Federal Funds/Effective Rate.” In the event that such rate is not published in either H.15(519) or Composite Quotations by 3:00 p.m. New York City time, on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, for the immediately preceding Business Day) the Federal Funds Effective Rate will be the arithmetic mean of the rates as of 9:00 a.m., New York City time on such day for the last transaction in overnight Dollar federal funds arranged by three leading brokers of federal funds transactions in the City of New York selected by the Agent.

 

Financing Agreements” means the Term Loan Note, the Guaranty, the Mortgage, any Hedging Agreement (if any), any Bank Product Agreement, the Subordination Agreements, the Equity Pledge Agreement, the Perfection Certificate, and any other instrument, document or agreement executed or delivered in connection with this Agreement or any of the foregoing, in each case evidencing, securing or relating to the Term Loan and the Liabilities, whether heretofore, now, or hereafter executed by or on behalf of the Borrower, each Guarantor, each Pledgor, any Affiliate, or any other Person, and delivered to or in favor of the Agent for the benefit of Lenders, together with all agreements and documents referred to therein or contemplated thereby, as each may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

Fiscal Quarter” means the three (3) month period ending on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each calendar year.

 

Fiscal Year” means the twelve (12) month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 of each calendar year.

 

Floor” means the benchmark rate floor, if any, provided in this Agreement initially (as of the execution of this Agreement, the modification, amendment or renewal of this Agreement or otherwise) with respect to Term SOFR Rate.

 

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (or any successor authority) that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

 

9
 

 

General Intangibles” means “general intangibles” as defined in the Code, including, without limitation, any and all general intangibles, choses in action, causes of action, rights to the payment of money (other than Accounts), and all other intangible personal property of the Borrower of every kind and nature wherever located and whether currently owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrower (other than Accounts), including, without limitation, corporate or other business records, inventions, designs, patents, patent applications, service marks, service mark applications, trademark applications, brand names, tradenames, trademarks and all goodwill symbolized thereby and relating thereto, tradestyles, trade secrets, registrations, computer software, advertising materials, distributions on certificated and uncertificated securities, investment property, securities entitlements, goodwill, operational manuals, product formulas for industrial processes, blueprints, drawings, copyrights, copyright applications, rights and benefits under contracts, licenses, license agreements, permits, approvals, authorizations which are associated with the operation of the Borrower’s business and granted by any Person, franchises, customer lists, deposit accounts, tax refunds, tax refund claims, and any letters of credit, guarantee claims, security interests or other security held by or granted to the Borrower to secure payment by an Account Debtor of any of Borrower’s Accounts, and, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, any recoveries or amounts received in connection with any litigation or settlement of any litigation.

 

Government Accounts” means Accounts on which any federal or state governmental unit or any intermediary for any federal or state governmental unit is the Account Debtor.

 

Guarantor(s)” means, individually and collectively, each guarantor party to a Guaranty Agreement, including, without limitation, Strawberry Fields REIT, Inc. and Strawberry Fields REIT, LTD.

 

Guaranty” means, individually and collectively, those certain Guaranty Agreements, each dated of even date herewith, made by each Guarantor in favor of the Agent for the benefit of Lenders, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

Hazardous Substances” means hazardous substances, materials, wastes, and waste constituents and reaction by-products, pesticides, oil and other petroleum products, and toxic substances, including, without limitation, asbestos and PCBs, as those terms are defined pursuant to Environmental Laws.

 

Hedging Agreement” means any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, cap agreement or collar agreement or any other so-called “swap” agreement, or similar arrangement entered into at any time (if any) with the intent of protecting against fluctuations in interest rates, between the Borrower and Popular Bank (or any other Lender approved by Agent) relating to any of the Liabilities, as the same may be modified, supplemented or amended from time to time in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

Hedging Obligation” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any liability of such Person under any Hedging Agreement.

 

HHS” means the United States Department of Health and Human Services and any Person succeeding to the functions thereof.

 

10
 

 

HIPAA” means the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and any successor statute thereto, and any and all rules or regulations promulgated from time to time thereunder.

 

HUD” shall mean the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development.

 

HUD Refinancing” shall mean a repayment of the Term Loan with funds provided by HUD or guaranteed by HUD.

 

Indebtedness” with respect to any Person means, as of the date of determination thereof, (a) all of such Person’s indebtedness for borrowed money (including, without limitation, the Liabilities and all subordinated indebtedness), (b) all indebtedness of such Person or any other Person secured by any Lien with respect to any property or asset owned or held by such Person, regardless whether the indebtedness secured thereby shall have been assumed by such Person or such Person has become liable for the payment thereof, (c) all obligations or liabilities created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property used and/or acquired by Borrower even though the rights and remedies of the seller and/or lender thereunder are limited to repossession of such property, (d) all unfunded pension fund obligations and liabilities and deferred taxes, (e) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (f) all obligations in respect of letters of credit, whether or not drawn, and bankers’ acceptances issued for the account of such Person, (g) all guarantees by such Person, or any undertaking by such Person to be liable for, the debts or obligations of any other Person, and (h) all other indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of such Person, now or hereafter owing, due or payable, however evidenced, created, incurred or owing and however arising, due or owing to any Person or otherwise which under GAAP should be reflected on a balance sheet, including without limitation, Capitalized Lease Obligations, Hedging Obligations and Contingent Liabilities.

 

Indemnified Parties” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 11.16 hereof.

 

Interest Period” means a period of one (1) month commencing on the first (1st) day of each month, provided that: (i) the initial Interest Period shall commence on the date of the initial Advance hereunder and shall end on the last day of such Interest Period; (ii) if an Advance is made on a day that is not the first day of an Interest Period, then the applicable Term SOFR Rate for such Advance shall be the Term SOFR Rate that was applicable on the first day of the Interest Period during which such Advance is made and such Term SOFR Rate shall remain in effect until and including the last day of such Interest Period; (iii) if an Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall expire on the immediately succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day; and (iv) no Interest Period with respect to any Advance shall extend beyond its maturity date.

 

Inventory” means “inventory” as defined in the Code, including, without limitation, any and all inventory and goods of the Borrower, wheresoever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrower, which are held for sale or lease, furnished under any contract of service or held as raw materials, work-in-process or supplies, and all materials used or consumed in the Borrower’s business, and shall include such property the sale or other disposition of which has given rise to Accounts and which has been returned to or repossessed or stopped in transit by the Borrower.

 

11
 

 

Liabilities” means any and all of the Borrower’s liabilities, obligations and Indebtedness to the Agent and Lenders of any and every kind and nature, whether heretofore, now or hereafter owing, arising, due or payable and howsoever evidenced, created, incurred, acquired, or owing, whether primary, secondary, direct, indirect, contingent, absolute, fixed or otherwise (including, without limitation, payments of or for principal, interest, fees, costs, expenses, and/or indemnification, and obligations of performance and all Bank Product Obligations) and whether arising or existing under written agreement, oral agreement, or by operation of law, including, without limitation, all the Borrower’s Indebtedness, liabilities and obligations to the Agent and Lenders under this Agreement (whether relating to the Term Loan or otherwise) or the Financing Agreements to which the Borrower is a party (including, without limitation, the Hedging Agreement) but excluding any Excluded Swap Obligation, and any refinancings, substitutions, extensions, renewals, replacements and modifications for or of any or all of the foregoing.

 

Lien” means any lien, security interest, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, collateral assignment, or other charge, encumbrance or preferential arrangement, including, without limitation, the retained security title of a conditional vendor or lessor.

 

LLC Division” shall mean, in the event a Borrower or any Guarantor is a limited liability company, (a) the division of any such Borrower or any Guarantor into two or more newly formed limited liability companies (whether or not such Borrower or such Guarantor is a surviving entity following any such division) pursuant to Section 18-217 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act or any similar provision under any similar act governing limited liability companies organized under the laws of any other State or Commonwealth or of the District of Columbia, or (b) the adoption of a plan contemplating, or the filing of any certificate with any applicable governmental authority that results or may result in, any such division.

 

Loan” means the Term Loan.

 

Loan Account” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.2 hereof.

 

Manage” or “Management” means to generate, handle, manufacture, process, treat, store, use, re-use, refine, recycle, reclaim, blend or burn for energy recovery, incinerate, accumulate speculatively, transport, transfer, dispose of, release, threaten to release or abandon Hazardous Substances.

 

12
 

 

Material Adverse Change” or “Material Adverse Effect” means either (a) the termination of any Operator or Operators continued participation in Medicare or Medicaid reimbursement program for any reason with respect to any Facility or Facilities constituting ten percent (10.00%) or more of the total revenue of all Facilities, or (b) any other change, event, action, condition or effect which, individually or in the aggregate, either (i) impairs the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any Financing Agreement, (ii) impairs the fully perfected first priority status of the Liens granted hereunder and under the Financing Agreements in favor of the Agent for the benefit of Lenders in the Collateral or the Real Estate or any other assets pledged in favor of Agent for the benefit of Lenders to secure the Liabilities or any portion thereof (subject only to the Permitted Liens), (iii) materially and adversely affects the business, property or assets (whether real or personal), operations, performance, or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower taken as whole or any or all of the Collateral or the Real Estate, or the ability of the Borrower to repay the Liabilities when due or declared due and perform the Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement and the Financing Agreements to which it is a party, or (iv) materially and adversely affects the business, property or assets (whether real or personal), operations, performance, or condition (financial or otherwise) of any of the Guarantors, or the ability of any of the Guarantors to repay the Liabilities when due or declared due and perform such Guarantor’s obligations under its Guaranty and the Financing Agreements to which it is a party.

 

Medicaid” means, collectively, the healthcare assistance program established by Title XIX of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. §§ 1396 et seq.) and any statutes succeeding thereto, and all laws, rules, regulations, manuals, orders, guidelines or requirements (whether or not having the force of law) pertaining to such program, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Medicaid Certification” means certification by the Applicable State Medicaid program that the Operator complies with all of the applicable requirements for participation set forth in the Medicaid Regulations.

 

Medicaid Provider Agreement” means an agreement entered into with Applicable State Medicaid program, as applicable under which such Medicaid program agrees to pay for covered services provided by the Operator to Medicaid beneficiaries in accordance with the terms of such agreement and the Medicaid Regulations.

 

Medicaid Regulations” mean collectively all federal statutes (whether set forth in Title XIX of the Social Security Act or elsewhere) affecting the health insurance program established by Title XIX of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. §§ 1396, et seq.), together with all applicable provisions of all rules, regulations, manuals, final orders and administrative, reimbursement and other applicable guidelines of all governmental authorities, including HHS, CMS or the Office of the Inspector General of HHS, any applicable department or agency of the Applicable State or any Person succeeding to the functions of any of the foregoing (whether or not having the force of law).

 

Medicare” means the program of health benefits for the aged and disabled administered by CMS pursuant to the terms of Title XVIII of the Social Security Act, codified at 42 U.S.C. §§ 1395 et seq.

 

Medicare Certification” means certification of CMS or a state agency or entity under contract with CMS that the Operator complies with all of the applicable requirements for participation set forth in the Medicare Regulations.

 

Medicare Provider Agreement” means an agreement entered into with CMS or a state agency under contract with CMS under which CMS agrees to pay for covered services provided by the Operator to Medicare beneficiaries in accordance with the terms of such agreement and the Medicare Regulations.

 

13
 

 

Medicare Regulations” mean collectively all federal statutes (whether set forth in Title XVIII of the Social Security Act or elsewhere) affecting the health insurance program for the aged and disabled established by Title XVIII of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. §§ 1395, et seq.), together with all applicable provisions of all rules, regulations, manuals, final orders and administrative, reimbursement and other applicable guidelines of all governmental authorities, including HHS, CMS or the Office of the Inspector General of HHS, or any Person succeeding to the functions of any of the foregoing (whether or not having the force of law).

 

Mortgage” means that certain (i) Mortgage, Security Agreement, Financing Statement, Assignment of Rents and Leases and Fixture Filing or (ii) Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents and Leases, Security Agreement and Fixture Financing Statement made by the applicable Borrower dated of even date herewith, granting and conveying to the Agent for the benefit of Lenders a first mortgage Lien on the Real Estate, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

NOI” means the net operating income of Strawberry Fields and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis consisting of rents received minus expenses incurred plus the sum of cash interest, depreciation and amortization, all as determined in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied.

 

Non-Direct Obligations” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 11.26(f) hereof.

 

Notice of Removal” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.7(d) hereof.

 

Operator” means, individually and collectively, Landmark of River City Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC, Landmark of Louisville Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC, Landmark of Bardstown Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC, Landmark of Kuttawa, LLC, Landmark of Plano Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC, Landmark of Danville Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC, Columbia Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC, Concord Care Center of Toledo, LLC, Parker Nursing and Rehabilitation Center, LLC, Landmark of Amarillo Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC, Concord Care & Rehabilitation Center, LLC, Midwest Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC dba Integrity Healthcare of Belleville, Midwest Specialty Hospital, LLC dba Inspire Specialty Hospital, Landmark of Midwest City Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC, Landmark of Iroquois Park Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC, Chalet of Niles Nursing and Rehabilitation Center, LLC, Landmark of Des Plaines, LLC, The Waters of Springfield, LLC and Landmark of Elkhorn City Rehabilitation and Nursing Center, LLC.

 

Paid in Full” or “Payment in Full” means (i) the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Loan and all other Liabilities and (ii) termination of the Term Loan Commitment.

 

Patriot Act” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 11.22 hereof.

 

Perfection Certificate” means that certain Perfection Certificate dated as of the Closing Date executed by the Borrower in favor of Agent.

 

Permitted Liens” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 9.1 hereof.

 

14
 

 

Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, cooperative, joint venture, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, entity, party, or government (whether national, federal, state, provincial, county, city, municipal or otherwise, including, without limitation, any instrumentality, division, agency, body or department thereof).

 

Pledgor(s)” means each pledgor party under each Equity Pledge Agreement.

 

Popular Bank” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Property” means any and all real property owned, leased, sub-leased or used at any time by Borrower, including, without limitation, the Real Estate.

 

Real Estate” means, individually and collectively, the property located at 1015 Magazine Street, Louisville, KY 40203, 1155 Eastern Parkway, Louisville, KY 40214, 120 Life Care Way, Bardstown, KY 40004, 1253 Lake Barkley Dr, Kuttawa, KY 42055, 1621 Coit Road, Plano, TX 75075, 203 Bruce Court, Danville, KY 40422, 253 Bradington Drive, Columbia, IL 62236, 3090 Five Points Hartford, Fowler, OH 44418, 3121 Glanzman Rd., Toledo, OH 43614, 3523 Wickenhauser, Alton, IL 62002, 4250 Sodom Hutchings Rd, Cortland, OH 44410, 516 West Frech St, Streator, IL 61364, 5601 Plum Creek Drive, Amarillo, TX 79124, 620 W Strub Rd, Sandusky, OH 44870, 727 North 17th St, Belleville, IL 62226, 8200/8210 National Ave, Midwest City, OK 73110, 900 Gagel Avenue, Louisville, KY 40216, 911 South 3rd St., Niles, MI 49120, 9300 West Ballard, Des Plaines, IL 60016, 704 5th Avenue East, Springfield, TN, 945 West Russell Street, Elkhorn City, KY 41522, which are leased by Operator from Real Estate Company to operate the Facility.

 

Real Estate Company” means each Borrower other than Strawberry Fields LP.

 

Real Estate Leases” means those certain lease agreements between each Real Estate Company, as landlord, and each Operator, as tenant, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

Release” means any actual or threatened spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping or disposing of Hazardous Substances into the environment, as “environment” is defined in CERCLA.

 

Relevant Governmental Body” means the Federal Reserve Board and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Federal Reserve Board and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or, in each case, any successor thereto.

 

Required Lenders” means, as of any date of determination, if there are two (2) or more Lenders, Lenders holding sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the sum of the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan provided, that the commitment of, and the portion of the Liabilities held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders and any Lender and its Affiliates shall be counted as a single Lender for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.

 

15
 

 

Respond” or “Response” means any action taken pursuant to Environmental Laws to correct, remove, remediate, cleanup, prevent, mitigate, monitor, evaluate, investigate or assess the Release of a Hazardous Substance.

 

Stated Maturity Date” means the five year anniversary of the Closing Date.

 

Strawberry Fields” means Strawberry Fields REIT, Inc., a Maryland corporation.

 

Strawberry Fields Debt Service Coverage Ratio” means the ratio of (i) NOI to (ii) the sum of (A) cash interest expense of Strawberry Fields and its subsidiaries on Indebtedness of Strawberry Fields and its subsidiaries, plus (B) regularly scheduled (but excluding stated maturity) principal payments of Strawberry Fields and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis on Indebtedness of Strawberry Fields and its subsidiaries, plus (C) Capitalized Lease Obligations of Strawberry Fields and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, plus (D) any mortgage insurance premiums paid by Strawberry Fields and its subsidiaries to HUD, each to be paid during such period, all as determined in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied. The Agent, at its sole discretion, will allow one-time principal balloon payments of Indebtedness to be added back into the formula when appropriate.

 

Strawberry Fields Debt to EBITDA Ratio” means an amount equal to the following for such Computation Period: the ratio of (a) Indebtedness as defined in subsection (a) of the definition of Indebtedness of Strawberry Fields and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such period as of such day to (b) EBITDA of Strawberry Fields and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such period ending on such day.

 

Strawberry Fields Equity” means the total dollar value of equity owned by Strawberry Fields in each of its subsidiaries as set forth on the most recent balance sheet of Strawberry Fields, which is typically shown as shareholders equity on Strawberry Fields’ GAAP consolidated financials.

 

Strawberry Fields LP” means Strawberry Fields Realty LP, a Delaware limited partnership.

 

Subordinated Debt” means any and all Indebtedness owing by the Borrower to a third party that has been subordinated to the Liabilities in writing on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Lender in its sole and absolute determination.

 

Subordination Agreement” means any intercreditor and/or subordination agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Agent in its sole discretion by and among Borrower, a subordinating creditor and Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, pursuant to which subordinated debt is subordinated to the prior payment and satisfaction of the Liabilities and the Liens securing such subordinated debt, if any, granted by Borrower to such subordinated creditor are subordinated in any way to the Liabilities and the Liens created hereunder and under any other Financing Agreement.

 

Swap Obligation” means any Hedging Agreement or related obligation that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

 

16
 

 

Taxes” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.2 hereof.

 

Term Loan” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(a) hereof.

 

Term Loan Commitment” means each Lender’s commitment under Section 2.1 to make their portion of the Term Loan. The initial amount of each Lender’s Term Loan Commitment is set forth on the “Commitment Schedule” attached hereto as Annex A, or in an “Assignment and Assumption” agreement or similar agreement pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Term Loan Commitment, as applicable. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Term Loan Commitment is One Hundred and Five Million and No/100 Dollars ($105,000,000.00).

 

Term Loan Note” and “Term Loan Notes” shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in Section 2.1(b) hereof.

 

Term SOFR Rate” means, for any Interest Period, the rate per annum equal to the CME Term SOFR Reference Rate for 1 month and quoted as “CME Term SOFR 1 Month” (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/1,000 of 1%) on the Bloomberg Professional Service Screen under the ticker “SR1M Index” (or on any successor or substitute page or service providing quotations of such CME Term SOFR Reference Rate as determined by the Agent from time to time) for the day (such day, an “TS Interest Determination Date”) that is one Business Day prior to the first day of such Interest Period (or if such CME Term SOFR Reference Rate cannot be ascertained for any such TS Interest Determination Date, then the first Business Day preceding such TS Interest Determination Date for which such CME Term SOFR Reference Rate is available, provided that such first preceding Business Day shall not be more than three (3) Business Days prior to such TS Interest Determination Date). In no event shall the Term SOFR Rate with respect to any Advance for any Interest Period be less than 0.01% per annum.

 

U.S. Government Securities Business Day” means any day except for (i) a Saturday, (ii) a Sunday or (iii) a day on which the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association recommends that the fixed income departments of its members be closed for the entire day for purposes of trading in United States government securities.

 

1.2 Accounting Terms. Any accounting terms used in this Agreement which are not specifically defined herein shall have the meanings customarily given to such terms in accordance with GAAP. If changes in GAAP shall be mandated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or shall be recommended by the Borrower’s certified public accountants, and such changes would materially modify the interpretation or computation of the financial covenants set forth in Section 9.17 hereof at the time of execution hereof, then in such event such changes shall not be followed in calculating such financial covenant.

 

1.3 Others Defined in Code. All terms contained in this Agreement (and which are not otherwise specifically defined herein) shall have the meanings provided by the Code to the extent the same are used or defined therein.

 

17
 

 

1.4 Other Interpretive Provisions.

 

(a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. Whenever the context so requires, the neuter gender includes the masculine and feminine, the single number includes the plural, and vice versa.

 

(b) Section and Schedule references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.

 

(c) The term “including” is not limiting, and means “including, without limitation”.

 

(d) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”, and the word “through” means “to and including”.

 

(e) Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) references to agreements (including this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent such amendments, restatements, supplements and other modifications are not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement or any Financing Agreement, and (ii) references to any statute or regulation shall be construed as including all statutory and regulatory provisions amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such statute or regulation.

 

2. TERM LOAN COMMITMENT; INTEREST; FEES.

 

2.1 Term Loan.

 

(a) On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, and provided there does not then exist a Default or an Event of Default, each Lender shall, immediately following the execution of this Agreement by the Borrower, Agent and the Lenders, severally and for itself alone, extend in one (1) advance a term loan (the “Term Loan”) to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount equal to One Hundred Five Million and No/100 Dollars ($105,000,000.00). Commencing on April 1, 2022, payments (plus interest payments) in the amount sufficient to fully amortize the Term Loan over twenty (20) years shall be paid by the Borrower in consecutive monthly installments in the amount as set forth on the schedule below (which schedule may be supplemented by Agent to account for additional monthly payments until the Credit Termination Date), each payable on the first day of each calendar month and continuing on the first day of each calendar month thereafter through and including the Credit Termination Date.

 

Month  Monthly Payments 
Year 1  $290,003 
Year 2  $301,070 
Year 3  $314,425 
Year 4  $327,417 
Year 5  $340,945 

 

18
 

 

A final installment of the aggregate unpaid principal balance of the Term Loan, together with interest accrued thereon, shall be payable on the Credit Termination Date. Any amounts paid or applied to the principal balance of the Term Loan (whether by mandatory prepayment or otherwise) may not be reborrowed hereunder. Upon maturity, the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan shall be immediately due and payable, together with any remaining accrued interest thereon, to Lenders by Borrower.

 

(b) The Term Loan shall be evidenced by one or more promissory notes (hereinafter, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, and together with any renewals or extensions thereof or exchanges or substitutions therefor, individually and collectively, the “Term Loan Note” and also collectively referred to as the “Term Loan Notes”), duly executed and delivered by the Borrower, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent, with appropriate insertions, dated the Closing Date, payable to the order of each Lender in the principal amount of such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment. THE PROVISIONS OF THE TERM LOAN NOTE NOTWITHSTANDING, THE TERM LOAN SHALL BECOME IMMEDIATELY DUE AND PAYABLE ON THE CREDIT TERMINATION DATE.

 

2.2 The Borrower’s Loan Account. The Agent, on behalf of each Lender, shall maintain a loan account (the “Loan Account”) on its books for the Borrower in which shall be recorded (a) the Loan made by each Lender to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement, (b) all payments made by the Borrower on or with respect to the Loan, and (c) all other appropriate debits and credits as provided in this Agreement, including, without limitation, all fees, charges, expenses and interest. All entries in the Loan Account shall be made in accordance with the Lender’s customary accounting practices as in effect from time to time. The Borrower promises to pay the amount reflected as owing by Borrower under its Loan Account and all of its other obligations hereunder as such amounts become due or are declared due pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure so to record any such amount or any error in so recording any such amount shall not limit or otherwise affect the Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement or under the Term Loan Note to repay the outstanding principal amount of the Loan together with all interest accruing thereon.

 

2.3 Statements. The Loan to the Borrower, and all other debits and credits provided for in this Agreement, shall be evidenced by entries made by the Agent in its internal data control systems showing the date, amount and reason for each such debit or credit. Until such time as the Agent shall have rendered to the Borrower written statements of account as provided herein, the balance in the Loan Account, as set forth on the Agent’s most recent computer printout, shall be rebuttably presumptive evidence of the amounts due and owing the Agent and Lenders by the Borrower. From time to time the Agent shall render to the Borrower a statement setting forth the balance of the Loan Account, including principal, interest, expenses and fees. Each such statement shall be subject to subsequent adjustment by the Agent but shall, absent manifest errors or omissions, be presumed correct and binding upon the Borrower.

 

19
 

 

2.4 Interest; Benchmark Replacement.

 

(a) Interest. The Borrower shall jointly and severally pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Advance made by each Lender from the date of such Advance until such principal amount shall be Paid in Full, at a rate per annum equal to the greater of (i) at all times during each Interest Period for such Advance to the sum of the Term SOFR Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Margin and (ii) four percent (4.00%), in each case payable monthly in arrears on the first (1st) day of each month during such periods and on the day such Advance is Paid in Full.

 

(b) Benchmark Replacement.

 

(i) Benchmark Transition Event. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, upon the occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event, the Benchmark Replacement will replace the Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in respect of the Benchmark setting at or after 5:00 p.m. (Puerto Rico time) on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the date notice of the Benchmark Replacement is provided to the Borrower and the Lenders by the Agent without any amendment to, or further action or consent of the Borrower or any other party to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

(ii) Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes. In connection with the implementation and administration of the Benchmark Replacement, the Administrative, will have the right to make Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes from time to time and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, any amendments implementing such Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes will become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

(c) Notices; Standards for Decisions and Determinations. The Agent will promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of (i) the implementation of the Benchmark Replacement and (ii) the effectiveness of any Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes. Any determination, decision or election that may be made by the Agent pursuant to this Section, including any determination with respect to a tenor, rate or adjustment or of the occurrence or non-occurrence of an event, circumstance or date and any decision to take or refrain from taking any action or any selection, will be conclusive and binding absent manifest error and may be made in its sole discretion and without consent from the Borrower or any other party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

(d) Following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, and notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, the Borrower agrees to pay to the Agent for the benefit of Lenders interest on the outstanding principal balance of the Loan at the per annum rate of three percent (3.00%) plus the rate otherwise payable hereunder with respect to the Term Loan (the “Default Rate”).

 

(e) Interest shall be computed on the basis of a year of three hundred sixty (360) days for the actual number of days elapsed. If any payment of principal of, or interest on, the Term Loan Note falls due on a day that is not a Business Day, then such due date shall be extended to the next following Business Day, and additional interest shall accrue and be payable for the period of such extension.

 

20
 

 

2.5 Method for Making Payments. All payments that the Borrower is required to make to the Agent or Lenders under this Agreement or under any of the other Financing Agreements shall be joint and several and shall be made in immediately available funds not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York time) on the date of payment at the Agent’s office at Popular Bank, P.O. Box 4601, Oak Park, IL 60303-4601, or at such other place as the Agent directs in writing from time to time, or, in the Agent’s sole and absolute discretion after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, by appropriate debits to the Loan Account. Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes and instructs Agent to direct debit any of Borrower’s operating accounts with Popular Bank for all principal, interest, fees and expenses due hereunder with respect to the Loan and the Liabilities. Payments made after 1:00 p.m. (New York time) shall be deemed to have been made on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

2.6 Term of this Agreement. The Borrower shall have the right to terminate this Agreement following prepayment of all of the Liabilities as provided under Section 2.7 hereof; provided, however, that all of the Lenders’ rights and remedies under this Agreement and the Liens created under Section 6.1 hereof and under any of the other Financing Agreements, shall survive such termination until all of the Liabilities have been Paid in Full (including, without limitation, all default interest and all interest accrued after commencement of any insolvency or bankruptcy proceeding, whether or not the foregoing would be or is allowed or disallowed in whole or in part in any such insolvency or bankruptcy proceeding), and the Borrower requests in writing that the Term Loan Commitment be terminated. In addition, the Liabilities may be accelerated as set forth in Section 10.2 hereof. Upon the effective date of termination, all of the Liabilities shall become immediately due and payable without notice or demand. Notwithstanding any termination, until all of the Liabilities shall have been indefeasibly paid and satisfied, the Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, shall be entitled to retain its Liens in and to all existing and future Collateral and the Borrower shall continue to remit collections of Accounts of the Borrower and proceeds as provided herein.

 

21
 

 

2.7 Optional Prepayment; Mandatory Prepayment.

 

(a) The Borrower may, at its option, permanently prepay, at any time during the term of this Agreement all or any portion of the Term Loan, subject to the following conditions: (i) not less than ten (10) days prior to the date upon which the Borrower desires to make such prepayment, Borrower shall deliver to the Agent a written notice of its intention to prepay all or such portion of the Term Loan, which notice shall be irrevocable and state the amount of the prepayment and the prepayment date, (ii) the Borrower shall jointly and severally pay to the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders applicable Term SOFR Rate breakage fees, if any, and (iii) Borrower shall jointly and severally pay any amounts due under Section 3 in connection with such prepayment or due under any Hedging Agreement, including, but not limited to, any penalties resulting from the early termination of any Hedging Agreement, (iv) Borrower shall pay to Agent the Exit Fee, if applicable, and (v) provided that (1) no Default or Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, (2) immediately after giving effect to such prepayment, the remaining balance of the Term Loan shall not exceed sixty-five percent (65%) of the appraised “leased fee” value of the remaining Facility or Facilities as determined by an appraisal satisfactory to the Agent (which shall be set forth on a new appraisal if such prepayment occurs after the three year anniversary of the Closing Date), and (3) the amount of the Term Loan which is being prepaid is at least the greater of (x) one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of the Term Loan which was original allocated to the Facility or Facilities as set forth on Schedule 2.7(a) being released and (y) 100% of the HUD Refinancing allocated to the Facility or Facilities being refinanced, the Agent shall release its Lien on the Real Estate and Collateral comprising such Facility or Facilities, and shall also release the Borrowers that are the owners and operators of such Facility or Facilities from all Liabilities under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements to which such Borrower is a party. When the Term Loan is permanently repaid in whole for any reason and at any time (whether by voluntary prepayment by Borrower, by reason of the occurrence of an Event of Default, upon the maturity of the Term Loan or otherwise) with funds provided by any Person, the Borrower shall jointly and severally pay to the Agent as compensation for the cost of the Agent making funds available to the Borrower under this Agreement, an Exit Fee, if applicable. Agent agrees that no Exit Fee will be charged to Borrower in connection with a HUD Refinancing so long as such HUD Refinancing occurs after the eighteen (18) month anniversary of the Closing Date.

 

(b) If at any time following the Closing Date (and provided the Borrower fails to comply with the financial covenants set forth in Section 9.17 hereof), the Agent elects to appraise the Real Estate and/or the Facility (the costs of which shall be borne by the Borrower) and the result of such appraisal is such that the outstanding Term Loan exceeds sixty-five percent (65.00%) of the loan to value on an appraised “leased fee” value basis as determined by Agent, then within thirty (30) days after completion of such appraisal, the Borrower shall prepay that portion of the Term Loan necessary to cause such loan to value requirements to be satisfied.

 

(c) Optional and mandatory prepayments of the Term Loan shall be applied against installments payable under the Term Loan Note in the inverse order of maturity. Amounts prepaid on account of the Term Loan may not be reborrowed.

 

(d) If at any time during the term of this Agreement a Facility is subject to any litigation or other dispute (including any threat of investigation) or any Operator or Facility loses its operating license or any material Permit required for the operation of the Facility, in each case as determined by the Agent, then Agent may require Borrower to remove such Facility from this Agreement and replace it with a new Facility acceptable to the Agent within sixty (60) days of Agent providing Borrower with written notice thereof (which may be provided via e-mail) (“Notice of Removal”); provided, that promptly (but no later than three (3) Business Days) upon Notice of Removal, Borrower shall deposit cash in a blocked account that is pledged in favor of the Agent in an amount equal to the portion of the Term Loan attributable to such Facility as determined by Agent and in the event such Facility is not replaced within sixty (60) days of the Notice of Removal, Agent shall apply such cash in the pledged blocked account to pay down such portion of the outstanding balance of the Term Loan. Agent agrees that no Exit Fee shall be charged in connection with such prepayment. For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to any new Facility, Borrower shall deliver to Agent such amendments, joinders, certificates, lien searches, appraisals and such other due diligence requirements Agent deems reasonably necessary at the sole cost and expense of Borrower. This provision shall in no way restrict or limit the Agent’s rights under this Agreement with respect to the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default.

 

22
 

 

2.8 Limitation on Charges. It being the intent of the parties that the rate of interest and all other charges to the Borrower be lawful, if for any reason the payment of a portion of the interest or other charges otherwise required to be paid under this Agreement would exceed the limit which the Agent and Lenders may lawfully charge the Borrower, then the obligation to pay interest or other charges shall automatically be reduced to such limit and, if any amounts in excess of such limit shall have been paid, then such amounts shall at the sole option of the Agent (or otherwise at the direction of the Required Lenders in writing) either be refunded to the Borrower or credited to the principal amount of the Liabilities (or any combination of the foregoing) so that under no circumstances shall the interest or other charges required to be paid by the Borrower hereunder exceed the maximum rate allowed by applicable law, and Borrower shall not have any action against Agent or the Lenders for any damages arising out of the payment or collection of any such excess interest.

 

2.9 Setoff. (a) Borrower agrees that Agent and Lenders have all rights of setoff and banker’s liens provided by applicable law. The Borrower agrees that, if at any time (i) any amount owing by it under this Agreement or any Financing Agreement is then due and payable to the Agent or the Lenders, or (ii) an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, then each Lender or the holder of the Term Loan Note issued hereunder, in its sole discretion, may set off against and apply to the payment of any and all Liabilities, any and all balances, credits, deposits, accounts or moneys of the Borrower then or thereafter with such Lender or such holder. Agent or Lenders will use commercially reasonable best efforts to notify Borrower after exercising their rights of setoff but failure to do so shall not result in any liability for Agent and/or Lenders.

 

(b) Without limitation of Section 2.9(a) hereof, the Borrower agrees that, upon and after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Agent is hereby authorized, at any time and from time to time, without prior written notice to the Borrower, (i) to set off against and to appropriate and apply to the payment of any and all Liabilities any and all amounts which the Agent or Lenders are obligated to pay over to the Borrower (whether matured or unmatured, and, in the case of deposits, whether general or special, time or demand and however evidenced), and (ii) pending any such action, to the extent necessary, to deposit such amounts with the Agent for the benefit of Lenders as Collateral to secure such Liabilities and to dishonor any and all checks and other items drawn against any deposits so held as the Agent in its sole discretion may elect.

 

(c) The rights of the Agent and the Lenders under this Section 2.9 are in addition to all other rights and remedies which the Agent and Lenders may otherwise have in equity or at law.

 

(d) If any Lender shall obtain any payment or other recovery (whether voluntary, involuntary, by application of offset or otherwise), on account of (i) principal of or interest on the Term Loan or (ii) other recoveries obtained by all Lenders on account of principal of and interest on the Loan (or such participation) then held by them, then such Lender shall purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the Loan held by them as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment or other recovery ratably with each of them; provided that if all or any portion of the excess payment or other recovery is thereafter recovered from such purchasing Lender, the purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery.

 

23
 

 

2.10 Termination of Loan. The Term Loan and other Liabilities may, at Agent’s and Lender’s (as applicable) sole option, become immediately due and payable, without presentment of any kind in the event of an Event of Default described in Section 10.1.

 

2.11 Fees. On the Closing Date, as consideration for the Term Loan, the Borrower shall jointly and severally pay to the Agent for the ratable benefit of Lenders a one-time closing fee in the amount equal to $682,500 in immediately available funds, which such fee shall be nonrefundable and deemed fully earned as of such date (the “Closing Fee”). The Borrower shall also pay to the Agent for its sole benefit an annual administrative fee of $10,000, which such fee shall be nonrefundable and deemed fully earned each year on the annual anniversary of the Closing Date.

 

2.12 Late Charges. In addition to any other rights granted to the Agent and Lenders hereunder, if any installment under the Term Loan Note is more than ten (10) days past due, then the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders shall have the right to collect a charge equal to the greater of Ten and No/100 Dollars ($10.00) or five percent (5.00%) of the late payment for the month in which it is late. This charge is a result of a reasonable endeavor by the Borrower, Agent and the Lenders to estimate the Lenders’ added costs and damages resulting from the Borrower’s failure to make timely payments under the Term Loan Note; hence the Borrower agrees that the charge shall be presumed to be the amount of damage sustained by the Agent and Lenders since it is extremely difficult to determine the actual amount necessary to reimburse the Agent and the Lenders for damages.

 

3. IN CIRCUMSTANCES.

 

3.1 Yield Protection. If, after the date of this Agreement, the adoption of any law or any governmental or quasi-governmental rule, regulation, policy, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law), or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof, or the compliance of the Agent and Lenders therewith, or Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System:

 

(a) subjects the Agent or any Lender to any tax, duty, charge or withholding on or from payments due from the Borrower (excluding taxation of the overall net income of the Agent or Lenders), or changes the basis of taxation of payments to the Agent and Lenders in respect of its Loan or other amounts due it hereunder;

 

(b) imposes, modifies or increases or deems applicable any reserve, assessment, insurance charge, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, the Agent and Lenders;

 

(c) imposes any other condition the result of which is to increase the cost to the Agent and Lenders of making, funding or maintaining advances or reduces any amount receivable by the Agent and Lenders in connection with advances, or requires the Agent or Lenders to make any payment calculated by reference to the amount of advances held or interest received by it, by an amount deemed material by the Agent;

 

24
 

 

(d) affects the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by the Agent or Lenders or any corporation controlling the Agent or Lenders and the Agent or such Lender determines the amount of capital required is increased by or based upon the existence of this Agreement or its obligation to make the Term Loan hereunder or of commitments of this type;

 

(e) then, within three (3) Business Days of demand by the Agent, the Borrower agrees to pay the Agent for the benefit of Lenders that portion of such increased expense incurred (including, in the case of clause (d), any reduction in the rate of return on capital to an amount below that which it could have achieved but for such law, rule, regulation, policy, guideline or directive and after taking into account the Agent and Lenders’ policies as to capital adequacy) or reduction in an amount received which the Agent determines is attributable to making, funding and maintaining the Term Loan.

 

3.2 Taxes. All payments by the Borrower under this Agreement shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction for, any present or future excise, income, stamp or other taxes, fees, levies, duties, withholdings or other charges of any nature whatsoever, now or hereafter imposed by any taxing authority, other than franchise taxes and taxes imposed on or measured by the Agent or a Lender’s net income or receipts (such non-excluded items being called “Taxes”). If any withholding or deduction from any payment to be made by the Borrower hereunder is required in respect of any Taxes pursuant to any applicable law, rule or regulation, then the Borrower shall:

 

(a) pay directly to the relevant authority the full amount required to be so withheld or deducted;

 

(b) promptly forward to the Agent an official receipt or other documentation satisfactory to the Agent evidencing such payment to such authority; and

 

(c) pay to the Agent for the benefit of Lenders such additional amount or amounts as is necessary to ensure that the net amount actually received by the Agent and Lenders will equal the full amount the Agent and Lenders would have received had no such withholding or deduction been required.

 

Moreover, if any Taxes are directly asserted against the Agent or Lenders with respect to any payment received by the Agent or Lenders hereunder with respect to the Liabilities, the Agent or such Lender may pay such Taxes and the Borrower agrees to promptly pay such additional amounts (including, without limitation, any penalties, interest or expenses) as is necessary in order that the net amount received by the Agent and Lenders after the payment of such Taxes (including, without limitation, any Taxes on such additional amount) shall equal the amount the Agent and Lenders would have received had not such Taxes been asserted.

 

3.3 Lender Statements. The Agent shall deliver a written statement to the Borrower as to the amount due, if any, under Section 3.1, hereof. Such written statement shall set forth in reasonable detail the calculations upon which the Agent determined such amount and shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Borrower in the absence of demonstrable error. Unless otherwise provided herein, the amount specified in the written statement shall be payable on demand after receipt by the Borrower of the written statement.

 

25
 

 

4. ATTORNEY-IN-FACT. The Borrower hereby irrevocably designates, makes, constitutes and appoints the Agent on behalf of Lenders (and all Persons designated by the Agent in writing to the Borrower) as the Borrower’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact, and authorizes the Agent on behalf of Lenders, in the Borrower’s or the Agent’s name, after an Event of Default and during the continuance thereof to do all acts and things which are necessary, in the Agent’s reasonable discretion, to fulfill the Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement. The Borrower hereby ratifies and approves all acts under such power of attorney and neither Agent, Lenders nor any other Person acting as Borrower’s attorney hereunder will be liable for any acts or omissions or for any error of judgment or mistake of fact or law made in good faith except as result of gross negligence or willful misconduct. The appointment of Agent (and any of the Agent’s officers, employees or agents designated by the Agent) as Borrower’s attorney, and each and every one of Agent’s rights and powers, being coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all of the Liabilities have been fully repaid and this Agreement shall have expired or been terminated in accordance with the terms hereunder.

 

5. EFFECTIVENESS; CONDITIONS OF LENDING. The Lenders’ obligation to make the Term Loan hereunder is subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions precedent:

 

(a) Fees and Expenses. The Borrower shall have paid all fees owed to the Agent and Lenders and reimbursed the Agent for all costs, disbursements, fees and expenses due and payable hereunder on or before the Closing Date, including, without limitation, the Agent’s counsel fees provided for in Section 11.2(a) hereof.

 

(b) Documents. The Agent shall have received all of the following, each duly executed and delivered and dated as of the Closing Date, or such earlier date as shall be satisfactory to the Agent, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent in its sole determination:

 

(1) Financing Agreements. This Agreement, the Term Loan Note, the Equity Pledge Agreement, the Mortgage, the Assignment of Leases and Rents, the Environmental Indemnity Agreement, the Guaranty, the Perfection Certificate, and such other Financing Agreements as the Agent may reasonably require.

 

(2) Resolutions; Incumbency and Signatures. Copies of the resolutions or written consent of members or managers, as applicable, of the Borrower authorizing or ratifying the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement, the Financing Agreements to which the Borrower is a party and any other document provided for herein or therein to be executed by Borrower, certified by an Authorized Manager/Officer. A certificate of an Authorized Manager/Officer certifying the names of the officers of the Borrower authorized to make a borrowing request on behalf of the Borrower and sign this Agreement and the Financing Agreements to which the Borrower is a party, together with a sample of the true signature of each such officer; the Agent and Lenders may conclusively rely on each such certificate until formally advised by a like certificate of any changes therein.

 

26
 

 

(3) Consents. Certified copies of all documents evidencing any necessary consents and governmental approvals, if any, with respect to this Agreement, the Financing Agreements, and any other documents provided for herein or therein to be executed by Borrower.

 

(4) Opinion of Counsel. An opinion from (i) legal counsel to the Borrower, Pledgors and Guarantors, and (ii) any applicable local counsel.

 

(5) Title Insurance. A title insurance policy in the form of ALTA Form Mortgagee Title Insurance Policy shall be issued by an insurer (reasonably acceptable to the Agent) in favor of Agent on behalf of Lenders for the Real Estate, the title insurance policy shall contain such endorsements as reasonably deemed appropriate by the Agent that are available in the Applicable State. Copies of all documents of record concerning the Real Estate as identified on the commitment for the ALTA Policy referred to above.

 

(6) Constitutive Documents. A certified copy of the Borrower’s Articles of Organization (or other similar document), together with a good standing certificate and tax lien certificate from such governmental entity or department. A true, correct and complete copy of the Operating Agreement (or other similar document) of the Borrower, certified by an Authorized Manager/Officer on behalf of the Borrower, shall also be delivered to the Agent on the Closing Date.

 

(7) Financial Condition Certificate. A Financial Condition Certificate, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, signed by an Authorized Manager/Officer on behalf of Borrower.

 

(8) UCC Financing Statements; Termination Statements; UCC Searches. UCC Financing Statements, as requested by the Agent, naming the Borrower, as debtor, and the Agent on behalf of Lenders, as secured party, with respect to the Collateral, together with such UCC termination statements necessary to release all Liens (other than Permitted Liens) and other rights in favor of any Person, if any, in any of the Collateral except the Agent for the benefit of Lenders, and other documents as the Agent deems necessary or appropriate, shall have been filed in all jurisdictions that the Agent deems necessary or advisable. UCC tax, lien, pending suit, fixture, bankruptcy and judgment searches for (i) the Borrower (and under any of its trade or assumed names, if any), (ii) any owner of Capital Securities of the Borrower and (iii) the Guarantors, each dated a date reasonably near to the Closing Date in all jurisdictions deemed necessary by the Agent, the results of which shall be satisfactory to the Agent in its sole and absolute determination. UCC Financing Statements, as requested by the Agent, naming the owners of the Capital Securities of the Borrower, as debtor, and the Agent on behalf of Lenders, as secured party, with respect to the Pledged Collateral (as defined in the Equity Pledge Agreement).

 

(9) Survey. An acceptable ALTA plat of survey in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent on the Real Estate.

 

27
 

 

(10) Insurance Certificates and Endorsements. Certificates together with corresponding endorsements from the Borrower’s insurance carriers evidencing that all required property, hazard and liability insurance coverage is in effect, each designating the Agent as “Lender’s Loss Payee” and additional insured, as applicable, thereunder.

 

(11) Flood Insurance; Environmental Assessments. A flood insurance policy, if applicable, concerning the Real Estate, reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, if required by the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973. In addition, a reliance letter regarding an environmental audit and assessment of each parcel of Real Estate (including, without limitation, a Phase I environmental report on the Real Estate) prepared by an environmental audit firm reasonably acceptable to the Agent, the results of which shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

 

(12) Appraisal. An MAI appraisal prepared by an independent appraiser of the Real Estate and the Facility, which appraisal shall satisfy the requirements of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act, if applicable, and shall evidence compliance with the supervisory loan-to-value limits set forth in the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991, if applicable (including a loan-to-value ratio on a “leased fee” basis not to exceed sixty-five percent (65.00%)). The appraiser and each appraisal (and the results thereof) shall be subject to a third party independent review reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

 

(13) Real Estate Leases. Fully executed copies of the Real Estate Leases.

 

(14) Pay Off Letter(s). Pay off letter(s) and notice of bond redemptions from any lienholder or debt holder of the Borrower, Guarantor or Pledgor (together with applicable UCC termination statements) other than with respect to Permitted Liens in form and substance acceptable to Agent.

 

(15) Site Inspections. The Agent or its representative shall have conducted an inspection of the Facility, the results of which are reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

 

(16) Property Condition Report. Property condition reports for the Real Estate, the form, substance and results of which will be reasonably satisfactory to Agent.

 

(17) Equity Certificates. If applicable, the Agent shall have received an original copy of the equity certificates representing each Pledgor’s ownership interest in Borrower, together with equity powers executed in blank.

 

(18) [Reserved].

 

(19) License; Sub-lease; Management Agreements. Agent shall have received and reviewed any licenses, sub-leases and/or management agreements.

 

28
 

 

(20) No Material Adverse Change. The Agent shall have received evidence that since December 31, 2021, there has been no Material Adverse Changes in the Borrower or Guarantors.

 

(21) Other. Such other documents, certificates and instruments as the Agent may reasonably request.

 

(c) No Default or Event of Default. Neither a Default nor an Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing.

 

(d) Closing Fee. The Borrower shall have paid the Agent the Closing Fee.

 

(e) Field Examinations. At the Agent’s sole option, the Agent shall have completed its field examinations of the Borrower’s books and records, assets, and operations which examinations will be reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

 

(f) Certificate. The Agent shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of the Borrower by an Authorized Manager/Officer and dated the Closing Date certifying satisfaction of the conditions specified in Section 5 hereof.

 

6. COLLATERAL.

 

6.1 Security Interest. As security for the prompt and complete payment and performance of all of the Liabilities when due or declared due in accordance with the terms hereof, the Borrower hereby grants, pledges, conveys and transfers to the Agent for the benefit of Lenders a continuing security interest in and to any and all assets and personal property of the Borrower, of any kind or description, tangible or intangible, wheresoever located and whether now existing or hereafter arising or acquired, including the following (all of which property, along with the products and proceeds therefrom, are individually and collectively referred to as the “Collateral”): (a) all of Borrower’s Accounts, (b) all of the Borrower’s General Intangibles, including, without limitation General Intangibles related to Accounts and money; (c) all of Borrower’s Deposit Accounts and other deposit accounts (general or special) with, and credits and other claims against, the Agent, any Lender, or any other financial institution with which the Borrower maintains deposits; (d) all of the Borrower’s contracts, licenses, chattel paper, instruments, notes, letters of credit, bills of lading, warehouse receipts, gross receipts, shipping documents, contracts, tax refunds, documents and documents of title, and all of the Borrower’s Tangible Chattel Paper, Documents, Electronic Chattel Paper, Letter-of-Credit Rights, letters of credit, Software, Supporting Obligations, Payment Intangibles, and Goods (each as defined in the Code); (e) all of the Borrower’s Inventory and Equipment (each as defined in the Code) and motor vehicles and trucks; (f) all of the Borrower’s monies, and any and all other property and interests in property of the Borrower, including, without limitation, Investment Property, Instruments, Security Entitlements, Uncertificated Securities, Certificated Securities, Chattel Paper, and Financial Assets (each as defined in the Code), now or hereafter coming into the actual possession, custody or control of the Agent, any Lender or any agent or Affiliate of the Agent or such Lender in any way or for any purpose (whether for safekeeping, deposit, custody, pledge, transmission, collection or otherwise), and, independent of and in addition to the Agent and Lenders’ rights of setoff the balance of any account or any amount that may be owing from time to time by the Agent and Lenders to the Borrower; (g) all insurance proceeds of or relating to any of the foregoing property and interests in property, and any key man life insurance policy covering the life of any officer or employee of Borrower; (h) all proceeds and profits derived from the operation of the Borrower’s business; (i) all of the other assets and personal property of the Borrower; (j) all of the Borrower’s books and records, computer printouts, manuals and correspondence relating to any of the foregoing and to the Borrower’s business; (k) all of the Borrower’s Fixtures (as defined in the Code); and (l) all accessions, improvements and additions to, substitutions for, and replacements, products, profits and proceeds of any of the foregoing.

 

29
 

 

6.2 Preservation of Collateral and Perfection of Security Interests Therein. The Borrower agrees that it shall execute and deliver to the Agent, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, and at any time or times hereafter at the request of the Agent, all financing statements (and the Borrower shall jointly and severally pay the cost of filing or recording the same in all public offices deemed necessary by the Agent) or other instruments and documents as the Agent may reasonably request, in a form satisfactory to the Agent, to perfect and keep perfected the Liens in the Collateral or to otherwise protect and preserve the Collateral and the Agent’s Liens therein. If the Borrower fails to do so, the Agent is authorized to sign any such financing statements (or, if no signature is required in the filing jurisdiction, file such financing statements without the Borrower’s signature) as the Borrower’s agent. The Borrower further agrees that a carbon, photographic, photostatic or other reproduction of this Agreement or of a financing statement is sufficient as a financing statement.

 

6.3 Loss of Value of Collateral. The Borrower agrees to immediately notify the Agent of any material loss or depreciation in the value of the Collateral or any portion thereof.

 

6.4 Right to File Financing Statements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Agent may at any time and from time to time file financing statements, continuation statements and amendments thereto that describe the Collateral in particular, and which contain any other information required by the Code for the sufficiency or filing office acceptance of any financing statement, continuation statement or amendment, including whether the Borrower is an organization, the type of organization and any organization identification number issued to the Borrower. The Borrower agrees to furnish any such information to the Agent promptly upon request. Any such financing statements, continuation statements or amendments may be signed by the Agent on behalf of the Borrower and may be filed at any time with or without signature and in any jurisdiction as reasonably determined by the Agent. The Agent agrees to use its reasonable efforts to notify the Borrower of the Agent taking any such action provided in this Section; provided, however, the Borrower agrees that the failure of the Agent to so notify the Borrower for any reason shall not in any way invalidate the actions taken by the Agent pursuant to this Section.

 

6.5 Third Party Agreements. The Borrower shall at any time and from time to time take such steps as the Agent may reasonably require for the Agent: (i) to obtain an acknowledgment, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, of any third party having possession of any of the Collateral that the third party holds for the benefit of the Agent on behalf of Lenders, (ii) to obtain “control” (as defined in the Code) of any Deposit Accounts, with any agreements establishing control to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, and (iii) otherwise to ensure the continued perfection and priority of the Agent’s security interest in any of the Collateral and of the preservation of its rights therein.

 

30
 

 

6.6 All Liabilities One Obligation. All of Borrower’s Liabilities shall constitute one general obligation secured by Agent’s Lien on all of the Collateral of Borrower and by all other Liens heretofore, now, or at any time or times granted to Agent for the benefit of Lenders to secure the Term Loan. Borrower agrees that all of the rights of Agent and Lenders set forth in this Agreement shall apply to any amendment, restatement or modification of, or supplement to, this Agreement, any supplements or exhibits hereto, or Financing Agreements, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Agent or Required Lenders.

 

6.7 Commercial Tort Claims. If the Borrower shall at any time hereafter acquire a Commercial Tort Claim (as defined in the Code), the Borrower shall promptly notify the Agent of same in a writing signed by the Borrower (describing such claim in reasonable detail) and grant to the Agent for the benefit of Lenders in such writing (at the sole cost and expense of the Borrower) a continuing, first-priority security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, with such writing to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent in its sole and absolute determination.

 

7. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. The Borrower represents and warrants that as of the date of this Agreement, and continuing as long as any Liabilities remain outstanding, and (even if there shall be no such Liabilities outstanding) as long as this Agreement remains in effect:

 

7.1 Existence. The Borrower is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Applicable State. If and as applicable, the Borrower is duly qualified and in good standing as a foreign company authorized to do business in each jurisdiction where such qualification is required because of the nature of its activities or properties, except to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower has all requisite power to carry on its business as now being conducted and as proposed to be conducted, except to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All issued and outstanding Capital Securities of the Borrower are duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid, non-assessable, and free and clear of all Liens, and such securities were issued in compliance with all applicable state and federal laws concerning the issuance of securities. There are no pre-emptive or other outstanding rights, options, warrants, conversion rights or other similar agreements or understandings for the purchase or acquisition of any Capital Securities of the Borrower.

 

7.2 Authority. The execution and delivery by the Borrower of this Agreement and all of the other Financing Agreements to which Borrower is a party and the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder: (i) are within its powers; (ii) are duly authorized by the members, managers, officers and/or directors, as applicable, of the Borrower; and (iii) are not in contravention of the terms of its Operating Agreement (or similar document) or of any indenture, agreement or undertaking to which it is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound. The execution and delivery by the Borrower of this Agreement and all of the other Financing Agreements to which it is a party and the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder: (i) do not require any governmental consent, registration or approval; (ii) do not contravene any contractual or governmental restriction binding upon it; (iii) will not, except in favor of Agent, result in the imposition of any Lien upon any property of any Real Estate Company under any existing indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement or other material agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its property may be bound or affected; and (iv) will not, except in favor of Agent, result in the imposition of any Lien upon any property of Strawberry Fields LP solely relating to the Facility (including any direct or indirect equity ownership interest in Strawberry Fields REIT, LTD and Borrower) under any existing indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement or other material agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its property may be bound or affected.

 

31
 

 

7.3 Binding Effect. This Agreement and all of the other Financing Agreements to which the Borrower is a party are the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower and are enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their respective terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditor’s rights and remedies generally.

 

7.4 Financial Data. All income statements, balance sheets, cash flow statements, statements of operations and other financial data which have been or shall hereafter be furnished to the Agent for the purposes of or in connection with this Agreement do and will as of the date thereof present fairly in all material respects in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, the financial condition of the Borrower as of the dates thereof and the results of its operations for the period(s) covered thereby.

 

7.5 Collateral. Except for the Permitted Liens, all of the Borrower’s assets and property (including, without limitation, the Collateral) are and will continue to be owned by Borrower (except for items of Inventory disposed of in the ordinary course of business), has been or will be fully paid for, and is free and clear of all Liens. No financing statement or other document similar in effect covering all or any part of the Collateral is on file in any recording or filing office, other than those identifying the Agent as the secured creditor. The Borrower has no ownership interest in any real property (other than its interest pursuant to the Real Estate Leases).

 

7.6 Solvency. The Borrower is solvent, is able to pay its debts as they mature or become due, has capital sufficient to carry on its business and all businesses in which it is about to engage, and now owns assets and property having a value both at fair valuation and at present fair saleable value on a going concern basis (as determined in a manner and based upon assumptions satisfactory to the Agent in its reasonable determination) greater than the amount required to pay all of its debts and liabilities, including, without limitation, all of the Liabilities. The Borrower will not be rendered insolvent by the execution and delivery of this Agreement or any Financing Agreement, or by completion of the transactions contemplated hereunder or thereunder (including without limitation the making of the Term Loan contemplated hereunder).

 

7.7 Principal Place of Business. The principal place of business and chief executive office of the Borrower is located at 6101 Nimtz Parkway South Bend, IN 46628. The books and records of the Borrower and all records of account are located at the same such address.

 

32
 

 

7.8 Other Names. The Borrower has never used, and shall not hereafter use, any other name (including, without limitation, any tradename, tradestyle, assumed name, division name or any similar name).

 

7.9 Tax Liabilities. The Borrower has filed all federal, and material state and local tax reports and returns required by any law or regulation to be filed by it, except for extensions duly obtained, and has either duly paid all taxes, duties and charges indicated due on the basis of such returns and reports, or made adequate provision for the payment thereof (except for those being protested in good faith), and the assessment of any material amount of additional taxes in excess of those paid and reported is not reasonably expected.

 

7.10 Loans. Except as otherwise permitted by Section 9.2, the Borrower is not obligated on any loans or other Indebtedness.

 

7.11 Margin Securities. The Borrower does not own any margin securities and no part of the Term Loan will be used for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin securities or for the purpose of reducing or retiring any Indebtedness for borrowed money which was originally incurred to purchase any margin securities or for any other purpose not permitted by Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

 

7.12 Subsidiaries. The Real Estate Companies are wholly owned by Strawberry Fields REIT, LTD, a British Virgin Islands company, which is wholly owned by Strawberry Fields LP. The Real Estate Companies have no subsidiaries.

 

7.13 Litigation and Proceedings. No judgments are outstanding against the Borrower, nor is there as of any such date pending or, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge after diligent inquiry, threatened, any litigation, suit, action, contested claim, or federal, state or municipal governmental proceeding by or against the Borrower or any of its property, in each case, involving an aggregate amount of Two Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($200,000.00) or more.

 

7.14 Other Agreements. The Borrower is not in default under or in breach of any material agreement, contract, lease, or commitment to which it is a party or by which it is bound. The Borrower does not know of any dispute regarding any agreement, contract, instrument, lease or commitment which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7.15 Compliance with Laws and Regulations. The execution and delivery by the Borrower of this Agreement and all of the other Financing Agreements to which it is a party and the performance of the Borrower’s obligations hereunder and thereunder are not in contravention of any law, rule or regulation. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, the Operator has obtained all licenses, authorizations, approvals and permits necessary in connection with the operation of its business. The Borrower is in compliance with all laws, orders, rules, regulations and ordinances of all federal, foreign, state and local governmental authorities applicable to it and its business, operations, property, and assets, except to the extent any such non-compliance could reasonably be expected not to result in a Material Adverse Effect. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no Facility is subject to any proceeding for revocation, suspension or issuance of a probationary license by the Applicable State Health and Human Services Commission and any Person succeeding to the functions thereof, and there has not been instituted any Medicaid or Medicare termination action by such commission.

 

33
 

 

7.16 Intellectual Property. The Borrower does not own or otherwise possess any (a) patents, (b) patent applications, (c) copyrights, (d) trademarks, (e) trademark applications, (f) trade names, or (g) service marks. To the Borrower’s best knowledge, none of its intellectual property infringes on the rights of any other Person.

 

7.17 Environmental Matters. (a) The Borrower has not Managed Hazardous Substances on or off its Property other than in compliance with Environmental Laws, except to the extent any such non-compliance could reasonably be expected to not result in a Material Adverse Effect; (b) The Borrower has complied in all material respects with Environmental Laws regarding transfer, construction on and operation of its business and Property, including, but not limited to, notifying authorities, observing restrictions on use, transferring, modifying or obtaining permits, licenses, approvals and registrations, making required notices, certifications and submissions, complying with financial liability requirements, Managing Hazardous Substances and Responding to the presence or Release of Hazardous Substances connected with operation of its business or Property; (c) The Borrower does not have any contingent liability with respect to the Management of any Hazardous Substance that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; (d) During the term of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not permit others to, Manage, whether on or off Borrower’s Property, Hazardous Substances, except to the extent such Management does not or is not reasonably likely to result in or create a Material Adverse Effect; (e) The Borrower shall take prompt action in material compliance with Environmental Laws to Respond to the on-site or off-site Release of Hazardous Substances connected with operation of its business or Property; and (f) As of the Closing Date, the Borrower has not received any Environmental Notice that has not been delivered to the Agent in accordance with Section 8.8.

 

7.18 Disclosure. None of the representations or warranties made by the Borrower herein or in any Financing Agreement to which the Borrower is a party and no other written information provided by the Borrower or its representatives to the Agent or Lenders contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (provided that with respect to projections, Borrower represents only that they are based on reasonable assumptions and good faith estimates). The Borrower has disclosed to the Agent all facts of which the Borrower has knowledge which at any time hereafter might result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7.19 Real Estate Ownership. The sole business of the Real Estate Company is to own and lease the Real Estate to Operator and matters incidental or directly related thereto.

 

7.20 Perfected Security Interests. The Lien in favor of the Agent for the benefit of Lenders provided pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof is a valid and perfected first priority security interest in the Collateral (subject only to the Permitted Liens), and all filings and other actions necessary to perfect such Lien have been duly taken.

 

34
 

 

7.21 Offenses and Penalties Under the Medicare/Medicaid Programs. Neither the Operator nor any Affiliate and/or officer of the Operator or any Affiliate is currently, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, after due inquiry, under investigation or prosecution for, nor has the Operator or any Affiliate or employee of the Operator or any Affiliate been convicted of: (a) any criminal offense related to the delivery of an item or service under the Medicare or Medicaid programs; (b) a criminal offense related to neglect or abuse of patients in connection with the delivery of a health care item or service; (c) fraud, theft, embezzlement or other financial misconduct; (d) the obstruction of an investigation of any crime referred to in subsections (a) through (c) of this Section; or (e) unlawful manufacture, distribution, prescription, or dispensing of a controlled substance. Neither the Operator nor any Affiliate and/or officer of the Operator or any Affiliate has been required to pay any civil money penalty under applicable laws regarding false, fraudulent or impermissible claims or payments to induce a reduction or limitation of health care services to beneficiaries of any state or federal health care program, nor, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, after due inquiry, is the Operator nor any Affiliate and/or officer of the Operator or any Affiliate currently the subject of any investigation or proceeding that may result in such payment. Neither the Operator nor any officer of the Operator has been excluded from participation in the Medicare, Medicaid, or any program funded under the “Block grants” to States for Social Services (Title XX) Program.

 

7.22 Medicaid/Medicare and Private Insurance/Managed Care Contracts.

 

(a) To the best knowledge of the Borrower, the Operator has:

 

(i) Obtained and maintains, where appropriate, Medicaid Certification and Medicare Certification to the extent required for reimbursement under the Medicaid Regulations or the Medicare Regulations, as the case may be; and

 

(ii) Entered into and maintains in good standing, where appropriate, its Medicaid Provider Agreement and its Medicare Provider Agreement to the extent required for reimbursement under Medicaid Regulations or the Medicare Regulations, as the case may be, and its Private Insurance/Managed Care Contracts.

 

(b) Neither the Operator nor any of its Affiliates nor any officer or director of the foregoing has engaged in any of the following: (i) knowingly and willfully making or causing to be made a false statement or representation of a material fact in any application for any benefit or payment under Medicare or Medicaid; (ii) knowingly and willfully making or causing to be made any false statement or representation of a material fact for use in determining rights to any benefit or payment under Medicare or Medicaid; (iii) failing to disclose knowledge by a claimant of the occurrence of any event affecting the initial or continued right to any benefit or payment under Medicare or Medicaid on its own behalf or on behalf of another, with intent to secure such benefit or payment fraudulently; (iv) knowingly and willfully soliciting or receiving any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind or offering to pay such remuneration: (A) in return for referring any individual to a Person for the furnishing or arranging for the furnishing of any item or service for which payment may be made in whole or in party by Medicare or Medicaid; or (B) in return for purchasing, leasing or ordering or arranging for or recommending the purchasing, leasing or ordering of any good, facility, service or item for which payment may be made in whole in part by Medicare or Medicaid.

 

35
 

 

7.23 Broker’s Fees. The Borrower does not have any obligation to any Person in respect of any finder’s, brokers or similar fee in connection with the Loan or this Agreement.

 

7.24 Investment Company Act. The Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company”, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

7.25 Anti-Money Laundering Laws. Borrower represents and warrants to Agent and Lenders that neither the Borrower nor any of its Affiliates is identified in any list of known or suspected terrorists published by any United States government agency (collectively, as such lists may be amended or supplemented from time to time, referred to as the “Blocked Persons Lists”) including, without limitation, (a) the annex to Executive Order 13224 issued on September 23, 2001, and (b) the Specially Designated Nationals List published by the Office of Foreign Assets Control. Borrower shall comply with the Bank Secrecy Act (31 U.S.C. §§ 5311 et seq.) and all other anti-money laundering laws and regulations.

 

7.26 Absence of Foreign or Enemy Status. Neither the Borrower nor any Affiliate of the Borrower is an “enemy” or an “ally of the enemy” within the meaning of Section 2 of the Trading with the Enemy Act (50 U.S.C. App. §§ 1 et seq.), as amended. Neither the Borrower nor any Affiliate of the Borrower is in violation of, nor will the use of any portion of the Term Loan violate, the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, or any executive orders, proclamations or regulations issued pursuant thereto, including, without limitation, regulations administered by the Office of Foreign Asset Control of the Department of the Treasury (31 C.F.R. Subtitle B, Chapter V).

 

7.27 Real Estate Leases. The Borrower has delivered true, correct and complete copies of the fully-executed Real Estate Leases and all material instruments, agreements and documents entered into in connection therewith (including all exhibits and schedules thereto) to the Agent on the Closing Date.

 

7.28 Restrictive Provisions. No Borrower is a party to any agreement or contract or subject to any restriction contained in its Articles of Formation or Operating Agreement (or similar organizational documents), that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Borrower has ongoing financial obligations or liabilities of any kind under or pursuant to any acquisition agreement, whether for earnout payments, contingent payments, or otherwise.

 

8. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS. The Borrower covenants and agrees that, as long as any Liabilities of the Borrower remain outstanding, and (even if there shall be no such Liabilities outstanding) as long as this Agreement remains in effect:

 

8.1 Reports, Certificates and Other Information. The Borrower shall deliver to the Agent, and shall cause each Guarantor to deliver to the Agent (as applicable):

 

(a) Financial Statements. On or before the one hundred eightieth (180th) day after each Fiscal Year of Strawberry Fields and its subsidiaries on a consolidated and consolidating basis a copy of the annual audited financial statements for Strawberry Fields and its subsidiaries on a consolidated and consolidating basis, prepared by independent certified public accountants selected by Strawberry Fields (and reasonably approved by the Agent), together with, at least, balance sheets and statements of income and cash flow for such period, prepared in conformity with GAAP, together with a certificate from such accountants containing a computation of, and showing compliance with, the financial ratios contained in Section 9.17 hereof.

 

36
 

 

(b) Interim Reports. (i) On or before the sixtieth (60th) day after the end of each Fiscal Quarter, a copy of internally prepared financial statements of Strawberry Fields and its subsidiaries on a consolidated and consolidating basis prepared in accordance with GAAP and in a manner substantially consistent with the financial statements referred to in Section 8.1(a) hereof signed on behalf of Strawberry Fields and its subsidiaries by an Authorized Manager/Officer and consisting of, at least, occupancy statistics, an income statement, a balance sheet, and statement of cash flow as at the close of such Fiscal Quarter and statements of earnings for such Fiscal Quarter and for the period from the beginning of such Fiscal Year to the close of such Fiscal Quarter, and providing any other detailed information with respect to the Real Estate as reasonably requested by the Agent, and (ii) On or before the ninetieth (90th) day after the end of each Fiscal Quarter, a copy of internally prepared financial statements of the Operator on a consolidated and consolidating basis prepared in accordance with GAAP and consisting of, at least, occupancy statistics, an income statement, a balance sheet, and statement of cash flow as at the close of such Fiscal Quarter and statements of earnings for such Fiscal Quarter and for the period from the beginning of such Fiscal Year to the close of such Fiscal Quarter, and providing any other detailed information with respect to the Facility as reasonably requested by the Agent.

 

(c) Certificates. Commencing with the Fiscal Quarter ending June 30, 2022, contemporaneously with the furnishing of each of the interim reports and internally prepared financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(b), a duly completed compliance certificate with appropriate insertions, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and as attached hereto as Exhibit A (a “Compliance Certificate”), dated the date of such quarterly financial statement or such Fiscal Quarter and signed on behalf of the Borrower by an Authorized Manager/Officer, which Compliance Certificate shall state that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or, if there is any such event, describes it and the steps, if any, being taken to cure it. In addition, each Compliance Certificate shall contain a computation of, and show compliance with, the financial covenants set forth in Section 9.17 hereof. The computation and calculation of the financial covenants in each Compliance Certificate shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent.

 

(d) Notice of Default, Regulatory Matters, Litigation Matters or Adverse Change in Business. Promptly upon learning of the occurrence of any of the following (but in any event within five (5) calendar days of learning thereof), written notice thereof which describes the same and the steps being taken by the Borrower with respect thereto: (i) the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default; (ii) except for actions described in clause (iv) below the institution or threatened institution of, or any adverse determination in, any litigation, arbitration proceeding or governmental proceeding in which any injunctive relief is sought or in which money damages in excess of Two Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($200,000.00) individually or Two Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($200,000.00) in the aggregate are sought; (iii) the receipt of any notice from any governmental agency concerning any material violation or potential material violation of any regulations, rules or laws applicable to Borrower; (iv) the occurrence of any personal injury or other action that is not covered by insurance (or if presumably covered by insurance, the applicable insurance company has not confirmed coverage or liability for payment in writing) reasonably likely to give rise to a tort claim against the Borrower for an amount equal to or in excess of Two Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($200,000.00); or (v) any Material Adverse Change.

 

37
 

 

(e) Insurance Reports. (i) At any time after an Event of Default and upon the request of the Agent, a certificate signed by an Authorized Manager/Officer that summarizes the property, casualty, general liability, business interruption and malpractice insurance policies carried by the Borrower and that certifies that the Agent for the benefit of Lenders is the named additional insured of all general liability and business interruption insurance policies, as applicable, and lender’s loss payee of all property, casualty and malpractice insurance policies, as applicable (such certificate to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent), and (ii) written notification of any material change in any such insurance by the Borrower within five (5) Business Days after receipt of any notice (whether formal or informal) of such change by any of its insurers.

 

(f) Affiliate Transactions. Upon the Agent’s reasonable request from time to time, a reasonably detailed description of each of the material transactions between the Borrower and any of its Affiliates during the time period reasonably requested by the Agent, which shall include, without limitation, the amount of money either paid or received, as applicable, by the Borrower in such transactions.

 

(g) Health Care. Furnish to the Agent each of the following, to the extent applicable: (i) within five (5) Business Days of receipt and within five (5) Business Days of request by Agent, a copy of any healthcare related licensure and annual or biannual certification survey report and any statement of deficiencies and any survey (other than the annual or biannual survey) indicating a violation or deficiency, and within the time period required by the particular agency for submission, a copy of the plan of correction with respect thereof if such plan of correction is required by such agency issuing the statement of deficiency or notice of violation, and correct or cause to be corrected any such deficiency or violation within the time period required for cure by such agency, subject to such agency’s normal appeal process, if any such deficiency or violation is reasonably likely to adversely affect either the right to continue participation in Medicare, Medicaid or other reimbursement programs for existing patients or the right to admit new Medicare patients, Medicaid patients or other reimbursement program patients or result in the loss or suspension of Operator’s licenses and permits to operate Operator’s business; (ii) within five (5) Business Days of the receipt by the Operator, any and all notices disclosing an adverse finding from any licensing, certifying and/or reimbursement agencies that Operator’s license, Medicare or Medicaid certification or entitlement to payments pursuant to any program of Operator is being downgraded to a substandard category, revoked, or suspended, or that action is pending or being considered to downgrade to a substandard category, revoke, or suspend any rights pursuant to the Operator’s license, certification or program; (iii) upon the Agent’s request, a complete and accurate copy of the annual Medicaid, Medicare and other cost reports for Operator, which will be prepared by an independent certified public accountant, by an experienced cost report preparer reasonably acceptable to Agent, or by Borrower, and promptly furnish to Agent any amendments filed with respect to such reports and all responses, audit reports or inquiries with respect to such reports; and (iv) within thirty (30) days of receipt, a response addressing any other additional reasonable request by the Agent for information or documents in connection with the foregoing.

 

38
 

 

(h) Real Estate Taxes. As paid, evidence of timely payment (including by way of escrow) of real estate taxes owed on the Real Estate.

 

(i) Interim Reports. Promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of any reports submitted to Borrower by the independent accountants in connection with any interim audit of the books of any such Person and copies of each management control letter provided to Borrower by independent accountants.

 

(j) Management Letter. Promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of any management letters and interim and supplemental reports submitted to the Borrower by its independent accountants in connection with any review of the books of the Borrower made by such accountants.

 

(k) Strawberry Fields Indebtedness. At any time following the Closing Date, Borrower shall provide Agent with written notice prior to the incurrence of any additional Indebtedness in excess of Two Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($200,000.00) in the aggregate at any time.

 

(l) Debt Service Schedule. On or before the one hundred eightieth (180th) day after each Fiscal Year of Strawberry Fields, a copy of the Debt Service Schedule for such Fiscal Year.

 

(m) Other Information. Such other information, certificates, schedules, exhibits or documents (financial or otherwise) concerning the Borrower and its operations, business, properties, conditions or otherwise as the Agent may reasonably request from time to time. The Agent may waive any of the deliverables set forth in this Section 8.1 in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

8.2 Inspection; Audit Fees. Borrower will keep proper books of record and account in accordance with GAAP in which full, true and correct entries shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities. The Agent for the benefit of Lenders, or any Person designated by the Agent in writing from time to time, shall have the right: (a) from time to time after the Closing Date, to call and visit at the Borrower’s place or places of business (or any other place where the Collateral or any information relating thereto is kept or located) during ordinary business hours and, prior to any Event of Default, upon reasonable advance notice (and after any Event of Default, at any time without the requirement of any advance notice), (i) to inspect, audit, check and make copies of and extracts from the Borrower’s books, records, journals, orders, receipts and any correspondence and other data relating to its business or to any transactions between the parties hereto, and (ii) to discuss the affairs, finances and business of the Borrower with any of the Authorized Manager/Officer, and (b) to make such verification concerning the Collateral as the Agent may consider reasonable under the circumstances. Absent an Event of Default, the Agent is responsible for all reasonable costs, expenses and fees incurred by Agent in connection with any inspections or audits of the Borrower performed by the Agent under this Section; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower agrees to pay on demand all reasonable costs, expenses and fees incurred by Agent in connection with any inspections or audits of the Borrower performed by the Agent under this Section. All such amounts incurred by the Agent hereunder shall bear interest at the Default Rate and shall be additional Liabilities of the Borrower to the Agent and Lenders, secured by the Collateral, if not promptly paid upon the request of the Agent.

 

39
 

 

8.3 Conduct of Business. The Borrower shall maintain its limited liability company existence or corporate existence, as applicable, shall maintain in full force and effect all licenses, permits, authorizations, bonds, franchises, leases, patents, trademarks and other intellectual property, contracts and other rights necessary to the conduct of its business, shall continue in, and limit its operations to, the same general line of business as that currently conducted and shall comply with all applicable laws, orders, regulations and ordinances of all federal, foreign, state and local governmental authorities, except to the extent any such non-compliance could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower shall keep proper books of record and account in which full and true entries will be made of all dealings or transactions of or in relation to the business and affairs of the Borrower, in accordance with GAAP consistently applied. Operator shall maintain, at all times, all licenses and other authorizations, certifications or approvals required by any federal or state governmental authority with respect to the operation of the Facility and certifications for the Medicaid and Medicare programs. Without limiting the foregoing, Operator shall conduct the operation of the Facility: (i) to maintain the standard of care for the patients at the Facility at all times at a level necessary to ensure quality care for the patients in accordance with customary and prudent industry standards; and (ii) to maintain sufficient Inventory and Equipment of types and quantities at the Facility to enable the Operator to adequately perform the operation of the Facility.

 

8.4 Claims and Taxes. The Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold the Agent and Lenders harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, losses, damages, penalties, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) relating to or in any way arising out of the possession, use, operation or control of the Borrower’s property and assets, including, without limitation, the Collateral. The Borrower agrees to pay or cause to be paid all license fees, bonding premiums and related taxes and charges and shall jointly and severally pay or cause to be paid all of the Borrower’s real and personal property taxes, assessments and charges and all of the Borrower’s franchise, income, unemployment, use, excise, old age benefit, withholding, sales and other taxes and other governmental charges assessed against the Borrower, or payable by the Borrower, at such times and in such manner as to prevent any penalty from accruing or any Lien from attaching to its property, provided that the Borrower shall have the right to contest in good faith, by an appropriate proceeding promptly initiated and diligently conducted, the validity, amount or imposition of any such tax, assessment or charge, and upon such good faith contest to delay or refuse payment thereof, if (a) the Borrower establishes adequate reserves to cover such contested taxes, assessments or charges, and (b) such contest is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.5 State of Formation. The Applicable State shall remain the Borrower’s state of formation.

 

40
 

 

8.6 Liability Insurance. The Borrower shall cause the Operator and the Borrower shall maintain, at its expense, general liability insurance and business interruption insurance in such amounts and with such deductibles as are acceptable to the Agent in its reasonable determination and shall deliver to the Agent the original (or a certified) copy of each policy of insurance and evidence of the payment of all premiums therefor. Such policies of insurance shall contain an endorsement showing the Agent for the benefit of Lenders as additional insured thereunder and providing that the insurance company will give the Agent at least thirty (30) days prior written notice before any such policy or policies of insurance shall be altered or canceled. .

 

8.7 Property Insurance. The Borrower and/or Operator shall, at its expense, keep and maintain its assets insured against loss or damage by fire, theft, explosion, spoilage and all other hazards and risks ordinarily insured against by other owners or users of such properties in similar businesses in an amount at least equal to the full insurable value of all such property. All such policies of insurance shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent. The Borrower shall deliver to the Agent the original (or a certified) copy of each policy of insurance and evidence of payment of all premiums therefor. Such policies of insurance shall contain an endorsement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, showing the Agent for the benefit of Lenders as “Lender’s Loss Payee” and all loss payable to the Agent for the benefit of Lenders, as its interests may appear, as provided in this Section 8.7. Such endorsement shall provide that such insurance company will give the Agent at least thirty (30) days prior written notice before any such policy or policies of insurance shall be altered or canceled and that no act or default of the Borrower or any other Person shall affect the right of the Agent to recover under such policy or policies of insurance in case of loss or damage. The Borrower hereby directs all insurers under such policies of insurance to pay all proceeds of insurance policies directly to the Agent and the Agent shall, in its sole discretion, either apply such proceeds against the Liabilities (in such order as Agent, in its sole discretion, may determine) or permit the Borrower to use such proceeds to restore or rebuild the damaged property. Upon the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default, the Borrower irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Agent on behalf of Lenders (and all officers, employees or agents designated by the Agent in writing to the Borrower) as the Borrower’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact for the purpose of making, settling and adjusting claims under all such policies of insurance, endorsing the name of the Borrower on any check, draft, instrument or other item of payment received by the Borrower or the Agent pursuant to any such policies of insurance and for making all determinations and decisions with respect to such policies of insurance.

 

UNLESS THE BORROWER PROVIDES THE AGENT WITH EVIDENCE OF THE INSURANCE COVERAGE REQUIRED BY THIS AGREEMENT WITHIN TEN BUSINESS DAYS FOLLOWING AGENT’S REQUEST, THE AGENT MAY PURCHASE INSURANCE AT THE BORROWER’S EXPENSE TO PROTECT THE AGENT’S AND LENDERS’ INTERESTS IN THE COLLATERAL. THIS INSURANCE MAY, BUT NEED NOT, PROTECT BORROWER’S INTERESTS IN THE COLLATERAL. THE COVERAGE PURCHASED BY THE AGENT MAY NOT PAY ANY CLAIMS THAT THE BORROWER MAKES OR ANY CLAIM THAT IS MADE AGAINST THE BORROWER IN CONNECTION WITH THE COLLATERAL. THE BORROWER MAY LATER CANCEL ANY SUCH INSURANCE PURCHASED BY THE AGENT, BUT ONLY AFTER PROVIDING THE AGENT WITH EVIDENCE THAT THE BORROWER HAS OBTAINED INSURANCE AS REQUIRED BY THIS AGREEMENT. IF THE AGENT PURCHASES INSURANCE FOR THE COLLATERAL, THE BORROWER WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COSTS OF THAT INSURANCE, INCLUDING INTEREST AND ANY OTHER CHARGES THAT THE AGENT MAY IMPOSE IN CONNECTION WITH THE PLACEMENT OF THE INSURANCE, UNTIL THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE CANCELLATION OR EXPIRATION OF THE INSURANCE. THE COSTS OF THE INSURANCE MAY BE ADDED TO THE OBLIGATIONS SECURED HEREBY. THE COSTS OF THE INSURANCE MAY BE MORE THAN THE COST OF INSURANCE THE INITIAL BORROWER MAY BE ABLE TO OBTAIN ON ITS OWN.

 

41
 

 

8.8 Environmental. The Borrower shall promptly notify and furnish Agent with a copy of any and all Environmental Notices which are received by it. The Borrower shall take prompt and appropriate action in response to any and all such Environmental Notices and shall promptly furnish Agent with a description of the Borrower’s Response thereto. The Borrower shall (a) obtain and maintain all permits required under all applicable federal, state, and local Environmental Laws, except as to which the failure to obtain or maintain would not have a Material Adverse Effect; and (b) keep and maintain the Property and each portion thereof in compliance with, and not cause or permit the Property or any portion thereof to be in violation of, any Environmental Law, except as to which the failure to comply with or the violation of which, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.9 Banking Relationship. The Borrower shall at all times cause Strawberry Fields REIT, LTD. and its subsidiaries during the term of this Agreement to maintain not less than 70% of its total cash deposit, checking, operating and all other banking accounts with Popular Bank and the Borrower shall use Popular Bank as the primary cash management bank for all of the Borrower’s cash management activities (including, without limitation, to act as the principal depository and remittance agent for the Borrower).

 

8.10 Intellectual Property. If after the Closing Date the Borrower shall own or otherwise possess any material registered patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade names, or service marks (or file an application to attempt to register any of the foregoing), the Borrower shall promptly notify the Agent in writing of same and execute and deliver any documents or instruments (at the Borrower’s sole cost and expense) reasonably required by Agent to perfect a security interest in and lien on any such federally registered intellectual property in favor of the Agent for the benefit of Lenders and assist in the filing of such documents or instruments with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and/or United States Copyright Office/Library of Congress or other applicable registrar.

 

8.11 Change of Location; Etc. Any of the Collateral may be moved to another location within the continental United States (other than as disclosed to the Agent in writing on the Closing Date) so long as: (a) the Borrower provides the Agent with at least thirty (30) days prior written notice; (b) no Event of Default then exists; and (c) the Borrower provides the Agent with, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, such financing statements, bailee and processor letters and other such agreements and documents as the Agent shall reasonably request. The Borrower shall defend and protect the Collateral against and from all claims and demands of all Persons at any time claiming any interest therein adverse to the Agent or Lenders. If the Borrower desires to change its jurisdiction of formation or principal place of business and chief executive office, the Borrower shall notify the Agent thereof in writing no later than thirty (30) days prior to such change and the Borrower shall provide the Agent with, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, such financing statements and other documents as the Agent shall reasonably request in connection with such change. If the Borrower shall decide to change the location where its books and records are maintained, the Borrower shall notify the Agent thereof in writing no later than thirty (30) days prior to such change.

 

42
 

 

8.12 Health Care Related Matters. The Borrower shall cause the Operator to continue to be duly licensed by the Applicable State to operate a long-term care/skilled nursing facility and provide certain ancillary healthcare services and maintain Medicare and Medicaid provider status except to the extent that such failure to comply with the foregoing would not cause a Material Adverse Effect. The Operator shall cause all licenses, permits, certificates of need, reimbursement contracts and programs, and any other agreements necessary for the use and operation of its business or as may be necessary for participation in Medicaid, Medicare and other applicable reimbursement programs, to remain in full force and effect. The Operator shall at all times maintain in full force and effect the Medicare Certification, the Medicaid Certification, the Medicare Provider Agreement and the Medicaid Provider Agreement. The Operator shall comply at all times with the CMS, except to the extent that such failure to comply would not cause a Material Adverse Effect. The Operator shall take all necessary steps to protect personally identifiable health information for each patient substantially in accordance with the CMS laws and regulations.

 

8.13 Other Health Care Matters. Without limiting the generality of any representation or warranty made in this Agreement or any covenant made in this Agreement, Borrower covenants that:

 

(a) Funds from Restricted Grants. None of the Real Estate or the Collateral is subject to, and Borrower shall indemnify and hold the Agent and Lenders harmless from and against, any liability in respect of amounts received by Borrower or others for the purchase or improvement of the Real Estate or Collateral or any part thereof under restricted or conditioned grants or donations, including, without limitation, monies received under the Public Health Service Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 291 et seq.

 

(b) The Licenses: The licenses to operate the Facility (i) are and shall continue in full force and effect at all times throughout the term of this Agreement and are and shall be free from restrictions or known conflicts which would materially impair the use or operation of the Facility for its current use, and if any licenses become provisional, probationary, conditional or restricted in any way (collectively “Restrictions”), Borrower shall take or cause to be taken prompt action to correct such Restrictions; (ii) may not be, and have not been, and will not be transferred to any location other than the Real Estate; and (iii) have not been and will not be pledged as collateral security for any other loan or indebtedness. Borrower shall not do (nor suffer to be done) any of the following:

 

(1) Rescind, withdraw, revoke, amend, modify, supplement, or otherwise alter the nature, tenor or scope of the licenses for the Facility without Agent’s prior written consent;

 

(2) Amend or otherwise change the Facility’s authorized beds capacity and/or the number of beds approved by the regulators without Agent’s prior written consent; provided, that the Borrower may increase the number of beds at the Facility without the Agent’s consent but the Borrower will provide two (2) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent of such increase; or

 

(3) Replace, assign or transfer all or any part of the Facility’s beds to another site or location without Agent’s prior written consent.

 

43
 

 

8.14 Single Purpose Entity Provisions. The business and purposes of the Real Estate Company are and will continue to be limited to the following:

 

(i) to own, hold, lease, operate, manage, maintain, develop and/or improve the Real Estate;

 

(ii) to enter into and perform its obligations under the Financing Agreements;

 

(iii) to sell, transfer, service, convey, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance or otherwise deal with the Real Estate to the extent permitted under the Financing Agreements;

 

(iv) to lease the Real Estate to the Operator; and

 

(v) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to entities of its type pursuant to the laws of its state of organization that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes.

 

The Real Estate Company shall do all of the following:

 

(i) not own any asset or property other than (A) a fee interest in the Real Estate, and (B) incidental personal property necessary for the ownership or operation of the Real Estate;

 

(ii) maintain its intention to remain solvent and pay its debts and liabilities (including, as applicable, shared personnel and overhead expenses) from its assets, to the extent of its assets, as the same shall become due;

 

(iii) do or cause to be done all things necessary to observe organizational formalities of the Real Estate Company and preserve its existence; or

 

(iv) to the extent of cash flow available from operations, intend to maintain adequate capital for the normal obligations reasonably foreseeable in a business of its size and character and in light of its contemplated business operations. The Borrower and the Operator shall remain separate entities.

 

8.15 Further Assurances. The Borrower will, at its own cost and expense, cause to be promptly and duly taken, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further acts, documents and assurances as may from time to time be necessary or as the Agent may from time to time request in order to carry out the intent and purposes of this Agreement and the other the Financing Agreements and the transactions contemplated thereby, including all such actions to establish, create, preserve, protect and perfect a first-priority Lien in favor of the Agent for the benefit of Lenders on the Collateral (including Collateral acquired after the date hereof), subject to Permitted Liens.

 

8.16 Real Estate Leases. The Real Estate Leases shall not be amended or modified without the consent of Agent.

 

44
 

 

9. NEGATIVE COVENANTS. The Borrower covenants and agrees that as long as any Liabilities remain outstanding, and (even if there shall be no such Liabilities outstanding) as long as this Agreement remains in effect (unless the Required Lenders shall give (or Agent upon instruction by Required Lenders to give) prior written consent thereto):

 

9.1 Encumbrances. The Real Estate Company shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any nature whatsoever on any of its assets or property, including, without limitation, the Collateral, other than, subject to the terms and provisions of the applicable Mortgage, the following (“Permitted Liens”): (a) subject to the terms and provisions of the applicable Mortgage, Liens securing the payment of taxes, either not yet due or the validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, and as to which the Real Estate Company shall, if appropriate under GAAP, have set aside on its books and records adequate reserves, provided, that such contest does not have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Borrower to pay any of the Liabilities, or the priority or value of the Agent’s Lien in the Collateral; (b) deposits under workmen’s compensation, unemployment insurance, social security and other similar laws; (c) Liens in favor of the Agent for the benefit of Lenders; (d) subject to the terms and provisions of the applicable Mortgage, liens imposed by law, such as mechanics’, materialmen’s, landlord’s, warehousemen’s, carriers’ and other similar liens, securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business that are not yet due and payable or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which appropriate reserves have been established; (e) leases with precautionary UCC filings (including, but not limited to, equipment leases); (f) customary rights of set-off, revocation, refund or chargeback under deposit agreements or under the Uniform Commercial Code or common law of banks or other financial institutions where the Borrower maintain deposits (other than deposits intended as cash collateral) in the ordinary course of business; (g) judgment and attachment liens not giving rise to an Event of Default; and (h) liens in connection with Indebtedness permitted by Section 9.2(a)(iii) below. Strawberry Fields LP shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any nature whatsoever on any Collateral related to the Facility or Real Estate Company, including on any direct or indirect equity interest in any Real Estate Company, other than Permitted Liens.

 

9.2 Indebtedness.

 

(a) The Real Estate Company shall not incur, create, assume, become or be liable in any manner with respect to, or permit to exist, any Indebtedness, except: (i) the Liabilities, (ii) trade obligations and normal accruals in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and not yet due and payable, (iii) Capital Leases in an aggregate amount not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($250,000.00) per Fiscal Year; provided, however, the Real Estate Company shall be permitted to incur such other Indebtedness identified in subparagraphs (i) through (iii) above provided, that both immediately before such Indebtedness or after giving effect to any such Indebtedness (1) no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred or result therefrom (including, without limitation, any Default or Event of Default arising from a breach of the financial ratios described in Section 9.17), and (2) the Agent shall have been notified not less than 90 days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness.

 

45
 

 

(b) Strawberry Fields LP shall not incur, create, assume, become or be liable in any manner with respect to, or permit to exist, any Indebtedness, provided, however, Strawberry Fields LP shall be permitted to incur such Indebtedness, provided, that (i) both immediately before the incurrence of such Indebtedness or after giving effect to any such Indebtedness, no Default or Event of Default arising from a breach of the financial ratios described in Section 9.17 shall exist or have occurred or result therefrom, and (ii) the Agent shall have been notified not less than 15 days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness.

 

9.3 Consolidations, Mergers or Acquisitions. The Real Estate Company shall not be a party to any merger, consolidation, or exchange of stock, or consummate an LLC Division, or purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the assets or stock of any class of, or any other evidence of an equity interest in, or any partnership, limited liability company, or joint venture interest in, any other Person, or sell, transfer, convey or lease all or any substantial part of its assets or property, or sell or assign, with or without recourse, any receivables. Strawberry Fields shall not be a party to any merger, consolidation, or exchange of stock, or purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the assets or stock of any class of, or any other evidence of an equity interest in, or any partnership, limited liability company, or joint venture interest in, any other Person, or sell, transfer, convey or lease all or any substantial part of its assets or property, or sell or assign, with or without recourse, any receivables unless Strawberry Fields LP shall maintain control after such transaction, and provided, such transaction does not result in a Change of Control. For the avoidance of doubt, Strawberry Fields LP may convert certain of its limited partnership shares to common stock.

 

9.4 Investments or Loans.

 

(a) The Real Estate Company shall not make, incur, assume or permit to exist any loans or advances, or any investments in or to any other Person, except: (a) investments in short-term direct obligations of the United States Government; (b) investments in negotiable certificates of deposit issued by Popular Bank or by any other bank satisfactory to the Agent, payable to the order of the Borrower or to bearer; and (c) investments in commercial paper rated at least A-1 by Standard & Poor’s Corporation or P-1 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of investments.

 

(b) Strawberry Fields Realty, LP shall not make, incur, assume or permit to exist any loans or advances or any investments in or to any other Persons, provided, however, Strawberry Fields LP shall be permitted to make such advances, loans or investments provided, that both immediately before such contemplated loan, advance or investment or after giving effect to any such loan, advance or investment, no Default or Event of Default arising from a breach of the financial ratios described in Section 9.17 shall exist or have occurred or result therefrom.

 

46
 

 

9.5 Guarantees.

 

(a) The Real Estate Company shall not guarantee, endorse or otherwise in any way become or be responsible for obligations of any other Person, whether by agreement to purchase the Indebtedness of any other Person or through the purchase of goods, supplies or services, or maintenance of working capital or other balance sheet covenants or conditions, or by way of stock purchase, capital contribution, advance or loan for the purpose of paying or discharging any Indebtedness or obligation of such other Person or otherwise, except endorsements of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business.

 

(b) Strawberry Fields LP shall not guarantee, endorse or otherwise in any way become or be responsible for obligations of any other Person, whether by agreement to purchase the Indebtedness of any other Person or through the purchase of goods, supplies or services, or maintenance of working capital or other balance sheet covenants or conditions, or by way of stock purchase, capital contribution, advance or loan for the purpose of paying or discharging any Indebtedness or obligation of such other Person or otherwise, except endorsements of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, Strawberry Fields LP shall be permitted to do the foregoing, so long as both immediately before or after giving effect to any such guarantee or endorsement, no Default or Event of Default arising from a breach of the financial ratios described in Section 9.17 shall exist or have occurred or result therefrom.

 

9.6 Disposal of Property. The Real Estate Company shall not sell, assign, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of (including, in each case, by way of an LLC Division) any of its properties, assets and rights to any Person except sales of obsolete Equipment or Equipment being replaced in the ordinary course of business with other Equipment with a fair market value and orderly liquidation value equal to or greater than the Equipment being replaced.

 

9.7 Use of Proceeds. The Borrower shall not use the proceeds of the Term Loan for any purpose other than to (i) refinance the existing Indebtedness of Strawberry Fields REIT, LTD or Borrower and (ii) pay other costs and expenses as reflected on the sources and uses approved by the Agent on the Closing Date.

 

9.8 Loans to Officers; Consulting Fees. The Real Estate Company shall not (i) pay for advances nor make any loans to its officers, directors, shareholders, members, managers, or employees or to any other Person; provided, however, the Borrower shall be permitted to make such advances or loans, provided, that both immediately before such contemplated loan or advance or after giving effect to any such loan or advance no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred or result therefrom (including, without limitation, any Default or Event of Default arising from a breach of the financial ratios described in Section 9.17), and (ii) pay any consulting fees or similar fees to its officers, directors, shareholders, members, managers, employees, or Affiliates or any other Person, whether for services rendered to the Real Estate Company or otherwise, except in the ordinary course of business.

 

47
 

 

9.9 Dividends and Stock Redemptions. The Real Estate Company shall not (i) declare, make or pay any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, property or rights or obligations) to or for the benefit of any officer, member, manager, shareholder, director, or any Affiliate; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Borrower shall be permitted to make such dividends or distributions, provided, that both immediately before such contemplated dividend or distribution or after giving effect to any such dividend or distribution, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred or result therefrom (including, without limitation, any Default or Event of Default arising from a breach of the financial covenants described in Section 9.17), otherwise any such payment shall be restricted; provided, further, regardless of a Default or an Event of Default, the Real Estate Company shall be permitted to make distributions that will be used by Strawberry Fields REIT, Inc. solely to make distributions that are necessary for Strawberry Fields REIT, Inc. to maintain its REIT status; or (ii) purchase or redeem any of the capital stock or equity interests of the Real Estate Company or any options or warrants with respect thereto, declare or pay any dividends or distributions thereon, or set aside any funds for any such purpose.

 

9.10 Payments in Respect of Subordinated Debt. The Real Estate Company shall not make any payment in respect of any Indebtedness for borrowed money that is subordinated to the Liabilities.

 

9.11 Transactions with Affiliates. Except as contemplated by the Real Estate Leases or to the extent otherwise permitted herein, the Borrower shall not transfer any cash or property to any Affiliate or enter into any transaction, including, without limitation, the purchase, lease, sale or exchange of property or the rendering of any service to any Affiliate; provided, that, except as otherwise expressly restricted under this Agreement, the Borrower may enter into transactions with Affiliates for fair value in the ordinary course of business pursuant to terms that are no less favorable to the Borrower than the terms upon which such transactions would have been made had such transactions been made to or with a Person that is not an Affiliate.

 

9.12 Change in Nature of Business. The Borrower shall not make any change in the nature of Borrower’s business carried on as of the Closing Date.

 

9.13 Other Agreements. The Borrower shall not enter into any agreement containing any provision which would be violated or breached by the performance of its obligations hereunder or under any Financing Agreement to which Borrower is a party or which would violate or breach any provision hereof or thereof, or that would or is reasonably likely to adversely affect the Agent’s or Lenders’ interests or rights under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements to which Borrower is a party or the likelihood that the Liabilities will be Paid in Full when due, nor shall the Borrower’s Operating Agreement (or similar document) be amended or modified in any way that would violate or breach any provision hereof or of any Financing Agreement to which Borrower is a party, or that would or is reasonably likely to adversely affect the Agent’s or Lenders’ interests or rights under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements to which Borrower is a party or the likelihood that the Liabilities will be Paid in Full when due; provided, prior to any amendment or modification of the Borrower’s Operating Agreement (or similar document) the Borrower shall furnish a true, correct and complete copy of any such proposed amendment or modification to the Agent.

 

9.14 Real Estate Leases; Management Services Agreement. No Person shall materially amend, materially modify, default under, terminate or supplement the Real Estate Leases or management services agreement, if any, in any manner without the Agent’s prior written consent. Any consulting or management fees shall not be increased from the percentage then in effect on the Closing Date.

 

48
 

 

9.15 State of Formation. The Borrower shall not change its state of formation from that of the Applicable State, or its name as identified in the Preamble hereto.

 

9.16 Environmental. The Borrower shall not permit the Property or any portion thereof to be involved in the use, generation, manufacture, storage, disposal or transportation of Hazardous Substances except in compliance with all Environmental Laws, or as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.17 Financial Covenants. The Borrower shall not:

 

(a) Strawberry Fields Debt to EBITDA Ratio. Permit the Strawberry Fields Debt to EBITDA Ratio to exceed 8.0 to 1.00 for each Computation Period as measured on a trailing twelve month basis commencing with the Computation Period ending June 30, 2022 and continuing for each subsequent Computation Period.

 

(b) Strawberry Fields Debt Service Coverage Ratio. Permit the (i) Strawberry Fields Debt Service Coverage Ratio (before giving effect to payment of any advances or distributions to the extent permitted herein) to be less than 1.25 to 1.00 and (ii) Strawberry Fields Debt Service Coverage Ratio (after giving effect to payment of any advances or distributions to the extent permitted herein) to be less than 1.05 to 1.00 for each Computation Period as measured on a trailing twelve month basis commencing with the Computation Period ending June 30, 2022 and continuing for each subsequent Computation Period.

 

(c) Strawberry Fields Equity. Permit the Strawberry Fields Equity to be less than $20,000,000 for each Computation Period commencing with the Computation Period ending June 30, 2022 and continuing for each subsequent Computation Period.

 

(d) Computation. The Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the calculation and computation of the foregoing financial ratio covenants shall be pursuant to and in accordance with Section 8.1(c) hereof.

 

(e) Financial Covenant Cure. If the Borrower fails to satisfy a financial covenant contained herein one time during the term of this Agreement then Borrower shall have a one-time option to either pay down the Term Loan or place cash in a pledged account in favor of the Agent an amount necessary to cause such financial covenant to be in compliance. Such one-time payment or placement of cash by the Borrower shall be done not less than 60 days after the occurrence of such financial covenant default.

 

9.18 Fiscal Year. The Borrower shall not change its Fiscal Year.

 

9.19 Tax Election. The Borrower shall not be permitted to change its tax election with the Internal Revenue Service without the prior written consent of the Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

9.20 Post-Closing Obligations.

 

49
 

 

(a) Borrower shall not fail to deliver to Agent within thirty (30) days following the Closing Date, (i) an additional insured endorsement to the general liability insurance policy of each Borrower evidencing that Agent has been added as an additional insured thereunder, and (ii) a lender’s loss payable endorsement to the property insurance policy of each Borrower evidencing that Agent has been added as lender’s loss payable thereunder, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.

 

(b) Borrower shall not fail to deliver to Agent within seven (7) Business Days following the Closing Date (or such later date as approved by Agent in its sole discretion), general liability and property insurance accords for each Borrower evidencing the general liability insurance policy and property insurance policy in place for each Borrower together with the Agent listed as the certificate holder and such other language required by the Agent, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

 

(c) Borrower shall not fail to deliver to Agent within ten (10) Business Days following the Closing Date (or such later date as approved by Agent in its sole discretion), final signed surveys for the following properties, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent: (i) 253 Bradington Dr, Columbia, IL, (ii) 516 W Frech St, Streator, IL, (iii) 900 Gagel Ave, Louisville, KY, and (iv) 3090 Five Points Hartford Rd, Fowler, OH.

 

10. DEFAULT, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE LENDERS.

 

10.1 Event of Default. Any one or more of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Agreement:

 

(a) the Borrower fails to pay any amount to the Agent or Lenders under this Agreement or under any other Financing Agreement to which the Borrower is a party within three (3) days after the date when any such payment is due, declared due or demanded;

 

(b) the Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep or observe any of the covenants, conditions or agreements or required payments set forth in Section 2.5 hereof, Section 8.2 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.9, 8.11, 8.12, 8.13, 8.14, 8.15 or 8.16 hereof or any of the subsections of Section 9 hereof (subject to Section 9.17(e)) ;

 

(c) the Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep or observe any of the covenants, conditions, promises or agreements contained in this Agreement (other than those specified in Section 10.1(b) hereof) and such failure or neglect shall continue for a period of thirty (30) calendar days after the earlier of (i) the date that the Borrower knew or should have known of such failure or nonobservance, or (ii) notice to the Borrower by the Agent;

 

(d) any representation or warranty heretofore, now or hereafter made by the Borrower in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements (other than the Perfection Certificate) to which Borrower is a party is untrue, misleading or incorrect in any material respect, or any schedule, certificate, statement, report, financial data, notice, or writing furnished at any time by the Borrower to the Agent or Lenders is untrue, misleading or incorrect in any material respect, on the date as of which the facts set forth therein are stated or certified;

 

50
 

 

(e) a judgment, decree or order requiring payment in excess of Two Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($200,000.00) shall be rendered against the Borrower and such judgment or order shall remain unsatisfied or undischarged and in effect for sixty (60) consecutive days without a stay of enforcement or execution, provided that this clause (e) shall not apply to any judgment for which the Borrower is fully insured (subject to deductibles negotiated between Borrower and its insurance company) and with respect to which the insurer has admitted liability;

 

(f) a notice of Lien, levy or assessment is filed or recorded with respect to any of the assets of the Borrower (including, without limitation, the Collateral), by the United States, or any department, agency or instrumentality thereof, or by any state, county, municipality or other governmental agency or any taxes or debts owing at any time or times hereafter to any one or more of them become a Lien, upon any of the assets of the Borrower (including, without limitation, the Collateral), provided that this clause (f) shall not apply to any Liens, levies, or assessments which the Borrower is contesting in good faith (provided the Borrower has complied with the provisions of clauses (a) and (b) of Section 8.4 hereof) or which relate to current taxes not yet due and payable;

 

(g) any material portion of the Collateral is attached, seized, subjected to a writ or distress warrant, or is levied upon, or comes within the possession of any receiver, trustee, custodian or assignee for the benefit of creditors;

 

(h) a proceeding under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement of debt, insolvency, readjustment of debt or receivership law or statute is filed against the Borrower or any guarantor of the Liabilities, including any Guarantor, and such proceeding is not dismissed within sixty (60) days of the date of its filing, or a proceeding under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement of debt, insolvency, readjustment of debt or receivership law or statute is filed by the Borrower or any guarantor of the Liabilities, including any Guarantor, or the Borrower or any guarantor of the Liabilities, including any Guarantor, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the Borrower or any Guarantor takes any action to authorize any of the foregoing or any Guarantor shall dissolve or die, as applicable, or be declared legally incompetent (and in the event of death or incompetence shall not be replaced within sixty (60) days of such death with a Person suitable to the Agent);

 

(i) the Borrower voluntarily or involuntarily dissolves or is dissolved, or its existence terminates or is terminated;

 

(j) the Borrower becomes insolvent or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due;

 

(k) the Borrower is enjoined, restrained, or in any way prevented by the order of any court or any administrative or regulatory agency from conducting all or any material part of its business affairs;

 

(l) a breach by the Borrower shall occur under any agreement, document or instrument (other than an agreement, document or instrument evidencing the lending of money), whether heretofore, now or hereafter existing between the Borrower and any other Person and the effect of such breach will or could reasonably be expected to have or create a Material Adverse Effect, subject, however, to any applicable cure periods;

 

51
 

 

(m) there shall be instituted in any court criminal proceedings against the Borrower or Operators, or the Borrower or Operator shall be indicted for any crime, in either case for which forfeiture of a material amount of its property is a potential penalty, or any governmental enforcement action involving any criminal penalties or exclusion from any federal or state health care program shall have been imposed against the Borrower or Operator;

 

(n) any Lien securing the Liabilities shall, in whole or in part, cease to be a perfected first priority Lien (subject only to the Permitted Liens); this Agreement or any of the Financing Agreements to which the Borrower is a party, shall (except in accordance with its terms), in whole or in part, terminate, cease to be effective or cease to be the legally valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the Borrower; or the Borrower shall directly or indirectly, contest in any manner such effectiveness, validity, binding nature or enforceability;

 

(o) any Guarantor shall revoke or attempt to revoke, terminate or contest its obligations under the Guaranty, or the Guaranty or any provision thereof, shall cease to be in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and provisions;

 

(p) with respect to any Facility or Facilities in the aggregate constituting ten percent (10.00%) or more of the total revenue of all Facilities, there shall occur with respect to the Operator or the Facility any Medicare or Medicaid survey deficiencies at Level I, J, K, L or worse (i) which deficiencies are not cured within the amount of time permitted by the applicable reviewing agency or, if a deficiency is appealed in accordance with governing law, within the time period after an unsuccessful appeal or (ii) which result in the imposition by any government authority or the Applicable State, survey agency of sanctions in the form of either a program termination, temporary management, denial of payment for new admission (which is either not appealed under governing law or continues for thirty (30) days or more or beyond any time period granted after an unsuccessful appeal) or facility closure;

 

(q) with respect to any Facility or Facilities in the aggregate constituting ten percent (10.00%) or more of the total revenue of all Facilities, there shall occur any annual certification or complaint survey deficiency at Level 4, which deficiency is not cured within the amount of time permitted by the applicable reviewing agency or, if such deficiency is appealed in accordance with governing law, which continues for thirty (30) days or more beyond any time period granted after an unsuccessful appeal;

 

(r) with respect to any Facility or Facilities in the aggregate constituting ten percent (10.00%) or more of the total revenue of all Facilities, a state or federal regulatory agency shall have revoked any license, permit, certificate or Medicaid or Medicare qualification pertaining to the Real Estate or the Facility, regardless of whether such license, permit, certificate or qualification was held by or originally issued for the benefit of Borrower, a tenant or any other Person;

 

52
 

 

(s) the classification is revoked for any Operator or Facility or Operators or Facilities in the aggregate constituting ten percent (10.00%) or more of the total revenue of all Facilities;

 

(t) any “event of default” by Borrower under the terms of the Real Estate Leases, including, but not limited to, Operator’s failure to pay rent under the Real Estate Leases;

 

(u) any “event of default” by any Borrower or Guarantor under any bond or under any agreement evidencing any bond debt;

 

(v) Any subordination provision in any document or instrument governing subordinated debt, or any subordination provision in any Subordination Agreement, or any subordination provision in any guaranty by any Person shall cease to be in full force and effect, or any Person (including the holder of any applicable subordinated debt) shall contest the validity, binding nature or enforceability of any such provision;

 

(w) any Real Estate Lease or Real Estate Leases constituting ten percent (10.00%) or more of the total revenue of all Facilities expires or terminates without being replaced in accordance with Section 2.7(d) hereof or renewed;

 

(x) any material breach of, misrepresentation, noncompliance with or default of the Perfection Certificate; and/or

 

(y) a Material Adverse Change or Change of Control shall occur; provided that subclause (b)(iii) of the definition of Material Adverse Change shall only be an Event of Default if such change, event, action, condition or effect giving rise to such Material Adverse Change would reasonably be expected to impair the ability of the Borrower or Guarantor to repay the Liabilities when due or declared due or perform the Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement and the Financing Agreements to which it is a party or impair the ability of Guarantor to perform the Guarantor’s obligations under its Guaranty and the Financing Agreements to which it is a party.

 

10.2 Acceleration. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Section 10.1(g), (h), (i) or (j), all of the Liabilities shall immediately and automatically, without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind (all of which are hereby expressly waived), be immediately due and payable; and upon the occurrence of any other Event of Default, the Agent may with the consent of the Required Lenders (or, upon written request of Required Lenders shall) declare the Term Loan Commitment (if it has not theretofore terminated) to be terminated and any or all of the Liabilities may, at the sole option of the Agent, and without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind (all of which are hereby expressly waived), be declared, and thereupon shall become, immediately due and payable, whereupon the Term Loan Commitment shall immediately terminate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Swap Obligations shall be terminated only as set forth in the respective Hedging Agreement.

 

53
 

 

10.3 Rights and Remedies Generally. Upon the occurrence and continuation of any Event of Default, the Agent for and on behalf of the Lenders shall have, in addition to any other rights and remedies contained in this Agreement and in any of the other Financing Agreements, all of the rights and remedies of a secured party under the Code or other applicable laws, all of which rights and remedies shall be cumulative, and non-exclusive, to the extent permitted by law, including, without limitation, the right of Agent (with the consent or at the direction of Required Lenders) to sell, assign, or lease (as applicable) any or all of the Collateral or the Real Estate. Upon notice to Borrower after an Event of Default, Borrower at its own expense shall assemble all or any part of the Collateral as determined by Agent and make it available to Agent at the Facility or any location designated by Agent. In such event, Borrower shall, at its sole cost and expense, store and keep any Collateral so assembled at such location pending further action by Agent and provide such security guards and maintenance services as shall be necessary to protect and preserve such Collateral. In addition to all such rights and remedies, the sale, lease or other disposition of the Collateral, or any part thereof, by the Agent (with the consent of or at the direction of the Required Lenders) after an Event of Default may be for cash, credit or any combination thereof, and the Agent may purchase all or any part of the Collateral at public or, if permitted by law, private sale, and in lieu of actual payment of such purchase price, may set-off the amount of such purchase price against the Liabilities of the Borrower then owing. Any sales of such Collateral may be adjourned from time to time with or without notice. The Agent may, in its sole discretion, cause the Collateral to remain on the Borrower’s premises, at the Borrower’s expense, pending sale or other disposition of such Collateral. The Agent shall have the right after an Event of Default to conduct such sales (with the consent of the Required Lenders) on the Borrower’s premises, at the Borrower’s expense, or elsewhere, on such occasion or occasions as the Agent may see fit.

 

10.4 Entry Upon Premises and Access to Information. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Agent shall have the right to enter upon the premises of the Borrower where the Collateral is located without any obligation to pay rent to the Borrower, or any other place or places where such Collateral is believed to be located and kept, and remove such Collateral therefrom to the premises of the Agent or any agent of the Agent, for such time as the Agent may desire, in order to effectively collect or liquidate such Collateral. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Agent shall have the right to obtain access to the Borrower’s data processing equipment, computer hardware and software relating to the Collateral and, subject to any state or federal privacy laws, including without limitation HIPAA, to use all of the foregoing and the information contained therein in any manner the Agent deems appropriate. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Agent shall have the right to notify post office authorities to change the address for delivery of the Borrower’s mail to an address designated by the Agent and to receive, open and process all mail addressed to the Borrower.

 

10.5 Sale or Other Disposition of Collateral by the Agent. Any notice required to be given by the Agent of a sale, lease or other disposition or other intended action by the Agent, with respect to any of the Collateral, which is deposited in the United States mails, postage prepaid and duly addressed to the Borrower at the address specified in Section 11.12 hereof, at least ten (10) calendar days prior to such proposed action shall constitute fair and reasonable notice to the Borrower of any such action. The net proceeds realized by the Agent upon any such sale or other disposition, after deduction for the expense of retaking, holding, preparing for sale, selling or the like and the attorneys’ and paralegal fees and legal expenses incurred by the Agent in connection therewith, shall be applied as provided herein toward satisfaction of the Liabilities, including, without limitation, such Liabilities described in Sections 8.2 and 11.2 hereof. The Agent shall account to the Borrower for any surplus realized upon such sale or other disposition, and the Borrower shall remain liable for any deficiency. The commencement of any action, legal or equitable, or the rendering of any judgment or decree for any deficiency shall not affect the Agent’s Liens in the Collateral until the Liabilities are fully paid. The Borrower agrees that the Agent has no obligation to preserve rights to the Collateral against any other Person. If and to the extent applicable, the Agent for the benefit of Lenders is hereby granted a license or other right to use, without charge, the Borrower’s labels, patents, copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, tradestyles, trademarks, service marks and advertising matter or any property of a similar nature, as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale and selling any such Collateral, and the Borrower’s rights and benefits under all licenses and franchise agreements, if any, shall inure to the Agent’s and Lenders’ benefit until the Liabilities of the Borrower are Paid in Full.

 

54
 

 

10.6 Waiver of Demand. Demand, presentment, protest and notice of nonpayment are hereby waived by the Borrower. The Borrower also waives the benefit of all valuation, appraisal and exemption laws.

 

10.7 Waiver of Notice. UPON THE OCCURRENCE AND DURING THE CONTINUANCE OF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT, THE BORROWER HEREBY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO NOTICE AND HEARING OF ANY KIND PRIOR TO THE EXERCISE BY THE AGENT OF ITS RIGHTS TO REPOSSESS THE COLLATERAL WITHOUT JUDICIAL PROCESS OR TO REPLEVY, ATTACH OR LEVY UPON THE COLLATERAL WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE OR HEARING.

 

10.8 Advice of Counsel. The Borrower acknowledges that it has been advised by its counsel with respect to this transaction and this Agreement, including, without limitation, all waivers contained herein.

 

11. MISCELLANEOUS.

 

11.1 Waiver. The Agent’s or Lenders’ failure, at any time or times hereafter, to require strict performance by the Borrower of any provision of this Agreement shall not waive, affect or diminish any right of the Agent or Lenders’ thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance therewith. Any suspension or waiver by the Agent and Lenders of an Event of Default under this Agreement or a default under any of the other Financing Agreements shall not suspend, waive or affect any other Event of Default under this Agreement or any other default under any of the other Financing Agreements, whether the same is prior or subsequent thereto and whether of the same or of a different kind or character. None of the undertakings, agreements, warranties, covenants and representations of the Borrower contained in this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements and no Event of Default under this Agreement or default under any of the other Financing Agreements shall be deemed to have been suspended or waived by the Agent and Lenders unless such suspension or waiver is in writing signed by an officer of the Agent and Lenders, and directed to the Borrower specifying such suspension or waiver.

 

55
 

 

Except as otherwise specifically set forth herein, no amendment or modification or waiver of, or consent with respect to any covenant, condition or provision of this Agreement or the other Financing Agreements shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and acknowledged by Borrower and either (i) Required Lenders, or (ii) Agent with a certification that consent from the Required Lenders has been obtained, and then any such amendment, modification, waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, no amendment, modification, waiver or consent shall (a) extend or increase the Term Loan Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender, as applicable, (b) extend the date scheduled for payment of any principal (exclusive of mandatory prepayments other than prepayments due on the Stated Maturity Date) of or interest on the Term Loan or any fees payable hereunder without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, (c) extend the Stated Maturity Date of the Term Loan without the written consent of all Lenders, (d) reduce the principal amount of the Term Loan, the rate of interest thereon (including applicable margins and interest rate floors) or any fees payable hereunder, without the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby (except for any periodic adjustments of interest rates and fees as provided for in this Agreement), (e) release any party, including, without limitation, a guarantor or borrower from its obligations under any guaranty at any time hereafter provided or this Agreement as applicable, or all, or substantially all or any material portion of, the Collateral granted hereunder or under any of the Financing Agreements (except as otherwise specifically permitted or provided in this Agreement), change the payment application provisions set forth in Section 11.8 or the pro rata sharing provision in Section 2.9(d), the definition of Required Lenders, any provision of this Section 11.1 or reduce the pro rata share required to effect an amendment, modification, waiver or consent, without, in each case with respect to this subsection (e), the written consent of all Lenders, (f) waive any material condition set forth in Section 5 without the prior written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, (g) amend, modify or waive any covenant set forth in Section 9 without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders, (h) provide, or otherwise permit, the subordination of any portion of the Term Loan without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders, or authorize Agent to subordinate its Lien in the Collateral to a third party without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders; or (i) increase the amount of the aggregate Term Loan Commitment without the prior written consent of the Lenders. No provision in this Agreement with respect to the timing or application of mandatory prepayments of the Term Loan shall be amended, modified or waived without the consent of Required Lenders. No provision of Section 12 or other provision of this Agreement affecting Agent as such shall be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Agent. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except for the matters set forth in this Section 11.1.

 

11.2 Costs and Attorneys’ Fees.

 

(a) The Borrower agrees to pay on demand all of the reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Agent (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of the Agent’s outside counsel, and all UCC filing and lien search fees, and, if applicable, real estate appraisal fees, survey fees, cash flow audit, recording, field examination and title insurance costs, and any environmental report or analysis) in connection with the structuring, syndicating, preparation, negotiation, execution, and delivery of: (i) this Agreement, the Financing Agreements and all other instruments, agreements, certificates or documents provided for herein or delivered or to be delivered hereunder, and (ii) any and all amendments, modifications, supplements and waivers executed and delivered pursuant hereto or any Financing Agreement or in connection herewith or therewith. The Borrower further agrees that the Agent, in its sole discretion, may deduct all such unpaid amounts from the aggregate proceeds of the Loan or debit such amounts from the operating accounts of the Borrower maintained with Popular Bank. The Borrower further agrees that the Agent, in its sole discretion, may conduct future field exams in its sole and absolute discretion; provided that absent the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, Agent shall be responsible for the costs and expenses incurred for field exams.

 

56
 

 

(b) The costs and expenses that the Agent incurs in any manner or way with respect to the following shall be part of the Liabilities, payable by the Borrower on demand if at any time after the date of this Agreement the Agent: (i) employs counsel in good faith for advice or other representation (A) with respect to the amendment, modification or enforcement of this Agreement or the Financing Agreements, or with respect to any Collateral securing the Liabilities hereunder, (B) to represent the Agent and Lenders in any work-out or any type of restructuring of the Liabilities, or any litigation, contest, dispute, suit or proceeding or to commence, defend or intervene or to take any other action in or with respect to any litigation, contest, dispute, suit or proceeding (whether instituted by the Agent, Lenders, the Borrower or any other Person) in any way or respect relating to this Agreement, the Financing Agreements, the Borrower’s affairs or any Collateral hereunder or (C) to enforce any of the rights of the Agent or Lenders with respect to the Borrower provided in this Agreement, under any of the Financing Agreements, or otherwise (whether at law or in equity); (ii) takes any action to protect, preserve, store, ship, appraise, prepare for sale, collect, sell, liquidate or otherwise dispose of any Collateral in accordance with the terms hereunder; and/or (iii) seeks to enforce or enforces any of the rights and remedies of the Agent and Lenders with respect to the Borrower. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such expenses, costs, charges and fees include: reasonable fees, costs and expenses of attorneys, accountants and consultants; court costs and expenses; court reporter fees, costs and expenses; long distance telephone charges; reasonable travel costs; and courier and telecopier charges.

 

(c) The Borrower further agrees to pay, and to save the Agent and Lenders harmless from all liability for, any documentary stamp tax, intangible tax, or other stamp tax or taxes of any kind which may be payable in connection with or related to the execution or delivery of this Agreement, the Financing Agreements, the borrowings hereunder, the issuance of the Term Loan Note or of any other instruments, agreements, certificates or documents provided for herein or delivered or to be delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, provided that the Borrower shall not be liable for Agent’s or Lenders’ income tax liabilities.

 

(d) All of the Borrower’s obligations provided for in this Section 11.2 shall be Liabilities secured by the Collateral and shall survive repayment of the Term Loan or any termination of this Agreement or any Financing Agreements.

 

11.3 Expenditures by the Agent or Lenders. In the event the Borrower shall fail to pay taxes, insurance, audit fees and expenses, consulting fees, filing, recording and search fees, assessments, fees, costs or expenses which the Borrower is, under any of the terms hereof or of any of the other Financing Agreements, required to pay, or fails to keep the Collateral free from other Liens, except as permitted herein, the Agent may, in its sole discretion, pay or make expenditures for any or all of such purposes, and the amounts so expended, together with interest thereon at the Default Rate (from the date the obligation or liability of Borrower is charged or incurred until actually Paid in Full to Agent) and shall be part of the Liabilities of the Borrower, payable on demand and secured by the Collateral.

 

57
 

 

11.4 Custody and Preservation of Collateral. The Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any of the Collateral in its possession if it takes such action for that purpose as the Borrower shall request in writing, but failure by the Agent to comply with any such request shall not of itself be deemed a failure to exercise reasonable care, and no failure by the Agent to preserve or protect any right with respect to such Collateral against prior parties, or to do any act with respect to the preservation of such Collateral not so requested by the Borrower, shall of itself be deemed a failure to exercise reasonable care in the custody or preservation of such Collateral.

 

11.5 Reliance by the Agent and Lenders. The Borrower acknowledges that the Agent and Lenders, in entering into this Agreement and agreeing to make the Loan and otherwise extend credit to the Borrower hereunder, have relied upon the accuracy of the covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein by the Borrower and the information delivered by the Borrower to the Agent and Lenders in connection herewith (including, without limitation, all financial information and data).

 

11.6 Assignability; Parties. This Agreement may not be assigned by the Borrower (including by way of an LLC Division) without the prior written consent of the Agent and Required Lenders. Whenever in this Agreement there is reference made to any of the parties hereto, such reference shall be deemed to include, wherever applicable, a reference to the successors and permitted assigns of the Borrower and the successors and assigns of the Agent and Lenders.

 

11.7 Severability; Construction. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provisions or the remaining provisions of this Agreement. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

11.8 Application of Payments. Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained in this Agreement or in any of the other Financing Agreements, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default the Borrower irrevocably waives the right to direct the application of any and all payments at any time or times hereafter received by the Agent from the Borrower or with respect to any of the Collateral, and the Borrower does hereby irrevocably agree that the Agent shall have the continuing exclusive right to apply and reapply any and all payments received at any time or times hereafter, whether with respect to the Collateral or otherwise, against the Liabilities in such manner as the Agent may deem advisable, notwithstanding any entry by the Agent upon any of its books and records.

 

58
 

 

11.9 Marshalling; Payments Set Aside. The Agent shall be under no obligation to marshall any assets in favor of the Borrower or any other Person or against or in payment of any or all of the Liabilities. To the extent that the Borrower makes a payment or payments to the Agent for the benefit of Lenders or the Agent enforces its Liens or exercises its rights of setoff, and such payment or payments or the proceeds of such enforcement or setoff or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside and/or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, then to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such enforcement or setoff had not occurred.

 

11.10 Sections and Titles; UCC Termination Statements; Mortgage Releases. The sections and titles contained in this Agreement shall be without substantive meaning or content of any kind whatsoever and are not a part of the agreement between the parties hereto. At such time as all of the Liabilities shall have been Paid in Full and this Agreement shall terminate in accordance with its terms, the Agent will, upon Borrower’s written request, promptly sign all UCC termination statements, releases of mortgages and such other releases, as the case may be, reasonably required by the Borrower to evidence the termination of the Liens in the Collateral and on the Real Estate, as the case may be, in favor of the Agent for the benefit of Lenders and the Agent and Lenders shall return to Borrower any Collateral in their possession.

 

11.11 Continuing Effect; Inconsistency. This Agreement, the Agent’s Liens in the Collateral, and all of the other Financing Agreements shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Liabilities shall be owed to the Agent or Lenders, and (even if there shall be no such Liabilities outstanding) so long as this Agreement has not been terminated as provided in Section 2.6 hereof. To the extent any terms or provisions contained in any Financing Agreement are inconsistent or conflict with the terms and provisions of this Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall control and govern.

 

11.12 Notices. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any notice required or desired to be served, given or delivered hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given or delivered upon the earlier of (a) personal delivery to the address set forth below and (b) in the case of mailed notice, five (5) calendar days after deposit in the United States mails, with proper postage for certified mail, return receipt requested, prepaid, or in the case of notice by Federal Express or other reputable overnight courier service sent for next day delivery, one (1) Business Day after delivery to such courier service; provided, however, that if any notice is tendered to an addressee and delivery thereof is refused by such addressee, such notice shall be effective upon such tender unless expressly set forth in such notice. Notices to be provided pursuant to this Agreement shall be as follows: (i) If to the Agent at: Popular Bank, 85 Broad Street, 10th Floor, New York, New York 10004; Attention: Mark J. Stellwag, Jr.; Telephone No.: (212) 445-1805; Facsimile No.: (212) 417-6919; with a copy to: Duane Morris LLP, 190 South LaSalle Street, Suite 3700, Chicago, Illinois 60603; Attention: Michael A. Witt, Esq.; Telephone No.: (312) 499-6716; Facsimile No.: (312) 499-6701; (ii) If to the Borrower at: c/o Strawberry Fields REIT, INC., 6101 Nimtz Parkway South Bend, IN 46628, with copy to Strawberry Fields REIT, INC, 5683 N Lincoln Ave Chicago IL 60659; Attention: David M. Gross, Esq.; Telephone No. (773) 747-4100; Facsimile No. (708) 449-2705 and (iii) if to any Lender at the address set forth on Annex A hereto, or to such other address as each party designates to the other in the manner herein prescribed. Notices and other communications to the Agent hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications (including e-mail) pursuant to procedures approved the Agent. The Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communication to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that, approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. Unless the Agent specifies otherwise, notices and other communications sent by e-mail shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that, if such notice, e-mail or other communication is not sent during the recipient’s normal business hours, such notice, e-mail or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the recipient’s opening of business on the next Business Day.

 

59
 

 

11.13 Equitable Relief. The Borrower recognizes that, in the event the Borrower fails to perform, observe or discharge any of its obligations or liabilities under this Agreement, any remedy at law may prove to be inadequate relief to the Agent and Lenders; therefore, the Borrower agrees that the Agent for the benefit of Lenders, if the Agent so requests, shall be entitled to temporary and permanent injunctive relief in any such case without the necessity of proving actual damages.

 

11.14 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Financing Agreements executed in connection herewith, constitutes the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior written or oral understandings, discussions and agreements with respect thereto (including, without limitation, any term sheet or commitment letter). This Agreement may be amended or modified only by mutual agreement of the parties evidenced in writing and signed by the party to be charged therewith.

 

11.15 Participations and Assignments. The Agent and Lenders shall have the right, without the consent of the Borrower, to sell participations to one or more banks or other entities in all or any portion of its rights, obligations, and interest under this Agreement and any of the Financing Agreements. The Agent and Lenders shall have the right with the prior written consent of the Borrower (which consent shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed) to assign all of a portion of its rights, obligations, and interest under this Agreement and any of the Financing Agreement; provided that, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower’s prior written consent shall not be required for an assignment. Agent and Lenders may furnish any information concerning the Borrower in the possession of the Agent and Lenders from time to time to participants (including prospective participants). In connection with any such participation or assignment, the Borrower will pay to the Agent for its sole benefit any annual administrative fee imposed by Agent in connection with the Agent’s duties hereunder on behalf of any participant or assignee lender. The Lenders shall have the right to assign this Agreement and the Loan to any banking regulatory authority.

 

60
 

 

11.16 Indemnity. The Borrower agrees to defend, protect, indemnify and hold harmless the Agent and each Lender and each and all of its officers, directors, employees, attorneys and agents (“Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, claims, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Indemnified Parties in connection with any investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding, whether or not the Indemnified Parties shall be designated by a party thereto), which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against any Indemnified Party (whether direct, indirect or consequential and whether based on any federal or state laws or other statutory regulations, including, without limitation, securities, environmental and commercial laws and regulations, under common law or at equitable cause, or on contract or otherwise) in any manner directly relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the other Financing Agreements, or any act, event or transaction related or attendant thereto, the making and the management of the Term Loan (including, without limitation, any liability under federal, state or local environmental laws or regulations) or the use or intended use of the proceeds of the Term Loan hereunder; provided, that the Borrower shall not have any obligation to any Indemnified Party hereunder with respect to matters caused by or resulting from the willful misconduct or gross negligence of such Indemnified Party. To the extent that the undertaking to indemnify, pay and hold harmless set forth in the preceding sentence may be unenforceable because it is violative of any law or public policy, the Borrower shall contribute the maximum portion which it is permitted to pay and satisfy under applicable law, to the payment and satisfaction of all matters incurred by the Indemnified Parties. Any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, cost or expense incurred by the Indemnified Parties shall be paid to the Indemnified Parties within five (5) days of demand, together with interest thereon at the Default Rate from the date incurred by the Indemnified Parties until paid by the Borrower, be added to the Liabilities, and be secured by the Collateral. The provisions of and undertakings and indemnifications set out in this Section 11.16 shall survive the satisfaction and payment of the Liabilities of the Borrower and the termination of this Agreement.

 

11.17 Representations and Warranties. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, each representation or warranty contained in this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements and the making of the Term Loan and the repayment of the Liabilities hereunder, other than the financial statement deliveries under Section 8 that relate to a specific date.

 

11.18 Counterparts; Facsimile. This Agreement and any amendment or supplement hereto or any waiver granted in connection herewith may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties on separate counterparts and each such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same Agreement. A signature hereto sent or delivered by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be as legally binding and enforceable as a signed original for all purposes.

 

11.19 Limitation of Liability of Agent and Lenders. It is hereby expressly agreed that:

 

(a) Agent and each Lender may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any document, instrument, certificate, instruction or signature believed to be genuine and may assume and shall be protected in assuming that any Person purporting to give any notice or instructions in connection with any transaction to which this Agreement relates has been duly authorized to do so. Agent and each Lender shall not be obligated to make any inquiry as to the authority, capacity, existence or identity of any Person purporting to have executed any such document or instrument or have made any such signature or purporting to give any such notice or instructions;

 

61
 

 

(b) Agent and each Lender shall not be liable for any acts, omissions, errors of judgment or mistakes of fact or law, including, without limitation, acts, omissions, errors or mistakes with respect to the Collateral, except for those arising out of or in connection with Agent’s or such Lender’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Agent and Lenders shall be under no obligation to take any steps necessary to preserve rights in the Collateral against any other parties, but may do so at its option, and all expenses incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by Borrower; and

 

(c) Agent and Lenders shall not be liable for any action taken in good faith and believed to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred by this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements.

 

11.20 Borrower Authorizing Accounting Firm. Borrower shall authorize its accounting firm and/or service bureaus to provide Agent with such information as is requested by Agent in accordance with this Agreement. Borrower authorizes Agent upon prior written notice to the Borrower to contact directly any such accounting firm and/or service bureaus to obtain such information.

 

11.21 Confidentiality. Agent and each Lender shall hold all non-public information regarding the Borrower and obtained by Agent pursuant hereto in accordance with Agent’s or such Lender’s customary procedures for handling information of such nature, except that disclosure of such information may be made (i) to Agent’s or such Lender’s agents, employees, subsidiaries, Affiliates, attorneys, auditors, professional consultants, rating agencies, insurance industry associations and portfolio management services, (ii) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Term Loan or Liabilities, and to prospective contractual counterparties (or the professional advisors thereto) in any Hedging Agreement permitted hereby, provided that any such Persons shall have agreed to be bound by the provisions of this Section 11.21, (iii) as required by law, subpoena, judicial order or similar order and in connection with any litigation, investigation or proceeding, (iv) as may be required in connection with the examination, audit or similar investigation of such Person and (v) to a Person that is a trustee, investment advisor, collateral manager, servicer, noteholder or secured party in a Securitization (as hereinafter defined) in connection with the administration, servicing and reporting on the assets serving as collateral for such Securitization. For the purposes of this Section, “Securitization” shall mean a public or private offering by Agent, any Lender or any of its Affiliates or their respective successors and assigns, of securities which represent an interest in, or which are collateralized, in whole or in party, by the Term Loan. Confidential information shall not include information that either: (i) is in the public domain, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to such Person through no fault of such Person, or (ii) is disclosed to such Person by a Person other than the Borrower or an Affiliate of Borrower (or such Borrower’s accountants, attorneys or other advisors or agents), provided Agent or such Lender does not have actual knowledge that such Person is prohibited from disclosing such information. The obligations of Agent and Lenders under this Section 11.21 shall supersede and replace the obligations of Agent or Lenders under any confidentiality agreement in respect of this financing executed and delivered by Agent or Lenders prior to the date hereof.

 

62
 

 

11.22 Customer Identification-USA Patriot Act Notice. The Agent and Lenders hereby notify the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law on October 26, 2001)) (the “Patriot Act”), the Agent and Lenders are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow the Agent and Lenders to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Patriot Act.

 

11.23 SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION. THE BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY:

 

(a) SUBMITS FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER FINANCING AGREEMENTS TO WHICH IT IS A PARTY, OR FOR RECOGNITION AND ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT IN RESPECT HEREOF AND THEREOF, TO THE EXCLUSIVE GENERAL JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK HAVING SITUS IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK, THE COURTS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK AND APPELLATE COURTS FROM ANY THEREOF;

 

(b) CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE BROUGHT IN SUCH COURTS AND WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING (i) ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT OR THAT SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING WAS BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT COURT AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM THE SAME, (ii) THE RIGHT TO ASSERT OR IMPOSE ANY CLAIM, NON-COMPULSORY SET-OFF, COUNTERCLAIM OR CROSS-CLAIM IN RESPECT THEREOF IN SUCH PROCEEDING; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THIS WAIVER DOES NOT PRECLUDE THE RIGHT TO ASSERT A DEFENSE IN SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING OR TO ASSERT OR IMPOSE ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR CROSS-CLAIM WHICH THE BORROWER WISHES TO PURSUE IN A SEPARATE PROCEEDING AT ITS SOLE COST AND EXPENSE, AND (iii) ALL STATUTES OF LIMITATIONS WHICH MAY BE RELEVANT THERETO; AND

 

(c) AGREES THAT SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE EFFECTED BY MAILING A COPY THEREOF BY CERTIFIED MAIL (OR ANY SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR FORM OF MAIL), POSTAGE PREPAID, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, TO THE BORROWER AT ITS ADDRESS SET FORTH ABOVE OR AT SUCH OTHER ADDRESS OF WHICH THE AGENT SHALL HAVE BEEN NOTIFIED PURSUANT THERETO. THE BORROWER AGREES THAT SUCH SERVICE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW (i) SHALL BE DEEMED IN EVERY RESPECT EFFECTIVE SERVICE OF PROCESS UPON THE BORROWER IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING, AND (ii) SHALL BE TAKEN AND HELD TO BE VALID PERSONAL SERVICE UPON AND PERSONAL DELIVERY TO THE BORROWER. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE AGENT’S RIGHT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW, OR LIMIT THE AGENT’S RIGHT TO BRING PROCEEDINGS AGAINST THE BORROWER OR ITS PROPERTY IN ANY COURT OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. SOLELY TO THE EXTENT PROVIDED BY APPLICABLE LAW, SHOULD THE BORROWER, AFTER BEING SERVED, FAIL TO APPEAR OR ANSWER TO ANY SUMMONS, COMPLAINT, PROCESS OR PAPERS SO SERVED WITHIN THE NUMBER OF DAYS PRESCRIBED BY LAW AFTER THE DELIVERY OR MAILING THEREOF, THE BORROWER SHALL BE DEEMED IN DEFAULT AND AN ORDER AND/OR JUDGMENT MAY BE ENTERED BY THE COURT AGAINST THE BORROWER AS DEMANDED OR PRAYED FOR IN SUCH SUMMONS, COMPLAINT, PROCESS OR PAPERS. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE AGENT’S RIGHT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW, OR LIMIT THE AGENT’S RIGHT TO BRING PROCEEDINGS AGAINST THE BORROWER OR ITS PROPERTY IN ANY COURT OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

 

63
 

 

11.24 GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ALL RESPECTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND ENFORCED AND GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF ANY OTHER LAWS.

 

11.25 JURY TRIAL. THE BORROWER, THE AGENT AND THE LENDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND KNOWINGLY WAIVE (TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW) ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY COUNTERCLAIM) ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE FINANCING AGREEMENTS OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENTS OR TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO OR THERETO, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING (A) TO ENFORCE OR DEFEND ANY RIGHTS UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT DELIVERED OR WHICH MAY IN THE FUTURE BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, OR (B) ARISING FROM ANY DISPUTE OR CONTROVERSY IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE FINANCING AGREEMENTS. THE AGENT, LENDERS AND THE BORROWER AGREE THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE TRIED BEFORE A COURT AND NOT A JURY.

 

11.26 JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY.

 

(a) Each Borrower acknowledges that it will enjoy significant benefits from the business conducted by the other Borrower because of, inter alia, their combined ability to bargain with other Persons including, without limitation, their ability to receive the credit facilities hereunder and other Financing Agreements which would not have been available to an individual Borrower acting alone. Each Borrower has determined that it is in its best interest to procure the Term Loan with the credit support of the other Borrower as contemplated by this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements. Each Borrower has determined that it has and, after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements (including, without limitation, the inter-Borrower arrangement set forth in this Section) will have, assets having a fair saleable value in excess of the amount required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts as they fall due for payment and that the sum of its debts is not and will not then be greater than all of its property at a fair valuation, that such Borrower has, and will have, access to adequate capital for the conduct of its business and the ability to pay its debts from time to time incurred in connection therewith as such debts mature and that the value of the benefits to be derived by such Borrower from the access to funds under this Agreement (including, without limitation, the inter-Borrower arrangement set forth in this Section) is reasonably equivalent to the obligations undertaken pursuant hereto.

 

64
 

 

(b) As used in this Agreement, the term Borrower is defined collectively to include all Persons constituting Borrower; provided, however, that any references herein to “the Borrower”, “any Borrower”, “each Borrower” or similar references, shall be construed as a reference to each individual Person comprising Borrower; provided, further, in case of any question as to which particular Person is to be deemed a Borrower in any given context for purposes of any term or provision contained in this Agreement, Agent shall reasonably make such determination in good faith.

 

(c) The liability and obligations of each Borrower for payment and performance of the Liabilities to Agent and Lenders under this Agreement and under or pursuant to any of the Financing Agreements to which any Borrower is a party shall be joint and several. Such joint and several liability of each Borrower shall to the fullest extent permitted by law remain and exist regardless of whether a Borrower actually receives loans or other extensions of credit hereunder or the amount of such loans received or the manner in which Agent or any Lender accounts for such loans or other extensions of credit on its books and records. Each Borrower’s Liabilities with respect to loans made to it and related fees, costs and expenses, and each Borrower’s Liabilities arising as a result of the joint and several liability of Borrower hereunder, with respect to loans made to the other Borrower hereunder together with the related fees, costs and expenses, shall be separate and distinct Liabilities, all of which are primary Liabilities of each Borrower.

 

(d) Each Borrower’s Liabilities arising as a result of the joint and several liability of Borrower hereunder with respect to loans or other extensions of credit made to the other Borrower hereunder shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be unconditional irrespective of (i) the validity, enforceability, avoidance or subordination of the Liabilities of the other Borrower or of any promissory note or other document evidencing all of any part of the Liabilities of the other Borrower, (ii) the absence of any attempt to collect the Liabilities from the other Borrower, any guarantor, or any other security therefor, or the absence of any other action to enforce the same, (iii) the waiver, consent, extension, forbearance or granting of any indulgence by Agent or Lenders with respect to any provision of any instrument evidencing the Liabilities of the other Borrower, or any part thereof, or any other agreement now or hereafter executed by the other Borrower and delivered to Agent and Lenders, (iv) the failure by Agent to take any steps to perfect and maintain its security interest in, or to preserve its rights to, any security or collateral for the Liabilities of the other Borrower, (v) Agent’s election, in any proceeding instituted under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, of the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, (vi) any borrowing or grant of a security interest by any other Borrower, as debtor-in-possession, under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code, (vii) the disallowance of all or any portion of Agent’s or any Lender’s claims for repayment of the Liabilities of any other Borrower under Section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code, or (viii) any other circumstance which might constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor of any other Borrower, other than that such Liabilities have been Paid in Full. With respect to each Borrower’s Liabilities arising as a result of the joint and several liability of Borrower hereunder with respect to loans or other extensions of credit made to any other Borrower hereunder, each such Borrower waives, until the Liabilities shall have been Paid In Full and this Agreement shall have been terminated in accordance with its terms, any right to enforce any right of subrogation or any remedy which Agent or any Lender now has or may hereafter have against such Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor of all or any part of the Liabilities, and any benefit of, and any right to participate in, any security or collateral given to Agent for the benefit of Lenders to secure payment of the Liabilities or any other liability of a Borrower to Agent and Lenders, whether any such right arises by way of suretyship or otherwise.

 

65
 

 

(e) To the extent that applicable law otherwise would render the full amount of the joint and several obligations of any Borrower hereunder and under the other Financing Agreements invalid or unenforceable, such Borrower’s obligations hereunder and under the other Financing Agreements shall be limited to the maximum amount which does not result in such invalidity or unenforceability, provided, however, that each Borrower’s obligations hereunder and under the other Financing Agreements shall be presumptively valid and enforceable to their fullest extent in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof, as if this Section were not a part of this Agreement.

 

(f) Any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Liabilities for which any of Borrower (which Liabilities are not direct borrowings or direct obligations of such Borrower (the “Non-Direct Obligations”)) shall be liable shall not exceed the maximum amount for which such Borrower can be liable without rendering such Non-Direct Obligations, as they relate to such Borrower, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer. To the extent that any Borrower shall be required hereunder to pay a portion of its Non-Direct Obligations which shall exceed the greater of (i) the amount of the economic benefit actually received by such Borrower from any of the loans evidenced hereby in respect of such Non-Direct Obligations, and (ii) the amount which such Borrower would otherwise have paid if such Borrower had paid the aggregate amount of the Non-Direct Obligations of such Borrower (excluding the amount thereof repaid by the other Borrower) in the same proportion as such Borrower’s net worth at the date of any applicable borrowing hereunder is sought bears to the aggregate net worth of all of Borrower at the date of such applicable borrowing hereunder is sought, then such Borrower shall be reimbursed by the other Borrower for the amount of such excess, pro rata based on the respective net worth of each Borrower at the date of such applicable borrowing with respect hereto is sought.

 

12. AGENCY.

 

12.1 Appointment and Authorization. Each Lender hereby irrevocably (subject to Section 12.9) appoints, designates and authorizes Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and each other Financing Agreement and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to it by the terms of this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Agreement or in any other Financing Agreement, Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility except those expressly set forth herein, nor shall Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender or participant, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement or otherwise exist against Agent. The duties of Agent shall be mechanical and administrative in nature. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” herein and in other Financing Agreements with reference to Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.

 

66
 

 

12.2 Delegation of Duties. Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement by or through agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of legal counsel and other consultants, independent public accountants or experts concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or attorney-in-fact that it selects in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct as finally determined in a non-appealable judicial proceeding.

 

12.3 Exculpation of Agent. None of Agent nor any of its directors, officers, employees, Affiliates or agents shall (a) be liable to any Lender or any other Person for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (except to the extent resulting from its own gross negligence or willful misconduct in connection with its duties expressly set forth herein as determined by a final, nonappealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction), or (b) be responsible in any manner to any Lender or participant for any recital, statement, representation or warranty made by Borrower or any Affiliate, or any officer thereof, contained in this Agreement or in any other Financing Agreement, or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement, or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement (or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien or security interest therein), or for any failure of Borrower or any other party to any Financing Agreement to perform its obligations and Liabilities hereunder or thereunder, or be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or verify the satisfaction of any conditions specified in this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement, except receipt of items required to be delivered to Agent. Agent shall not be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement, or to inspect the properties, books or records of Borrower or its Affiliates.

 

12.4 Reliance by Agent. Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, communication, signature, resolution, representation, notice, consent, certificate, electronic mail message, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex or telephone message, statement or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including legal counsel to Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by Agent. Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders or such other number or percentage of Lenders as shall be required elsewhere in this Agreement as it deems appropriate and, if it so requests, confirmation from Lenders of their obligation to indemnify Agent against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement in accordance with a request or consent of the Required Lenders or such other number or percentage of Lenders as shall be required elsewhere in this Agreement and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon each Lender. For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section 5, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless Agent shall have received written notice from such Lender prior to the Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

 

67
 

 

12.5 Notice of Default. Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default except with respect to defaults in the payment of principal, interest and fees required to be paid to Agent for the account of Lenders, unless Agent shall have received written notice from a Lender or Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”. Agent will notify Lenders of its receipt of any such notice. Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as may be requested by the Required Lenders in accordance with Section 10.2; provided that unless and until Agent has received any such request, Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable or in the best interest of Lenders.

 

12.6 Credit Decision. Each Lender acknowledges that Agent has not made any representation or warranty to it, and that no act by Agent hereafter taken, including any consent and acceptance of any assignment or review of the affairs of Borrower, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by Agent to any Lender as to any matter, including whether Agent has disclosed material information in its possession. Each Lender represents to Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon Agent and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of, and investigation into, the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of Borrower, and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit to Borrower hereunder. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon Agent and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, and to make such investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of Borrower. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly herein required to be furnished to Lenders by Agent, Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial or other condition or creditworthiness of Borrower which may come into the possession of Agent.

 

68
 

 

12.7 Indemnification. Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, each Lender shall severally indemnify, defend and hold harmless upon demand Agent and its directors, officers, employees, Affiliates and agents (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of Borrower and without limiting the obligation of Borrower to do so), according to its applicable pro rata share, from and against any and all indemnified liabilities, provided, that no Lender shall be liable for any payment to any such Person of any portion of the indemnified liabilities to the extent determined by a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the applicable Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct. No action taken in accordance with the directions of Required Lenders shall be deemed to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, attorney costs and Taxes) incurred by Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Financing Agreement, or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of Borrower. If any indemnity furnished to Agent for any purpose shall, in the reasonable, good faith opinion of Agent, be insufficient or become impaired, Agent may call for additional reasonable indemnity and cease, or not commence, to do the acts indemnified against even if so directed by Required Lenders until such additional reasonable indemnity is furnished. The undertaking in this Section shall survive repayment of the Term Loan and other Liabilities, cancellation of any promissory notes, any foreclosure under, or modification, release or discharge of, any or all of the Financing Agreements, termination of this Agreement and the resignation or replacement of Agent.

 

12.8 Agent in Individual Capacity. Popular Bank and its Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire equity interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting or other business with Borrower and its Affiliates as though Popular Bank were not Agent hereunder and without notice to or consent of any Lender; provided, however, if Popular Bank acquires equity interests in Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower and such equity interests are not publicly traded, Popular Bank will provide written notice to the Lenders. Each Lender acknowledges that, pursuant to such activities, Popular Bank or its Affiliates may receive information regarding Borrower or its Affiliates (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of Borrower or such Affiliates) and acknowledge that Agent shall be under no obligation to provide such information to them. With respect to its portion of the Term Loan, Popular Bank and its Affiliates shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though Popular Bank were not Agent, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” include Popular Bank and its Affiliates, to the extent applicable, in their individual capacities.

 

12.9 Successor Agent. Agent may resign as Agent upon at least thirty (30) days’ notice to Lenders. If Agent resigns under this Agreement, Required Lenders shall, with (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists) the consent of Borrower (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), appoint from among Lenders a successor agent for Lenders. Notwithstanding the immediately foregoing sentence, if no successor agent is appointed prior to the effective date of the resignation of Agent, Agent may appoint, after consulting with Lenders and Borrower, a successor agent from among Lenders. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor agent hereunder, such successor agent shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of the retiring Agent and the term “Agent” or “administrative agent” shall mean such successor agent, and the retiring Agent’s appointment, powers and duties as Agent shall be terminated. After any retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder as Agent, the provisions of this Section 12.9 and Sections 12.2 and 12.16 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement. If no successor agent has accepted appointment as Agent by the date which is thirty (30) days following a retiring Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and Lenders shall perform all of the duties of Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above.

 

69
 

 

12.10 Collateral Matters; Restriction on Lenders.

 

(a) Each Lender authorizes and directs Agent to enter into the other Financing Agreements for the benefit of Lenders. Each Lender hereby agrees that, except as otherwise set forth herein, any action taken by Required Lenders in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or the other Financing Agreements, and the exercise by the Required Lenders of the powers set forth herein or therein, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be authorized and binding upon all Lenders. Agent is hereby authorized on behalf of all Lenders, without the necessity of any notice to or further consent from any Lender, to take any action with respect to any Collateral and any of the other collateral pursuant to Financing Agreements that may be necessary to perfect and maintain perfected the Liens upon the Collateral and the other collateral pursuant to the other Financing Agreements. Lenders irrevocably authorize Agent, at its option and in its discretion, (i) to release any Lien granted to or held by Agent under this Agreement and any other Financing Agreement (x) upon the Term Loan being Paid in Full; (y) constituting property sold or to be sold or disposed of, financed or refinanced, as part of or in connection with any sale, disposition, financing or refinancing which is expressly permitted by this Agreement at any time; or (z) subject to Section 12.1, if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by Required Lenders; or (ii) to subordinate its interest in any Collateral to any holder of a Lien on such Collateral which is expressly permitted by this Agreement at any time. Upon request by Agent at any time, Lenders will promptly confirm in writing Agent’s authority to release, or subordinate its interest in, particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section 12.10. Agent and each Lender hereby appoint each other Lender as agent for the purpose of perfecting Agent’s security interest in assets and Collateral (and other collateral pursuant to other Financing Agreements) which, in accordance with the Uniform Commercial Code in any applicable jurisdiction, can be perfected by possession or control. Should any Lender (other than Agent) obtain possession or control of any such assets or Collateral, such Lender shall promptly notify Agent thereof in writing, and, promptly upon Agent’s written request therefor, shall deliver such assets or Collateral to Agent or in accordance with Agent’s instructions or transfer control to Agent in accordance with Agent’s instructions. Each Lender agrees that, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, it will not have any right individually to enforce or seek to enforce this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement or to realize upon any Collateral for the Liabilities unless instructed in writing to do so by Agent, it being understood and agreed that such rights and remedies may be exercised only by Agent.

 

(b) Each Lender agrees that it shall not, without the express written consent of Agent, and shall, upon the written request of Agent (to the extent it is lawfully entitled to do so), set off against the Liabilities, any amounts owing by such Lender to Borrower or any deposit accounts of any Borrower now or hereafter maintained with such Lender. Each of the Lenders further agrees that it shall not, unless specifically requested to do so in writing by Agent, take or cause to be taken, any action, including the commencement of any legal or equitable proceedings to foreclose any loan or otherwise enforce any security interest in any of the Collateral or to enforce all or any part of this Agreement or the other Financing Agreements. All enforcement actions under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements against the Borrower or any third party with respect to the Liabilities or the Collateral may only be taken by Agent (at the direction of the Required Lenders or as otherwise permitted in this Agreement) or by its agents at the direction of Agent.

 

70
 

 

12.11 Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to Borrower, Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of the Term Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether Agent shall have made any demand on Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

 

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Term Loan, and all other Liabilities that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of Lenders and Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of Lenders and Agent and their respective agents and attorneys and all other amounts due Lenders and Agent under this Agreement) allowed in such judicial proceedings; and

 

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to Agent and, in the event that Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to Lenders, to pay to Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of Agent and its agents and attorneys, and any other amounts due Agent under this Agreement.

 

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, affecting the Liabilities or to authorize Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.

 

12.12 Other Agents; Arrangers and Managers. None of Lenders or other Persons identified herein as and if applicable, a “joint arranger,” “syndication agent,” “documentation agent,” “co-agent,” “book manager,” “lead manager,” “joint lead lender”, “arranger,” “lead arranger” or “co-arranger”, if any, shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than, in the case of such Lenders, those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the foregoing, none of Lenders or other Persons so identified shall have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender. Each Lender acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on Agent, any of Lenders or other Persons so identified in deciding to enter into this Agreement or in taking or not taking action hereunder.

 

71
 

 

12.13 Payments to the Agent.

 

(a) If Agent pays an amount to a Lender under this Agreement in the belief or expectation that a related payment has been or will be received by Agent from Borrower and such related payment is not received by Agent, then Agent shall be entitled to recover such amount from such Lender on demand without setoff, counterclaim or deduction of any kind, together with interest accruing on a daily basis at the Federal Funds Rate (as defined below). If Agent determines at any time that any amount received by Agent under this Agreement must be returned to Borrower or paid to any other Person pursuant to any insolvency law or otherwise, then, notwithstanding any other term or condition of this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement, Agent will not be required to distribute any portion thereof to any Lender. In addition, each Lender shall repay to Agent on demand any portion of such amount that Agent has distributed to such Lender, together with interest at such rate, if any, as Agent is required to pay to Borrower or such other Person, without setoff, counterclaim or deduction of any kind.

 

(b) As used herein, the term “Federal Funds Rate” means for any day, a fluctuating interest rate equal for each day during such period to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by Agent; provided, Agent’s determination of such rate shall be binding and conclusive absent manifest error.

 

12.14 Defaulting Lender. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:

 

(a) Any amount payable to a Defaulting Lender hereunder (whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise) shall, in lieu of being distributed to such Defaulting Lender, be retained by Agent in a segregated account and, subject to any applicable requirements of law, be applied at such time or times as may be determined by Agent (i) first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to Agent hereunder, (ii) second, if so determined by Agent and Borrower, held in such account as cash collateral for future funding obligations (if any) of the Defaulting Lender under this Agreement, (iii) third, pro rata, to the payment of any amounts owing to Borrower, Agent or the Lenders as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by Borrower, Agent or any Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement, and (iv) fourth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided, that if such payment is (x) a prepayment of the principal amount of the Term Loan and (y) made at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 5 are satisfied, such payment shall be applied solely to prepay the portion of the Term Loan of all Lenders that are not Defaulting Lenders pro rata prior to being applied to the prepayment of the portion of the Term Loan of any Defaulting Lender.

 

72
 

 

(b) Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, a Defaulting Lender shall not have any voting or consent rights under or with respect to this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement or constitute a “Lender” (or be included in the calculation of “Required Lenders” hereunder) for any voting or consent rights under or with respect to this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement except with respect to items which require the vote or consent of all Lenders or all affected Lenders, and no Defaulting Lender shall have any other right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver, consent or any other action the Lenders or the Required Lenders have taken or may take hereunder (including any consent to any amendment or waiver pursuant to Section 11.1), provided that any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each directly affected Lender which affects such Defaulting Lender differently than other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

 

(c) The failure of any Defaulting Lender to make any portion of the Term Loan on the Closing Date, advance or any payment required by it hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations to make such Term Loan, advance or payment, but neither any Lender nor Agent shall be responsible for the failure of any Defaulting Lender to make the Term Loan, advance or make any other payment required hereunder.

 

(d) At Borrower’s written request, Agent or a Person reasonably acceptable to Agent shall have the right with Agent’s written consent and in Agent’s sole discretion (but without no obligation whatsoever on Agent) to purchase from any Defaulting Lender, and each Defaulting Lender agrees that it shall, at Agent’s written request, promptly sell and assign to Agent or such Person, all of the lending commitments and commitment interests of that Defaulting Lender for an amount equal to the principal balance of the portion of the Term Loan held by such Defaulting Lender and all accrued interest and fees with respect thereto through the date of sale, such purchase and sale to be consummated (if at all upon Agent’s election) pursuant to an executed assignment agreement.

 

12.15 Inspection Deliveries. In the event Agent exercises its right to conduct an inspection of Borrower’s properties, assets and/or Facilities pursuant to Section 8.2 above, Agent agrees that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver (at the sole cost and expense of Borrower) copies of any and all written documentation or written information received by the Agent in connection with such inspection to each Lender; provided, however, that failure of Agent to so deliver any of the foregoing for any reason shall not impose any liability on Agent whatsoever.

 

12.16 Conflict with Financing Agreements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, in the event any provision contained in any of the Financing Agreements conflict with any provision contained in this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall in all events prevail and control.

 

12.17 Application of Law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, all rights and remedies of Agent or any Lender and all of Borrower’s and Guarantors’ obligations under this Agreement shall be subject to applicable Federal and State laws, rules and regulations pertaining to the operation of nursing facilities; provided, however, this Section 12.17 shall not limit, extinguish or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower (and/or the Guarantors’) to pay any and all amounts owing with respect to the Liabilities hereunder.

 

(Signature pages follow.)

 

73
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Term Loan and Security Agreement has been duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

  BORROWER:
     
  STRAWBERRY FIELDS REALTY, LP
     
  By: Strawberry Fields REIT, Inc.
    its general partner
     
  By:  /s/ Moishe Gubin
  Name: Moishe Gubin
  Its: Authorized Signatory
     
  1015 MAGAZINE STREET, LLC,
  1155 EASTERN PARKWAY, LLC,
  1253 LAKE BARKLEY DRIVE, LLC,
  120 LIFE CARE WAY, LLC,
  1621 COIT ROAD REALTY, LLC,
  203 BRUCE COURT, LLC,
  253 BRADINGTON DRIVE, LLC,
  3090 FIVE POINTS HARTFORD ROAD REALTY, LLC,
  3121 GLANZMAN ROAD REALTY, LLC,
  3523 WICKENHAUSER, LLC,
  4250 SODOM HUTCHINGS ROAD REALTY, LLC,
  516 WEST FRECH STREET, LLC,
  5601 PLUM CREEK DRIVE REALTY, LLC,
  620 WEST STRUB ROAD REALTY, LLC,
  727 NORTH 17TH STREET, LLC,
  8200 NATIONAL AVENUE REALTY, LLC,
  900 GAGEL AVENUE, LLC,
  911 SOUTH 3RD STREET, LLC,
  9300 BALLARD ROAD, LLC,
  945 WEST RUSSELL STREET, LLC,
  704 5TH AVENUE EAST, LLC

 

  By: Strawberry Fields REIT, LTD,
    its sole member
     
  By:  /s/ Moishe Gubin
  Name: Moishe Gubin
  Its: Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to Term Loan and Security Agreement
Page 1 of 3
 

 

  LENDER AND AGENT:
     
  POPULAR BANK,
  a New York banking corporation
     
  By:  /s/ Mark Stellwag
  Name: Mark Stellwag, Jr
  Title: Vice President

 

Signature Page to Term Loan and Security Agreement
Page 2 of 3
 

 

  LENDER:
     
  OLD NATIONAL BANK
     
  By:  
  Name: Marty Koutsky
  Title: Senior Vice President

 

Signature Page to Term Loan and Security Agreement
Page 3 of 3
 

 

Exhibit A

 

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

Date: _____________

 

Pursuant to the TERM LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”; capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Loan Agreement), dated as of March 18, 2022, by and among STRAWBERRY FIELDS REALTY, LP, 1015 MAGAZINE STREET, LLC, 1155 EASTERN PARKWAY, LLC, 1253 LAKE BARKLEY DRIVE, LLC, 120 LIFE CARE WAY, LLC, 1621 COIT ROAD REALTY, LLC, 203 BRUCE COURT, LLC, 253 BRADINGTON DRIVE, LLC, 3090 FIVE POINTS HARTFORD ROAD REALTY, LLC, 3121 GLANZMAN ROAD REALTY, LLC, 3523 WICKENHAUSER, LLC, 4250 SODOM HUTCHINGS ROAD REALTY, LLC, 516 WEST FRECH STREET, LLC, 5601 PLUM CREEK DRIVE REALTY, LLC, 620 WEST STRUB ROAD REALTY, LLC, 727 NORTH 17TH STREET, LLC, 8200 NATIONAL AVENUE REALTY, LLC, 900 GAGEL AVENUE, LLC, 911 SOUTH 3RD STREET, LLC, 9300 BALLARD ROAD, LLC, 945 WEST RUSSELL STREET, LLC and 704 5TH AVENUE EAST, LLC (together with any Person that may from time to time hereafter become party thereto as a Borrower, individually and collectively, the “Borrower”), POPULAR BANK, a New York banking corporation in its individual capacity as a lender (“Popular Bank”), those other financial institutions party thereto from time to time (together with Popular Bank, the “Lenders”), and POPULAR BANK, a New York banking corporation in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders (together with its successors and assigns, the “Agent”), the Borrower confirms to Agent for the benefit of Lenders that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

The following is a computation of the financial ratio set forth in Section 9.17 of the Loan Agreement:

 

Section 9.17 – Financial Covenants:

 

Calculation for the above financial ratio in the attached spreadsheet.

 

 
 

 

Annex A

 

COMMITMENT SCHEDULE

 

 

Lender(s)  Term Loan Commitment   Percentage of Term Loan 
Popular Bank
 
Address:
85 Broad Street, 10th Floor
New York, New York 10004
 
Attention: Mark Stellwag, Jr.
  $60,000,000.00    57.14%
Old National Bank
 
Address:
 
8750 W. Bryn Mawr Ave
Suite 1300
 
Chicago, IL 60631
 
Attention:
  $45,000,000.00    42.86%
TOTAL  $105,000,000.00    100%

 

 
 

 

SCHEDULE 2.7(a)

 

Loan Allocation

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule 21.1

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

Subsidiary   Jurisdiction of Organization
     
1015 Magazine Street, LLC   Indiana
     
1020 West Vine Street Realty, LLC   Indiana
     
1033 North Highway 11, LLC   Indiana
     
107 South Lincoln Street LLC   Illinois
     
1101 Glendale Boulevard LLC   Indiana
     
1123 Rockdale Avenue, LLC   Indiana
     
115 Woodlawn Drive, LLC   Indiana
     
1155 Eastern Parkway, LLC   Indiana
     
120 Life Care Way, LLC   Indiana
     
120 North Tower Road, LLC   Illinois
     
1253 Lake Barkley Drive, LLC   Indiana
     
12803 Lenover Street Realty, LLC   Indiana
     
1301 East DeYoung Street, LLC   Illinois
     
1316 North Tibbs Avenue Realty, LLC   Indiana
     
1350 North Todd Drive Realty, LLC   Indiana
     
140 Technology Lane, LLC   Indiana
     
14510 Highway 79, LLC   Indiana
     
146 Buck Creek Road, LLC   Indiana
     
1513 South Dixieland Road, LLC   Indiana
     
1516 Cumberland Street, LLC   Indiana
     
1585 Perry Worth Road, LLC   Indiana
     
1600 East Liberty Street Realty, LLC   Indiana

 

 

 

 

1601 Hospital Drive Realty, LLC   Indiana
     
1621 Coit Road Realty, LLC   Indiana
     
1623 West Delmar Avenue, LLC   Illinois
     
1712 Leland Drive Realty, LLC   Indiana
     
1900 North Park Avenue, LLC   Illinois
     
202 Enon Springs Road East, LLC   Indiana
     
203 Bruce Court, LLC   Indiana
     
2055 Heritage Drive Realty, LLC   Indiana
     
2301 North Oregon Street Realty, LLC   Indiana
     
2400 Chateau Drive Realty, LLC   Indiana
     
2501 John Ashley Drive, LLC   Indiana
     
2501 River Road, LLC   Indiana
     
253 Bradington Drive, LLC   Illinois
     
2821 West Dixon Road, LLC   Indiana
     
2830 Highway 394, LLC   Indiana
     
308 West Maple Avenue, LLC   Indiana
     
3090 Five Points Hartford Road Realty, LLC   Indiana
     
3121 Glanzman Road Realty, LLC   Indiana
     
315 South Brady Mill Road, LLC   Illinois
     
326 Lindley Lane, LLC   Indiana
     
3523 Wickenhauser, LLC   Illinois
     
3895 Keystone Avenue Realty, LLC   Indiana
     
3918 South Kings Avenue, LLC   Florida
     
393 Edwardsville Road LLC   Illinois
     
405 Rio Vista Lane Realty, LLC   Indiana

 

 

 

 

414 Massey Avenue, LLC   Indiana
     
4250 Sodom Hutchings Road Realty, LLC   Indiana
     
430 South Front Steet, LLC   Illinois
     
4343 Kennedy Drive, LLC   Indiana
     
4586 Acushnet Avenue, LLC   Indiana
     
505 North Roan Street, LLC   Indiana
     
516 West Frech Street, LLC   Illinois
     
5301 Wheeler Avenue, LLC   Indiana
     
552 Golf Links Road, LLC   Indiana
     
5601 Plum Creek Drive Realty, LLC   Indiana
     
5720 West Markham Street, LLC   Indiana
     
620 West Strub Road Realty, LLC   Indiana
     
6500 Kirby Gate Boulevard, LLC   Indiana
     
704th 5th Avenue East, LLC   Indiana
     
706 Oak Grove Street, LLC   Indiana
     
727 North 17th Street, LLC   Illinois
     
761 Highland Avenue, LLC   Indiana
     
8200 National Avenue Realty, LLC   Indiana
     
826 North Street, LLC   Indiana
     
835 Union Street, LLC   Indiana
     
8701 Riley Drive, LLC   Indiana
     
9 Pope Street, LLC   Indiana
     
900 Gagel Avenue, LLC   Indiana
     
907 Center Street, LLC   Indiana
     
911 South 3rd Street, LLC   Indiana

 

 

 

 

9209 Dollarway Road, LLC   Indiana
     
9300 Ballard Road, LLC   Indiana
     
945 West Russell Street, LLC   Indiana
     
950 Cross Avenue Realty, LLC   Indiana
     
958 East Highway 46 Realty, LLC   Indiana
     
978 Highway 11 South, LLC   Indiana
     
Alafia Acquisition, LLC   Florida
     
Ambassador Nursing Realty, LLC   Illinois
     
Arkansas Loan Acquisition, LLC   Indiana
     
Belhaven Realty, LLC   Illinois
     
Continental Realty, LLC   Illinois
     
Forest View Nursing Realty, LLC   Illinois
     
Lincoln Park Holdings, LLC   Illinois
     
Master Tenant II, LLC   Illinois
     
Master Tenant III LLC   Illinois
     
Midway Neurological and Rehab Realty, LLC   Illinois
     
Momence Meadows Realty, LLC   Illinois
     
Niles Nursing Realty, LLC   Illinois
     
Oak Lawn Nursing Realty, LLC   Illinois
     
Parkshore Estates Nursing Realty, LLC   Illinois
     
Southern Illinois Healthcare Realty, LLC   Illinois
     
Southern Illinois Healthcare Realty II, LLC   Illinois
     
Strawberry Fields Management Services, LLC   Indiana
     
Strawberry Fields Realty, LP   Delaware
     
Strawberry Fields REIT, LTD   British Virgin Island
     
The Big H2O, LLC   Indiana
     
TX/OK Funding, LLC   Indiana
     
West Suburban Nursing Realty, LLC   Illinois
     
Westshire Realty, LLC   Illinois